(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Natick dictionary"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 




I GENERAL LIBRARY \ 

I University of Michigan 

:^ [L 

^ Presented by [l 

J f'.i 

:.^J\QeL .''X\|^.iL^XaJ^ c, 

190^35 




Digitized by 



Google 



.U4 



/ 
I- 



f^ ^ 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



^ iSXITHSOiriAN INSTITUTIOirJ^ 

- ' "bureau op AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



BXXLLETIH 86 



'/ 1.1 ur^' 



^ATICK DICTIONARY 



BY 



JAMES HAMMOND TRUMBULL 







WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
1903 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



CONTENTS 



Page. 

Annonncement v 

Introduction, by Edward Everett Hale ix 

Abbreviations xv 

Natick-Engliah vocabulary 1 

Englifih-Natick vocabulary 21 7 

Additions and corrections 349 

III 






V 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



ANNOUNCEMENT 



In 1877 the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of 
the Rocky Mountain Region (J. W. Powell, Director) began the issue of 
a series of ethnologic reports in quarto form under the title Contri- 
butions to North American Ethnology. Several of the volumes were 
printed under special authority conferred by Congressional resolu- 
tions; and in March, 1881, the publication of volumes vi, vii, vni, 
IX, and X of tha series was authorized by the Congress through a 
concurrent resolution. This authorization was superseded by the law 
providing for the public printing and binding and the distribution of 
public documents, approved eTanuary 12, 1895. Up to this time there 
had been published eight volumes of Contributions (including one 
bound in two parts), numbered i-vii and ix. 

After the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of the 
Rocky Mountain Region was merged in the United States Geological 
Survey, the Congress made provision for continuing the ethnologic 
researches and publications; and in conformity w^ith this law the Bureau 
of Ethnology was founded. The Director of the new Bureau (J. W. 
Powell) began the publication of annual reports in royal octavo form 
with that for the fiscal year 1879-80, and at the same time continued the 
issue of the Contributions to North American Ethnolog3\ Until 1895 
the annual reports were specially authorized by the Congress, usually 
through concurrent resolutions; since 1895 they have been issued under 
authority of the public printing law. Of these reports nineteen have 
been published and others are in press; the Fourteenth, Seventeeth, 
Eighteenth, and Nineteenth are each in two parts or volumes. 

In August, 1886, the Director of the Bureau was authorized by a 
joint resolution of the Congress to begin the publication of a series of 
bulletins, w^hich w^ere issued in octavo form; and in July, 1888, the 
continuation of the series was authorized by a concurrent resolution. 
When the public printing law was drafted this series was omitted, and 
the issue terminated in 1894. Up to this time there had been published 
twenty-four bulletins, each under a special title. 



Digitized by 



Google 



VI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

In the law making appropriation for the ethnologic work, approved 
June 4, 1897, the title was changed to ''American Ethnology"; the 
designation of the Bureau was modified conformably, and the Sixteenth 
report (for 1894-95, issued in 1897) and those of later date bear the 
modified title. From 1895 to 1900 but a single series was- issued by 
the Bureau of American Ethnology, viz, the annual reports. 

In 1900 the Congress authorized the resumption of publication in 
bulletin form by a concurrent resolution, adopted by the House of 
Representatives on April 7 and by the Senate on April 27. This 
resolution is as follows: 

Resolved by the Home of Representatives (the Senate concurring) f That there be printed 
at the Government Printing Office eight thousand copies of any matter furnished by 
the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology relating to researches and discov- 
eries connected with the study of the American aborigines, the same to be issued as 
bulletins uniform with the annual reports, one thousand five hundred of which shall 
be for the use of the Senate, three thousand for the use of the House of Representatives, 
and three thousand five hundred for distribution by the Bureau. 

Pursuant to this authority the manuscript of the late Dr J. H. 
Trumbull's Natick-English and English -Natick Dictionary was trans- 
mitted to the Public Printer on May 12, 1900, with the request that 
the same be printed and bound and issued as a bulletin uniform with 
the annual reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology. The com- 
position was at once taken up; but by reason of the technical character 
of the matter and unforeseen difficulties in proof reading, the issue of 
this initial number of the new series has been unexpectedly delayed. 

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the courtesy of the American Anti- 
quarian Society and of its president, Honorable Stephen Salisbury, 
in intrusting Dr Trumbull's unique manuscripts to this Bureau; and 
it is especially gratifying to express appreciation of the scholarly 
interest and aid of Dr Edward Everett Hale, who not only effected 
the arrangement for publication but contributed an introduction 
to the work. While this introduction was written from the stand- 
point of the general literary student rather than the specialist in 
Indian languages and characteristics, it pays a just tribute to the mem- 
ory of the eminent philologist whose latest, and perhaps greatest, 
work was that of compiling and comparing the acompanying vocabu- 
laries from the Eliot Bible. James Hammond Trumbull was born 
in Stonington, Connecticut, December 20, 1821; he was a student 
at Yale, and held important public offices in Hartford during the 
period 1847-1864. He was an original member of the American 
Philological Association in 1869, and its president in 1874 and 1875; 
a member of the American Oriental Society, of the American Ethno- 
logical Society, and of several other learned societies, including the 
National Academy of Sciences. In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on 



Digitized by 



Google 



ANNOUNCEMENT VII 

native languaji^es of Noi-th America at Yale University, though failure 
of health soon compelled his resignation; and from Yale, Harvard, 
and Columbia he was the recipient of degi*ees in recognition of notable 
researches and publications. In addition to his linguistic knowledge 
he possessed great learning and skill as a bibliographer. During his 
later years he was a valued correspondent of the Bureau, and his wide 
knowledge of both aboriginal tongues and bibliographic methods, 
freely conveyed to the officers of the Bureau, proved of great service. 
He died in Hartford, Connecticut, August 5, 1897. 

Dr Hale pays a merited tribute also to John Eliot, ike pioneer stu- 
dent of aboriginal languages in the New England region, pointing out 
that Eliot was not merely a translator of the native tongues but an 
original investigator of their structure. Naturally the opinions con- 
cerning the aborigines and their languages based on the limited knowl- 
edge of the middle of the seventeenth century were much less definite 
than those resting on the numerous records extant at the beginning of 
the nineteenth century; yet it is noteworthy that the early view of 
E.liot, voiced by Dr Hale, as to the widespread grammatic corres- 
pondences among the native tongues, possesses a meaning well worth 
the interest of the pioneer student and his later interpreters, Trumbull 
and Hale. The place and date of John Eliot's birth are not recorded, 
but he was baptized in Widford, Hertfordshire, England, August 5, 
1604. He matriculated at Cambridge in 1619, and took a degree in 
1622; he subsequently took orders, and, accepting a call to Roxbury, 
Massachusetts, emigrated in 1631. He remained at Roxbury in pas- 
toral work throughout the remainder of his life; he died May 21, 
1690. As indicated by Dr Hale, his enduring reputation rests chiefly 
on his records of aboriginal languages; yet it would seem that he exer- 
cised a still more important influence on his own and later generations 
through his sympathetic efforts to educate the tribesmen of New Eng- 
land and to raise them toward the plane of self-respecting citizenship. 
In this work, too, he was a pioneer; and undoubtedly he did much to 
prepare the minds of statesmen and philanthropists for the humanita- 
rian views of primitive men which characterize modern policies toward 
the Nation's wards. Thus it is particularly fitting that Eliot, the pio- 
neer in sympathetic and systeinatic study of the aborigines, no less 
than Trumbull, the direct contributor, should receive from the Bureau 
of American Ethnology such honor as this publication may confer. 

As has been noted by Dr Hale, the Trumbull manuscript and proof 
passed through the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet and received the 
benefit of his extended acquaintance with the native languages of the 
Algonquian stock. The manuscript was not, however, edited crit- 
ically; it was, on the other hand, aimed to print the matter substan- 
tially as it left the author's hands, with only those minor changes in 



Digitized by 



Google 



VIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

punctuation, alphabetic arrangement, cross references, etc. , which the 
author would necessarily have made had he lived to revise the copy; 
and a list of abbreviations was prepared. Still, the task of proof 
revision proved arduous, and much credit is due Mr F. W. Hodge, 
who began, and Mr H. S. Wood, who completed, this work. Grate- 
ful acknowledgment is made to Mr Wilberforce Eames, of the New 
York Public Library, for aid in interpreting abbreviations. 
July 10, 1902. 



Digitized by 



Google 



\ 



INTRODUCTION 



By Edward Everett Hale 



Dr Trumbull's vocabularies constitute the most important contribu- 
tion to the scientitic study of Eliot's Indian Bible which has been made 
since that wonderful book was published. 

To the preparation of these vocabularies James Hammond Trumbull 
gave most of his time throughout the closing years of his diligent and 
valuable life. The work was so nearly finished when he died that, as 
the reader will see, it is clearh' l)est to print it as he left it, and to leave 
it to the careful students of the future for completion by such work as 
he has made comparatively easy. By her generous gift of the beau- 
tiful finished manuscript to the American Antiquarian Societ}^ his 
widow, Mrs Sarah Robinson Trumbull, has maie its immediate pub- 
lication possible. The officers of the societ}^ at once consulted Major 
Powell, the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnolog}^, as to the 
best plan for its publication. The Bureau placed the manuscript in 
the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet, of the ethnologic staff; and the 
book has had the great advantage of his extended acquaintance with 
Algonquian languages as it passed through the press. 

It is hoped that the book will form the first volume in a series of 
vocabularies of the native languages. Such a series, under such 
supervision as the Bureau will give to the selection and editing of the 
works contained in it, will be of great value to students of language; 
but it will contain no book more valuable in itself or more interesting 
from its histor}- than Dr Trumbull's Dictionar\% 

Even in f^ircles of people who should be better informed, we fre- 
quently hear it said that the Bible of Eliot is now nothing but a liter- 
ary curiosity, and hardly that. Such an exprcvssion is unjust to Eliot's 
good sense, and it is quite untrue. Reverend J. A. Gilfillan, whose 
work of education among the northern tribes is so remarkable, found 
that his intelligent Chippewa companions were greatly interested in 
the Bible of Eliot, and readily caught the analogies of the language 
with their own when the system of spelling and of vocalization was 
explained to them. 

With great good sense, Eliot used the English letters with the 
sounds which Englishmen gave them. When the American Home 



Digitized by 



Google 



X BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25 

Missionary Society first undertook its translations of the Bible, it 
adopted, after son>e question, the vowel pronunciation of the Latin 
nations. The wadtchu (mountain) of Eliot becomes in Mr. Sherman 
Hall's translation uijiuii, the one letter u being the only letter which 
is the same in both words; yet both mean to express the same sound. 
It seems now a great pity that the translators in our century did not 
use in any way the diligent work of Eliot. 

In the spring of 1899 I placed before a Chippewa boy in the Hamp- 
ton (Virginia) school thirty words of the Massachusetts Indian lan- 
guage. He recognized at once fifteen of them, giving to them their 
full meaning; and with a little study he made out almost all of the 
remainder. In the course of two and a half centuries the uses of 
words differ as much among Indians as among white ngien, but it 
would seem that they do not differ more. 

Such careful study as Dr Trumbull and Duponceau and Pickering 
and Heckewelder have given to the Algonquian languages shows 
beyond a doubt that John Eliot was one of the great philologists of 
the world. His study of the remarkable grammatic construction of the 
Indian languages proves to be scientific and correct. The linguists 
of the continent of Europe took it for granted, almost, that Eliot's 
statements regarding ^the grammar of the Indian tribes could not 
be true. It seemed to them impossible that languages so perfect in 
their systems and so carefully precise in their adaptations of those 
systems could maintain their integrity among tribes of savages who 
had no system of writing. All study of these languages, however, 
through the century which has just passed, has proved that the elab- 
orate system of grammar was correctly described by Eliot, and, to the 
surprise of European philologists, that it is fairly uniform through 
many variations of dialect and vocabulary. 

It is much to be regretted that a careless habit of thought takes it 
for granted that a good Indian word of one locality is a good Indian 
word of another, and that names may be transferred from North to 
South or from South to North at the free will of an innkeeper or of a 
poet. Such transfers of words, which in the beginning amount almost 
to falsehood, cause more confusion and more as time goes by. 

Mr Filling's valuable bibliography of the Algonquian languages 
shows us that there are now existing fourteen complete copies of 
Eliot's Bible in the first and second editions. Besides the complete 
text we have the New Testament printed in a separate volume in 16(51, 
and in the Eliot Primer or Catechism, which has been reprinted in the 
present generation, we have the Lord's Prayer and some texts from 
the Bible, as well as a translation of the Apostles' Creed into the 
Massachusetts language. The number of books printed as part of his 
movement for the translation of the Scriptures and the conversion of 
the Indians is nearlv fortv. For the use of all these books Dr Trum- 



Digitized by 



Google 



HALE] INTRODUCTION XI 

bull's dictionary will be of the very first value. Is it perhaps just 
possible that the publication of this book may awaken such attention 
to the subject that some of Eliot's lost manuscripts may still be 
discovered ? 

Of Eliot's place as a scholar and an educator Dr DeNormandie, 
who now fills his pulpit in Roxburj- , speaks in the highest terms. It 
would seem that we owe to Eliot the establishment of the first proper 
Sunday school in America, and perhaps one may say in the English 
realm. On October 6, 1674, the record of his church says: 

This day we restored our primitive practice for the training of our youth. Fiist 
our male youth, in fitting season, stay every Sabbath after the evening exercise in 
the public meeting house, where the elders will examine their remembrance that day 
♦ of any fit poynt of catechise. Secondly, that our female youth should meet in one 
place (on Monday) where the elders may examine them on their remembrance of 
yesterday about catechise and what else may be convenient. 

''The care of the lambs," says Eliot, '' is one-third part of the charge 
over the works of God." 

Dr DeNormandie ascribes to Eliot the general establishment of 
''grammar schools" among the institutions of Massachusetts. He 
says: "One day all the neighboring churches were gathered in Boston 
to ' consider how the miscarriages which were among us might be pre- 
vented,' Eliot exclaimed with great fervor, 'Lord, for our schools 
everywhere among us! That our schools may flourish I That every 
member of this assembly may go home and procure a good school to be 
encouraged in the town where he lives! That before we die we may 
be so happy as to see a good school encouraged in every plantation in 
the country! '" By "plantation" Eliot meant separate village. 

Cotton Mather says: "God so pleased his endeavors that Roxbufy 
could not live quietly without a free school in the town. " Roxbury was 
the town of which Eliot was the minister. ' 'And the issue of it has been 
one thing which has made me almost put the title of ' Schola lUustris^ 
upon that little nursery; that is, that Roxbury has afforded more 
scholars, first for the college and then for the publick, than any town 
of its bigness, or if I mistake not, of twice its bigness, in all New- 
England." 

John Eliot was quite willing to accept the responsibilities of making 
laws and even a constitution for his " praying Indians." As he found 
the Indian tribes, government among them seemed at best absolutely 
minimum; he was unable to perceive that they had any government. 
Eliot made for them a working constitution for a democracy, on prin- 
ciples which are so absolutely democratic that they frightened even 
the Puritan emigrants around him, the coadjutors of Cromwell and 
Sidney. Poor Eliot was even obliged to recall his words in a public 
recantation. The democratic constitution which he wrote for his 
people is well worth the study of any faithful student of government 



Digitized by 



Google 



XII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull 25 

today. On much the same plan were hi*> fciettlenients founded where 
tlie colonies of *' praying Indians," with the government of the people 
by the people and for the people, and with the oversight of a >>enevo- 
lent judge in Israel, were his coadjutoi-s and pupils. It is. alas, 
impossible to tell what would have been the outcome of this remark- 
able experiment, for the outbreak of King Philip's war in the year 
1075 broke it up before it was fairly tested. 

Eliot's first religious service among the Indians was on Octooer 2S, 
104*>. When King Philip, in 1675, united the Indian tribes of New 
England in almost simultaneous attacks on the English settlements, 
the excitement in the seaboard town.s turned against Eliot's "•pra^nng 
Indians,'' and the people saspected — as on such an occasion seems 
natural — that these converts were in league with the enemy. So 
strong was the popular feeling in Boston tliat Eliot was comp)elled to 
remove his colony from Natick to Deer island, in Boston harbor, and 
there, as exiles from their own land, they spent the months before 
King Philip's power was broken. They then went l>ack to Xatick, 
where the people celebrated, on the 4th of Juh' last, the two hundred 
and fiftieth anniversary of the establishment of that village. There 
seems to lie no one left in that neighborhood of the descendants of 
this colony. 

A late and insufiScient authority says that Natick means Place of 
the Hills. The Dictionaiy of Dr Trumbull affords no support for 
this etymology, and it is probabh- mistaken. Charles river, as a 
small stream, passes through the village. Captain John Smith gave to 
it its name, which was the name of Prince Charles, afterward King 
Charles. The Indian name of this stream seems to have )>een Quino- 
lieguin; this would s<fem to mean Long river, from the root quin, 
it is long (comimre Quinnehtukqut, the Connecticut); or, quite as 
proliably. it means the river which turns about, from quinuppe, 
around aVx>ut or all alnrnt. 

South of the Natick Indians the Narragansett tribe spoke a dialect 
not ver}' different from theirs, and west of thetse the Mohegan trilje 
used anoth(»r dialect of the same language. There is now no Nari-a- 
gansett Indian who remembers any words of the language of his fore- 
fathers; Mrs Mitchell, who considered herself a descendant of King 
Philip and who did remember some of the words of his triln?, died in the 
spring of l81Hi. The Mashpee Indians still exist as a native community, 
occupying the town of ilashpee on Cape Cod. They have taken on 
all the habits of civilization; among others, they preserve their own 
trout brooks for the benefit of amateur sportsmen, and ivnt them to 
such 8j)ortsmen for considenible revenue. They maintain free schools 
as other towns of Massachusetts do, but in these schools no word of 
the language of their race is spoken, nor do any of the Mashpee 
Indians have further knowledw of it than does anv other New 



Digitized by 



Google 



HALE] INTRODUCTION XIII 

Englander. The Ga}- Head Indians, on Marthas Vineyard, a })rave 
and spirited set of men, retained a knowledge of their own language 
later perhaps than did any other of the Indians of southern New 
England, but it has died out among them. In the eastern part of 
Maine, however, the Passamaq noddy and Micmac Indians, whose 
range extends into the British provinces, still use their dialects of the 
Algonquian stock. Vocabularies of the related diatect spoken by the 
Abnakis, prepared b}- the faithful Catholic minister, Seba.stian Rasles, 
still exist; of these the most important wa.s printed by the American 
Academy as edited by the distinguished scholar Mr John Pickering. 
RdxBURY, Mass., July 19^ 1901. 
B. A. K., Bill. 25 ii 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



ABBREVIATIONS 



Abn.=Abnaki. 

act. =active. 

Adeliing=Adelung, Johann Christoph [and Vater, J. S.]. Mithridates oderallge- 
meine sprachenkunde. 4 vols. Berlin, 180^17. 

adj. = adjective. 

adv. =adverb. 

Afgh.= Afghan. 

agent. See n. agent. 

Alg.=Algic (Algonquian; in citations from McKenney, Chippewa); Algonkin (the 
Algonkin or Nippissing dialect of the Lake of the Two»Mountains, near the 
western end of the island of Montreal); Algomjuian. 

an.=animate; animate object. 

Ang.-Sax. = Anglo-Saxon. 

Arab. = Arabic. 

Arch. Amer. =Archfeologia Americana. Transactions and collections of the Ameri- 
can Antiquarian Society. Vols. i-iv. Worcester and Cambridge, 1820-60. 

Archer=Archer, Gabriel. Relation of Captain Gosnold's voyage to the north part 
of Virginia, t)egun . . . 1602, etc. In Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes, 
vol. IV, London, 1625; Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. viii, 
Boston, 1843. 

AS. = Anglo-Saxon. 

Assembly Catechism. See Quinney. 

augm. =augmentative. 

auxil. =auxiliary. 

A. V. = Authorized version. 

Bancroft= Bancroft, George. History of the United States from the discovery of the 
American continent. 10 vols. Boston, 1834-1874. Many other editions. 

Bar., Baraga = Baraga, Rev. Frederic. 

Diet, (or simply Bar.) =A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in 
English. Cincinnati, 1853; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with grammar), 1880, 
1882 (with grammar). References are to the edition of 1853. 
Gr.=A theoretical and practical grammar of the Otchipwe language. Detroit, 
1850; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with dictionary), 1882 (with dictionary). Refer- 
ences are to the edition of 1850. 

Bartlett=Bartlett, John Russell. Dictionary of Americanisms. A glossary of words 
and phrases usually regarded as peculiar to the United States. New York, 
1848. Several later editions. 



Note. It has not been possible to refer to the source of all quotations, and hence a few errors may 
have crept into the bibliographic parts of this list. All known editions of important works have been 
cited, note being made of the editions referred to in the Dictionary when these are known. 

IV 



Digitized by 



Google 



XVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25 

Barton, Barton's Compar. Voc.=Barton, Benjamin Smith. New views of the origin 
of the tribes and nations of America. Philadelphia, 1797, 1798. Contains 
comparative vocabulary of a number of Indian languages. 

Beverley = Beverley, Robert. The history and present state of Virginia, in four 
parts . . . III. The native Indians, their religion, laws, and customs, in 
war and peace. London, 1705, 1722; Richmond, 1855. References are to 
the second edition. 

Bloch=Bloch, Mark Elieser. Several works on ichthyology, 1782-1801. 

Bonap.= Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. American ornithology. Phila- 
delphia, 1825-33. 

Bopp=Bopp, Franz. Comparative Grammar of the Sanscrit, Zend, Greek, Latin, 
Lithuanian, Gothic, German, and Sclavonic languages. Translated from 
the German [Berlin, 1833-52, 1867-61, 1868-71] by E. B. Eastwick. 3 vols. 
London, 1845-50, 1856. 

Brebeuf=Brebeuf, Jean de. Relation de ce qui s'est passe dans le pays des Hurons 
en Tannee 1636. With Le Jeune, Paul, Relation de ce qui s'est pass<^ en la 
Novvelle France en Tann^e 1636, Paris, 1637; in Relations des J^suites, vol. i, 
Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and allied documents . . . edited by 
Reuben Gold Thwaites, vol. x, Cleveland, 1897. The Quebec edition was 
the one used. 

C, Cott., Cotton =Cotton, Josiah. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick) 
Indian language. In Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. ii, Cam- 
bridge, 1830 (edited by John Pickering) ; issued separately, Cambridge, 1829. 

Caldw. =Caldwell, Robert. Comparative grammar of the Dravidian or South Indian 
family of languages. London, 1856. 

Camp. =Campanius, Johan. Lutheri catechismus ofwersatt p& American- Virginiske 
spr&ket [followed by] Vocabularium Barbaro-Virgineorum. Stockholm, 
1696. The vocabulary was reprinted with some additions in Campanius 
Holm, Thomas, Kort beskrifning om provincien Nya Swerige uti America, 
Stockholm, 1702. The latter work was transtated aa, A short description 
of the province of New Sweden . . . Translated ... By Peter S. Du 
Ponceau, in Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. in, pt. 1, Philadel- 
phia, 1834; issued separately, Philadelphia, 1834. 

Cant =Canticle8 (The song of Solomon). 

Ca8s=Cas8, Lewis. Remarks on the condition, character, and languages, of the 
North American Indians. From the North American Review, no. l [vol. 
xxii], for January, 1826. 

Catechismo Algonchino=Catechi8mo dei missionari cattolici in lingua algonchina, 
pubblicato per cura di E. Teza. Pisa, 1872. 

caus., causat. =cau8ative. 

cf. = confer, compare. 

Chald.=Chaldaic, Chaldee. 

Charlevoix =Charlevoix, Pierre Francois Xavier de. Histoire et description g^n^rale 
de la Nouvelle France, avec le journal historique d'un voyage fait par ordre 
du roi dans I'Am^rique Septentrionale. Paris, 1744; London, 1761, 1763; 
Dublin, 1766. There are other editions not containing the linguistic 
material. 

Chey . =Cheyenne. 

Chip. =Chippewa. 

Gr. Trav. = Grand Traverse band. 

Mack. =Mackinaw band. 

Sag. =Saginaw band. 

St Marys = St Marys band. 

1 Chr.=The first lx)ok of the chronicles. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRrMBiLL] ABBREVIATIONS XVII 

2 Chr.=The necond book of the chronicles. 
C. M., C. Math., C. Mather = Mather, Cotton. 

Family religion excited and assisted. Indian heading: Teashehinninneongane 

peantamooonk wogkouiinumun kah anunumwontamun. Boston, 1714. 
Notit. Ind.=Notitia Indiaruin, in India Christiana. A discourse, delivered unto 
the Commissioners, for the propagation of the (xospel among the American 
Indians. Boston, 1721. 
Wussukwhonk en Christianeue asuh peantamwae Indianog, etc. Second title: 
An epistle to the Christian Indians, etc. Boston, 1700, 1706. 
Col.=The epistle of Paul to the Colossians. 
comp. =compound. 
compar. =comparative. 
condit. = conditional, 
conj. = conjunction. 

Conn. Rec.=Public records of the colony of Connecticut. Vols, i-iii, 1636-89, 
edited by J. H. Trumbull; vols, iv-xv, 1689-1776, edited by C. J. Hoadly; 
appendix, 1663-1710. Hartfonl, 1850-90. 
constr. =construct state, 
contract. = contracted form. 

1 Cor.=The first epistle of Paul to the Corinthians. 

2 Cor. =The second epistle of Paul to the Corinthians. 
Cott., Cotton. SeeC. 

Cotton, John. 8ee Rawson; El. (I. P.). 

Cuv.=Cuvier, Georges L<^opold (.'hr^tien Frederic Dagobert, Baron. Several works 
on zoology. 

Dan.=The book of the prophet Daniel; Danish. 

Danf.=Danforth, Samuel. 

Masukkenukeeg matcheseaenvog wequetoog kah wuttooanatoog uppeyaonont 
Christoh kah ne yeuyeu teanuk, etc. Trandation: Greatest sinners called and 
encourageil to come to Christ, and that now, quickly, etc. Boston, 1698. 
Oggus. Kutt.=The woful effects of drunkenness, etc. Address in Indian begins 
on page 43 with the words "Oggussunash kuttooonkash." Boston, 1710. 
Also a manuscript vocabulary of the Massachusetts language, in the library of 
the Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston. 

Dawson = Dawson, Sir John William. Acadian geology. Edinbui>?h, 1855; Mon- 
treal, 1860; London, 18C8. 

Del. =Delaware. 

derog. =derogatory. 

Descr. N. Netherland, 1671. See Montanus. 

Deut. =Deuteronomy. 

De Vries=Vries, David Pietersz. de. Voyages from Holland to America, A. D. 1632 
to 1644. . . Translated from the Dutch [Iloorn, 1655] . . . ]>y Henry C. 
Murphy. New York, 1853; in New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. 
Ill, pt. 1, New York, 1857. 

diet. = dictionary. See Bar.; Grav. ; Rasles. 

dimin. = diminutive. 

Duponceau=Duponceau, Peter Stephen. 
Corresp. See Hkw. 
Notes on El. Gr. See El. 

east. =eastern. 

Eccl . , Eccles. = Ecclestiastes. 

Edw.= Ed wards, Jonathan. Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew 
[Mohegan] Indians . . . Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts 
and Sciences, and published at the recjuest of the society. New Haven, 



Digitized by 



Google 



XVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 26 

Ed w.= Ed wards, Jonathan — continued. 

1788; London, 1788, 1789; New York, 1801; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. 
Coll., ser. 2, vol. x, Boston, 1823 (with notes by Pickering); in Works of 
Jonathan Edwards, with a memoir of his life and character, by Edward 
Tr>'on (2 vols.), Hartford, 1842. References are to the edition of New 
Haven, 1788, and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society Collections. 
Egyp.=Eg)'ptian. 
El., Eliot= Eliot, John. 

Bible =The holy Bible: containing the Old Testament and the New. Translated 
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed by the Commissioners 
of the United Colonies m New-England, at the charge and with the consent 
of the Corporation in England. Second title: Mamusse wunneetupanatamwe 
up-biblum God naneeswe nukkone testament kah wonk wusku testament, 
etc. Cambridge, 1663 (also with Indian title only), 1685, (with Indian title 
only). References are to the 1685 edition. 

Gr., Giam.=The Indian grammar begun: or. An essay to bring the Indian lan- 
guage into rules, for the help of suoh as desire to learn the same, etc. Cam- 
bridge, 1666; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston, 
1822 (with notes by P. S. Duponceau and an introduction and supple- 
mentary observations by John Pickering); issued separately, Boston, 1822. 

I. P., Ind. Prim.=Indiane primer asuh negonneyeuuk. Ne nashpe mukkiesog 
woh tauog wunnamuhkuttee ogketamunnate Indiane unnontoowaonk. Kah 
Meninnunk wutch mukkiesog. Second title: The Indian primer; or The first 
book. By which children may know truely to read the Indian language. 
And Milk for babes. Boston, 1720, 1747. This is a revised edition, prob- 
ably by Experience Mayhew, of Eliot's Primer of 1654 (?), 1662, 1669, 1687(?), 
printed w^ith Rawson's translation of John Cotton's Spiritual milk for babes 
(also somewhat revised). Parts of the edition of 1720 were reprinted in 
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. ii, Cambridge, 1830. 

Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. =Manitowompae pomantamoonk: sampwshanau 
Christianoh uttoh woh an pomantog wussikkitteahonat God. Translation: 
Godly living: directs a Christian how he may live to plea.se God. Cam- 
bridge, 1665, 1685. 

N. T. =The New Testament of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ. Translated 
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed, etc. Second title: Wusku 
wuttestamentum nul-lordumun Jesus Christ nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. 
Cambridge, 1661 (also with Indian title only), 1680 (with Indian title only). 
References are to the 1680 edition. 

S. Q., Samp. Quin., Samp. Quinnup. =Sampwutteahae quinnuppekompauaenin 
. . . mache wussukhiimun ut English-mdiie unnontoowaonk nashi>e . . . 
Thomas Shephard, quinnuppenilmun en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe 
. . . John Eliot. Kahnawhutcheutaiyeuongashoggussemeseontcheteauun 
nashpe Grindal Rawson. TranskUimx: The sincere convert . . . written in 
English by . . . Thomas Shepard, translated into Indian by . . . John 
Eliot. And in some places a little amended by Grindal Rawson. Cam- 
bridge, 1689. 

Also several other translations. 
E. M., Exp. Mayhew =May hew. Experience. 

Mass. Ps. =Ma88achusee psalter: asuh, Ukkuttoohomaongash David weche 
wunnaunchemookaonk ne ansukhogup John, ut Indiane kah Englishe 
nepatuhquonkash, etc. Second title: The Massachuset psalter: or, Psalms of 
Da^nd with the Gospel according to John, in columns of Indian and English, 
etc. Boston, 1709. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XIX 

E. M., Exp. Mayhew=Mayhew, Ex i>erience— continued. 

Xe kesiikod Jehovah keasehtunkup. Kekuttoohkaouk papaume kuhquttum- 
mooonk kah nanawehtoonk ukkesuko<luni Lord, etc. Second t'lUe: The day 
which the Lord hath made. A discourse concerning the institution and 
observation of the Ix)rds-day, etc. Boston, 1707. 
A manuscript letter to Honorable Paul Dudley on the Indian language of Con- 
necticut colony, 1722. Contaios a translation of the Lord's prayer. When 
E. M. alone is used this letter is referred to. It was printed in the New 
England Historical and Genealogical Register, vol. xxxix, Boston, 1885 
(communicated by John S. H. Fogg, M. D. ). Reprinte<l as follows: 
Observations on the Indian language . . . Now published from the original 

ms. by John vS. H. Fogg, etc. Boston, 1884. 
It is pix)bable that the Indiane primer of 1720 and 1747 (see El., I. P.) was 
revised by Mayhew. 

Engl. = English. 

Eph. =The epistle of Paul to the Ephesians. 

Esth. =The book of Esther. 

Etch . = Etchemin . 

Eth., Ethiop.=Ethiopian. 

Ex. = Exodus. 

Ezek. =The \yo6k of the prophet Ezekiel. 

fern. = feminine. 

Forbes* Dahomey = Forbes, F. E. Dahomey and the Dahomans; two missions to 
king of Dahomey in 1848-1850. 2 vols. London, 1851. 

Force Tract8=Tracts and other papers relating principally to the origin, settlement, 
and progress of the colonies in North America, from the discovery to the 
year 1776. Collected by Peter Force. 4 vols. Washington, 1836-46. 

Fr. =French. 

freq. =frequentative. 

Gal. =The epistle of Pawl to the Galatians. 

Gallatin =Gallatin, Albert. 

A synopsis of the Indian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky 
mountains, etc. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archselogia Ameri- 
cana), vol. II, Cambridge, 1836. 
Hale's Indians of north-west America, and vocalmlaries of North America; with 
an introduction. In American Ethnological Soc. Trans., vol. ii,»New York, 
1848. 

Gen. = Genesis. 

gen.=genitive. 

Gen. Reg.=New England historical and genealogical register. Publishecl under 
the direction of the New England Historic Genealogical Society. A'ols. 
i-Lvi, Boston and All^any, 1847-1902. 

Gerard's Herbal =Gerard, John. The herball, or Generall historic of plantes. 
London. 1597, 1633, 1636. 

Germ. =German. 

Gookin=Gookin, Daniel. 

Historical account of the doings and sufferings of the Christian Indians of New 
England. In American Antiquarian Soc, Trans. (Archteologia Americana) , 
vol. II, Cambridge, 1836. 
Historical collections of the Indians in New England. In Massachusetts His- 
torical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. i, Boston, 1792, 1806. 

Goth.=Gothic. 

Gr.=Greek. 

gr., gram.=grammar. See Bar., El., Howse, Maill., Zeisb., and others. 



Digitized by 



Google 



XX BUREAU OF AXEBICAX ETHXoI/KJY :»rLi.25 

Ora-v . 'rra-. i<rr=«fni*. i^r. Jsui.*^. A ij^na«<Tipt *li<.-ii'»nafT of the IHinob Uinniaise, 
Jj^-l'-njririir to Ur Trmnbnil. 

Ha^.=llafQ£au. 

Hanri'/n = Hamjion, Daniel WiIIiaffj«». A j'.'nmal of voyatre^ ami travel^ in the inter- 
I'fur of Xorth America, lietwe^n the 47th an«l 5Mh degree? «^»f north latitu^le, 
tf'Xten'lini; fnttn Montreal nearly t'» the Par-itir »Ntan, etr. An«lover. 1*^20. 
O^ntain" Cree linffab>-Tir; material. 

Hay«I*-n = Hay4en, Fnuw-ii? Van'lever. Contribution* t«» the ethnography an«i phil- 
ohftnr of the Indian trilifrn of the Ml-^»iiri valley. In American Phil<ei*»ph- 
iral S^jT-. Tran«., n. h.. \oL xiu Philadelphia, 1 v>.*i: printe*! «ej«arately, Phila- 
d^-lphia, I'^yi. 

Hf-b. =Hebrev; The epirtle of Paul to the Hebrew?. 

Hib. =Hiljem^>-<>ltic. 

Hi|f;drif<<^m=Hig3dnKm ^or Higge^on;, Franciij. New Kntrlandi* plantation: «»r. A 
^hort and tnie de«crif*tion of the c*<f>mino«litie9< and digicom nio^li ties of that 
ioiintry. I»ndon, l^W; in Maamchaoetbi Hii<torical S<x*- 0»11., ^er. 1, vol. 
I, htftfion, 17H2, 1806; Force Tracti«, vol. i, Wai<hington. lNl6; Young, Alex- 
ander, Chroniclei< of the fir^ planters of the ocjlony of MasBachiLietti> bay, 
pK*ton, 1846. 

Hkw. = Hwkewelder, John Gottlieb Eme^tus. 

Tomp. Voc. =Comparative vocabulary of Algonquin dialects. From Hecke- 
wfldcfr'H mana0r'riptf« inthecolle(t]oni<<ff the .\mericran Philosophical Society, 
Philadelphia. Printed for the ** Alcove of American Native Languages*' in 
Well«?ley College library, by E. N. Horsford. Cambridge, 1887. 
Corre«j>.=sA correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethle- 
hem, and Peter 8. I>up<^>nceau, e<K|., etc. In American Philosophical Soc., 
Tram*, of the Historical and Literary- CVimmittee, vol. i, Philadelphia, 1819; 
Pennsylvania HL-torical Srx?. Mem., vol. xii, Philadelphia, 1876. 
Hist. Acc.s=An a(x>ount of the history, manners, and customs of the Indian 
nations, who once inliabite<i Pennsylvania and the neighbouring states. In 
Amerir^an Philowiphic:al S<ic., Trans, of the Historical and Literary Com- 
mittee, vol. I, Philadelphia, 1819; printed separately Philadelphia, 1818; 
also in Pennsylvania Historical S<ic. Mem., vol. xii, PhiUulelphia, 1876, 
Aim manus4Tipt vocabularies of Chippewa, Delaware, Mahicanni, Nanticoke, and 
Sliatvanese languages, in the library of the American Philosophical Society, 
Philadelphia, and several other works containing Delaware linguistic 
material. 

Hof. = H'isea. 

Howse=Howse, Jrjseph. A grammar of the Cree language, with which is combined 
an analysis of the Chipjjeway dialect. London, 1844, 1865. 

i., intr., intrans. = intransitive. 

i. e. = id <'^t, that is. 

111., Illin. = Illinois. 

.MS Dirt. See (»rav. 

imp. =im[M'rK>nal. 

imiHT., iiniierat. =imfierative. 

inati. = inanimate, inanimate object. 

indef.= indefinite. 

Ind. Laws, Indian l^WH=The hatchets, to hew down the tree of sin, which ])ears the 
fruit of death. Or, The laws, by which the magistrates are to punish offenses, 
among the Indians, as well as among the English. Boston, 1705. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXI 

Ind. Prim. See El. 

infin. = infinitive. 

in tens. = intensive. 

in terj. = interjection. 

interrog. =interrogath'e. 

intr., intrans. See i. 

introd. =introdnction. 

I. P. See El. 

l8.=The book of the prophet Isaiah. 

J. = Jones, John, and Jones, Peter. 

John=The Gospel according to St. John. Translated into the Chippeway 
tongue by John Jones, and revised and corrected by Peter Jones, Indian 
teachers. London, 1831; Boston, 183d (with Indian and English title). 
Also several other translations into Chippewa by both authors. 
Jeff .= Jefferson, Thomas. 

A vocabulary of the language of the Unquachog Indians, who constitute the 
Pusspatock settlement in the tow^n of Brookhaven, south side of Long island. 
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Phila- 
delphia. Copy in the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology. 
[Vocabulary of the Mohican, Long Island, and Shawnoe languages. ] In Gallatin, 
A., Synopsis of Indian tribes, American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archseo- 
logia Americana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836. 
Several other manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical Society. 
Jer. =The book of the prophet Jeremiah. 

John=The Gospel according to St John. For Chippewa Bible quotations see J. 
Josh. = The book of Joshua. 
Joeselyn=Jos8elyn, John. 

Rar., N. E. Rar.=New England's rarities discovered; in birds, beasts, fishes, 
serpents, and plants of that country. London, 1672; Boston, 1865; in 
American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archteologia Americana), vol. iv, 
Boston, 1860. 
, Voy.= Account of two voyages to New England [1638, 1663]. London, 1674, 
1675; Boston, 1865; in Massachusetts Historical Sm-. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, 
Cambridge, 18:^3. 
Judd=Judd, Sylvester. 

Gen. Reg. = Article on the fur trade on Connecticut river, in New England His- 
torical and Genealogical Register, vol. xi, Boston, 1857. 
Hadley, Hist, of Hadley=Hi8tor>' of Hadley. Northampton, 1863. 
Judg. =The book of judges. 

1 K.=The first book of the kings. 

2 K. =The second book of the kings. 
K. A. See Osunk. 

Keat., Keating= Keating, William Hypolitus. Narrative of an expedition to the 
source of St. Peter's river, etc. 2 vols. Philadelphia, 1824; London, 1825. 
Contains vocaV)ularie8 of Sauk and Chippewa languages. 

L.=Linn^ (or Linnaeus), Karl von. Several works on botany. 

Lah., Lahontan=Lahontan, Armand Louis de Delondarce, Baron de. New voyages 
to North America, containing an account of the several nations of that vast 
continent ... To which is added, a dictionary of the Algonkine language, 
which is generally spoke in North America. 2 vols. London, 1703, 1735. 
Various editions in French, Dutch, and German. 

Lam. =The lamentations of Jeremiah. 

Lat. =Latin. 



Digitized by 



Google 



XXII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25 

1. c, loc. cit.=loco citato, in the place cited. 

.Lechford=Lech ford, Thomas. Plain dealing; or, News from New England. London, 
1642; Boston, 1867 (with introduction and notes by J. H. Trumbull); in 
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. iii, Cambridge, 1833. 

L-e Jeune=Le Jeune, Phre Paul. 

Relation de ce qui s'est pass^ en la Novvelle France en Tann^e 1634, etc. Paris, 
1635; in Relations de J(^suites, vol. i, Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and 
allied documents . . . edite*! by Reuben Gold Thwaites, vols, vii-viii, 
Cleveland, 1897. Quoted in Gallatin, A., Synopsis of tribes, American 
Antiquarian Soc. Trans. ( Archseologia Americana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836. 

I-.e8carbot=Lescarbot, Marc. Histoire de la Nouvelle France, etc. Paris, 1609, 1611, 
1612, 1618, 1866; London ( translated by P. E[rondelle]), 1609, [1612?]. 

LeSueur=LeSueur, Charles Alexander. Several works on zoology. 

Lev. =Leviticus. 

Lit., Litu. =Lituanian, Lithuanian. 

loc. cit. See 1. c. 

Long=Long, John. Voyages and travels of an Indian interpreter and trader . . . 
To which is added a vocabulary of the Chippeway language . . A list of 
words in the Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux tongues, and a 
table, shewing the analogy l>etween the Algonkin and Chippeway languages. 
London, 1791. 

McK. , McKenney =McKenney , Thomas Lorraine. Sketches of a tour to the lakes . . . 
Also, a vocabulary of the Algic, or Chippeway language, formed in part, and 
as far as it goes, upon the basis of one furnished by the Hon. Albert Gallat'n. 
Baltimore, 1827. 

Mah. =Mahicanni, Mohegan. 

Maill., Maillard=Maillard, Anthony S. 

Grammar of the Mikmaque language of Nova Scotia, edited from the manuscripts 

of the Abb6 Maillard by the Rev. Joseph M. Bellenger. New York, 1864. 
Also a number of manuscripts, preserved chiefly in the library of the Arch- 
bishopric of Quebec, and several published letters containing Micmac words. 

Mal.=Malachi. 

Man. Pom., Manit Pom. See El. 

Mar. Yin. Rec. = Manuscript deeds, etc., in the Indian language of Massachusetts, 
formerly in possession of Reverend D. W. Stevens, Vineyard Haven, Mar- 
thas Yineyard (?). Or, possibly, manuscript records of Marthas Yineyard 
in the custody of the town clerk at Edgartown, Massachusetts. 

Martins =Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von. Beitriige zur ethnographic und 
sprachenkunde Brasiliens. Wortersammlung brasilienischer sprachen. 
Erlangen, 1863; Leipzig, 1867. 

Mason =Mason, Maj. John. Brief history of the Pequot war. Boston, 1736; in 
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., sen 2, vol. viii, Boston, 1819 (with an 
introduction by Thomas Prince). 

Mass. = Massachusetts. 

Mass. Hist. Coll. See M. H. C, 

Mass. Ps., Mass. Psalter. See E. M. 

Mather. See C. M. 

Matt. =The Gospel according to St Matthew. 

Mayhew. See E. M. 

Megapolensis=Megapolensi8, Johannes. A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in 
New Netherland . . . Revised from the translation [from the Dutch, Alk- 
maer [1644?], and Amsterdam, 1651 (in Hartgers, J., Beschrijvinghe van 
Yirginia, Nieuw Nederlandt, Nieuw Engelandt, etc.)] in [Ebenezer] Haz- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXIII 

Megapolensi8=M^^polen8i8, Johannes — continued. 

ard's Historical collections [Philadelphia, 1792], with an introduction and 
notes, by John Romeyn Brodhead. In New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 
2, vol. Ill, part 1, New York, 1857. 

Menom. =Mei^omini. 

Mex. =Mexican. 

M. H. C, Mass. Hist. Coll. =Collection8 of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Ser. 
1 (1 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston, 1792-1809. Ser. 2 (2 M. H. C), 10 vols., 
Boston, 1814-1823. Ser. 3 (3 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston and Cambridge, 
1825-1849. Ser. 4 (4 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston, 1852-1871. Ser. 5, 10 
vols., Boston, 1871-1888. Ser. 6, 10 vols., Boston, 1880-1899. Ser. 7, vols, 
i-iii, Boston, 1900-1902. 

Mic. =Micah. 

Micm. =Micmac. 

Mitch. =Mitchell, Saniuel Latham. Several works on the fishes of New York. 

mod. = modem. 

Moh. =Mohegan. 

Montagn. =Montagnais. 

Montanu8=Montanus (van Bergen or van den Berg), Arnoldus. Description of 
New Netherland. 1671. In Documentary history of the state of New York, 
arranged . . . by E. B. O'Callaghan, vol. iv, Albany, 1851 (translated from 
De nieuwe en onbekende weereld; of, Beschryving van America en't Zuid- 
land, Amsterdam, 1671). 

Morton, N. E. Canaan = Morton, Thomas. New English Canaan; or New Canaan, con- 
taining an abstract of New England. Composed in three bookes. Amster- 
dam, 1637; Boston, 1883 (Publications of Prince Society) ; in Force Tracts, 
vol. II, Washington, 1838. 

MS =manuscript. 

Muh.=Muhhekaneew, Mohegan. 

mut. =mutual. 

M. V. Rec. See Mar. Vin. Rec. 

n=noun. 

n. agent., n. agentis=nomen agentis, noun (or name) of the agent. 

Nah.=Nahum. 

N. A. Review=North American review. Vols, i-ci.xxv. Boston and New York, 
1815-1902. 

Narr. =Narragan8ett, or, in citations from Roger Williams, more properly Cowwes^uck 
or Cowesit. 

Nash. Men. See Rawson. 

Nav. Col.=Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de. Coleccion de los viages y descubri- 
mientos, que hicieron por mar los EspafXoles desde fines del siglo xv, etc. 
5 vols. Madrid, 1825-37. 

neg., negat. = negative. 

Neh. =The book of Nehemiah. 

N. E. Plantation. See Higginson. 

Nipm. =Nipmuc. 

Norwood = Norwood, Col. Richard. Voyage to Virginia, 1649. In Churchill, Awn- 
sham and John, Collection of voyages and travels, London, 1732, 1744, 1746; 
Force Tracts, vol. in, Washington, 1844; The Virginia Historical Register, 
vol. II, Richmond, 1849 (abridged). 

Notit Ind. See C. M. 

N. T.=New Testament. See El. 

Num. = Numbers. 

Nuttall=Nuttall, Thomas. The North American sylva. 3 vols. Philpdelphia, 
1842-49. 



Digitized by 



Google 



XXIV BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY bull. 25 

N. Y. II. S. Coll. = Collections of the New York Historical Society. Ser. 1, 5 vols., 
New York, 1811-30. Ser. 2, 4 vols., New York, 1841-59. Publication fund 
ser., 27 vols., New Y^ork, 1868-94. 

Obad.=Obadiah. 

obj.=object, objective. 

Oggus. Kutt. See Danf. 

Ojib.=Ojibwa, Chippewa. 

Onond. = Onondaga. 

Osunk. =09unkhirhine (or Wzokhilain), Peter Paul. 

K. A.=WQbanaki kimzowi awighigan, P. P. Wzgkilhain, kizitokw [Spelling 
and reading book in the Penobscot dialect of the Abnaki language, includ- 
ing a number of vocabularies, Indian and English]. Boston, 1830. 
Also several translations into Abnaki. 

Palfrey = Palfrey, John Gorham. History of New^ Englan<l during the Stuart 
dynasty. 5 vols. Boston and London, 1859-90. 

part., particip. =participle. 

pass. = passive. 

Peq.=Pequot. 

pers. = person. 

1 Pet. =The first general epistle of Peter. 

2 Pet. =The second general epistle of Peter. 
Phil. =The epistle of Paul to the Philippians. 
Philem. =The epistle of Paul to Philemon. 
Phil. Trans. See Winth. 
Pickering=Pickering, John. 

Introd. to El. Gr. See El. 

Pier., Pierson=Pierson, Abraham. Some helps for the Indians, shewing them how 
to improve their natural reason, to know the true God, and the true Christian 
religion, etc. [Catechism in Quiripi]. Cambridge, 1658; Hartfoni, 1873 
(from Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. iii; with an introduction by 
James Hammond Trumbull); in Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. iii, 
Hartford, 1895. 

pi. = plural. 

poss. = possessive. 

Powh.=Powhatan. 

Prayers = [Sergeant, Rev. John. ] A morning prayer [and a num])er of other prayers, 
translate<i into Mohegan]. [Boston? 174-?] 

pres.= present. 

pret.= preterit. 

prog. =progres8ive. ' 

proh., prohib.= prohibitory. 

Prov. = Proverbs. 

Ps. =The book of psalms. 

Quinney=[Quinney, John.] The Assembly's catechism [in Mohegan]. Stock- 
bridge, 1795. Contains also a translation of Dr Watts' Shorter catechism for 
children. 

Quinnip.=Quinnipiac (Quiripi). 

Quir.= Quiripi. 

q^ V. =quod vide, which see. 

rad.= radical, root. 

Rand = Rand, Silas Tertius. 

[Vocabulary of the Micmac language.] In Schoolcraft, Indian tribes, vol v, 

Philadelphia, 1855. 
A first reading book in the Micmac language, etc. Halifax, 1875. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXV 

Rand=Rainl, Silas Tertius — continued. 

Also many translations into Micmac, and other works containing Micinac lin- 
guistic material. 

Rasles = Rasles, Sebastien. A dictionary of the Abnaki language, in North America. 
With an introductory memoir and notes by John Pickering. In American 
Acad, of Sciences and Arts, Memoirs, new ser., vol. i, Cambridge, 1833; 
issued separately, Cambridge, 1833. 

Rawson = Rawson, G rindal. 

Nash. Men.=Nashauanittue meninnunk wutch mukkiesog, wusses^mumun 
* wutch sogkodtunganash naneeswe testamentsash . . . Negonde wussukhd- 
mun ut Englishmdnne unnontoowaonganit nashpe . . . John Cotton. Kah 
yeuyeuqushkinnumunen Indiane unnonto3waonganit . . . nashpe Grindal 
Rawson. Translation: Spiritual milk for babes, drawn from the breasts of 
both Testaments . . . Formerly written in English, by . . . John Cotton. 
And now translated into Indian ... by Grindal Rawson. Cambridge, 
1691. Reprinteil in somewhat altered form in the Indiane primer of 1720, 
1747 (see El., I. P.). 
Wun. Samp. =A confession of faith owned and consented unto by the elders 
and messengers of the churches assembled at Boston in New England, May 
12, 1680. Second title: Wunnamptamoe sampooaonk wussampoowontamun 
nashpe moeuwehkomunganash ut New-England, etc. Boston, 1699. 
See also El., Samp. Quin. 

recipr. =reciprocal. 

redupl. =reduplicate. 

rel.=relative. 

Rev. =The revelation of 3St John. 

Rev. Yer.= Revised version. 

Rom. =The epistle of Paul to the Romans. 

Russ. = Russian. 

R. W., R. Williams=Williams, Roger. A key into the language of America; or, 
An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New- 
England. London, 1643; in Rhode Island Historical See. Coll., vol. i. Provi- 
dence, 1827; issued separately, Providence, 1827; in Massachusetts Histor- 
ical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. iii, Boston, 1794, 1810; and in Narragansett Club 
Publications, ser. 1, vol. i, Providence, 1866 (edited by James Hammond 
Trumbull). The page references herein are to the Rhode Island Historical 
Society edition (1827). 

1 Sam.=The first book of Samuel. 

2 Sam. =The second book of Samuel. 
Samp. Quin:, Samp. Quinnup. See El. 
Sansk. =Sanskrit. 

Sax.=Saxon. 

Say=Say, Thomas. Several works on American zoology. 

S. B. (Chip.) = James, Edwin. Ojibue spelling book. 2 parts. Boston, 1846. Ear- 
lier editions (in one volume), Utica, 1833; Boston, 1835. 

S. B. (Del.). SeeZeisb. 

8c. =scilicet, namely, to wit. 

St;h., Schoolcraft=Schoolcraft, Henry Rowe. 

Ind. Tribes =Historical and statistical information, resi^ecting the history, con- 
dition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States, etc. 6 parts. 
Philadelphia, 1851-1857; 1860; 1884 (partial reprint; 2 vols.). 
Also several other works containing Indian (chiefly Algonquian) linguistic 
material. 



Digitized by 



Google 



XXVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 26 

Shawn. = Shawnee. 

Hing. =Hingiilar. 

Smith, Capt. J.=Smith, Cap/am John. 

Deecr. N. England, 1616= A description of New England; or, The observations 
and discoveries of Captain John Smith, etc. London, 1616; Boston, 1865; 
Birmingham, 1884 (in The English scholars library. Capt. John Smith . . . 
AVorks. 1608-1631 . . . Edited by Edward A rl)er); in Massachusetts His- 
toricAl Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. vi, Boston, 181^7; Force Tracts, vol. ii, Wash- 
ington, 1838. 
Virginia, Hist of Va.=The generall historie of Virginia, New-England, and the 
Summer isles, etc. London, 1624, 1626, 1627, 1631, 1632, 1705 (in Harris, J., 
Collection of voyages, vol. i), 1812 (in Pinkerton, John, A general collection 
of voyages and travels, vol. xiii); Richmond, 1819 (The trve travels . . . 
of Captaine John Smith, etc., vol. ii); Birmingham, 1884 (Arber eciition; 
see above). 
1631= Advertisements for the unexperience<l planters of New England, etc. 
Tx)ndon, 1631; Boston, 1865; Birmingham, 1884 (Arber edition; see above); 
. in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, Boston, 1833. 

Smith, Fishes of Mass.=Smith, Jerome Van Crowninshield. Natural history of the 
fishes of Massachusetts. Boston, 1833. 

S. Q. See El. 

St., Stiles=Stile8, Ezra. 

Peq. =A vocabulary of the Pequot, obtained by President Stiles in 1762 ... at 
Groton, Conn. Manuscript in the library of Yale University. Copy in the 
library of the Bureau of American Ethnology. 
Narr.=A manuscript vocabulary obtained from a Narragansett Indian, Septem- 
ber 6, 1769. In the library of Yale University. 

Storer, Rept. on Fishes of Mass. =Storer, David Humphreys, and Peabody, William 
Bourne Oliver. Report on the fishes, reptiles, and birds of Massachusetts. 
Boston, 1839 (Report of Commissioners on the Zoological and Botanical Sur- 
vey of the State). 

Stour. Misprint See Storer. 

Strachey=Strachey, William. The historic of travaile into Virginia Britannia, etc. 
London, printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1849. 

8ubj.=subject. 

8uff.=suffix, suffix form. 

Sum. =Summerfield, John. Sketch of grammar of the Chippeway language, to 
which is added a vocabulary of some of the most common words. By John 
Summerfield, alias Sahgahjewagahbahweh. Cazenovia, 1834. 

suppos. =suppositive. 

Sw. =Swedi8h. 

s. v.=sub voce, under the entry; also same verse. 

S\T. =Syriac. 

t., trans. = transitive. 

1 Thess.=The first epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians. 

2 Thess. =The second epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians. 

1 Tim.=The first epistle of Paul to Timothy. 

2 Tim.=The second epistle of Paul to Timothy. 
Tit.=The epistle of Paul to Titus. 

Tocqueville=Tocqueville, Alexis Charles Henri Cl^rel de. De la democratic en 

Am^rique. 2 v. Bruxelles, 1835. Several other editions, 
trans. See t. 
v. = verse. See also s. v. 
v.. vb.=verb. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] ABBBEVIATIONS XXVU 

vbl.=verbal, verbal noun. 

Ve8puciu8= Vespucci, Amerigo (Lat. VespuciuB, Aqiericus). 

Nav. Col. =Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de, Goleccion de loa viages y descubri- 
mientos, que hicieron por mar los Espanoles desde fines del siglo xv. 5 
vols. Madrid, 1825-37. 

Vineyard Rec. JSee Mar. Vin. Rec. 

Virg. = Virginian. 

voc. = vocabulary. 

Von Martius. iSee Martins. 

Watts' Cat. See Quinney. 

Weber = Weber, Albrecht Friedrich. Several works on East Indian language and 
literature. 

Webst., Webster = Webster, Noah. Dictionary of the English language. Many edi- 
tions and revisions. 

White=White, Andrew. A relation of the colony of the lord baron of Baltimore, in 
Maryland, near Virginia; a narrative of the voyage to Maryland, by Father 
Andrew White, etc. In Force Tracts, vol. iv, Washington, 1846. 

Williams. See R. W. 

Wil8.= Wilson, Alexander. Several works on American ornithology. 

Winslow, Relation=W[inslow], E[dward]. Good nevves from New-England; or A 
true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of Plimoth, etc. 
London, 1624; partly reprinted in Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes, vol. iv, 
London, 1625; also in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser, 1, vol. viii, 
Boston, 1802, and ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston, 1822, 1832, and in Young, A., 
Chronicles of the Pilgrim fathers, Boston, 1841, 1844. 

Winth=Winthorp (=Winthrop) [Adam?]. The description, culture, and use of 
maiz. In Philosophical Transactions, no. 142, for December, January, and 
February, 1678 [-79]. London, 1679. 

Wood (N. E.)=Wood, William. New Englands prospect. A true, lively, and 
experimental 1 description of that part of America, commonly called New 
England, etc. London, 1634; 1635; 1639; 1764; Boston, 1865 (in Publica- 
tions of Prince Society). 

Wood (L. I. ), S. Wood = Wood, Silas. A sketch of the first settlement of the several 
towns on Long island, with their political condition, to the end of the Amer- 
ican revolution. Brooklyn, 1824; 1826; 1828; 1865. 

Wun. Samp. See Rawson. 

Zech. =Zechariah. 

Zeisb.=Zei8berger, David. 

Gr., Gram. = A grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware 
Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the author by Peter 
Stephen Du Ponceau. With a preface and notes by the translator. Pub- 
lished by order of the American Philosopnical Society in the third volume 
of the new series of their Transactions. Philadelphia, 1827; in American 
Philosophical Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. iir, Philadelphia, 1830. 
S. B., Spelling Book=Essay of a Delaware-Indian and English spelling-book, 
for the use of the schools of Christian Indians on Muskingum river. Phila- 
deTphia, 1776; reprinted with additions and omissions, Philadelphia, 1806. 
Voc. = Vocabularies by Zeisberger. From the collection of manuscripts presented 
by Judge Lane to Harvard University. Nos. 1 and 2. Printed for the 
"Alcove of American Native Languages" in Wellesley College library, by 
E. N. Horsford. Cambridge, 1887. 
Also several translation^ into Delaware, and other works containing Delaware 
linguistic material. 



Digitized by 



Google 



XXVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25 

Zeph. =Zephamah. 

Zig. = (Germ.) Zigeuner, Gyi)sy. 

*In the Natick-English part this sign indicates that the words it precedes do not 
belong to the Natick dialect pix)per. In the English-Natick part it apparently 
indicates that the words it precedes represent ideas foreign to the aboriginal 
thought. Its use seems to have been discontinued soon after the commence- 
ment of this part of the dictionary. 



Digitized by 



Google 



NATICK-ENGLISH 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



*Abbaxnoclio. See *chepy; *Hohbamoco. 

*abockqu6un-a8h (Narr.), n. pi. 'the 
mats of the house' (with which the 
wigwam was covered), R. W. See 
nppuhqu6tu; upp6hguo9, 

abohquas, n. a mouse. See mishaboh- 

abohquofl, n. a covert; sokamon, a 

covert from rain, Is. 4, 6. See appuh- 
qiidsu; upp6hqtw9. 

*acawxnen (Narr.), on the other side of, 
beyond. See ongkome. 

*achmoowonk, vbl. n. news, C. See 
aunchemaokau. 

adehaii, v. i. he hunts, is hunting. Vbl. n. 
adchdonk, audchdonk, hunting, what is 
taken by hunting, Prov. 12, 27. N. 
agent, <idchaen, a hunter, Gen. 10, 9 
{adchden-drif a fowler, C). With an. 
obj. adchcmauj he hunts (him, live 
game); pi. -andog, Mic. 7, 2; suppos. 
(ichanont, when he hunts, when hunt- 
ing. Lev. 17, 13; infin. achanatj to hunt, 
C. From ahchUy he strives after, is dili- 
gent or active to secure. 

[Narr. aucha&i, he is gone to hunt 
or fowl; n^tauchdumeriy I go a fowling 
or hunting. Cree ach, he is active, 
diligent.] 

-adchaubuk, in comp. words, root, or 
roots. See toadchaubuk. 

adchuwompafir, ' in the morning watch ' , 
just before light, Ex. 14, 24; Judg. 16, 2. 
Suppos. of utchuwompan (it dawns, 
light comes), q. v.; no pajeh utchutoom- 
panit, 'until the day dawn', 2 Pet. 1, 19. 

adt, dt, prep, in, at, to, £1. Gr. 22 
(sometimes written ahhtU): adt yaM 
naiyag, upon the four comers, Ex. 38, 2; 
layeuonk'] adl sqiMginit hashab, [a place] 
for spreading nets upon, Ezek. 26, 14 
{ahhut sepoffenity ibid. 47, 10). 
As a prefix, adt (sometimes «/, »*/, or j 



adt, it — continued. 
'f ) is apparently related to ohtau, he has; 
ohtmu (se habet), it is; ohtdcy belonging 
to, or possessing (a quality, attribute, 
etc.). So, in the Cree, according to 
Howse (Gr. 21), oo prefixed, or, before 
a vowel, ooty *' shows that the subject 
possesses the noun — he has, i. e., owns, 
or possesses (it)," as ^^asadnij a snow- 
shoe; oot-asadm-u, he has snowshoes.'* 
[Vineyard Rec. fa, tah.'] 

adtahahe [acU-ttifishe], adv. as often as, 
as many as, Rev. 3, 19; aUaxihe, Rev. 
11, 6; ahhtU lahshej 2 K. 4, 8; utia)ch£, 
1 Cor. 11, 25, 26. See tohsu; uUcoche, 

[Narr. ay&tche, as often as. Cree 
ilAitssur-uky they are so many; h^ it-tdse' 
chickf as many as they are. Del. endchi, 
so much as, as many; endchen, so often 
as, Zeisb.] 

adtahtou, v. t. he hides (it). Matt 25; 18; 
ntU-^idtahtavrun, I hide it, Ps. 119, 11; 
Jer. 13, 5; imper. 2d pere. adtaJUaushy 
hide it, Jer. 13, 4. This is a cans. inan. 
form, from a primary not found in 
Eliot. See *aulah ( Narr. ) , an apron, = 
adtaUy he hides. See also adtashau, 

adtanne^en, -nekin, v. t. (inan. subj.) 
it brings forth, bears, produces (as the 
earth when cultivated, plants, a culti- 
vated tree, fruit, etc.). See tarmegen. 
The prefix cuit marks appropriation, a 
growing, or bringing forth, to or for an 
owner. 

adtannekitteau, v. i. he plants (lays the 
foundation of) his house; suppos. adtarir 
nekitteadl qusmkquanit, when he built 
(founded) his house on a rock. Matt 

7, 24; naguntUf in the sand, 

v. 26. With inan. subj., adlanehteauy 
tUtan-y the house is planted, or founded, 
V. 25. See wekUiean, 



Digitized by 



Google 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



adtashaU, v. t. an. he hides (himself, or 
another), Jer. 23, 24; Luke 1, 24; unU- , 
tdttash'Uhy she hid them, Josh. 2, 4. See 
adUxhiou. \ 

[Oee hdht-owy he hides it; kdht-tayoOy 
he hides him. Abn. ne-kandaSaUy ne- 
kafi'StaSahf je le lui cache; ne-kandSn, 
je cache cela.] 

adt6aU, adtauati, attdatt, v. t. he ac- 
quires possession of, makes his own; 
(used by Eliot for) he buys; imperat. 
adtdoBhy buy thou (it), Jer. 32, 7, 8; 
ddidagkf buy ye, Is. 55, 1; suppos. noh 
adtdadtf . * . noh maguky he who buys, 
... he who sells, Is. 24, 2; adt mish- 
dadtik, *of great price', 1 Pet. 3, 4; 
anoadtu rubUashy she is of price above 
[is worth more than] rubies, Prov, 31, 
10; vbl. n. adtS&OTik, purchasing, acquir- 
ing, Jer. 32, 8; adj. and adv. adtddef of 
or relating to purchase, Jer. 32, 11, 12, 
16. Cf. dadtuhkauy he pays (him). 

[Narr. kut-taUa&am'ish adke^ I will 
buy land of you. Abn. net-^UanSS, 
j'ach^te, je traite; net-atanman, j'ach^te 
de lui; alaSiSanganj achat, traitement. 
Cree at-dwdyoo lahd-ahtvdy Chip.], he 
exchanges, barters, Howse. Chip, aid- 
wenarif he sells (him), Bar.] 

adtdekit, suppoe. of hohtdekm (f), she is 
next in growth (?) ; noh adtdekUj she who 
comes next, a 'second daughter', Job 
42, 14. Cf. hohtdeu. 

[Abn. Sd^hanar, son fr^re cadet.] 

adtonkqfl, as n. a kinsman, or kinswo- 
man; pi. -80^; kadtonkqs, Hhy cousin', 
Luke 1, 36; nu tonkqSy * my kinswoman ', 
Prov. 7, 4; vHuHunkqus-oh^ * her cousins', 
Luke 1, 58; wadUmkqsiny a cousin, C. 
One who is akin to or in some sense 
belongs to another. Cf. adtdau; oh- 
tunk; togqum (a twin). 

[Narr. natdncks, my cousin; vxjidnckSj 
a (his) cousin; vfoi-tonkgUtuock (v. mut. ) 
they are cousins. Abn. nnadafigSs, pi. 
Sssakf mon cousin, seu le fils des pa- 
rents de ma mdre (dicit vir vel mulier) ; 
nnadangSseseskSi ln*dangcoaes (dimin.) 
and squa (fem.)], ma cousine, la fille 
du parent de ma m^re (dicit vir); 
nadangSf dit-on & la femme de son frdre, 
dit le p^re au man de sa fiUe, etc. Cree 
t&hhxhmayoOy he is related to him. 
Chip, nindangoshe, my mother's broth- 



adtonkqs— continued, 
er's daughter, or my father's sister's 
daughter (dicit mulier).] 

adtuhtagr, suppos. when (it was) in order, 

or seasonable (?) ; wenominneashj at 

Hhe time of grapes', Num. 13, 20, 

aetaX, aeetaue, aeetawe, Atdl, adv. at 
both sides, Ezek. 47, 7, 12; Ex. 26, 19: 

9eqf>j on both sides of the river, 

Rev. 22, 2; ihiAi-kenag, sharp on both 
sides, * two-edged', Prov. 5, 4. 

[Abn. HdaSiSij ou tpemaiSi, au bout, 
aux deux bouts de quelque chose.] 

agkemut, suppos. of ogkemauj v. t. an. he 
counts. See ogkemdnat. 

agqueneiinkquok, suppos. as n., like- 
ness, resemblance, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18, 
See ogqti^; ogqaeneank, 

agqtiit, ftqut, suppos. of .hogkaOj he is 
covered or clothed with, he wears (as 
clothing) ; ne agquUf ne dqut, that which 
he wears, Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30. 
Adv. agwee, for wear; *to put on'. Gen. 
28, 20. See hogkco. 

iguahau, v. t, he goes under (it) — for 
shelter or concealment is implied — 
2 Sam. 18, 9; pi. dgqehaog^ Job 24, 8. 
Cf. ogkcochin. 

agwe. See agwu, 

agwonk, under a tree, 1 Sam. 31, 13. 
From ngvm and -unk, formative. See 
mehtug. 

a^wu, agwe, ogrwu, (it is) underneath, 
below, Deut. 33, 27; Josh. 15, 19; Ex. 
20, 4. The contracted form of ohkeiyeu, 
earthward (El. Gr. 21); ohkeiea, C. 
[Del. equiiviy Zeiab.] 

ahdmaqudflutlk (?), ah^maogq (suppo». 
as n.), a needle, Mark 10, 25; Luke 18 ^ 
25; ohhomaquesuuk, C. Adj. and adv, 
'Ogqtiegde, made by the needle, of 
needlework, Judg. 15, 10. Cf. adhkeomw. 
[Abn. UamakSy aiguille pour faire des 
nattes ou des raquettes; tsankkaiidiy 
aiguille f rangoise. ] 

ahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). See 
hahanehtam. 

alUuiu, v. i. he laughs. See hahdnu. 

ahadsukqueu. See hdsekdeu. 

*a'htfwgrwut (Peq.), a bear, Stiles. 

ahcheu. See ahchu, 

ahchewontam, v. t. he is very desirous 
of (it), covets (it) ; ahcheu-anUzmy he is 
earnest-minded; imper. 2d pi. ahcfie* 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



ahchewontam — con tinned . 
uvtitamcoky covet ye (the l)e8t gifts), 
1 Cor. 12, 31; imperat. of prohibition, 
ahcheirontukorij thou shalt not covet, or 
* desire' it, Beut. 6, 21; suppoe. ahche- 
uHmtog, he who is covetous; pi. -gig, the 

covetous, Luke 16, 4. Vbl. u. iam- 

donk, coveting, covetousness, Hab. 2, 9 
{ahhahchuwonkf Man. Pom. 86). Cot- 
ton has nut-ahchuueehteom (?), I pro- 
cure; nuttahckueJUeo, I get (?). 

ahchu, alicheu, v. i. he is diligent, 
makes effort, exerts himself (ef. ad- 
chauy he hunts). Used by Eliot only 
as an adverb, in the sense of diligently, 
earnestly, exceedingly, very much, etc. : 
a?ichu anakaumogf they *had a mind to 
work' (worked ' with a will*) , Neh. 4, 6; 
ahchue taphekon (prohib. ), * labor not to 
comfort me*, Is. 22, 4; ahche mUhe kut- 
onkquatunkj 'thy exceeding great re- 
ward', Gen. 15, 1; ahchue pannup- 
inishau S—j * he must needs go through 
S — ', Mass. Ps. This verb may be 
regarded as, in some sort, an intensive 
of usm, uneu, which expresses animate 
' at^tion, he moves, he does (Lat. agit), 
while adchau denotes action for a pur- 
pose or directed toward an end. 

[Cree ^^ache-oo {ch=tch) or age-oo 
(g = dg)f he moves (quasi, Lat. age- 
re)", Howse, 166. Chip, aunj-eh. Abn. 

ahanlfif de plus en plus; negafir 

mihSsi, surpasse-toi de plus en plus. 
Del. ahchv)i (when prefixed), very, 
Hkw.; achauxUy hard, painful, Zeisb.] 

ahchunk (?), n. a corpse, the dead body 
of a man. Num. 19, 11, 16. 

^ohchuaittam, (Mass. Ps.) he 'inclines 
his ear' to (it) ; he gives attention; nut- 
tahchimtUxm, I incline my ear to it, Ps. 
49,4 {=nuk-kodnajiam. El.]; imperat. 
2d sing, ahchusutash, Ps. 46, 10 [= kuk- 
keitashf El.; see k\ikkehlau]. 

ahenit, suppos. of hennau, q. v. 

iQihaohdmoDonk. See auwohMmwonk, 

ahhut. See adi. 

ahkehteaunat. See ohkehUaundt. 

^ahketeamuk, an herb, C. (that which is 
planted). See ohkehteaundt. 

-fthkon, -uhkon, -ogkon, the character- 
istic (suffix) of the imperative of pro- 
hibition, 2d sing. Its force is equiva- 
lent to that of ahque prefixed: ontnli- 



-Ahkon, -uhkon, ogrkon — continued. 
dhkon, do not remove it, Prov. 23, 10; 
k-ummcot-uhkon, do not steal, steal not, 
Ex. 20, 15. 

ahkuhk. See ohkuk, an (earthen) pot. 

ahpappin. See appappin. 

alipdh. See app^h, a trap. 

ahpooteau, uppoDteau, v. i. it withers, 
Ps. 90, 6; Is. 40, 7, 8; i. e. becomes 
dry, dries up: mussoopohteau {w^unmn- 
abpehtau'un, he maketh (it) dry, Hag. 
1, 4. From appwau, ohleau, it is dried 
by heat, parched. Cf. nundpi; nuncU' 
sendt; nunnobohteaUou, See apw6u, 

[ahquantam,] aliquoantani, aliquon- 
tam, V. t. he forgives (it), pardons 
[ahque-arUam, refrains from thinking 
of], 2 Chr. 7, 14; imperat. 2d sing, dhr 
quoantash, forgive thou (it), 1 Sam. 25, 

28; tanuiunnean, foi^give thou to 

us (our sins). Matt 6, 12. With an. 

2d obj., tajnauaUf he forgives (it) 

to (him); act. intrans. ahquoarUausttf 
he exercises forgiveness, pardons, for- 
gives. Vbl. n. ausAonkf the ex- 
ercise of forgiveness, Ps. 130, 4; 

tamdonkf a foigiving, foi*giveness (e. g. 
of sins, Col. 1, 14). Cf. mehquantam, 

alxquanumau, ohquan-, v. t an. he 
forsakes, abandons (keeps away from, 
ahque) him; pi. -m&og, they forsake 
(him), Judg. 2, 13; suppos. -rndg, if 
ye forsake, Josh. 24, 20. Cf. liA^uan- 
umau (intens.), he abhors, forsakes or 
abandons with abhorrence. 

ahque, v. i. he leaves off, desists, re- 
frains: keketa>hkaumitf he left off 

(when) talking with him. Gen. 17, 22; 
matta ahque womonunk, he leaves not off 
his kindness, Ruth 2, 20. More com- 
monly used as a negative-imperative 
or prohibitive particle — ^answering to 
Greek firf\ Fr. ne pas: ahque vxibesishy 

*fear not', do not fear. Gen. 16, 1; 

naiwoniamcoky take ye not thought, leave 

off thinking. Matt. 10, 19; heiUuh, 

do not call (it). Acts 10, 16; tape- 

nuk, 'when she could not longer', etc. 
(when she left off being able), Ex. 2, 3. 
Sometimes it receives the regular verbal 
infiections: ahqueh, have thou patience 
with me, refrain thou to me, 'Matt. 18, 
26 [=ahhimehj v. 29, a more question- 



Digitized by 



Google 



BUREAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



ahque — continued, 
able form]; ahghuk lahque'Ook]^ refrain 
ye, Prov. 17, 14. Cf. uhqiide; uhque. 

[Narr. aqiiie, leave off, do not; aqule 
itssdkish, be not foolish, R. AV. 39, 41. 
Quir. matta eakquino, it ceaseth not, 
Pier. 15, 40. Cree ' * e(/d [= ithkd] , 8ub- 
ordin. neg. not; used with subj. and 
imperative * ' ; " dk-, or awk^-, and dkoo-^ 
pri vative and intensive ' ' prefixes. Abn. 
eksif cessationem significat; iied-^kSip- 
piy je cesse de manger; ^kSihaia^ de- 
meure en repos (dit-on ft celui qui ee 
fdche, badine, etc.).] 

aliquedne, as n. an island; kishke ah- 
quedn-ety near an island, Acts 27, 16; pi. 
-nosh {ogquidnash, Is. 40, 15). 

[Howse (Cree Gr. 152) gives a "verb 
-» expressive of a state of rest " : * * a^koosu, 
he sits (a bird, in a tree) ; a^koo-moOy he 
suspends, sits (e. g., a duck in the 
water) ; a^koo-tin, inan. subj. it suspends, 
is situate, e. g., B.n island in the water/' 
Micm. agvMky it is in the water; Ep- 
dgtvUf it lies in the water (name of 
Prince Edward island), Dawson's Aca- 
dian Geology, app., p. 673.] 

aliquAteau, quehteau, v. t. (cans.) he 
refrains from (it), leaves it off; imper. 
2d. pi. ahquetedwk ussenatf refrain from 
doing, *take heed that ye do not', 
Matt. 6, 1. With the characteristic of 
forcible or disastrous action, ahqshaUj 
he is compelled to refrain, unwillingly 
refrains, or the like. Is. 33, 8. 

[l^ATT. aquHuckf *let us cease' (fight- 
ing); but the verb is imperat. 2d pi.] 

aliqu^kin, v. i. inan. subj., it ceases to 
bear, or produce, becomes barren, Pe. 
107, 34. From ahque, with the forma- 
tive of verbs of inan. growth, -ekin. 

[aliqu^ne. ] See *aquhi€, peace ; a truce. 

aliqtiiyeulitedU, v. i. he refrains from 
fighting, Jer. 51, 30. From ahqtie and 
ayeuhteau. 

aliqunon, v. imp. it ceases to rain, holds 
up, Cant. 2, 11. From ahquey privative, 
with -*nonf the formative of verbs of 
raining ( falling water) . See sokanon, 
[Abn, h'k^anfiy (la pluie) cesse.] 

alxquoantam. See ahquantam. 

aliquompi, v. imp. ; as n. a time, a season ; 
Ezek. 16, 8; Dan. 7, 12; 8, 17; suppas. 
and indef. dhquomjxik, when it is the 



ahquompi — continued, 
time, at the time when; ne aqtwmpakj 
at that time. Josh. 1 1 , 10. In his Gram- 
mar (p. 21), Eliot classes ''ahquompaky 
when ", with * * adverbs of time ' ' . With 
verb subst. ahquompiyeuWf time is, 
there is a time, Eccles. 3, 2, et seq. 
{oggo8ohquompi, a little time; kemk' 
kdtfae ahquompi, daytime, C. ) 

ahquontam. See ahquantam. 

alitauun^t. See ohtauun&t. 

*alxteali ( Peq. ) , a dog. Stiles. See anum. 

ahtettk. See ohteak, a (cultivated) field. 

ahtinosuk, when she *fluttereth over' 
(her young), Deut. 32, 11. 

alitomp. See ohtomp, a bow. 

alitdonk. See ohleSonk, a possession. 

alitotapaerodtut, 'beside the still wa- 
ters', Pb.23,2. 

ahtou, ahtoou. See ohlauundt. 

ahtuk, n. a deer; pi. ahluhquog, El. Gr. 9; 
adtunkquog, 1 K. 4, 23 (aUuk, C. ; oiiucke, 
tVood). This name is used by Eliot 
for ' roe ' , * roe-buck ' , and in one place 
for 'hart', as well as for 'deer', generic. 
Elsewhere he has nukkonahiuk (old 
deer) for 'hart' (Deut. 12, 15); and 
more often, aiyomp or eiyomp (Ps. 42, 1; 
Cant. 2, 17), also transl. 'roe' (Prpv.5, 
19; 6, 5; Cant. 8, 14). Of the several 
names applied by Eliot to deer-kind: 

ahiukj in New England, appears to 
have been the common name of the 
fallow deer, Cervus \'irginianu8. Narr. 
aUuck and nSonatch. Peq. noughitch, 
ndgh'ich, deer; ioau^htdgga<^hy, 'deer, 
i. e., wet-nose'; cunggachie maukyase, 
a great deer (Abn. manrSs, 'cerf'; 
'maurouse' of Joaselyn); viausshakeet 
maukkyhazse 'the biggest deer* ( moose?) , 
Stiles MS. Etch, adook, Del. achtuch. 
Abn. na>rke, chevreuil. Old Alg. au^as- 
keshy Lah. Chip, tvatodahkeshi, vxiumHiw- 
shesh, red deer; atlk, reindeer, Cervus 
sylvestris. [See what Schoolcraft (Ind. 
Tribes, iii, 620) says of the tradition 
that at the first deers were the hunters 
of men, and his statement that the 
mythic **Adik was a famous hunter of 
the North ' ' , etc. Look for the possi ble 
relation of Mass. adchau, 'he hunts', 
ahchu, *he strives after', etc., and ahtuk 
(attuck), 'deer'.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DIOTIONAKY 



alituk — continued. 

aiyompf ayimj), eiyomp, *hart*, *roe*, 
is Abn. dumhet the male of deer or 
deerkind, a buck. Narr. kuUiomp [keht- 
eiyomp'jf *a great buck*; and so, pan- 
cottduwaWf -taUvHit, a buck. Del. ayapeu^ 
Zeisb. East. Chip, ayarbey atoaskesh, 
male deer, Long. 

eiyompdemes€y pL -sogt * young hart', 
Cant. 8, 14; * young roes', Cant. 4, 5; 
dimin. of dyomp. 

qunnegk, pi. -gqucU>gt -qudog, *hind', 
Gen. 49, 21; Cant. 2, 7; a doe, the female 
deer. Narr. aundtiy qunnike (the former 
term corresponding to Abn. JU'rar, fe- 
male of deer-kind); qunnequdwhe, a 
young doe. 
maMdo<7, * fallow deer'. SeemoM. 

alitlishkouwaU, pi. -waog, 'nobled', 
principal men, Num. 21, 18. 

[Narr. ata&skawduog, -kowaug, rulers, 
lords, R. W. 120, 133.] 

£hiinou. See Jiennau. 

*aianiiatL, v. t. an. he imitates (him); 
niUtianndUy I imitate, C. See ddnldh- 
konauonat; unneu. 

*aianiie, C. See eiydne. 

*aiozLtogrkoznp, n. a knave, C. 

alppanehteau, v. cans, he maketh 
calm {mishiUaskineuh, the storm), Ps. 
107, 29. See auiuipin. 

alt, suppoB. of ayeu, q. v. 

£iuhk6ntowtexik. See auiuak&ntowdonk. 

aiuBkoiantam, v. i. he repents, is sorry; 
nut-aiuskoianiamy I repent, Jer. 18, 10; 
imperat. 2d sing, aiuskoiantamash, re- 
pent thou, be sorry for, Acts 8, 22. 

aiyomp, a buck. See ahtuk. 

*aJLd8u-ogr (Narr.), they are counting. 
See ogketamUnAt. 

akodchu, v. i. he is ashamed; nut-akodj 
{niU-dgkodch, C), I am ashamed, Luke 
16, 3; matta akodchuog^ they were not 
ashamed, Gen. 2, 25 {nutrdgkodchehik- 
qurif it ashameth me, C). Vbl. n. 
-chuonk, shame, Prov. 18, 13 {ogkodchu- 
onkf C). Cans. an. cJuxichehheaUj he 
shames (hun), makes him ashamed; 
kui-a-kodchehhioogf thou puttest them to 
shame, Ps. 44, 7. Imperat 2d + 3d 
pers. ahque akodjheh, put me not to 
shame, Ps. 119, 31. 



am^tl, anUtol, v. i. he departs, goes 
away, withdraws himself. Job 27, 21; 
Gal. 2, 12 (without reference to the 
mode or to the act of going, but simply 
to the separation or removal of one per- 
son or thing from another); imperat. 
2d pers. sing, amatshy depart, go away; 
suppos. amcntf amaiit, when he went 
away; with an. obj. amdeuau, he goes 
away from him; amaeuohf amayeoh, 
he went away from him, Judg. 6, 21 (?), 
more commonly, amaehtatumj he de- 
parts or goes away from (him), 1 Sam. 
16, 14; imperat. 2d -f Ist sing. amaMh' 
tahy depart thou from me, Luke 5, 8; 
suppos. part. ameJUarwnt, when he de- 
parts, when departing, from (him ), Jer. 
17,6. 

-ftmaer, -ftmaug, pi. dmagquog, n. gen. 
for 'fish taken by the hook.' See 
*aumatit. 

[axnakompau, y. i. he stands away;] 
imperat. -pauishj stand thou away, C. 

IJTnacnhkattatt, v. t. an. he drives (him) 
away; pi. -kaudogy they drive away, 
Job 24, 8. 

-ftmaug. See -dmag, 

^^■m^iiTiiitti^ V. t. he takes (it) away, Job 
20, 19; Judg. 8, 21; imperat amaunsh, 
take thou ( it) a way, Prov. 26, 4. From 
amdeuy with characteristic (-num) of 
action by the hand. Cf. *aumaAi, 
[Narr. amduruhf take it away.] 

amaushau, v. i. he departs secretly or 
with evil purpose, or the like; he * slips 
away', 1 Sam. 19, 10. From amdeu, 
with sh of derogation. 

amayeuonk l=am(ieuonk']f vbl. n. de- 
parture, going away, 2 Tim. 4, 6. 

^amiaque l=amisq], Muh. a beaver, 
Edw. Cf. tummunky a name which was 
applied properly only to the living 
adult animal. (Abn^ temakSiy castor 
vivant) Amisky a generic name for 
beaver-kind, has been retained in the 
principal Algonquian dialects: Abn. 
pep8nremesk8, nipen-emeskSy winter 
beaver, summer beaver; kemhkSy great 
beaver, or beaver skin; cUsimeakS (or 
nanbSmeskS), male, nSshneskS (or 8k- 
hneskS), female beaver. Cree umUk, 
Chip.omil;. Shawn. am^^iooA. Miami 
mahkwaw. Del. (Minsi) amochky Zeisb. 



Digitized by 



Google 



8 



BUREAU OF AHEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BT7LLETIK 25 



♦ammilit, perhaps, it may be, 0. 

amdmau, v. t. an. he warns (him) ; gives 
(him) warning; pi. -dog^ Ps. 19, 11; 
kut^mmdmohf thou wamest him, Ezek. 
5, 18; vmt-amdmvh, he warned him, 
Acts 10, 22; suppos. amdnwnty if he 
warn, Ezek. 33, 3. Vbl. n. ( pass. ) am6n- 
tiionk, warning, Ezek. 33, 45. 

^a'mucksh (Peq.), n. a weasel, Stiles. 
See *mu9qwuh, 

aaakausu, v. i. he works, he labors, 
Prov. 31, 13; nutninakous, I labor, John 
5, 17; suppos. noh andkaumi^ he who 
works, Eccl. 3, 9. N. agent, -men, a 
worker. Is. 40, 19; pi. -enuog, Is. 44, 11. 
Vbl. n. -mwnk, laboring; work, labor, 
Eccl. 3, 10, 11. 

[Narr. anakdusu, 'a laborer', pi. 
(suppos.) -dcML Abn. ned-arokkiy je 
travaille; ned-arokkihAii, je travaille 
pour moi. Chip, anoibt. Bar. ; annokee, 
Sch.] 

*anamak^esuck (Narr.), this dtly, to- 
day [==yea kemkod, El.]; anamandu- 
kock, tonight, R. W. 

[Abn. hme-kizegak, pendant le jour; 
{aSiremi, sign, la continuation d'une 
action; hemi, qui va laissant, ooulant). 
- Del. digischquik^ today; elemisiquonky 
this spring; elemtrmpur^, this summer, 
Zeisb.] 

azUbxtam, uzUbxtam, v. i. he thinks, 
purposes, wills; is mind-ed, Luke 12, 
17; Acts 19, 21; ne anantamup (pret.), 
that which I thought, Is. 14, 24; sup- 
pos. ne anoniogj what he may think, or 
will; 'according to his will', Dan. 4, 35 
{uncofUogy *if he permit', Heb. 6, 3). 
With an. obj. ananumauy he wills to 
(him), he permits (him); suppos. un- 
nanumky if he permit (me), 1 Cor. 16, 7. 
Vbl. n. anardamcoonky thought, pur- 
pose, opinion, will; (mcLnumaonky per- 
mission, will or thought (in relation 
to an an. obj.). Job 12, 5. Adj. and 
adv. ananiamu^, anarUarnwey willing-ly, 
Judg. 5, 2. 

This is the intene. or augment, form 
of the primary verb antaniy he is 
mind-ed, has in mind (with an an. 
obj. anumau)^ which is not, perhapsi, 
found separately in Eliot, but is the 
base of all verbs of mental action and 
of emotion. Maillard (Micmac Gr. 91 } 



azUbxtam, uzUbxtam— continued, 
distinguishes this class of verbs as 
''personnels mentaux: ces verbes de- 
signent les diff^rentes modifications de 
' I'esprit, de la pens^, ou de TAme." 

[Narr. nl-^dniam or rdrunn&rUam^ I 
think; nireaiAm^^mjowonck^ my thought 
or opinion. Abn.ne(i-€rMam,jepense. 
Chip, inendam, he thinks; kaMhk-endamy 
he is sad, etc.. Bar.; nind-en&indumy I 
think, J. Cree iUlhetum, he thinks (it) ; 
d^^^ma^oo, he so thinks (him); rrUthch 
Hhetum, he well thinks, approves, etc. 
Del. elendam, 'indicates a disposition of 
the mind'; nvw-elendam, 1 am sad, 
Zeisb.] 
anaquabit, as a prep., before, in the 
presence of (him), Ex. 8, 20; 9, 13; 
Luke 21, 36. This is a verb in the sup- 
positive (its regular indicat. pres. would 
be anaqu4ippu)y and varies in number 
and person with its subject, which is 
the object of the preposition by which 
we must translate the verb: 

nun-neepoh anaquab-ean (2d sing.), I 

stand before thee, Ex. 17, 6; ano- 

quah4t{Zdang.), before him; 

anaquaihedg (2d pi.), before you; 

anaquab-'heUU (3d pL), before 

them, Deut. 9, 2; neepau anaquabeh 
(Ist sing.), he stands before me. Pa. 
139,5. 

In some dialects this prepositive verb 
is further varied with the position or 
attitude of its subject — ^before him when 
sitting, when standing, when lying 
down, etc. (see Baraga, Otchipwe Gr., 
469) ; but if such distinction was made 
in the Massachusetts language it es- 
caped Eliot's observation. 

anaquappu is formed of appu (he 
remains, he is) and onkoue (beyond, in 
advance of) or some nearly related 
word. 

With inan. subj. anaqaohUig (sup- 
pos. of aiviqaohteau)y before it, Ex. 
19, 2; Judg. 20, 28; anaquoJUag wvit, be- 
fore his house, C. Cf. Quir. arquabi, 
Pier, 
anaquesuonk, 6noq*, vbl. n. a joining, 
a joint, Eph. 4, 16; pi. -ongash, Cant 7, 1. 
anaquahatt, v. i. he trades, trafiics; 
imperat. anaqunhunk, trade ye, (ien. 
34, 10; 3d pi. ana-f/ushdJiettich, let them 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTTIONABY 



anaqushatt— continued, 
trade, v. 21 {unhesh^tOy will you truck? 
Wood). N. agentis anaqxishaen; pi. 
-hvaog, traders, 1 K. 10, 14. 

[Narr. anaqu8ha&og (they trade), 
'traders'; nwuanagushauog or mouna- 
qushdnchick, 'chapmen'; {maqushhdo^ 
let us trade, R. W.] 

anaakham, v. i. he digs, hoes, breaks 
the earth, Luke 16, 3 {-hamun^ as infin- 
itive). 

[Narr. ancukh^mmin, to hoe, or break 
up; pi. aruuhk-hdmioogj they hoe. Abn. 
Sdererke'hemenf il le b^he.] 

*an^kig (Karr.), n. (a digging instru- 
ment, ) a hoe, pi. -ganash, R. W. 
[Abn. arakihigan.'l 

^aiUtuchaxmneaidi (Narr. ), n. pi. acorns, 
R. W.; annachim, nut, pi. -minashf C. 

[Del. wunaehquimy Hkw. Abn. ane^- 
hemen, pi. -noTf glands; anaskame9ij 
ch^ne qui porte des glands.] 

-ane, of the kind of, etc. See unne. 

an^a, adv. further, Luke 24, 28 l=<mg' 
houe (?)]. Of. dnu€, more than. 

[Narr. enUck^ further; n^neickom&m^ 
a little further.] 

*an6qus (Narr. ) , n. the ground or striped 
squirrel, or chipmunk (Tamiaslysteri). 
Cf. annuneks (ant). 

[Abn. anikoMess, Cf. Abn. nannafi- 

- kesegfX), il est l^ger.] 

anetLham, y. i. he has advantage, gains 
[goes beyond, cmeu-ami]. With inan. 
obj. hwnauau, he profits or is prof- 
ited by (it); toh urme aneuhamau-un 
wosketomp, what is a man profited, etc.. 
Matt. 16, 26; suppos. (t inan.) aneti- 
hamauadtf if he gain (it), ibid.; suppos. 
pass, or inan. subj. aneurhamukf what 
is gained; pi. yeuus aneuhamug-uhf 
these things are gained, Phil. 3, 7; nut- 
tdnUtuunf I overcome or conquer, C. 
Vbl. n. aneu^^numdonk, gain, advantage, 
profit; and pass, aneurmdadtuonk, 1 
Tim. 6, 6. 

aneupde. See dnupde. 

Ibiin, anun, v. i. (1) it exceeds, goes be- 
yond, is more than. ( 2) it rots, corrupts. 
_ From dnuef more, beyond, with the 

' formative of verbs of growth : it goes be- 
yond, exceeds (the good or normal); 
with an. subj. aninnu, anunnoOy he rots 
('stinketh*, John 11, 39), pi. aninvmgy 



^bun, anun — continued. 

'they are corrupt', Ps. 14, 1; le. 50, 
2; wuskannem anU ut agtoe puhquohkUf 
' the seed is rotten under the clods ' , Joel 
1, 17; suppos. man. ne aneuk, *a cor- 
rupt thing', Mai. 1, 14; 'rottenness', 
Prov. 12, 4; suppos. an. nok anitj he 
who is rotten or is corrupt; corrupted 
or putrefied flesh or an. being (some- 
times used by Eliot for aneuk, after an 
inan. substantive, as Prov. 10, 7 ) . VbL 
n. annaxmkf decay, rottenness, Prov. 14, 
30; annunaHmk, rottenness (of flesh, 
or an. obj.), putrefaction. Lev. 22, 25;- 
Job 17, 14; suppos. pass. (inan. subj.) 
anunnamuk, when it is rotted, rotten- 
ness, Hos. 5, 12. 

The primary signification, it will be 
observed, is to exceed, to pass beyond; 
hence noh anil, he who exceeds or goes 
beyond (the natural, the common, or 
the normal) designates any an. being 
of supernatural, uncommon, or abnor- 
mal qualities or powers; and with the 
indef. prefix instead of the demonstra- 
tive, m^anit (somebody or something 
that exceeds), became the name of 
supernatural being or agency, which is 
usually translated * God ' . 

[Del. aleU, rotten, Zeisb.] 

[Note —It was the intention of the com- 
piler to rewrite the foregoing definition.] 

aninnuhko), it is a help or support 
(-li^jb marking continuance or perma- 
nence); as n. a support, *a stay', 1 K. 
10, 19. 

aninnum, v. t. he gives (with the hand), 
he hands (it), presents (it). From 
anndmau (q. v. ), with the characteristic 
{num) of action of the hand. Imperat 
2d pi. aninnurruDk meUuonk, give ye 
(them) food. Matt. 14, 16. With an. 
2d obj. aninnumau, he gives (it) to 
(him); imperat. 2d + 1st sing, aninr 
numehj give thou (it) to me. Matt. 14, 8 
{aninnumeh, help thou me, Ps. 22, 19; 
38, 22; ken unun&mah, give thou me, C. ) ; 
aninnumauj he gives (him) assistance, 
helps (him); -Tnauau miUamwofsmoh, 
he helped the woman. Rev. 12, 16; 
hU^ninum'Cmhy I help thee, Is. 41, 10. 
See anndmau, 

[Narr. kut-dnnumrmij will you help 
me?; andnenuif help me.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



10 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



*anifih&mog, n. codfish, C. 8ee*pauga' 
natit. 

anisheau. See dnu^ehheau. 

-anit, in compos, for inanii, maniUOy q. v. 

anitchewan, antitchuan [anue-vlchU'' 
an] J V. i. it overflows, flows abundantly, 
Ps. 78, 16, 20. Sefe dnupde; dnuvnUchu- 
wan. 

anittue, adj. corrupted; pi. -iashj Ps. 
38, 5; Prov. 25, 26. See dnin. 

*a2xna, n. a shell, C. ; shell-fish. See kogki. 
[Narr. (pi.) andwsucky shells. Abn. 
^«,« pi. imik^ coquillee; ne-Tnan^s^^ j'a- 
masse coquillage pour manger.] 

^annacliizii, n. a nut, C. ; an acorn. See 
*anduchemineash; min. 

anneg'aziulituk, n. a fish spear, Job 41, 7. 

annimmung'quot, n. a stench. Is. 3, 24; 
bad smell (smell of corruption or 
putridity, anni -f mungquotj the forma- 
tive of verbals of smelling, or emitting 
odor). 

annin. See anndn. 

annizinoDonk, axxnun-, vbl. n. corrup- 
tion, Job 17, 14; Lev. 22, 25. 

annoke. See anohke. 

anndOsu, axxnoDOsu, v. i. he hopes, 
trusts, is hopeful, 1 Cor. 13, 7 {noh 
annodsUf C. ) ; nui-anndiiSj I hope, 2 Cor. 
1, 13; suppos. anndogitf when, or if, he 
hopes. Vbl. n. anndotuonk {annoaus-, 
ann($oiM-, etc.), hoping; hope, expecta- 
tion of good, Rom. 8, 24; Ps. 62, 5. 

anzuD, uxmatt, v. t. an. he says to, tells 
(him). See unnau and cf. ncodnat. 
Pret. ana>opj anamop, he said to him, 
he told him; ne dnun, what is com- 
manded (said), Ex. 34, 11; suppos. noh 
ananty he who tells or says to, * com- 
mands', or directs; toh anontf what he 
commands (may command), *his com- 
mandment', Prov. 8, 29. With inan. 
obj. anndtnau (q. v.), he gives (com- 
mand) to, commands (it) to (him). 
In the verse last cited three forms of 
the primary verb occur in the suppos- 
itive: an&mmamd^ w^hen he gave (his 
decree) to; ioh aruml^ *his command- 
ment', i. e. his commanding, word- 
giving; dnanoodtf *when he appoints*, 
commands (it). 

Eliot's use of the several forms and 
derivatives of this verb does not enable 
us to distinguish them accurately. The 



anncD, unnatt — continued, 
primary signification of the root is, i^er- 
i haps, to send (of. aniuolam, annwnaii); 
I to commission, to direct, to tell. 
I [Cf. Abn. iied-drauy j'ai coutume de 

lui dire; ar8», fl^che [i. e. a missile]. 
Del. aUumsiy go along; aUuns, arrow, 
bullet; allummahen, to throw; ptuk- 
alum [round missile], bullet, Zeisb.] 

axxnomaU, v. t. an. (1) he commands, 
directs (him); nut-annam, I command 
or tell (them), 1 K. 17, 4; suppos. nean- 
namog, that which I command you, 
Deut. 4,2. ( 2 ) he hires, employs ( him ) ; 
nut-annam-uJCf he hires me, Judg. 18, 4; 
suppos. noh annamont, he who hires, 
Matt. 20, 1; suppos. -pasB. annamity when 
he is hired, Neh. 6, 13. (3) he sends 
(him), Ex. 24, 5; nvX-annam^ I send. 
Matt. 11, 10; imperat. 2d + 1st pers. 
send thou to me, Is. 6, 8. X. agent, 
annaxien, one who serves for hire, Ex. 
12, 45; one sent, a messenger, Prov. 17, 
11; aiiamnuwaen, a commander. Is. 55, 4. 
[Narr. an^ {=annd>s)y hire him; 
hjU-annamsht I hire you.] 

annoDOSu. See anndosu. 

eauaxDUkg (?), suppos. inan. (that which) 
is ripe, or seaaonable, Hoe. 9, 10; Jer. 
24, 2. Cf. adtuhtag; kemnohteau. 

anncDtaxn, v. t. inan. he sends (it). Lam. 
1, 13; imper. 2d pL -tamwk, -teammk, 
send you, 2 Sam. 17, 16. Vbl. n. -team- 
a)onkf a sending, a command, 2 John 4. 

annumali, v. t. an. (1) he gives word to, 
commands (him) : aimkausuonk tie anii- 
mauont, the task which he (suppos.) 
giveth (to them) to do, Eccles. 3, 10; 
andmaontj when he gives (to the sea) 
his decree, Prov. 8, 29. See annco. Cf. 
aninnum. . (2) he helps, assists (him): 
wut-annuma-ohy he helped them. Acts 
18, 27; hjU-annum-urikquny he helps us, 
1 Sam. 7, 12. 

axxntin, annin, v. t. he lays hold of, 
puts hands on, seizes; with au. obj. 
am{u (?). In either form the verb sig- 
nifies to take hold of an an. object; in 
the inan. form, to seize (him) by a jMirt, 
a limb, the dress, etc. (inan. obj.) : vjU' 
tannuh wun-nxUchegan-Uy he took her by 
the hand, Mark 1, 31; kiit-anneh, thou 
boldest me up, Ps. 73, 23; wui-annun 
unisseet'Vty she caught him by the feet, 



Digitized by 



Google 



IRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIUNAEy 



11 



anntin, annin — continued. 
2 K. 4, 27; imperat. anin vmssiikqun-atf 
take (him) by the tail, Ex. 4, 4; sujjpos. 
noh anAm-woh anunord wehtauog-xU, he 
who a dog takes by his ears, Prov. 26, 17. 

annuneks, n. an ant, pi. -Bog^ Prov. 6, 7; 
30, 25. Cf. *an^qa9 (Abn. anikco^esa), 
chipmunk. 

[Del. e li cuSy pismire, ant, Zeisb. 
Mod. Abn. al-ikwsy pismire.] 

annuxmoDonk. See annhmcDonk. 

^annuonk, vbl. n. sneezing, C. Cf.* 
•nanagkwonk, * snorting ^ C. 

anogku, v. i. he paints (beautifies?) him- 
self, 2K. 9, ^\hU'6,nogkem, thoupaintest 
thyself, Ezek. 23, 40(nu<-anno^Hnum, I 
paint, C ) . ( Vb. adj . an. anogkem, anog- 
quesUf he is painted, appears fine. ) 

[Xarr. (v. adj. an.) aunakimj he is 
painted; pi. aunaJcisuckf they are 
painted. Abn. eraghinanaSf 11 le faut 
matacher, peinturer, etc. ; ned-h'oghij je 
me matache; SmgS, il se matache.] 

andgqa, n. an. a star; pi. anoggBog^ El. 
Gr. 9; 1 Cor. 15, 41; Job 22, 12; mis- 
hdnogkus [mishe anogqs, great star], the 
morning or day star, 2 Pet, 1, 19. For 
andgqussUf he appears, shows himself. 
In distinction from the sun, which rises 
or comes forth {paspishau) and sets 
(goes away, vxtyau), the stars appear 
in their places when the absence of the 
Sim and moon makes them visible. 

[Narr. andckqas, pi. an6cktuck; mu- 
Mnnocky morning star. Chip, an&ngy 
Bar.; (St Mary's) an-<5on^. Del. ardncA; 
( Camp. ) ; alank (Zeisb. ) . Modem Abn. 
al-akwa, K. A.] 

anohke, annoke, n. ordure, dung. Job 
20, 7; Zeph. 1, 17 {annohke, C.) 

[Abn. arikkafif d'une odeur forte, 
comme de pourri.] 

andme, (it is) within, it is inside of, Neh. 
6, 10; Ps. 122, 2: en an^me, in the in- 
nermost parts of, Prov. 26, 22, =en 
anannxU, Prov. 18, 8; suppos. (or 
locat?) anomutf when it is within or 
inside; *adv. of place', within. El. Gr. 
21 {unnommlyeUf adj. (?) within, C); 
wiUt innom hogf the inwards, entrails 
(within his body) , Lev. 1, 9. In other 
dialects the primary meaning of an&me 
is * below*, 'under*. 

[Abn. aranmekf dessous; aranmakSe- 



andme — continued. 
mekf sous Tarbre. Chip, andmaii or 
andm\ under, underneath, below. Bar. 
460 {pindjaiif pindf^ in, within, inside 
of) . Del. allamiy -iyey, therein, in there, 
Zeisb. Gr. 175.] 

ana>hom, v. t. he sings (a song); imperat. 
2d pi. anwhomcbk . . . ana>fiomdonk, 
single a song, Ps. 149, 1. With an. 
2d obj. 'homauj he sings to (him); sup- 
pos. -homontj when he sings, he singing, 
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhoinom. From 
anm {annco), he tells, and ann, he goes on 
telling, he narrates. 

andbhque, a defective or unipersonal 
verb used as an adverb or auxiliary, 
does not admit of exact translation. It 
signifies, primarily, to correspond with, 
to be like in form, degree, extent, dura- 
tion, etc. (cf. ne-ane, to be like in kind, 
of the same kind.) As an adv. it is 
variously translated 'as much as', 'as 
far as', 'as large as', Mn like manner', 
etc.: ne anoohque . , , ne noohqae, as 
much as, ... so much. Rev. 18, 7; 
noh ne anoohque ussitj he who so does 
('hath so done this deed', 1 Cor. 5, 3); 
nesahteagk ne anoohque hUhkag, the 
length of it corresponds with the 
breadth, 2 Chr. 3, 8; suppos. inan. ne 
anukkenukj pasuk ne antLkkenuk, 'of one 
size', one in extent, 1 K. 6, 25. See 
nogque. 

[Narr. iou anUckquaquey how big?; yd 
antickquaqfue, so far; dim. yd anuckqua- 
qu^sej so little way (hence) ; touniLckqua-- 
que, how far? Abn. knaSiSi, 'avec res- 
semblance d'une chose k une autre '.] 

ancDtatt (?), v. i. he revengeth himself, 

takes revenge, Nah. 1, 2; with an. 

I obj. -toikiii, he takes revenge on (him), 

ibid, Vbl. n. ancotdonk, revenge, 2 Cor. 

7,11. 

ana>tauwan8hteu2ik, suppos. of -Bhuh- 
teau, when he takes revenge (by blood) ; 
an avenger of blood. Num. 35, 19, 21, 24. 

ancDtauwanahulit^aen-iii, n. agent, an 
avenger, he who revenges (by blood); 
anaotodn-, Rom. 13, 4. 

-antam, the characteristic and forma- 
tive of verbs expressing mental states 
and activities. See andniam. [In the 
Delaware, -elendam, in verbs which 
"express a disposition, situation, or 
operation of the mind", Zeisb. Gr. 89.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



12 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAK ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



antoMihau, v. i. he falls backward, vio- 
lently or by mischance; pi. -aogf Is. 28, 
13. See ordomu. 

anuchuwan. See anUchewan, it over- 
flows. 

dune, (it exceeds, surpasses) as adv. 
*more, rather', El. Gr. 21; the sign of 
the comparative degree: anue wunnegen, 
(it is) better. Matt. 18, 8, 9; anue <mk nen 
(object ), more than me. Matt. IC, 37. 

[Quir. arrvef archej artchCf Pier.; 
arche misit the greatest, p. 40; arche, 
'chiefly', p. 40; in compos, arwej arwe- 
nuguotf more noble; arwendngeaeef more 
excellent, p. 10; anve-kiUamanchdskOy 
most merciful, p. 41. Del. ol^otn'tm, Zeisb. 
and for the superl. degree elum^ most] 

antihkau, v. t he is superior to, better 

than, surpasses, Nah. 3, 8; mn hit j 

art thou better than?, Nah. 3, 6. 

[Quir. arrdokavjah and drrcokawdu^ 
Pier. 100 

anlun, n. a dog; pi. anHmwogj Matt 7, 6 

(Narr. ayim; Nipm. aZtim; Quinnip. 

arum, EL Gr. 2; R. W. 107). From 

annumauj he holds with his mouth 

^ {annurn, with -mau the characteristic of 

action performed by the mouth ) . [The 

Peq. ahteah (Abn. atU)^ is related to 

adchu, he hunts. Of. Engl, hound 

(Gothic, hunda) and hunt] 

[Abn. atiS, pi. atlak; aremS8, Ssmk. 

. Peq. rCdiUeah, (my) dog, Stiles. Etch. 

aUomoos, Del. oZZum. Chip. (St Mary's) 

^ an^emoosh; (Sag.) aw nee nwuch, dog 
(Sch. ) ; aniMf ' mean dog', Bar. Miami 
lam wah, Menom. ah natm.] 

anuxnwussukup, -sikkup, -kui>pe, n. 
a willow tree, Ezek. 17, 6; Is. 44, 4; 
Job 40, 22 (-mhappe, Mass. Ps.). 

anuzL. See dnin. 

foup&e, aneu-, fus adj. and adv. over- 
flowing, Is. 28, 18; with ^okanon^ an 
'overflowing shower*, Ezek. 13, 13; noh 
piih aniipadtOy 'he [it] shall overflow'. 
Is. 8, 8. See aniickewan. 

dnussehlieau, anisheau, v. caus. an. 
he corrupts, makes corrupt. From 
dntiCy or dnin (q. v.), it rots, becomes 
corrupt, with -sh of derogation : dnush- 
edog wuhhogkauhy they corrupt them- 
selves, Ex. 32, 7; suppos. 2d pi. dnis- 
hedg, when you are corrupted, corrupt 
yourselves, Deut 4, 24. With inan. 



inusftehheau, anisheau — continued, 
subj. anisteau, (it) corrupts (it), 1 Cor. 
15, 33. 

antitclLuan. See anUchewan. 

dnuwodt, as adv. too much, more than 
enough, Ex. 36, 7, s=dnue woh adty Ex. - 
36,6. 

l&nuwutclLuwan [=ant2c/iutMin] , it over- 
flows, Ps. 78, 20. See anUchewan. 

anwohliou, n. a staff, 1 Sam. 17, 40; Is. 
10, 15; pi. -hamnash, 1 Sam. 17,43. 

[Narr. wutldnhOy (his) staff. Abn. 
anbadSh^y b&ton {necT anbadShSiy je 
m'appuie sur (quelque chose) en mar- 
chant).] 

anwdhain, v. i. he rests himself, takes 
rest, Ex. 20, 11; 31, 17 InuWannHwos- 
tumweh nuhhogy 1 rest myself, C. (bad) ] ; 
imperat 2d pi. -muok, rest ye, Mark 6, 
41 ; uUoh adt anwdsik (suppos. ) , whereon 
he resteth. Job 24, 23. Vbl. n. -aindonky 
resting, rest, a resting place. Num. 10, 
33. 

[Abn. ariSimny il se repose, aiant 
tnuraill^.] 

adhkeoxiia>[s], n. a hornet, Josh. 24, 12; 
adhkiaumamsy bee, Ps. 118, 12 (but 
'hornet' is transferred, Deut. 7, 20, and 

■ ^b€e9-og\ Judg. 14,. 8, etc.); ohkeom- 
moM^y bees, C. ; aohkeomuaSy Mass. Ps. 
Of. ahdmaquSmuk {ohhomaqu^esuuky C), 
a needle or pin. . 

[Del. amoSy a bee, wasp, Zeisb.] 

adhBuhqueali. See hdsekdeu. 

aongkoue. See ongkoue. 

^kx>que, aGohque (?), v. i. he is against, or 
opposed; he is an adversary; howan 
aaHjue, who is my adversary? Is. 50, 8; 
suppos. noh ayeuqaeuky he who is ad- 
verse, an adversary; pi. -queagigy Neh. 
4, 11. See ayeuhteau; ayetiuhkonau. ' 

apehtunk. See appohteauy it remains or 
rests in. 

^apbxne (Narr.), n. the thigh; pi. -mas^i. 
See mehqtuiu; mobpee. 

[Chip. (St Mary's) bwaum; (Mack.) 
havmiy Sch. ii, 468. Del. In uch poa mCy 
the middle of the thigh, Zeisb.] 

appaliqudsu. See appuhqudm. 

appappin, ahp-, v. i. he sits upon (it); 

u^Uahpappiny she sits on it. Lev. 16, 20; 

suppos. ne appapUy that whereon he 

sits, Lev. 16, 22, 23, 26. Augm. of appin. 

[Chip, ahpahbewiny a saddle, Sum.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



13 



appA, ah,-p4h (-b.an),n. a trap, a snare; 
Is. 8, 14; 24, 17; Job 18, 10; pi. -hanog, 
'heonog, 2 Sam. 22, 6; Job 22, 10. 
From pahheau, it waits for (?) {n^uppaih, 
I wait for him, Es. IdO, 5). Cf. ohppeh, 
[Narr. ap^; pi. ap^hana, traps; vmh- 
apihana, new traps. Of. Cree oppt/, 
* tobacco bag'.] 

appesettukquBsin (?), be kneels; cans. + 
hmhj he made them kneel. Gen. 24, 11; 
(v. i.) rest on their knees; to kneel on 
his knees, 1 K. 8, 54; 2 Chr. 6, 13, etc. 

appesetukquBsin, (-un), v. act. intr. he 
kneels, bows the knee; imperat. 2d pi. 
appesetukquatuncDkj bow the knee, Gren. 
41, 43. 

appin, n. a bed (a place to sit or rest on). 
Lev. 15, 26; Is. 28, 20; wui^ppin, his 
bed. Cant. 3, 7 (as a verb, na vmt-appin, 
he sits down there, Ruth 4, 1). See 
appappinj dppu, 

[Abn. U96&k8Qb9n, lit, ^lev^ de terre; 
ap^fij lit qui ne Test pas. Chip.: "To 
each person who is a member of the 
lodge-family is assigned a fixed seat, or 
habitual abiding place, which is called 
abbinos. ' ' — Sch. ii, 63. Del. ach pi ney, 
a place to sleep on, Zeisb.] 

appohteau, it remains or rests in. 

[Note.— It was the intention of the com- 
piler, Judging from his reference under apeh- 
tunk, to complete the definition of the term 
appohteau, but aside from a marginal note in 
pencil no reference to it is made in the manu- 
script.] 

appQMu, apwdsu, op-, v. i. he roasts, 
bakes; pass, it (an. subj.) is roasted, 
Prov. 12, 27; Is. 44, 16; 1 K. 19, 6 
{apicosUj roasted; appamsh toeyausj 
roast the meat, C). Seeapw6u, " 
[Del. ach pus in, Zeisb.] 

dppu, v. i. (1) he sits; nut-apj 1 sit, Ezek. 
28, 2; pi. appuog, they sit, Ps. 119, 3; 
suppos. ken dpean, thou that sittest, Jer. 
22, 2. (2) he rests, remains, abides 
(M^yet), Ps. 10, 8; 1 John 3, 14; im- 
perat. apsh, pi. apekj apegk, Gen. 22, 5; 
1 Sam. 19, 2; Matt 10, 11; suppos. noh 
apity he that abideth, who remains 
{6 ^leyoov)^ 2 John 9 (fnaUa apH, *he 
is not at home,' Prov. 7, 19). (3) he 
is, he continues to be, lives, in a state 
where rest or inactivity is implied: toh 
hUapin, where art thou? Gen. 3, 9: na 
kuiappin, thou art there, Ps. 139, 8; im* 



dppu — continued, 
perat na apah, *be there' (remain 
there), Ex. 24, 12; cf. 1 Sam. 19, 3; sup- 
pos. ne apU, where he was, Ex. 20, 21; 
pi. part, neg apUcheg, they who are, were, 
Ex. 7, 18, 21; Luke 5, 7; maUapiah nutr 
dppu, I shall not be, Job 7, 21. With 
dppu (he is at rest, or inactive) cf. ayeu 
(he ia in place, posited), aJUeau (he has 
himself, or is in possession; habet, se 
habet; see oJUauundt), U8su (he acts, is 
doing, agit),and unnvin, vnti^nniin (he 
is such as, or of the sort of) : the verbs 
by which Eliot translates, with sufficient 
accuracy, the substantive verb of exist- 
ence. 

[Narr. yo dppUch ewd, let him sit here; 
mcU-apeil, he is not at home. Abn. nedF- 
dpi, je suis aasis; 3d sing. ap8. Cree, 
dppu, (1) he sits; (2) he remains. Del. 
w'dappin, achpin, he is there in a par- 
ticular place; suppos. qoit, Zeisb. ; ackpo, 
he is at home, Zeisb.] 

appuhquaMunuD (?), n. a pillow; pi. 
-mcounash, Ezek. 13, 18; uppuhquawur 
mamn-ii, on a pillow, Mark 4, 38. See 
*ahockqudsin. 

[Abn. p8*k8HimSn, coussin de t^te; 
p^kSiam is, ai cela pour coussin.] 

appuhquau, v. t. he puts over (it) as a 
covering (e. g. of a floor, side, or roof) ; 
he ceils (it) with: appuhquau anomuk- 
komuk mehtugquash, *he covered the 
walls on the inside with wood', 1 K. 
6,15. 

appuhqudsu, appall-, v. i. he covers, 

puts on that which covers; nashpe 

cedar, he covers [the house] with cedar, 
and, pass., it is covered, etc., 1 K. 7,3; 
suppos. inan. ne dbuhquoaik, its cover- 
ing, Cant. 3, 10. Hence uppdhquds, 
obbohquos, abohquos, n. a tent, the cov- 
ering of a tent, a covert, Ex. 40, 19; Is. 
4,6. 

[Narr. ahockqudsinaah (inan. pi.), the 
mats with which the wigwam was cov- 
ered. Chip. ah-pUk-tue, covering for a 
lodge.] 

appuminnednaah, n. pi. parched com, 
1 Sam. 17, 17; {up-) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 
From apw&u, he bakes or roasts, and 
min-neash, kernels or fruit. 

[Narr. aupdmmineanask, parched 
com; aupdminea-naw-sailmp, parched 



Digitized by 



Google 



14 



BUREAU OF AMEBIOAK ETHNOLOGY 



[BCLLBTIJT 25 



apptixnixmednash — continued, 
meal boiled with water. Abn. a&tmm- 
annar, bl6 grouM; ned'abiminSy necT- 
abimisij je fais griller du hU d'Inde; j'en 
groule.] 

appunnonnednash, n. pi. 'parched 
pulse*, 2 Sam. 17, 28. 

appuonk, vbl. n. sitting, a seat, Rev. 4, 
41 {appuonk J a chair, C). 

apsin, V. t. he lies upon (it); suppos. ne 
apsukf that whereon he lies, Lev. 16,20. 

^apwonnali, an oyster, C. See *op»pon€- 
nauhock. 

apw6su, it is baked, roasted. See ap- 
pmm. 

apw6u, -wau, v. t. an. he roasts or 
cooks (meat) : apwdnat weyatis, to roast 
flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15; also, as used by 
Eliot, V. t. inan. he bakes or cooks 
(bread or other inan. obj.): apwdog 
petukqununkf they bake bread (in an 
oven), Lev. 26, 26; apwau petukqanneg, 
he baketh (a cake of) bread, Is. 44, 15; 
2 Sam. 13, 8; pish hU-appdn^ thou shalt 
bake it, Lev. 24, 5. See appcom. 

[Rasles gives for the Abnaki several 
verbs expressing the mode of preparing 
animal and vegetal food, all of which, 
doubtless, had correspondences in the 
Massachusetts dialect, though these are 
not to be found in Eliot: e. g. necT 
abipesi [^neV-apepesinflj je fais cuire 
dans la cendre; ne-bagastSa, je fais 
cuire (v. g. de la viande); ne-bagasse- 
mahk penaJc, je fais cuire des poires de 
terre; ned^ ahamJtgSl, je fais cuire sur 

les charbons; ne-pemkSabajn^gS^y }\ 

la broche; ne-pemkg8ahanr^ je grille 
( V. g. un anguille, viande) ; ned-abSSanrif 
je grille de la viande, sans broche; 
nMiSlhap^kSe^ je r6tis, me servant 
d'une corde; ned^ap^Hn, ne-pearngSa- 
bann, etc., je rdtis avec une broche, etc. ; 
ned'ahann, je r5tis (y. g. un li^vre); je 
le fais r5tir, etc. [Of. Del. <uhpoan, 
bread, Zeisb.] 

*aquaunduut (Peq.), n. the 'blue fish' 
[Temnodon saltator, Cuv. ] , Stiles. Cf . 
*<mic&niuck. 

*aqutoe (Narr.), n. 'peace', R. W.;a 
truce, cessation of hostilities. From 
ahque {aqaie, R. W.), he desists, leaves 
off, refrains. 

aquidnet, at the island. See ahquedne. 



ftqut = agquit^ ( when he is ) clothed. See 
hogko), 

as. See ash, 

asampamukquodt. See assompamuk 
quodt. 

^asatxanash (Narr.), n. pi. 'a kind of 
dice which are plumb stones painted, 
which they cast in a tray *, R. W. 145, 
146. 

[Abn. SssSSanraVy les grains du jeu 
duplat.] 

dae-, in comp. words. See hdse-, 

dsekesukokiBh, day by day. See h69e; 
hdsekdeu, 

asexnuk, suppos. pass. part, of tisseu: ne 
asemukf that which is done, Eccl. 8, 
17; pi. 'kishf v. 16. 

as^quam, v. t. he sews (it); oo vnish- 

kanagk, he sews new cloth, Mark 2, 21; 
kut-ushquanij thou sewest up, Job 14, 
17 {tigfiquamiintU monag, to sew one's 
clothes, C). 

[Abn. ned^dskSaSaUj je couds chemise; 
skSaSaHj il lafautcoudre; ned'askSdmen, 
je le couds (v. g. canot, item vestem, 
etc).] 

ash, as, adv. *of continuance', 'still'. 
El. Gr. 21; while, Mark 5, 36; Luke 
22, 47 {ash pamoMdt, 'while he yet 
spake'): ash pamaniam [on'], while I 
live, Ps. 63, 4 (a« pamontam, Ps. 146, 2) ; 
as yeu apehy 'while I have any being', 
while I remain here, Ps. 146, 2. ( f . 
asq. 

[Narr. as pummcwi^ 'he is not gone 
by*, i. e., he is yet going. Micm. echk, 
lorsque, pendant que. Chip, ka mashi, 
mashi ndnge, not yet; bwa mashi, before. 
Del. es, yet, Zeisb.] 

ftshabp, ftshftp. See hashdbp, a net 

*aahaunt (Narr.), a lobster, pi. -teaug, 
R. W.; au so hau naue hoc, lobster. 
Wood. Peq. muschdndaug, Stiles. 

ashim (?), n. a fountain, Cant. 4, 12 (but 
elsewhere iohkekom ) . The nearest cor- 
respondence with this word found in 
any dialect of the Algonquian is Abn. 
asiem nebi, * il puise de I'eau ' ; asihi neU, 
'vas qu^rir, puise, de I'eau, soit du 
ruisseau, soit d la cabane'; ned-^isihib^^ 
'je puise de I'eau, fonti vel fluvio.' 
Perhaps related to assam-au, he gives 
nourishment to, he provides (?) . 

ashkon. See askdn. 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



15 



ashkoBhqui, -ki; oshkoski, (v. i. it is) 
green; as adj. green, Ps. 37, 2; Jer. 17, 8 
{askosque, C): ashko8hquhkontUf in 
green places, * in green pastures ' , Mass. 
Ps., Ps. 23, 2; *on the green grass,' 
Mark 6, 39; suppos. mkoRkqut^ when it 
is green, Ps. 37, 2 (*the green herb'); 
inan. pi. ashkoski-yeuaskj Esth. 1, 6. 
Augm. of askef q. v. 

[Narr. askdskL Del. (ugask, Zeisb.] 

ashkuhquame, (it is) green, i. e. grow- 
ing (of a tree, or of wood). Gen. 30, 37: 
onai-^h askuhqiumi-ui, 'like the green 
tree', Ps. 37, 35; vt askunkqimm-ui, 
under a green tree, Deut. 12, 2; 1 K. 
14, 23. See aakunkq. 

[Abn. aresksakSy arbre vert, qui ne 
peut bruler; skdkSr, bois que n'est 
pas sec; (modem Abn. ska-kwam^ green 
stick, K.A.).] 

^ashdnaquo (Narr. ), a cap or hat. See 
htufhconukao; *onkqueekh<D. 

ftshpohta^, ohshpolitag:, suppos. of 
fishpohUaUj (when it is) high or (when 
it) reaches up to; in height, from bottom 
to top, Ex. 37, 25; 38, 1: 7i« dshpohtag, 
the height of it. 

ftshpxikquodt, spukquodt, it has the 
taste of, tastes of; suppos. ne dshpuk- 
qudk, ne spukquoky the taste of it, its 
taste. See spukquodl. 

ashpuinxneu, adv. as yet. See ash; 
pummeu. 

ashpunadt, suppos. when it happens to, 
or befalls (him). See ushpinau. 

ashpunuk, suppos. of ushpunnunij when 
he lifts or hoists (it) up. 

ashq. See cuq. 

ashqehdnt, suppos. part, he who re- 
mains; pi. 'Onchefff Ezek. 36, 3, 4. 

aahqwhimk, n. coll. the remainder, what 
is left. See ishkoiU; sequnau, 

ashqueteftmuk, suppos. -peoB, inan. that 
which is left. See seqvUteaumuk. 

ashqunut, suppos. of sequnau; noh ash- 
qanuty he who is left, who remains; pi. 
-utcheg, Neh. 1, 3. 

ashquoBh, pi. of ashq. See asq. 

asinnekdlU, assunekOaz, has-, n. a 
thorn, thorn bush, Is. 34, 13; Ex. 3, 2; 
Prov. 26, 9; Ezek. 28, 24; pi. -kdsog, 
thorns. Gen. 3, 18. From hassunne and 
k6uSf stony (i. e. very hard) briar. 



aske, (it is) raw, not cooked or prepared 
for food {askin, C): askeyaus [aske- 
weyaus'], raw flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15. The 
primary signification is, not yet (see 
asq)\ not yet mature, green (whence 
moekehtf grass, etc.); not yet fitted to 
be eaten, raw. 

[Narr. askHn, it is raw. Abn. skU, 
crud; skiSi, cruement, on le mange cm; 
skihah (an.), cm. Del. askiwi, raw^, 
Zeisb. Gr. 104; S. B. 14.] 

ask^quttum, n. a snail. Lev. 11, 30; Ps. 
58,8. 

askkiihnk. See askunkq. . 

dskon (?), n. a horn (?), 2 Sam. 22, 3; 
Ps. 75, 4; 1 K. 1, 29: ivut-askon, his 
horn, Ps. 112, 9; pi. dskonog, Dan. 
7, 8 (iveiveeriy horn, C). Cf. muskon, 
a bone. 

askdn, ashkon, n. an undressed skin, a 
raw hide, I^v. 8, 17; 9, 11; Gen. 27, 16; 
iiskon, Ex. 29, 14 {oskdrif C); wutaskoriy 
his hide, Lev. 4, 11; pi. -tuiog. From 
aske; asbln, it is not yet (prepared). 
Cf. ohkwn. 

[Del. askchey, Zeisb.] 

aakonemes (?), n. dim. a little horn, 
Dan. 7, 8. 

askcDk, n. a serpent, pi. askcokog^ Gen. 
3, 1; Deut. 8, 15. ("Snakes divers; . . . 
the general Salvage name of them is 
ascowke.*^ — Morton's N. E. Canaan, b. 
2, ch. 5.) ashkwkf Mass. Ps., John 3, 
14. See a>hk; sesikq. 

[Narr. askug; mdaskug, a black snake. 
Abn. skSky pi. skSgak. Peq. skoogs, 
Stiles. Chip, kenahbeg, J. ; ginebig, Bar. ; 
(St Mary's) ke nAi bik, Sch. Del. ach- 
gook (cf. schahachgekhasu, v. adj. long, 
straight, striped), 2ieisb. Gr.] 

askoDtasq, n., pi. -asquasliy Num. 11, 5, 
where it is put for 'cucumbers'; mon- 
askwtasquashy 'melons', ibia. (butmom- 
osketHmuky 'cucumbers', 'or a raw 
thing', and ohhosketdmukj 'wiatermel- 
on ' , C. ) From -asq^ n. generic for that 
which is eaten raw or green, with askeJU, 
green (in color); green-colored fruit 
which may be eaten raw or unripe. 
'* IsquovUersquaslies is their best bread in 
summer when their corn is spent; a 
fruit like a young pumpion." — Wood's 
N. E. Prospect, b. 2, ch. 6. See asq. 



Digitized by 



Google 



16 



BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BrLLETIN 25 



askootaaq — continued . 

[Narr. askulcttguagh, "their vine ap- 
ple, which the English from them call 
squashes, about the bigness of apples, 
of several colors,'* R. W. Chip. (Gr. 
Trav.) ashketuhmOf melon; (Saginaw) 
esh'ke^ah-mo, 8ch. ii, 462. Shawn. 
yeske^ahmdikee^ melon [cf. ohhoskeUi' 
m uky C. supra] . Del. eha^kitamank ( pi. ) t 
watermelons, Zeisb.] 

mlrnhhiiTn, v. t. he waits (and watches) 
for (it), pi. 'humwogj John 5, 3; im- 
perat. 2d pi. -hunuDky watch ye (it), 
Ezra 8, 29. 

askuhwheteau, v. i. he keeps watch, 
watches, 1 Sam. 4, 13; mU-askuhwhe- 
team (-ashoHeamy Ps. 102, 7), I watch; 
imper. 2d pL -teagkj watch ye, Mark 13, 
35, 37. Adj. and adv. -Uae, of watch- 
ing (with komukf a watch tower), Is. 
21, 6. Ybl. n. 4ecumkf watching, a 
watch. N. agent, -teaen, a watchman, 
Ps. 90, 4; Judg. 7, 19. 

^askun (Narr. ), it is raw. See cake, 

aakunkq, aakkuhnk, n. a green tree, 
Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47; cf. kishkunk; tmu- 
Bcoonk. 

askuwhekonaU, v. t an. (with charac- 
teristic of continued action) he habitu- 
ally watches or is a spy upon (him). 

aaa>kekodteteia>, v. i. he is a de- 
ceiver, (habitually) deceives; suppos. 
noh <ua>kekodteamwii, he who deceives, 
Job 12, 16. {nul-asgrnkekocUeam, I 
cheat, C. ) Vbl. n. -amwonkj -aumucnk, 
deceiving, deceit, craft. N. agent 
-amoeny a deceiver, one who is crafty, 
Job 5, 12; 15, 5. 

[Narr. hdt assokak&mme^ you deceive 
me.] 

aaa>kek6matt, v. t. an. he deceives, 
cheats (him), John 7, 12; suppos. 
noh asmkekomontf he who deceives 
(another), Prov. 26, 19; pass, noh 
awDkekomiiy he who is deceived, Job 
12, 16. 

aaotu, v. i. he is foolish, ignorant, sim- 
ple, Prov. 14, 15, 18; 17, 7; pi. -uog, 
Is. 56, 10. Vbl. n. ascolumky folly. 

[Narr. atsdlu and assdko, a fool. Abn. 
azSgSahgan, folie; asSghiy il est fou, il 
n'a point d'esprit.] 

aspuhquaetL See tuhpuhquaeu. 



aaq, aahq, aaquam, not yet, before that, 
Jer. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 3, 7; Luke 22, 34. 
Opposed to dnu^, further, more than. 
It is the base of oBke, *a«ibun, it is raw 
or not prepared for food: aM:o9hkif 
green; imukef young, new. In compo- 
sition it serves as the n. generic for 
whatever is eaten or otherwise used 
when green or immature; not yet ripe; 
pi. agqfwuthf whence our 'squash.' See 
(utktDtfuq. 

[Narr. asquanif not yet; aspummhoi, 
he is not gone by; cukUn, it is raw. 
Abn. hkiiamek Sa^mSk^ melon d'eaa, 
qu'on ne fait pas cuire. Mlcm. tchk^ 
lorsque, pendant que; echkSmetiahhf aa- 
paTavant. Cree numma Muxif not yet 
Del. esquo, egquota, not yet, Zeisb. IlL 
e9cSa, not yet] 

*asqhutta>che, whilst, C. =^<uq-iaUDcht, 

aasa[au (?)], v. i. to turn back: maUa 
mU-ouaatp, I did not turn back, Is. 
50, 5. See assduihau, 

[Chip, nind ajHa, '1 draw (move) 
backwards/ Bar.] 

asaamaU, v. t an. he feeds (him), gives 
(him) to eat. Pa. 136, 25; imperat 
2d pi. anamaok, feed ye (the flock), 
Zech. 11, 4; 2d+l8t sing. cLuameh, give 
me to eat; mMomau [=a<M>AJbomau], 
he goes on feeding, habitually feeds 
or provides food for (him); nM-^hko- 
mon (suppos. when) I feed (the flock), 
Zech. 11, 7; imperat 2d sing. »ohkom» 
mws nui-Mpsemetogf feed my lambs, 
John 21 , 15. From oMamau , with char- 
acteristic (ohk) of continued action. 

[Narr. assdmme, give me to eat. Abn. 
ned^agaman, ]e lui donne k manger; 
necrdmr, je donne k manger. Micm. 
ethemSey, je donne k manger. Cree 
ds9amayoOj he gives him food; dsgam- 
iuooy he gives himself food, serves him- 
self.] 

aaaau. See asm. 

assepinum, v. t he ties (it) together, 
binds up; imper. 2d pi. oMepinwk, bind 
ye (the tares, in bundles). Matt. 13, 30; 
=t&tu/tpunnum, q. v. 

assiahquttaiiaog', n. pi. the Pleiades, or 
seven starp, according to Eliot, in Job 
38, 31; Amos 5, 8; but R. Williams 
gives shtmshcuttourwduog as the name of 
'the golden metewand ^ i. e. the three 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBl'LL] 



NATICK-ENQLISH DICTIONARY 



17 



aBsish.quttauaog'^-continued. 
stars in the belt of Orion, and this is 
more probably correct, the name sig- 
nifying * three fires', or a long wigwam 
in which there are three fires; shwlsh- 
cuitow, K. W. 47, 80. See (Narr.) chij*- 
jxipuock under chipappu. 

assdepdsu, os-, v. i. he slides or slips 
bac'kward, Hos. 4, 16. 

asBompamukquodt, asamp-, (suppos. 
where he hides,) n. a hiding-place, a 

place of concealment: tutj *in a 

secret place,' 1 Sam. 19, 2; Jer. 23, 24; 
Mn a den,' Heb. 11, 38. Adj. and adv. 

assompamukgue: ayeuonk, hiding 

place, covert, Is. 32, 2. 

[Abn. mhkSangan, cache, esp^ce 
d'armoire dans un arbre, etc.] 

asB^tlBliaU, V. i. he goes backward; nut- 
assd^shaniy 1 go backward, Job 23, 8; 
kui-f thou goeth backward, Jer. 15, 6; as- 
sdiUhaog, they go backward, Jer. 7, 24 
{assuhshaog, John 18, 6). 

[Cree fmtche, backward. Abn. a»i- 
*tanl8if d'une fa^on directement op- 
poe^e; ned-asi'tansif je marche k recu- 
lons.] 

a'ssownch. See *au9ounch, 

asscotamcoozik, n. a kingdom, Dan. 7, 
27; Obad. 21; —UxhtcoUimcDonk^ q. v. 
Cf . ketassad. 

assulisliaU. See assddshau, he goes back- 
ward. 

assun. See hassuHj a stone. 

assunekOaz. See assinnek6u8. 

BBuhy conj. disj. or (El. Gr. 22) ; asuh mat, 
nor, Gen. 21, 23; Matt. 5, 34, 35. Its 
primary meaning is 'after' or 'behind.' 
Perhaps related to neesey two. 

[Cree dche, dche, else, other, alias; 
^gahf or. Chip. Uhkwd-, in comp. 
'after, or the end of something'; 
ajawaiif behind. Del. schi, 8chita, or, 
Zeisb.] 

asubkaUali, y. t. an. he goes after (him) , 
pursues, follows, Deut. 1, 36; pi. -kavr 
dog; imperat pi. cauhJdek^ follow me, 
1 Cor. 4, 16; suppos. noh amkiity he 
who follows, comes after, Eccl. 2, 18. 
With inan. subj. asuhkom, he goes after 
(it); pi. asuhkomwog, Jer. 2, 8. 

asuhkaue, (it comes) after; as prep, and 
adv. after; negonne onk nen . . . (uuh- 
kaue onk nen, before me . . . after me, 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 2 



asuhkaue — continued. 
Is. 43, 10. From a»ah and au, with 
characteristic of continuing action or 
progress {-k), 

asuxnungquodt, ubsu-, it smells of, has 
the smell or odor of; pi. inan. -quodtashf 
they smell of, Ps. 45, 8; suppoe. ne 
asumungquokj what it smells of, its 
smell or odor. Cant. 4, 10; 7, 8; with an. 
subj. wut-is8umungqu88Uf he smells of. 
Vbl. n. -qiASsuonkj his smell; manontam 
lie agumungquok hogkanrnky 'he smelled 
the smell of his raiment,' Gen. 27, 27. 
Cf. maichemunguoty weetimungquoL 

it. Seeadt. 

^atduntowaBh (Narr.), imper. 2d sing, 
climb (it); nfdunlavfemj 1 climb. See 
vmttontauau, 

^atatiskawaw (Karr. ), pi. -w&uog, -t&au^, 
lords, rulers, R. W. See dht&ihkowivau, 

^attaboan (Quir. ) , to pray, Pier. 59; attdb- 
howaxmnk, prayer, ibid. 58, 59. 

^attitiaah (Narr.), n. pi. 'hurtle-ber- 
ries, of which there are divers sorts, 
sweet like currants,' R. W. 91. See 
9(xuijduthig. 

[Abn. mttar, bluets frais, sans ^tre 
sees (sing. 9dU)\ lorsqu'ils sont sees, 
gikisatar (atsitar, les fruits sont milrs; 
bons k manger). Narr. saiUaash, 'are 
these currants [these berries are] dried 
by the natives.'] 

att6att. See adtdau. 

attuk. See ahtukj a deer. 

attumiinnuin, v. t. he receives (it); 
takes, as his own, from another; lit. 
takes in his hand {-nnum), Gen. 26, 12; 
suppos. noh aUumunuk, he who re- 
ceiveth. Pro v. 29, 4; pass. inan. ne at- 
tumunumukj that which is received, 
2 K. 5, 26. With an. 2d obj. aUumun- 
numauauj he receives (it) from (him). 
[Cree odiinumy he takes it] 

all, ftu, v. i. he goes thither (to or to- 
ward a person or place); opposed to 
wamij amiy he goes thence (from a per- 
son or place). Gen. 26, 1; 33, 17; Ex. 
4, 18 (atii, he is gone, Prov. 7, 19); pi. 
aiwg ('they journeyed', i. e. went on 
their way, Gen. 35, 6), Hos. 7, 11; im- 
perat. 2d sing. amh\ 1st pi. of^Jtah (otuh, 
aonotuh, Mass. Ps. ), let us go to; 2d pi. 
ongq, go ye. Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16; sup- 
pos. viioh aydi (cU», Mass. Ps. ), whither 



Digitized by 



Google 



18 



BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



ail, ftu — continued. 
I (may) go, John 14, 4; may ne dyoif 
the way in which I go. Job 23, 10 (but 
addrij as I go, ae I went to. Acts 26, 12; 
6dn uttoh woh doi, going whither I may 
go, 2 Sam. 15, 20; auon, if I go to, Ps. 
139, 8); toh dydan, where thou goest; 
ne ay dan f *in thy way*, as thou goest, 
Ex. 23, 20; suppoe. 3d sing, and part. 
ayont {aiont, adnt)^ when he goes, he 
going, Jer. 41, 6; John 12, 35; 2d pi. 
addg, when you go, Deut. 4, 5; 11, 8; 
3d pi. ne ddhettU, 'as they went', when 
they were going, Luke 10, 38 (with 
inan. subj. auomm; uttoh auomahuk, 
* whither it goeth', Mass. Ps., John 3, 
8). From the root of this verb is 
formed, by prefixing w* ( preterit! ve?), 
m'ai, way, a path; i. e. where there has 
been going (old Engl. gang). 

aiX or uwm was used when going to 
or from a place which was spoken of 
without reference to the locality of the 
speaker; peyau (he comes) and monchu 
(he goes) to or from the place of the 
speaker, or in which the speaker as- 
sumes to be; amdeu, he absents him- 
self, takes himself away, without refer- 
ence to the act of going. 

[Narr. yd kutt dunan^ go (you) that 
way; yd aUnta^ let us go that way. 
Chip, nind-ezhahj I go (John 11, 11); 
pret keezfidh, he went to (2, 12); sup- 
pos. azhdkyonj whither I go (8, 14; 14, 
4); azhahwahnan, whither thou goest 
(14, 5). Abn. neman neda, je vas lA; 
nemantsit je vas, je m'en vas. Del. eu 
or vxteUf he goes (thither, to a place); 
suppos. aanej if I go; <rfe, if he goes; 
part eyqtf going; imperat. oak, go ye.] 

^aucilp (Narr.), a little cove, or creek, 
R. W. See kuppi. 

audch^nk. See adchau, 

audtll. See autah. 

*atiliaqut ( Narr. ) , a mantle. See hogkco. 

^aukeeteibnitcli (Narr.), spring or seed- 
time, R. W. 69. 

^atiinanep (Narr.), a fishing line, pi. 
-napeash, R. W. 104. 

[Del. a ma na tacy Zeisb.] 

^aumaiU (Narr.), he is fishing, 'is gone 
to fish*; pi. aumaCiogy they fish; nt a(i- 
meUf I am fishing; suppos. pi. aumach- 
ick {omdcheg, El.), they who fish, fish- 
ermen. (N. agent, dma^en^ pi. -enuog. 



^aumaCd — con tinned, 
fishermen. El.) This verb signifies to 
fish with hook and line. It is not used 
by Eliot except in the participial dma- 
cheg, and the derived n. agent. (Cf. 
nmiarndgqwamy 1 go a fishing.) Its 
base is 6m {aum), a fishhook (Matt. 
17, 27), primarily a verb signifying *he 
takes fish,* or simply *he takes* (cf. 
amdumi.m, he takes, wnth his hand 
etc.), which in the suppos. hBadmaik 
{dmrndg^ dmmdg), 'when he takes,* and 
pass, 'what is taken*; pi. drndgquog, 
dmmxigquog. This suppos. or participial 
serves in composition as a noun generic 
for ' fish taken by the hook ' , and (in the 
singular) for a place of taking fish, ' fish- 
ing place*; and it was used by Eliot, in 
a wider sense, for all fish, as kehtah- 
han-dmaquog, sea-fishes, Num. 11, 22; 
mogk'Ommdquog, great fishes, John 21, 
11; houhamag-qut, (objective) to any 
fish, Deut. 4, 18. See namohs. 

[Abn. ned-anmSy je p^he k l*hame- 
9on; anmiy il p^che, etc.; ahmangan, 
on p4che U, il y a p^che. Del. a-man, 
fishhook, Zeisb.] 

*aum8<l-og' (Narr.), n. pi. a fish some- 
what like a herring, R. W. See dmynis, 

iunag, dnag*, iinnag, suppos. of unney 
q. v., if it be so, when it is so; ne 
aitnagy neaunak, that which is (i. e. 
when it is) so or thus; pi. nish aunagishy 
-kish; used substantively for event, oc- 
currence, action; what is to be, or may 
be, so, or in such manner: wame ne aunag 
papaume ayeuurnUxAonky 'all the things 
concerning the war*, 2 Sam. 11, 18; 
lUtoh aunaky 'how the matter may fall*, 
Ruth 3, 18; pamk ne woh aunagy 'one 
thing is needful*, must be so, Luke 10, 
42; ne dunaky 'the color of it', i.e. its 
appearance, likeness. Num. 11,7; Ezek. 
1, 16. Negat maUa dnana>gky 'if it 
were not so', John 14, 12, =matta una- 
na>gy Judg. 9, 15 {nednag, such, C. ). 
As prep, according to, after the man- 
ner of. See ivan'y neane; nniti. 

^aunakdsu, he is painted. See anogku. 

aunchema>kaU, lumaunch-, v. i. he 
tells news, bears tidings, relates, com- 
municates information; pi. -kaogy they 
told the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; pish kut- 
aunchema)komy thou shalt bear tidings, 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



19 



auncheixKDkatt, unnaunch — cont'd. 
2 Sam. 18, 20. With an. obj. -cokmiau, 
he bears tidings to, tells news to (him) ; 
nuttinaunchemcokauon&oh uiinnaunche- 
mcokauonky I told them good news, ' I 
communicated to them the gospeP, 
Gal. 2, 2. Vbl. n. -cokaonk, -cokauonk, 
news, tidings, 2 Sam. 13, 30; 18, 25, 26 
(ac/imam'on^, news, C). Continuative 
of aunchemau (-ww»), he tells, gives in- 
formation. 

[Narr. auncJierndkaWj tell me your 
news; avmun mesh aunchemdkau, who 
(has) brought this news; lockett-dun- 
chhn, what news (do you tell)? Cree 
dchernoOy he relates. Abn. k^gSi arUan- 
gSalj quelles nouvelles dit on? Sritan- 
gSaty bonnes nouvelles; afUsemS, il en 
dit, il en raconte.] 

*auzLCkiick (Narr.), pi. -quduogy 'heath 
cocks ' , R. W. Pinnated grouse, prairie 
hen (Tetrao cupido, Wils.?), formerly 
common in Massachusetts. From 
anogku {aunak^gu, R. W.), he paints 
himself, or is painted (?). 

auohqu^eu, at the end, or extremity. 
See uhqu/deu. 

auBkomuwatt, auttsk-, v. t. an. he 
chides, reproves, scolds (him). Vbl. 
n. act. auu8k6muu)aonk, chiding, re- 
proof given; pass, auuskonttwnkj being 
reproved, reproof received, correction, 
Prov. 15, 10; 27, 6. 

^ausounch, a'asownch, (Peq.) n. a 
skunk, Stiles. See squnck. 
[Abn. sSgankS, b^te puante.] 

*aiisup (Narr.), pi. -pdrmog^ the rac- 
coon, R. \V. 

[Abn. hsebaneSf 'chat sauvage^ 
Rasles; modem Abn. asbariy raccoon, 
K. A. Del. nachenuTrif raccoon; but es- 
panni-minschij 'raccoon wood, yellow 
wood', Zeisb. 8. B. 66. Chip, asseebarif 
Long; ais^se burij Sch.; aasebun, Sum.] 

*autah, audtll, atitawhun (Narr.), the 
apron or covering worn in front, R. W. ; 
for adlau, he hides; and (cans. ) adlah- 
heau-un {adtahwhun), hidden. Cf. ad- 
toMou, Eliot has nish vnU-adtahwhyr 
nuhkonnaoash, (of) these they made 
aprons, Gen. 3, 7; i. e. things which con- 
tinue to (or permanently, uhrk-), hide. 

auwakompaiUtonk, vbl. n. torment 
(endured or suffered), Rev. 18, 7. See 
onkapunojiitiuonk. 



auwakompanau, v. i. he suffers tor- 
ment, is tormented. Adv. and adj. 
nuwakoitipande ayeuonky the place of 
torment. 

auwakompiinnassu, v. i. (act) he in- 
flicts torment, he tortures. 

auwakdntowdonk, diuhk-, vbl. n. 
groaning, Ps. 6, 6; 38, 9. 

auwassu, auw6Bu, fiwossu, ou-, v. i. 
(adj. an. ) he warms himself. Is. 44, 15, 
16; Mark 14, 54; John 18, 18; nut- 
amvdSf I am warmed, Is. 44, 16 {auwd- 
slshf warm thyself, C). 

[Narr. awdssishj warm thyself. Abn. 
aSditSt il s^ chauffe. Del. a woe n, w^arm 
yourself, Zeisb.] 

auw^pin, v. i. the wind ceases, Mark 4, 
39; there is a calm {auweppdhqmt, 'calm 
weather*, when it is calm; auweptU 
ahquompi, a calm season; ouncepmnue^ 
calmly, C). 

[Narr. mv^pu, a calm, (the calm of) 
peace. Abn. aSibeti, il fait calme sui 
la rividre.] 

auwohlidma>onk, dhhaoh-, ^Uihau" 
wdh-, vbl. n. complaining, expressing 
of suffering, 'groaning', Ex. 2, 24; 6,5. 

auwohkon, v. i. it is used or made use 
of (habitually) ; of the fat of meat, etc., 
Lev. 7, 24; of a sword, Ezek. 21, 11 
(auiuohkdnat, to use, to be used, to weai 
clothes out, C). 

[Del. au wee ke, to use, Zeisb.] 

auwohkonche, awak-, adv. scarcely, 
hardly (with difficulty), Acts 14, 18, 
1 Pet. 4, 18 (auohkonche, hardly; awdr 
kdnche, scarcely, C). 

atiwohkdntoDftu, owohk-, v. i. he 
groans (aloud), Joel 1, 18; Rom. 8, 22. 

auwohteaong^ash. See *ompategash, 

auwohteau, v. t. iaan. he makes use of, 
uses (it); pi. -t^aog mvUinohkou, they 

use the right hand, 1 Chr. 12, 2; 

yen siogkaavxwnky they use this proverb, 
Ezek. 18, 2; suppos. noh auwohteadty he 
who uses, the user, Deut. 18, 10. {niUi- 
atwhteam, I use; mUt auwohteamy I wear, 
C). Vbl. n. autw/iteaonJfc, making use 
of, using; pi. -ongtuh, weapons, Gen. 
27, 3; 1 Sam. 21, 8. (Cf. ayeuhteau.) 

auwdsu. See auwasm, 

awakonche. See auwohkonche. 

^a'waumps, a'wumps (Peq.), a fox, 
Stiles. 



Digitized by 



Google 



20 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



- *awllun(Narr.), someone; in terrog. who? I 
= hoivanf q. v. , 

*awau88eus (Peq.), a bear, Stiles. I 

[Abn. aShsSs. Menom. ah way sha. 
Del. au rve «j«, a beast, Zeisb. Chip, ah- 
vaysee, a wild beast, S. B.] | 

awossu. See auvxism. 

^awwusse (Narr.), adv. farther; mnmn- \ 
8e»e, 'a little further', R. W. 

[Chip. (St Mary's) wau^mh, far off; 
(Maek.) nas-mu {tudssoy Bar.). Cree 
ipdthowy afar off. Abn, aSamSiy plus 
avant, derri^re; nanSat, c'est loin; 
mahda nanSai^ij ce n'est pas loin. (See 
ndadt; n66htenuuivdi. ) Del. awom^ -iyeu, 
beyond, over, the other side, Zeisb.] 

ayeu, v. i. ( 1 ) he is here, or there; he is in 
a place, is located. (2) he dwells; nok 
ayeu kah appu^ he dwells and abides, 
Job 39, 28; nuU ai, nuit aih, I dwell (in 
or at), Ps. 23, 6; Ezek. 43, 9; kuU ai, 
thou dwellest; pi. ayeuog^ they dwell, 
Dan. 4, 12; Is. 30, 19; negat. maiUi 
ayeucoog, they do not dwell, do not 
have place, *they were not', Jer. 31, 
15; pret. mUi ai-upy I was (there), Acts 
11, 5 [indef. na mo ntUt airiy I was there, 
Prov. 8, 27; toh kuU aiUj toh kuU ai-iny 
where dwellest thou? John 1, 38] ; im- 
perat. ayish, dwell thou; suppos. 1st 
pers. tUtoh dyee (dei), where I may 
dwell. Is. 49, 20; Ezek. 43, 7; 2d pers. 
dyean; 3d pers. nohdyity he who dwells. 
Is. 8, 18; n« ayig, where he dwells, Job 
15, 28; pi. (particip. ) neg ayegigy neg na 
ayilchegy the inhabitants, they who 
dwell there, Ezek. 38, 11; Mic. 7, 13. 
Vbl. n. ayeuonky a place, Gen. 18, 24; 
Deut. 12, 21; dwelling place, Num. 24, 
21. 

[Muh. (suppos.) oieety he 'who lives 
or dwells in a place', Edw. Chip. 
ahydhy he is (in a place), John 6, 9; 8, 
35, 40; tah ahydhy he shall be (there), 
John 12, 26; (ahneend^aindahyuriy where 
dwellest thou? 1, 38); suppos. dhydyouy 
while 1 am (here), 9, 5; ahy-6dy (where) 
he is, 7, 11. Cree, net iariy *I am being 
or existent'; i-dwy r-doo, he is, etc.; 
inan. i-dWy it is, etc. ; suppos. i-l-driy or 
i-a-ydriy if I am, etc. ; i-dty if he is, etc. 
(i-d'thity if he is, in relation to another). 
Howse (136, 198) regards this as ''the 
verb substantive in its absolute form," 



ayeu — continued, 
and Schoolcraft (ii, 436-441) gives the 
whole conjugation of the corresponding 
Chip, verb, " ?>-<?«, to l)e," as a sub- 
stantive verb.] 

ayeuhteau, ayeuwehteau, v. i. he 
makes war, engages in war, fights; im- 
l)erat. ayeuhteduashy make war, do bat- 
tle, fight, Prov. 20, 18. Vbl. n. ayeuh- 
teaonky ayeuumt-y war, a battle; pi. 
-ongashy Job 10, 17. N. agent, ayeu- 
teaeriy -m, one who fights or makes war, 
Josh. 17, 1; 1 Sam. 16, 18. Cf. San- 
skrit yudh (pret. dyutsi)y pugnare; cum 
ace, impugnare; dyudhay arma. 

[Narr. (imperat. 2d pi.) jHheUekey 
fight; (Ist pi.) jiiheimeay let us fight. 
Muh. (suppos.) oioieety the man who 
fights^ Edw. Abn. ai^'dkaky ils com- 
battent; ned-aSd^anmany je combats 
contre lui. Cree oot^etendyooy he at- 
tacks him.] 

ayeuqueiik, pi. -queagigy he who is op- 
posed, an adversary. See dmqae, 

ayeuteaontoywaonk, vbl. n. an alarm 
of war, Jer. 4, 19. (From ayeuhteaUy 
and ontanvaonk, calling out, shouting. ) 
[Narr. wauwhatiiovxiwdnawaty * 'tis 
an alarm'; ivawwhavjtowduogy they hal- 
loo, shout, R. W.] 

ayeuUhkonatt, v. t. an. he goes against, 
makes war on (him), Ps. 18, 34; 144, 1. 
With inan. subj. ivun-nutcheg ayeuuh- 
koneauy his hand is against, opposes 
(him). Gen. 16, 12; suppos. an. ayeah- 
koncniy when he goes to war with 
(him), Luke 14, 31. Adv. and adj. 
ayeuuhkoney against, in opposition, Prov. 
17, 11; Luke 10, 11; (mutual) ayeuuh- 
kon\tiu€y in mutual or reciprocal op- 
position, reciprocally against, Matt. 
10,35. 

ayixn, ayum, v. t. he makes (it), Ex. 
37, 1; Ps. 78, 16; pi. ayimvoogy they 
make (nuU iyaniy I make, C. ) ; with an. 
obj. ayhiau ahiompehy he makes a bow 
(but ayim kduhqaodiashy he makes ar- 
rows); suppos. noh ayiky ayigy he who 
makes (it), the maker. Pass. inan. ' 
ayimWy it is made; pret. ayimohupy it was 
made, ' it became', John 1, 14; particip. 
ayimamny made, built, Deut. 13, 16. [Is 
this, in fact, a v. t. inan. corresponding 
to ayeHy he places it?] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBVMBULLJ 



NATICK-ENQU8H DICTIONAEY 



21 



Ch 

[Eliot did not use the letter c, "saving in ch, of which there is frequent use in the language," and 
he gave to ch the name of cfice (with the sound of ch in cheat, cheest), Gr. 2, 8. Words written by 
R. Williams with c hard will be found under k.] 



chachepissue. See * chalchepmCiey 
wildly. 

chadchabenum, v. t. he divides (it), 
Job 26, 12. Frecj. of chippinum^ q. v. 

chadchabenumdonk, chacha-, vbl. n. 
a (permanent or continuing) division, 
a bound-mark, Hos. 5, 10. 

diadcliapenuk, (when) he divided (to 
the nations) , i. e. set the bounds, etc., 
Deut. 32, 8. 

chadchekeyeuau, v. i. he speaks vehe- 
mently; (used by Eliot for) he swears. 
["The word we make for swearing 
nignifieth to speak vehemently," Gr. 
21.] More exactly, to be vehement; 
the freq. or augment, of cheke-yeuj it is 
violent, vehement. Imperat. -yeuashf 
swear thou, Deut. 10, 20; suppos. chad- 
chekeyeuadtj if he swear. Lev. 6, 4. Vbl. 
n. -yeuwdonkf swearing, an oath. Lev. 
5, 4. See chekee. 

cb^gohtag', chik-, suppos. of chikohiean, 
it burns. 

cb^gwaa, cbauguas, pron. interrog. and 
relative, what, Matt. 5, 46; 6, 25. See 
teaguas; teagwe. 

[Quir. chagwun^ that which; pi. 
chaivfficumhf Pier. Abn. k^gS ds8y qu*y 
a-t-il? qu'est-ce que c'est?; k^gSi kesi^ 
que veux tu dire? Cree kSkoo, what? 
kekwarij something, anything, whatso- 
ever, what? Chip, kdgoo, what? any- 
thing, etc.] 

*chab, interj. fie upon it! C. See 
quah. 

[Cree eh! chJt! * expressive of surprise 
and disappointment. ' Chip. »^y shame ! 
pshaw! Bar.] 

cbabqubg*. See ckohqudgj a knife. 

cbanantam, v. i. he doubts, is doubtful; 
'tamwog, they doubt, Matt. 28, 17 {mU- 
chdndntarrif I doubt; ahque chanantahj 
do not doubt me, ' you may take it for 
granted', C). 

^chanisahau, v. i. he reels or staggers 
(like a drunken man), C. Vbl. n. 
(augm.) chachannisshaonkj staggering, 
reeling. 



cbansoxnps, n. 'the locust', Joel 1, 4; 

2, 25; pi. -mogy 2 Chr. 6, 28; but 'grass- 
hopper', Judg. 7, 12; Jer. 46, 23; Nah. 

3, 17. Cf. fiuaqiiequeshont. The word 
'locust' is transferred without transla- 
tion in Lev. 11, 22; Matt. 3, 4. chon- 
somps, locust, Mass. Ps., Ps. 78, 46; chdn- 
sops qumshau, * a grasshopper jumps', C. 

[Abn. tzanres; pi. -sak, sauterelles^ 
Rasles; chols^ cricket, K. A.] 

*cbatcbepi88ue, cbacb-, adv. wildly; 
chatchepijfstij [he is] wild (?), C. 

cbaubobkisb, 'except, or, besides', El. 
Gr. 22; 1 K. 10, 15; Judg. 8, 26. From 
ch ippi, separate, apart. ( Is it primarily 
a plural? nish chaubuk-ish, these things 
apart?) 

cbauguas. See cMgtcas, what. 

cbauobpubteau, v.'caus. inan. he puts 
it in water; imperat. chauohpuhleash om, 
'cast thou [into the water] an hook',. 
Matt. 17, 27. 

cbauopbam, v. t. he puts into water; 

hence he seethes or boils (it): 

weyausj he boiled the flesh, 1 K. 19, 21. 
Cf. touopham. 

[Narr. choivwoph^mminf to cast over- 
board; chomvophashf cast (thou it) over- 
board. Abn. tsaSdpS, il est jett^ dans 
I'eau.] 

chauopaheau, v. i. he falls into the 
water (by mischance, -sh) , Matt. 17, 15; 
chauopsfiash, 'be thou cast into [i. e. 
cast thyself into] the sea', Matt. 21, 21. 
[Abn. ne-tzaSapira-f je tombe dan» 
I'eau; tzaSapirrS^ il tombe, etc.] 

*Cbduquaquock (Narr.), Englishmen* 
See Chokquog. 

cbe^ouasb, ch.eouash.(?), n. pL 
branches or shoots (of a vine. Gen. 40,. 
10,12). 

cbecbequnali. See chequnau. 

*cbecout, cbequit, n. the name of a fish 
( Labrus squeteage, Mitch. ) From cfioh-^ 
ki, spotted (?). 

cbeeby. See *chepy, 

cbAe, Chech Ae, adv. slowly, Pro v. 14^ 
29; Neh. 9, 17; late (in the day or 



Digitized by 



Google 



22 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



ch^e, chech^e — continued, 
night), Ps. 127, 2. V. i. chekeUj cheku, 
it is late, a long time: newuich chekUy 
* after a long time', Matt. 25, 19. See 
chequnappUy etc. 

[Narr. vmssaume idisha^ it is too late 
(in the day or night).] 

chekee, adv. violently, Hab. 1, 9; Is. 22, 

18 [chekeyeUf v. i. it is violent, vehement, 
forcible; frequent, and intens. chadche- 
keyeu; with an. subj. -keyeau, q. v.]; 
chekee uaseonky doing violently, an act 
of violence. Is. 69, 6; {chekewdCj forci- 
bly, C. ) See chequnau, 

[Abn. tsiganSiSiy malgr^, ^ contre- 
ccBur; par force.] 

chekeenehtuonk, vbl. n. pass, for -iitu- 
onkf violence (suffered), Hab. 1, 3 {che- 
keiUinne-aif to be compelled, C?). 

chekeh^ati, v. cans. an. (1 ) he forces, uses 
force with or on ( him ) . (2 ) he ravishes 
(her) , 2 Sam. 13, 22; wut-chekehS-uh, he 
forced her, 2 Sam. 13, 14 (nut-chekeyeu- 
toae, I compel, C). 

^chftesu (Narr.), the northwest wind; 
suppos. chikesiichf when it blows north- 
west, R. W. Cf. vrnt-chekmaUy north- 
westward. From chekeyeUf it is violent. 

^Chekesuwluid, n. pr. Hhe [north-] 
western god*, R. W. 

cheketamoDonk (?), vbl. n. rebellion, 
Prov. 17, 11 {chekeiaTTide, rebellious, C). 

chekham, v. t. he sweeps (it) ; nut-chek- 
ham-urty I sweep it. Is. 14, 23 {nvt- 
jeeskhaniy I wipe, C). Suppos. inan. 
chekhikunky (it sweeps, ) a broom. Is. 14, 
23 ( checonnachatdonky C. ) . Seejiakham. 
[Abn. tsikkihlffaiiy balai; ne-tdkekShhn- 
€71 Sig^aniy je balaye la cabane. Chip. 
nin tchigatdig€y 1 sweep; tchigatdigariy 
broom. Bar. Del. tschikhammeriy to 
sweep; tschikhikariy broom, Zeisb.] 

chekhaUsu, -dsu, v. i. act an. he sweeps, 
is sweeping; pass, it is swept, w^iped, 
Luke, 11, 25; Matt. 12, 44. 

cheku, ^ after a long time^ Matt. 25, 

19 [?]. 

chemdil, V. i. he paddles or rows (a 
boat); menuhke chemdogy they paddle 
hard, with exertion; 'toil in rowing', 
Mark 6, 48; suppos. noh chem&Uy pi. neg 
chemachegy they who paddle, who * han- 
dle the oar', Ezek. 27, 29. 

[Narr. chhnosh (imperat. 2d sing.), 
paddle, row; pi. chemeck. Chip, che- 



chem^tt — continue<l. 
maiy he paddles; imperat. 2d sing, chi- 
main {chemauriy a canoe), Sch. ii, 387; 
tchimariy canoe, Bar. Del. tschimacan^ 
a paddle, Zeisb.] 

*chenaud8iie, adj. (an.) churlish, cross, 
Cott. 

chenesit, (suppos. of chenesu?) a dwarf. 
Lev. 21, 20. 

cheouaBh. See chSaouash. 

chepaiyeuonk, vbl. n. freedom. Acts 22, 
28. See chippe. 

*cli^p6ck (Narr.), a dead person. See 
*chepy, 

^ch^p^ssin (Narr.), the northeast wind, 
R. W. See vmtchepwdiyeu ( in the east) ; 
twUchepwosh (the east wind). The 
cold northeast was {)erhap8 assigned to 
Ch^y and the spirits of evil, as was 
sovxiniuy th^ pleasant southwest, to 
KauidntomL 

^chepewftukita^og' (Narr.), v. pi. *they 
fly northward' [i. e. to the northeast], 
R. W. ; = chepwoi-uhk'it auog. 

chepiohke [chippiy ohke]y n. the place 
apart, place of separation; chepioh- 
komuky the inclosed place [komukl of 
separation, hades, hell, Deut. 32, 22; 
Rev. 6, 8; 20, 13; Is. 14, 9. With locat. 
afl&x, cheploJik'ity chepiohkomuk-qut. 

[Del. tschipey-achginky *the world of 
spirits, spectres, or ghosts', Hkw.] 

chepiontup [chippiy ontuply n. a skull, 
Matt. 27, 33. Cf. mishkondntup. 
[Abn. tsipanantep, t^te de mort.] 

chepisk. See chippipsk, 

chepsliati, v. i. he is astonished, amazed, 
frightened, Dan. 4, 19 {chepshiy Is. 
50, 7); pi. -dogy Mark 5, 42; Job 32, 15; 
Dan. 5, 9. Adv. chepsd^, in astonish- 
ment, in amazement, amazedly, Ezra 
9, 3; Ezek. 4, 16. Vbl. n. chepshaonky 
astonishment, Deut. 28, 37; 2 Chr. 29, 8. 
[Abn. tgibaghinangSat, cela est effroy- 
able.] 

chepBhontam, v. t. he fears or is amazed 
at (it); pret. nuk-chepshoniamupj 1 was 
astonished at (it), Dan. 8, 27. 

♦chepy, cheeby (Peq.), 'evil spirit, or 
devil,' Stiles. **Abbamocho or Cheepie 
many times smites them with incurable 
diseases, scares them with apparitions 
and panic terrors," etc., Josselyn's 
Voy., 133. From a letter of Hecke- 
welder's (quoted in 2 Mass. Hist. Coll., 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



28 



*chepy, cheeby — continued. 
X, 147) it appears that the correspond- 
ing Delaware word {ischipey) ' * had been 
made use of, even by missionaries, who 
kneM' no better,'* for "the soul or spirit 
in man"; a use, he adds, which "none 
of our old converted Indians would 
suffer." The word is, in fact, only 
another form of chippe (q. v. ), it is sep- 
arate, or apart; chippeuy ( 1 ) he separates 
or goes apart; hence, (2) he is dead or 
separated (from the living); pi. chip- 
peogCSsLrr. ch^ck), they are separated,^ 
the dead; (3) a specter, ghost, or ap- 
parition of one deceased; something 
separated, and preternatural, as manit 
(fromdntt€) is something supernatural. 
[Narr. cktpeck (pi.), the dead; c/i^p- 
ass6tam, the dead sachem; chep-asqudWj 
a dead woman. Abn. UehiSij s^par^- 
ment, Rasles ( chihdi, ghost, K. A. ) . Del . 
ischipey. Nanticoke, tsee-e-p, ghost, 
dead man.] 

chequit. See *checout. 

chequnappu, v. i. (1) he sits still, is at 
rest; (2) he keei)s silence, he is quiet; pi. 
-puog, Judg. 16, 2; Ex. 15, 16; 2 K. 7, 4; 
imperat. 2d sing, chekunapshj be still, 
Mark 4, 39; 2d pi. -appek, be ye still, 
Ps. 46, 10; nanepaushadt chequnappu, 
*the moon stayed', Josh. 10, 13; and 
nepanz chequnappeupj *the sun stood 
still*, ibid, {nut'chequnnapy I am silent, 
C. ) From cheke and dppu. 

[Abn. 7ie't8ikdpij je me tais, taceo; 
isigiSit sans rien dire, en silence.] 

chequnali, chechequnatt, v. t. an. he 
takes by violence from (him), he robs 
(him): neg chechekqimukqueaneg pUh 
chechequnaog (pass.), 'they that prey 
upon thee will I give for a prey ' (they 
who rob thee shall be robbed), Jer. 
30, 16. 

[Narr. aquie chechequnnuxvash, do not 
rob me; suppos. pi. chechequnnuwdchicky 
robbers; pajas. chechequnnittinf there is 
a robbery committed. Abn. inganSxSi^ 
par iforce, malgr^.] 

chequnikompali, v. i. he stands still; 
pi. -paog, 'poog, 2 Sam. 2, 23; imper. 2d 
sing, chequnikompatishj stand thou still, 
Josh. 10, 12; and indie. chequnikompaUy 
(he) stood still, v. 13 [where it was 
mistaken for the preceding substantive, 
nepauzy *8un,* by Adelun^, who in the 



chequnikompaU — continued. 
Mithridates (3 Th., 3« Abth., p. 388) 
has given a place among words of the 
"Naticks, nach Elliott" to ^chequikom- 
pu/i, Sonne.* Cf. nanepaushadt chequn- 
appiiy * the moon stayed ' , v. 13] . From 
chike and -kompau. 

chequnuBsin, v. i. he lies still; uvh 
nutchequnussiiif I would lie still. Job 
3, 13. 

chequodwehham, v. caus. inan. he 
shaves (it) off, cuts (it) off (makes clean 
by cutting; caus. of chekodtam^ v. t. 
inan. ; cf. chekharrij he sweeps or wipes) ; 
chequodwehkamwog up-puhkukoashy they 
shave their heads (withnegat. , Ezek. 44, 
20). With an. obj. cheqtiodtweyaheau 
nashpe chequodtweyaheg, he shaves (him) 
with a razor. Is. 7, 20 (cheqtiddtoeekquog, 
razor, C). 

chequttummo), v. i. he roars (as a lion 

or wild beast) ; pi. -umwogj Jer. 51, 38. 

[Abn. zaskademSj (le chien) jappe.] 

cli^taeu, V. i. it is stiff. As adj. 

mimttupuk, a stiff neck, Ps. 75, 5. Caus. 
inan. chetauivehieau, he stiffens, makes 
(it) stiff, 2 Chr. 36, 13. Intr. (adj. an. ) 
chetauefsuy he is stiff, unyielding {nut- 
chelauesy I am stiff, C). 

chetanunaU, v. t. an. he supports (him ) ; 
imperat. 2d pi. chetanuna>k noDchum- 
wesitchegy 'support ye the weak*, 1 
Thess. 5, J4. 

chetixuaU, v. t. he compels (him), 2 Chr. 
21, 11; tmi'chetim-o-nhy they compelled 
him. Matt. 27, 32 {nxU-chetimUwamy I am 
urgent, C). 

chetiihquab, n. a crown, Cant. 3, 11; 
Is. 28, 3. 

[Abn. UitokkSebuir, parures, soit de 
cou, soit de t^te.] 

♦chichiuquat (Narr. ), it is day [-break], 
R. W. 67. 

[Abn. Ufe*k8aty il eat jour, jour com- 
mence. ] 

^chichdgrin (Narr.), a hatchet, R. W. 

♦chlckot (Narr.), fire (chikkoht, C). 
From chekee and ohteauy it rages, is vio- 
lent. See chikohteau. 

chikkin^uogT) n. pi. sparks of fire; with 
nwtde (of fire). Job 41, 19; Is. 50, 11. 

chikkup, n. a cedar. Is. 44, 14; pi. -pogj 
Ps. 148, 9 (utchukkfip}>einiSy cedar, C). 
Adj. and adv. chikkuipjMey of cedar, 1 K. 
5,8. 



Digitized by 



Google 



24 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BrLLETIN 25 



cfaikkup — con tinue<l . 

[Chip, jingu^ik, pine tree, Bar. ; ^hin 
fftmuk, Sch.] 

chikohteau, v. i. it bums, as a fire or a 
torch, Ex. 3, 2; Deut. 5, 23; Jer. 7, 20; 
pret. na>(au chikohtop, the fire burned, 
P». 39, 3; euppos. ne chAgohtag, that 
which burns, Gen, 15, 17. From chfkee 
ami ohteaUf it is (by nature, inherently) 
violent, it ragen, is fierce. 

[Narr. chkkot (chikkohty C), fire.] 

chikosum, chikkohaiun, v. t. he bums 
(it), Ex. 40, 27; Is. 44, 16; with an. obj. 
-mii; vut-chikosft-ohf he burned (him). 
Lev. 9, 1 1 . From chekee, with the form- 
ative {-suniy an.'Mu) of verbs denoting 
the action of heat. Vbl. n. act chik- 
kdmank, a burning, Lev. 10, 6; Is. 9, 5; 
vbl. n. pass. chikkdsicuUuonky being 
burned, a bum, Ex. 21, 25. 

chipappu, V. i. (1) he remains apart, 
separate, Prov. 19, 4; from chippi and 
&ppu. (2) he is free, at liberty (i. e. 
separated or apart from any tribe, not 
the subject of any sachem); chipappu 
wwelauomonat, she is at liberty to 
marry, 1 Cor. 7, 39. Cf. *chepy. 

[Narr. chippdpuocky the Pleiades, i. e. 
they sit apart, form a group by them- 
selves.] 

chipohke, n. land not occupied; en 
chipohk'U, Mnto a land not inhabited'. 
Lev. 16, 22. From chippe and ohkCy 
separate or free land. 

*chippaclUluBin, it divides (as a path 
where it forks), R. W. From chippeu. 

chippe, -pi, (it is) separate<l, apart; 
chippe ayeuankj the separate place, Ezek. 
41, 13. Adv. and adj. chippiyeiLey Ezek. 
41, 12; 42, 1, 10, 13. [For derivatives 
see chepyt chepiohke, cheptorUupy etc.] 
Vbl. n. chipaiyeucnk, separation, free- 
dom. As n. a part, a portion; piukque 
chippi, a tenth part, Ex. 16, 36. Cf. 
chonchippe. 

[Abn. UebiSif tmtsSbiSiy tzatzSbiSi, s^p- 
ar^ment. Del. Upivriy ttpai, separately; 
ischdgch-pif asunder, apart, Zeisb.] 

chippehtam, v. t. he makes (it) separate, 
keeps (it) apart, Num. 6, 2; with an. 
obj. -ehtaOau; suppos. chapehtauontf 
Heb. 7, 26. 

chippesu. See chippism, 

chippeu, V. i. he separates himself, goes 
apart. Num. 6, 12; Gal. 2, 12; suppos. 



chippeu — continue<l. 
noh chapitf he who separate** himeelf; 
pi. neg chaptcheg, Ezra 6, 21; Jude 19; 
freq. chadchapeu; with inan. subj. 
-})emcOy it divides, marks separation 
(or pass, is divided. Hop. 10, 2); im- 
perat. chadchapemamdj, let it divide 
(one thing from another. Gen. 1, 6). 
As adv. wut'chadchaube poiiamun, he 
put it dividingly or for separation, Gen. 
1, 4. Perhaps this last form should l^e 
referred to a freq. or augm. of chipappUy 
q. V. See *chepy, 

\ chippi. See chippe. 

I chippinehteau, v. caug. (inan. subj.) it 
causes or effects separation. Vbl. n. 
chippinxUunkj that which {separates, a 
wall, Ezek. 42, 20 (a hedge, C). 
chippinetu, v. i. he is bom free; nut- 
chippenetip, I was bom free. Acts 22, 28. 

> chippinnin, n. a' free man. Rev. 6, 15: 

I -inninnuj he is a free man ; gunnummatta 
nul-chippinninnu-w, am not I free? 1 
Cor. 9, 1; suppos. pass, chapininnumitf 
when he is freed, * being free', 1 Cor. 
7, 22. Lit. a man apart, not subject to 
any sachem or master. Cf. mimnnirij 
a captive, 
chippinum,' V. t. he separates (it), puts 
it apart From chippi, with character- 
istic (-nwm) of action performetl by the 
hand. Augm. chadchatihennm [=r/ia- 
chippinum], he neparates permanently 
or authoritatively, establishes a divi- 
sion; with inan. subj. -mo), it estab- 
lishes a division, it divides. Vbl. n. 
-umcDonkj -um6onkj a dividing, a bound- 
mark; -coonkf -aruDironkj a separation of 
animate beings, a tribe, Judg. 21, 3; 
Heb. 7, 13. With an. obj. chippinad, he 
separates or parts (them); imperat. 
2d sing, chippirif Gen. 13, 9; pi. -mwcoifc. 
Num. 31, 27; suppos. chapunonty when 
he parts (them), Num. 6, 5; Prov. 
18, 1. 
chippipsk, chepisk, n. a [single or de- 
tached?] rock, or crag; for chippi-ompak; 
ui chipftipsquty on the rocks. Acts 27, 29. 
[Narr. rnachipscaty a stony path; i. e. 
may-chippisk'Ut. ] 
chippishixi]ieuhtugrk(?), n. a bush, Job 

30, 7; Is. 7, 19. 
chippiMu, -e8u, v. adj. an. he is sep- 
arate, apart; pi. -suogy a people, a dis- 
tinct race. Gen. 25, 23. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



25 



chippohteau, v. i. he is (habitually, 
by custom) separate; he keeps apart. 
Vbl. n. >hippa>taonky a keeping apart, 
separation, Lev. 12, 5. 

chipwuttconapwati, v. t. an. he kisses 
(him); chipwodtam^ v. t. inan. he kisses 
(it); wnt-chipivuUaonap'Ohj he kisses 
him, Gen. 27, 27; vnU-chipwodtam- 
mikqtioh umsseetash^ she kissed (to him) 
his feet, Luke 7, 38 {nut'chipvmttconapf 
I kiss, C). 
[Abn. Stsedamen, il le baise.] 

chinhkham. See ji*khamj he wipes 
(it). 

chiskenitchdhliou, n. a towel, John 13, 
5; that which wipes the hands, or 
with which the hand is wiped. From 
chMkham and nulchj with the inan. in- 
strum. formative -dhhou. 

*ch6gaji (Narr.), a blackbird; pi. cho- 
ganeuck, R. W. 

[Peq. avLchugyese; masmiryan^ Stiles. 
Abn. Ut8gher€9; tsSghereskS, ^toumeau, 
Rasles; mo<lem Abn. chog-lHshv, K. A. 
Del. ischoquali, blackbird, Zeisb.] 

chogrq, n. a spot, a bit, a small piece (for 
* farthing*, Matt. 6, 26). For chohki 
or chdhki, (it is) like a point or spot. 
Cf. kodchuki. Suppos. inan. chohkag, a 
spot, a blemish; tvompe chohkag y a bright 
spot. Lev. 13, 4, 19. 

[Cree, cM-c/wic/m^ot/', it is' striped.] 

Chog^uasuog:. See *Chokquog. 

^chogset. See *cachauxetj under K. 

chohdiolikag' (freq. of chohkag j a spot), 
that which is spotted, or marked with 
spots, Jude 23. See chogq. 

chohcliolik^su, V. adj. an. (freq. of 
chohk^m) he is spotted, blemished. 
Vbl. n. -e*itonJt, a spot, mark, or blem- 
ish, Jer. 13, 23. 

*chohchunkquttali]iam. ^>eechu)irhunk- 
gtttiohhdm, he knocks. 

chohk^su, V. adj. an. (1) he is spotted; 
pi. mohmcDe chohk^miog, they are thickly 
spotted, 'speckled'. Gen. 31, 10, 12. 



chohk^su — continued. 

(2) he has a blemish, or deformity. 
Lev. 21, 21, 23. Suppos. chohkesit, when 
he is spotted; pi. 7ieg chohkesitcheg (freq. 
chohchobk')y they who are spotted, Gen. 
30, 32, 39. 

[Del. chi qua m, patched, Zeisb.] 

^chohki, (a point) a minute, C. (= chogq). 

chohkoowaonk (?), vbl. n. a sting [ing], 
1 Cor. 15, 55, 56; chohkuhhm^ a sting, C. 

chohkushik, (suppos. as) n. *a jot', a 
point, a speck, Matt. 5, 18; Luke 16, 17. 

chohqubg:, chahqubg:, n. a knife. Gen. 
22, 6; Judg. 19, 29; pi. -gash (cf. keneh- 
quogy a sharp knife, under kenai) ; kenag 
chahqubg, a sharp razor, Ps. 52, 2. 

[Narr. chauqock (for -quock?). Abn. 
niJte*k8akSyC0UteSL{X'y pl.-ugSr. Menom. 
ahshaykon. ] 

*Cliokquogr, Chogrqiissuoer, n. pi. Eng- 
lishmen, C. ^^Englinhmansog a^uh 
Chohkquogy^' title-page of Indian laws, 
1709. "They call Englishmen Chdu- 
quaquocky that is, Knife-men", R. W. 
51. 

[Abn. ntsekSakSij he has a knife.] 

choncliippe, besides (praeter). Is. 44,6, 
8; 1 K. 22, 7. For chaehippe (chad" 
chaubef)y as implying separation, Hhat 
apart ' , besides. See chippe. The Mass. 
Ps. has chippe t *8ave' (besides, except- 
ing), Ps. 18, 31. 

choochoowdogT) n. pi. quails, Ex. 16, 13 
(but Upmilmg^ transferred. Num. 11, 
31). See *;wH/>ocA:. 

chiih, interj. ho! look! chuh^ ken, qush- 
kishy * ho! such a one [thou], turn aside,' 
Ruth 4, 1. 

chiihchunkquttolihlbn, v. t. he knocks 

at or upon (it); nut , 1 knock (at 

the door, Rev. 3, 20). For chuhy chuh^ 
quliuhhamy he makes a measured chnh 
c/jM/i,orcallof attention(?). Cf. (Narr.> 
popomiUdhigy a drum, R. W. 

*chunka>, n. an oyster, C. See oppon- 
enauhock. 



E 



*eacliimminea8lL, n. pi. (Indian) com, 
C. See u^atchiminneash, 

*eatawtbi (Narr. ), it is old, said of cloth; 
eataubanay old traps. 

ehludi, interj. 'of exhortinj^or encoura- 
ging', El. Gr. 21, 22. 



4ht£L, See aitaiy on (at) both sides. 
eianto^konattali, v. t. an. he mocks at 

(him) . See ddrUdhkonauonat, 
*eia«8unck and wiaseck (Narr.), a 

knife, R. W. Peq. wiyauzzege. Stiles. 
eiyine (»Vfw^, Mass. Ps.), of divers eorta 



Digitized by 



Google 



26 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



eiy^ne — continued . 
or kinds; all sorts of; of every kind; 
mmche eiyane unnej * store of all sorts of 
wine', Neh. 5, 18; wame eiyane^ all 
kinds of, Dan. 3, 15; iydn-a&kehtuashy 
many (divers kinds of) medicines, Jer. 
46, 11. See unne. 

eiyoznp, n. a male deer, a buck. See 
dhiiik. 

en, prep, to, toward (after verbs of mo- 
tion), Lev. 21, 6; Acts 10, 32. 

-en, -enin, the formative of verbals de- 
noting the active subject, male (nomen 
agentis), represents -ninnu {nnln^ mm, 
R. W.), a male, man. The second 
{'€nin=-en-unne) is the general or in- 
definite form, e. g. adcha-Uf he hunts; 
adcha-en, he who is hunting, as dis- 
tinguished from one who may be hunt- 
ing or who habitually hunts (suppos. 
an. noh adcha-nont) game; adchahdn 
(pi. -minnu-og) , anyone who is hunting, 
some hunter; tisse-Uj agit; suppos. noh 
dse-itf qui (quum) agit, oraget; n. agent. 
usse-a-en, ille agens. usseahi'inj qui 
agens. See *nnln. 



*^nada (Narr.), seven {enutta tahshe, M. 
V. Rec). 

^enew^him (Narr.), a male (l^east). 
See ninnu; nomposhim. 

*enin (Narr.), a man. See *nnhi. 

enneapeyau (unne-), v. i. he sojourns. 
Cf. namshpeyau; imperat. ennedpeyavsh 
yen ohkCy ' sojourn in this land ', Gen. 26, 
3; unneapeyonat, to sojourn (here). Gen. 
47, 4; suppos. part, (pi.) dneapeoncheg, 
( who are) strangers, sojourners, Lev. 25, 
45; (sing. ) anyeapeont, v. 40; anea-, v. 47. 

enninne^nk, vbl. n. a pestilence, con- 
tagious or infectious disease; Lev. 13, 
44, 46; Num. 11, 33; Jer. 29, 17 {en 
ninnu-og, ItcI Sfffioi, an epidemic?). 
See wesaushdonky the pestilence or yel- 
low disease. 

*ennonxai. See unnomdiy a reason. 
' *eteans80nk(?), pi. -faw/i, knives, C. Cf. 
*eia8sunck. 

*ewb (Narr.), pron. 3d sing, he, she; 
awdun ewdf who is that? ewd manitf 
this God; etod uckqush&nMckf they who 
fear him, R. W. See yevuoh; noh; -ah. 
It is properly a demonstrative. 



H 



hahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). Job 
41, 29; -ehiauaut he laughs at (him), 
Job 9, 23; suppos. ahanehtauontf when 
he laughs at or mocks (him), Prov. 30, 
17. 

halidnu, alidnu (-non), v. i. he laughs. 
Gen. 17, 17; 18, 12; Ps. 2,4; maUanvi- 
ahanUj I do not laugh; pret. kui-ah&nup, 
thou didst laugh. Gen. 18, 15; loh- 
vmich hahanit (suppos. ), wherefore does 
she laugh? v. 13; ahquompi adt ahani- 
muk (suppos. inan. or supine), 'a time 
to laugh', Eccl. 3, 4. 

[Narr. ahdnuy he laughs; pi. -uock; 
tav'hitch ahdnean (suppos.), why dost 
thou laugh? Menom. ah-y-ah-nen^ to 
laugh. Shawn, ah-^dii-lee.^ 

hahanuonk, alian-, vbl. n. laughing, 
laughter, Job 8, 21; Eccl. 7, 3 {ahhaniX- 
onk, ahanshdonk, C). 

hashdbp, hash^b, n. (1) a net, Micah 
7, 2; Luke 5, 5; pi. hashabpog^ Ezek. 
47, 10; Hab. 1, 16 {dshdp, pi. -appog, 
C). (2) vegetal fiber or fibrous ma- 
terial used for making thread or cord; 



haahdbp, hasliA— continued. 
hashdbpog, 'flax' (the plant, when in 
the field), Ex. 9, 31; hashabp, flax (pre- 
pared), Judg. 15, 14; *tow,* Is. 43, 17; 
hashabpe ttUtuppun, a tow thread, Judg. 
16, 9; hashahp-onakj linen cloth, Mark 
14, 51 {hashaponagy Ex. 35, 25). (3) a 
spider's web, i. e. net. Job 8, 14; Is. 59, 
5. ' ' Les sauvages racontent que ce fut 
Michabou qui apprit k leurs anc^tres k 
p^cher, qu'il inventa les R^ts, et que 
ce fut la toile d'araign^e qui lui en 
donna I'id^e." — Charlevoix, iii, 282. 

[Narr. ashdpy * their nets;' ashdppockj 
hemp; masaiinock, flax (Canada net- 
tle?), R. W. Abn. rhdpe, filets, rets; 
s^tagSky espdce de chanvre dont on fait 
des rets ( taghenank, le chanvre ) . Chip. 
assdby pi. 'big J nets.] 

hashabnhtugq, -bpulitag^(?) {hash- 
abpuhtugqy fiax-wood), n. stalks of 
flax. Josh. 2, 7; a distaff, Prov. 31, 19. 

hashoDnukoD, n. a hat; pi. hashamuhD- 
unashy their hats, Dan. 3, 21. ' 

[Narr. ashdnaquOy or saunketippoy a 
cap or hat, R. W.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



27 



haainnekdUs. See asinnekdus. 

ha88un, n. a stone; husmn^ pi. -nosh. El. 
Gr. 10; dim. hasmnemeSy a little stone, 
ib. p. 12; pi. -gash, little stones, * gravel', 
Prov. 20, 17. From a word signifying 
to pierce, to cut (?). 

[Chip, asgirif pi. -nig (inan.), Bar.; 
owhi, a«8in, pi. (an.) -rw-e/i, Sch. Cree 
assinnee; dimin. assinnis, Del. achmn, 
Zeisb.] 

hassunekdaz. See asginnek&us. 

hassnzmek, -neg^k, n. a cave. Gen. 23, 
17,20. (That which covers? Cthashoh 
nukcOf a hat.) 

hassuxmeutunk, n. a (stone) wall, Jer. 
51, 44; Ezek. 13, 12. 

*haw&iiahech (Narr. ), farewell, R. W. 

hennali, hennou, Aunou, v. t. an. he 
calls him (by a name or appellation; 
appellat. Of. ussov^enaUf he calls him 
by his name, nominat); pass, he is 
called: pish hennou Ishahy 'she shall be 
called Woman', Gen. 2, 23; pish hennou 
magcohdn, ' he shall be call^ Bountiful * 
(i. e. the Giver), Is. 32, 5; suffix form 
itrnttintth, appellat eum, he addresses 
him, he calls him: David nagum vmt- 
tinuh l=tuut-henna-uh'i'] num-Manit- 
tam, * David himself calleth him [my] 
Lord', Mark 12, 37; toh kultehenity * what 
art thou called? ' Gen. 32, 27 ; noh ahhenii 
(ahhuniUy Mass. Ps.) he who is called, 
John 9, 11; suppos. dhunont, when he 
calls, w^hen calling (him), 1 Pet. 3, 6. 
Mutual or reciprocal hetiuog, they call 
one another, they address one another. 
Gen. 11, 3. Vbl. n. hettanvonky hettu- 
onky mutual address, language, speech, 
Gen. 11, 1. See ahenit. 

[Narr. Uthhia l=toh hennau], *what 
is his name?' how is he called?] 

hettam, v. t. inan. he calls (it); pass. 
hettamuny it is called [cf. ussmweUamy he 
names (it) ; ussanvettamuny it is named] ; 
pi. hettamwogy they call (it), Ps. 49, 11; 
pasH. mwesuonk hettamuny his name is 
called, Luke 2, 21 ; hettamuny it is called, 
Gen. 2, 11, 14; Is. 56, 7. 

[Narr. tahHlamen [=toh hetlamun], 
what is this called?] 

-hk. See -'*-. 

^Hobbaznoco, n. * their evil God,' Lech- 
ford's PI. Dealing, 52. **That we sup- 
pose their Devil, they call Habamouky'' 
Capt. J. Smith (1631). ''Abamocho or 



^Hobbamoco— continued. 
Cheepiey^* Josselyn Voy. (See ckepy,) 
"In the night . . . they will not budge 
from their own dwellings for fear of 
their Abamocho (the Devil) whom they 
much fear." — Wood's N. E. Prospect, 
pt. 2, ch. 8. "Whom they [the In- 
dians near Plymouth] call Hobbamock, 
and to the northward of us, Hobbamo- 
qui; this, as far as we can conceive, ia 
the Devil."— E. Winslow's Rel. (1624). 

-hogr, -hogrk, n. (1) body, corpus, that 
which is external or which covers the 
living man or animal. For hogki (it 
covers), or hogko) (he covers Wmself, 
wears as covering). With impers. pre- 
fix, muhhogy the (any) body; pi. muhr 
hjogkayog. El. Gr. 9. (2) the person; 
with the prefixed pronouns it has the 
force of ipse; nuhhogln^hog'], my body, 
or myself, ego ipse; kukhogy thy body, 
thyself; umhhogy his body, himself. 

[Narr. nohdck, my body; wuhdcky the 
body (i. e. his body). Abn. nkaghi, 
Shaghiy mon, son corps. Del. hockey, 
Zeisb. Cree wey6w, the body; ne-ydw, 
my body, myself.] 

kogrki, V. i. it covers, or serves as'a cov- 
ering; as n. wuh-hogki, pi. ivuh-hogkiosh, 
the scales (of a fish). Job 41, 15; sup- 
pos. wuh-Jiogkat, if it have (that which 
has) scales; pi. negwuh-hogkiitdiegy they 
which have scales. Lev. 11, 9 ( with inan. 
or impers. subj. vmhhogkiegigy v. 10). 
So, wuh-hogkiy a shell (wohhogke, C). 
Cf. Engl, shell, scale; Germ, schale; 
Greek KoXeo^y 6Kv\oy. 

[Narr. mcka&hock [mck^wuhhogki'\, 
black-shell money, R. W. Abn. 8ara- 
hdghi, ^caille de poisson.] 

hogrko), V. i. he clothes or covers him- 
self; with inan. subj., it is a covering, it 
clothes; sometimes v. t. he wears (or 
is covered by) it, Prov. 23, 21; Ezek. 
9, 2; Ps. 93, 1; imperat. 2d pi. hogkmk, 
*put ye on', clothe yourselves with, 
Eph. 6, 11; suppos. an. Jiogqut, dquty 
agquity when he wears, or is clothed 
with, Ps. 109, 18; 68, 13; Dan. 12, 7; ne 
dquty agquity that which he wears, which 
Ms on him'. Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30. 
Vbl. n. hogka>onky clothing, a garment, 
Num. 31, 20; Prov. 30, 4; pi. -ongash 
{auka)onky C. ). With a subst. express- 
ing the thing worn or put on, hogkun- 
num, v. t. he puts (it) on. 



Digitized by 



Google 



28 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2S 



hogko— <?<)nti n utnl . 

[Narr. aathf 'their deerskin', which 
serveH for clothing [ = /io^ita)]; ocquash 
[=:h(}gkujthy El.], put on; auhaqitt, a 
mantle (i. e. what he wears). Del. 
arhffiimiaUj he ia clothed; e hack quitf 
his cloth; e hack quink^ clothing, 
Zei«l).] 

hogrkoDchin. See ogkcochin. 

hohkon. See ohkcon, a dre«sed skin. 

hohpaheau, v. i. (cans.) he humbles 
himself, 2 (^hr. 32, 26; Ps. 10, 10; makes 
himself small ( ? ) . ('f. iHeheuUy he makes 
him small, or low (see jml)] suppos. 
howan hoh}Hiheont^ whoso humbleth 
hiniself, Matt. 18, 4. 

hohpati, V. i. he is humble; pi. hohpdog 
(indicat. for suppos.), *the humble*, 
they art^ humble, Ps. 34, 2; imi)erat. 
hohiMtahf 'humble thyself, l)e humble, 
I*rov. tt, 3; suppos. nhhohpdcheg [fmh- 
jHut; pi. hahiHiitcheg]^ Prov. 10, 19; 
hohhohiMirhetjy the humble, Ps. 10, 12, 
V^bl. n. hoh}Humky hohpdunk^ humbling, 
humility, Pn)v. 15, :«; 22, 4. N. agent. 
hohptirHf one who humbles himself, a 
humble man, Job 22, 29. Adj. and adv. 
}mhiH\(, Pn)V. Irt, 19 [hohinoe, C. ). 

hohtdeu, -t6^u, adv. ex online, in onler. 
Acts 11, 4; 'fnun time to time', Kzek. 
4, 10, 11. The primary signifloation of 
the ver!) is, 'it comes next*, or 'in 
counH''; He hohtdeut that which ixMues 
next, the s^H'ond, = nuhohtoiH, stx'ondly 
(El. (ir. 21). With the formative 
{'kih) of verlw of growth, hohUMn, he 
or it grows next, is next in gn)wth; 
whence, pn>bably, suppos. uoh ad- 
Unkit, she who is next in agt», 'astn-ond 
tlaughter', Job 42, 14. Cf. ndtM'iL 

[Abh. UUiSi; /h/sokk/^, tour a tour; 
ahiiM^i, (Uiiinteghikk^i, <le plus en 
plus.] 

*hdme8 (Narr.), an oM man; pi. h6me- 
^ruil-, R. W.[?] 

[Abn. nemUf^-Smeti, mon grand pOre; 
tM-Smes, ma grande ni^re, etc. Chip. 
nimkhdtnissy my grandfather, Bar.] 

*hominey. "They l)eat [the Indian 
com] in a mortar and sift the flour out 
of it: the remainder they call horn- 
tniney, which they put into a pot . . . 
with water, and boil," etc.— Josselyn's 
Rar., 53. Powhatan, homonp, broken 
maize, Beverley. *' Homini, which is 



♦hominey — continued . 
the corn of that country beat and boiled 
to mash . * * — Norwood' s Voy . to Virginia 
(1649). "They live mostly on a pap, 
which they call pone or homini, each of 
which is made of corn." — White's Re- 
lation of Maryland (1633). From the 
generic for 'small fruit', 'berry', or 
'grain', -/mn-rw, pi. -minneashy which 
formed part of all names given to pre- 
pared corn. Cf. Narr. aupumminnea' 
ncLshj parched com; aupu. minea-nato- 
aadmpf parche<l meal boiled, etc, ; «?/«- 
kokkamtick-Smfne-ashj new-ground com; 
eic&chi-nVne-cahy com, etc. Abn. ska- 
imbi^, il pile le bl^; skamSri-nar (pi.), 
bl^ d'Inde (ble pil^). 

*hbnck (Narr.), a goose; pi. honckock, 
R. AV ; the gray or Canada goose ( Anser 
canadensis, L.). See w6mp<iiuck (the 
snow-goose). 

[Del. kfwky Zeisb. ; mareck l-aakj gray 
goose. Camp. Abn. ka&k8{t). Peq. 
kohutikf Stiles,] 

*hopu6nck (Narr.), a tobacco pipe, R. 
W. See uhpcoonk, 

^hoquaun (Narr.), a fi.*»hhook. See 
xOiquan, 

h68e-, £se-, in composition, is a distril>- 
utive, signifying each in its turn, one 
after another in course: iise-kemkokish, 
day by day, in daily course, Gen. 39, 10; 
Matt. 6, 11; lUe-nompokishj morning by 
morning, every morning, Ex. 30, 7. 

Ii686k6eu, adv. in course; turn by turn: 

kemkodtashf 'day unto day' (tou- 

kodash hohmhkoeiiy Mass. Ps. ) ; mi- 

konash, ' night unto night * , Ph. 1 9, 2. Cf . 
nmhkaue^ it follows, comes after; dxth- 
Huhquef admihque, to and fro; jKipaum- 
)<heau dulutuhqiie, he walke<i to and fro, 
2 K. 4, 35; adfurnhqiwaii and ahaCdmik- 
qaeaiXy he goes to and fro, thia way and 
that, Job 1, 7; 2, 2 (infinit); ahadsiik- 
qtieu unuhqiideuy he looked this way 
and that, Ex. 2, 12. 

[Abn. ^hSsokk^f tour A tour; thHaSa" 
»iSif de deux I'un; Mj ^ toute occasion,, 
ainsi toujours de meme.] 
howaas, n. See ddas^ a living creature;. 

a live animal. 
howan leitd-unni, a>unni], someone, 
anyone; as interrog. w^ho? (El. Gr. 7); 
pi. hmcanig (auwen, who? auwon, howan^ 
anybody, C. ). In Prov. 14, 34, the adj. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



29 



liowan — con tinueti . 
adv. forui ia used: hoime missinninnuog, 
any people. 

[Narr. awdiin, * there is somebody'; 
auiiun ewd, who is that? pi. awanick, 
'some come.' Peq. Trawnnuxui*, *Eng- 
Ushmen', Stiles, i. e. *some men', or 
*who are these?'; ouxinuXy Mason's 
Narrat. of Peq. War. Micm. Serij quel- 
qu'un, celui qui, etc. Abn. aSenni, quel- 



howan — continued, 
qu'un; aSennangaj quel homme est-ce 
qui, etc. Del. auween; pi. auwenikf who 
are they? Zeisb. Gr. 176. Cree ov/enA, 
pi. ouinekecj who? whosoever; indef. 
au/eukj someone, anyone. Chip, aivi- 
7ien, who? pi. -\-ag; aiviiay one, some- 
ixxiy, anybody; aicigwhif whoever, 
whosoever, I don't know who; pi. 



-i, postpositive, gives to the indicative 
present, which is in fact a preterit, the 
definite and limited force of the truly 
present or actual; e. g. au, he goes; 
aui, he is going, is now on his way, 
Prov. 7, 19; sokanon^ there is rain; 
sokenohi (wokenonni, C), it is now rain- 
ing. Though this limited present is 
not noticed by Eliot in his Grammar, 
and is not often to be found in his 
translations, it unquestionably had 
place in the Massachusetts, as well as 
in other dialects of the same group. 

[Abn. iy postposit. significat actuali- 
tatem actionis; sSgherannS, il pleut 
actuellement; pMn^ il neige; pmnnt, il 
neige actuellement, etc.] 

ian^uwuBsu, v. adj. an. he is lean; pi. 
"iuogy Gen. 41, 3; suppos. pi. (partidp.) 
-gitcheg, v. 4. See 6nouvmsm, 

idne. See eiy&ne, 

liLnuBSUOgr, suppos. pi. i&nu9»\tchegy for 
'swarms of flies', Ex. 8, 21, 24, 29; 
they are of divers kinds (?), all sorts of 
creatures (?). 

in, (in fine comp. -hen^ -unne) of the 
kind or manner of; yeu in kah yeu iUf of 
this manner and of this, 'thus, and 
thus', 2 Sam. 17, 15. 



i6srkd8i8h6ma>, v. i. onatuh nPecMp- 

pog-wut, it 'distils as the dew', Deut. 
32, 2; it moistens (?). Cf. ogqashki. 

*i8hkauaus8ue, (he is) envious; iskou- 
oumuy enviously, C. 

ishkont, conj. lest (El. Gr. 22), Gen. 
38, 9; Luke 22, 46. For aOiqanvk, 
ashqunitf there remains (ne tuhqihunk^ 
what remains, is left)? 

ishkouanatuonk, vbl. n. envy, Prov. 14, 
30. Cf. jishanitttumkf hatred, under 
jishontam, 

iahpuhqu^u. See uahpuhqudeu, he 
looks upward. 

iahquano^kod, -kot, (after a numeral) 
a cubit's length; suppos. ishquanogkokf 
measured by cubits, by cubits' length; 
with an. subj. -ogkusgUf 2 Chr. 2, 11, 
12. Nean ishquanogkok; nequt-ishqua- 
nogkod ne nequt ishqaanogkod, etc., 
(measured) by cubits; the cubit is a 
cubit, etc. , Ezek. 43, 13. From mi$quan 
{mee»k, C, q. v.), the elbow, and -ogk, 
the base of verbs of counting or num- 
bering: so many times the length to 
the elbow. 



jishontam, v. t. he despises, rejects, 
hates (it): nus-sekeneam kah mU-jishon-. 
iam, I hate and despise (it), Amos 5, 
21; I abhor, Ps. 119, 163; Amos 6, 8; 
suppos. jishantog, when he despises, he 
despising, hating, Prov. 15, 10. With 
an. oh], jishanumau, he despises or hates 
( him) ; suppos. noh jishanumcntf he who 
despises; pass, noh jishanumit, he who 
is despised. Job 12, 5. Vbl. n. jishan- 
fimawmk; pass. jishaniUuonk, hatred, 
Ps. 25, 19. 



ji«khaTn,jiahkhaTn, dushkham, v. i. he 

wipes (it); nu/-ji«^itam, I wipe (it) ; sup- 
pos. onaiuh tvosketomp jishkog tourmonk, 
as [when] a man wipes a dish, 2 K. 21, 
13. With an. attributive, jiskhamau, 
he wipes (it) for (him); chiskhamau6p 
wu99eeta9hj she wiped [to him] his feet, 
John 11, 2. Cf. chekham, he sweeps. 

[Abn. ne-kasshafif je I'essuie; ne-kat- 
segiUhan, je lui essuie les pi^; kasiehaU^ 
qu'on I'essuie. Del. tBchukham-meny to 
wipe off, Zeisb.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



30 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BI'LLETIN 25 



K 



-'k-, -hk-, in composition, denotes the 
continued or progressive action of the 
verb; a f?oing on, or continuing to do: 
' e. g. assamauj he gives him food; sohko- 
mail [=: assohkamau], he supports, or 
continues to give him food; petau, he 
he puts (it) into; petuhkau, he goes 
into; amdeily he departs; dmawhkau, he 
drives (him) away, keeps him going, 
etc. See kah. 

♦cachauxet (Peq.)» the name of a fish; 
'cunner'. Stiles. The 'chogset*, Lab- 
rus chogset, Mitch. (Ctenilabrus bur- 
gall, Stour. ) For choIichohkesUj marked 
with spots, spotted, or striped. 

kach^moD, kahch^mo), v. i. inan. it 
comes (and continues coming) out 
from: noatau kachhnm, 'a fiery stream 
issued', etc., Dan. 7, 10. See hUche. 

kacheu, v. i. he goes or comes out of: 
kacheog, they went out of (the ship), 
went ashore, Luke 5, 2. 

kMahik, when it begins; the beginning 
of. See hUchisnk. 

kadtupwut, when, or if, he is hungry, 
suppos. of kodtuppw. 

kah, copulative, and 'k, progressive, in 
its simple separable form, 'it goes on' 
or 'continues'. Cf. Greek trt; Sansk. 
atif according to Weber, from root at, 
'to go', i. e. 'a going farther.' Sansk. 
gd, to go; ga, going, or cha, *et, qufe'; 
Greek k«, re, Kai. 

[Narr. kd, Peq. quah, E. M. Chip. 
gaii (postpositive, prepositive, and sep- 
arable), Bar. Micm. ok [=0^].] 

k&hche. matta kdche, 'no doubt', it 
is not doubtful. Acts 28, 4 {kuhche, 
Danf.) 

k&enimmnne, the first-ripe (fruit), 
Mic. 7, 1. See keneumunne-ash, 

kakenupshont, (when) going very 

swiftly; suppos. of kogkenupshau. See 

kenupthau, 
*kakewau, v. i. he is mad, Mass. Ps. 

See kogkiau, 
[kasenuBsit, suppos. a churl, Is. 32, 5, 7. ] 
*ka8k61iat, n. a sturgeon, C. See *kau- 

posh. 



*cauk6aiiaah (Narr.), n. pi. stockings, 
R. W. 

[Abn. kenhSn-iiar, chausees, has. 
Peq. cungowurUch^ a stocking. Stiles. 
DeL kau km, legging, Sch. 11, 472; ga 
gun, Zeisb.] 

*cau6mp8k (Narr.), a whetstone, R. W. 

*kadpoBh (Narr. ) , a stuigeon ; pi. -shaiiogf 
R. W. {kdpposhand kaskdhal, C.) From 
kuppi (an. adj. kuppesu, he is) shut up, 
inclosed, protected, i. e. by his hard 
scales or plates (?). 

[Abn. kabasse, pi. -Bak, Chip, nam ai\ 
naugh may [i.e. the fish; namohs, £1., 
or n'amag'], Menom. nah mawe, stur- 
geon {nahmaish, fish) . Powh. kopotone^ 
J. Smith (=cloee-mouthed?).] 

*cawakaahunck (Narr.), the skin of a 
deer, R. W. 

*Xauti^towwit (Narr.), "the great 
Southwest God, to whose house all 
souls go and from whom came their 
corn, beans, etc., as they say," R. W. 
Cf. Keihtanit IKehianii], the great God, 
Gen. 24, 7. 

kechequabinau, v. t. an. he hangs (him ) 
by the neck. Gen. 40, 22: pish kuk- 
kechequabinukf he will hang thee. Gen. 
40, 19; cMut kechequabeniUimuk (sup- 
pos. pass. inan. ), that which he is hung 
upon, a gallows, Esth. 5, 14; 7, 9 (nuk- 
kehchXquabes peminneai, I am choked 
with a halter, C. It should be ruishpe 
pemunneal). 

kechequanali, v. t. an. he takes him by 
the throat; with pron. affixes, uk- 
kechequan-uhf Matt. 18, 28; hence, he 
embraces (him), (nuk-kehckikquan, I 
embrace, I hold by the throat, C. ) 
[Abn. ne-keskedSnbnafiy je lesuffoque.] 

kechisu. See kehchissu, 

keechippam, kehch-, keihch-, on the 
shore, Josh. 11, 4; Judg. 6, 17; John 

21, 4; kehtahhanityOii the seashore, 

Gen. 22, 17. 

^keegaquaw (Narr.), a virgin or maid, 
R.W. 

[Chip, gigangowi, she is a virgin. 
Del. kikodiqueeSf a virgin; kick och que u, 
a single woman, Zeisb. ; kigape-u, Camp. 
Abn. kiganU', a young man unmarried.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUXBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



31 



*kee8aqu8liixi (Narr.), it is high water, 
R. AV., i. e. it is at its full height, full 
grown. Cf. kesuhin. 

*Kee8uckqutod (Xarr.), the Sun God, 
a name of the sun, R. W. [KernkquA^- 
anitf God of Day or of the Sky]. See 
kemL 

kAche, kehcheu, v. i. (it ie) chief, prin- 
cipal, saperior (because, ex prindpio; 
cf. koj kwtche); hence, superior by 
reason of age, old, ancient; an. pi. kehr 
ckiog, kutchiogy the old (collectively), 
the ancients, i. e. those who are from 
the beginnmg, Ps. 119, 100; 148, 12; 
Esth. 3, 13; kehchiog rvaantamwog, the 
old are wise, * with the ancients is wis- 
dom'. Job 12, 12. In the sing, kehche 
ayetwnk, the chief place, 2 Sam. 23, 8; 
kehcheu wuUDshinneunkf the chief fath- 
ers [i. e. fatherhood, n. collect]. Num. 
31, 26. Cf. keht-; kehlauau. 

kehchenxugqwomp, n. chief captain. 
See mugqwomp, 

kehcheflonksq [= kehche-wnkgqiui], a 
queen, Esth. 1, 9, 11. See sonksq. 

kehck^suonk, vbl. n. a boil, a sore; pi. 
-ongashf Job 2, 7. See kehkechim. 

kehchippam. See keechippam. 

kehchiflqua, kutchiaqua, an old woman, 
Ruth 1, 12; 1 Tim. 4, 7; pi. -quaog, 
Zech. 8, 4; 1 Tim. 6, 2. 

kekchiflsu, kechisu, kehchis, v. adj. 
he ifl old, superior by age; as n. an 
aged person. Gen. 44, 20; Lev. 19, 32; 
nuk'keckisu, I am old. Job 15, 10 {nuk- 
kechiseu, Luke 1, 18); kuhchigu-it, 
'when he is old', Mass. Pa., John 3, 4. 
Like the Latin senex, senectus, kehchU 
denotes old age entitled to respect, 
without associating with it the idea of 
decrepitude or senility. Cf. mahtdn- 
iam. ' " Chise is an old man, and heh- 
chise a man that exceedeth in age." — E. 
Winalow's Relation (1624). 

[Narr. kitchizej an old man; pi. -zuck; 
kutchfnnUf a middle-aged man (i. e. he 
is growing old). Micm. kijigSf vieux; 
kijigSuiky les vieux. Del. kikey, old, 
Zeisb.] 

kehchithali, v. i. he forbears or re- 
frains from doing (?): vus-muunumup 
keJichUhon (infinit), matta nuk-kehchit- 
tohhoH (causat.), *I was weary with 
forbearing, I could not stay', Jer. 20, 9; 



kehchithatt — continued, 
suppos. kehchUhadriy if I forbear. Job 
16, 6. 

kehkechai, n. a sore, 'botch', Deut. 28, 
27. 

kehkech^su, v. adj. an. he is sore, 'full 
of sores', Luke 16, 20 (augm. of keh- 
chhu). Vbl. n. kehkechesuonk, a (run- 
ning) sore, a boil, Ps. 38, 11; 77, 2; Job 
2,7.^ 

[Narr. n^ chtsammamy I am in pain; 
nchhamavi n'sete, my foot is sore.] 

kehketoohkau, v. i. he goes on talking, 
talks much. Freq. of kuiUDf he speaks, 
with 'ifc progressive. Vbl. n. kehketcoh- 
kdonky keketa>k-y talk, loquacity, Prov. 
14, 23; Eccl. 10, 13; pi. -(mga^, 'bab- 
blings', 1 Tim. 6, 20. N. agent -kaen, 
a great talker; pi. -kahiuog, Tit 1, 10. 
BeekuUw. 

kehkomstt, kekomstt, v. t an. he talks 
about (him), slanders, or speaks re- 
proachfully of: mJc-kdmuk-quogf they 
slander me, Ps. 31, 14. Vbl. n. kehko- 
mauhiy -mtudeUf a talebearer, a slan- 
derer, Prov. 18, 8, 
[Cree kUgdmayoOy he scolds him (?).] 

keht-, keiht-, in comp. words chief, 
principal, (relatively) greatest. As a 
prefix to nouns inan. corresponding to 
kehche- before nouns an. See kutche, 

[Del. kiUa, great. Abn. ^^maoMa vel 
kiutf in antecessum," Rasles.] 

kAitadtau, v. caus. inan. he makes 
sharp, sharpens, whets (it) , Ps. 7, 12; 
with inan. subj. -tou^o), it sharpens 
(it), Prov. 27, 17; Aauuny he sharpeiis 
it; pass. U is sharpened, made sharp, 
Ezek. 21, 9; suppos. kehtaUauan, if I 
whet (my sword), Deut 32, 41 {ketottug, 
a whetstone. Wood). Cf. *cau6mp8k, 

[Abn. ne-kUtadSTiy je I'aiguise; akit- 
tadSn, il I'aiguise; kidadangan^ pierre & 
aiguiser.] 

Kehtanit, Keiktaimit lk€ht-(m)anU, the 
chief or greatest mcmW], for 'the Lord 
God', Gen. 24, 3, 7. With the verb 
subst. kehtaniUD, keihlanniUo, he is (or 
it ia) the greatest inanitto; and with the 
locative suffix, kehtanUo-utf the place of 
the great mamto, or where he is: 
hence, probably, KaiOdntotviiit, 'the 
great Southwest God,' (R. W.), or 
rather his home in the Southwest. 
[Del. getannitowiiy Zeisb. Gr. 37.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



32 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



kehtauaU(?), v. t. an. he is chief among 
or superior to; as n. a chief man; pi. 
kehtauaogf * lords*, Dan. 6, 23. Rarely 
used and of questionable propriety. X. 
agent, kehlauwaeny pi. 'Iniuogj * nobles', 
Prov. 8, 18. 

Icehtequauitch, kehtaxi- \kehty uhf/uaej 
-7ii//c/i, great, end of, hand], n. the 
thumb, Ex. 29, 20; pi. -tcheash, Judg. 
1, 6, 7. 

[Abn. aghitkSeretsi, poUex.] 

kehtequaseet [kehtf uhquar, -sect, great, 
end of, foot], n. the great toe: uk-kthU- 
quaseetf his great toe, Ex. 29, 20; Judg. 
1, 6, 7. 

[Abn. meghitkShitt ne-ghiikSMy mon 
gros orteil.] 

iLehtimatt, v. t. an. he appoints (him) 
over, appoints (him) to office or com- 
mand, 2 K. 11, 18; nuk-keitinif I ap- 
point (him to rule over, etc), 1 K. 1, 
35; kuk'kehtim qaothodtumvxihiuogf thou 
appointest prophets, Neh. 6, 7. From 
kehl; with ^mrau, the formative of an. 
verbs of speaking, or of action per- 
fonned by the mouth; literally, *he 
great-flpei^LS him.* 

kehtippitt^nftb, n. an armlet; pi. 
■4pea8h, Is. 3, 19; *the bracelet that 
was on his arm', 2 Sam. 1, 10; kehtup-, 
Gen. 24, 30; kifUeapetendpeash, Ex. 36, 

22. From keht-, (m)tihpUthi (arm), 
appeu (it remains, or is permanent). 

jLehtoh, keihtoh, n. the ocean, 'sea', 
Gen. 1, 10; Ps. 78, 13; Hag. 2, 6; with 
indef. affix, kehtohhan, kehiahfian, any 
sea; pi. 'hannashj seas, oceans, Neh. 9, 6; 
with locat. affix, ndeu kektahhcmniif in 
the midst of the sea, Num. 33, 8; Prov. 

23, 34; kishke kehtahhannitf by the sea, 
on the seashore, 1 Sam. 13, 5; Deut. 
1, 7. Adj. and adv. kehtahhane, of the 
sea: kektahhan-nuppogy the water of 
the sea, Ex. 14, 21. For kehteau, it is 
very great, vast; = *k-ahieaUy it is going 
on, or is indefinitely extended. 

[Narr. kitthan and wecMkumy the sea, 
R. W.; Ukhmnohk [?], Stiles. Del. 
kiilan^ a great river (?); kitdhuxm^ the 
great ocean, Zeisb. (The Del. Indians 
called the great river (Delaware) and 
bay KiUan (Kithanne, Hkw.); ^kid han 
niinkf in the main river', Zeisb. ) Chip. 
.(Sag.) keechegahma, lake; k^eche-keeche- 



kehtoh, keihtoh — continued. 
gatnaa, great lake, sea; (Mack.) gitche- 
gumee, sea. Shawn. k*chikumhy sea.] 

kehtohhanndmuk, n. 'the sand of the 
sea', Ps. 78, 27 {kehtahhanomuhk^ 
Jer. 33, 22;) kehiahhanomuk, Mass. Ps. 
[= beach (?),* where the sea goes' (?),]. 

kehtotan, keiht-, n. a great town. Gen. 
10, Ifi^ Rev. 21, 15 (ifcc/i/-, oian). 
[Del. kitaieneyy Zeisb.] 

kehtoonogr, kuht-, n. a ship, Prov. 30, 
19; Is. 33, 21; Jonah 1,3; pl.-ogquash; 
keht-conog, great vessel (or carrier); cf. 
pe-amog. [ From verb * to dig ou t ' , * hol- 
lowed'; see Rasles under *crever.'] 

[Narr. kUdnuck; dim. hiomu^kqaese, 
Abn. keiSrakSy navire. Menom. kah- 
taynemoon. Del. ki toal te wall (pL) 
ships, Zeisb.] 

kehtaxiuanich. See kehtequanilcL 

keihchippazn. See keechippam, 

keiht-. See keht-, 

Keihtannit. See Kehtanit. 

keihtoh. See kehtoh. 

kekomsU. See kehkomau, 

kekuttco, v. i. he speaks habitually, has 
the faculty of speech. Freq. of kutto), 

k^meu, (it is) secret, private; as adv. 'in 
secret', Matt. 6, 4, 6 (kemeyeue, secretly, 
C; 'lU khneayeu-xU, in a secret place. 
Job 40, 13); pi. kerfiecog^ishf secret 
things, Deut. 29, 29. With verb subst. 
kemeyeuw; suppos. kemeyeua>uk, or 
-yeuuk, when it is secret; as n. a secret, 
Prov. 25, 9; Dan. 4, 9. See kommcoto, 

[Abn. kimiSij en cachette. Del. kimi, 
Zeisb.] 

*kemine£achick (Narr.), n. pi. murder- 
ers; kuk-kemineantinj you are the mur- 
derer, R. W. 

ken, pron. 2d pers. sing, thou; mn ken 
noh woh painty art thou he who shall 
come? Matt. 11, 3; pi. k^nauauy you, ye 
(El. Gr. 7). 
[Narr. keht; pi. k^enouw%n.'\ 

kenai, keneh, (it is) sharp, keen, Prov. 
25, 18; in comp. kene-, ken-: e. g. ken- 
ompsk, a sharp stone, Ex. 4, 25; keneh- 
quog, a sharp knife, Ezek. 5, 1; kdke- 
neuhqtiayaogish (freq. pi.), sharp- 
pointed things. Job 41, 20 (keniyeue, 
sharply, C. ) ; suppos. kenag, when it is 
sharp, that which is sharp, Is. 5, 28; 
Rev. 14, 14; nmssetunk, . . , kenag, the 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



38 



ikenai, keneh — continued. 

haft . . . the blade (of a knife), Judg. 
3, 22; Shtdikenagf on<both-sides sharp, 
two-edged, Prov. 6, 4. 

[Illin. nikiTitS, j'aiguise, j'apointis 
(Grav. ) ; ifcin/a, tinted hints j dans la com- 
position marquent souvent aiguiser, 
apointir. Abn. kanSis, kanSiakj ^pine; 
kanSeiOf cela est ^pineux, aigu. Del. 
Mneu, it is sharp, Zeisb. Voc. 18; WirutUf 
he is sharp (harsh, jealous, etc. ), Zeisb. 
Gr. 167.] 

kenaXheau, v. caus. an. he forms (him), 
gives him shape. Gen. 2, 7, 19. See 
kuhkenauwShiau (augm.). 

kenlan, n. a spoon; pi. -mdogy 1 K. 7, 50 
{kunndm, quonnam, a spoon or ladle, 
C). Of. kenUn; k6numuk; kdumim. 
[Narr. ^7)dm-mduo^. Abn.emib^onn.] 

kenali. See kew&n. 

kenauwameonk, vbl. n. [an arraying or 
putting in array (?),] an army, Joel 2, 
20; 1 K. 20, 25. Cf. kuhkhiauwe, or- 
derly, in order, in shape. 

kenawun, pron. 1st pers. pi. inclusive, 
we all of us, i. e. including you to 
whom we speak. See ntnawun, 

keneh. See kenai. 

kenepinaU, v. t. an. he binds (him), as 

- by oath or promise, imposes an obliga- 
tion on (him); keneep-, keeneep-j suppos. 
keeneepinont, Num. 30, 3, 4. 

kenepsuonk, vbl. n. a binding of one's 
self, a bond or obligation. Num. 30, 3. 

kenelimunne-asli, n. pi. first-fruits, Lev. 
2, 12, 14; augm. kdkeneumunneashy 
Num. 18, 12, 13; kdkenHm-y Ex. 22, 29. 
See kdkenumunne. 

kenogrkeneg^, -koneg:, n. a window, 
Gen. 6, 16; Judg. 5, 28; pi. -gash, Dan. 
6, 10 {kenag* kinnegf kunnaUquanick, C). 

kenomp, keenomp, n. 'a captain', John 
18, 12; a 'brave', a valiant man {kenom- 
pdcy valiant, valiantly {-pdonkj valor, 
C). [Of. Charaihi (Caribs), *magnfie 
sapientisB viri', Vespucius, 1497, Nav. 
Col., 3, 233.] 

[Narr. keinompy captain or valiant 
man, R. W. Abn. kinanbej kinanbaS 
homme courageux; ne-kinanbaiy jesuis 
brave, g^n^reux, etc.] 

kenompattamj v. t. inan. he looks at, ob- 
eerxee (it), 1 Sam. 16, 7. 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 3 



kenompsquab, n. an anchor; pi. -ah^og. 
Acts 27, 29. See kenuhquab; ^kunndsnep, 

kenoDxiaU, v. t. an. he speaks (with au- 
thority, or as a superior to an inferior) 
to (him), he counsels, advises, in- 
structs, Ex. 33, 9; Deut. 5, 24; 2 Sam. 

17, 15; imperat. 2d sing, kerum; pi. 
kenconcok. Vbl. n. kenamuAonk; pass. 
kenamUivxmky counsel, advice, Prov. 20, 

18. N. agent, kenmnuaenj a counselor; 
pi. -hiuog, Job 3, 14 (and kenmaaywa- 
enin, Is. 9, 6). 

kenugke, 'among', Gen. 17, 10; Lev. 
11, 2; kunnuke, Mass. Ps. (Vbl. n. ken- 
vgkiyeuonk, a mixture, C.) The pri- 
mary signification is 'mixed' or 'inter- 
mingled': kdnukke muttaanukegf 'a 
mixed multitude'. Num. 11,4; =kenuk' 
shoe maUadnukeg, Neh. 18, 3, See kenuk- 
$hau, 

kenuhquab, kenunkquab, n. an an- 
chor, Heb. 6, 19; pi. Acts 27, 40. See 
kenompsquah. 

kenuhtug^quonk, n. 'a nail', Judg. 4, 
21; a wooden pin (?) [iten-ji^i^w^f^, sharp 
wood]. 

kenuhwhegTy n- a nail; pi. -gmhy John 
20, 25 [kenMieaUy it is made sharp]. 

kenukkenausu, v. ad], pass, it is mixed 
(by animate agency), Dan. 2, 41 ; as adj. 
Prov. 23, 30 (of 'mixed wine'). 

kenukkinatl, v. t. an. he goes among, 
mingles with (them) ; pi. -aog^ Dan. 2, 43. 

kenukkiniun. See kinukkinum. 

kenukahatl, kenugshatl, v. t. he is 
mixed with (them). From kenugke, 
w^ith the characteristic {sh) of invol- 
untary action, Hos. 7, 8; Ps. 106, 35; 
Dan. 2, 43: nootau kenukshau muss^gonitf 
fire was mingled with the hail, Ex. 9, 
24. Adj. and adv. -shde, Neh. 13, 3. 

[Narr. wunnlckshany to mingle; wun- 
nickshaaSj mingled. Del. gli eke na m, 
mixed, Zeisb.] 

kenun, kintin, v. t. ; with an. obj. kenaUj 
kinoUf he bears or carries. This ap- 
pears to be the earlier form (corre- 
sponding to annurif q. v.), from which 
kenunnumj -naUj are derived. To it 
must be referred uk-kin-duhj they bore 
him, Mark 2, 4, unless this is mis- 
printed for uk-kinun-nduhy as in Lev. 
10, 5; cf. tLk-kenin-uhy Is. 40, U {nuh- 



Digitized by 



Google 



34 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHl^OLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



kenun, kinun — continued. 
kunun wosketompy I cam' a man, C.)- 
See kdunum. 

[Narr. hmniishy I will carry you.] 

kenunkquab. See kenuhquab. 

kenuiikwhonk, kin-, n. a pin; pi. -oji- 
gcuh; Ex. 27, 19; 38, 20, 21. From 
kenaiand uhqucLe^ sharpened at the point. 

kenunnali, kin-, v. t. an. he carries (an 
an. obj.) in his hand or arms; sup- 
pos. k&mmrumi, when he carries (him), 

when carrying: ahtompek, a 

bow, Amos 2, 15; mukkiewh, 

a child, Num. 11, 12. With pronom. 
affixes, uk-kinun-6hf she bears them, 
Deut. 32, 11. See kenun, 

kenunnum, v. t. he carries or bears 
(it) by hand [and therefore improp- 
erly used in Is. 53, 4, 11], Mark 14, 13: 
l-unminum-upf *he bare it*, Mass. Ps., 
John 12, 6. Cf. kenun, kdunum, 

kenuppe, swiftly, in haste, Dan. 3, 24; 
Is. 5, 26; as adj. -peyeu; with verbsubst. 
-peyevxD, there is haste, it * requires 
haste', 1 Sam. 21, 8.] 

kenupp^tu, v. i: he grows fast, Gen. 21, 

8, 20; pi. -tuog, Gen. 25, 27. From 
kenuppe, with the formative of verbs of 
an. growth. 

kenupshali, v. i. he makes haste, he goes 
quickly, Eccl. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 17, 48; 
imperat. kenupshaush, go thou quickly, 
make haate, 1 Sam. 20, 38; 23, 27; sup- 
pos. kanupshont, kenupshont, Job 9, 26; 
Prov. 7, 23. Adj. and adv. kenupsk&e, 

swift-going: kuhtconogquash, * swift 

ships*. Job 9, 26; kenuppe keimpsMe 
peyaog, * they come with speed swiftly', 
Is. 5, 26 {konupishdej very swiftly, Dan. 

9, 21). Augm. and in tens, kogkeuup- 
shaii, he goes swiftly; suppos. kakenup- 
shoni, (when) going swiftly, * swift of 
foot', Amos 2, 15; neg kakenupshonit- 
cheg, they who are swift, Amos 2, 14; 
Jer. 46, 6. 

[Abn. ne-kerharSkke, je me d^peche A 
faire cela.] 
kepenum, v. t. he harvests (corn, fruit, 
etc.); imperat. 2d sing, kepenush, har- 
vest it, *reap'. Rev. 14, 15; suppos. 
pass. inan. kepenumuk, when it is har- 
vested, in (time of) harN'est, Ex. 34, 21. 
Vbl. n. kepenumcomik, harvesting, the 
harvest, Jer. 8, 10; Rev. 14, 15. 

[Narr. kepenumm'm, to gather com.] 



kepahau, v. i. he falls; o/iit«7, he 

falls on the ground, Mark 9, 20; pi. 
kepshaog, they fall. Is. 8, 20. 

kes-. See kusge-. 

kesaaohteau, kesaacDteau, v. i. it is 
ripe; suppos. ne kenanwtag, that which 
is ripe. Is. 18, 5; pi. nish kemnootagish, 
Jer. 24, 2 {kesanriwtay ripe, C). 

kesantam, v. i. (and t. inan. ) he has a 
purpose, purposes, intends: nnkkewn- 
tarn, I purpose, 1 K. 5, 5. Vbl. n. 
'tamdank, purposing, a purpose, Eccl. 
3, 17; 8, 6. kesi-, ke»- (or kum-, kus-) in 
comp. words has the force of * fully', 
* completely ' , or sometimes simply aug- 
ment., *very much.' 

[Abn. kesi, tr^. Del. gischi, kischi^f 
done, ready, Zeisb.] 

kesitt^, adj. and adv. cooked, prepared 
for eating (i. e. completed or finished; 
see kesteau): kesittde ueyaus, * boiled 
meat', 1 Sam. 2, 15 {kestde weyaus, C. ). 
[Narr. matteag keesit&uano, is there 
nothing ready boiled?; u'ussdume uYkis- 
«i, too much boiled or roasted. Abn. 
kis^de ^to, cela est-il cuit? Del. Iw/ii- 
toon, to make (it) ready, Zeisb.] 

keaittu, v. i. he is full grown, he has 
finished growing. Gen. 38, 14; pi. -nog, 
Judg. 11, 2. (With inan. subj. kemkun, 
q. V. ) Cf. kesteau, it is finished. 

keateau [kemiteau^, v. i. it is finii«hed, 

' completed, made complete: anakauni- 
onk keMedu-un, the work is finished, 1 
K. 7, 22 (sometimes used as v. t. inan. ; 
kesteau-im, he finishes it, he creates it, 
Jer. 31, 22; kesleaunat ivut-anakausuonk, 
to finish his work, John 4, 34) ; suppos. 
noh kesteunky he who makes complete, 
'the creator', Is. 40, 28. With an. 
obj. kezheauy q. v. {kestoutincU, to fin- 
ish, C.) 

[Abn. ne-ke»i*tSn, j'ach^ve quelque 
chose. Cree kt'csetow, he finishes it. 
Narr. mickhsitin wequdi, he made the 
light; ammn kee^eoumn k^esuck, who 
made the heavens? Del. ^i schi toon, it 
is done, finished, Zeisb.] 

kesteauonk, -teoonk, vbl. n. a making 
complete, 'creation', Mark 13, 19. 

kesteauau, v. adj. an. it is made com- 
plete, 'it is finished', John 19, 30; sup- 
pos. kesteausik, made complete, a 'crea- 
ture', Rom. 1, 25. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



35 



kdsuk, n. (1 ) the visible heavens, the sky, 
Gen. 1,1. ( 2 ) a day : jxmik kemk, in one 
day, Gen. 27, 45; 1 Sam. 2, 34; quinni 
kemkj all the day long, Ps. 25, 5; 71, 15; 
pi. 'kquash; moncUash kemkqwuh, many 
days, Is. 24, 22 (but more commonly 
used, maachetikquinogok; see quinne)\ 
suppos. kesukoky when it is day, on a 
day: ne ktsukok, on that day, Gen. 21, 8; 
yeu k&mkokf on (or within) this day, 
today, Ps. 95, 7; Ex. 2, 18; pi. kemk- 
okUh; dsekesukokishf every day, daily, 
Is. 51, 13; Ps. 145, 2. Adj. and adv. 
kemkqude, of heaven, Ps. 78, 23, 24; of 
the day, Jer. 31, 35: kemkqae u^quaif a 
light by day. 

kesuk by its form appears to be the 
suppositive or participial of a verb kisu, 
or with inan. subj. kSMn (kusain)^ it 
warms or is warm. Though this verb 
is not formed separately in the indica- 
tive, it may be traced in the prefix kiuh 
kusm- (q. v.), in the passive form kus- 
sitlau, he is heated, made warm (as n, 
heat of the sun), and in the verb-ad j 
an. kegcosu (kescosinntai^ to be warm, 
C. ). Hence in other dialects the name 
of the sun as the source of heat 
Abn. kiz8s (comp. nekissis, je suis 
chaudement); old Alg. kijis { = kezhU) 
Chip. ge^ziSt kem (cf. ge^zhik, sky 
gefzhikodj day); Menom. kay-shoh (cf. 
kay-shdick, sky); Muh. keesogh^ Edw. 
Del. gischuchy etc. The same radical 
probably, is found in kemnohleau 
{kesannwtaj C), it is ripened; kesteau 
(Cree kiemtow), he perfecte, com 
pletes, and with an. obj. kezheau (Cree 
keesehayoOf he finishes), he makes, 
'creates', gives life to; kesukin, it grows 
to maturity, is full grown, is ripe; and 
with an. subj. keMUu — in all which 
there is an apparent reference to the 
sun as the source of vital warmth and 
of mature development of animal and 
vegetal life. Sansk. kds and kdi ( lucere, 
splendere); kui (splendere). 

[Narr. kSesuck, the heavens, R. W. 
{keesk, Stiles); keesuckqudij by day, R. 
W. Peq. k^ezuk, Stiles. Abn. kizSkS, 
jour; le ciel, Tair. Chip, ge^zhik, gi- 
zickf sky. Menom. kayshaick^ sky. 
Shawn. kei'Sa-k^, day. Micm. kish- 
kSky aujourd'hui. Del. gischuch, sun; 
gischguy day, Zeisb.] 



kesukod, as n. daytime, the day, as a 
measure of time (i. e. while day is), 
Gen. 1, 5, 13, 16; opposed to nukon, the 
night season. Gen. 1,5; pi. kesukodiash, 
Dan. 8, 14, 27. Adj. and adv. kesukodde, 
'ddeuy in the daytime, by day, Ex. 13, 
21; Job 5, 14: kemkodldeu kah nuk- 
kondetiy by day and by night, Ps. 1, 2 
{kegukotMe kah nukkonaey Josh. 1, 8); 
k€8ukkdUa€y C. 

kesukodtumash, n. pi. days, in the 
sense of years IkodtumoD-^ish] or as 
measuring long periods of time, Deut. 
11, 21; Job 14, 1: tohshinashuk-kesukodt- 
umaihy how many are his days? Ps. 119, 
84. 

kesukquieu, (it is) toward heaven, 
heavenward (El. Gr. 21). 
[Narr. keemckqhiy upward.] 

kesuktm, v. i. it is mature, full grown, 
ripe: kepeimmcoonk kemkun, *the har- 
vest is ripe*. Rev. 14, 15. With an. 
subj. kesxttu (q. v.); suppos. pajeh 
kemkitf till he is (full) grown. Gen. 38, 
11. 

[Del. gischij kischiy ready, done; gis- 
chiecheuy it is ready, done, finished; 
gi 8chi guj he is bom, Zeisb.] 

ketasscDt, n. king, Cant. 7, 5; Is. 6, 5; 
. pi. 'tamwog, Josh. 10, 5; Job 3, 14 (to/i- 
soolamwog, kings. Gen. 35, 11). Vbl. 
n. ketcuNKDtamcoonky a kingdom. Matt. 
5, 20 {amoiamdonky Dan. 5, 31; 7, 27; 
I tahs<Dtamcoonkj pi. -ongash, Zeph. 3, 8; 
Hag. 2, 22). 

[Quir. k6(tas(Ddamauok, * princes*, 
=sdchemdtiauk, Pier. 35.] 

ket^akheali, v. cans, he giveth life to, 
maketh live, *quickeneth*: uk-ketiah- 
oh, *he quickeneth them*, John 5, 21; 
kuk-ketkihehj thou quickeneth me, Ps. 
71,20. 

kete^ogrk6u [ketede'hogk']^ n. a living 
creature, a living body or personality 
I (see hogk) : pomantamtre keteahogkdimnu, 
I he becomes {-unnu) a living soul. Gen. 
2, 7; pomantamwe kete&hogkdu, a living 
creature. Lev. 11, 46; life, Deut. 24, «; 
the soul, the spirit. Is. 42, 1; Gen. 14, 
21; 34, 8 (keteahogkauy a soul, C). 

keteau, v. i. (1) he is alive, he lives, or is 
quick, implying the possession of vital 
energy or of animation; comp. poman- 
iam; (2) he is in good health, he is re- 
covered from sickness, 2 K. 20, 7; Is. 



Digitized by 



Google 



36 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



keteau — continued . 
39, 1: nag pish keteaog, they shall re- 
cover, Mark 16, 18; asq kongkdeau 
(augni.). is ^e well?; asg keteau, he is 
well, Gen. 29, 6; sw^ noh nuk-ketearrij 
shall I recover? 2 K. 8, 8. 9. Adj. and 

adv., kete&e, of life, in life: matug, 

Uree of life', Prov. 13, 12; tohke- 

kom, * fountain of life*, Prov. 13, 14; 
*quickS Num. 16, 30. Vbl. n. ketea- 
onkf living or being alive; the life prin- 
ciple or vital force; 'the soul* (i. e. the 
life), Job 12, 10; uk-keteaonk weyaus 
wusquehemigajiity *the life of the flesh 
[is] in the blood', Lev. 17, 11. See 
*kitonck<piei. 

[Narr. nic-kSetem, I am recovered; 
konkeetedugj they are well. Abn. kighey 
il se redonne la vie.] 

ketoohomom, v. i. he sings, recites in 
song: nuk-ketwhomonif I sing, Ps. 57, 7; 
with an. obj. ketwhomaiiaiiy he sings to 
(him) oV tells by song; pi. -amaudogy 
they sing to (him), 1 Chr. 16, 33; sup- 
pos. kodtwJiamont, pi. -onchegj Eccl. 2, 8. 
Adv. and adj. ketmhom&ej -hamw&e^ of 
singing, of song, 2 Sam. 19, 35; Neh. 
7, 67. Vbl. n. keta>homdonky a singing, 
song: wame ketcohoni&e uk-keta)homaon- 
gash (pi.) Datidj all the psalms (sing- 
ing songs) of David [title of the psalms 
in meter]. N. agent. keta)homwden 
(indef. -tt-a^in), a singer, 1 Chr. 6, 33. 
Cf. kuUa)f he speaks; ketaykau, he goes 
on speaking, he talks. See ancohcm, 
[Abn. kiSahadSy il chante.] 

ketookau, v. t. an. he tells (him), he 
goes on speaking to (him), 2 Sam. 20, 
18; imperat. 2d sing, ketmkashy 1 Sam. 
3, 10; suppos. pass, ahquompi ne adt 
keketwkomuk (freq.), a time for speak- 
ing [when it is to be spoktn], Eccl. 3, 7. 
From kuUo), he speaks, with *k progres- 
sive. 

[Narr. kekuito kduntay let us speak 
(talk) together; kuttdkashy speak.] 

kezheali, v. t. an. he perfects, completes, 
finishes (him), 'creates'. Gen. 1, 27; 
6, 1: nukrkezehy nuk-kezheehy I create 
him; pret. nuk-kezheomp, Is. 54, 16; sup- 
pos. noh kezheunty he who makes com- 
plete, who creates. Gen. 5, 1. With 
inan. obj. kesteau (q. v.). 

[Cree k^esehayoo, he finishes him; 
MechehayoOy he begins him. (See in 



kezheali — conti nued . 

Howse, Cree Gr., pp. 19, 20, and 84, 
verbs of 'making' in -kdyoOy -kaldyoo, 
and -kdsoo.) Abn. ne-kmiSn, j'ach^ve 
quelque chose; (with an. obj.) ve-kisi- 
han. Del . kisch Hon , he makes, prepares 
(something) ; Hw/iJ, ready, done; kischi- 
toon, to make something ready; kischi- 
echeuj it is ready, done, finished, Sfeisb.] 

kinou. See ken{in. 

*ki]iukkin\mi, v. t. he mixes or mingles 
(one thing with another), C; suppos. 
kinukkijiuky when he mixes it; and sub- 
stantively, a mixture, the kinnikinnie 
and killikinmc of w^estern tribes, —to- 
bacco mixed with the bark of the red 
osier (Cornus sericea) or leaves of bear- 
berry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi). Cf. 
kenugke. 

[Del. gli eke ni can, anything to mix 
with, mixture, Zeisb.] 

kintiii. See ketiun. 

kinunpatt. See kenttnnau. 

kiahke, (it is) by the side of, near to, by: 
kishke may-ut, by the wayside, Gen. 38, 
14, 21; kishke-tuky by the riverside, 
Num. 24, 6; Ezek. 47, 6, 7; kishke peyaii, 
he came near to, etc., Dan. 8, 17. 
[Abn. kikatsi^y contre quelque chose, 

• joignant quelque chose, le long du bord 
de la riviere; keimSiy tout proche. Del. 
giechgi. Chip, tchigau or tchxg. Cree 
chSekey close by, near, nigh, by.] 

kishki, (it is) broad, great from side to 
side: keUotan mmi kah kishki, the city 
(was) large and great, Neh. 7, 7; mishe- 
kiskkde, broad, wide (absolutely, or as 
opposed to narrow^), Is. 33, 21; Matt. 
23, 5; suppos. ne kishkag [koshkagy kos- 
kag)y the breadth of it, its breadth or 
width from side to side, Job 37, 10; 
Ex. 26, 2, 8 ( = ne anmhque-kishkagy Ex. 
25, 10). 

[Abn. Ssai'imi'kesk^gSy il est trop large, 
trop ample (e. g. a garment); kesk^y 
large, celal'est.] 

kishkunk, n. : ut kishkunky under a tree. 
Gen. 18, 4, 8. See mehtug. 

kishpinum, kusp-, v. t. he ties (it) 
firmly, binds close, makes fast. From 
kuppi (close, fast), with the formative 
(-numy with an. obj. -naii) of verbs de- 
noting action of the hand; imperat. 2d 
sing. ki»pimishy kusp-y Prov. 6, 21; pi. 
kijihpinwky 1 Sam. 6, 7; with an. obj. 



Digitized by 



4 

Google 



NATICK-ENOLI8H DICTIONABY 



37 



kishpinum, kusp- — continued. 

ukkishpiti'/mh, they tied them, 1 Sam. 
6, 10. ( Vbl. n. kishpinoonk, binding, C. ) 

kishpissu, -ussu, v. i. he ties or fastens, 
make« fast; and pass, he is tied, made 
fast, Matt. 21, 2; pi. -suog, they are tied, 
2 K. 7, 10. Vbl. n. khfipimumk, pi. 
'Ongash, bonds, Ezek. 3, 25; Job 38, 31. 
[Narr. kspunshy pi. kspunemokey tie it 
fast. Cree ktchepi»mo, he is jrirt.] 

*[ki88itta«hau, v. i. he sweats;] nuk- 
kisdUashonif I sweat, C. See kussittean. 

^Xitan (for Kehtanit), the great god 
( manit ) . See *Kaiit(hii(nvirU, Kehtanit. 

kitchewewes [k^hche \vhri»\, n. the great 
owl. Lev. 11, 17; ^^kehche kwhkookhausy 
Dent. 14, 16. (Strix virginiana?) 

kitchisahfthatt (?), v. i. he falls into the 
fire, Matt. 17, 15. • 

*kitonckqu6i (Narr.), v. i. he is dead; 
suppos. 2d sing. kUonckqii^anj when thou 
diest [shalt die]; 3d pi. -queTieUUy when 
they die; pret. (intens.) kakitonckqui- 
fean, *they are dead and gone'; pmUa- 
unit kHonckqut^v'Oy 'he can not live long' 
[he is near dying], R. AV. Apparently 
from kete&onk (vbl. n. from kcieaUy 
q. v.), the life, with the formative of 
verbs of going; keteaonkfjdeHj life goes. 
In the Abnaki, a verb adj., from the 
same base, k^tafiSsSy signified both a 
dead person and a specter or the appari- 
tion of the dead (answering to chepy, 
q. v.); **un qui est mort, si on parle de 
lui, dicitur ketanSf^a; un mort qui 
reviens apr^ sa mort, k^lanS^, * ' Rasles. 

kitshittau, ^kutchimttau, he washes 
(it). See kiUehisstimau. 

kitteamonteanumaU, v. t. an. he pities, 
is kind to, shows mercy to (him); im- 
perat. 2d sing, -mmichf Zech. 7, 9; pi. 
-megkj Job 19, 21; suppos. noh kodium- 
onteanumonty he who is merciful, who 
pities, Gen. 19, 16; Prov. 19, 17. Vbl. 
n. pass, kitteamonteanittuonk, compas- 
sion, mercy, Num. 11, 15 (nuk-kitiea- 
monteanitieam, v. i. I pity; kittnmong- 
keneankquatf (w^hen he is) miserable, 
pitiable; hiiiumung, sadly, C. ). See 
kuta m ungineaea u; kntium a ngee. 

[Abn. ne-ketemaiiglihTfiaiif j'ai <*om- 
passion delui.] 

kitte^Uke. toh kitt^ashe^ toh kutleashishj 
how many times? 1 K. 22, 16; 2 Chr. 
18, 15. See tohsu. 



kittumma. See ktittumma. 

kiyunk, n. 'the cuckoo', Lev. 11, 16; 
but in Deut. 14, 15, kukkotv is trans- 
ferred. 

ko, koh, may be regarde<l as the present 
imperfect or continuing present tense 
of an irregular and defective verb of 
existence. It signifies not merely he 
(or it) is, but connotes prior existence, 
he continues to be; k, in this as in 
derivate verbs, denoting continuance or 
progression. Past existence was ex- 
pressed by mo (q. v.), which we may 
call the preterite absolute of the same 
verb, signifying it was and is not, and 
therefore not properly employed in 
speaking of that which continues to be. 
Eliot has in some instances combined 
ko and wio, and ko and pishy to express 
the past (aorist) and future tenses of 
the verb 'to be': noh koh inOy no koh, 
noh paoni, ' who was, and is, and is to 
come'. Rev. 4, 8; so ken nukoh [=:noh 
koh^ m6, ken nukoh ^ kenpadan [and ken 
nukoh p/«/0, Rev. 11, 17; 16, 5; nmukoh 
[for nhi noh A*o/i], I am, i. e. I who con- 
tinue to be; and neen nukoh, I am, Mark 
13, 6; monkd [for mo ne koh?] nnih, it 
was so. Gen. 1, 7, 9, 11, etc.; kah utioh 
k6 umtapiyiy 'and where is he?' Job. 14,' 
10, where kd serves as an auxiliary to^ 
icutapin. 

kobhamuk, koppd-, suppos. pass, 
(inan.) of kuppi, stopped, closed. 

kobpaonk, vbl. n. an inclosure or shut- 
up place, a 'haven'. Acts 27, 8; Gen. 
49, 13. 

kobpogTi suppos. of kuppi; as n. a haven,. 
Gen. 49, 13. See kopp6muk. 

kobpohsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it goe» 
into a haven or place protected: knh- 
twnog kobpohfiheau, 'the ship was at the 
land', John 6, 21. 

kobshasrkinit, suppos. when he is shut 
up; as n. a prisoner; pi. -itcheg. Is. 42, 7. 

kobshagkinittuonk, vbl. n. a being 
shut up, a prison (pi. -ongagh), Is. 42, 7. 

kod, with a verb, signifies intention, pur- 
pose, wish, desire, and sometimes gi\'e8 
to the suppositive present the force of 
the paulo-post-future, as ulioh kod usseif, 
what he is about to do, Gen. 41, 28; kod- 
ayimog, when you intend (are about) to 
build, Luke 14, 28; kod nuhhug, 'he 
was alx)ut to sail'. Acts 20, 3; with the 



Digitized by 



Google 



38 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



kod— continued. 

indicative, vu-kod-uKtantamy * I will be 
wise*, Eccl. 7, 23; suppos. koddan, 
(when) 'thou seekest to go', 1 K. 11, 22. 
[Narr. katoA enrechawj 'she is falling 
into travail* , i. e. is about to be deliv- 
ered. Abn. knddSif inan. subj. k^daSi, 
**nota futuri, vel potius ad exprimen- 
dum je veux, aftn que, sur le point de," 
Rasles. Del. n'gatta, I will (from gai- 
tameii, to want, will, desire); goUa^ he 
willeth, Zeisb. Gr. 162. In the Chip, 
and Cree M (before a vowel, kad) or gd, 
has apparently lost its desiderative force 
and become a prefix or auxiliary of the 
simple future indicative. See Baraga, 
88; Howse, 199.] 

kodchuki, ( it is ) a piece, or a part of ( it ) , 
Judg. 9, 53; Dan. 5, 5, 24; *a morsel' 
(of food), Prov. 23, 8: kodchukiahk 
{kodchuki-vHsq)f *a potsherd', Job 2, 8 
(kodckuhki weyaiiSj a piece of meat, C. ). 

kodsheau, v. i. inan. subj. it falls out (of 
it), as a sword from its sheath, 2 Sam. 
20, 8. Cf. kodtxnnum^ he pulls (it) out. 

kodtajitam, v. t. he desires, longs for, 
wishes (it). From kod^ with the form- 
ative of verbs of mental state or dispo- 
sition; nuk'kodiantam, I desire (it), Job 
33, 32; imperat. 2d sing, ahque kodian- 
tashj do not desire, Prov. 23, 3. Vbl. n. 
kodtantamwonk^ desire, will, Prov. 18, 1 ; 
Rom. 7, 18. With an. obj. kodtanumau, 
he desires or longs for (him); suppos. 
kodidnumadt, ' if thou hast a desire unto 
her', Deut. 21, 11. 

[Narr. ncattaiintiun or ncattiteartif I 
long for it. Del. gott^tameii , he desires. ] 

kodt^ntupont, kodto-, n. the top or 
crown of the head. Gen. 49, 26; Deut. 
33, 16, 20; Job 2, 7. 

[Abn. Ssskitah^tebi, au-dessus de la 
t^te; SskitsiSi, dehors, au-dessus de; kettS 
(in antecessum), avant, auparavant, 
Rasles.] 

kodtauwompasu (?), v. i. act. he sells or 
barters; imperat. 2d sing, -pashy 2 K. 4, 7; 
suppoa. 7ioh kodtauompaMtj he who sells, 
a seller, Ezek. 7, 12. N. agent, kod- 
tauompasueiif Ezek. 7, 13. 

kodtinneau (?), v. i. he faints; pi. -eaogj 
Is. 40, 30. 

kodtinnuxn, v. t. he draws or pulls (one 
thing out of another): nuk-kodtannum 



kodtinnuxn — continued. 

nut'togkodtegj I draw (out) my sword, 
Ex. 15, 9; kodtinnum um-mokis, he drew 
off his shoe, Ruth 4, 8; suppos. noh 
um-mokis kodiinuky he who draws off his 
shoe, * that hath his shoe loosed ', Deut. 
25, 10; imperat. 2d sing, kodihiashy 
-tunush; with an. obj. kodtinnaUy kod- 
nauy he pulls (him) out; imperat. 2d 
pi. k/tdnwk imiivh ncotau-ui^ pull him 
out of the fire, Jude 23; with pron. 
affix, kodlnnehf pull thou me out, Ps. 
31, 4. From kodt-, with fonnative of 
action performed by the hand. Cf. 
kod^heatij it falls out of. 

[Abn. ne-kiteiiemei\j je tire (manu), 
v. g. une 6pine du doigt; kHhigcm, tire- 
bourre.] 

kodtonf^skoag, as n. the top of a rock, 
the summit of a cliff or crag, 2 Chr. 25, 
12. 

kodtongquag*, suppos. inan. as n. a pile, 
that which is heaped high, by placing 
one above another, *a heap', Ex. 15, 8. 
From kodt- and onkwhau. See kottonk- 
quag. 

kodtcohamont, pi. -oncheg, singers, 
Eccl. 2, 8; suppos. of ketwhomauau. 

kodttOikde (?), suppos. kodiuhkOag, -oh- 
kdag^ a summit or high place, the top 
of a hill. Ex. 19, 20; Cant. 4, 8; Is. 57, 7; 
Jer. 49, 16. 

*kodtukquom-unat, v. i. to be sleepy, C. 
From kod (desiderat. ) and unmLkquom- 
unaty to dream ; to be inclined to dream. 
[Narr. nkfttaqiMuniy I am sleepy. 
Abn. kad^x^i il a sommeil. Del. n^gat- 
tutigwariy I am sleepy, Hkw. ] 

kodtumco, (it is) a year. Lev. 25, 5; 
Deut. 14, 22; Luke 2, 41; pi. -nunash; 
suppos. kddtumuk, -mwk, 2 K. 19, 29; 
Luke 13, 7. Adj. and adv. kodtumu^ej 
of a year, yearly. Lev. 16, 34; 25, 53: 
nishwe kodtumwae kogkodtumwae (freq. ), 
* three years [i. e. three times yearly], 
year after year', 1 Sam. 21, 1. For 
quthunuDf it measures or is a measure; 
suppos. guarf/iumwjfc(?). See quttuhham. 
[Narr. nquitte-cautdmmOf one year. 
Abn. nekStsi-gaderiy nmi-gaderiy one year, 

, two years. Del. katUea^i, year, Camp. ; 
gachthiy Zeish, Shawn. A-u^''©.] 

kodtumwohkom, v. i. from kodtumWy 
with the formative of verbs of progress 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUKBX7LL] 



NATICK-ENGIilSH DICTIONARY 



89 



kodtumwohkoxn— continued. 

{-hkom)f he goes from year to year; 
(with a numeral or indefinite quantita- 
tive) he is years old: nabo-neese 

kodtamwohkom, she is twelve years old, 
Mark 5, 42. 

[Narr. to^ kuUeashe kodtumwdhkomy 
how many years old are you?] 

kodtuppoo, V. i. he is hungry, Is. 44, 
12; Matt. 4, 2; pret. nuk-kodiup [for 
-upup (?)], I was hungry, Matt. 25, 35, 
42; suppos. kadtupwuiy kodt-, when he is 
hungry, Mark 2, 25; Is. 58, 10. From 
kodf deeiderative, and -uppco (v. ge- 
neric), he eats, he longs to eat. 

[Narr. n^cditupj I am hungry; 'inin-' 
nano&Uupy I am very hungry. Del. kai 
to pa 1, to hunger, Zeisb.] 

^kogkaliqutteau, v. i.: nuk-kogkahqul- 
teanij I counsel or advise, C. ; with an. 
obj. kogkohkaowaiij he gives counsel (to 
him), C. 

kogkdiau, kogk^wau, v. i. he is mad, 
insane, beside himself, 1 Sam. 21, 14; 
John 10, 20 (kakewau, Mass. Ps.): kuk" 
kogkei (pres, actual), thou art beside 
thyself; matta nuk-kogke-oh (negat.), I 
am not mad. Acts 26, 24, 25; suppos. 
noh kogkeait, he who is mad; pi. -edchegj 
Matt. 4, 24; suppos. pass. inan. as n. kag- 
kedmukf madness, being mad, 1 Sam. 
21, 13. Vbl. n. kogkedankf madness. 
N. agent, kogkeaen, indef. -aentn, a mad- 
man. Adv. kogke, kogkee (kogkeaen C), 
madly, of madness. Vb. adj. kogkeem, 
he does madly, he is actively mad, 
* lunatic', Matt. 17, 15. 

^kogkehodpdnat, v. 1. (infin.) to be 
drunk [?], C. 

[Cree MeskwaypayoOy he is drunk.] 

kogkeissippaniwau, -amou, v. i. he is 
drunk, Ps. 107, 27 (suppos. kakemp- 
padiy when he is drunk, Mass. Ps. ) ; im- 
perat. ahque kogkempamteish, don't be 
drunk, C. Vbl. n. -amcoonky drunken- 
ness, Deut. 29, 19. N. agent, -amwahij 
a drunkard, Prov. 26, 9. 

kogkeusquau ( v. i. she is a mad woman ) , 
a harlot, Is. 23, 15, 16; pi. -gqudog, 
Prov. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kogkeusqyjawonk, 
harlotry, Masciviousness', Mark 7, 22. 

kogk^wau. See kogkSau. 

kogkdhsum, kogozum, kogkohkus- 
8iun, kuhkussum, v. t. he cuts in 



kogk^hsiun, etc. — continued, 
shape, carves, engraves, fashions by cut- 
ting (it), Zech. 3, 9; (infin.) Ex.'31,5; 
35, 33; suppos. noh ndhtoe kokkdkdusit, 
he who skilfully cuts, who has * skill to 
grave', 2 Chr. 2, 7. Vbl. n. kogoxim- 
(Donky carving, * graving', Zech. 3, 9. 
Adv. and adj. kogoxumwey kogoksumwey 
by carving or graving, car\'ed, graven, 
2Chr. 34, 4, 7; Jer. 51, 47,52. 

kogkopsau, (he is) deaf. Lev. 19, 14; Is. 
29, 18; suppos. kdkobsonty kogkohsonty 
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13; pi. -onchegy Is. 
43, 8 (kogkopsde mehtatwgy a deaf ear, 
C): kohkobmhlauogy pi. -ogash, deaf 
ears. Is. 35, 5, =vmhtavjogaBh kuppiye- 
uash (closed ears), Mic. 7, 16. From 
kuppiy closed, fast, with augm. redupl. 
and intr. an. formative. '»u ko-kup^sUj 
he is shut close. See hippohomi. 

[Narr. n^ciipmy 1 am deaf. Abn. ne- 
gaghepm. Del. gegepchoaty a deaf per- 
son, Zeisb.] 

kogkodequati, -quftou, v. i. he sleeps 
(lightly), he slumbers, Ps. 121, 3, 4. 
Vbl. n. -qudonkj slumber, light sleep, 
Prov. 24, 33. 

k6gkdi22iogoliquolihou, -ogkahquoli- 
hou, n. a thistle, 2 K. 14,9; 2 Chr, 25, 28. 
Cf . kdnukkehtahwhaiiy he pierces, pricks. 

kogk6unum, v. t. he withholds (it); 
with an. 2d obj. he withholds (it) from 
(him); kuk-kogk&iummauy thou with- 
holdest (it) from him. Job 22, 7. From 
kdunum. 

kogkuBSOhkoag, n. a high place; pi. 
-gishy 1 Sam. 13, 6. Augm. of kussoh- 
koagy suppos. of kunsohkdiy high. 

kogoxum. See kogkSJwum. 

kogauhkdag, n.; pi. -{-ishy 'hills', Luke 
23, 30 (for kogkuMohkoagidh), 

koh. See ko. 

kohkatcDn, kohketcon. See kuhktUiam, 

kohkodhumatt, v. i. he chew^s the cud; 
negat. matta kohkodhuma)oUy he does 
not chew the cud, Deut. 14, 8, = matta 
07ichittamana)y Lev. 11, 7; suppos. koh- 
kodhumonty Deut. 14, 6, = (mchittamonty 
Lev. 11, 3; pi. -onchegy Deut. 14, 7. 
Cf, atichittamau. 

kohkdiia>aU, v. t. an. he denies (him). 
See querumtHiu. 

kohkuhquag [suppos. of kuhkuhqueuy it 
goes up], n. the top (of a hill or ascent), 



Digitized by 



Google 



40 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25- 



kohkuhquag — continued, 
a summit, Deut. 34, 1; a heap (of 
waters), Josh. 3, 13. 

kohkuttoon, = kuhkuUwn^ he thirsts. 

kdhnkan, (there is) drought, v. impers. 
as n. Deut. 8, 15; en neepunne kunkarnt, 
in the drought of summer. Cf. kuh- 
kuttcon {kuhk'j wvUamy dry, mouth], he 
thirsts. 

*kohunk (Peq.), a goose, Stiles. iSee 
^hdnck. 

komxnooto, kumxnooto, v. i. and t. inan. 
he steals, Gen. 31, 19; Matt, 6, 20; pi. 
'towog. Matt. 6, 20; imperat. of prohib. 
2d pi. kommmtuhkon, do not steal, Ex. 
20, 15; Mark 10, 19; suppos. pass. inan. 
ne kommcDtomuk, that which is stolen. 
Gen. 31, 39 {nuk-kummcot^ I steal, C). 
Vbl. n. kommcototvonky stealing, theft, 
Ex. 22, 3; Hos. 4, 2. N. agent, kom- 
m<Dtowaen (indef. -o^in), a thief. 
From kemeu, secretly, by stealth. 

[Narr* kuk-kummcot, you steal; ka- 
mdotakick (suppos. pi. ), thieves. Chip. 
kemoodeshkeh, he is a thief; suppos. 
chegemoodidj he who steals, John 10, 1, 
10, Abn. kemSlerUy il d^robe. Del. 
kimochweiXy to steal away privately, 
Zeisb.] 

kdmuk (?), n. a building, an (artificial) 
inclosure. The primary signification is, 
perhaps, that which is built, for other 
use than for a dwelling place {u^k)y 
Acts 5, 23: woskeche komukf the top of 
the house. Is. 22, 1 ; askuhivetede komuk- 
quty in the watch tower, Is. 21, 5; qun- 
nunkque-komuky high building, 'tower'; 
meechumee-kf^muky food-house, a barn, 
Luke 12, 24 {maayea-komuk, meeting- 
house, C). 

[Narr. wunnauchi-cdmock, a chimney, 
R. W. Micm. cdmSy a harbor. Rand. 
Gf. Abn. -kamigSy in ketakamigS, the 
mainland; pepamkamlghek, univers (pe- 
panw/<9/, par tout); mesagSignmigSy *ca- 
bane de pieux, & la frangaise,' Rasles; 
Micm. makhamigueSf terre, Maill.] 

kongketeati, v. i. he is in good health, 
is well. Gen. 29, 6. Intens. of keieau. 

^konkitchea (Narr.), as, often (?). . 

konkont, konkontu, n. (onomatope) a 
crow, *raven% Cant. 5, 11; kutchikkonkont 
[kehche konkont']^ Deut. 14, 14, and (pi. ) 
kihchikkong&ntuogt raven, ravens, Luke 



konkont, konkontu — continued. 
12, 24 (kongkonty a crow, C. ). SansK. 
kdkay kdga; cornix, kdrava,^ 

[Narr. kaukonty pi. -tuog. Abn. kara- 
^kara^mesSs (dimin.), comeille. Chip. 
(Gr. Trav.) kahgahgey crow; kahgaJigesey 
raven (?). Menom. kahkahkawty raven. 
Shawn, kdh kdhk eSy crow. Onond. kah 
jfca/i.] 

kdnkutta)na>onk, vbl. n. thirst, Neh. 9, 
15. See kuhkuttoon. 

*konooh (Peq.?), bear, Stiles MS., 1769, 
= qunnona) (?). 

kdnukkehtahwhatt, v. t. an. he pierces 
or pricks (him) w4th a sharp instru- 
ment; lit. he causes (it) to pierce 
(him); pi. -ivhoogy they pierce; and 
pass, they are pierced, Acts 2, 37; with 
pron. affixes, uk-kdnukkehiahwliohy he- 
pierced him with (a spear), John 19, 
34 (suppos. instrum. konnuketuhwhegy 
kunnukuktohwhegy a spear, Ma^s. Ph., 
Ps. 35,3; 47,9). 

konukfllieau, v. i. inan. subj. it pierces, it 
penetrates, 2 K. 18, 21; suppos. kannk- 
athunky when it pierces, piercing, Heb. 
4, 12. 

kdnumuk, that which bears or supports:. 
ohke konamuky * the pillars of the earth ', 
Ps. 75, 3. From kenuriy suppos. inan. 



kdnunnont, suppos. of kcnunnnuy he car- 
ries (an. obj.). 

*kopiau8B, kupjrfts (Peq. ), afrog, Stile«. 

koppdmuk l=kohhamuk^y a haven (that 
which is closed), Acts 27, 12. 

^kdpposh, n. a sturgeon, C. See *kau- 
posh. 

k^shkag, kdskag*, width or breadth. 
See kishki. 

kdshki. See kiishki. 

kdsitta^, kftsittag*, when it is hot; sup- 
pos. of knssittaUy q. v. 

kdskag. See kishki; kdshkag. 

kdsukquom (?), n. a witch. 

[Abn. kSmgannykSmganriy *une jong- 
lerie,* etc.; *le feu fausses observations 
de futuro', Rasles.] 

[kottonkquag, a heap, Mass. Ps., Pp. 33, 
7; kodiunkqiiagy 78, 13.] Cf. kodtong- 
quag; kuhkuhqueu. 

kou^u, kouweu, v. i. he sleeps, Gen. 2, 
21; Matt. 8, 24; 9, 24; (definit. pres. 
koiuiy he is asleep, he now sleeps, 1 K^ 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULLl 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONABY 



41 



kou^u, kouweu — continued. 
18, 27); nuk-kotiemj I sleep, Cant. 5, 2; 
suppos. 2d sing. kaeaUj when thou sleep- 
est, Eph. 5, 14; 3d sing, noh kdiiy kawit, 
he who sleeps; pi. kalcheg. Vbl. n. 
koiU'Otiky sleeping, sleep, Pro v. 24, 33; 
mishe-koueonkj a deep sleep, Gen. 15, 
12. X. agent. kouHeii (indef. -enin), a 
sleeper, Jonah 1, 6. 

[Narr. (prey, defin. ) cowwcw'tj he is 
asleep; coiciirwock, they sleep; yd cow- 
ishj lodge here; (yupix)8.) cduify while 
he slept. Abn. ne-kaSiy je dors; kaS, il 
dort. Del. gnuwiu; participle prea. 
(suppos.) geidy sleeping; gaumn, to 
sleep, Zeisb. ; n^gduwij Hkw. (n^gdxoe, 
Cass), I sleep.] 

kdUhquodt, kdxihquod, kdunkq-, n. an 
arrow, Ps. 11, 2; Prov. 25, 18; Job 41, 
28; pi. -taah, 2 K. 13, 15, 18. From 
kdm, a thorn, uhq- (rad. of uhqaA^, at 
the point or extremity), pointed, and 
ohteau (suppos. inan. ), that which has 
a sharp point or is sharp at the end. 

[Narr. pi. kauquaiash, Peq. kee- 
guuTHf kheguntj Stiles. Abn. kanStio, 
cela est ^pineux, aigu {ar8», fl^che 
sans \j^te\pak8^, fl^he \ t^te); kanksk- 
ar8Sy fl^che oCl il y a des plumes, etc. 
Chip. (Sag.) keenowawkayn.'\ 

k6Unum, v. t. he carries, supports, holds 
in hand; suppos. k&unuk {ne kdunuk, 
what he carried, * his carriage', 1 Sam, 
17, 22); pi. qtinuhtukquash k&anukegy 
they who carry spears, 'spearmen'. 
Acts 23, 23; freq. kogkdunurHy he holds 
or carries (it) habitually, continues to 
hold or carry (it), as a, distaff, Prov. 
31, 19; with an. obj. kdunauy kogkdu- 
naii, Gen. 19, 16; Ps. 139, 10; R^v. 20, 2. 

kdUs, n. a thorn, a briar. Is. 55, 13; 2 Cor. 
12, 7; Mic. 7, 4; a bramble, Judg. 4, 14, 
15: kishke kdus-sehtUy by the (thorn) 
bushes. Job 30, 4. See aginnekOus. 
The radical ia uhq, pointed (see uh- 
quaeu)f with perhaps the vb. adj. form- 
ative -tissUj he is sharp pointed (pi. 
'Sog)j which gives the noun the ani- 
mate form. 

[Abn. kanSis, ^pine,} 

kouweu. See kouSu, 

kco. See kwurt. 

koDche. See kutche. 



koochteau, v. t. he adds to or increases 
by progression; primarily a causative, 
he makes it progress or go on; infin. 
-eauncdy *to add* (i. e. to go from) one 
thing to another, Deut. 29, 19; with 
an. 2d obj. nuk-kcochte-ohj I add to him 
(years to his life, 2 K. 20, 6). From 
kcoche (hUclie). See kwinau. 

kcDhkcokhaus, n. (onomatope) an owl, 
Deut. 14, 15, 16; Lev. 11, 16; pi. -sog, 
Job 30, 29; kehcJie (and mishe) kooh- 
kcokhausy the great owl, Deut. 14, 16; 
Is. 34, 15; dimin. Jcoohkcokhomuem, the 
little owl, Deut. 14, 16, =(Dhconiou8f 
Lev. 11, 17. Cf. wewes (screech owl). 

[Narr. kokokehonif ohdmouSy an owl. 
Abn. kSkSkasSy chat-huant (and kSkassSj 
le coucou) . Chip. o-A-o-Jto-o, ko-ko-ko-o. 
Del., gokhoos, owl; gokhotity a little owl, 
Zeisb.] 

kcDkookanogs, n. a bell, Ex. 39, 25, 2d 
[-ogqiumij owl-like (?)]. 

kcDn, n. snow, Ex. 4, 6; Job 6, 16; Ps. 
148, 6. Cf. muhpcOy sdcliepo. 

[Narr. c6ne (and sdchepo). Del. gurif 
guhij Zeisb. Chip, kdn^ aw-kone, Me- 
nom. koon.'\ 

kootnau, kcotnehteau, v. t. he makes 
an addition to (it), increases (it) by 
adding (cf. kochieau): ahque kcofnMj 
thou shalt not [do not] add to it, Deut. 
12, 32; maita uk-kootnau-o-un, he did 
not add (anything or more), Deut. 5, 
22; uk-kcDtnehteau-uriy he addeth to it. 
Gal. 3, 15; imperat. 2d pi. kcotnehteaur 
cok, add ye to (it), 1 Pet. 1, 5. 

koowa, koD, n. a pine tree, *fir\ Hos. 
14, 8; pi. kanvaog. From the same 
root as kdiiSy the tree, like the English 
pine (pin tree), taking its name from 
it« pointed leaves, Opines, or its general 
shape. 

[Narr. kdwau^ a pine tree; dimin. 
kowairi'suck (pi.), young pines. Abn. 
k^ej pin; kanSij^, ^pine, Rasles; modern 
Abn. ko-waj pine tree, K. A. Del. ciz-we, 
Zeisb.] 

kuhhog*, thy body, thy person, thyself. 
Matt. 22, 39. See -hog. 

kuhkenauw^hh^au, v. cans. an. (augm. 
of kenaihheau) he shapes, fashions, 
gives form to (an an. obj.). Job 26, 
13; suppos. knhkenautueheontf he form-- 



Digitized by 



Google 



42 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



kuhkenauw^hh^au — continued. 

ing (when he forms), Is. 44, 10; pass. 
kuhkenaihelteaUf he is formed; pret. nuk- 
kuhkenaihetieapy I was shapen, Ps. 51, 5. 
Adv. kuhkenauwe, shapely, in order, 
orderly, Luke 1, 1, 3. With inan. obj. 
kuhkenauwehieaUy he shapes or fashions 
( it ) ; T^rei.imk'kuhkenanw€hteop, I formed 
(it), Is, 45, 7. Cf. kenauvxinieonk. 

kuhkham, kuhham, v. t. he marks (it) 
out; uk-kuhkham-UTif he marks it out 
{nashpe pemunneatj by a line, Is. 44, 13) ; 
suppos. instr. [kuhkheg] kuhheg^ that 
which serves to mark with, a line; pi. 
nuk'kuhheganashy my lines, Ps. 16, 6: 
kuhhegan-ehtUf within the lines, Agates', 
Deut. 15, 7; freq. and augm. kuhkuh- 
heg^ a (land-) mark, bound, limit, Ex. 
23, 31; Prov. 23, 10; Matt. 25, 4; line. 
Is. 28, 10 {knhkehheg^ a rule; adj. kuh- 
kuhhegdnCy regular, C). 

kuhkiTineam, v. t. he ol>ser\'e8, takes 
note of, marks (mentally or by obser- 
vation). Lev. 13, 33; suppos, kdhkinnuk; 
3d pi. kdhkinnumoheUU, Ex. 12, 42 (nuJfc- 
keehkeneam, I view, C. ). 

kuhkinneasu, v. i. he makes a mark, 
distinguishes by mark or observation, 
Job 33, 11; imperat. 2d sing, kuhkin- 
neasish, mark thou, take note, observe, 
Ruth 3, 4. Vbl. n. -a^uonky a mark, 
sign, token. Rev. 13, 16; 14, 9; Is. 20, 3; 
pi. 'Onga»h, Gal. 6, 17; Ps. 135, 9. 

kuhkcDtoxnatt, v. t. inan. and an. he 
pointa (it) out to, shows, makes known 
to (him); kuk-kuhkootam-oush mogagishy 
I will show thee mighty things, Jer. 
33, 3; uk-kuhkmtoviau-uhy he showed 
(it) to him, Ex. 15, 25. 

[Narr. kuk-kak6temouSy I will show 
thee (the way); kokotemimnea mdj/iy 
show me the way.] 

kuhkootomwehteatt, v. cans. inan. and 
an. he instructs him, teaches (it) to 
(him) [nuk'kuhkootumwefiteamy I teach, 
C] N. agent, hihkwtmmuehiedeny a 
teacher, 1 Chr. 25, 8 (a minister or 
schoolmaster, C. ). Vbl. n. -teaonky 
teaching, instruction, C. 

kuhkiihheg, suppos. instrum. a bound, 
landmark, limit. See kuhkham. 

kuhkuhhunk, a boundary; pi. -kgashy 
Gren. 49, 26; suppos. of kuhhihheauy it 
marks, [kuhkunnunky a bound, Mass. 
Ps. 104, 9.] 



kuhkuhqueu, v. i. he goes upward, as- 
cends, Ex. 24, 15, 18; Judg. 13, 20; sup- 
pos. houan kohkuhqueity who shall as- 
cend? etc. , Rom. 10, 6. Adv. k-uhkuhquey 
above, higher. Josh. 15, 19; suppos. 
inan. kohkuhquag [kottonkquagy Mass. 
Ps. 33, 7], (that which goes above,) a 
summit, a heap. With inan. subj. kuhr 
kuhqshiriy it goes up, Ezek. 41, 7. Cf. 
qunnukquey qunnuhkque, 

kuhkuhqunatt, v. t. an. he draws him 
up; pi. -qundog nashpe pemuneohtanashy 
they drew (him) up with cords, Jer. 
38, 13. 

kuhkussunx. See kogkdfisum. 

kuhkuttoon, kohkaton, kohketam, 
V. i. he thirsts, is thirsty [has a dry 
mouth, kohnkan u'ut-(am']y Judg. 15, 18; 
John 4, 13: nuk-kohkuUam [nuh-kdh- 
kHimiiy C], I thirst, Judg. 4, 19; sup- 
pos. noh kaukvUcog, he who thirsts. Matt, 
5, 6; Is. 55, 1; pi. particip. neg kau- 
kuUcogigy the thirsty, they who thirst, 
Matt. 5, 6. Adv. and adj. kuhkuttajfuoe, 
of thirst, thirsty, Is. 41, 17. Vbl. n. 
-wnooojiky thirst, Ex. 17,3; Judg. 15, 18; 
kMkuUconcoQnky Neh. 9, 15. 

[Narr. niC'Cdwkaicmey I am thirsty.] 

kuhp^au, V. i. he comes to land, lands 
(from a boat); pi. kuhpl'ogy Acts 27, 43, 
44. From kuppi. 

kukpinati, kuhpunati, v. t. an. he 
draws (him) out [of the water (?)], Ps. 

18, 16: hashabpoh (an.), he draws 

the net, John .21, 11. [nuk-kuhpunuk- 
upy *he drew me out* (of the waters), 
Mass. Ps., Ps. 18, 16; kuhpun-up asha- 
pohy *he drew the net', Mass. Ps., John 
21, 11.] 

knhpohke, n. [kuppi-ohkey protected or 
inclosed place] the landing place, the 
shore; kuhpohke-ity on the shore, Matt. 
13, 2. Cf. kobhamuk. 

^kuhpohhonk, n. a ladle or spo<3n (?), C. 

kiilipdlikoniuk. See kuppdhkomuk. 

kuhpoohhamowonk, a haven, Acts 27, 
12. See kohhamuk'y kuppohJiam. 

kuhpunati. See kuhpinau. 

kiiliqutttun, v. t. he designates, appoints 
(marks out) ; nuk-kuhqutium ayeuonky 1 
appoint a place, 2 Sam. 7, 10. Adv. and 
adj. kuhquttummey of appointment, des- 
ignated, Jer. 8, 7. Cf. quttiihhamy he 
measures. 

kuhtooxLOg*, = kehtanwgy a ship. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



43 



kukkehtatt, kukkeiktall, v. t. an. he 
gives attention to, hearkens to, observes 
(him). From kuhkham, he marks (?). 
Imperat. 2d sing, kukkeitash, Ps. 4o, 10 
[ahcfiu^utashf Mass. Ps. ]; (2d -fist sing. ) 
kukkehtahf hearken to me, Num. 23, 18; 
2d pi. noh hikkeitokf to whom, hearken 
ye, Deut. 18, 15. j 

[Narr. kihkitaj hearken thou to me. | 
Abn. ne-kikianiy je suis attentif, j'^coute; 
imperat. kita, kekSittanmi^ je t*^coute, 
je t'ob^is.] 

kukkoiia8liquae(?), adv. and adj.: 

mimmkquaminneashy *full ears of com 
in the husk', 2 K. 4, 42. 

kukkow. See kiyunk. 

*kuimna, adv. lately, C. See kuttumma. 

kummcDto. See kommcoto, he steals. 

*kuntoi (Narr. ), a spoon; pi. -mduog, R. 
W.; kunndm^ quannam^ C. See kendm. 

kunkohteddtede, adv. and adj. of dry- 
ness, dry: ohke, dry (i. e. parched 

by drought) land, Jer. 50, 12. See 
kdhnkariy (there is) drought. 

^kiuinatequanick, n. a window, C. See 
kenogkeneg. 

*kuxin68nep (Narr.), n. a killock or 
anchor, R. W. See kenuhquah. 

kuppadt, kuppftd, n. ice. Job 6, 16; 38, 
29. From kuppi-ohieau; lit. *when it 
is covered* or * closed up.' 

[Peq. kuppaty Stiles. Narr. capdtj 
R. W. Del. k'patteriy it (e. g. the river) 
is frozen up, Zeisb.] 

^kuppaquat ( Narr. ) , * it is overcast ' , i. e. 
when it is cloudy, = kuppohquodt. 

kuppi, (1) (it is) close, shut in, inclosed. 
(2) thick, close together. (3) as n. a 
thicket (a place where trees jn'ow close 
together ) , a * wood ' , Eccl. 2, 6; * grove ' , 

1 K. 16, 3:^; 2 K. 21, 3; kuppahtu, in 
covert. Job 38, 40; *in thickets', Jer. 4, 
29; Is. 9, 18; pi. hippiyeuash, 'groves', 

2 Chr. 31, 1. (Sansk. kumb or knh, 
tegere; Greek Kvito), dKeTCoo; Engl, 
keep, coop. ) 

[Narr. ctippX-macMug, thick wood, a 
swamp, R. W.] 
kuppogki, (it is) thick: kuhpogku poh- 
kenaif (there is) thick darkness, Deut. 
4, 11; pasuk menxUcheganit unnukkuh<pte 
kuppogki, (it is) a hand's breadth thick, I 
2 Chr. 4, 5; suppos. ne kdhpogok, the 
thickness of it {gdhpogokj Ezek. 41, 9). j 
Adv. kuj/pogke, Easek. 41, 26. I 



kuppogki — continued. 

[Abn. kepdgMf (bois) 6pais, en plat; 
suppos. kepaghek. Del. kopachkan; an. 
kopachkisao, Zeisb,] 

kuppohham, kuppuhham, v. t. he 
stops, stays, closes (it), 2 Chr.*32, 30; 
pi. 2 K. 3, 25; Heb. 11, 33; suppos. kob- 
hogy when he etopB (it) : noh kobhogy he 

. who stops (it), Job 38, 37; pi. neg kob- 
hogeg, 2 Chr. 32, 4; pass. (inan. subj.) 
kobhamuky when it is closed, when it 
closes, Josh. 2, 5; Titus 1, 11; with an. 
obj. kuppohhauy kuppuhhouy he stops 
(him). Vbl. n. kuppohhanuxxmkj -mS- 
wrmky a stopping (place), a * haven', 
Acts 27, 12. From kuppi -\- com {ohham ) , 
he goes, [nuk-kuphftniy I shut, C] 

[Narr. kuph6mmin, to shut the door; 
kuphashy shut the door, R. W. Abn. 
ne-kephdmeriy je le bouche (un trou). 
Del. kpa-hiy shut the door; kpa-hoorij a 
door, Zeisb. Voc.] 

kupi>6hkomuk [kuppi-komuk], n. (1) a 
place inclosed, shut in; (2) a place 
which is thick-set, where trees are close 
together, Deut. 16, 21. 

[Narr. cappacommocky ** which sig- 
nifies a refuge or hiding-place, as I con- 
ceive." R.W.] 

kuppohosu, kuppuhhauau, v. adj. he 
is stopped, stayed, shut in, 1 Sam. 23, 7; 
Rom. 3, 19; and v. i. he stops or closes. 
Cf. kogkopsauj (he is) deaf. 

[Narr. n'cupmy 1 am deaf. Abn. ke- 
bahahsSf il bouche cela; gagh^pgiy il est 
sourd. Del. kpahasu, Zeisb.] 

kuppohquodt, (when it is) cloudy 
weather, when the sky is overcast 
Adv. and adj. -quodtdey -quodte (?), 
cloudy, Ezek. 30, 3. 
[Narr. kuppaquat.] 

kuppuhham. See kuppohham. 

kuppuhhauau. See kuppohosu. 

kuppuhhou, n. a door, Prov. 26, 14. See 
kuppohham. 

[Del. kporhooTiy Zeisb. Voc. 8.] 

kupputtoon l=kuppi-wutta)7ij closed 
mouth], V. i. he is dumb, speechless: 
pish kukkuppxiitmn, thou shalt be dumb, 
Luke 1, 20; pret. kupputtam^Pf he was 
speechless, Luke 1. 22. 

kupshagkineasuonk, vbl. n. imprison- 
ment; pi. -oTigashy Heb. 11, 36. 

*'kMpfis. See kopiauss; cf. mohmoskuh- 
teas. 



Digitized by 



Google 



44 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 52" 



kuBhki, (it ie) rough (it HC'ratches*, is 
harph): hogkcoonk^ a rough gar- 
ment, Zech. 13, 4; muyafuli, rough 

ways, Luke 3, 5; with an. subj. (v. adj. ) 
htshkesUf he is rough. 

[Cree, kowlssn^ he is rough; kaskajfka- 
hum, he scrapes it. Aim. kakhigan, 
la gratte, instrument A gratter les 
peaux.] 

kuspinum. See kishphium, 

kussa-, kuaso-, in comp. words, hot, 
warm. See mdhktism. 

kusse-, kes-, (augm.) in comp. words, 
very much, fully, completely. See 
kesantam. 

[Abn. kesi (partic.) tr^.] 

kusseh, interj. lo, behold, El. Gr. 22. 
[Del. scfie, achela^ see there! Zeisb.] 

ku8Behtanip[pe], -tanup, n. a stream, 
a current, Ps. 124, 4; Is, 30, 28; pi. 
-peashy Is. 34, 9. For hissehtan-yiippe, 
flowing water, Is. 30, 25. Hent^ (adv. ) 
kussehtanne sepuese, the stream of a 
brook. Job 6, 15; anuuiiichtiu'ane kus- 
aehtamipf an overflowing stream. Is, 
30,28. 

kusBitchuan, -uwan [hisse-utchuan], 
V. unipers. it flows in a rapid stream or 
current, it continues flowing; as n. a 
rapid stream, a current, Ps. 46, 4; 78, 
16, 20; pi. -nashy Cant. 4, 15. 

[Abn. A*m (partic.) tr^s; ktsire^ il 
va tr^« vlte; kesiisSanrif kes^tanUy elle 
(la riviere) est rapide.] 

kussitteau, -tau, v. i. it is hot; as n. 
heat (of the sim, or natural heat), Job 
24, 19; 30, 30; Is. 49, 10; suppos. kdsit- 
tag J kositfag, when it is hot, in the heat 
of the day, Gen. 18, 1; 1 Sam. 11, 11. 
For kuss-ohieau (pajeh kiLSSohtd-ut, *till 
the sun be hot', Neh. 7, 3) ; suppoe. k68- 
ohiag, Ex. 16, 21. (With -«/», of invol. 
action or of derogation, kkfsUtashaUj he 
sweats, C.) 

[Narr. kttsstltiahy it is hot; kduMttekSy 
hot weather; nick-qussittdunumy I sweat. 
Abn. kein(U, vel kembede, c*elaest chaud. 
Del. k&chUieiy warm, hot, Zeisb. Gr. 42; 
kschitteuy warm, hot (it is) ; v. adj., ibid. 
163.] 

kusBO-. See kusm-, 

kusBohkdi, n. a summit, point of rock 
or earth, a crag, *high hill', Ezek. 6, 
13; kussohkoi'ompsky *a sharp rock*. 



ku88ohk6i — continued. 

1 Sam. 14, 4; kusmhkdiyeue ayeuonganit, 
*in the top of high places', the high- 
est place. Pro v. 8, 2; ktissohkdiyeue nad- 
chn-vtj *into a high mountain'. Is. 40,9 
{kuwtuhkoe vadchUy high hill, Mass. Ps., 
IV. 104, 1 8 ) . Cf . tohkcota uaog kuttsampsk- 
k6t-yeu-iUy *they climb upon the rocks', 
Jer. 4, 29. 

kussoxhpBkussum, v. t. he heats or 
makes hot (an oven, furnace, etc.); 
infinit, -umunaty Dan. 3, 19; suppos. 
kussmiipskusstiky when he heats (it), 
Hos. 7, 4. From kussQy ompsk ( a stone ) , 
with the formative of verbs denoting 
action of fire {-^sum): he makes the 
stones hot (for cooking in the Indian 
manner). 

[Abn. kempsked^y pierre chaude.] 

kusBopitteau, v. i. it is very hot, heated 
(by fire, or beyond natural heat); sup- 
pos. kiissopittagy koimpittagy when it is 
very hot; as n. great heat, Deut. 29, 24; 

2 Pet. 3, 10; Job 6, 17. Adv. and adj. 
'piudey -petAcy hot (by the action of fire, 

etc.), 1 Sam. 21, 6; Ps. 6, 1: ague, 

for 'fever', Deut. 28, 2. (W>\, n. ki9- 
sopetteahdonky fervency, heat, C.) 

kussoppuasu, -pissu, v. adj. an. he is 
hot; pi. -^aogy Hos, 7, 7; suppos. kutigo- 
posuky when he is hot: nepauz ku^so- 
pcufuky when the sun is hot (?), 1 Sam. 
11, 9 {nuk'kiftsdpisy I am hot, C. ). Vbl. 
n. kussoppissnonky heating, heat, infiam- 
mation, Deut. 28, 2. From k-usm and 
appcMti, 

^kuBstumashftonk, n. 'fever', Mass. Ps., 
John 4, 52 {uesaushaonky El.). 

kutamungnlneaeatt, v. t. an. he pities 
(him), Joel 2, 18. Cf. kUteamonteanu- 
viaii. 

kutche, ka)che [k^oK'hey k^wtUche] sig- 
nifies, primarily, it proceeds or makes- 
progress from; hence, it begins, has its 
origin or source; but while iiwche is 
used with reference to a beginning or 
starting point, present or past, ka>che 
or kiUche connotes progression or the 
going on from a beginning or origin in 
the past to the present or future, or the 
relation of a cause to ita effect in the 
present or future. Eliot does not ap- 
j>eai: to have made this distinction in 
all cases; e. g. kitchuy he l>egan (to curse,. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBl'LL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



45 



kutclie, ka>che — I'ontiniied. 

etc.), Matt. 26, 74; but nwche in tlie 
corresponding verse, Mark 14, 71. Ne 
irutche kutche, *then began*, i. e. there- 
from went on, Gen. 4,26; wa . . . kcochf 
therefrom (will he gather you together), 
Deut. 30, 4; yeu koDche omohkinuinm, 
for this cause I raised thee up, Ex. 9, 
16; kwcJie-kekdndn, koDche-mamonchanan, 
kcochu wuldhkindan, kcoche-kinnean, 'in 
him [from him] we live, we move, we 
have our being ... we are his off- 
spring'. Acts 17, 28. {kuiche, begun; 
kcoche^ more, C.) Cf. k\' kachhnm 
(suppos. kaJiche-vuimk)', kehche; keht-. 
[Narr. 7ien kitchCj I begin, or nuk- 
kitche&ssem. Abn. ib^, in antecessum, 
avant, auparavant. Micm. kick et kigi 
[r=^kitche], servent & former des tems 
ant^rieurs; kich r^pond aussi d notre 
oui, ou d^j&, pour le temps pass^, Maill. 
Cree Meche-tow, he begins it; hidche 
(conj. caustfl), that, to the end that. 
Chip, ibi/a, in advance, beforehand; 
hilchi [after, in time], Bar.] 

^kutchinnu (Narr. ), a middle-aged man, 
R. W. See kehchism. Eliot has keik- 
cheimog, *the aged men*, i. e. those w^ho 
are growing {-innuog) old, Tit. 2, 2. 

kutchiog, pi. old men, Ps. 148, 2; keh- 
cheiog, Esth, 3, 13. See kehche, 

«kutchiahin, v. i. (inan. subj. ) it begins, 
Man. Pom. 88; opposed to wohkukquo- 
shin, it ends. 

kutchiaqua. See kehchisqua, 

kutchisaik, k^shik [suppos. of kutchis- 
sin or -Uhifi], when it begins; as n. the 
beginning (of that which continues to 
be or to act): tueske kutchisgik, in the 
(very, or new) beginning. Gen. 1, 1; 
wntche kutchimk cmk yean wehqshikj from 
the beginning to the end, Eccl. 3, 11; 
kMMk mutiaok, the l^eginning of the 
world. Is, 64, 4. Cf. kehchism. 

kutchissiunaU, v. t. an. and refl. he 
washes himself or another, 2 Sam. 12, 
20; John 9, 7; nuk-ktUcheasum, I wash 
myself, John 9, 11 {nuh-kitisumf I 
wash, C); pi, -maog nnU-hmhabpcooh 
(an.), they wash their nets, Luke 5, 2; 
imperat. 2d sing, -mxish, wash thyself, 
2 K. 5, 10; suppos. hitcheifsumog nuhhog 
nlppe, if I wash myself with water, 
Job 9, 30. Vbl. n. kutchmwndonk fVi'&ah- \ 



kutchissumaU —continued. 

ing one's self or another, Eph. 5, 26; 
Tit. 3, 5. With inan. obj. kxUchisslUau, 
kitshiitau, he washes (it), Gen. 49, 11; 
1 K. 22, 38; imperat. 2d sing. kvichU- 
sittaush, 2 Sam. 11, 8; pish kuk-kitshil- 
tau-w}j thou shalt wash it. Lev. 6, 27. 
Vbl. n. hiichinsitioonk, Neh. 4, 23. 
[Abn. ne-kesigSd, je me lave le visage; 

ne-keshe1my les mains; ne-keses^g- 

henan, (v. g. une chemise). Del. 

kschiechsu, v. adj. clean; kschiechewj 
wash him; A:«c/iieo/itoo/, washit, Zeisb.] 

kutham. See htttahham. 

*[kuthani,] v. t. he hollows out, makes 
a hole (?) inuk-k-utham, I make a hole, C. 
[Abn. kigSinaSa SanrkttaSan (ou) 
iSnSanrkettSn, avec quoi creuseras-tu?] . 

*kutqiiau88 (Peq.), a partridge. Stiles. 
See pahpahkshas; *paupock. 

kuts, kuttis, n. the cormorant. Lev. 11, 
7; Is. 34, 11; kutiuhm-og (pi.), Deut. 
14, 17. 

[Narr. (pi.) Htmog.] 

kutshdmun. See ukkiUshaumun, 

kuttahham, kutham, v. t. he digs (it), 
he digs (it) up or out, or digs into (it), 
Prov. 16, 27 ; Job 24, 16 (pi. ) : uk-huthdm- 
un, he digged it (a pit, Ps. 7, 15). 

kuttaike, (it is) thine, belongs to thee; 
kuttahein (incl. pi.) it is ours, belongs 
to us. See wuitaiheau, 

kuttinne, thou thyself, tu ipse, the em- 
phasized pronoun of the 2d pers. sing. 
See wutthme. 

kutUnBh, 1st -h 2d sing. I say to thee. 
Matt. 5, 26. See umtiinuh. 

kuttis. See kuls. 

kutto, V. i. he speaks, utters speech, 
1 K. 8, 12; Job 3, 2: hUtco kah nanvaUj 
he spake and said. Freq. [kekuUm]; 
suppos. pi. kdkuttcogf kdkettoog; negat. 
mat kdkutta>gy rno-kdkuttwgf when they 
speak not, the speechless, the dumb, ' 
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13. With Jt' progres- 
sive, keta)kau, he goes on speaking, he 
talks; and freq. keketmkaUf he converses, 
narrates. See ketmkau, Vbl. n. kutta}- 
v'onk, speech, utterance ('the Word^ 
John 1, 1); pi. -ongash: kuk'kutta>ivon' 
gash, thy words, thy speech. Job 4, 4; 
Is. 29, 4; ketcohkaj kuttaywonk, *let him 
speak a word', Gen. 44, 18 {hjUtay- 
onky C. ) . Cf . kehkeia)hkdonk, continued 



Digitized by 



Google 



46 



BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



kuttoo — continued, 
speech, talk, narration; hetUxnconk (see 
hermau)^ unnonttmvaonk^ language, mu- 
tual speech. ( Sansk. gad (dioere, loqui ] 
and hath (loqui ) ; repet gadgada (lallans, 
belbutiens. ) 

[Abn. ketSangan^ parole. Chip, ikiio, 
he says; gigito^ he speaks, Bar. {HAdoo, 
J.). Cree ketdo^ he speaks; suppos. 
ketdoi.^ 

kuttumma, kit-, adv. very lately, £1. 
Gr. 21 (kumma, C). 

[Narr. kiUummdy^ even now; kittum- 
ydi tokian, as soon as I wake.] 



kuttuxnma, kit-, conj. unless, El. Gr. 
22; John 3, 3, 5; Acts 8, 31 {kiaumma, 
C). [=gut matta (but not), without, 
i. e. unless there be, Job 6, 6.] 

kuttumii]igee(?), low, poor, pitiable (cf. 
kUteamonieanumau): kuitumungee rroske- 
iompy 'a mean man'. Is. 31, 8; hit- 
tumungkosketomp-aog (pi. ), 'men of low 
degree', Ps. 62, 9. 

[Chip, kithnagadj it is poor, mean 
(of a house, e. g.); an. kUimagigiy he 
is poor. Bar. Del. ktemaxu, he is poor, 
miserable, Zeisb.] 

k'wutche. See ktUcke. 



M 



m' (or, as written by Eliot, m followed 
by a short vowel ) is an indeterminate 
and impersonal prefix which may be 
translated by *some,' *any,' or occa- 
sionally by *a,' 'an,' or *the.' Du- 
ponceau (notes to Eliot's Gr. xiv) 
mistook this prefix for 'a definite arti- 
cle', as Howse (p. 245) has shown. 
It is found with substantives signify- 
ing the body and its parts, with the 
names of a few objects which were 
regarded as specially belonging to the 
person, and with some concrete and 
material nouns, e. g. m'askeht, grass 
( from askehteau, it is green ) ; m^atfy path, 
way (from du, he goes); mHrif a fruit 
(from -tn, formative of verbs of grow- 
ing), etc. In all these it retains its 
primary signification as a negative or 
its secondary as a preteritive particle 
(see ?wo). It negates the personal re- 
lation or appropriation which the pro- 
nominal prefixes affirm, e. g. nut-tah 
(n'taJi), my heart; kuttah (if toA), thy 
heart; mitah (m'to/i), heart, not mine 
or thine, but some or any heart. It has 
in no case a definite or determinate 
force, but always the opposite. 

machemohtde, lasting, enduringly. See 
michemohteau. 

*miLchequoce (Narr.), n. a girdle of 
wampum, R. W. 

[Abn. skSansSf collier de porce- 
laine(?).] 

michipsqueht-uash, n. pi. 'rough 
places', Is. 40, 4. 



miU^IMqaelit-uaah— continued. 

[Narr. machipical, a stone (stony?) 
path.] 

machiah. See mahche; majish. 
I machuk, suppos. of malche, bad. 

mag'gookinont, pi. -onchegy 'the spoil- 
I ers', Jer. 51, 48; suppos. of mukkwk' 
inau, 
magkkJTinum, =muH*7nnu7n, he col- 
lects or gathers. 
magdadtik, (that which is) precious, 
2 Chr. 9, 1; suppos. of mdgdadiw. 
I mago), magou, v. t. (1) he offers or 
I presents (it), he gives (it), Esth. 2, 
' 18; PiB. 147, 16 (mdkun-, Mass. PS.): 
' numrmagy I present (it); imperat 2d 
sing, magish; 2d pi. magcok; um-mag-uriy 
he offers it. (2) he gives in exchange, 
he sells; pi. magaoogy they sell, Ex. 21, 
35; suppos. noh maguky he who sells, 
the seller, Is. 24, 2; freq. mahmagco; 
pret. mahmagup, he sold often, 'was a 
seller of, Acts 16, 14. 

[Narr. mduksy give thou; mdugoke, 
give ye. Abn. ne-m^gheriy je donne. 
Cree mdyguy he gives; mdrndygu, he 
gives with iteration; mdygayskUy he 
gives very often, habitually. Chip. 
mtgewainy he gives it, J. Del. mikeny 
he gives away, parts with (it), Zeisb. 
Gr. 144.] 
magooonk, vbl. n. a giving, gift, offering, 
Ex. 23, 8; Gen. 33, 12: magm maga}- 
ongashy he gives gifts, Esth. 2, 18. 
[Quir. maugaiikq\ his gift. Pier. 51.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



47 



mahche (nearly related to if not identical 
with maJitsheaUf it passes away, is gone) , 

(1) after, in time, Luke 6, 1; mahche 
quinnuppekompauearif after thou art 
(mayest be) converted, Luke 22, 32. 

(2) it serves as the auxiliary of the per- 
fect and past perfect tenses, and, com- 
bining with the verb, receives the pro- 
nom. prefix : um-mahche v^ssen, he hath 
done it, Is. 44, 23; ne mahcJie^ that which 
hath been, Eccl. 3, 15; mahche tvunna- 
munuhy (he) had blessed them, Gen. 
24, 1. Cotton, strangely enough, asso- 
ciates this word with ^^ahtouUnalf to 
have, to be had,*' and gives "nuwi- 
mahche, I have or had; kum-mah/^he, 
thou hast, thou hadst, ' ' etc. Cf . am&eu^ 
he departs; Narr. md.w. 

[Narr. mauch or m^h: iashin mhh 
com-maHgf how much have you given? 
Cree ghee (auxil.), have. Chip, he or 
ge^ J. ; Jh- (suppos. ka-)y sign of the per- 
fect and pluperfect. Bar.; masht, yet 
[i. e. until now]; ha masht, not yet, 
Del. ma-Uchi, already, Zeisb. Voc.] 

mahchekuBsum, -kisBumoomoo, v. t. 
(fire) consumes, bums (it) up, 1 K. 18, 
38; 2 Chr. 7, 1; with an. obj. mah- 
chehisivau, (fire) consumes (him). Job 
1, 16; um-mahchekusW'Ohy it consumed 
him, 2 K. 1, 10; with an. subj. (v. adj.) 
mahchikkusm, he is consumed (by fire 
or heat); pi. -usmog, Deut 32, 24. 
From mahche^ hissa. 

mahchepoo, v. i. (1) he has eaten, has done 
eating; (2) he makes an end of eating, 
eats (it) up, Ex. 13, 32; infinit. -pun- 
neatj Luke 17, 9; imperat. 2d sing, mah" 
chipvmsh, eat it up. Rev. 10, 9 {num- 
mahchipj I devour, C). With an. obj. 
mahchipuxtu [mahcheppoHiu], he de- 
vours (him), i. e. eats him up, makes 
an end of him, Ezek. 19, 6. From 
mahche and -uppco, formative of verbs 
of eating. 

[Narr. maudhepvnUy when he hath 
eaten; mauchepwetan, after I (shall) 
have eaten.] 

mahchi. See mohchiy (it is) empty. 

xnahcliinau, v. i. he is sick. Gen. 48, 1; 
2 Sam. 13, 1; num-mahchinam {nen 
moKhinam, Cant. 5, 8), I am, or was, 
sick. Matt. 25, 36 (num-mahcheemy C. ); 



• mahchinau — continued. 

suppos. mahchinadiy Lev. 15, 33; pi. 
-in&chegy the sick. Matt. 9, 12. Vbl. n. 
mahchindonkj sickness, 1 K. 8, 37. 

[Narr. num-mauchnemy I am sick; 
mauchinaui (pres. defin.), he is sick 
(mohchinnaij C.).] 

xnahchiahq, n. an empty vessel {mohchi- 
wishq) ; pi. -quaehy Judg. 7, 16; 2 K. 4, 3. 
See wishq, 

mahchumo), -ummu, v. i. (inan. subj.) 
it is waste, barren, deserted, Nah. 2, 
10; Ezek. 29, 9 (machbruDy Is. 19, 5). 
Adv. and adj. mahchumcoey mohchumwe, 
of waste, of barrenness, waste, barren,^ 
Is. 52, 9; 61, 4; Zeph. 1, 15. Vbl. n. 
-mmaxmky a waste, desolation, Jer. 49, 
13. See mehchieu; mohchi, 

mahchumw^tau, v. cans. inan. he 
wastes ( it ) , makes ( it) waste ; pi. -^htdog, 
Jer. 2, 15: num-mahchumw^hi-oh, 1 make 
thee waste, Ezek. 5, 14. Vbl. n. mah- 
chumwehtdonkj wasting, a making w^aste^ 
Is. 59, 7. 

malmiuttattagr. See mohmuttahtag. 

mahahagquodt, n. (a time or season of) 
famine. Gen. 12, 10; 26, 1. From mahi^ 
gheau. Adv. mahshogqtiey Ps. 17, 19. 

maliBli^talishik, suppos. of mitihetashin^ 
there is a tempest, a great wind. 

mahtftntam, mohtantam, v. i. he is 
old, implying decrepitude, senility, 
and decay. Cf. kehchism. From maht- 
(mahche) and -antamy the formative of 
verbs of mental activity, he is past- 
minded or failing-minded: numr-mah- 
tantamy 1 am old, Ps. 37, 25; suppos. 
mahtauntogy when she is old, Prov. 23, 
22; 'full of days', Jer. 6, 11; 'stooping 
for age', 2 Chr. 36, 17. VbL n. mah- 
tantamdonky (infirm) old age. 

[Narr. maUattntamy * very old and de- 
crepit.'] 

mahtohqs. See maiokqSy a cloud. 

xnahtcD, v. i. he ceases, is done, makes 
an end (of speaking); suppos. asq maht- 
ooogy 'before he had done speaking'. 
Gen. 24, 15; asq mahta)aony before I had 
done speaking, v. 45 [num-mahteaim (?), 
I cease, C.]. 

mahtahAna), mohtshtoo), v. 1. it grows 
less, gradually fails or waates away^ 
1 K. 17, 14, 16. 



Digitized by 



Google 



48 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



mahtshdnoo, mohtshdnOH-continued. 
[Del. schaurmiUeut it is faded, Zeisb. 
Gr. 164.] 

mahtsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it passes 
away, fails, perishes, comes to an end 
(as the grass or a flower), James 1, 10, 
11; (man's life,) Job 14, 10; (his 
strength) decays, Neh. 4, 10; suppos. 
ne mahtahunh, 'that which is past*, 
Eccl. 3, 15; nippe mahishunk, when the 
water fails, Job 14, 11. Adv. and adj. 
mahtshdey John 6, 27. See mahche; 
*mic?iokat, 

mahtug. See mehtug, 

-mCkitupaliteau. See mohtuppeau. 

mal. See may. 

jncgish, adv. at the last: ne kemkok, 

in the last day, John 6, 39, 40, 44; 7, 37; 
ogguhsemese majishy *yet a little while', 
John 13, 33 (majjisheyeuey 'lately', C). 
Intens. mccumajish, maumachish, at the 
very last, last of all— a sign of the sec- 
ond future, when it shall have been. 
From mahch€f with which cf. pish. 

mamaliclie (augm. of mahche) ^ a sign of 

the pluperfect: waehkomopj he had 

called (them) together. Acts 10, 24. 

mamahclie kesuk, the air, the atmos- 
phere, 1 Cor. 9, 26; Rev. 9, 2; Prov. 30, 
19. [For mitmehcheu (intens. of m£h- 
chieu ) , it is empty, void (? ) . ] 

~^mama8ki8ha{l-i ( Narr. ) , v. i. he has the 
(small-?) pox [redne8s(?)]. Vbi.n.ma- 
misk-ishaHoncky the [small-] pox, R. W. 

xnamatchenatt, intens. of matchenau. 

mamatcheU. See matcheii. 

mameechumit, n. the mole, Lev. 11, 30^ 
From ma-meechu, intens. of meechu, he 
eat8(?). 

xoameesaBliqueB, n. the swallow, Is. 38, 
14 {ivamesaahquishj 'swallow', Prov. 26, 
2, but toameshashqitisuy 'sparrow', Ps. 
102, 7, and mamhhashquish, 'spar- 
row', Ps. 84, 3, with papaskhas, 'swal- 
low', ibid.); moMshasques, swallow, 
Jer. 8, 7. Cf . pahpahkshas ( * partridge ' , 
Jer. 17, 11). 

mamoiiauantain. See momonowantam. 

mamonchu, v. i. (freq. of mohchu, q. v.) 
he moves, habitually or repeatedly; 
imperat. mamonchish, move, 'stir up 
thyself, Ps. 35, 23; suppos. noh ma- 
monchity he who moves, Ezek. 47, 9. 
With inan. subj. inamonchhno); pi. 



mamonchu — continued. 
-emamshf (the waters) move, or 'are 
moved', Jer. 46, 8. 

mam6iituTimiTn. See momdntunnum. 

mamontam, [v. i. he is] 'a wizard,' 2 
K. 21, 6; pi. •'mog. Vbl. n. mamont- 
amdonkj pi. -mdaxmgash, enchantments, 
2 K. 17, 17. Cf. monetii. 

mamdntunuk, when he moves (it) ; sup- 
pos. of momdntunnum f q. v. 

mamosBompsquehtu, n. [in?] 'gravel', 
Is. 48, 19. See ma>9omp$q, a smooth 
stone, pebble. 

mamunappeht, n. a spider, Prov. 30, 1. 
Adv. and adi. mamunapiiteae hashabpf a 
spider's web. Job 8, 14. 

[Abn. mSmessrabikkS. Chip, assabi- 
kSsht (Bar.),i. e. net maker.] 

mdmussQ, adv. (in) all, (of) the whole, 
wholly. Cant. 4, 7; Matt. 22, 37: m&- 
mvsae ohke, the whole earth, Is. 4, 20 
{mamtissh/eue, wholly, entirely, C). 
From missij mum, it is great; by augm. 
reduplication, ma-mum. Cf. musmse. 
See mussi. 

[Narr. missim (an. ) the whole of him. 
Abn. messiSij tout.] 

mamussu, v. i. he commits adultery, 
Matt. 5, 32; suppos. noh mamumi^ he 
who commits adultery, Lev. 20, 10; 
imperat. negat. (or prohib.) 2d sing. 
mamuBsekon^ thou shalt not (do not) 
commit adultery, Ex. 20, 14; Deut. 5, 18. 
Vbl. n. mamussuonky adultery. N. agent. 
mamusmaeny indef . -aeninj an adulterer. 
Is. 57, 3 {manishqiLaausuenf an adulter- 
ess, Lev. 20, 10. See manisquadsu). 

[Narr. mammaiisUf (he is) an adul- 
turer; suppos. pi. mammaiLLSachickj adul- 
terers.] 

mftmuttattag. See mohmuUahtag. 

^manisfmmin (Narr. ), to cut or mow(?). 

manisquadBu, v. i. she is an adulteress 
or a harlot, 'plays the harlot*, Ezek. 
23, 3, 5; pi. -mog; kum-mansqudSf thou 
committest fornication, Ezek. 16, 26. 
N. agent, manishqruaausueny Lev. 20, 10. 
[Is here Chip, (prefix) and Del. wdn, 
mdna, "bad"?] 

manlt, manitto, (usually translated) 
God; but Eliot more often transferred 
the names 'God' and 'Jehovah' to the 
Indian text. He has, however, Manii 
wame masugkenuk, 'God Almighty', 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



49 



xnanit, mcmitto — continued. 
Ex. 6, 3; and in the 7th v. neen Jehovah 
kum'ManittmmnWj *I am the Lord your 
God' (lit. *I the Lord am your God'), 
and neen hum-ManitKomirm^ *I will be 
to you a God' (lit. I am your God), 
ibid.; nen ManiUo, 'I am God', Is. 43, 
12; pi. manUtoaog, 1 K. 20, 23; 2 K. 18, 
33; with keht-, Keihiannit, *the Lord 
God', Gen. 24, 7, i. e. the great manit. 
From aneu or an-u, he exceeds, is be- 
yond, superior to, or more than {Antie) 
another person or thing; suppos. anit, 
when he is superior to or more than, 
etc. (cf. Anin; suppos. aneuk, that 
which exceeds, hence that which rots 
or becomes corrupt); with the inde- 
terminateand impersonal prefix, m'anit, 
he who (or that which) exceeds or 
passes beyond the common or normal, 
the preternatural or extraordinary. 
manitio is the verb subst. form, he or it 
is mamt: They "cry out Manittdo, that is. 
It is a god," *'at the apprehension of 
any excellency in men, women, birds," 
etc., R. W. 111. Possessive form, num- 
manittoom, my god; kum-manittaym-uw, 
your gods, etc., the suffix a>m denoting 
that "the person doth challenge an in- 
terest in the thing". El. Gr. 12. ! 
[Narr. manli; pi. manittdwock. Peq. j 
mundtu. Stiles. Chip, mon-^'do, nmn- 
e-do; Kiichi Manxlo, Great Spirit, Lord 
God (Bar.); kesha-munedooy J. Del. 
man^Ot god, spirit, angel, Camp. ; ma- 
nitto, get-annitto, Zeisb. Muh. mannito, 
*a spirit or spectre', Edw.] 
xuanitowompae, adj. and adv. [god- 
man-ly,] pious, religious.. Used with 
pomaniamoonk (living, life), as the title 
of Eliot's translation (1665) of "The 
Practice of Piety", holy living. 
xnanittowoxnp [maniltde'Ompjf man of 

God, godly man, 2 K. 4, 7,- 9. 
*mannotaubana(Xarr.), *embroydered 
mats which the women make' to line 
the wigwam, ' hangings ' , R. W. 47. Cf . 
mancDt, 
manontam, munn-, v. t. he smells (it), 
Gen. 27, 27; Job 39, 25 (jnenantam, he 
smells; num-min6niam, I smell; mun- 
nauniam(Donkf [the sense of] smell, C. ). 
See -mungquoi. 

B. A. K, Bull. 25—4 



xnanoiitaxn, munn — continued. 

[Abn. iie-meraiVdamen, je le fiaire; 
(3d i)ers.) amer-. Del. mellaam, to 
smell, Zeisb.] 

mancoham, v. t. he ransoms or redeems 
(it) by payment, he buys (it); suppos. 
manmhuk ohteuk, if he redeems the 
field, Lev. 27, 19; kod-mancDlntk week, 
if he will (desires to) redeem this 
house, ibid. ; with an. obj. mancovjhaUy 
he ransoms (him). Lev. 25, 49; suppos. 
vmncowhoni. Lev. 27, 13. Vbl. n. manoh 
irhdonk, a ransom, Ex. 21, 30; Matt. 20, 
28. Cf. imnnwhiim, he values, ^yief^ the 
valuation of (with an. obj. vmnnoh 
whau), and vninncoumij he makes a 
treaty or covenant with. 

[Narr. kum-manohamin, have you 
bought it?; kum-man6ham6u»h, I will 
buy of you. Abn. ne-manShauy j'a- 
ch^te (v. g. un esolave); ne-manShS- 
maSah, j'ach^te de lui; ne-man^hSgi, 
je m' achate; ne-mmiSJiSmansij jetraite.] 
mancDnau, n. a cheek; Tutn-nconcD-ui^ on 
my cheek. Job 16, 10; kon-namau-ash, 
thy cheeks, Cant. 1, 10 (kon&nui, on 
thy cheek, Luke 6, 29, = kon-nmiau-tj 
Matt. 5, 29); vunnamau, his cheek. 
Lam. 3, 30 (ivonnunotij C). Perhaps 
from iiconauy it sucks; perhax)s from 
anconau, it speaks. 

[Abn. inanSey joue; nanSej ma joue; 
(3tl p.) 8anSe,'i 
manoonsk, n. clay, Jer. 18, 6; * mortar', 
Nah. 3, 14; pi. -skog^ 'bricks', Gen. 11, 3; 
adj. manonsket Job 13, 12. 

mancot [=7n'n«)0» n. a basket. Gen. 40, 
17; Judg. 6, 19; Jer. 24, 2; bag, Luke 
12, 6, 33; ken(Dl [Ar'noX], thy basket, 
Deut. 28, 5; pi. -tosh, "Instead of 
shelves, they have several baskets, 
wherein they put all their household 
stuff; they have some great bags or 
sacks made of hemp which will hold 
five or six bushels."— R. W. 50. ''Xo- 
tasisen or bags, which they plait from 
hemp which grows wild. ' ' — Megapolen- 
sis. From nwt-iny he lifts or takes up (a 
burden). 

[Narr. munndtey a l>asket. Peq. mun- 
notghj Stiles. Abn. menSU, sac; 772am- 
anStS, une chai^.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



50 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bullktin 25- 



xnansk, manslik, n. a fort, la. 25, 12; 
^liaili 7,12; imnnhhe mo/iskaith^ 'stronir- 
]i(»lds', Lam. 2, 5. 

[Xarr. aumanal', a fort, R. AV. Del. 
i,in-iiarhk\ a fence, a fort, Zei}?b.; Mrn- 
tt'hkiitl: I the Delaware name of Pitts- 
l>urgi, *at the fort', Hkw.] 

maxLumuhkeniGOuk, siippos. of mnua- 
intfhb juf/}, it rushes. Is. 17, 12, 13. 

manunnappu, v. i. he remainH quiet 
or patient, he sits })atiently: 1nhl:m6(j 
iin'imiiiiiiqnirKj^ the waves are still, are 
quiet, Ps. 107,29,:]0. 

manunne, i it is) slow, soft, jrentle; adv. 
.slowly, j»atiently, softly [imtnhine, 
gently, ('. i: /<"// nmnutmr untUnn hih 
inaiiuinif iioii'U), I a.n slow of speeeh 
and slow of tongue, Ex. 4, 10. Adj. 
tnaunun'uitii. X. agent. ->/rnrniny one 
who is .«low or jjatient, a patient one, 
Ecel. 7, 8. Vbl. n. -t/tnmik; j)atien('e, 
Ilel). 6, 12. ' 

[Abn. im')uti, lu'llement.] 

manunnoliteau, v. i. he is (piiet ( i. e. 
lias (juietness), is undisturbe<l, Prov. 
1, 3:]. 

manunnussu, -nissu, v. adj. an. he is 
( i. e. acts) ]»atient, gentle, slow; im- 
perat. 2<1 pi. inannnnuttiifkf -itU^tyk. Ix? 
patient, R(jm. 12, 12; 1 Tliess. 5, 14. 
Vbl. n. -nH.%'<uonk, (the exerci.^e of) 
jjatience, Luke 8, 15; Rom. 5, 4. 

[Xarr. nnnt n n.'<]i('sh (for imtnA nshesh ? ) , 
go thou gently, slowly.] 

^xnanunushae nippe, 'still water', Mass. 
Ps., IV. 2:], 2. 

^manusqussed-ash ( Xarr. ), n. pi. beans, 
R. AV. ; hhtohtene iiion<(i<<iuis}<»i't, an In- 
dian bean, C. Cf. iuppuhfin(iin-<iifh. 

[Peq. iNni<]iqtiisii( <!(!*, beans, Stiles. 
Chip. (St Marys j tntakodt'^idntin; (CJr. 
Trav. ) ni.th-l'o-(h-rt'-iKin,>^vh. Menom. 
tti a nsh -ht-vli * -.<h(n k: Shaw n . in ' .</.yx7/ ee- 
ihah. Chey. mnitl^k, pi. imml^kl, Ilay- 
den, 295. i Abn. /mukSxittdr, gros 
connne feves de terre. ) Del. i pi. i md- 
hichxiquaUj Zeisb.] 

*inaquainittiniyew, i from ) the west, 
Mass. Ps. , Ps. 107, ?}. Cf . puhtadtnn ii/en, 
(^from) the west, ibid., 75, H, 

^^asaiinock i^Xarr. ), flax, R. W. See 
massoiiog. 

inasegik, suppos. ol mmctjen [hifi<i*fkiii), 
it bears or produces much. 



maslidsliasliques (?), n. the swallow, 
Jer. 8, 7. See inanifrmtfhtint'.'i. 

mashq. See inosii. 

ma^liquanon, n. a hawk. Job 39, '2(\. 
Cf. (firohshaog; guanumm. 

[Del. meeclufahinnCy hawk, Zeisl). ( i. e. 
broad-tail).] 

maskeht. See moskehl, gra-ss. 

maskehtu. See moMkfhtu. 

xn&skdacheg', suppos. pi. they who boast 
boa-sters, Ps. 49, 0; Rom. 1, .'JO. See 
^nnsb'tnn. 

xnaskogf, suppos. of uiijikoin^ q. v. 

masootamailut, suppos. of muiimtatuffi), 
he jiierces (him). See mmwdi't. 

masq, mashq. See Jtiosg. 

massonog, n. 'nettles', Prov. 24, 31; Is. 
34, 13; but 'nettles' is transferred m 
Job 30, 7, Hos. 9, (>, and Zei)h. 2, 9. 
Comparing (Xarr.) mamfomck^ 'flax', 
R. W., the name may probably be as- 
signed to Urticii canadensis, tlie Canada 
nettle or 'Albany hemp', the fibrous 
stalk of which was used by the Indians 
for baskets, mats, and nets. From 
mM«^•o^, it pricks. ik^muscDtam; mu^irai'i. 
[Chip, mus-zdn, muhzon^ nettle; (jeche 
muhzon (great nettle), thistle, Sch. ir; 
majidiif nettle. Bar.; maJtzah}, thistle, 
Sum.] 

^massowyan (Pet|.), a blackbinl [?], 
Stiles. 

masugkenuk, (he who is) mighty, pow- 
erful, very great, Luke 22, 26: ^f(mit 
mime maswjkt'-nttk, God Almighty, Ex. 
(), 3; supj^js. of rnis,mgken. 

masugkenutche, (participial) a«lj. chief 
('eldest'. Gen. 24, 2). 

mat. See mnila. 

^matasquas, n. a mat [bat?], C. 

matchaog', 'adv. of denying', no, El. 
Gr. 21: ohtoon tnatchaog, he has noth- 
ing, Prov. 13, 7, =ohtoou mo te(ui, v. 4. 
See ma(ta. 

matche, (it is) bad; as adj. and adv. 
bad, badly: rndirhe meenan^ 'a nauglity 
tongue', Prov. 17, 4; matche anmiuwnin, 
a wicked messenger, Prov. 13, 17; sup- 
pos. muchnk (as n.), that which is bad, 
evil, Pr(jv. 17, 13: na marhuk ohUnn^ 
there is an evil, Eccl. 6, 1 [nuitrhfj 
'adv. of quality', El. Gr. 18]. Intens. 
of matio. (Cf. Engl, not, nought, 
naughty. ) 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRl'MBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



51 



xnatclie — continued. 

[Narr. mntchll^ ' nanjj:ht, or evil.' A})n. 

matslghenlS, cela et^t null, cela ii'ent. pan 

bien. Del. iiwdhiky (inan.) Imd, evil; 

machtit, l)a(l (it in), Zeish.] 
match^u, v. i. he is poor (lit. he grow.s 

badly or l)ecomea poor, Prov. 10, 4); 

Deut. 15, 4; 2 Sam. 12, 1 ; jil. -uoij, Prov. 

10, 15; Matt. 20, 11 (mdfrfu'k'ur, poor; 

iioh mafchcka), he is j)oor, C ). Vbl. n. 

vialchehuojik, poverty, Prov, 18, 18. N. 

agent, maicht'lcaen (indef. -en in), a poor 

man, Kx. 28, 3. 

[Narr. num-mAchvh\ I am poor.] 
xnatchemuxigquot, n. a l)ad wnell, Ps. 

38, 5; Ex. 7, 18. For inatchetnungqnoh- 

fetntj it smells badly; from mntrhe^ with 

fonnative of verl)^ of smelling (machu- 

moiiquaty *a ntink', C. ). 

[Narr. vuwhemoquty it stinks. Abn. 

7naU\man(j8aiy eela K'nt manvaijj. Del. 

machlschimaqnotj Zeij^b.] 
xuatchemuiikqussu, v. adj. an. he smellfl 

badly. Vbl. n. -quwi^ionkj making a bjid 

smell, Joel 2, 20 (jium-mafchimunkqusy 

I stink, C). 

[Narr. ma^^hcmoqussH^ *a vile or stink- 
ingix^rson', R. W. Abn. niafmmaiigSsS, 

II sent mauvais.] 
matchendneteau, v. i. he curses; pi. 

-eaogj Ps. 62, 4. Vbl. n. malvhemhie- 
tedonkf cursing, Ps. 59, 12. 

xuatchexiazitain, v. i. (and t. inan.) he 
thinks evil, is evilly-minded (matclie- 
antam); imi)erat. 2d pi. -ankimcok, 
Matt. 9, 4. Vi. vushanaiikim. 

matchenati (intens. jnamalchenail), v. t. 
an. he curses (him); suppos. noh ma- 
mtUrhenunt, he who curse.>J, when he 
curses, Ex. 21, 17. See inatclici'i; mat- 
tan nmau. 

matchesu, v. adj. an. he is an evil doer, 
he does evil, is (actively) bad. Vbl. 
n. niftlrhei<e()t)kj wickedness, evil doing, 
Prov. 14, 17; 10, 1(5. S. a^zent. malche- 
fearti (indef. -ahthi), an evil dcx^r, Prov. 
13, <), 21; 1)1. -(unnorj^ Prov. 14, 19. 

[Ci'ee, innU'JuM^iy he is wicke<l. Del. 
maUaHcfmacij sinful, Zeisb. Gr. 104; 
macJiimu^ he is bad, ZiMsb. Voc. 21.] 

matchetou, v. i, he is bad [inherently 
or by nature, malclu'-ohtau^^ Prov. 13, 
5, 22; pi. -tmrog, Prov. 14, 19. Vbl. n. 
matchetoonk, -towonky badness [of heart 



matclietou — continued . 

orpurjwse (inactive)], Prov. 8, 7; P>cl. 
3, 10. 

[Cree mathdtissUy he is bad.] 

[matcheii, matcheyeu,] intens. ma- 
xnatclieU, -eyeu, v. i. he curses or 
swears profanely: kifdni mamdtcheyt'n., 
*he l)egan to curse', Matt. 26, 74; im- 
perat. 2d i)l. nhque mamatcheunayky curse 
not, Rom. 12, 14. 

matikeno), matukkenco, v. i. he is great 
(primarily in stature), pi. -Jimog, Deut, 
9, 2; supi>os. noh madkermkj pi. -Zrr/, 
Rev. 19, 18; great men, 2 Sam. 7, 9; 
Job 32, 9; mankkenilcheg, 1 Sam. 30, 2. 

znatohtedeyeue: en rnatohtedeifeue cona- 
rihkoli/tm-u/f 'into a rough vallev', Deut. 
21, 4.' 

matokqs, mahtoliqs, n. a cloud. 

[Note. — This definition was not completetl.] 

matta, mat, adv. no, not; compounded 
with teag (thing, res): maUa teog, mutteag: 
matchaog^ nothing, rien, Luke 22, 35; 
Prov. 13, 7. Apparently a contraction 
of mohteau {mo i)rivative and ohtcan), 
it is not; cf. 7/io, monteng. In some 
dialects the particle undergoes further 
contraction, as in Del. /d, *a lazy no' 
( Hkw. ) , tusin the French * point ' for ' ne 
point ' . In composition , mai^ as a prefix, 
has a jjrivative and sometimes a direct 
negative force, sometimes is the equiv- 
alent of maiche, bad. 

[Narr. machdii^y no, not {machdge), 
nothing, not so, R. W. ; mattuksj no, 
Stiles. Abn. mahda, non. Micm. mSy 
point; mSkSh-hy rien, ne pa^s; inaSen, 
personnes, Cree nammdy no, not; 
nummdnia (strong neg.), no; niimma- 
imne (soft neg.), no. Del. makhtaytah, 
Zeisb.; mdlta, no; fd, a lazy no; tagu, 
no, not; a//rt, /a, no, no, Hkw. Powh. 
mattaghy Smith.] 

♦mattaiteu (Narr. ), not far off, near by, 
*a little way', R. W. 76: mattdsii note- 
shenij *I came from hard by', ibid. 28. 

*jn&ttdgeheLD. (Narr.), there is a cross 
(i. e. a head) wind; suppos. mattdgc- 
hatch y when the wind is cross. See 
*ivunmigchan. 

mattamog, mattamag (?), suppos. as 
n. one who is foolish, a fool, Eccl. 6, 8; 
7, 9; Ps. 14, 1; pi. -rwog, Eccl. 7, 4, 5. 
Adv. and adj. mattamogquey -mag we. 



Digitized by 



Google 



52 



BUREAU OB' AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



mattamog, mattamagr— conti nued . 
fooli8h(ly), Prov. 17, 25. Yb. adj. 
viaUamagqiieiumif -magwesu^ he does 
foolishly, is foolish (actively). Vbl. n. 
mattamagcDonkj folly (abstractly), Pro v. 
15, 14; 1 Cor. 3, 19; matiamagweseonk^ 
-qtmisseonkf foolish doing, folly acted, 
Prov. 14, 17, 18; 1 Cor. 1, 18. 

mattdnittuonk, vbl. n. pass, lieing: 
cursed, a curse. Gen. 27, l2, 13; Xeh. 
10, 29; Prov. 26, 2 {motfannutttionk, C). 
From mattdnumau. 

^hnattaxmauke (Narr. ), pi. -onkantiRhy 'a 
fine sort of mats to sleep on ', R. W. 

[Abn. andkahn, natte, i>ean, etc.; sur 
quoi on s'assoi; iiedandkfy j*ai une 
natte sur quoi, etc., Ra-sles. Del. a rut 
can, mat, Zeisb.] 

xnattannit, n. the l>ad spirit, the devil; 
pi. 'toog, Kl. Gr. 9 (^coo//, .James 2, 
19); maitandj Gookin. From mat 
( = maiche) and m*onil. 

[Muh. nUandoUf Edw. Chip, mahje- 
munedoOf J. (md die man ^ do, 8ch. ii, 
458). Abn. keUiniSeskS, dieu, le grand 
g^nie; matsiniShkS, diable. Del. mal- 
ttchi (or machtschi) manniUo or mach- 
tandoj Hkw.] 

xnattantam, v. i. and t. inan. he grudges 
(it), is unwilling. From matta and 
'antatiij he is not-minded; adv. mat- 
taniamircy * grudgingly', 2 Cor. 9, 7. 

xuattanuxn (?): wim-mnttanum, I am un- 
worthy ('to unloa«ie', etc., Mark 1, 7); 
elsewhere, nuMapenum. 

matt^nuxaati, v. t. an. he curses (him), 
speaks evil to (him); imperat. 2d pi., 
matt&nummk, curse ye (Meroz), Judg. 
5, 23; 3d sing, maltitnumaj, let him be 
cursed, Deut. 27, 14; maldrmmire unnu- 
nach, let (him) l)e as cursed, Jer. 20, 15; 

uUamunavh, let ( it ) be cursed. Cf. 

inaich^; inatchenaii. 

^mdttapeu (Narr.), *a woman keeping 
alone in her monthly sickness', R. W. 
l=t:mat-apeii, *she is not at home', R. 
W., or mattappuj she sits apart (?).] 

mattappasquas, n. a bat, Lev. 11, 19; 
maUahashquds, Is. 2, 20; malabpusques, 
Deut. 14, 18. See mishabohquas. 

^^nattappu, v. i. he sits down; pish mat- 
tappuogj they shall sit, Ind. Laws, xvi, 
xii. Cf. nummalappiiieaL 
[Narr. mdtlapsh ydieg, sit by the fire.] 



matteagr, nothing. See maita, 

xnattompog', suppos. as n. war: quag- 
qua^hivunnumook mattompog, prepare ye 
war, Joel 3, 9; wekonlogig mattompogy 
they who delight in war, Ps. 68, 30. 
Adv. and adj. mattompagwe kesukod, day 
of war or battle. Job 38, 23. 

[Abn. maUahbekS, la guerre; mattan- 
begSi-arenahbak, les guerriers. Micm. 
matluk, 'to beat'; miUloley '1 beat thee'; 
TnAt&nagdj *I fight'. Rand. Del. mach- 
tapeek, bad time, war time {machtapan, 
bad morning weather), Zeisb.] 

mattuhquab, n. skin (of a human being). 
Lev. 13, 34-38; Ezek. 37, 8; naUuh- 
quabj my skin; UHidtuhquah, his skin. 
For m'adt'uhqu&e and dppu, that which 
is (permanently) upon the outside. 

^[mattxihteau, v. i. he quarrels;] num- 
maliuhleam, I quarrel, C. 

xnatug. See mehlug, a tree. 

xnatukkeno). See maiikeno). 

*[xnatw&kau, v. i. he dances;] ahque 
mativdkeshj don't dance, C. Vbl. n. 
maiiwakkdonk, dancing, C. 

matwatt, (he is) an enemy, Ex. 15, 9; 
Is. 59, 19; pi. mutwaog. 

[Narr. maUvauog, 'soldiers.'] 

^matwadonck ( Narr. ), vbl. n. a battle. 

matt, V. i. he cries, weeps, 2 Sam. 13, 19; 
pi. mauog, v. 36; suppos. noh mauug, he 
who wee|)s, Ps. 126, 6; suppos. pass. 
maumukf when there is weeping, EccL" 
3, 4; suppos. pi. (particip. ) neg maugig, 
they who weep, 1 Cor. 7, i^ {neg mogig. 
Matt. 5, 4 ) ; freq. tnauemau ( he mourns). 
Adj. and adv. mauwe, Num. 25, 6 (maw<?, 
2 Sam. 3, 16). \' bl. n. mauonkj weeping. 
[Narr. mduOj 'to cry and l)ewail.' 
Abn. mah8i\ il pleure ft cause, etc.; ne- 
maSighe, je pleure. Chip, ke-mahwe 
(pret. ), he wept, John 11, liOf suppos. 
mahivldf when she wept, John 20, 11 
(J.).] 

^xnauchaulioxii [he has gone], 'the<lead 
man'; pi. mauchauhomimg, the dead, 
R. W. For mahche-mm. 

*maucliepwut (Narr.), when he hath 
eaten; mauchepweran, after I. (shall) 
have eaten, R. W. ; suppos. of mahche- 
po), he has eaten. 

xnauexnaU, v. t. an. (freq. of ma'u) he 
mourns for (him). Gen. 37, 34; pi. 
-maog, they mourn. Num. 20, 29; im- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



53 



xnauemali — continued . 
perat. prohib. mauemuhkon, mourn thou 
not, Ezek. 24, 17. Vbl. n. mauen\<Donk, 
mourning, Zech. 12, 11. 

[Abn. ne-maSimafiy je le pleure.] 

mauxnachi (?) is put for 'household 
etutt' , property, Gen. 31, 37, but more 
often in the plural, maumachiash, goods, 
effects, movables, Nah. 2, 9: teaguash 
amk maumachicuhj * money or stuff * , Ex. 
22, 7. The primary meaning is perhaps 
* things taken.' Cf. maumunni, it is 
taken (as spoil, 1 Sam. 4, 17, 10). 

[Narr. maumachiuofthy goods; aH- 
qtdegs, household stuff, R. W.] 

ynaumachiah (intens. of machishj ma- 
jish), at the very last, Gen. 49, 19; 2 
Tim. 3, 1; Pro v. 5, 11: nen maumachiah, 
I (am) the last, Is. 41, 4 {momfichinhexLe^ 
lastly, finally, C. and Danf.; lU mo- 
mdiish ne kesukok, at the last day, Jno. 
C). Seemajish. 

mauTnynni, -naX, v. i. (pres. def.) it is 
taken (away), 1 Sam. 4, 17, 19; Prov. 
4, 16. Cf. amdeuj he departs (Narr. 
mdw, he is gone, i. e. is dead); nemuti- 
nuniy he takes it; amdunu7/i, he takes 
(it) away. 

maumuttam, v. i. (and t. inan.?) he ' 
•mourns: irutrhy he mourns for ; 

' (him), 2 Sam. 19, 1; num-momuitam, I 

, lament, C. Cf. maii, mauemail. 

^ [Abn. ne-maSiddmeny je pleure quel- 
que chose.] 

*znaun6tu (Narr.), a conjurer, R. W. 
= monetUy El. 

*inaunuwau. Seemon(x>«Yfu, hehi88es,C. 

*inaut (Narr. ), denotes completed action 
or ceHsaticm of activity. See mahehe. 

*inautiibon (Narr.), *it is day.* See 
mohtompatiy morning. 

may, mal, n. way, path: ai/im mat/y he 

^ made a way, Ps. 78, 50; lurn matjy I 
am the way, John 14, 6; with locative 
or directive affix, mmjuiy in, to, or by 
the way; kishke mayy by the wayside; 
mnikontu, in (or among) ways?, Is*. 42, 
16; mim-muttnmmaifhum rnayy * I run in 
the way* (of thy commandments), Ps. 
119, 32, =^ num-muttikmmaomaHhontam 
mnyy Mass. Ps. ) . From a-u, he goes to 
(ad-it), with the impersonal prefix (?). 
See m\ 

[Narr. nh'u/I; mayiWy is there a way? 



may, maX — continued. 
mai mayanunnOy there is no way, R. W. 
(Cf. suppos. negat. maJUa mdanog and 
mo adt manofky where there was no 
way, Ps. 107, 4, 40. ) Quir. maouky in 
the way (to). Pier. 29.] 

*meGa<ltea (Narr.), a fighter. See me- 
konau. 

meechu, meech, v. t. inan. he eats (that 
which is inanimate, primarily vegetal^ 
food; but sometimes wq/auSy fiesh, is 
the object of the verb; cf. inmwivauy 
he eats what is alive): num-ineechy I 
eat; ummeechin, he eats it. Gen. 3, 2; 
Is. 7, 22; suppos. noh meechiky meechuky 
he who eats (it), John 6, 58, 51; pass, 
inan. meechumWy meechummuy it is eaten, 
whence weec/ium, * victuals*, Gen. 14, 11. 
Vbl. n. meechummuonky fruit, vegetal 
food. Gen. 3, 3; Amos 8, 2, See meetsu. 
^ [Narr, Ttieitchy eat thou; ttaqua kum- 
meichy what wilt thou eat? Abn. ne- 
milsiy je mange cela; ne-milseny je mange 
(v. i.); ne-mShahy je mange (an.obj.). 
Micm. migichiy je mange. Cree iniechuy 
he eats (it); f req. m&mSechu. Chip, me- 
jim mahjeyouy food to eat, John 4, 32; 
mahjid iveyoSy (he who) eats flesh, John 
6, 56; ne-mejem-imy my meat, John 4, 
34, J.; nin midjiriy I eat (it), Bar.] 

meepit. See mepil. 

^xneeak, n. elbow, C. See ishquanogkod. 
[Abn. neskSariy mon coude; 3d pi. 
8sk8hnar, Del. wl squoriy (his) elbow, 
Zeisb.] 

meesunk, meis-, meyaus-, n. coll. the 
hair (of the head), Is. 50, 6; Ezek. 39, 
17: um-meenunky her hair, John 12, 3; 
pasuk meymisunky one hair. Matt. 5, 
36. (Cf. we^hdgatiy hair on the body 
or limbs, the hair of animals, and qu- 
ndnuhquofiUy he has long hair.) This 
word has the form of a noun collective, 
and is perhaps from mcomy he cuts close 
or shaves off, primarily he smooths, 
signifying that which is cut off, in dis- 
tinction from the long or scalp lock, 
qunonukquoonk, 

[Abn. ne-mSaaUy je le tonds; ne-mSisiy 
je me tonds, je me rase les cheveux; 
masSkSdiiny chevelure d'ennemis; ne- 
matutek^ey je l^ve la chevelure. Menom. 
maUhy head; tuay-nay-yninUy hair, Sch. 
II, 470. Del. mi lachy hair; miech hee 



Digitized by 



Google 



54 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN- 25 



xueesunk, etc. — continued. 

ken [cf. vH'Rhagan^ El.], hair or wool, 
Zeisb.] 

xueetsu, metsu, v. i. he eat^^, he takes 
food, 1 K. 19, 6. Active intrans. form 
(or verb adj. an.) of rneerh-Uf as if 
vieech'csu, Iniperat. meetmh^ eat thou; 
pi. meetsek; supixjs. iioh me€tsif.y he who 
eats, 'the eater'. Is. 55, 10. Vbl. n. 
meetmofikj food ('meat', Matt. 6, 25). 
Cf. viet'chu, mcov'haix (v. t. an.). 

[Narr. ascumetesimnm (=^asq kum- 
melei<immi^)j have you not yet eaten? 
kom-metesiimniHf your eating (infinit. 2d 
ning.). Abn. rw-7/i//«e>r/, je mange. Micm. 
iiiigkhi, je mange. Cree niechesoOy he 
eats; mechesooau^ he eats a little. Chip. 
wesin, he eats. Menom. inee-tee-shin. 
Del. mitmj Zeisb.] 

meetwe, inetwe(?), n. a * poplar', Gen. 
30,37; IIos.4,13. 

*meettn, meuii(?) (Peq., Groton, 1762), 
n. the sun, Stiles. 

xuAch^Su, xu^ch^yeu, (v. i. she is) 
])arren, Gen. 25, 21; 11, 30; Luke 1, 7 
{mehchhjcue, barren; mohchiykie, empty, 
C.). Vbl. n. mehchhjeuonk, barrenness, 
sterility, 2 K. 2, 21. See mahchumco; 
mohchi. 

xnehineli8hajidm(?), v. i. he })ants: num- 
melnnehshanina-xqy (pret. ) I panteil, Pa. 
119, 131. Cf. sauuhkissu. 

[Aim. marnantmrc nercSangan^ le 
caMir me bat.] 

xnehquantam, -oantam, v. t. he re- 
members (it); 7jfi7/i-, I remember, Gen. 
41, 9; imperat. 2d sing, mehquardashj 
Ex. 20, 8; Deut. 5, 15; suppos. meh- 
quontog, when he rememl)ers, 2 Cor. 7, 
15. Vbl: n. inehquantamoHrnkj remem- 
l)rance (of inan. obj.), a memorial, 
Eccl. 1, 11; Neh. 2, 20 {wiumegen meh- 
quojitamtionkj *a good memory', C, 
should be vmnne ttiehqmmiainaxmk) . 
With an. oh], mehqudtm ma i'ly he remem- 
bers (him), Gen. 19, 29; with affixes, 
him-mehqudnumoushf I rememl)er thee, 
Ps. 77, 3; imperat. num-mehqudnum-eh, 
remenilx?r thou me. Vbl. n. luehqudn- 
mmtonk, memory, remembrance (of an. 
obj.). Job 18, 17; Prov. 10, 7. From 
ahquantam lahpie-ajitamly he refrains 
from thinking of, with negat. prefix; 
mo-ahqiuwtaru, he does not refrain, etc. 



mehqusjitani, -oantam — continued. 
[Narr. hiu\-uieqwiinuim-e^ dost thou 
rememlH^r me? Abn. ue-mikSitehai'/- 
damerif j'ai la memoire de cela, je m'en 
souviens; (with an. obj.) ne-uii^kSHehan- 
man, ne-m i' kSeremah. ] 

xuehquau, mequau, n. the thigh, Ezek. 
24, 4; agwe nee(jiia-ut, under my thigh, 
Gen. 47, 29; iveJupiati, his thigh. Cf. 
mohpee, hip, upper j>art of the thigh; 
inohfk'gh , shoul ( ler. 

JXi4ht&}iogy n. the ear; pi. -ogwash. El. Gr. 
10, -ogquashy Rom. 11, 8; luhiauog, my 
ear; 2d jiers. keht-\ IM pers. vrht-. From 
v^ihteoUy he understands, knows (?); 
suppos. wauiog, he who knows, under- 
stands, the knower(?), or {)erhaps from 
the causative form, it makes (him) un- 
derstand. Cf. na)iamnndty to hear. 

[Narr. vtittoimftgy pi. -gnasfi. Abn. 
metaSakS; 3d pers. StaSakS; pi. -agSr. 
Peq. kuUuuanriege, your ear, or 'what 
you hear by'. Stiles. Muh. lowohqiWj 
ear, P>lw. Del. (3d pi.) whittawak-all , 
Hkw. ; hUtaocky ear, Camp. Cree me-td- 
uxi-ki, ear, Harmon.] 

mehtug, -tugq, mahtug, n. (1) a tree, 
wood; pi. -ugqijuish, El. Gr. 10; mehtg- 
kwkoiUu, 'among thick trees', Ps. 74, 5; 
dimin. inehtug(pu's and mefUngquemes, a 
small tree, El. Gr. 12. (2) small wood, a 
stick, a twig {muhUnkcmnes, a stick, C. ); 
pi. mehUigkmmemiihy twigs. Gen. 30, 37; 
withes, Judg. 16, 7, 8. In compound 
words, -uhtxig or -nhtugq, tree, wo(k1; 
-unk, a tree (while standing or in the 
earth). See agivonk; kii<hhi7ik; mmt- 
saxmk; qunuhing. 

[Narr. mihtnrky ])1. H- quaah. Chip. 
mitigj pi. -gog. Cree miiitick, dimin. 
inwtickoos. T>e\. tiU'han [=^tugkun{?)']f 
wood ( WW? /a r/ta7J, firewood); mehiUuk, 
a tree, Zeisb.] 

meisiuik. See wefsunk. 

mekdussu, v. i. act. he strives, contends; 
suppos. mehkdnmtj Is. 50, 8. 

mekonaii, v. t. an. he contends with 
(him), strives s^gainst (him); imperat. 
2d pi. mekonaikj cout*?nd with, do bat- 
tle with (him), Deut. 2, 9, 24; suppos. 
7ioh mekononi, he who contends with, 
Is. 45, 9; mutual, mekonittnogj they con- 
tend one with the other, they strive 
together. Lev. 24, 10; 2 Sam. 14, 6. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRL'MBULLj 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



55 



xnekonaii — conti n iied. 

[Narr. him-tnScautchy you are a (jiiar- 
reler. ] 

xnekonteau, v. i. he contends, makes 
war, James 4, 2 (with ayeuwohieau, he 
fights). 

[Narr. viecduniUea, let us fi^ht; me- 
caCleUy a fighter.] 

xnenadchu, n. the left hand; nm-menad- 
chuj his left hand, Dan. 12, 7 {menatche 
menitchegy the left hand, C. ). Adv. and 

adj. menadchee, left, of the left: 

vmmeety his left foot. Rev. 10, 2; of inan. 
obj. menadcheinniyeUy (it is) on the left, 
Zech. 4, 3, 11. 

[Narr. yo nmixnnalch, (there, to) the 
left hand (of the path or way).] 

menadtam, v. t. he vomits (it) up, Lev. 
18, 25; Jonah 2, 10. Vbl. n. mniad- 
tamcoonky mencUamcoonky vomiting, Jer. 
48, 26. 

[Narr. li'munnddfommWy L vomit, R. 
W. Del. melandartiy he vomits, Zeisb.] 

menan, n. the tongue; pi. men(tna»hy 
James 3, 5, 6; Acts 2, 3; whian (ireenan), 
his tongue. [Related to anttaj, inmau, 
he speaks, commands (?).] 

[Narr. urenat (misprint for ireenan?). 
Abn. mirarS; 3d per?. SirarS.I 

^menixinunk, n. milk. In the title of 
the Indian translation by Grindal Raw- 
son of Cotton's "Milk for Babes." In 
the quotation from 1 Peter 2, 2, on 
the title-page, the adv. and adj. menin- 
mmnue (of milk, milky) is substituted 
for Eliot's 8ogkodtuhgnne, Participial 
or suppos. inan. from ucunaiiy he sucks, 
with 7/i' prefixed, that which he sucks 
[cf . mgkodtunk; or is it ' what is given ' 
(me/i/u-)?]. See na/nont(unumU; neon- 
umit. 

[Narr. mnnnunimgy (woman's) niilk; 
wunttunogany a breast. Abn. merenakSs, 
du lait; nenSniy je t^te; nSnafnmtn, je 
latete.] 

Iiien6g:ku8, n. the Ijelly, Job 3, 11; the 
bowels, 2 Chr. 21, 15, 18; kenogkns, thy 
belly; v:untwgkxiff, his l)elly, Ia*v. 11,42 
{jnunuog^y bowels, C). C'f. in'mogfj, a 
hole, a pit. 

[Narr. nmnn&ks. Abn. ivniignri, ( mon ) 
ventre. Del. wnch /«/, ZeisV).V()c. 12.] 

'^hoaenontaiu, C. See manonUwu he smells. 

xnenulikequog, n. 'steel', Jer. 15, 12 



menuhkequog — cont in ued . 

( with misHehchuog, ' iron ' ) , })ut not else- 
where. It signifies a very hard knife 
or cutting in.strument. Cf. rhohqmg; 
kcnehfjiidg (under keuai). 

znenuhk^teoU, v. caus. inan. he makes 
(it) hard or strong; pi. -ttux^g, Jer. 5, 3 
{rium-menehketeo, I fa.sten, C. ). 

menulikeu, -ke, -ki, (it is) strong, firm, 
hard {'meivihke or menuhhi, adv. 
strongly', El. Gr. 21), Ex. 6, 1; 1 K. 
19, 11; Ezek. 3, 9; suppos. menuhh'hiky 
when it is hard, Job 37, ;^; with an. 
subj. (v. adj. an.) memMt'i<H, he is 
strong, Is. 40, 26. N. agent, wninh- 
kemetiy a strong man; ])1. 'mighty men 
of valor', 2 Chr. 32, 21. Vbl. n. metmh' 
kemonky strength, might. 

[Narr. vunikeHUy strong; miuioqiu'm 
[dimin. little stnmg], weak. Abn. ne- 
merkasaniy je me sers de force, j'emploie 
la force. Micm. menakt*iy je suis presse 
(adv. menake); melkely je suis dur (adv. 
inelki),'] 

xuenuhkinnuxu, v. t. he takes a strong 
hold of, holds (it ) fa.<»t; pi. 'Umwog, Jer. 
8, 5; imi)erat. 2d sing. menuhkeaUhy 
hold (it) fa.st, Rev. 3, 3, 11. From 
inenuhkexty with formative of verbs of 
action i>erfonne<l by the hand. 

[Abn, ne-merkeuai'i, je le tiens forte- 
ment, fermement; (with inan. oV>j. ) ne- 
merkniemen.^ 

inenulikonog, n. a stronghold; pi. -og- 
(puii<hy'Ogn'oxh,Judg.6,2; 1 Sam. 23, 29, 
= menuhke inanskash, Lam. 2, 5. 

menuhkosliketoinp [ = //* nt nh ke- troftke- 
<owp],n. a valiant man, 1 Sam. 16, 18. 

menukque, n. the armpit: ngnu^ mmnk- 
quity under the armpit, Ezek. 13, 18 
( ' to armholes' ) ; agirf kennhpif-if, under 
thy armpits, Jer. 38, 12. 

[Abn. neregS'iy mon aisselU*: SirgSi 
(son aisselle ).] 

^menuks, n. a ))rant, C. 

[Narr. )ninnnjrk%% pi. -ifn^ky R. W. 
Del. mninhtrkus ahn.'< ( = l)ad fowl), *a 
blackbird nearly twice as large as a 
duck', etc. Camp.; uuvreck kaaky 'gray 
goose', ibid.] 

znenutcheg', n. the han<l; pi. -egmfhy El. 
Gr. 10; ninmntchtg, my hand; irun- 
iwtchegy his hand, often in contracted 
form, menvAchy minhuich, imnnutch, 



Digitized by 



Google 



66 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



menutcheg — continued, 
etc. 'jpuUukqunitch (=petukqul-wunTiulchy 
round-hand), the fist, Ex. 21, 18; anom- 
anvtcheg {anOme^ within), the inside of 
the hand, the palm, the hollow. Lev. 14, 
15, 26. See muitinnoJik&Uy the right hand ; 
menadchUy the left hand (menUcheg, C. ; 
nunnilctieky my hand, E. M.). 

[Narr. wunnichekey (his) hand; pi. 
'diegaiiash. Abn. neretsi, ma main; 3d 
pers. SreUi. Chip, ni-nindjf my hand, 
Bar. Del. iiachk, my hand, Zeisb.] 
jnenwee, n. the navel; kinwee, thy navel, 
Prov. 3, 8; Cant. 7, 2; weenwee, his 
navel. Job 40, 16. For w'n^, the mid- 
dle (?). 

[Abn. Siri, nombril; nanSxSi, milieu.] 
meplt, meepit, n. a tooth; pi. -toJi/i, El. 
Gr. 10; -teos/i, Cant. 4, 2; neepit, keepit, 
loeepUj my, thy, his tooth. 

[Xarr. \rfyit\ pi. -tecw/i. Peq. rUehiU, 
(my) tooth, Stiles, Abn. 3d pers. 
8ip\t.'\ 
xnequau. See mehquau. 
xn^qiin, n. (1) a feather; (2) a pen, 3 John 
13; pi. -unog: um-nieqiinog^ his feathers, 
Ps. 91, 4. Adv. and adj. mequnne, 
feathered, Ps. 78, 27; um-mequnne, Ezek. 
39, 17; mcochekequnau, mish^qunau, (he 
is) much feathered, full of feathers, 
Ezek. 17, 3, 7. 

[Chip, me^gwun. Shawn. meH o ndh. 
Del. 7ni. gutif Zeisb.] 
xnfitah [m'tah], n. the heart, 1 K. 3, 12; 
Is. 1, 5; pi. i-/Mw/i, Rev. 2, 23; nuttah, 
kuitah, nmttah, my heart, thy heart, his 
heart [nogciui, (my) heart, Wood]. 
Adj. and adv. metahhuwae^ of the heart, 
1 Cor. 4, 5. Cf. nuttaihe, it is mine (be- 
longs to me); u^taihey it is his (belongs , 
to him). 

[Narr. wntWi, (his) heart; nittd, my I 
heart. Muh. 1//0/1, Fxiw. Del. (3d pers.) ! 
^''^e**-, Zeisb. and Hkw. { = w'(ay); ntee, 
my heart, Zeisb. Chip, oo-ddi^ o-tny. \ 
Menom. )7my tah. Shawn. 6 ddi t'e."} < 
♦meteaOhock (Narr.), " the periwinkle, ! 
of which they make their irdmpun 
[wdrnpam, p. 130] or white money."— 1 
R. W. 104. Pyrula casica or P. canali- I 
culata(?). From inehlauog (Abn. j 
metaSakS), an ear (?), ear-shaped shell. | 
*m^tewi8 ( Narr. ) , * black earth ' : * ' From 
this metewlsy is an Indian town, a day i 



^m^tewiB — continued, 
and a half s journey, or less (west, from 
the Massachusetts) called MetevoSme- 
8kf—R.W. Plumbago or graphite (?). 

xnetsu. See meetsu, 

mettdsafih. See mtUldsash. 

metugkcDkontu. See mefUug, 

*xnetUp-i>ea8h, n. pi. brains; waomiam 
wuUupy a wise brain, C. Narr. wuUip, 
the [his] brain, R. W. Cf . oidxip ( Abn. 
8tep)y his head. 

[Abn. aSiritebaUy c«rvelle; metep^ 
t^te.] 

metwe. See vieetwe. 

meun. See *meeun, 

meyaiisuzik. See meesunk, 

xn'hogk. See mxihhdg. 

miie, miyde, mode, m6eu, adv. to- 
gether. Is. 46, 8, 21; Job 41, 15; Deut. 
33, 17; m6€y Acts 1, 6; moeity El. Gr. 
21; moywe, C.: mrAe ptmotshagky draw 
near together. Is. 45, 20; woo^u, v. 16; 
nauuKieog mofu, they bow down to- 
gether, Is. 46, 2. 

[Abn. nuinSiy maftSiSly ensemble. 
Micm. nuiSy maSij ensemble, tout il la 
fois. Chip, rndmauif Bar. Cree rndh- 
mou'y all together, collectively.] 

mideog, miyaeog, v. i. they are as- 
sembled, are together. Num. 20, 2; {mai- 
yaeog. Rev. 19, 19); miyawhgy 'they 
gather together'. Is. 49, 18; imperat. mi- 
ydeky ynolt'ky assemble yourselves. Gen. 
49, 1; Is. 45, 20; Zeph. 2, 1. With inan. 
subj. nippe moiemcoy the water is gath- 
ered together, Ex. 15, 8; mukkinneonk 

mf^emo), Lev. 8, 4 ( miydtmcoy Judg. 

20, 1), the assembly is gathered to- 
gether; pi. imknuxishy Prov. 27, 25. 

[Narr. midireiUy 'a court or meeting'; 
miawt'tucky let us meet. Abn. maxtsmnriy 
on s'assemble. Quir. imtuwcwunky a 
congregation. Pier. 61.] 
mianatt, mdttnatt, etc., v. t. an. he as- 
sembles, gathers (them) together, 2 
Sam. 12, 29; suppos. mayanuky 'if he 
gather together'. Job 11, 10; imperat. 
2d sing. mUm, miyariy mdiriy gather thou 
(them) together, 2 Sam. 12, 28; Essth. 
4, 16; Num. 21, 16. Augm. and frecj. 
mohmdunauy Mark 13, 27. With inan. 
obj. [miannum] mdumimy he gathers (it 
or inan. things). See mdunum. This 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUXBULL] 



NATTCK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



57 



mianaU, xn6ttnaU—- <*ontinued. 
verb has the formative of action by the 
hand, and perhaps Eliot was wrong in 
using it in the sense of calling together 
or causing to assemble. In the same 
sense Rasles (as Abn. below) employs 
the cans. an. form. 

[Abn. ne-ma^^ghimank, j'assemble 
(les hommes).] 

*in£cliachimck (Narr.), the soul. R. 
Williams (113) says this word "is of 
affinity with a word signifying a look- 
ing glass, or clear resemblance, so that 
it hath its name from a clear sight 
or discerning." Pierson's Catechism 
in the Quinnipiac dialect has miUa- 
chonkg, soul. The word has no discov- 
erable affinity with either of the two 
names {kaukaHneamtick and pebenoch- 
ichauqudnickf) which Williams gives 
(p. 136) to * looking glass'. Elsewhere 
(p. 1 16) Williams writes pi. michichdnck' 
qiiog, 

[Chip, viabmolchitchagtcauy Bar. 46. 
Del. me (schi tschanky soul, spirit, Zeisb.] 

michemappu [^micheme-appii], v. i. he 
abides forever, Is. 40, 28; suppos. Miche- 
mapU Manit, * the Eternal God ' , Deut. 
33,27. 

mich^me, mislieme, adv. forever, ever- 
lastingly, Matt. 6, 13; Philemon 15; Ps. 
90, 2 (so Cotton). 

[Narr. michhne. Abn. met»lmi8i^ tou- 
jours. Micm. mechy d'avantage, en- 
core, de plus. Cree mdog&k, always. 
Del. amelschimif often (?), Zeisb.] 

michexnohteau l=7nicheme-ohteau]^ v. i. 
it is forever, endures forever; suppos. 
ne michemohtagj that which is forever, 
* eternal', Rom. 1, 20 ( = micherne ohtag^ 
Ps. 145, 13). Adv. and adj. michemoh- 
t&e and macJiemohtAe^ everla8ting(ly), 
Deut. 33, 15; Hab. 3, 6. 

^hnfchokat (Narr.), a thaw; michokatehj 
when it thaws, R. AV. = maJishequodt, 
when it melts away, vanishes. Cf. 
mahtsheau. 

[Del. moschhaqucUf *the river clears 
up, is getting free of ice', *the weather 
clears up', Zeisb. Or.] 

*niicuckaflkeete (Narr.), a meadow, 
R. W. See mukkoshqvty a plain. 

xnin, n. gen. a fniit; restricteil in its ap- 
plication to the smaller fruitf», such as 



znin — continued, 
corn, berries, nuts; pi. minneash. Not 
used by Eliot except in compound 
names. It appears to be formed by 
prefixing the indef. particle m' to -in, 
the formative of verbs of growing, 
*that which is grown', or which results 
from growth. See weatchimin (corn), 
vjenominneash (grapes), kenei't-mnnnensh 
(first ripe fruits), wdrnpi-mintieask 
(chestnuts, 'white nuts'), etc. Eliot 
has always the inan. plural. In some 
other dialects names compounde<i with 
min (or minis) have occasionally the 
an. form. 

[Chip, meen; pi. inan. m^en-un, ber- 
ries, Sch. II, 368; but mandA-min, pi. 
an. -minag, com; mishd-minf pi. -minag, 
raspberries, etc. Cree mlmis, a berry. 
Del. mihiif * huckleberry', Jfeisb.] 

znisaaliq. See mishmhq. 

mishabohquafl, -bpuhquas, n. * mouse ' , 
Lev. 11, 29; Is. 66, 17. Properly the 
great mouse (mishe-abohqucu) or rat. 
Cf. mattappasqaas^ bat. 

[Abn. 8anhig88^s98y souris. Chip. 
iixiwdbigonodjij mouse. Bar. DeX. poqiiei<, 
a mouse, Hkw. ; ach po qweny Zeisb. ] 

xnishadchu [=mi8he'^tx\dchu'], n. a great 
mountain, Luke 3, 5; Rev. 8, 8. 

miflliadtuppa), -pu {nrnhe-adt-uppa)]^ v. 
i. he feasts, Prov. 15, 15. Vbl. n. -/><»- 
onk, a feast, Ex. 23, 16; 34, 22. Caus. 
mishadiupveheauy he makes a feast, ho 
causes (others) to fea.st. Gen. 40, 20; 
Dan. 5, 1. 

mishdndmo) (?), v. i. he groans, John 11, 
33; pi. miMtndm(D()g (mifih(m6mcoog^ 
Job 24, 12); nxim-mishan/mumim, we 
groan, 2 Cor. 5, 2, 4. 

mishanaiitam, v. t. he despises, con- 
temns, thinks meanly of (it); with an* 
obj. i(iwhan6numai\y he despiseth (him), 
Prov. 14, 2, 31. Vbl. n. act.' mwhnv- 
anum&onky dishonoring; pass, mishnn- 
aniUuonky being dishonored, contempt, 
disgrace (passive), I^zra 4, 14; Ps. 35, 
26; Prov. 18, 3 (me»hannnUtmire, 'mean- 
ly', C. ). Cf. matfhemmtmn. 

^^ishdnneke (Narr.), =}ni(th('(tnni'ky a 
squirrel; pi. -nequock^ R. W.; -shennea- 
gHf\ Stiles (mishanneky C). [The root 
is 'daw' or 'scratcher' (?).] 



Digitized by 



Google 



58 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



^mish^neke — con t i nued . 

[Aim. mi'k^e, (^cureuil; prmikS, mci*' 
anikS, *ces deux ont im Iwau poil'; 
ajtihihcss (dimin.), suisae [chipmunk]. 
Ktch. mekoo, red squirrel. Miami ve- 
kirawhj squirrel. Shawn. an-eH'-wah. 
Del. hankquai Camp.] 

xnishdnogquB [ = m ishe-a n ogr^it, great 
star], n. the morning star, 2 Pet. 1, 19; 
Rev. 2, 28. 

mishantam, missantam, v. i. and t. 
inan. he thinks much, meditates, is in- 
tent upon (it); Jer. 49, 30; Dan. 6, 3. 
Vbl. n. -tamcou'onky much thinking, 
meflitation, Ps. 119, 97. 

znishantoowau, -ontODwau, v. i. he 
shouti", cries out with a loud voice, Jer. 
2o, 30; impers.(?) inishoniiDici, Is. 30, 7; 
imperat. 2<l sing. mhhanta)v:ash, cry 
aloud, 'lift up thy voice', Is. 40, 6, 9. 
Adv. and adj. inhhantcoime, with loud 
voice, loudly, Ps. 150, 5; Prov. 27, 14. 
Vbl. n. mish(mi(DU'<ioyikj 'ontocfivaonk, a 
shout, a loud noise [rnhhonirDonatj to 
roar, C). From vuBhe and -onlcowau 
( he utters ) . See *muhont(nahimh8u, he 
howls. 

[Xarr. mishmhitoimah, sjieak out.]- 

inisliasliq, misashq [= mixhi'-m^askeht or 
nmhe-nahq, great grass], n. a rush. Job 
8, 11; pi. -qnoij, rushes, 'flags', Ex. 2, 3. 
Adj. an<l adv. mhhni^hque, ot" rushes, 
'of bulrushes', Ex. 2, 3. Of. wekniasq; 
wiisfthashqnolKtk. 

xnisliasketoxnp, n. 'champion', 1 Sam. 
17, 4, 23, 51. 

^mish&upan (Narr. ), a great wind, K. 
W., i. e. it blows greatly; nilahc-traujHUt, 
See wdlHiii. 

mishe. See iniifs^i, great. 

xnifllie-aboliquaB . See m 1^1 1 a huh 7 uas. 

znishe-adtdau. See mii<h6ff(Utie. 

xnislie-adt-uppa). See mlshatfttij^uv. 

mislie-axinek. See *misJuhini'kt'. 

xnishe-anog'qB. See inishnufXffpm. 

mishedshkco, v. i. (and t. inan.) he 
swallows it (completely), swallows up, 
Rev. 12, 16; ne masheaahqut (suppos. ), 
that which he swallows up, Jer. 51, 44; 
with an. obj. misheashqunnnm (mm^'-), 
he swallows (him) up. Cf. quftse(^8hkco. 

mishe-ashq. See mishciffhq. 

mishegski. See ?nj>/tjM*/. 



mish^eau, v. cans. an. he makes (him) 
great, exalts (him), 1 K. 1, 15; 7ium- 
muheh, I exalt (him), Ps*. 89, 19; sup- 
pos. 7ioh viishehennt, he who exalts, 2 
Cor. 12, 20; suppos. pass, (part.) mishe- 
liity made great, exalted, 2 Cor. 12, 7; 
with inan. o))j. mhhehleau^ lie niakes 
(it) great, increases, enlarges, exalts 
(it), Hos. 12, 1; mun-mishteohj 'I mag- 
nify' (it), Rom. 11, 13; suppos. noh 
rtiashtenyik, Prov. 28, 8. 

mishehtashin, v. i. it stoniis, there is a 
tempest; as n. (mishehtash) ^ a tempest, 
a gale of wind, Job 27, 20; Is. 29, 6; 
iraabfni inuthsfiehtashf ' there arose a tem- 
])estuous wind ', Acts 27, 14; imtch viishe 
tahshinity 'from the storm', Is. 25, 4; 
suppos. inahsheiahshik, Acts 2, 2. [The 
separation of words in the last example 
implies that Eliot understood misheh- 
ttwhin to be formed of mishe and iahshin 
(it lifts up), i. e. *a great uplifting.' It 
seems rather to be from viishehteauy with 
(the characteristic of violent action, «/?, 
and) the fonnative of verbs denoting 
action of the wind, -shin, 'the wind in- 
creases greatly.'] 

[Narr. mishihUhin, there is a storm.] 

mishekishki, -koi, (it is) broad, wide 
{mishe-khhki, great from side to side), 
Job 11, 8; Is. 33, 21; vmhshukskoi, Matt, 
23, 5; mishshekskiy Ps. 119, 96; missi kah 
mishignki kehtoh, the great and wide sea, 
Ps. 104, 25; mishekiske-maogkehtn, 'in 
the broad ways ' , Cant. 3, 2. See kishki, 

mishe-m'askeht. Sch) mishashq. 

misheme. See inicheme. 

inisheu, (it is) great; adv. greatly, 1 C'lir. 
16, 25. See miftsi 

mishe-wadchu. See ynishadchu. 

xnishikski, mishegski (?), (it is) 'fro- 
ward'; suppos. rnnshiskag, when it is 
froward. 'frowardness', Prov. 6, 14; 10, 
32; with an. subj. mishegskiyeuog, 'they 
are frowanl', Prov. 2, 15. 

misliketu (?), pi. inuhketuog, (they are) 
'new-born babes', 1 Pet. 2, 2. 

mishkom. See miskom. 

mishkondntup, n. a skull, John 19, 17 
{mtjskotwntip, C. ); muikoncmtupy (his) 
skull, 2 K. 9, 35; Judg. 9, 53; Mark 15, 
22. For muskon-6)i(up, bone-head. Cf. 
chepmitup. 

^xnishkouantam, v. i. he rejoices, 0. 
See inuskouantam. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



59 



xnishkouwutchinnoo-we Wdus, a prick- 
ing briar, Ezek. 28, 24. 

znishdadtue, adv. of great price, precious; 
suppos. mishoadtiky 1 Pet. 3, 4. From 
mishe-adldau. Seemag6adtik; mogoadtne. 

xniahonogrod, (it is) wide, 1)roa(l; suppos. 
'Ogok (of a gate or way, Matt. 7, 13). 

^misliontooalipulisu, v. i. he howls; 
num-mishontarnhpuhsy I howl, C. See 
mishantanoaUf he shouts. 

xnishontGOwau. See mishanttDwan. 

^mishcDn, n. a chin, C. 

mishoon, n. a boat. See mfishajn. 

'^^ishquammdgr, pJ- 'mauffuock (Narr. ), 
n. salmon, red-fish, R. \V. 103 ( = jnish- 
qui-dmaug), 

[Abn. meskSamegS; pi. -g^ak,] 

'^miflliqu^lshim (Narr. ), a red fox, R. \V. ; 
mishquissupSy a fox. Stiles. 

^'^znisliqudwtuck (Xarr.), a (red) cedar 
tree, R. W. { = imshqui'Uhttig). 
[Del. me hok ho cuSy Zeisb.] 

xnlshqui, (it is) red. See mtutqui. 

'^^mishquBlikou, n. a trout, C. 

[Abn. (pi.) skStamSk. Del. ineschU- 
ameeky a trout, Zeisb. ] 

[miBhuntugkoD, it is much woode<l, a for- 
est?] -toa>, * it is a wood^, Josh. 17, 18. 

xniskattali, mussulikaiiati, v. t. an. it 
happens to or befalls (him), it is found 
by or comes by chance to (him): mah- 
chuhish . . . pish um-miskaiiduhy evils 
shall befall them, Deut. 31, 17; suppos. 
musmhkunky Gen. 42, 4. 

miskom, mislikoxn, v. t. inan. he happens 
U()on, finds (it); nvh k-ummi^hkoniy thou 
flhalt find (it), Matt. 17, 27; suppos. 
maskogy when he finds (it), Ps. 1 19, 162; 
Matt. 13, 44. 

[Abn. ne-meskameny je trouve ce que 
j'avois perdu (with an. obj. ne-mes- 
kaSah); ju'd-askamesiy j'ai fais une bonne 
trouve, Rasles. Cree miskinn; with an. 
obj. ynlakawayoo. Chip, mtkahwouy (he) 
found him, J.] 

xnissantam. See mishantam. 

tnissegen, mussegen [v. i. it grows or 
produces abundantly, =ini9sekin'\y\i is 
plenteous, abundant, Gen. 41, 29, 31; 
suppos. lie masegiky that whi(;h yields 
abundance, plenty, i. e. plenteous har- 
vest, Gen. 41, 30, 34. Adv. and adj. «/ 
missegene ohke-iiy to a plentiful land, 
Jer. 2, 7; 48, 33. 



miss^chuog:, n. 4nm', Josh. 8, 31; 2K. 
6, (>; Job 28, 2; misnehchuog kah vienuh- 
ketpiogy iron and steel, Jer. 15, 12; mis- 
sehchuogque, made of iron, Deut. 28,48; 
1 K. 6, 7. In other places mwo»hog (or 
mdushag ) , q. v. , is used for ' iron. ' Cot- 
ton has mimhcJuDog, niin(»s. 

^hnissdsu (Narr.), v. adj. an. he is whole 
(the whole of him). See wuw/. 

*inisslidt, n. belly, C. Probably *gros 
ventre'; for mishe-ohteau, it is great (?). 

missi, mishe, xnisheu, znissiyeu, (it 
is) great, Ezek. 17, 3; 1 Chr. 16, 25; 
pi. mmigeuash hU - <pnkq}iattinkanash, 
your rewards are great. Matt. 5, 12; 
jiduo mimtiy it is more and more great, 
*it increaseth', Ps. 74, 23; Job 10, 16; 
suppos. moh»agy when it is great, a great 
thing, Ex. 15, 7; Deut. 4, 32; Matt. 23, 
17, 19; Anue mohsagy (that which is) 
more great, the greatest, Matt. 22, 36. 
[Narr. mishey miss'u Abn. ines^; 
nemeseghikSi^tSiiy je le fais plus grand. 
Cree missdwy it is large. Chip, mitchay 
it is big, large. Bar. Del. irCcJieily big, 
large (it is), Zeisb.] 

znissin, xnussin, (he is) a captive, Is. 49, 
24; 51, 14; 2'K. 5, 2: missinndoUy mis- 
sinndy he is taken captive, becomes a 
captive. Gen. 14, 14; I^m. 1, 3; pi. 
-ndcoogy Lam. 1, 5. Vbl. n. misabinda)' 
onky captivity. 

[Narr. missinnegey yium-missinndm 
[-TKom'] ewdy this is my captive.] 

missinnin, n. (from luissiiiy with indef. 
affix) a man, homo, i. e. any captive 
or tributary, in which cla^jses were in- 
cluded all men other than those of the 
speaker's nation or race (viri). Cf. 
vmketompy omp. PI. mminnlnnuogy 
people, oi TtoXXoij Ex. 24, 2, 3; Deut. 4, 
33; Num. 22, 5; mminnin kah puppina- 
shinty man and l)ea8t, Gen. 6, 7; hoivae 
iniM(inuin ken, of what people are you? 
Jonah 1, 8; lit, what kind of slave are 
Tou? (jnimtiHin or mimnninnuogy a 
people; wunniasne mififtinnin, a pretty 
fellow, C). 

[Narr. innnw)cky innnl-iiiixxitniuwock, 
men, folk, people.] 

xniBsinohkau, v. t. an. he carries (him) 
away captive. See 2 K. 15, 29. 

miasmuxn. See mussinum. 



Digitized by 



Google 



60 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOOY 



[bulletin 7b 



xnissippano sokanunk (?), it [a cloud] 
rains rain, Is. 5, 6. Of. mussuppSg, a 
tear. See -sippaeu. 

^missipputfkuzmicheg, n. tlie wrist, C. 
For mumpskonmUcheg, the bone next 
to (joining) the hand. Cf. muaeipsk, 

-missis, -musses. See um-misses-oh, 

xnissishin, v. i . it touches. See muasinum. 

*mississikkoshk, n. a shin (bone), C. 

xnissittipuk. See musHttipukf a neck. 

missiyeu. See missi. 

xnissohham, v. t. he announces, makes 
public (see musaisge); imperat. 2d -f-lst 
pers. sing, missohamah, tell me, Gen. 24, 
23; with quoahde (beforehand), he 
prophesies; pi. quo9h&e missohhamwog, 
they prophesy, Num. 11, 27. Vbl. n. 
quoshdemiamkhamdonkj prophecy, Prov. 
30, 1; 31, 1; with an. obj. (remote) -oh- 
hamauj he announces to (him). 

missohquaiu. See miuuoA^uamfin], an 
ear of (dried) com; missunkquamin, a 
(full) ear of com. 

misscDimk. See mussamnkf a dry tree. 

*xnis8tickeke (Narr.), pi. -kequockj bass, 
R. W. {suckequogf Stiles); striped bass 
(Labrax lineatus)? Peq. m^amgkheegey 
Stiles. 

xnis8ugken[a>], missuken, v. i. he is 
great, powerful, mighty, 1 Chr. 16, 25: 
arnie mismketi onk neen, he is more pow- 
erful (* mightier') than I, Mark 1, 7; 
suppos. mtwigkenuk (q. v.). Vbl. n. 
misimgkena>onky greatness (in power, 
importance, etc., relatively), Esth. 10, 1 
(miHsegkin-iiedtf to abound; missekin-nedtf 
to increase, C). From w«*««, with ap- 
parently the formative of verbs of phys- 
ical or inanimate growth (-kin); but, if 
so, this verb could not properly have 
an animate subject. 

[Abn. ne-meseghir^ je suis grand; 3d 
pers. meseghir; suppos. meAeghirek^ but 
mesdkSsS, il est gros, or mtsegS. Cree 
misshigittUj he is large. Del. meechgiluky 
the big, great one, Zeisb. Voc] 

missuhkaUali, missuhkozncD. Seemu^- 
suhkomcD, 

missunkquamin, mus-, n. a (full) ear 
of corn; pi. -jninneash, 'inunash, -min- 
ash, Deut. 23, 25; Gen. 41, 5, 7, 22. Cf. 
munuequomin. 

[Del. me w, quern ^ a corn ear, Zeisb.] 

missuTiUTn. See musidnumj he touches. 



mittamwus, -wussis, -wossis, n. (1) a 
woman, mulier, Deut. 21, 11; 28, 56; 
Gen. 2, 22; 3, 2 (cf. squd, femina); (2) 
a wife, uxor. Gen. 12, 14; Deut. 22, 
14; 1 Cor. 7, 16; numm-j my wife; 
kumm-j thy wife; um-miUamivuS'Sohj his 
wife, the wife of (him), Gen. 12, 12; 
19, 26. Cf. umsso, (she) is his wife. 

[Narr. miUamus; kommtUamus or ko- 
loeewOf thy wife; nummittamus or wulld- 
gana, my wife, R. W. Chip, ne-minde- 
moam\%k, my wife (Sch. ii, 458); minda- 
m6ie, *an old woman', Bar. 26. Miami 
t/M^atwwwA, woman; ne-we-xvahy my wife. 
Menom. rnetamOy woman; nayon, my 
wife.] 

mittamwussu, v. i. she is a wife; suppos. 
mittamuruMit oiikatog, if she be the wife 
of another, Jer. 3, 1; um-miUamtviissu, 
-^mssisgUy he takes to wife, 2 Chr. 21, 6; 
Gen. 25, 1. 

miyde. See mide. 

miyaeog. See mideog, 

m'noot. See manaot, 

mo, adv. * sometimes signifieth not'. El. 
Gr. 21; mo teag^ nothing. Is. 40, 17, 
= monteag (Is. 41, 17), matleag (Luke 
22, 35'). See mcUta, Negation appears 
to be the primary signification of this 
particle, or rather of its base, m' (q. v. ). 
With the formative of the verb sub- 
stantive (m-o), jjio) it came to have the 
force of an affirmation of past being 
(fu^t) by denial of present, and thus 
supplied the preterit of the defective 
verb of existence; ko, it was and con- 

^ tinues to tie; mo, it was and is not; pish, 
it will be. ( The limited or definite pres- 
ent, Ms now', was marked by the affix 
'W for verbs of being, -ni or -i for verbs 
of an. or inan. action. For the former 
class, see El.- Gr. 16.) Eliot some- 
times combined mo with ko to form an 
aorist {koh md, mdnkd. See ko). For 
the force of m' as a prefix, indeter- 
minate and impersonal, see ?«*: na 
mo ayeuwuttuonky there was a battle, 
2 Sam. 2, 17; md wequai, there was 
light. Gen. 1, 3; ken mo umtiinneumin, 
thou wast a servant, Deut. 5, 17; neg mo 
neemaiog, these (who are dead) were 
my brothers, Judg. 8, 19; mo ayeuau, he 
was made, etc., 1 Cor. 15, 45. -mo or 
-wioo, the characteristic of active in- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIOK-SNaLISH DICTIONARY 



61 



mo — continued, 
transitive verbs when their subject is 
inanimate, is nearly related to the im- 
personal prefix m* — ^for example, ruokeu^ 
he descends; ncoke-mcOf it descends or is 
let down; ami, he goes; (omWy it goes. 

[Micm. mSf point; maSen (de jnS et 
Sen, quelqu'un), personne.] 

mode. See midef together. 

*moamitteaugr (Narr.), "a little sort of 
fish, half as big as sprats, plentiful in 
winter. "— R. W. 105. Perhaps the smelt 
(Osmerus eperlanus), but the name 
may be applied to any species which 
*goe8 in shoals' or *a great many 
together.' It has been corrupted to 
mummychaugsLnd mummachog, by which 
name several species of small fish are 
popularly known, especially the orna- 
mented minnow (Hydrargyra omata, 
LeSueur). From mohmoeau; pass, and 
mutual form, mohmoUteauog^ they go 
gathered together or in great numbers. 

^hnoattdqus (Narr.), *a black wolf, R. 
W. 96. See mukquoshim; natUohqus, 

mobpee (?) , n. the hip, the upper part of 
the thigh, the ham, Gen. 32, 32; pi. 
'pidog; 2d pers. kobp-, kupp-f Num. 5, 
21, 22; 3d pers. loobpee {6ajruxi9, a hip, 
C). Cf. mehquau, thigh; mohpegk, 
shoulder. 

[Narr. apbrne, thigh.] 

moehte6ma>, v. inan. (pass.) cans, it is 
made to be together, it is put together; 
suppos. moehtedmukt when it is ' framed 
together', *knit together', Eph. 2, 21; 
Col. 2, 19. 

m6eu. See mide, together. 

moeuwehkomali, v. t. an. he calls (them) 
together, he assembles. Vbl. n. -ko- 
Tnonky an assembling, assembly. Num. 
20, 6. 

[Quir. mauwewh^komunky the church. 
Pier. 63, 64.] 

mogrki, mogrke, mogrge, (it is) great (of 
it» kind or comparatively). Adv. and 
adj. great; mogke qusmkquanash, great 

stones, Josh. 10, 11; 1 K. 6, 17; 

wetuomashy great houses, Amos 3, 15; 
mogkiyeuj it is great; pi. -yeuashy Gen. 
41, 5 (of ears of corn, they are *rank'); 
suppos*. pi. mdgagish, magagish, great 
things. 



mogki, mogke, mogrge — continued. 
[Del. amangi, great, big, lai^, Zeisb. 
Gr. 168; machweii^ gr^at, laige, Zeisb. 
Voc] 

mdg<Sadtue, adj. and adv. precious, of 
great price, 2 Chr. 20, 25. See magdad- 
lik; mxBhdadtue. 

mbgquan, -qudn, n. the heel; pi. -nmh, 
Job 13, 27; 3d pers. wogquan, vKtgquoarif 
his heel, Gen. 3, 15; 25, 26; 49, 17. 

[Abn. magSann, iiagiann, mon talon. 
Menom. wahquooii, (his) heel. Shawn. 
ohvdnee. Del. 7ian quoriy the [my?] 
heel, Zeisb.] 

mogqueen, -qu^n, n. a boil, a swelling, 
2 K. 20, 7; Is. 38, 21; Lev. 13, 10, 19. 
From mogqueinnUj it grows large, en- 
larges (mogquenuw, 'it became a boil', 
Ex. 9, 10), 

[Abn. magSin, enflure. Del. mach- 
quin, swelled, Zeisb.] 

mogqu^In, -quen, v, i. it swells, en- 
larges, Num. 5, 27; mogqueinnu, it be- 
comes large or swollen, Deut. 8, 4; with 
an.subj. mogquem, he swells, is swollen 
{noh rnogquemiy he swelleth; num-niok' 
queSf I swell, C). 

[Narr. mocqu^mi, he is swelled; ?mm- 
mdckquese, I have a swelling. .Del. 
machtoeUf great, large, Zeisb. Voc] 

mohchi, (it is) empty, unoccupied (moh- 
chiyeue, C. ) ; mohchoi kcosh week, is there 
room in thy father's house? Gen. 24, 
23. Cf. mlhcMea, 

mohchumcD. See mahchumcoy it is waste, 
barren, made desolate. 

*moh^wonck (Narr,), a rac(KK>n-skin 
coat, R. W. 

[Abn, mdiSaky robe de peau de cerf, 
de chat-sauvage, etc.] 

mohkas. See muhkosy a nail, a claw. 

*mohkodtatfn-in, a widower, C. 

mohkont. See muhkonty a leg. 

mdhkussa, mohkos, mukos, n. a (burn- 
ing) coal; pi. 'Saa^h, Is. 44, 12; * coals of 
fire', Prov. 26, 21; ut mdhkoftmldu, upon 
[among] hot coals, Prov. 6, 28; Is. 44, 
19; anue ma>i onk ue mohkofty blacker 
than a cK>al, Lam. 4, 8. For m'kussa, 
the hot (n. (concrete)? or if Rasles' 
translation of the corresponding word 
in Abnaki be correct, from mwi and 
ku89a, black-burned (?), or (Abn. mkasS) 
merely *it is black' (?). Cf. hmitUau, 



Digitized by 



Google 



62 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



zn61iku88a, etc. — continueil. 

etc.; ^^mocassa, the black of theMiail", 
Wood. 

[Abn. inkas(\ char]>on cteint (?); 
vikase-skStaij charbon ardent. Del. me 
hackachley, a coal, Zeisb.] 

xnohmo^og", freq. of moeog ( = miae()fj, 
q. v.), they go often, or habitually, to- 
gether, *they often met'. El. Gr. 17. 

znohmoskuhteas, n. a frog (obj. pi. 
-team, Ps. 78, 45, a misprint? Mas.«. 
Ps. has mnhmoskohieaseuh ) . Elsewhere 
Eliot has ({nogkubpiasU'Og, frogs. Cf. 
Peq. koplaiiss. 

xnohmdUnum, frecj. of ynonnumy he gath- 
ers together. 

xnohmuttahtfLg, m&muttattag', mah-, 
(suppos. as) n. lead, Ezek. 22, 18, 20; 
27, 12; Ex. 15, 10; Zech. 5, 7; 'tin', 
Num. 31, 22, but not elsewhere. 

mohpanag:, muh-, -og, n. the breast 
[mamnue], Joel 2, 16; Hos. 9, 14; noh- 
j>fma<7, -ny breast, Cant. 1,13; imhjxmag, 
vmhp-, her breast, * bosom', Prov. 5, 20 
(mohp<'innc(/j C. ). 

[Narr. mapannog, the breast; wun- 
nunnbgan-aHh, breasts. Menom. oh- 
paun. Shawn. 6pdh la.] 

xnohpegk, muhp-, -peg, n. the shoulder. 
Lev. 8, 25; 9, 25; oftener without the 
impers. prefix, uhpegk, Num. 6, 19; 
18, 18; Ezek. 24, 4; namvdnaii xikpequa- 
null (accus. pi.), *he bowed his shoul- 
ders'. Gen. 49, 15; na»haue ohpeqiuni-ity 
between his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12. 
Cf. muttugk. 

[Xarr. uppPke, shoulder; })1. uj>})e- 
quock. Chip, peknmuy pikqiui, the (up- 
per part of the) back. Del. ho pi fpiou, 
the fore shoulder, Zeisb.] 

xnohsag, suppos. of jnissij great. 

mdhuliequssuk, n. a 'flinty rock', Deut. 
32, 1 3 ( = mcoohsh t-quMuk) . See qussuk. 

mdhshipsq, n. flint stone, Is. 50, 7 (^moo- 
ohshi'piitk, iron stone) . 

znohtantam. See mahMniam, he is old, 
decrepit. 

* [mohtanulikussu , ] num-mohtanuh- 
kus, I finish or conclude, C. [?] 

*moh.tchinau [^mahchinaii], he is sick; 
num-mohtchmam, I am sick, C. 

mohtompan, (it is) morning, Ezek. 7, 7; 
suppos. -ompog, when it is morning; as 
n. Gen. 1, 5, 8, etc.; en {or pajeh) moh- 



mohtompan — continued. 

iompan-it, till morning, till the morrow, 
Ex. 23, IS; Zeph. 3, 3. 

[Xarr. mautdhon, it is day.] 

mohtsh^ncD. See mahtahdna). 

mdhtukquds-og, n. pi. 'conies', Ps. 
104, 18, and ogko^hquog, Prov. 30, 26. 
[Abn. maHegSt!<.<S-nk, lievre.] 

mohtupohsin, v. i. it lies waste. Is. 15, 1. 

mohtuppaeu, v. i. it melts or vanishes 
(as ice by heat or a cloud by the sun); 
pi. -(u'og, J(»b 6, 17; pass, -aemo), it is 
melted, made to vanish, Job 7, 9; 6, 17; 
Josh. 5, 1. Cf. mahtitheau. 

mohtutteau, v. t. cau.s. inan.; pass, it is 
consumed or made an end of, melted, 
Jer. 6, 29 (of lead, by the fire); act. it 
consumes, makes an end of, Deut. 32, 
22. 

xn6hwhaii. See mwnhauy he t*ats ( him ) , 

mokaketODmuk, (when he is) dumb, 
Ps. 38, 13; suppos. of mokakuttaj = mat 
kaknllm, he does not speak, he is mute, 
dumb; pi. -iwg, Ex. 4, 11; Matt. 9, 33; 
mo nuk-kaketojjt (pret. ), I was dumb, 
Ps. 39, 2, =mat nnk-kaketcop, v. 9. 

mokus, mokis, (indef. ) -sin, a shoe 
(moccasin); pi. mokumnash^mox'mai^hy 
Amos 8, 6; Matt. 10, 10; nm-mokis (-m.*j), 
his shoe, Deut. 25, 9, 10; pehtoxina^h^ put 
on your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17; nukkdnok- 
kussinash, old shoes, Josh. 9, 5. 

[Narr. mocussinafts and mockussin- 
chaHs, shoes which 'they make of their 
deer skin worn out ' , R. W. Peq. muck- 
a.'^oij^. Stiles. Abn. mkest^eny pi. -vfn-; 
ne-mekeniten, mon Soulier; ne-maksenekty 
j'en fais. !Mi(*m. inkeshen, pi. -nel. 
Chip, (pi.) makii<inan {mekisinike(I,i*hoi^' 
maker), Bar.; rndkesin, pi. -nnr}, Howse. 
Cree mf'takettiuy pi. -es^ind.] 

xnomanch, mcDinansh, adv. at times, 
now ami then, often, Prov. 7, 12; Judg. 
13, 25; Matt. 17, 15; at intervals. 
[Cree mummnin, here and there one.] 

momoncliu. See mamonchuy he moves 
al)out. 

rndxadne, (it is) 'freckled'; momone 
chohki, 'it is a freckled spot'. Lev. 13, 
39. 

momonehtaUaii and momontaU, v. t. 
an. he makes sport of, mocks at, de- 
rides (him), Neh. 4, 1; pi. 'tai'idogy 2 
Chr. 36, 16; suppos. momoiUauonty when 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIGK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



6^ 



znomonehtattatt, etc.— continues 1. 
he uiockH at, mocking, Gen. 21, 9; Job 
12, 4. 

xndmdneeu, v. adj. an. he is spotted, is 
black or dark colored here and there, in 
ppots or strii)es. Freq. distrih. of mm- 
esii^ he is black; pi. mdrndmeKuotj, they 
are *<(risled', (Jen. 31, 12; suppos. mo- 
monesit; j)l, part, -sitchty, 's|)eckled', 
Gen. .SO, ;-{2, 39 {wtrun momneexlt, when 
he is round-about dark-marked, 'ring 
streaked ', Gen. 31, 8). Cf. mwnajrchoh- 
kesu, 

znomonowantam, mamonau-, v. i. lie is 
scH>rnful, a scorner, Prov. 9, 7, 8; 15, 12. 
Adv. -Unnnr, 2 Chr. 30, 10. 

momdntunniun, mamdnt-, v. t. he puts 

it in motion, moves (it) about: 

yiippe, he 'troubled the water', John 
o, 4; suppos. mamuntunuk inimiMitico- 
nash, when he moves his lips, Prov. 
16, 30. 

mozndiinog-, n. pi. the eyebrows; 3d pers. 
ummomounog (accus. -oh, Lev. 14, 9), 
his eyebrows. 

[Abn. maihiuiun, sourcil, le poil,etc. 
Del. mamaworij Zeisb.] ^ 

momooechohkesu, v. adj. an. he is black- 
spotted, has dark spots; pi. m6ma>echoh- 
kesuo/j {mnhiiime chohkesurxj, they are 
si)eckle<l. Gen. 31, 12); suppos. pi. 
(part. ) moincoechohkhitcheg, {y^'hen they 
are ) si>otted. Gen. 30, 32; speckled, Gen. 
31,8. From 7tml (it is dark colored), 
with fre<i. ordistrib. reduplication, and 
chohkf'-su, he is spottt^ or has a spot. 

[mdnde, monde, there is much, there 
is abundance;] pi. nano majtimath, they 
are increased, Jer. 5, 6; mouaaah, they 
are many, ibid.; supims. mmmk, when 
there is abundance, when it aln^unds, 
Ps*. 72, 7; 1 Pet. 1, 3; am monak, 'this 
great store', 2 Chr. 31, 10; with an. 
subj. muuiwff, (they are) many pei*sons 
(El. (ir. 8), Ex. 1,9; Dan. vi A\ Matt. 
7, 14; suppos. pi. inon(trJny, It*. (R), .'S; 2 
Cor. 4, 15; suppos. 3d pi. moutth^ttH.when 
they 'are increastnl*, become many, 
IIos. 4, 7. Vbl. n. vionaonkj abundance, 
Deut. 33, 19. 

[Narr. (russaume mauuduog, 'they are 
to(j full of people.'] 



monak, mcnnak (in compounds, -onak, 
'(mcujkrortwj), n. (1) cloth, 2 Sam. 20, 12; 
Matt. 9,»10: Judg. KJ, 14: hashabp-onak, 

I linen cloth, Mark 14, 51; wmk-rmngk, 

I new cloth, Mark 2, 21; uomp-onnk, 
(white) cloth, Deut. 22, 17; hihpogk- 

' onag, a thick cloth, 2 K. 8, 15 {rnamk 
vionag, black cloth, C, but better, mm- 
oimk). (2) a garment of cloth, as dis- 

; tinguished from ne dqut or hogkoDonk (cf. 

I ohkmn), a covering of skins: 'coat', 

I Dan. 3, 21; 'cloak'. Matt. 5, 40; 'vest- 
ure', Dan. 22, 12. 

[Xarr. nuuhiek. 'an English coat or 

I mantle', R. W. 107.] 
monakenehheau, v. cans, trans, he 

I makes cloth, he weaves; pi. -heaog, Is. 
59, 5; with inan. obj. motiakenehteav, he 
weaves (it). N. agent, momikenehtetien 

I (indef. -rnin), one who weaves, a 
weaver, Ex. 35, 35; Job 7, 6. 

[Narr. ko-mauHekunnuo, have vou any 
cloth?] 
monailehteau, v. i. he is merciful. Num. 

I 14, 18: num-monanehteam, I am nierci- 

I ful; intens. nnm-momomiuctedmy Jer. 3, 
12. Vbl. n. inotifindeaonk, mercy, Ex. 
34, 7; Neh. 9, 32; Ps. 145, 8. Cf. klt- 
ienmonkanumau. 

I mondnumaU, v. t. an. he compassion- 

' ates, is merciful to (him); nuinmond- 
uum, I show mercy to, Ex. 33, 19; im- 
I)erat. imntdnmnonchj Zech. 7, 9; with 

I suffix mondnumeh, be merciful to me, 
Ps. 119, 132. 

, monaskcotasq-uasli, n. pi. melons, 
I Num. 11, 5 {mootioskeidmukj cucuml)ers, 
I C. ). ii'eti askofldsq. 

I mdnasquisseet. See ^inayimqusfk'd-anh, 
beans. 

' mondt, (it is) abundant, (there is ) much, 
Ps. 37, 11 ; u'oh mondt, ( it ) might abound, 
2 Cor. 4, 15: mmcheke montif, exceed- 
ingly abundant, 1 Tim. 1, 14; pi»h monfft, 
it shall be increa.'^ed, i. e. become abun- 
dant, Dan. 12, 4; pi. mowttmih, Prov. 15, 
16; 2 Chr. 9, 9. From mnmwhieav . 

[Narr. mdunetaah, 'great store', 
abundance.] ' 

monchanamukqussu, v. i. he does that 
which is wonderful, he works wonders; 
with an. obj. -quiu<uau, he does, etc.. 



Digitized by 



Google 



64 



BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 95 



moncbanftiniikqii— u — continued, 
to (him); whence, n. agent, -qugmaeny 
a * wonderful one ' , Is. 9, 6. From mon- 
chanamukf suppos. Oi mofu;hanamau (t. 
an. form of rnohchanatam)y and ussu, 

xnonchanatam, -uxii, v. i. (and t. inan.) 
he is astonished, he wonders (at it), he 
is surprised, Is. 59, 16; pi. -arnxvog, 
Matt. 22, 33 (^chepshaog, Mark 11, 18) ; 
numchanlash , * marvel ( thou ) * , John 3, 
7 ( = muhcharUash, Mass. Ps. ). Vbl. n. 
'tamaxmk, wonder, amazement, Acts 3, 
10; and causat. -tamwahuwaonk, caus- 
inj< wonder, a mangel, a wonder, Deut. 
13, 1, 2. From monch-Uj he moves, 
with formative of verbs of mental ac- 
tivity, he is startled or disturbed in 
mind. 

xnonchanaU, v. t. an. ( 1) he moves (him), 
carries (him) away. Gen. 31, 18; with 
affixes, 1 Sam. 30, 2. (2) he conducts or 
guides (him): umrmonchan-uh m may- 
utf he guided them in the way. Gen. 
18, 16. 

[Narr. maiichasey be my guide (im- 
perat, =monchum»hy from luonchu^trUy 
V. i. act. he acts as guide, he guides); 
kum-maOuchan-ishy I will conduct you.] 

xnonchu, v. i. he goes, se movet (denot- 
ing merely the act of going, without 
reference to its end or aim); hence, he 
departs, goes away, removes, Matt. 25, 
18; Gen. 24, 10: num-monchemj I go, 
Matt. 21, 30; pret. num-monchip, I went, 
Jer. 13, 5; suppos. noh monchity he who 
goes, Jer. 22, 10; imperat. monchith; 
pi. numcheky go; freq. mamanchUy q. v. 
Related to amdeu, he departs (?). 
Cf. Sansk. moAch (ire, se movere); 
manthy math (commovere, agitare); 
Lat. motus, mittere.] 

[Narr. mauchH (pres. defin. =7non- 
chu-d)y he is gone; mauchwhy be going 
(imperat. ) ; num-mauchhniny I go. Abn. 
ne-manUiy je vais; ne-mah neday je vais 
1ft. Cree dchee-oOy he moves. Chip. 
aunjShy Howse 194; ma' jay he goes, 
Sch. II, 469. Del. maiMchiUy he is gone; 
suppos. malschity Zeisb.] 

xndneaU, monneaU, monunneatt, v. t. 
an. he looks (intently) at, observes 
(him); uin^monunneavrohy he looked on 
them, 2 K. 2, 24; imperat. (affix) men- 
neahy look thou on me, Ps. 119, 132; pi. 



3n6neaU, etc. — continued. 
monneieky monunneieky look ye, Job 6, 28; 
suppos. moneaucnty Matt 5, 28. With 
inan. obj. mdninneaniy mAnunneaumy he 
looks at (it), Pb. 104, 32; Ezek. 21, 21; 
Ex. 14, 24; suppos. iioh moninneogy he 
who looks, etc., Num. 21, 8. Cf. kah- 
kirmeam, 

monetu, v. i. he is a diviner, a magician. 
Vbl. n. monetuonky ' divination ^ Deut. 
18, 10. Cf. mamontam. 

[Narr. maunHUy a conjurer, R. W.] 

m6nkd. See mo and ko. 

monneatt. See mdneau, 

xn6n6i. See ma)n6i, it is deep. 

monomansuonk, vbl. n. a vision, Dan. 
8, 17, 26; 10, 14. 

*xndnoowau, he hisses;, infin. maunu- 
w6naty to hiss, C. 

monopulipeg, n. a trumpet, Neh. 4, 20; 
Ps. 150, 3: puhpequcuth monopuhpegy 
sound a trumpet. Matt. 6, 2. Cf. puh- 
pegk. 

monah, n. a cock or hen, Luke 22, 34, 
60, 61 (mdnishy ndrnpashy a hen, a cock, 
C. ). R. Williams (p. 56) has ''chicksy a 
cock, or hen: a name taken from the 
English." 

xnonteag', nothing. See matta. 

monimkB, n. the ash tree, Is. 44, 14. 
[Abn. angmakS, fr^ne. Chip, papdg- 
imak. ( Baraga has agimaky ash tree [cf . 
agimy snowshoe], and three ** other 
kinds", viz. gaw&komljy pap&gimaky and 
wmagak. ) Del. pachgammaky black ash 
tree, Zeisb.] 

monunneatt. See mdvieau. 

mo8, *'a word signifying futurity** (El. 
Gr. 20), corresponding to the auxil- 
iary 'must* or * shall* before a verb in 
the indicative: mosnunnupy 1 must die, 
Deut. 4, 22; ma>che mos ntd-ahquonta- 
maiiy how often shall I forgive him? 
Matt. 18, 21; ne mos nnihy it must needs 
be so, Mark 13, 7. See mahche; no. 

[Narr. mace, mesh: mef^h nSonchem 
peyaum, I could not come; moce-nanip' 
pekimy I will come by and by.] 

moakeht, maskeht, n. grass (£1. Gr. 
10) , Gen. 1, 11 ; Is. 40, 7, 8; pi. -ehtuashy 
Dan. 4, 25, 32, 33; ^pasture*, 1 Chr. 4, 39, 
40; moskehtuashy * hay ' ; woskoshkehtuash 
(=vmske-oskehtuash)t 'tender grass', 
Prov. 27, 25; itiish-ashkehtuai ne ohle^ 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBVLL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



65 



moskehtj maskeht — continued, 
'there was much grass in that place', 
John 6, 10 (oskoak, grass; mosketucuthf 
hay, C). Vbl. subst. moskehtuo), he 
is grass. Is. 40, 6. Dim. moskehiuemeffj 
El. Gr. 12. From askehteau, it is (lit. it 
makes, caus. inan.) green, with the 
indeterm. prefix, that which is green. 
See a4fke. 

[Narr, ma«itift«M/i, grass or hay. Abn. 
meskikSary herbes. Del. masgik, Zeisb.] 

moskehtu, mask-, n. (the same word 
as the preceding) is used for medicine, 
physic, i. e. herbs; onoUuh moskehtu-^, 
like a medicine; iyan-askehtuash, many 
(kinds of) medicines, Jer. 46, 11. 

[Nan*, maskitf physic. Chip, mash- 
kiH l-keke], Bar.] 

mdsogque, adv. and adj. adhering, stick- 
ing to [y. i. it sticks close, adheres], 
Prov. 18, 24; Jer. 42, 16. Cf. musnnum, 
he touches; mistissin, it touches. 

2ii6sog^ueliteau, v. caus. inan. he makes 
it adhere, joins it to; imperat. mdsog- 
qadeomh, join them together, Ezek. 
37, 17. 

mtfeogqii nnuin , v. t. (inan. obj. ) he joins 
or puts together; suppos. mdsogqunuk, 
when he joins together, Matt. 19, 6. 
See muMuhkomw. 

mosq, masq, mashq, n. a bear, Prov. 
17, 12; Amos 5, 19; 1 Sam. 17, 34, 36 
{moshq^ C). The base is the same as 
that of ncosquodtamundtj to lick, and the 
name signifies Hhe licker,' from the 
bear's habit of licking his forepaws 
(see the Abnaki below); [or is it from 
(Cree) mdkwa-num^ he squeezes (hugs)? 
(Howse 93).] Cf. ^awuusseus; *jpaufai- 
nawaw. 

[Narr. mosk^ or paukdnawaw. Muh. 
mquoh, Edw. Del. machkf Zeisb. Abn. 
aSessSSf ours; m8%k^a8iriMhA»8 [=m^8- 
kSaSrdsiar], il se l^che les pattes; mes- 
k8^, peau d'ours. Chip, makwd (milk' 
wah, Howse). Cree mUskwah,'] 

mdttnaU. See mianau. 

mtfununi, y. t. he gathers together (inan. 
obj.); kum-m6unumj thou gatherest, 
Matt. 25, 24. Freq. mohm&unum. Vbl. 
n. m6unum6(mkf mouunnumaxmkf (a 
gathering,) tribute, custom, 1 K. 9, 21; 
Matt. 17, 25. With an. obj. mianau, 
q. V. Cf. mukkinnum. 

B. A.E., Bull- 25 5 



I ni6unum — continued. 

[Narr. mofwinnee, he gathers (fruit, or 
I inan. obj. ) ; mowinnadogj they gather. 
Abn. manSiSi, ensemble; ne-manSene- 
men, je les mets ensemble; maSinSy il 
cueille, il ramasse. Del. mavmni^ sa- 
sembled, Zeisb.] 

xnduslias:. See ma>68hogy iron. 

moxinash, n. pi. See mokus, a shoe. 

moyeu. See w(»i, ordure. 

moyeu, m6eu. See mide, together. 

mooche, as an auxiliary of the future 
tense, expresses obligation or necessity 
{=mos a>iche); moKhe nuttabuttantatnau- 
dmun Oodf *we are bound to thank 
God^ 2 Thess. 1, 3; ma>che kenpannup- 
vmaham, Hhou art [must] pass oyer', 
etc., Deut. 2, 18 (cf. na)che thos, it must 
needs be. Matt. 18, 7); ma>che mos ntU- 
ahquonianuxu, (how often) must I for- 
giye him? Matt. 18, 21. Cf. mos; a>che, 
[Quir. m/kichef there must be, Pier.] 

xna>clieke, ''a word signifying more, 
much,'' used to express degrees of 
comparison. El. Gr. 15; anue moh 
cheke, much more, Rom. 5, 9; 'more 
exceedingly', Gal. 1, 14; nano ma>chekef 
more and more, Mark 15, 14; mwcheke 
ma)ckeke, exceedingly, yery much, Gren. 
17, 2, 6, 20; mmcheke onk, more than, 
Matt. 10, 37 {mmchekeymuk, excess- 
iyely, C). 

moochekohtau, y. t. he has more, adds 
to his possession of (it); noh maoche- 
.kohtunk (suppos.) wahUauonk, nuDche- 
kohtau unkquanumoHmkf he who increas* 
eth knowledge increaseth sorrow, Eccl. 
1, 18. 

mooee. See man, ordure. 

mooi, (it is) black. El. Gr. 13; dark 
colored. Matt. 5, 36; Esth. 1, 6; pi. 
manyeuash, Jer. 4, 28 (not ma>e8euash, 
as in El. Gr. 13, by typ<)graphical 
error probably ) . With an. subj . nuoesu 
[y. adj. an. he is] black or dark colored ; 
pi. ma>esuog, El. Gr. 13. 

[Narr. m6m, gdcki, black; moioSsu, a 
black man.] 

mooi, moDee, moyeu, n. ordure, dung, 
Ezek. 4, 12; 1 K. 14, 10; um-moyeu, 
their dung, 2 K. 18, 27; um-^a>e, Lev. 
4, 11; 8, 17. 

See momansh. 



Digitized by 



Google 



66 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



xnooxnoMikoznaU l=m(Dma>sk(Dau?'\: um- I 
mannooskom'&uh , they murmured against i 
him, Ex. 15, 24 {numrjrKDmoMkcowam^ I i 
murmur, C.)- i 

xnoomooskooati, -koowati, v. t. an. he | 
murmurs at (him); pi. -kanvaog^ they 
murmur, Pe. 106, 26; suppos. pi. nag 
mconKDskaywa^hegy they who murmur, 
Is. 29, 24. Vbl. n. mwmwskaywaonky 
-queyeuonk, a murmuring, John 7, 12 
(mwrnmskummaonkf Ex. 16, 7). 

xnoomcDskquenaU [ = moomtDskoKiu?] : 
m(Dm(Dsqu€ndogj they murmur at (him), 
Ex. 17, 3 (manncDsqaencDwSnat, to mut- 
ter, C). 

[Abn. ne-mSskShdam, je gronde, suis 
f&ch^; ne-mSskShman, je le gronde.] 

xncDznoMBqlieaU, freq. or intens. of mcos' 
qJieaUj he provokes (him) to anger. 
Vbl. n. pass. mwrncMf/uetiuonky provo- 
cation (received), 1 K. 21, 22. 

maymoMBqueuttam, v. i. he murmurs, 
mutters, grumbles. Perhaps not rightly 
used in John 6, 61; cf. um-momoakkee- 
tati'ouh, *he gnasheth upon him with 
his teeth*, Ps. 37, 12, and num-maiL' 
miisketunkquogj 'they gnash upon me*, 
etc., Ps. 35, 16. 

[Abn. ne-manmaskigSelasgij je fais dee 
grimaces.] 

mcDxide. See mdnde. 

*ma>naeech (?), a dish or tray, C. 

moonaeu. See mamdu 

xna>nak. See m&naky cloth. 

xnoondi, -naeu, (it is) deep, Ps. 140, 10: 
Eccl. 7, 24; Lam. 3,55; as n. the deep, 
Gen. 1, 2; a gulf, Luke 16, 26; depth, 
Eph. 3, 18; nuDrUn onk, it is deeper than, 
Job 11, 8. Adv. and adj. mamoe nippe- 
ashf deep ^'aters, Ezek. 34, 18; suppoe. 
moDnoag, when it is deep; pi. (with 
intens. redupl.) mammnoagiahy (very) 
deep places, Ps. 136, 6. In compound 
words sometimes amdi-y amou-. 

moondkdi, n. a valley, Deut. 8, 7. See 
am6uhk6i. 

*ina>nopagwut, in deep waters, Mass. 
Ps., Ps. 69,2. 

xnoDdhBhog. See mcodshog, 

•mcDonk, vbl. n. weeping, C. See mau, 

moodshog, moDdliBhogr, mousha^, n. 
iron. Num. 31, 22; Is. 60, 17; 1 Tim. 4, 2. 
Adj. and adv. -shogqufj 'dhagque^ of iron, 
Deut. 8, 9 ; Is. 45, 2, etc. Cf . missehchuog; 
mdhshipsq. 



moDdshog, etc. — continued. 

[Narr. mou^huck. Abn. mii^gherSj 
cela est dur; cf. siogke, mggo/Uunk (the 
name apparently signifies black metal; 
cf. *wompoh9hog). Del. mck-acksun, 
[black stone,] iron, Zeisb. Voc. 29.] 

ina>osketomp, n. a black man [?], El. 
Gr. 16. Cf. ux>sketomp. 

moopau, -p6, -pdogr (?), n. the cater- 
pillar, 1 K. 8, 37; 2 Chr. 6, 28; Joel 1, 4; 
2, 26; asmmau moapoh (accus. ), he gives 
food to the caterpillar, Ps. 78, 46 {mm- 
paiU, Mass. Ps.). 

ma>e, n. The name of the moose (C^rvus 
alces, L. ) is used by Eliot in the pi. ; 
mcDsdog for * fallow deer*, 1 K. 4, 23; 
^^moosy a beast bigger than a stag,** etc., 
Smith*sDescr.of N.E. (1616). '* Which 
the salvages call timose'\ Morton's N. E. 
Canaan. "The beast called a moose* \ 
Wood's N. E. Prospect. The plural 
indicates ma>sWy or mami^ as the orig- 
inal form of the singular, a name given 
to the animal from his habit of strip- 
ping the lower branches and bark from 
treea when feeding; mcos-u, *he trims* 
or *cut8 smooth*, *he shave?.' See 
mcosum. 

[Narr. mods; pi. -sdog. Abn. mSs; 
pi. 'SaJc. Chip, mons (Bar.) ; moz^ mooze 
(Sch. 11,464). Cree mon^«6a. Menom. 
monsh.'] 

mcDei, (it is) smooth, primarily made 
smooth (by cutting?); bald, C; vico- 
cheke mcosi onk pummee^ smoother than 
oil, Prov. 5, 3; mmseu kus-sequnukquog, 
they leave thee bare, Ezek. 16, 39; 
mcose qiissukquayiesasky smooth Hinall 
stones, 1 Sam. 17, 40; mcos-ompskquehtu^ 
among the smooth stones. Is. 57, 6. 
Adj. inan. [ma)«di] mcosiyeu; pi. -yeuai<hf 
Is. 40, 4. 

moDBompskinaiuiu, it is paved, a pave- 
ment [i. e. an extension of smooth 
stones, mam-ompsk-kin-ussii], E^th. 1,6. 

moDBOxnpsq, a smooth stone; mmsomp- 
sqitehtu, among the smooth stones, Is. 
57, 6; intens. mamoMompx^u^^u ('grav- 
el*). Is. 48, 19. 

moiaontupau, -ppa>, v. i. he is bald [on 
the forepart of the head], 'he is fore- 
head-bald*, Lev. 13, 41 (cf. mukukkon- 
tupauy he is quite bald, his head is 
bare). Vbl. n. -orUuppdonk, baldness, 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBCMBULL] 



NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY 



67 



moosontupau, -ppco— continue<l. 
Jer. 47, 5; Mic. 1, 16 (mumntipy a l>akl 
head, C). 

[Del. moschantpeuy Zeisb.] 

mcDeqlieaU, -quehheaU, v. t. an. he pro- 
vokes, vexes (him); infin. 2d pere. sing. 
kum'm<Dsqheo6naty Lev. 18, 18. Freq. 
manrwosqheau, q. v. 

moDsiihq, n. a fly; pi. -quog, Ps. 78, 45. 
Dimin. mmaeguhq-uog, Ps. 105, 31. For 
ma>i-8ogk€j black biter (? ) . Cf . sogkemas, 
gnat. 

[Chip. (imo?w«i^ (pl*)* httle bees or 
flies, Bar.; missimwky misisaukf wasp.] 

mcDeiun, v. t. [he cuts smooth] he 
smooths (his head), he shaves off or 
removes (his hair or beard), *he polls 
his head*, 2 Sam. 14, 26; pish moMum 
um-meemnk, *he shall shave off his 
hair'. Lev. 14, 8; imperat. mcMumushy 
'cutoff thy hair*, *poll thy head', Jer. 
7, 29; Mic. 1, 16; suppos. mamik, when 
he, etc., 2 Sam. 14, 26. With an.obj. 
mxufwau (for mcosehheau^ causat.?), he 
cuts or makes smooth (an an. obj.); 

wuh'hogkuh, he shaves himself, 

Lev. 13, 33 ; shepsohy he shears sheep, 

Gen. 31, 19; 38, 13. Cans. inan. mcoseh- 
teaUf he makes it smooth; suppos. 
m(D»Uieunkj when he, etc.. Is. 28, 25. 
Intrans. act, mcosu, he smooths, cuts or 
trims smooth. 

[Abn. ne-misi, je me tonds; je me 
rase les cheveux; ne-mSaaUy je le tonds.] 

mcDeummu (?), v. i. (adj.) he is jealous; 
num-mmcheke-moMummuam, I am very 
jealous, 1 K. 19, 10; suppos. noh mw- 
mmonl, he who is jealous. Num. 5, 14. 
Vbl. n. pass, mamtieamooonk, jealousy. 
Is. 42, 13. 

mcDeumwaAiquok, n. a razor. Num. 
8, 7. From a causative, perhaps framed 
by Eliot, mamimwaihheaUy and the gene- 
ric determinative -qux>k (-^ruo^), a knife. 

moowhatt, mtfhwhatt, v. a. an. he eats 
what is alive, devours, as a beast of 
prey, Gen. 49, 27; 1 K. 13, 28; ummoh- 
whouhy (the beast) devoured him, Gen. 
37, 20; askwk um-mamhohf a serpent 
bit him, Amos 5, 19; subj. ne woh ma>- 
vjhxd, that (flesh) which may be eaten, 
Lev. 11, 47; noh manuhont, he who eats, 
V. 40; noh moohhtikque, * he that eateth 
me*, John 6, 57. Cf. meetm. 



moDwhati, mdhwhatt — continued. 

[Narr. mdhoj to eat (alive), R. W.; 
cum-mdhicqwx'kj they will eat you; 
Mohominggiick or Mau(p.u)Luogy "the 
Canilmlj?, or Men-eaters, up in to the 
WejJt" (Mohawks). Cree momcdyoo, 
* he eatu him', Howse.] 

^^sickquatash (Narr.), n. pi. 'boiled 
corn whole' (i. e. mo-sohquttahhashy not 
broken small or pounded?). See soh- 
quttahham. When broken, sohqiiUah- 
ha»h without the prefix. Hence the 
common name succotash y improperly 
applied, however, to the unbroken 
com. 

[Abn, mesikStaVy bl^ en tier, qui n'est 
pas piM. Del. mesittewally boiled com 
whole, Zeisb.] 

mBque. See mftsqui, red. 

msqu^eonk. See mxisqutheonk. 

mBqui. See miisquiy red. 

m'tah. See m)tiah. 

*xntickko-whee8ce (Peq.), the whip- 
poorwill, Stiles. 

^xnuckqu^tu (Narr.), he is swift; hum-' 
mAmmuckquetfy you are (very) »wift> 
R.W. 

mugquomp, mu^womp, n. a captain^ 
Mark 6, 21; Dan. 2, 15; Luke 22, 52; an 
officer, 1 K. 2, 9; 2 Chr. 13, 12; 'duke', 
Gen. 36, 40-43; augm. mummugquomp^ 
Acta 5, 26; kehchemugquotnpy chief cap- 
tain. Gen. 21, 22 {kehchum-y Acts 21, 
31; kitchum-y v. 33; pi. kehchimmug- 
quompiiogy Rev. 6, 15) lumukqtiompaey 
valiantly, C.]. = mogki-ompy great 
man(?). 

[Narr. muckquomp-atiogy captains or 
valiant men.] 

muhh6g [=m^}u>gk]y n. the body, El. 
Gr. 9; Matt. 10, 28; k-ufihogy thy body; 
\mhhogy his body; muhhogkunky n. col- 
lect (an indef. number of) dead bodies, 
corpses, Nah. 3, 3. See -hog. 

muhkont, mohkont, n. a leg, £1. Gr. 
10; Is. 47, 2; pi. -tash, Prov. 26, 20; 3d 
pers. vmhkorUashj his legs, Dan. 2, 33. 

[Narr. mohkdnl'osh. Abn. Skanty son 
jambe.] 

muhkos, muhkas, n. a nail, a claw, 
talon, or hoof; pi. -kossog; vmkhassoh^ 
his nails (accus. -sohy Deut. 21, 12); 
Dan. 4, 33; 7, 19; kahJcdssogy thy hoofs, 



Digitized by 



Google 



68 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BrLLETXN25 



mdhkoe, mtihkas — continne^l. 
Mic. 4, 13; Hontei^-kosmg, horeea' hoofe, 
Judg. 5, 22. See mukqst and uhqu&e. 

[Narr. mokAssitrky naib<. Abn. mekas; 
pi. '9ak; 3d pi. Sk6j>ar. Del. muckooSy 
awl, nail, Zeisb.] 

muhkoe. See mdhkusm, a coal. 

muhpanag. See mohpanag^ breast. 

xnuhpegk. See inohpegk, a shoulder. 

muhpeteog, -eag, n. a rib, Gen. 2, 22 
(mehpeledk, C. ) ; 3d pers. vmhpeteog and 
uhpeteogy Gren. 2, 21 ; pi. -gcaih, Dan. 7, 5. 
[Narr. peUatigon^ petedgon. Abn. n^- 
pigalgan, ma odte, mon o6t6; 3d pers. 
Spigalgan.J 

muhpit, n. an arm {mShpUj C); pl- 
-piUenagh, El. Gr. 10; 2d pers. kuhpii; 
3d pers. vmhpU; pi. -Uienash, Gen. 49, 24. 
[Narr. vmppUtene, -huuh, (his) arm, 
arms. Abn. pedin, bras; ne-pedin, mon 
bras.] 

muhpo), V. impers. it snows {mawpaw. 
Wood); pres. def. muhpan^ it is snow- 
ing (mukpwfwi, it snows; sun muhpco, 
does it snow? C). Adv. and adj. 
muhpcoe kemkody a snowy day, 1 Chr. 
11,22. C(.*s6chepo, 
[Cree mtspoon; suppoe. miapook.} 

muhpuhkuk. See muppuhkuk, a head. 

muhpuhkukquanitch, -nutch, n. a 
finger or finger's end; uhp-, the tip of 
his finger, Lake 16, 24; pi. -rutcheashy 
fingers, Dan. 5, 5. Tor muppuhkukque- 
iffunnulchy head of (his) hand. 

muhpuhkukquaseetaali, n. pi. the toes, 
Dan. 2, 41, 42; 3d pers. upptikk-, his 
toes, 1 Chr. 20, 6. For muppuhkukque- 
wuueet-atihy head of (his) foot {muppuh- 
kukqvuuetyC), See kihUquaseety the great 
toe. 

muhpuhkukqut, (upon the head, as n. ) 
a helmet or covering for the head ; more 
often with prefix of 3d pers. uppuhk-. 
Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10; muppufikukquU 
ohtag (that which belongs on the head),* 
*mitre', Ex. 28, 39; pi. uppuhhukqut 
ahhohiagishy 'bonnets*, v. 40; Lev. 8, 13. 

mukkatchoukB, mukkui-, n. a son, 'a 
man child', 1 Sam. 1, 11; Job 3, 3. 

[Narr. num-^miickqu&chucka, my son; 

muckquachuckqu^hnesey &]itt\ehoj. Peq. 

. muckachuxy boy. Stiles. L. Island, ma- 

chMchariy boy; machaweeskt l^mukkUsey 

El.], a little boy, 8. Wood.] 



mukk^e, n. r. scab, Lev. 13, 7, 8. 
[Abn. meghiy gale.] 

mukki, n. a (male) child; pi. mukkiogy 
Ps. 148, 12; 2 K. 2, 24; Gen. 33, 5; di- 
min. mukkieSy a little child, Prov. 20, 11; 
Matt. 18,4; 'babe', Ex. 2,6 {mtikkoies, 
C); pi. -9ogy Matt. 18, 10. Vb. adj. 
mukki^suy he is a child; suppoe. mog- 
kiemeouy when I was a child, 1 Cor. 13, 
11. Vbl. n. TnukHemaxmk {mukkaiesu- 
onky C. ), childhood, Eccl. 11, 10. [From 
mukukki. This word has been displaced 
by naumouy etc., in the Cree, Chippewa, 
and western Algonquian.] 

[Narr. num-muckiewy my son], 

mukkumum, ma^k-, v. t he collects or 
gathers (inan. objects) ; infinit. -^munat 
herb9-<uh, to gather herbs, 2 K. 4, 39; 
mukkinunuDky gather ye ( the tares, Matt 
13, 30); mukkinitch, let him gather 
(the manna, Ex. 16, 16); suppoe. noh 
magunuky he who gathers up. Num. 19, 
10. Cf. mdunum. 
[Abn. ne-meghenemariy je le trie.] 

mukkoohqut, n. a plain, Gren. 11, 2; 13, 
10; muJto«Ai:ur, Gen. 19, 25. From mo^H 
and ashk { = aihkoshkiy green; m^askeht, 
grass), with the locative suffix, the 
great grass place; mukoshgutdey plain 
(as adj.), Jer. 48, 21. 

[Narr. micuclxul:ee(«, a meadow. Abn. 
fii«8iktib^''i:^, place where grass is. Micm. 
m^skeegoocdcadeey meadow.] 

mukkfokin, v. i. he bares himself, un- 
clothes; imperat 2d pi. mukkcokeky -eg, 
be bare, * strip yourselves', Is. 32, 11; 
with an. obj. mukkfokinaiiy he strips, 
makes (him) bare; imperat. prohib. 
ahque mukkwkin matchekuy do not [strip] 
rob the poor, Prov. 22, 22; suppos. mag* 
gcokinont; pi. -onckeg, * spoilers', Jer. 
51, 48. N. agent Tnuldai>k%nnuv>aeny a 
plunderer, a robber; pi. -^tio^, * extor- 
tioners'. Is. 16, 4 (suppos. mukkookin- 
nuwaenuUy 'if he rob', i. e. if he be a 
robber, Ind. Laws, xvi). 

[Abn. ne-megSgnahy je le pille.] 

mukkukkontup, n. a bald head, Lev. 
13, 42 (locat -f <Juni«). 

mukkukkontupaU, v. i. he has a bald 
head. Lev. 13, 40, 42. Vbl. n. -ppdmky 
baldness. Is. 3, 24. Cf. moMontupaiL 

mukkutchouka. See mukkaichouk». 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



69 



mukkuttuk, n. the knee, Is. 45, 23; pi. 
•^ikquogy Job 3, 12; Is. 35, 3; 3d pers. 
ukkuiiuky h is knee. For m* f/uUuk ( from 
quttau-euy or rather from the same base) , 
that which sinks down or goes down. 
[So, Ang. Sax. cneow, Goth, hneigan, 
£ngl. knee, and Ang. Sax. hnig-an, inch- 
nare, incurvare.] Nish noh mukkuttuk 
nauwaeuy every knee bows, Phil. 2, 10. 

[Abn. nekedekS, mon genoa. Del. 
gitlguy Zeisb.] 

mukos. See mdhkussa. 

mukqs, n. an awl, Ex. 21, 6; Dent 15, 
17. From ukquAeu, it is pointed. Cf. 
mUhkoB, 

[Narr. (pi.) miicksuck, awl blades. 
Del. muckooSf awl, nail.] 

mukquoshini, n. a wolf (El. Gr. 9), 
Is. 65, 25; Jer. 5, 6; mummugquoshum, 
Gen. 49, 27; mukqamhum^ C. (who has 
also ncEttcohqusmogy wolves). For muk- 
quoshim the Mass. Pa. (John 10, 12) has 
noUcahqus. From mwhwhauj he eats 
live flesh, with {-oshim) the generic de- 
terminative of the names of beasts. 

[Narr. muckquashim, pi. -mwock; 
moaUdquSy a black wolf; ncUdqus, a wolf; 
natdquasfiunckf a wolf-skin coat. Peq. 
mucks y St iles. Ch ip. mah ing gun, me ea' 
guriy mawekan {maheenguriy J.), Sch. 
II, 464. Menom. manh-wawe, Shawn. 
m^wdii wah, Mex. mayaqueti [^ = ifc]. 
Otomi muhu.l 

mukquttunk, n. the throat; kuh^uttunk- 
anity to thy throat, Prov. 23, 2. From 
the same root as mukkuttuk; m^quUunky 
the going down (the swallow? or the 
bending of the head?). 

[Narr. giUtuck. Abn. mekStangan^ 
gosier; 3d pers. akSdangan, Del. guntay 
* swallow it', Zeisb.] 

mukukki, (it is) bare, bald, destitute of 
covering, Jer. 48, 37. 

[Narr. muckuckiy bare (without nap, 
said of cloth).] 

muxnxnislikod, n. abundance, 'great 

store ' ; meeehumj * store of victual * , 

2 Cbr. 11, 11. From misgi; augm. ma- 
mmiy very great. 

-mungquot, -quodt, suppos. -mungquoky 
the generic determinative of verbs of 
smell.' See asuhmungquodl; matche- 
mungquot (it smells badly); weetemung- 
qaoi (it smells sweetly), etc 



*niuxinltnnock (Narr.), a name of the 
sun and of the moon, R. W. 79. From 
andgqSy star (or from its radical), \^ith 
a prefix of which the significance is not 
clear [or frcftn munndhy island (?).] 

♦munnaonk, n. the throat, C. (?) CL 
manamau, 

*muxinawhatteailg (Narr.), ''a fish 
somewhat like a herring," R. W. 
Probably Alosa menhaden, Mitch., the 
*bony fish^ 'hard head\ or *mun- 
haden' of the fishermen; called also 
in the northern parts of New England, 
pauhagen. Both names have reference 
to the use of this and other species of 
herring as fertilizers; munndhquohteau, 
he manures or enriches the earth, and 
Abn. '^pakkikkanny on engraisse la 
terre," whence ''pSkangaUy petit pois- 
6on." 

xnunnequomin, n. com or grain when 
growing or in the field, Hos. 14, 7; pi. 
-minneashy -munneashy green earsof com, 
Lev. 2, 14. (Cf. migsunkquaminneask, 
-munoihy full ears, ears of com, Gren. 
41, 5, 7, 22. ) [Manured com (?).] 

♦mtinnogs, bowels, C. See menogkus, 

xnunn^h, n. an island, Acts 28, 1; Rev. 
6, 14; with the locative affix, munndhr 
hannii (menoJi-y munndh-), to, at, or on 
the island. Acts 13, 6; 27, 26; 28, 7, 9, 
11; pL 'dhhanashy Ps. 97, 1; Is. 41, 5. 
Adj. and adv. munndh-hanney of an is- 
land, Is. 13, 22; 34, 14. 

[Abn. menahan, lie; -hanSky dana 
rtle. Chip, min is, me nias, MenonL 
may nainsh. Shawn, men a thie. Del. 
mun dh tdhe, Sch. ii, 462, 474; menatey 
(and 'teu)y Zeisb.] 

munn^liquohteau, v. t. he enriches the 
land, fertilizes, manures; pajeh jnunnd- 
quofUedaUy until I dung it, Luke 13, 8. 

munn^ntam. See ^uinontam, he smells it 

^miinnlicks (Narr.), the brant goose 
(Anser bemia) ; pi. -stccky R. W. 

[Peq. a'kobyeezey brants, Stiles. Mass. 
menuksy a brant, C] 

*nniiiTniTiTmg (Narr. ), milk. See merlin^ 
nunk. 

munumuhkeina), v. i. it rushes (makes 
a mshing sound?); suppos. inan. sub]. 
manumuhkemcouky when there is a rush- 
ing (of mighty waters). Is. 17, 12. VbL 
n. munumuhkeonky a rushing, ibid. 



Digitized by 



Google 



70 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



'[mturaniieet (?), n. the bladder:] adj. 

•4of f/tjAxid; fjtone in the bladder. Man, 

Pom. Hh. 

[Abn. mnit8*teti^ manSe, lee fe«s«e8.] 
muppuhkuk, muhpuhlrak, n. a head, 

Ij«. 1,5; Amoe K 10. Rarely ii>»e<l with 

the imperg. prefix; more commonly 

(3*1 jiers. ) nppuhkuk, (his) head. Lev. 

1,4; 3,2; Job41, 7; Pe. 68, 21 ( ^scalp'). 

Pee -oniyp. 

[Xarr. upj/oqu/mtup, the head; mup- 

pttruckj a long lock.] 
muppuak, -pisk, n. the back, Rom. 1, 

30; Jer. 18, 17; nnppi$k, my back; 2d 

pen*, tup-; 3<1 pere. uppiskf ujypushk; 

vpj/ts^pinnit, at, on, or to the back, Prov. 

10, 13; 19, 29; anaquaheh kah nuppiit- 

quauit, Y)efore anfl behind me, Pa. 138, 5. 

From jtoske, l)are, uncovered. 

[Narr. vppu»fpmn, the back. Abn. 

peskSatif mm dc*; ne-jte^kSanek, derri^re 

mon doe; ne-paski-peskSan-rJiany je d^ 

couvre lui, le milieu des ^paule«). Chip. 

pek V7un\ pe fpioif vong^ pik wun."] 
*miiach<indaug' (Peq.),a lobeter, Stiles. 

See *€uthaunt. 
^uiTiahoahketonip, n. [great man], 'a 

noble man', Maas. Ps., John 4, 46. 
miialuxm, miaham, n. ''an Indian boat, 

or canow made of a pine or oak, or 

che»tnut-tree," R. W. 98; a boat, John 

«, 22; Act* 27, 30; pi. -nosh, John 6, 23; 

nt um-miMham-tit, into the [his] boat, 

John 6, 22; kwmsham, thy boat. Samp. 

Quinnup. 156; mvashoany boat or canoe, 

and proiUaem, C. 

[Xarr. mufhodn; dim. -rnhnese, a little 

canoe. Abn. amas^r; pi. -8rar, canot 

de bois. Peq. meshv^e, Stilea. Chip. 

chemauii, Sch. ; ichiman, Bar. Del. a mo 

chooly Zeiflb.] 
mushqun, n. the liver: nushquHy my 

liver. Lam. 2, 11; wusqun, wushquriy his 

liver, Prov. 7, 23. 

[Chip, koorif fjuoorif oqaoyuy Sch. ii, 

458. Miami haw ko ne. Shawn, oh 

kmie."] 
muskesTik, n. (1) the eye. El. Gr. 10; 

Job 10, 18; Matt. 18, 9; pi. -ukquash, 

(2) the face, Ezek. 10, 14; nusk-y kusk-, 

tpuMkesuky my, thy, his face or eye. 

(Sansk. ikshy videre; aksha^ oculus.) 
[Xarr. vtiskeemrk (his) eye. Peq. 

akeezucksy eyes. Stiles. Muh. hkeei<qu€j 



'- I 



mnakecuk — continued, 
eye. Abn. tw-jtijirfjSk, ma face; /f*-, sa 
face; ite-UftJu^kS, mon ifiI. Chip, tthkrzh 
ig, $kezh ig, eye. face. Menom. mai*h 
kay fhnick, eye; o«A iray *ha»jko^ I his ) 
face. Shawn, o $kr?jt a kv^e, \ hy i eye. 
Di'l. intJirhgink, \hia) face. Zeisb.] 

mnakOau, v. i. he lK>asti>, he speaks 
boastfully, Ps. 10, 3; suppos. 2d pers. 
km mdskowdan, thou who ( when thou) 
boasteth. Rom. 2, 23; pi. (part.) rug 
md^kdacheg, they who boast, boasters. 
Vbl. n. muskdaonk, muk-y boasting. 

mnakodtuk, n. the forehead, Lev. 13, 
42; nusk'y kusk-, mukodtuk, my, thy, 
his forehead. 

[Xarr. mfc&ttuck. Abn. meski\tegSfy 
front; 3d pers. «»i:-.] 

miLikon(?), n. a bone; pi. -twwA, Prov. 14, 
30; but usually in .*)d pers. tni«iY>n, ( his) 
bone, Job 2, 5; Ezek. 37, 7; pi. Judg. 
19, 29 ( vri»hkfm, iceithkeen, C. ). Cf. Askon, 
a horn; a$kdny a hide, undressed skin; 
mifhkdnonlupy skull. 

[Xarr. imskan. Chip, ok&n, his bone- 
Miami kaiv ne. Menom. oh konne.'] 

muakon-dntup. See mishkondntup. 

mnakoaantam, v. i. (1) he is boastful, 
P6. 34, 2. ( 2 ) he rejoices, exults, is very 
glad, Pb. 14, 7; imperat. -antfu(hy rejoice 
thou, Joel 2, 21; 3d pers. -arUajy let him 
rejoice, Pis. 48, 11. See muskdau. 

xnusoDtam, v. t. inan. he pierces (it) with 
an arrow, dart, or other sharp instni- 
ment; with remote an. obj. -tamauy be 
pierces (it) to (him), makes (it) pierce 
(him); suppos. masattamauut wusqun, 
'when a dart strikes through his liver*, 
Prov. 7, 23. The base or primary verb 
(musa>y it pierces) is not found in Eliot; 
moMonog (a nettle; moiaimocky R. W. ) 
i^ formed from it. 

muaquantam, v. i. [musqtiianlamy blood- 
minded] he is angry, Jonah, 4, 1; 2 
Sam. 13, 21; suppos. mitsquantogy if he 
be angry, when angry, Prov. 14, 17; im- 
perat. prohib. ahque musquarUashj be not 
angry, Eccl. 7, 9. Vbl. n. act. -tamaxmk; 
pass. -nUtuonkf anger. Bee*8qudntam, 

[Xarr. num-musquantumy I am angry. 
Abn. ne-mSakStrdamy je suis en colore, 
je suis fach^.] 

muaquanumau, v. t. an. he is angry at 
(him), Lev. 10, 16; imperat. prohib. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISfl DICTIONABY 



71 



musquanumau — continue<l. 
ahque musquanumj do not fret thyself, 
Ps. 37, 1, 7, 8; ahque mosquaniunehy do 
not be angry with me, 0. 

[Narr. kum-musquaihiam'Whf I am 
angry with you.] 

^musquash, the muskrat (Fiber zibethi- 
cus); muakquashj Josselyn's Voy. and 
N. E. Rar. 53; inusquasstiSj Smith's 
Desor. of N. E.; muskewashe, Morton's 
N. E. Canaan; ' civet scented musquash,^ 
Wood's N. E. Prospect. [wtw^i-o«/ww, 
red animal (?) or mcMkou (?).] 

[Abn. mSskSisaS. Del. damaacus, 
Zeisb.] 

musqu^eonk, msq-, vbl. n. [from 
causat. musquShh^aUy it makes him red, 
it reddens,] blood, Deut 12, 16, 23; 
Acts 17, 26; 28, 8; TKDsqh-, my blood; 
kcosqh-, thy blood; vmsq- or cd»^, his 
blood. Adj. and adv. musqueheongaiie, 
bloody. Cf. *ruepu4:k, 

[Narr. mishqu^ and n^epuck, the blood ; 
miaquinashf the veins. Chip. raWkwe^ 
blood; us kwai att6, (his) vein. Shawn. 
misk u^Cf blood; m^shks mah, vein. 
Menom. mainh kee, blood. Abn. mmg- 
iaghesS, il est tout couvert de sang. 
Bel. mhuk, blood, Zeisb. Gr. 104.] 

xnilflqiii, mXahqui, niBqiii, and -que, (it 
is) red, Ex. 15, 4; Josh. 24, 6; Esth. 1, 6; 
suppos. mosquagf moshquag, when it is 
red, Gen. 25, 30; Ex. 25, 4. In comp. 
words, musgu'y mgqu-; msquonagk, -akj 
red cloth or clothing, Matt. 27, 28, 31 
(see m&nak). With an. subj. (v. adj.) 
mtisquesuy (he is) red, Gren. 25, 25; Zeeh. 
1,8. 

[Narr. msqUi. Peq. mesKpiou [scar- 
let?] , Stiles. Abn. mkMghen i8, cela est 
rouge. Cree mithkw&Wy it is red; mUh- 
koOf blood. Chip, mvtquay misqmzt (an. ) ; 
radix, mUk, Sch. ii, 466. Shawn, mfshr 
wdJi we. Menom. mainh kiew. Del. 
machkeu, v. adj. red (it is), Zeisb.] 

musseet, n. a foot; pi. -tash. El. Gr. 10; 
nus-j kus-f wus-seetf my, thy, his foot; 
vmMeetoDoashf their feet, Josh. 3, 15 
{misseety a foot, C). 

[Narr. wusatte. Peq. kuzseety (thy) 
foot. Stiles.] 

musaegran, -Aon, n. the loins, Ezek. 23, 
15; Nah. 2, 10; nusseganohtogq-uty in my 
loins, Ps. 38, 7; (mis sekonohtogq, my 



muBsegan, -Aon — continued, 
reins, Prov. 23, 16); km-, in or from 
thy loins, Gen. 35, 11; wussSkanohiogqut 
(Dshoh, in the loins of his father, Heb. 
7, 10. 

muBsegen. See missegen, 

muBB^gon, v. impers. it hails; as n. hail, 
Ps. 148, 8; 78, 48; missegun, Rev. 16,21; 
suppos. missegogy Is. 32, 19. 

[Abn. sikSrdi, il gr^le. Chip, sess^- 
gaUy Bar. Cree shfsh^kun. Miami me 
ze kwav},'\ 

muBB^B. See um-misses-^h, 

muBBi, whole; suppos. (?) nuk-keteaonk 
ash mussity * my life is yet whole ' , 2 Sam. 
1, 9. (Not found elsewhere. The pri- 
mary meaning is ' great ' . See missi. ) 

mnsBin. See missin. 

muBBinum, miB-, muBsunnum, v. t. he 
touches (it) [he smooth-handles it; 
from mamy with the formative of verbs 
denoting action performed by the 
hand]; suppos. noh masunuky he who 
touches it. Lev. 15, 7, 12; Amos 9, 5; 
freq. mohmussunnum, he touches (it) 
often, he handles (it). Vbl. n. mussun- 
numworiky touching, touch (missinu- 
maxmky C). With an. obj. mussur 
nau {mis-)y he touches (him); suppos. 
noh masunonty he who touches him, 
Lev. 15, 11, 19; with inan. subj. missis- 
sin ('ishiny muS')y it touches, adjoins, 
reaches quite to; missishin kesukqut, 'it 
reached unto heaven', Dan. 4, 11; mis- 
sussin sussipponkomuky it reached to the 
wall of the house, 2 Chr. 3, 11, 12; mis- 
sishin kuhlamogy the ship touches, is 
aground, Acts 27, 41. 

muBsipp^g. See musmppeg. 

muBBipBk, n. the ankle; -kut, to the 
ankle, ankle deep, Ezek. 47, 3; 3d pers. 
imissupskony his ankle bone, Acts 3, 7. 
(Strictly the back and sides of the ankle 
joint; mttssi-poske-askony where the 
bones touch behind. So, Aim. "«e- 
dapsk^kSiy mon cou derri^re, metabskS- 
*k§ky le derri^re et les deux c6t^ du 
cou." Cf. missippuskunnicheg, wrist 
(the back of the wrist, C). 

muBBiBBe, adv. in public, publicly (?), 
Matt. 1, 19. Cf. mdmussey mussi. 

[Micm. m^shely tous; m^sheda, tons 
ensemble. Narr. missesUy adj. an. the 
whole. Abn. messiSiy mesetsatSi, tout 



Digitized by 



Google 



72 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BCLLETIN 25 



muBaiaflo continued. 

"entier. Del. messissUf whole; mejfiturhe' 

yeuj wholly, entire, Zeisb.] 
muBsissittGon, n. a lip (miwtMtom, C. ); 

pi. -nashy El. Gr. 10; 3d pere. vrnm*-, 

his lip, Prov. 12, 19; 17, 4. For miw- 

smi'muiiwn, it is close to the mouth. 
[Del. wBche ion, lip, Zeisb.] 
mussittipxik, n. a neck, Ps. 75, 5; Is. 30, 

28 {misdtteippeg, C); pi. -kanash, Judg. 

5, 30; hismUijniky thy neck, Cant. 7, 4; 

tn«-, his neck, 1 Sam. 4, 18; mussi-l- 

muhpeg {upp^ke, R. W.), joining the 

shouldere. 

[Narr. gUchipuck,"] 
]nu88ohquam[izi], miaaoh-, mua- 

aunk-, n. an ear of ripened com, Lev. 

2, 14; Mark 4, 28; pi. -munneaskj -mm- 

mash, Gen. 41, 5, 7; 2 K. 4, 42. From 

rmissco (dried), with the formative of 

verbs of growth, -quam; mustohquamin, 

it grows dry or ripens by growth. 
[Abn. memskSf 6pi de bl6.] 
muaaoDonk, miaacDunk, n. a dry tree, 

Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47. Cf. askunkq (a 

green tree); kishkunk. 

[Abn. mesSakS abdsi, arbre sec; aresk- 

iakS, arbre vert, qui ne pent briiler.] 
muaaoDpohteau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it 

becomes drj', *it withers*, Hag. 1, 4; 

suppos. -ohtag, when it dries or withers, 

Is, 27, 11. 
muaauhkallaU. See miskauau, 
muaauhkoma), xnia-, v. t. he goes on 

touching (it), Dan. 8, 5; with an. obj. 

-uhkauauy he reaches or goes on to touch 

(him), 2 Chr. 3, 11. 
[Abn. ne-mnmenemen, je le touche 

(tango).] 
muaaunkquamin. See mismnkquamin, 

a (full) ear of corn, 
muaaunnum. See mussinum. 
muaaupp^g, muaaipp^g, pi. -p^qaash, 

-p^gwashy n. tear, Lam. 2, 18; Mai. 2, 13; 

nu«-, mytears. Job 16, 20; Ps.6,6. Cf. 

missippano and -gippaeu. 

[Abn. meseblgSan; pi. -nar, larme; 

nSsseblgSani, j'en verse. Del. suppin- 

^uo/Z (pi.).] 
muawaU, v. t. an. he pierces or wounds 

(him) with an arrow or other missile, 

1 K. 22, 34; 2 Chr. 18, 33; and pass, he 

is hit or wounded, etc. 



moawatt — continued. 

[Abn. memriy vel mes8dans8, 11 est 
blessd d*une balle ou fi^he; mesSy il est 
blens^.] 

mutchalit, -oht, n. a sinew, Is. 48, 4; 
pi. -tashy Job 10, 11; 30, 17; Ezek. 37, 7; 
3d pers. tnUchoht. 

[Abn. Stsety nerf du corps, de Thomme 
ou des animaux. Del. wtscheet, sinew.] 

mutc]i&n,n. the nose, Is. 3,21; Prov. 30, 
33; the muzzle or snout of an animal, 
Prov. 11, 22; nxUch&nyhilchAn,wutch&ny 
nayi thy, his nose; ul wutcMn-ity into 
his nostrils, Gen. 2, 7. 

[Narr. wuchadn. Peq. kuchijage, 
(thy) nose, Stiles. Abn. ne-kitan, mon 
nez; mSsittany le mufie.] 

muttteg, -agk, n. a standard, a banner, 
Ps. 60, 4; Is. 59, 19; Jer. 4, 21; 60, 2; 
51, 12; pi. -nkinash. 

[Abn. meUSeghmy ^tendard.] 

mutUUoLOOO^, -anwo^, [they are very 
many], John 21, 6 (of 'the multitude 
of fishes'), Ezek. 47, 10; Nah. 3, 3; 
V. i. from nwU&e-y not used in the sing. 

mutt^, adv. exceedingly, very much, 

very; wwmegeny (it is) exceeding 

good. Num. 14, 7; mcochekey ex- 
ceeding much, 2 Sam. 8, 8; vninr 

netUy very beautiful, 2 Sam. 11, 2. 

muttinnunk, muttannong [n. coll. 
from muMeUy a very great number, a 
multitude, an. or inan.], a thousand; 
neqiU muUannunky one thousand, Num. 
31, 4. Adj. and adv. -ngane; pi. an. 
muUannongan-ogkustuogy TieqiO mutton- 
onglanel muUanonganogkussuogy a thou- 
sand thousand (persons), 1 Chr. 21, 5; 
pi. inan. -ogkodtaahy 1 Chr. 22, 14. (See 
-ogkodt'.) 

[Narr. n^quiUe miUdnnugy one thou- 
sand . Abn . rrUdrGy ten ; negStd amkSaki, 
one thousand.] 

muttaohke, muttaok, n. the world, 
Luke 16, 8; John 14, 27. For muUae 
ohkCy very much land. 

muttdaaah, met-, n. pi. [leggings], 
*ho8en', Dan. 3, 21; ^greaves', 1 Sam. 
17, 6; 'sandals', Mark 6, 9; muUasmsh, 
stockings, C. Cf. kaukdancuh. 

[Chip. metdSy l^ging; (Sag. ) ivee tah 
mm, (his) l^ging. Menom. nie ieesh 
shon, Shawn. miU a tdh. Miami (auh 
mma.l 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbvmbull] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAEY 



73 



muttaaonitch, n. the little finger; num- 

mat; my little finger, 1 K. 12, 10; 2 Chr. 

10, 10. For maUa'OSuh-nxUch (menut- 

cheg)y the last of the hand [no hand 

after (?); last (or least) of the hand (?).] 
muttdsons, n. the youngest son, Gen. 

42, 13; 2 Chr. 21, 17; 22, 1; -oh, Judg. 

9, 5. From mat-asuhf not after (?). See 

the Abnaki below. 

[Abn. ne-medesmnn^iy je suis le cadet 

de tons, ^posito quod nuUus alius sit.'] 
muttinnohkdu, muttinuhkdu, n. the 

right hand; nuUirmohk&Uf my right 

hand, Ps. 73, 23; vmt-f his ri^ht hand, 

Dan. 12, 7; {tinnirmhkde menitcheg, the 

right hand, C. ) 
xnuttinnuhkduneiyeue, adv. on the 

right hand, to the right, 2 Chr. 23, 10. 
[Narr. yd miiinnocky to the right! 

Abn. arenakaiSi, la main droite.] 
muttinwhunutch, n. a finger. See uml- 

tinwhunitch. 
xnuttoxnpeuk (?), -pek, n. the jaw; 3d 

pers. vmti&mpeuk, 'pek, his jaw, Jndg. 



muttompeuk (?), -pek— continued. 

15, 15, 16, 19. Adj. and adv. tciUomr 

pukone, Prov. 30, 14. 

[Del. ki warn pi caiif the jawbone, 
• Zeisb.] 
muttcon, n. the mouth, El. Gr. 10; nut-y 

hit', icuUam, my, thy, his mouth; pi. 

-nosh; 3d pi. imUtamtDivdash, their 

mouths, Ps. 78, 30; Heb. 11, 33. 
[Narr. wuUbne, (his) mouth. Peq. 
. kuUdneege, (thy) mouth, Stiles. Abn. 

ne-dSn, ma bouche; 8d8n, sa bouche. 

Chip, nindon, my mouth (Bar.). Del, 

wdoon, (his) mouth, Zeisb.] 
muttoimniiiwog, n. pi. the kidneys, Ex. 

29, 13; Lev. 3, 4; the reins, Jer. 17, 10; 

nid-, my reins, Ps. 26, 2. Cf. wunnus- 

KDog, testes. 
muttugk, muttixkki, n. the shoulders 

(upper part of the back); uinuUnkeef, 

on my shoulders. Job 31, 36; kuttugkit, 

on thy shoulders. Josh. 14, 5; wuUugkit, 

on his shoulders, Luke 15, 5 (vmltukit, 

Judg. 16, 3); niUikf a shoulder, C. 



N" 



na, demonstrative particle, there: na ut 
(and naiU)y thereat, therein, thereon, 
Is. 42, 11; Luke 13, 6; na vmtche, there- 
from, thence, hence, Ex. 11, 1; na 
ohteau, there is, Eccl. 6, 1; na wo, there 
was, 2 Sam. 2, 17; Gen. 1, 3. Cf. tie, 
nenan, noh, nan, ' 
[Del. ma, * there it is*, Zeisb.] 

xiabo, nab, a particle which, ''from 10 to 
20, they add before the numeral '' : nabo 
nequt, eleven; nabo neese, twelve, etc., 
El. Gr. p. 14 (nobo nis, twelve, Maas. 
Ps.). Cf. napanna and Chip, nabino- 
iawan, *he repeats his words'; nabaan, 
*he fastens it (or puts it) to the end of 
something,' Bar. [From n^epau (?).] 

[^SLrr.piuck-nab'naquUf eleven ;piucil"- 
nab-neesc, twelve. Peq. pitig-naubiU- 
nuquut, eleven, Stiles. Abn. -negSd- 
annk6/0, eleven; niB-ahnk&o, twelve. 

Chip, midasswi ashi b^ig, eleven ; 

ajihl ny, twelve. Bar. Cree mitcUat- 

pSyakoo-ddup, eleven; neeshoo-sdup, 

twelve, etc.] 

nabohteai, n. dry land, Hag. 2, 6. Cf. 
nunnobohtedou. 



nadtsuw^mpu, natt-, v. i. he looks (for 
the purpose of seeing some object, 
looks for or at an object; cf. nuhquainaly 
to direct the eye or look in that or 
this direction), 1 K. 18, 43; 19, 6 (nato- 
wompu); pi. -puog, they look, 2 Sam. 
22, 42. See toompu. With man. obj. 
nadiautoompadtam, he looks for (it); 
Buppos. 2d pi. nadtauwompadlamSg we- 
quai, while ye look for the lights Jer. 
13, 16. With an. obj. nadtautvompamau, 
he looks for or at (him). 

[Abn. nederahbaddmen; (with an. 
obj. ) -bdman, je le regarde.] 

nddteoh, n^teuh, as prep, since, Deut 

4, 32: ne kesukok, since that day 

when, 1 K. 8, 16; nadteoh padon, since 

when I came, Gen. 30, 30; kddshik 

muttaok, since the beginning of the 
world. Is. 64, 4 (naleah, lately, since, C. ). 
[Abn. ndigM, niaga, netn^ pour lors, 
lorsque.] 

nadtippaeu. See nehtippaeu. 

nadtuppo), natuppu, v. i. he feeds (as 
an animal, other than man): pigsog 
naiuppuog ut uoadchu-ut, swine feed upon 



Digitized by 



Google 



74 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



nadtuppo), natuppu — continued, 
the mountain, Luke 8, 32; ke-netassu- 
mog pish nadttippcoog^ thy cattle shall 
feed, Is. 30, 23; with inan. obj. nadhip- 
poowarUam, he feeds on (it), Jer. 50, 19; 
with an. obj. ymdiuppcowaUy -pwau, he 
prepares food (?) for or feeds (?) him; 
imperat. 2d -{- 3d sing, nadtupweh, * dress 
him meat', 2 Sam. 13, 7; cf. v. 5, umn- 
neliteauitch meeUnionk, let her dress the 
meat [food]. See -uppw, determinative 
generic of verbs of feeding. 

[Narr. natuptvockf (animals) feed.] 

na^tau, v. t. ^causat. inan. from nd-uniy 
he sees (?)], he appears, shows himself 
to (him): monchu na^htaudnat (infin.), 
he went to show himself to, 1 K. 18, 2; 
pret. naeJiktompy he appeared to, 2 Chr. 
3, 1; with affixes: ke-naeihtunkw^ I ap- 
pear to you. Lev. 9, 4. Cf. nahHnaUy he 
shows (it) to; nahiustni. 

nag, suppos. of n&-um, he sees, when he 
sees (it). 

nag. See neg^ they. 

nagont, nagunt (?), n. sand, Heb. 11, 12; 
1 K. 4, 20; nagurUu, -atUUf in or on the 
sand, Deut. 33, 19; Matt. 7, 26. See 
kehiohhann6muky 'sand of the sea' {keh- 
tahhannomuhkf Mass. Ps.), Ps. 78, 27. 

[Abn. nigakSf sable. Del. le kaUy 
Zeisb.] 

nagum, pron. 3d sing. an. he, El. Gr. 7 
( = nohf q. v.); pl. nagoh (=nahoh)j 
they. 

[Narr. naikgom, his own. Del. neka 
or nekamaj he, Zeisb. Gr.] 

nagwuttede, adv. continually, all the 
time, always. Job 7, 16; 27, 10; Prov. 17, 
17; 19, 13. 

[Abn. nekSieruXy quelques jours ensuite 
(in postenim).] 

nagwuttelieyeuoDOnk, vbl. n. continu- 
ance, * perseverance', Eph. 6, 18. 

nagwutteohteau \na^gwtJCUAe.'Ohleau],\. i. 
it continues to be, it is continual, 
1 Sam. 13, 14. 

nahen, adv. almost, £1. Gr. 21; Judg. 
19, 9; nearly, nigh to, Phil. 2, 27, 30: 
nen nahen nun-nupf * 1 am at the point 
to die', Gen. 25, 33; Tiahen nuppWj 'he 
is at the point of death', Mark 5, 23. 
Cf. rui'i; nana, 
[Narr. iieenk (of a dying man), *he is 



nahen — continued . 
drawing on.' Abn. n^hhd, t6t, bien- 
t6t. Cree wi-e^, 'exactly.'] 

nahnagkide. See nohnagkiAe. 

^nalinafyeumooadt ( ? ) , a horse, C. See 
nayeumuk; nayeutam. 

nahnaahatt (freq. of nashau)y v. i. he 
breathes; 3d pers. infinit. umnnahnash- 
mat, to breathe. Josh. 11, 11; -dneaty 
V. 14; suppos. nanashorU {iiahnashmUy 
Deut. 20, 16) and nanashonity when he 
breathes; pl. (part. ) neg nanashonilchegy 
they who breathe, Josh. 10, 40 (tien 
nunnds8ham, 1 breathe, C). See 
nashaiionk, 

*nahog, they, them; ut nahogy to them, 
C.,=nahohy El. Cf. noh. 

nahohtdeu [=ne hohtdeu, the next in 

order], adv. secondly. El. Gr. 21: 

ompdsiky the second row, Ex. 28, 18; 
afterwards (i. e. next after), Deut 1, 8; 
Luke 23, 26. See hohideu, 

nahdnnushagk. See nohnushagky * fare- 
well.' 

[Note.— Deflnlllon not completed.] 

nahoMik, a 'pinnacle', Matt. 4,5; Luke 
4, 9; suppos. from a verb form ndi-ussu 
(inan. subj. -usseu), he makes pointed 
or tapering; ne nahamky that which is 
made pointed. See ndu 

nahtinaU, noht-, v. t. inan. and an. he 
shows (it) to (him); he makes (it) 
appear to (him), Esth. 4, 8 (infin.): 
kenahtinushy I will show to you, Judg. 4, 
22; howannahtinukqueogy yfho "Will show 
(it) to us? Ps. 4, 6; suppos. nohtinorU, 
Judg. 1, 25. Cf. naShtau; namefUau. 

nahtuBsu, v. t he shows, makes appar- 
ent {-ussu, performs the act of show- 
ing); imperat. no/i^ show thou (it), 
Ezek. 43, 10; with affix, nahtusseh kum- 
mayashy show me thy ways, Ps. 25, 4 
{nahtuJUeh keeky show me your house, 
C). 

nti, V. i. it makes a point or angle, it is 
angled or angular: yaue n&iy it is four- 
angled, square, Ezek. 45, 2; ut yaue naeSy 
on the four comers, ibid. ; suppos. nalagy 
naiyagy when it makes an angle; as n. 
a comer, an angle: yaxie naiyag welUj 
the four comers of the house (lit. where 
the house four-corners), Job 1, 19, 
= yawve n&yag, Ex. 27, 2, and yaue nah 
nayag (freq. all the comers). Acts 11,5. 
See nasfiin. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIGK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



75 



naihaue, nauw^, adv. in the middle, 
Cant. 3, 10. See ndeii. 

^hiiim (Narr.), by and by; (suppos.) 
ndmiich, R. W. 

naicomaU. See ndyeumau. 

naicomuk. See ixayeumxik, [when he is 
carried,] when he rides. 

naj, 3d pers. sing, imperat. of nano^ it is 
the same, it is so. See nan. 

naxneh^ati, naznli^ati, v. t. an. he finds 
(him), discovers (him) [makes him 
visible; causat. an. form from naii, he 
sees him; cf. nahtinaxiy na^htau]'. ne- 
namhehy ne-namehhehy I find him (-nam- 
mehy Hos. 9, 10) ; kenamhehy thou findest 
me; ke-namhesh, I find thee, 1 K. 21,20; 
suppos. nameheontj when he finds, he 
finding, Prov. 18, 22; negat. nen matta 
namhedhj I did not find him, 2 Cor. 2, 
13; with inan. obj. namehleau, he finds 
(it), Prov. 18, 22; 17, 20; suppos. na- 
mehteujik, Luke 15, 9 {nun-ndmeehteOy I 
find, C). 

[Abn. ne-namttlSn; (an. obj.) ne-na- 
mihafiy je d^couvre, je vols; ne-namihSej 
je vois.] 

namohkaeihheatt, v. t. [causat. form of 
namohkau]f he lends to (him); 'kamh- 
huau, Ps. 112, 5; -kohheau, Prov. 19, 
17; imperat. 2d pi. nainohkaeihuugky 
lend ye, Luke 6, 36; namakouhe (?), 
lend it to me, Luke 11, 5. See nogkoh- 
kdeihhuundt. 

[Abn. ne^emekaSihan, je lui pr^te; 
imperat. nemekaSi or kaSihi. ] 

namohkaU, v. t. he borrows (from or of 
another) ; imperat. -kaushy borrow, 2 K. 
4, 3; suppos. ndmohkaudnontf when he 
borrows, Ex. 22, 14. Cf. nogkohkouundt. 

namohs, n. a fish (ndmdSy C. ) ; pi. -sogy 
El. Gr. 9, Matt. 17, 27; Ex. 7, 18, 21; 
dimin. namohshneSy pi. -mesogy Matt. 15, 
34. [The first letter does not belong to 
the root, but represents the determina- 
tive particle. It is not found in com- 
pound words (see -dmag). The base is 
the same as in aum; trans, aum-auy he 
fishes. In the Old Algonkin and in 
some modem dialects the determinative 
prefix is given to the sturgeon as the fish 
par excellence. The final s represents 
the an. adj. form -e«t, or what is equiv- 
alent to it, odasy animal, animate being. ] 
[Narr. nammauvsy pi. -mck, Abn. 



namohs — continued. 
namhy pi. -sak. Old Alg. hicons (na- 
mahiy sturgeon). Chip, ke^go (nam aVy 
naugkmayy sturgeon). Menom. nah- 
maish (nahmawCy sturgeon). Del. na 
meesy pi. -sak. Powh. noughmasSy J. 
Smith. Micm. nemeshy Maillard.] 

namxKDham, v. i. he answers, replies: 

kah narwaUy he answered and said. 

Job 15, 1; 16, 1; with an. obj. -hamauy 
he answers (him). Gen. 41, 16. Vbl. 
n. -hamdonky an answer. Gen. 41, 16; 
2 Sam. 24, 13. From nompe, in turn, 
reciprocally. 

namshpeyau, v. i. 'he sojourns' [visits, 
remains for a time (?)], Gen. 20, 1. Cf. 
enneapeyau. 

nan, a particle denoting likeness or 
identity, the same as, or such as: noh 
nany the same person, Heb. 13, 8; Ps. 
102, 27; 716 nauy the same thing, Dan. 
5, 5; John 4, 53 (nenany nnihy nont nety 
'the same', C); ne nan qussuky that 
same stone. Matt. 21, 42; pi. inan. 
nanoashy such (things), James 3, 10; 
with verb subst. ne nano, it is the same, 
it is so: 720^ nano {nnoh)y he is the same 
or such; matta ne nanoy it is not so. Acts 
10, 14; yeush matta took nanoashy these 
things ought not to be so, James 3, 10; 
imperat. 3d sing, ne najy let it be so, 
'even so', Matt. 11, 26; Luke 11, 2; 
Rev. 22, 20; ahque ne najy 'not so', 
Acts 11, 8; suppos. ne nagy if it be so, 
Dan. 3, 17; matta nana>gy if it be not 
so, V. 18. Cf. Aunagy neancy nnih. [All 
these have the same base, and it is im- 
possible to distinguish always the forms 
of each under Eliot's varying notation.] 
[Narr. mat endno, mat edno, it is not 
true.] 

nanadnont, pi. (neg) nanadnoncheg; sup- 
pos. of nanavnirnnaUf they who rule, 
rulers, Ex. 18, 21; Is. 52, 5. 

nanadnum. See nanawunnumy he bears 
rule, he rules over (it). 

nanabpi, -peu, ( it is ) dry. See nunobpe, 

^anagkoDOnk, vbl. n. 'snorting', C. 

nanahkineg, (as n.) a sieve. Is. 30, 28. 
See nmhhik; nunnohkinnum. 

nana[h]konchi7eu-ut, in a narrow 
way (passage), Num. 22, 26; in a strait 
(place). Job 36, 16: mo adt nanakon' 
chana>gy 'where there is no straitneee', 



Digitized by 



Google 



76 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



nana[h] konchiyeu-ut — continueil. 
ibid.; [nun-^nanohkontap, I am in a 
strait (betwixt two), 1 Phil. 1, 23. 

nanamunnum qiinuhtug, he bran- 
dishes ('shakes') a spear, Job 41, 29. 

nanaseu, adv. one by one, Mark 14, 19; 
Is. 27, 12; nan&se, John 8, 9. Freq. 
from nussuy nusseu, alone. 

nanashont, suppos. of nahnashauy he 
breathes. 

nanashwu, v. i. he prepares, makes 
ready; imperat. 2d sing, 'ivish, prepare 
thyself, be ready, Jer. 46, 14. With 
an. obj. naavtshweau, he prepares or 
makes (him) ready; wnth inan. obj. 
nanashwetamj he makes (it) ready; sup- 
pos. nanashwetogy when he prepares 
(it), Prov. 8, 27; with inan. obj. and 
an. ending, -wetamau anoetuonk^ he pre- 
pares a habitation for (him), Ex. 15, 2. 

nanashwuxmuin, v. t. he prepares (it); 
nunnana»livmnnumy I prepare it. Matt. 
22, 4. (With formative of verbs de- 
noting action of the hand. ) 

nanaunuxn. See nanmmtnnum. 

^nftnftw^teou, he keeps [safely, makes 
safe] ; nun-ndnaueehtoo, I keep, C. See 
nannotve, nandtcetea, 

nanawunnuxn, -a^nuxn, -annum, v. t. 
[primarily to keep safely,] he rules over, 
governs (it), Dan. 4, 17; 5, 21: ke-narMu- 
num, thou rulest (it), Ps. 89, 9. With 
an. obj. nanawunriau, -dunnaUf he rules 
over or governs (him), Ps. 59, 13; Rom. 
7, 1 : pish ke-nanauwunuk, he shall rule 
over thee, Gen. 3, 16; suppos. ?iana- 
wunonty nariadnont, he who rules; pi. 
-onchegj they who bear rule, rulers, Ex. 
18, 21; Is. 52, 5 (rmnamui^heg, magis- 
trates, rulers; title-page of Indian Laws). 
N. agent, nanuwunnuaerif nananuivahij 
vananuaSn, a ruler. Num. 13, 2; Ex. 22, 
28; Jer. 51, 46; *a nobleman', John 4, 
46, ^mushdshketompy Mass. Ps. {nan- 
auonnudnat, to rule or govern; ndnd- 
wanumeehy keep thou me, C). 

[Narr. neen nanojcwunnemurij I over- 
see, I look to or keep; naunduivhearU 
(and nanouivi'tea) y a keeper or nurse, an 
overseer and orderer (of their worship), 
R.AV. 52, 112.] 

nanepaushadt, -pduzshad, n. the 
moon, Gen. 33, 14; 37, 9; Josh. 10, 12, 
13; nepdiizshady Ps. 148, 3. Cf. nep&uAy 
the sun; also a (lunar) month. 



nanepaushadt, -pduzshad — continued. 
[Narr. naneimushat, the moon, the 
moon god (and mimndyinockj a name of 
both the sun and the moon). Abn. 
kizSs (le soleil ou) la lune; nibankizSSy 
la lune (nihah-kizSs, nibahiSi, de nuit; 
ne-nibahsSy * je marche de nuit* ). Chip. 
keezis (Sag.), ge^zis (St Marys), (gisiss, 
Bar.), sun; te be ke «w, diy ik ge^ zis 
(night sun), moon, Sch. Del. ni pa 
hum J the moon; nipahwij by night; ni- 
pawoochueriy to go, to travel, by night, 
Zeisb.] 

nannahkixinuxn. See nunnohkinnum, 

nannowe, nanouwe, adv. freely, Matt 
10, 8; Rev. 21, 6; safely; nanomyeue, 
in safety, Lev. 25, 19 (nanamvey free; 
-auiviyeuey safely, C. ) ; nannoiv€y volun- 
tary, of free will, Dfeut. 16, 10. 

nannxikshon^t. See nunnukkiishondt. 

nanzLumit, n. the north wind. Cant. 4, 16. 
[Narr. nanummalin and 8unnddin.'\ 

nanzLununiyeu, -mau, adv. at the north, 
northward, Gen. 13, 14; Is. 14, 31, 
wiUch nannummaUy from the north, Ps. 
107, 3. 

[Del. lotvaneUf v. adj. northerly, 
Zeisb. Gr. 164; to wan a chen, north wind, 
Zeisb. Voc. 44.] 

nand, (it increases) more and more, in- 
creasingly; used as an adverb of com- 
parison: nano missiy it increases (be- 
comes more and more great), Job 10, 
16; nano mmnatashj they {inaxi.) increase 
in number, are more, many, Ezra 9, 6; 
nano nKiantam, he is more and more 
wise, increases in wisdom, Luke 2, 52 
{ndndy moreover, C ) ; nanomwonkquaeu 
7iano nunkquaash, * heaps upon heaps', 
Judg. 15, 16. 

*nan6ckquttin (Narr.), the southeast 
wind, R. W. Cf. nunnukquodtiU. 

nanohkinum, v. t. he seethes (i t ) , boils (? ) 
it; imperat. and suppos. nanohkinu- 
mcok ioh woh yeu n&nohkimunugy 'seethe 
ye that ye will seethe*, Ex. 16, 23. 

nandmonkquodtau, v. t. (freq.) he con- 
tinues to heap up, he piles (it) up. Job 
27, 16. See nomunkgudg; numwonk" 
quau. 

^nanompaniBSuonk, vbl. n. idleness, C. 
See the following: 

nanopassumall, he supplicates of, en- 
treats (him). See nanumpassumau, 

nanouwe. See nannowe. 



Digitized by 



Google 



lEUMBULL] 



NATICK--ENGL1SH DICTIONARY 



77 



^nan^w^tea, nan^u- ( Narr. ) , a nurse or 
keeper, an overseer and orderer (of 
their worship). For nanawehteauy he 
oversees or directs. See nanmtmnnum. 

*nan6wii88u (Narr.), vbl. adj. an. it is 
lean. See Orunmm^gvi. 

^nanpeh, very (used in the comparison 
of adjectives): nanpeh peissimi, (he is) 
very small; nanpehne, * mostly*; nan- 
pehyeuy * especially*, C. 

[Cree Tidspich, very, Howse.] 

nftnxikquok, when there is danger; sup- 
pos. of 7iunnukquodi. 

nanxikqiiBhont, suppos. of nunnuk- 
qushauj he trembles. See nunnukkush- 
ondt. 

nnnnmj ^^^tum m tM , nanop-, V. t. an. he 
. entreats, supplicates (him) : nan-nanum- 
pa99um, I pray [supplicate] (him), 
John 14, 16; ^cunnwche nanopamm&uhf 
they began to entreat him, Mark 5, 17 
(ken-nanndmpasmmushy I pray or en- 
treat you, C). 

naniinkqussu, nanunkqsu, v. adj. an. 
he is palsied, Matt. 8, 6; Mark 2, 3; 
suppos. n&nonkusffU, v. 4; suppos. part. 
-hamnitche, v. 10. Cf. imnnukkushtmdiy 
to tremble. 

nanwe, adv. and adj. common [from 
nan, the same, such as], general, usual, 
normal; hence native or indigenous, 
as opposed to pen&we, strange, foreign, 
of another kind: nanice mmhininnuogf 

common people, Mark 12, 37; pe- 

tukqunegy common bread; ttmt- 

Episdeiim Jude, the general Epistle of 
Jude (nanwe xcoBketomp, any man, C). 
See nnih; nnin, 

[Del. lenniy original (?), common; 
lenni m'biy pure water; len-<ichpoan, 
common bread; lenachsinncdl, common 
stones, Hkw.; levee ^ common, ** applied 
to such objects of nature or of art a£ are 
of common occurrence**; Unet augh- 
kweeyuny "common cloth, such as the 
Indians ordinarily use,** Cass in N. A. 
Review, No. 50, p. 68. Abn. areni; 
areni SdamaTiy du petun [tabac] com- 
mun du pays; ned-aren-andsij je parle 
Abnaqui; arenranpe [=Del. lenrdpH], 
homo (i^hi-anpi, vir). Mic. Ir^, man. 
The Iroquois equivalent is onS^^ e. g. 
**<mk8S (m8iy sauvage, homme vrai.**] 



nanwetu, v. adj. (he is common-bom,) 
a bastard, Deut. 23, 2; Zech. 9, 6 (nan- 
iretue, C. ). From nanwe, with the form- 
ative -etu of verbs of production and 
growth. 

nanwiyeu, v. 1. he wanders about (has 
no specified place), strays; pi. -yeuog, 
they wander ( * through all the moun- 
tains*, Ezek. 34, 6). With sh of invol- 
untary action or mischance, nanwus- 
shau, *he wanders, i. e. is lost*, C. 

nanwunnoodsquaaU, -squauwau, v. i. 
she is a harlot, a common (nantoe) 
woman. Vbl. n. -squautonk, harlotry, 
fornication, Acts 15, 20; 21, 25; Matt 
5, 32. N. agent, -squauwaen, Deut. 24, 
17. See na>d8qua6nat. 

nanwunnoMiflquaausu, -squaudsu, v. 
adj. an. she is a harlot, practices har- 
lotry. N. agent. -«x«i, Lev. 21 , 14; Prov. 
23, 27; Is. 57, 3. 

nftoDeukomunneat. See ndcMukomun- 
neat, 

^nftpi^y until, C. Qeepajeh. 

napazina, num. five; tahshe is to be 
added unless nabo or nab is prefixed, 
El. Gr. 14: napanna tahshe; pi. an. 

tahsuog,tohmog; pi. inan. toh- 

8ua8h or tahshinash, Nabo napanna^ fif- 
teen ; iahMkqtMmef for fifteen 

days. Gal. 1, 18.^ 

[Narr. napdnna. Peq. nuppau, Stiles. 
This is Chip, nabaniy 'one side*, i. e. 
one hand; nabanidasse, 'he has one leg- 
ging on*; nabanSnindjiy 'he has only 
one hand*, Bar.; nabaninindjy 'the 
other hand.*] 

^hoapeh, 'if you dare,' C. 

napehnont, "adv. of wishing"; *0, that 
it were*: uHnam, 'I wish it were', El. 
Gr. 21, 34; Deut 28, 67. It serves as 
an affix in all numbers and persons of 
verbs in what Eliot calls the optative 
mood. 

*nftppi7eue, adv. narrowly, C. 

napwGoachegr, suppos. pi. part of nup- 
w6au. See nupwo&<mk. 

naahauanit, the spirit of God (manit). 
Matt 4, 1; cf. maUanity the de\'il, same 
verse. [Oftener with adj. "Holy" 
prefixed or "God** added(?)]. See 
-anit. 

nashaue, prep, between, Dan. 8, 5; Mic. 
7, 14; in the middle, Jer. 39, 3; 



Digitized by 



Google 



78 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



naahaue — continued. 
mayashy between the ways, 1 Sam. 14, 4; 
nanashaue nenatvun kah ierij between us 
and you, Luke 16, 25; nanohkoyUap na- 
8haue neeninashf I am in a strait betwixt 
two, Phil. 1, 23; ne penoivomdi nashawe 
ummiUamwussin kah penomp, there is a 
difference between a wife and a virgin, 
1 Cor. 7, 34; nashaue ken kah nagum, 
between thee and him. Matt. 18, 15; 
Cf. ndeuy in the middle, and nishwe or 
nashwey third. To the latter (nxuhwe) 
nashaue is nearly related, as are both 
these to neese^ two. 

[Chip, ndsmvmiy between. Bar.; ne- 
sahiiahyeey J. (Cf. Del. lechauwaak, a 
fork; lecheimny breadth.)-] 

nashationk, vbl. n. [from TiashaUy freq. 
nahnashau (q. v.), he breathes]: (1) a 
breathing, breath. Gen. 2, 7; Ezek.37, 
9, 10; nashaonky Job 4, 9; nushdonky J oh 
41, 21. (2) the spirit of man, Prov. 18, 
14; 1 Thess. 5, 23; a disembodied spirit, 
1 K. 22, 21; 2 Chr. 18, 20; Job 4, 15. 
[Abn. ne-n^ssSy je respire.] 

nashin, [v. i. it is between or contained,] 
it makes an angle or corner: yauut 
nashiriy it is 'four-square', Rev. 21, 16, 
= yauut namny Essek. 43, 16, = yauut 
nashinity v. 17; suppos. natihiky where it 
makes a comer; as n. a comer or in- 
cluded angle: adt nathiky at the comer, 
Mark 12, 10, ^adnahshxky Ps. 118, 21; 
Acts 4, 11; yauut naahik ohkey in the 
four comers of the earth, Ezek. 7, 2. 
Adv. and adj. tiashiuney of or at a cor- 
ner: qussuky comer-stone. Job 38, 6; 

squorUaniy comer gate, Jer. 31, 38. 

Cf . ndu 

nashomuk, suppos. pass, of nushau, he 
kills. Seenushdnal., 

nashpe, prep, by means of, by, with (an 
inan. agent, instrament, etc.), Ps. 78, 
26; 1 Chr. 12, 33-37; Eccl. 2, 1. 

[Quir. «pe. Pier. Del. nachpiy Zeisb.] 

nashqun^iun, v. t. (with na>tau) he 
kindles (a fire). Lam. 4, 11: nunnashq- 
undnum ruDieau, I kindle a fire, Jer. 21, 
14; 43, 12; 49, 27; suppos. noh nashqun- 
ndnugy he who kindles (a fire), Ex. 22, 6. 

nashquneau, v. i. it bums: nwtau nosh- 
quneauy a fire bums, * is kindled ', Deut 
32, 22; Jer. 15, 14. Adv. -undey burn- 
ing: nashqunde noataUy buming fire. 



nashquneau — continued. 

Dan. 7, 9; mohkossaashy buming 

coals, Ps. 140, 10; missediuogy red- 
hot iron, Indian Laws, i. 

nashqussuxii, v. t. he lights (a lamp, 
candle, torch, etc.), he sets it on fire 
(kindles a fire, Jer. 17, 27) ; pret. -umup 
lamps-ashy he lighted the lamps, Ex. 
8, 3; suppos. nashqussuk weguananteg, 
when he lights a candle, Luke 8, 16. 

nashqutteau, v. i. it bums, it is bum- 
ing: namwnde nashquUeaUy it bums 
with a flame, 'a flame bumeth*, Joel 
2, 3; suppos. ne nashquUagy that which 
bums, fire: onaiuh wuttuhq en nashqut- 
tagy 'as wood to fire ', Prov. 26, 21. 

Of all these forms the base is the 
name of fire which Williams writes 
sqtUtay but which is not used separately 
as a substantive by Eliot. Of the three 
names for fire which appear to have 
been most frequently used, na)tau or 
ruDteau was apparently restricted to tire 
kindled for domestic use or for the 
service of man; chikoht (Narr. rhlckot), 
from chekey fierce, violent, to fire as a 
power or in action; and nashqutta {sqiit- 
tay R. W. ) as nearly equivalent to our 
characterization of "the devouring ele- 
ment," or fire as an enemy. Cf. nosh- 
quUin, 

[Narr. a^iitta, fire. Abn. skitaiy feu; 
skStaSiOy il y en a. — Rasles.] 

nashquttin, [v. i. there is] a destractive 
tempest, a violent storm. Is. 28, 2; 29, 6; 
suppos. ruu(hquity Job 27, 21 (jiashquit- 
tiriy a northerly storm or a tempest, C. ). 

naawaeu, -wayeu, v. i. it is scattered; 
adv. rmsw&ey -uuyeue, Is. 18, 2, 7; Jer. 
50, 17. [?] See seahham. 

natauwompu. See nadtauwdmpUy he 
looks. 

natinnealiteau, natinahteau, v. i. he 
seeks, makes search; pi. -^og, they 
sought, 2 K. 2, 17. Vbl. n. -Uaonk, 
search, Ezra 4, 19. 

natinneham, v. t he seeks (it), Prov. 
14, 6;. 18, 1; Job 39, 29; pi. -hamwogy 
they seek (it), Heb. 11, 14; imperat. 2d 
pi. -hamwky seek ye. Matt 7, 7; suppos. 
noh natinnohhog, he who seeks. Matt. 
7, 8; with an. obj. natinneawhauy he 
seeks (him), 2 Chr. 26, 5; -whooiiy Rom. 
3, 12; with affixes, wun-natinneahivh-oh, 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



79 



natinneham — continued . 
he seeks (him), Matt 18, 12; suppos. 

# noh natinnewhonty he who seeks (him), 
Lam, 3, 25. 

[Narr. natlnnehaSf search (thou); tea- 
qiia kun-ndiinnej what do you look for?] 

natippaeu. See nehtippaeii, 

natcDtomaU, v. t. an. he questions (him), 
asks (him) a question; (naicotamauau) 
Matt. 16, 13; -mauoh, Matt. 22, 35; 
with the characteristic {-hk) of con- 
tinue<i action, natcotomuhkau, he makes 
inquiries, goes on asking questions (of 
him); infinit. -konaty to inquire, Ezra 
7, 14. 

[Narr. kun-natdtemi, do you ask me? 
n^natotemdckauriy I will ask the way. 
Cree tintow-ethemayoo, he looks for, 
seeks ( him) ; untow-^hetum, he seeks it.] 

natcDtomuliteaonk, vbl. n. (from -uh- 
teauy V. i. he asks) a question, Mark 11, 
29; 12, 34 {naitwtumwehteaonk, C). 

nattauw6mpu. See nadkmwdmpu. 

^attoohqus (Mass. Ps. ), a wolf, John 10, 
12 {natta>qu8sU'0gf wolves, C); ontoquos, 
a wolf, Wood. 

[Narr. natdgus, wolf; moaU6quSf a 
black wolf, R.W.] 

natuppu. See nadtuppwj he feeds. 

natwontaxn, v. i. and t. inan. he consid- 
ers, meditates, devises, Ps. 36, 4: nun-nat- 
icorUam, I meditate, Ps. 119, 15; I de- 
vise, Mic. 2, 3; imperat. 2d sing, -ontash 
nun-naJtworUamotconk (vbl. n.), * con- 
sider my meditation', Ps. 5, 1. 

xi£-um, v. i. he sees, Job 28, 24; Matt. 12, 
22; and t. inan. he sees (it). Job 34, 21: , 
nunnaumy I see, Jer. 1, 11; John 9, 25; 
suppos. nagy when he sees (it). Gen. 
42, 1:3 6 (naiky Matt. 21, 19); imperat. 
2d sing nauky naushy ndsh; pi. naum- 
wky see, behold. Vbl. n. n&umcDonk, 
sight, Deut. 28, 67; Luke 4, 18. With 
an. obj. ndauy nauaUy he sees (him), 
Gen. 42, 7; John 1, 29; imperat. 2d pi. 
n6ky Is. 42, 1 ; suppos. nauonty when he 
sees (him), 2 K. 4, 25; with affixes, ke- 
nd-ehy thou seest me, Gen. 16, 13; noh 
naiit, he who seeth me, John 12, 45; 
14, 9. Cf. nogqae, wompa. 

[Abn. ne-namihiiy je vois. Del. ne 
meny to see, Zeisb.] 

naumatttonk, vbl. n. a law, Deut. 1, 5. 
pi. 'Ongashy Ex. 16, 8. C'- ncowaonky 
wussiUumundt. 



-nauxnon (not found without the pro- 
nom. prefix), son. See wunnauinonvh, 

^natint (Narr.), alone, only. See nonL 

natlt [na w/], adv. of place, El. Gr. 21; 
therein, thereon, thereat, Is. 42, 11: na 
ut ahqmmpagy at that time, Dan. 3, 8; 
luih uiy thereon, Luke 13, 6. 

nauusiikomunzieat. See ndamtkomun- 
neat. 

nauw^. See naihaue. 

nauwaehtamuneaU, v. t. inan. he bows 
down to (it); infin. 2d pi. Lev. 26, 1. 

nauwaeti, v. i. (1) he bends down, bows, 
stoops, Judg. 5, 27. (2) he worships, 
Ex. 34, 8; pi. -atogy they w^orship, Ex. • 
4, 31; they bow down, Is. 46, 2; im- 
perat. 2d pi. nauwuegky worship ye, Ex. 
24, 1. Adv. ndmvd€y Gen. 49, 15. 

nauwakompati, v. i. he stands stooping 
or bowed down; suppos. -pauity w^hen 
he stoops, Luke 24, 12. 

[Del. nauwaquepiny to hang the head 
down, Zeisb.] 

nauwanuxn, v. t. he bends or bows down 
(his person, head, face, etc.), Ex. 34, 8; 
pi. 'umuvgy Ex. 4, 31; Luke 24, 5; pret. 
nauwanumdmp Judah, I have bent Ju- 
dah, Zech. 9, 13. 

nauwdsu, -seu, v. i. act. he performs 
the act of bowing or stooping, he bows 
or stoops, Is. 46, 1; John 20, 11; suppos. 
fiddusity when he stoops, John 20, 5. 

naiiwot, nauwut. See ndadt, 

nawhutche [na vnUch^y therefrom or 
there out of], some of, a part of, El. 

Gr. 8; Is. 44, 16, 17: kemkodtash, 

some days, Dan. 8, 27. 

''biawwftuwquaw (Narr.), afternoon. 
From nauvxieuy he goes down, stoops. 

n^yeuxnaU, naicoxnaU, v. t. an. he bears 
or carries (on his back or shoulders) an 
an. obj.; infin. 3d sing, wu-ndyeu- 
m6nat yokoh (an.), to bear the yoke. 
Lam. 3, 27. 

nayeuxnuk, naicDinuk, which has the 
form of the suppos. pass, participle, 
'when he is carried or borne' (on the 
shoulders of another), is used by Eliot 
for the indicative v. t. he rides upon: 
nayeumuk as9-ohy she rode upon an ass, 

1 Sam. 25, 42; cheruhy on a 

cherub, 2 Sam. 22, 11 { = nayeumugky 
Ps. 18, 10); pi. -ukquogy they rode 
upon (camels). Gen. 24, 61; suppos. 
part. pi. neg naoomukqutchegy they who 



Digitized by 



Google 



80 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



nayeumuk, naiannuk — continued, 
ride upon (assies), Judg. 10, 4; horsman- 
og nayeumukqutcheg horsett-ohj 'horse- 
men [when] riding upon horses', 
Ezek. 23, 6; sing, noh nammukqut horaes- 
ohy he who rides horses, Amos 2, 15 
{\v&[iCQ nahnaiyeiimooadt^ *a horse or a 
creature that carries', C). 

[Narr. kun-niish, I will carry you (on 
my back); nayivayoHmewot, a horse; 
u*unnia naijnayodmexrotj he rides on 
horseback. Abn. ne-nah^mah, je le 
porte sur mes ^paules; 3d sing. Snah^- 
man; ahassSj cheval; iie-ndhSmSkS 
ahassSf j ' y vais ; -nSih^man ou ne-tianhS' 
mariy je charge T enfant, je le porte (sur 
le dos). Del. 7iech na yun gees, a horse; 
na yu mau, he is carried; na yu muk, he 
carries me; na yun dam, he carries a 
load, Zeisb.] 

nayeutam, y. t. he bears or carries (it) 
on his x)er8on (on his breastplate, Ex. 
28, 29): pish nayeutam ameanun, he 
shall bear his own burden, Gral. 6, 5; 
suppos. part. pi. nayeiUogig, they who 
bear [are * laden with']. Is. 1, 4. [From 
namoaeu, nauwaehtam, he bends or 
stoops to it (?).] 

[Narr. nidytash, take it on your back; 
nidutamwock, 'they are loden' , i. e. carry 
burdens.] 

ne, demonstrative and directive particle 
or pron. inan. (El. Gr. 7) this, that; 
pi. nish, these, those: ne teag, this thing. 

ne adt, thereat, at that place, Ezek. 6, 13. 

neane, neyane (1) Ine ttnne, like this, of 
this kind, such as this], so, such, in the 
same manner as, as. El. Gr. 22; Luke 
22, 27, 29; Mark 4, 26; suppos. nedunak, 
-ag ( when it is so, or such as) , according 
to, in accordance with, like: neaunak 
wnt-anakavMumk, according to her work, 
Jer. 50, 29; unnaumattwnkj accord- 
ing to the law, Ezra 10, 3 (nedhag, such, 
C. ) . (2) as n. the appearance of a thing, 
its likeness: ne dunak onatuh ne dunaJt, 
'the color thereof as the color of. 
Num. 11, 7; nedunag yeu mvitaok, 'the 
fashion of this world', 1 Cor. 7, 31; 
neaunak meniUcheg, 'in the form of a 
hand', Ezek. 10, 8. See dunag^ and cf. 
na; nan; nnih; nS; noh; unne, 

[Del. nahanne, 'so, so it is', Zeisb.] 

neanussu Ine unnus8u]f v. adj. an. he 



neanuBSu — continued, 
is such as or of the kind, he is like 
(see nnnusmi); suppos. nednussUj when 
he is like, of the kind of {neydnusU, 
'after its kind', Lev. 11, 16, 19; pi. ne- 
yanicssehettit, after their kind w. 14, 16) : 
iieanumt voskelomp, nnih um-meiiukesU' 
ouky as is the man so is his strength, 
Judg. 8, 21 ; neanumi vxysketomp, in the 
likeness of man, Phil. 2, 7. 

^necawnauquanaah, 'old bams' (pL). 
See auqunnash, R. W. 93. Dlin. (Ms. 
Diet.) ^*naganari, naganara, (pi.) viel- 
les cachis dont il ne reste que le trou" ; 
^^naganaki nimirigSa, il m'a donn^ son 
champ qu'il abandonne." 

n^chippo^. See neechippog, 

n^dteuh. See nddteoh, since. 

neechan, v. i. he or she issues from or is 
given birth; as n. issue or offspring 
(without r^;ard to sex or age); pi. nee- 
chanog, they are children (i. e. issue): 
ke-neechanog, thy children, Rom. 9, 7; 
thy issue, Gen. 48, 6; suppos. neechdnit, 
when he or she is a child, Rom. 9, 8; pi. 
part, neg neechdnutcheg, they who are 
children or issue, ibid.; wun-neecJian-oh, 
the issue of (him), Rom. 9, 26,27. N. 
collect, wunneechd^neunk, his issue, col- 
lectively, Rom. 9, 8. See oniseu. 

[Abn. nSnitzannij j'ai un enfant; 3d 
pers. SniizannS; 3d pi. -nnatj ke-^Uzan- 
nak [suppos.], tes enfants. Del. nittch^ 
nUschaan, child, Zeisb. Voc. 6, 10.] 

neechau, n^chau, v. i. and t an. she 
gives birth to a child, is delivered, is in 
labor, Is. 66, 7; Gen. 4, 17, 22; 35, 16; 
suppos. neechadt, when she is in labor. 
Gen. 38, 28: sun nun-neecham, shall I 
bear a child? Gen. 18, 13; pret. neechop, 
she was delivered, she gave birth to (a 
child), Heb. 11, 11. 

[Narr. niechaw, she is in travail; 
paugcMche nechauwaw, she is already 
delivered. Abn. ne-nighiM, ne-nitsS, 
j'enfante.] 

neechippog:, nehch-, n^h-, n. dew, 
Dan. 4, 15, 23; Gen. 27, 28, 39. Cf. 
nefUippaeu, 

[Narr. rUechipog, R. W. 82.] 

neek, nek, my house, my dwelling. Seef 
week+. 

neekin, nekin, v. i. he or she is bom. 
[Regularly the formative -kin denotes 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



81 



neekin, nekin — (continued, 
the growth of inanimate being, as does 
-etu that of animate: netUy he grows; 
neJnn, it grows; but from Eliot's use of 
these two forms it appears that nekiv 
had the force of an an. passive, he 
is bom, he is grown; netu an. in- 
trans., which we may nearly translate 
by * he has birth ' , * he grows. ' See both 
forms in the same verse, John 3, 4]: 
vutch nekin-ne&i (infin.), from birth, 
Hos. 9, 11; nekin^ (a tree) grows, is 
grown, Ezek. 17, 6; Dan. 4, 33; (of the 
hair), Judg. 16, 12; suppos. nekik, negik, 
when it grows or is grown, Dan. 4, 
33 (nekuk, Matt. 13, 32); pi. an. -kig: 
n^keekig, Rom. 9, 11; pi. inan. -ki^h: 
nehikish, 2 K. 19, 29; (pass, form) nekity 
when he is born, John 3, 5, 6; pi. neg 
nSkitchegf John 1, 13. Cf. adlannegen; 
sankin; tannegen, etc. 

[Abn. nig8, on enfant est n^, il est 
sorti; tzanigS (cf. tannegen^ EL), il cesse 
de croltre.] 

neempau, v. i. it thunders; as n. thun- 
der, Ps. 81, 7 {nimhaUy thunder, C): 
ken-neempdmogf *thy thunder*, Pa. 104, 
7; 77, 18. 

[Narr. neimpduog, thunder.] 

neemskom (?), v. t. he brings (it, i. e. 
food or drink?) : nunneemskompetukgun' 
neg, 1 fetch bread, Gren. 18, 5; imperat. 
1st pi. neemskomuttuhf let us fetch (it), 
1 Sam. 4, 3. With an. 2d obj. neemsko- 
mah nippemes, bring me a little water, 
1 K. 17, 10. 

neen, nen, pron. Ist sing. I; pi. Indus. 
ketiavmn, exclus. neenavmny we, El. 
Gr. 7; nen nnoh, I am he (who), Is. 
41, 4; nanashaue nenawun kah ken, be- 
tween us (exclus. pi.) and thee, Luke 
16, 26; hut nanashaue kenavmn, between 
us (all of us, inclufl. pi.), Judg. 11, 10. 
The pronoun in the singular has the 
form of the noun agent, with n' direc- 
tive or demonstrative as the base. 

[Del. nt, I; nUuna, we (exclus.); ki- 
lunoj we (Indus. )y Zeisb.] 

^eepftnon, n. a shower, C. 

neepattau, -padtau, v. t. inan. (1) he 
stands (it) upright, erects (it), e. g. a post 
or column, 2 Chr. 3, 17. (2) he boils or 
cooks over a fire, i. e. sets up the pot 
for boiling: neepdidu sdbafiigt he *sod 
B. A. E., Bill. 26 6 



neepattau, -padtau — continued, 
pottage*, Gen. 25, 29; imperat. yiepa- 
taiti'h mbah^gf 'seethe pottage*, 2 K. 4, 
38, and with an. obj. nepas [='nepaush'} 
umfie ohkuhk, 'set on the great pot*, 
ibid. (ne]wUiohkuhqu6naiy to boil the 
pot(?),C.). 

[Abn. nibadeniy l^ve cela; ne-nibade- 
nakSny je l^ve un pieu. Del. nipachton, 
he raises or sets up (e. g. a post, a pole), 
Zeisb. Gr. 160.] 

neepattunkquonk, nepattuhquonk, 
n. a post or stake, 1 Sam. 1, 9; Is. 33, 
20; a pillar, 1 K. 7, 2, 17, 20, 21; an 
image (statue) , pi. nmn^neepattunkqwmk- 
anog, their images, Ex. 34, 13 [nepatuh- 
quonk'Osh, (printers') 'columns*, Mass. 
Ps. title-page]. 

neepau, neepoh, v. i. ( 1 ) he stands, holds 
himself erect; and, as implying a change 
of posture. (2) he rises, erects himself, 
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 13; pi. -pdog, Ex. 32, 6; 
imperat. 2d sing, nepaush, 'up*, stand, 
Judg. 8, 20; pi. -pwkf -pdkj stand ye, 
1 Sam. 12, 16; Nah. 2, 8; suppos. noh 
neepauit, he who stands, Deut. 1, 38 
{nun-neepa>f I stand, C). [Cf. Chip, 
and Alg. niba, nipaia, he sleeps, and 
Mass. nuppa>, (he is) dead.] 

[Narr. yd niepoush, stay or stand 
here. Del. m pu^ he stands; pret. m 
poop; imperat. 2d sing, ni pa wU, Zeisb. 
Cree n^powoo, he stands.] 

^eepuck (Narr.?), blood, R. W. Per- 
haps the Peqnot (Muh.) name. See 
musquSkeonk. 

[Abn. Tieba'kkanSm, mon sang; 3d 
pers. ahakkanSmj bagakkann, sang. 
Miami nepe kon we, blood.] 

neeae, num. two, El. Gr. 14; an. pi. 
neemogt Deut. 22, 30; inan. pi. nee- 
sinashy Cant 7, 3; suppos. neesit nompe, 
when it is two times, when it is 
doubled, Qen. 41, 32 {neese iahshe, 
twice as much, Job 42, 10). 

[Narr. netsse. Peq. nah, neese. Del. 
m 9chi, Zeisb.] 

*neemkkA^og (Narr.), eels, R. W.; nee- 
$huongok, Stiles. [Neese-0!vu)g, they go 
by twos or in pairs, they couple; cf. 
Abn. nisaSSaJc, lis sont mari^. See 
neqtiUUconna^'Og.'} The name of 'ne- 
shaw eel* is yet retained by the fisher- 
men of Marthas Vineyard and perhaps 



Digitized by 



Google 



82 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIX 25 



^eeshaliog: — continued, 
elsewhere in Massachusetts for the sil- 
ver eel (Mursena argentea, Le Sueur). 
I am inclined to believe that it origi- 
nally belonged to the lampreys ( Petro- 
myzon americanus, Le Sueur), which 
may appropriately be called 'pairers* 
or * couplers* in distinction from the 
'single going' eel. 
[Peq. nee^hj pi. neesJmaugx, Stiles.] 

neesin-wog, v. i. (pi.) they lie two to- 
gether, they couple, and v. t. they lie 
with, have carnal connection with, 
1 Sam. 1, 22; sing, neemiy he (or she) 
lies with, Gen. 19, 33; 35, 22; imperat. 
Ist pi. neesintuhj let us lie together, 
Gen. 39, 7, 12; suppos. noh neesukf he 
who, et€., Lev. 20, 13; Judg. 21, 11. 
^ From neesej two, with the formative 

{-sin) of verbs of lying down. Vbl. n. 
neesinncoonky coupling, lying with an- 
other. Num. 31, 18. 

[Abn. ni»8s\n8da, nisSsinSkj noiis 
couchons deux ensemble (de duobus 
viris non mal6 audit, de viro et fseminA, 
mal6).] 

neesne^chags nesnechag, num. twenty. 

El. Gr. 14. Adj. pi. an. kodtog; 

inan. kodtash. From neese and 

nutcheg (hand; see memUch€g)y the sec- 
ond time of employing the hand in 
counting, twice [the number of fin^rs 
on each] hand. 

neesTiko88ont, suppos. part, parting the 
hoof, Deut. 14, 6. From neesey two, and 
miihkoSy nail, hoof. 

neeswe, both, the two, Matt. 15, 14; Luke 
6, 39. See neese. 

neetsk^hheati, v. cans. an. he makes 
(him) well, heals, cures: ken-neet^keh- 
heshj I heal thee, 2 K. 20, 5; imperat. 
neetskeh kxihhog, heal thyself, Luke 4, 
23 {nun-neetskehj I heal; neeUkeh, heal 
thou [me], C). Vbl. n. neetskehuwa- 
onky a cure, Jer. 33, 6. With inan. obj. 
neetskehteau, he makes (it) well, he 
heals or cures (it), e. g. a wound, a dis- 
ease, etc., Ps. 103, 3. "^ 

neetskesu, v. adj. an. (he is) cured, re- 
stored to health, Jer. 46, 11. Vbl. n. 
'kesuonky a cure, health-giving, . Prov. 
4, 22. 

neetu, v. i. ( 1 ) he (or it) grows, as a plant 
or animal, Job 8, 11; Ps. 92, 12; pi. 



neetu — continued. 
-uogy Jer. 12, 2. (2) he is born, Prov. 
17, 17; Job 5, 7; Is. 9, 6; cf. neekin. 
This word is not easily translatable; 
it signifies he comes into life, has birth, 
but it also (with an an. subj.) con- 
notes the coming into the family or 
tribal relation, domestic life and growth. 
Cf. luetu. 

neg, nag, pron. demonst. they (who), 
El. Gr. 7: wanie neg, all they who, 
Lev. 11, 9, 10; accus. imgohy they whom, 
them. Cf. nohy nagum, 

negonne, *adv. of order*, first. El. Gr. 
21. Like nequtta (one), of which it is 
the ordinal, negonne appears to be 
nearly related to nukkdne (Abn. ne- 
gannU)y old, ancient, and so first in 
order of time. See nukkomauondt; nuk- 
kdne; pamk. 

[Narr. necdumi. Abn. nikkanniSif de- 
vant, par avance. Del. niganiy at the 
first, Zeisb.] 

negonshaU, v. i. he goes first, he is in 
advance; v. t he goes before (them). 
[The characteristic -sh denotes going 
swiftly, as in 2 Sam. 18, 27: suppos. 
noh negonshonty he who runs before or 
foremost] N. agent, negonshaen, a 
leader (indef. -hiin)y Acts 24, 5. 

negontoati, v. t. he sends a message to 
(him), i. e. sends .word before or in 
advance of coming, 2 Chr. 2, 3 {nun- 
7iek6nchuamy I send, C). 

negonuhkati, v. t. an. he goes onward 
before (him), continues to go before or 
in advance of [with the characteristic 
{'Uhk) of progression] : ynxn-negonuhkau- 
ohy he goes before them, John 10, 4. 

[Abn. ne-nikkannSssSy v. i. je marche 
devant.] 

neg^shkag, =n^ kdshkag, its breadth. 
See kushhi. 

nehchippog. See neechippog. 

nehenwonche, (1) his own, their ow^n, 
2 Sam. 12, 3; 2 K. 18, 27; Prov. 14, 10. 
(2) of himself, of themselves, suAsponte; 
nish nehenwonche nekukishy things which 
grow of themselves, spontaneously, 2 
K. 19, 29. 

nehnekikom, -ekugkom, v. t. he tears 
or rends (it). Josh. 8, 7: umn-nehiekik' 
om-uny he tears it in pieces (of a wild 
beast, Mic. 5, 8); nen nehnekugkoniy I 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRl'M Br I.I.I 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



83 



nehnekikom, -eku^kom— continued, 
rend (it), Hos. 13, 8. AVith an. obj. 
n^hnekukkaiiy he tears or rends (him), 
as a wild beast his prey; with affixes 
umn-nehntkukkait'ohf he tears him, Luke 
9, 42; supiXMS. iwh iiehnekukaumU, he 
who tears (when tearing), 1 K. 13, 26. 
Intens. from a primary nekaen, with 
the characteristic {-uhk) of continued 
action. From the same primary are 
formed mk'\t8s6m, he cuts or gashes; 
neh-nekshaeuy it rends or tears; neh-nek- 
inunif he tears (it) by hand, etc. See 
the following. 

nehnekikdsu, v. i. act. he goes on tear- 
ing, continues to tear; in fin. -dmnneat, 
Jer. 15, 3; pass, he is torn; suppos. n^h- 
negikaimk, when he is torn, Ezek. 4, 14. 
See nehnekikom, 

nelmekinum, v. t. he rends or tears (it) 
in pieces; with an. obj. -kinaii: nim- 
nelinekinvky he pulls me in pieces (as a 
lion tears his prey). Lam. 3, 11 (nun- 
negununij I tear, C. ). From nek-aeii, 
with formative (-mum, -inau) denoting 
action performed by the hand, and 
intens. reduplication. 

nehnekshaeu, v. i. it tears; from neh- 
nekaeitf with characteristic of involun- 
tary or violent action. As n. a rent, Is. 
3,24. 

nehnekuf^kom. See nehnekikom, 

neluieteapa>(?), v. i. he devours, Dan. 7, 
19; (v. t. ) imperat. nehneeteapsh weyatu, 
devour thou flesh, v. 6. 

nAmeyii (?), *cloven^ Acts 2, 3. 

nehteau (?), v. i. [he procures food by 
hunting or fishing, etc.?]: tvanne teag 
nehteau-ohog (pi. neg.), they caught 
nothing (by fishing, John 21, 3). Cf. 
ncDtamdgqu&eUy ' I go a fishing ' ; natin- 
neham, he seeks for. 

[Abn. ne-nalMka, je vais chercher 
de la mangeaille.] 

nehtippaeu, natip-, v. i. it is covered 
with water; pi. -pamh, they (inan. ) are I 
covere<l, etc.. Gen. 7, 19, 20; [suppos. ; 
netippogy = neechippogy dew?]. 

[Marginal note.— " Wrong; see ogqueh- 
chi;" {Iiogkn ogqunnedtf) .] 

nelit6e, adv. and adj. skilful [ly], 2 Chr. 
2, 8; nShtde and nnhtoe, v. 7, intens. ' 
nunnehtdey 1 K. 5, 6. The base (relate<l 
to uxihtrauy he understands) signifies 



iieht6e — con ti nue<l . 
knowledge ornkill acquired by practice. 
The primary verb (n^'hieauy noht/kiu?) 
I have not found in Eliot. 

nehtdnum, v. t. he handles (it) dexter- 
ously or skilfully, he is practiced in 
the use of (it); pi. -umivog, they han- 
dle, i. e. know how to use (swords, 
Ezek. 38, 4); suppos. noh nohionuk, he 
who handles (a sickle, Jer. 50, 16); pi. 
neg nohtonukegf they who (know how 
to) handle (shields, spears, etc.), 1 
Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5. From nohtoe, 
with skill, and the formative {num) of 
action of the hand. 

[Del. n/to, I can, Zeisb. Voc. 10.] 

nehttUitau. See netuhtdu, 

^neimpaflo^ (Narr.), thunder, R. W. 
See neempau. 

neit [net with locat. affix], then, at that 
time, Judg. 8, 21, 22; Luke 22, 36. 

nek. See nefk. 

nekin. See neekin, 

nekittomashik (?), suppos. where it 
parts or divides: adt neekittomashik may, 
* at the parting of the way ' , Ezek. 21 , 21. 
Cf., adt neesinash nogkishkauadttimaytdt 
mayashy * where two ways met', Mark 
11, 4. [From nequttay where they be- 
come one (?).] 

*noktis, adv. there (?), C. 

neznehkiili, 'adv. of likeness', so. El. Gr. 
22; but in his translation it is used as a 
conjunction: nemekeh, so (accordhigly). 
Gen. 37, 14; nemehkeh neilj so then, 
1 Cor. 7, 38. 

nemomp^Uu (?), v. i. 'he has taken a bag 
of money with him', Prov. 7, 20. 

neznunnuxn, v. t. he takes (it) in or with 
his hand, Ex. 24, 6; Is. 40, 15; Matt. 
14, 19; pi. -tw/iico^, they take (it). Josh. 
4, 8; imperat. 2d sing, nemnminh; pi. 
-nummk; with an. obj. neninnauy he 
takes (him). Josh, 2, 4. Ci. vtaumunniy 
it is taken away; tohq-unnumy he catches 
or takes hold of it, etc. The formative, 
-nnnum ^an. obj. -unail), denotes, gen- 
erally, action performed by the hand; 
more exactly, physical action per- 
formed directly upon the object with- 
out the intervention of an instrument 
or aifent. 

nen. Si*c tiem. 



Digitized by 



Google 



84 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



ne naj, let that Ije m, so l)e it. See nan. 
[Narr. endtch or endtch keht anwvdyean, 
[let it \ye em you command,] 'your will 
shall be law.'] 

nenan, the same (thing), Phil. 2, 2. See 
nan. 

ne nogque, *that way-ward', El. Gr. 21; 
toward that. See tiogque. 

^nexLOOlique, adv. so, C. Cf. anwhque. 
See nogque. 

nepattuhquonk. See neepaUunkqtionk. 

nepdus, -p^uz, n. (1) the sun, Gen. 19, 23; 
37,9; Josh. 10, 12, 13; Ps. 89, 36. (2) 
a month, Ex. 12, 2; Rev. 22, 2; pi. (an.) 
-zaogf 'Zsaag: neemog nepauzaog, two 
months, Judg. 11, 37. Gf. kemk, nane- 
paiifthadt. 

[Narr. nippaiiu9j -pdtmis, the sun; 
patiiruck npatm^y one month. Abn. 
kiz89^ le soleil; nibadSsse, il Maire, il 
marche.] 

nepauzshad, n. the moon. See nane- 
pau4!hadt. 

nep^unk, n. a bush, Ex. 3, 2, 3: ut ne- 
phinkquamity in a bush, Acts 7, 30; Luke 
20,37. 

n^pun, n. (the latter part of) summer, 
Gen. 8, 22; Jer. 8, 20. Cf . sequan. "The 
earing of their com [the Virginians 
call] nepinoughf the harvest and fall of 
the leaf, taquUock.^^ — Capt. J. Smith's 
Virginia, b. 2, p. 28. Adv. and adj. ne- 
punnde, in or of summer. 

[Narr. nSepun and quaqdsguant sum- 
mer. Abn. nipenSy V6i/^ pass^; niperij 
r^t^ present; nipegM, V^t^ prochain; 
nipeniSif pendant T^t^. Cree nSpin; sup- 
pos. n^ek. Chip, ne'bin, Del. ni pen, 
Zeisb. Cf. Abn. mibif leaf. Lescarbot 
gives Souriquois [Micmac] nibir hetour^ 
when spring comes; lit. when the leaf 
comes, p. 697 (repr. iii, 671). 

*nequitt^coiinati-og (Narr. ), n. pi. eels, 
R. W. [literally, *they go one by one', 
or 'singly', i. e., are not seen in pairs. 
Cf. neeahadog; and see Narr. Club ed. 
of Williams' Key, note 251]; nequiUka, 
an eel, C. 

nequt, num. one, El. Gr. 14 (see Pick- 
ering's Notes, xliv-xlvi): nequtta tafishe 
(1+5), six, Job 5, 19; nequtta tahshin- 
chagy sixty, 2 Sam. 2, 31. Cotton makes 
this distinction between neqvd ^.n&pasiik 
(q. v.): ^^nequiy a thing that is past: 



nequt — continue<l. 
/kwmA, athing in l)eing," which, though 
not absolutely correct, is jierhaps ety- 
mologically well founded. Ne(pU ap- 
pears to be nearly related to negonne^ 
first in order, and to nukkone (another 
form of the «ame word), old, or left 
V)ehind; perhaps also to nekin^ it is lx)m 
or begins to he. The primary mean- 
ing is that which begins a series: one, 
as a b^inning of numeration, while 
jxmik signifies one by itself, a unit. 

[Narr. nqaH. Peq. nuqiiut, Stiles. 
Abn. p^zekSf one; nekSdans^ six; negSda- 
Ueg^S, one hundred, etc.; nekStsiSiy 
uniquement. Micm. nekSt^ un, une fois; 
adv. seulement, Rasles.] 

nequtchipiMU, n. the portion or sliare of 
one person, a share, a part, Prov. 17, 2. 
From nequi and chippe. 

XLequtteke8ukqua8h6]iat, (infinit. as) 

n. one day's journey : aH , he goes 

on one day's journey, 1 K. 19, 4. 

[Narr. nquittakeesiqudckatj one day's 
walk.] 

ne-sfthteag, as n. its length (see mhUaii, 
it extends) : aMaeu nemhteag, on its two 
ends, i. e. on the two sides long- wise, 
Ex. 25, 19. 

nes^uBuk, num. seven, Mark 8, 5; usually 
wnth tai\9he or adtahshe: ne^dumk iah^he, 
seven, Ezek. 45, 23; an. pi. -tahgucn, 
ibid. 

[Peq. nezzdugnsk, Stiles. Narr. hmda. 
Abn. tanbaSans. Cree neeshtodsaik or 
t^ypuckoop. Chip. nijwds»wij Bar. ; nkh- 
%pa8»im. Del. nischaschy Zeisb.] 

nesnechaer. See neemeichag. 

netassu, v. adj. (as n.) a domestic ani- 
mal; pi. neUismiogy 'cattle', Gen. 6,20; 
Ps. 148, 10 (netas, C. ). From neetu and 
(the base of) assamau, he feeds him: 
house-fed animals. 

[Narr. netasi/og, cattle; "this name 
the Indians give to tame beasts, yea, 
and birds also which they keep tame 
about their houses."— R. W. 95.] 

netatup, -ppe, adv. like, so. El. Gr. 2^; 

Luke 22, 31; in such manner. Matt. 5, 

12; neanej . . . netatuppe, as ... so, 

Prov. 26, 21. For ne tatuppe, it is equal. 

[Narr. netMupy *it is all one.'] 

neteag [=ne teag] , this or that thing: yen 
jnohsag neteagy 'this great thing' (mat- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRCMBl'LL] 



NATICK-ENGLI&H DICTIONARY 



85 



neteag — (•ontinue<l. 

ter, fat't), Dent. 4, 32 (ueteuy nogkodtu- 
vmk, a thing left, C. 172). 

[Del. medhacle^ 'matter', Zeisb.] 

netomp, my friend. See xceetomp. 

netompas, my sister. 8ee nedompas. 

netuhtdu, Hehtdhtau, v. cans. inan. he 
learns (it), acquires skill in (it): nun- 
netuhtoii'Unf I learn it, Gen. 30, 27; niun- 
mahche nMhtop (pret), I have learned 
(it), Phil. 4, 11; pi. nehtuhiauog, Deut. 
31, 12; -U)og, they learn, are skilled 
in, Dan. 1, 17. Vbl. n. -tdonk, -Uiuonkj 
learning, skill, Dan. 1, 17; John 7, 15. 
N. agent. -t6en (indef. -tdhiin), a skil- 
hil man, 2 Chr. 2, 13. 

netiantaiu, v. 1. and t. inan. ke grieves, is 
sorrowful, he grieves for (it), 1 Sam. 
20, 34; imperat. of prohib. afique netmn- 
tammky do not grieve. Gen. 45, 5; pret. 
-amup, -amopj I was grieved. Vbl. n. 
-amdonk, grief [grieving], sorrow, Prov. 
15, 13; Is. 53, 3. See nohtimwinneat, 

[Xarr. n^nowantam, I am grieved for 
you.] 

newutche [ne nmtche, that from], adv. 
for, from, because. El. Gr. 22; there- 
fore, Eccl. 2, 1; because. Is. 7, 5; 

ym, for this cause, because of this, 
Eph. 3, 14 {nauwitchj thence, C.)- Cf- 
iiawhiUche, therefrom. 
[Del. nev?erUschij Zeisb.] 

*neyaiiat, last year, C. 

neyane. See iieane, 

*n^yhQiii (Narr.), a turkey; pi. -om- 
mdrwg. 

[Abn. n^h^nS (and ^hhnS)^ coq.] 

*nick6xn]no (Narr.), a (solenm) feast or 
dance. 

nikklimnie, nuk-, easily, James 3, 17; 
with an. subj. nikkumemiy Matt. 11, 
30; suppos. (?) mtkkummai: anue iiuk- 
kummaiy more easily, * sooner', Luke 
16, 17; uttoh ne nukkummatj * whether it 
is easier' (to say, etc.), Mark 2, 9; nuk- 
kiLmmatta, 'rather than', (this) *and 
not' that, preferably to, Prov. 8, 10. 

ninyeu, nunneyeu, n. urine, 2 K. 18, 
27; ISp 36, 12. 

nippe, nuppe, n. water, Deut 23, 4; 
Judg. 6, 25; Ps. 78, 16, 20; pi. -peash, 
Ps. 105, 29. From a root 'pe, 'pi (not 
found separate), with the directive and 
determinative ne. In compound words 



nippe, nuppe— continued, 
the suppos. '/?o<7 is employed, as in »on- 
kip]K>g [i^onqui-fMglj cool water, i. e. 
water when cool. See -j>og, 

[Peq. nvppf nupph^ Stiles. Quir. 
nip'p\ Pier. 22. Narr. nip. Abn. nehi, 
eau; tekebi^ eau froide. Cree nlppee (in 
comp. 'dppwooyj * liquor ' , liquid ) . Chip. 
rubehj J.; ne^bi, Sch. Del. w'fe/, Zeisb. 
(and me nup peek, a lake or pond).] 

nippisse, nips (dim. of nippCj small 
water), a pool or pond, John 5, 2, 4, 7, 
as adj. and adv. nuppisse nippe, water of 

the pool; nippeash, waters of the 

pool. Is. 22, 9, 11; pi. -xcw/t, ponds, Is. 
19, 10 {nippisj Mass. Ps., John 5, 2). 

[Narr. niphvese, 'some water' (for 
drinking); nips, a pond.] 

nippissepo^, nup-, n. a pond or small 
lake, Neh. 3, 16: en juippi8»€2>ag-uiit, 
*into a standing water', Ps. 107, 35; 
'into the lake', Luke 8, 33. From nip- 
pisse and -pog. 

nips. See nippi^se. 

nish, pi. of ney these or those (inan.), El. 
Gr. 7; Luke 15, 16. 

nish. See nishwe, three. 

nishkeneunkque, -unique, (it is) un- 
clean, filthy. Lev. 5, 2; 1 Tim. 3, 3, 8; 
suppos. -unkquoky when it is unclean, 
Lev. 5, 2; ne , that which is un- 
clean, filthy, 'abominable', Jer. 44, 4; 
Lev. 7, 21. AVith an. subj. nishkeneunk- 
qussUy v. adj. an. he is unclean, (one 
who is) unclean, etc.. Lev. 11, 5; 12, 2; 
Job 15, 16; suppos. -u<wi/. Lev. 5, 3. 
Vbl. n. -ussuonk (an.), uncleanness, 
Lev. 5, 3; Col. 3, 5. With inan. subj. 
nishkeneunkquodlau, it is unclean or 
filthy. Adj.andadv.-o<ft<i«,Zech.3,3,4. 
[Del. nis km, nasty, Zeisb.] 

niflhkenon [v. imp. it drizzles] , as n. 
fine rain, drizzle, 'mist'. Acts 13, 11; 
'vapor', James 4, 14. N. collect, nish- 
kenunk, 'small rain', Deut. 32, 2. Cf. 
sokanon, it rains. 

[Chip, nvtkddady the weather is very 
bad. Bar. 532. Del. niskelaan, foul, 
rainy weather, Zeisb.] 

niahketeau, v. caus. inan. obj. he makes 
(it) unclean, defiles (it); pi. -eauog, 
Jude 8. 

nishketeauundt, v. act. to defile, to make 
unclean: nishketeauog, they defile (it), 



Digitized by 



Google 



86 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin* 25 



nishketeauundt — con ti nueci . 
Jude 8; alujue ytishkhikookj do not de- 
file yourselves, Lev. 18, 24; yeush trun- 
nishkukquna^hf these things defile (him), 
Mark 7, 15. 

[Del. niskUoUf he dirties, bewrays 
(it), Zeisb. Gr. 160.1 

nisliiioh, each one, everyone (an.), Lev. 
11, 15; Is. 6, 2; (inan.) Ps. 119, 101. 

^niBhqu^kinneat, to rage, C. 206; nun- 
nUhquet, I rage, ibid. 205. Cf. nashquUin, 
a tempest. 

^nishquewam : fien nunnishqaewam, I 
chide or scold; nishqtiemiUinnecU, to be 
chid, C. 185. See auskomuwau. 

nisliwe, nish, num. three, El. Gr. 14; 
Ex. 21, 11; nUhweu, 1 Cor. 13, 13; pi. 
an. nidhvog; inan. nishmnashj shwinashy 

1 Chr. 21, 10. More exactly nish, three ; 
niahwe, adj. (inan.) the third, Rev. 6, 5; 

2 K. 19, 29; (an.) Dan. 5, 7; Rev. 4, 7; 
and adv. thirdly, 2 Cor. 12, 28: naahive 
kodtumoOf the third year, Deut. 26, 11; 
nishunij "adv. of order", thirdly, El. 
Gr. 21; suppos. (an.) Tiashwity when he 
is third, he who is third, Rev. 16, 4, = 
nashamt, Rev. 14, 9, ^noahmtmdj Matt. 
22, 26; nishwucU nompCf three times, at 
the third time, Ex. 23, 14, 17; Ezek. 
21, 14. Cf. naskauey between. 

nisohke, adv. all the while, so long as, 
=ne 9ohke, 1 Sam. 25, 7: nisohke poTnan- 
tog J 'all the days of his life' (so long 
as he may live) , 2 K. 25, 30; tohmkke 
ohkecoky * while the world standeth', 
1 Cor. 8, 13. 

[Cree sdke^ extremely, very greatly; 
mdosHkj always, Howse.] 

nissim, I say. See ussindt, 

n naj, let it be so. See nan. 

xmih, V. i. it is so, it is like or the same 
as (with an. subj. neanussuy q. v.): ne- 
anussU wo»ketompy nnih um-inenukesu- 
onky as is a man so is his strength, Judg. 
8, 21; mdnkd nnih, it was so. Gen. 1, 7; 
nnihy *it came to pass'. Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1; 
Matt. 7, 28; ne yeuyeu nnihy that now is 
(so), Eccl. 3, 15; ut/oh woh yeush en 
nnihy how can these things be (so)? 
John 3, 9; suppos. nnag: nnih mahche 
yen nnagy 4t came to pass after this', 
i. e. it was so after this was so, 2 Sam. | 
13, 1; pret. nniyeupy it was so, Eccl. 3, j 
15; pi. yeush nniyeupashy these things ; 



nnih — continued, 
were so, Is. 66, 2; ne most nnihy it must 
needs be so, Mark 13, 7. See neaney 
mine. 

[Del. leuy 'true', Zeisb. Or. 173; 'it is 
so', Zeisb. Voc. 9.] 

[Note.—" nnih not separable from unni.''] 
nnih, (it) 'was so', Gen. 1, 7; 'it came to 
pass'. Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1; Matt. 7, 28; 'is', 
Eccl. 3, 15; =unney q. v. Apparently 
a verb substantive from 7ian or neaney 
literally 'it (was) so', or 'it (is) so': 
ncDu^og nennihy they said these things 
were so. Acts 24, 9; uUoh woh yeush en 
nnihy how can these things be (so)? 
John 3, 9; nnih mahche yeu nnag, *it 
came to pass after this' (it was so after 
this was so), 2 Sam. 13, 1; ne mahche 
dnagkupy ne yeuyeu nnih, that which 
hath been is now, Eccl. 3, 16; ne pish 
dnak mahche nniyeup, that which is to 
be hath already been, ibid.; yeush 
nniyeupashy these things have been, Is. 
66, 2; nniyeupy 'it came to pass' (was 
so), Neh. 4, 12; m mos nnihy it must 
needs be so, Mark 13, 7; woh nniyeuashy 
(all things) 'are possible' (may be so) , 
Mark 10, 27 (nenihy that is, C. 181; ne 
ennih or nemehkuh ne (conj. ) so that, C. 
234). Seedunagf. 

[Narr. etu or nniUy is it so? R. W. 29; 
nniy eiUy it is true, ibid. 63.] 

[This second definition of nnih appears in 
the unieyised portion of the manuscript be- 
tween the term nishk and P, and, although it 
repeats to some extent the references contained 
in the first (revised) definition, it is here in- 
serted in full. The first definition of nnih oc- 
curs in the revised manuscript, where it follows 
the term *nick6mmo.] 
*iiiitTi (Narr.), man; pi. nninnuogy R. W., 
who also writes enhiy man, and pi. nin- 
nuocky a "general name belonging to 
all natives". • Related to ?it% neen (I), 
nanwey and unne (of the kind or spe- 
cies), the radical meaning of nnin or 
nnlnnu is, 'he is like myself, or 'of 
the same kind'. This word could 
properly have no place in Eliot's trans- 
lation. It is, however, once or twice 
introduced, as in Mark 10, 6: ninnuoh 
(accusat. ) kah squay ' male and female ' , 
i. e. man and woman. The Indians 
restricted its application to men of their 
own race or like themselves. (See 
nanwe. ) 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



87 



*nnin — continued . 

[Quir. ren, pi. rhiawawh Abn. aren- 
anbey homme; ned-aren-andSS, je parle 
Abnaqui. Chip, mini, Bar. ; eninneCy J. 
Cree ethbiUj homo, an Indian. Shawn. 
h leu eh J man; len dth wax, an Indian. 
Micm. InSi, homo. Del. lenno, man; 
lendpe [=Abn. arenafiM]^ a Delaware, 
vir; lenniy a man, Zeisb. (see nanwe); 
lin 71 i le lia pe, 'Indians of the same 
nation', Zeisb. S.B. 70.] 

nd (?), adv. and demonstr. pron. (?) at 
that (place), that; yeu uhqudeUj . . , nd 
uhqudeu, on the end on this side, . . . 
on the end on that side, Ex. 37, 8; n6 
pajeh, until (that). Matt. 11, 13; 18, 22; 
= noh pajehj Is. 5, 8 {nd pajeh, until, 
C. 234 ) . See rUkosukarnunneat, ncohqueu, 

^6, adv. far off. (The idea of motion is 
associated, going far off or to a distance; 
ndadiy at afar off, at a distance, is used 
when distance in time or place is ex- 
pressed absolutely. ) 

♦n6, for nohf nahohy or nagoh (?), Luke 23, 
28; nd aush, go (to him), Matt. 18, 15. 

si6adt, xLO^dtit, nooadt, adv. afar off, 
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 1; in old time, Josh. 24, 2; 
Neh. 12, 46; Ezra 4, 16; Mic. 7, 14: 
ndootahtah, remove it far from me, Prov. 
30, 8 {tiautmtj noadtf far, C; noadtit, a 
great way off, ibid.). See nmhqueu, 

[Narr. natwoty agreatway ; n&wwaiicky 
far off at sea, R. W. 76. Del. lawat, long 
ago,' Zeisb.] 

n6adtuck, adv. a long time (El. Gr. 21). 

n6ahtuk, nddhtuk [ndeu-tuh], the mid- 
dle of the river, Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9,*16. 

n6appit, ndahpit, the Highest, the 
Most High, Ps. 18, 13; 46, 4; (he who 
is) afar off, Prov. 27, 10; suppos. vocat. 
pi. ndapphoguhf ye that are [dwell] 
afar off, Is. 33, 13. 

n6e. See 'udeu, 

ndetipukok, nouttipukok, n. mid- 
night, 1 K. 3, 20; Ex. 11, 4; pajeh 
ndeuHpukkoky till midnight, Judg. 16, 3; 
ndetipiikodaeUy at midnight, Judg. 16, 3 
IrUku-pohrkenae-kodf the middle of the 
dark hours or time]. 

[Narr. ncmasliawatippocaty R. W. 67. 
Del. la mtpi kat, 25eisb. Voc. 44. Abn. 
nancoitebikat, Rasles.] 

ii6eu, n6e, adj, in the middle, the midst, 
Ex. 15, 8; Judg. 16, 29: en ndeUy in the 



ndeu, n6e — continue<l. 
midst, Prov. 23, 34; Matt. 10, 16, =ut 
n6eiiy Ps. 78, 28; noeukommukf *in the 
midst of the hair (i. e. inclosed place), 
Luke 22, 55; imishou ndeu Samaria kah 
Galilej went through the midst of Sa- 
maria and Galilee, Luke 17, 11; wutch 
ndeu aginnekdussShlu, from the midst of 
the bush, Ex. 3, 2; t*^ ndeu adtanohke- 
teamuky in the midst of the garden, 
Gen. 2, 9. See luishaue. 

[Abn. nanSiSij le milieu, au milieu. 
Del. lelawi, half way (?), Zeisb. Gr. 176; 
the middle, half, Zeisb. Voc. 20. Chip. 
ndvxigamy 'in the middle of a lake, 
bay, of a river, etc.'; nawaiiy center, in 
the center, middle, in the middle; 
ndiuaiiwant it is the middle, the center; 
natvakwaj 'in the midst of a forest'; 
nawakwe (from naokwe), 'it is mid-day 
or noon'; ndwabikj 'in the midst of an 
object of metal'; nawy n&uxi, ndwiy "in 
composition, signifies in the middle, in 
the midst of", Bar.] 

nogkl nhkftu6nat . See nogkushJcauMat, 

[nogkohkileihliuundt, v. t. to lend:] 
namohkaeihhuunat pish kenogkoh kou- 
wehy thou shalt lend to, Deut. 15, 6 
(-ogguhkouey Deut. 28, 12); noh nogoh- 
hmheonckehy that which is lent to, 1 
Sam. 2, 20. Vbl. n. nogohkodnity -kouhu- 
adt (after noh)y he who lends, a lender. 
Is. 24, 2; Prov. 22, 7. See namohkaeih- 
heau. 

[nogkohkouundt, v. t. to borrow:] nog- 
ohkauy he borroweth, Ps. 37, ^1; maUa 
pish kenogkohkdmhy thou shalt not bor- 
row, Deut. 15, 6; nogkohkauunahy it was 
borrowed, 2 K. 6, 5; nogkohkouaen-iny 
a borrower, Is. 24, 2, =nogkuhkaU' 
waen-iny Prov. 22, 7. See namohkau. ^ 

XLOgkus. See mendgkuSy the belly. 

xiogku8likau6xLat, nogkuBk-, nog- 
kishk-, V. t. an. to meet (anyone), 
Jer. 51, 31; Matt. 25, 1; kenogskunk- 
qunaty to meet thee, 2 K. 5, 2^\ xcun- 
nogskaudnaty to meet him, 2 K. 5, 21; 2 
Sam. 19, 24; tuunnogskauohy he met him, 
1 K. 18, 7 {u/unne nogkishkdadtucnky 
'well met' (as a salutation), C. 225). 
[Narr. nokuskduateeSy meet (thou) 
him; nockuskauaiUeay let us meet; neen- 
meshndckuskawy I did meet. "They 
are joyful in meeting of any in travel, 



Digitized by 



Google 



88 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLKTIN 25 



xiogkuBhkau6iiat, etc. — continued, 
and will strike fire either with ntones 
or sticka, to take tobactx), and discourse 
a little together."— R. \V. 75. Cree 
ntigge-skow&yoo, he meets him. Chip. 
ndhgenhkooddhdeimig, they meet one an- 
other, Howse 85. ] 

no^que, (prep.) toward, Cant. 7, 4; yeii 
nogquey hither, 2 K. 2, 8 (see yddi); en 
nogqufj toward (the east, Zech. 14, 4). 
From nauondty to see (?) : ndky behold 
ye; muskettuk nogqueoiiy *when the eye 

saw me', Job 29, 11; neh nogqut, 

the eye which saw him, 20, 9; nohndg- 
quehj who seeth me [whom I am in the 

presence of], Gen. 16, 13; ndg- 

quean, when he seeth thee, Ex. 4, 14; 

nogqiieon, when it sees me, Job 

29, 11; howan kenogkumuriy who seeth 
us. Is. 29, 15; matta kendgkanin, he sees 

us not, Ezek. 8, 12 ( tvunnaumamny 

9, 9) ; matta nogkm, it does not behold 
him, Job 20, 9. Hence, "to the sight 
of." It can hardly be the contracted 
form of ne ogqu^. See ne nogque; nuh- 
qiuiinai, 

[Del. loquely see thou; pi. loqueek, see 
ye, Zeisb. Gr. 174.] 

nog^uenuxnunat, v. t. to yield or de- 
liver up (inan. obj.): (ihque nogqumu- 
nuokf do not ye yield up (inan. obj.), 
Rom. 6, 13. 

no^queonat, v. t. an.: nogquegk, yield 
yourselves up (to him), Rom. 6, 13. 

* nogquissinneat, v. i. to appear, C. 
180: nunnogquuy I appear; -f «fimtm, 
we appear, ibid.; ne ogguhse nogquoky 
which appeareth for a little time, James 
4, 14. See anogkenat; aruhhque; Anuk- 
quok, 

nogrqiUwuonk, n. appearance or looks, 
C 1 80; woskeche nogqUamonky a pretence, 
ibid. 

[Cree nok-oosuy he is visible; nok-vuiiy 
it is visible, Howse 114.] 

nob, nagtun, pers. pron. 3d sing, he, she, 
him, her (EL Gr. 7); noh is also, and 
perhaps in strictness always, a demon- 
strative pronoun: this (man), he who 
(EL Gr. 7). See *nahog. In Luke 3, 
23-38, it is used for the Greek tov ( with 
vi ov understood ) , * the son of * ; nen nnoh 
{nen ne-noh or nan-noh), I am he (that 
or the same he), Is. 41, 4; ut nohy in him, 



nob, nagum— continued. 

C. 178; nashpe ndgum, with him; ut 
ndgum, to him, ibid. 178, 231. 

*nohhaniiiniun^t, v. t. to sail to (to go 
by M'ater?) = nohhamundL- en nohhamun, 
to sail to. Acta 20, 16; nuUinhamumuny 
I 'homumun, we sailed to. Acts 27, 4, 7; 
I nahhamuvgy they sailed to. Acts 13, 4; 
I kod nuhhugy he was about to sail to, 
I Acts 20, 3; mdnunnohhomogy when we 
I sailed slowly. 

[Del. nahimeny to go down the water 
(river, creek); nahihilleeny to sail down 
the water; naUahhemen, to sail up (the 
water, river), Zeisb. Gr. 242.] 

nohkog [=nukonde'iy ^y ^i^^^ ii^ the 
night, Job 5, 14: ne nokkogy in that 
night, Dan. 5, 30. See ndetipukok; nuk- 
kondeu; nukon. 

nohkontfnat. See ncokondnat. 

nohk6u, n. the right hand {noh kdunuk, 
that which carries (?); from kenumunu- 
ndt ) . See imUtinnohkdu; allied to menuh- 
keuy strong. 

XLObnogkide meenan, a stammering 
tongue. Is. 32, 4; nalinagkidey stammer- 
ing(ly), Is. 33, 19. See menan. 

XLObnompit, adv. oftentimes. Job. 33, 29. 
From nompe. 

nobnusbagk, farewell. 

[Note. — ^Definition not completed.] 

nobsbamwebteunk (suppos.)? when it 
is 'compacted' (united firmly?), Eph. 
4, 16. 

^obtimwixmeat, to sob or sigh: nunnoh' 
tiimupy I sob or sigh, C. 209. See ned- 
antam. 

nobtinaii. See nahtinail. 

ndbtoe, skilful, skilled, 2 Chr. 2, 7; neh- 
tdey V. 8; ndktoey nnhtoey v. 7; nehiuhto (?) 
V. 14; nunn-y skilfully, 1 K. 5, 6. 

nobtoznp, in comp. words, one who leads 
or directs: nohtompeantog (q. v.), one 
who leads in prayer, a minister; noh- 
tompuhpequodi (q. v.) , one who leads in 
music, a chief musician. 

^obtompeantog, n. ministers, C. 213; 
but sing, a minister, Rawson, Nash. 
Men., title-page; * a bishop', 1 Tim. 3, 2. 

nobtoznpubpequodt, n. a chief musi- 
cian, a player on instruments of music 
(title to Ps. 75 and 77 ) ; pi. nohtompuJipe- 
quodcheg, Ps. 87, 7, ^nohtdepeqiuisheg^ 
Gen. 4, 21. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



89 



iioht6iiukqu8, n. a brother (?) : nunnoh- 
tonugqus, my brother, Gen. 20, 13; vm- 
nohtonugqusohf her brother, Gen. 24, 63, 
55; noh nmnnohi6nukq\/isoh (congtr. ), 
whose brother, Acts 11, 2; nohidnukqm, 
my brother, v. 21; kenohidnukquSy thy 
brother, v. 23. [Employed only by 
females or to express the relation of a 
brother to a sister. See weeiuksquoh. 
In the translation of John's gospel 
printed with the Massachusetts Psalter 
(1709), weiahtu is substituted for vmn- 
nolUdnuhjussoh of Eliot] Cf. treemcU; 
weetomp. 

nohtonn mil n lit, v. t. to handle (?), to 
carry in the hand(?),to use habitually, 
to be skilled in the use of: nehidnumxoog 
togkodtegafihy they handle swords, Ezek. 
38, 4; noh nohtonuky sickle, he who 
handleth the sickle, Jer. 50, 16; neg 
nohtonnkegy they who handle (shield, 
spear, etc.), 1 Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5. 
See ndhioii. 

nompaas, adj. male. Num. 3, 15; 5, 3; 
31, 17; Matt. 19, 4; pi. nompaJ^sog, Ex. 
13, 15; nomposhiniy a male animal, 
Deut. 7, 14; pi. -unissog, Ex. 13, 12. 
[Narr. enewdshimy R. W. 96.] 

nompakou, nump-, n. a jewel, a pre- 
cious thing, Prov. 11, 22; Ezek. 16, 12; 
a treasure'. Matt, 13, 44; pi. -huntwA, 
Prov. 10, 2; Gen. 24, 53. 

noznpatauunat, v. t. to put in the place 
of, to substitute (one thing for another) , 
1 Sam. 21, 6. 

noznpe, adv. again. Gen. 26, 18; instead 
of, Gen. 4, 25; Judg. 15, 2; Num. 8, 16 
{ = imtch nampey v. 18); repeatedly, ex- 
pressing with a numeral the number 
of repetitions or 'times': nishunuU 
nompe, * three times' (to the third 
time), Num. 22, 28, 32; 'natanmk tah- 
shU nompe, seven times, Lev. 8, 11 ; 14, 7; 
vMDchehU nompe, oftentimes, Luke 8, 
29; freq. nonompu, noknompU (q. v.); 
noh nompeyii ne teag, * he who repeateth 
a matter', Prov. 17, 9; sun nen nunnom- 
pin (rody *Am I in God's stead?' Gen. 
30, 2. See nampmham, 

[Del. lappi^ again, Zeisb. Gr. 171; 
*once more', ibid. 175. Abn. nahbiy 
r^iproqnement ] 

noznpennuxnuxULt, v. t. to restore, to 
render back: notnpennush, restore thou 
(it), Judg. 11, 13. 



XLompo&eu, nompofte, adv. early in the 
morning, Neh. 4, 21; Hos. 13, 3; Prov. 
27, 14; Ps. 127, 2; early on the mor- 
row, Ex. 32, 6. 

nomposliim, adj. male, Deut. 15, 19; pi. 
'tvogy Geh. 32, 14: pish nompaiyeuo) kah 
squaiyeua), Hhey shall be male and fe- 
male*, Gen. 6, 19. Cf. *nnm; squdshim. 
[Cree ndpdyoo, man, vir; nApdywoo, 
he is (a) man, How8al7 (rather, he is 
male).] 

XLompulikeik, adv. on the morrow, 1 K. 
3, 21; Esth. 2, 14; =na nompuky Acts 
10, 9; =^nan6mpunky Acts 20, 15. 

nomshd— , v. i. to drift, or be driven be- 
fore the wind(?) : nomshdog, they * were 
driven', Acts 27, 17; nunnomshdmuny 
*we let her drive', v. 15. [From noh- 
ham, he sails, with sh* of violent mo- 
tion.] 

nomunkqu^, noznungrquag, n. a heap, 
Gen. 31, 46, 51, 52; Ruth. 3, 7; mm' 
tvonkquduy Deut. 13, 16; Josh. 7, 26; num- 
munkqudey heaped, Cant. 7, 2; nanom- 
tconkquaeu nano nunkquashy * heaps upon 
heaps', Judg. 15, 16. From numv-de, 
full of. See numtronkqiUtauundt 

nomwausseonk: usseup amomwausse- 
onk Jehovah y *he executed the justice 
of the Lord', Deut 33, 22. 

nonclie: noh nonche pabuhianumadt, 
* thou art come to trust ' (condit. ) , Ruth 
2, 12; nonche wunassoomedgy 'if ye be 
come to betray me', 1 Chr. 12, 17. See 
*nont. 

nonkane. See nunkane. 

noxLompu, adj. instead of. Is. 55, 13. 

''hionAiyeu, all alone, C. 232. See ntiMu. 

*nont, used by Cotton sometimes for the 
verb to be, often, apparently, as an ex- 
pletive (see 7iotU below) : nen nonty I be; 
ken noniy thou art; nohney he is; nemh, 
that is, C. 181; kenauun yeu, we are; 
kenaunuy ye are; ndg na, they are, ibid. ; 
nagum nont, he waa; nenauun nee, we 
were; kenau n€, ye were; ndg ne, they 
were, ibid.; napeh nont ne Unnioogy O 
that we were (such), ibid.; nont kuppe- 
ydmpy thou didst come, p. 185; nont 
wame nunnuppumuny we must all die, 
p. 188; nont noowonteapy I did dig, ibid. ; 
mukkitchogqUigsog nont puhpHogy boys 
will play, p. 204; nontpaswee nuppaxm, 
thou must shortly die, p. 237; nont 
xcoh mmpoMu, he must confess (his 



Digitized by 



Google 



90 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETl.N 25 



*nont — conti nued. 

sins), p. 252; neirag hisiiont htMampoo- 
autaiimmmonate^ *we must therefore 
acknowledge', C. Math. Notit. Ind. 55; 
80, in title to Ind. Laws, imh nashpe 
nanamiacheeg kuenunt samniatahainvogy 
*by which the magistrates are to [i. e. 
must] punish ', etc. ;. 7iont rroh sampcoau-, 
he must confess, C. 252. 

nont, only: wehenont (Voc/, ( who can . . .) 
but God only? Mark 2, 7; piMuknont 
God, 'there is but one God*, Ind. 
Primer, 19, 31; pish nagum nont 
kanransfmnij him only shalt thou serve, 
Matt. 4, 10. 

[Narr. paiisuck Tuuunt wianW, there is 
only one God, R. W. 114.] 

nontaua-hettit. See *aldunt(no(Mh; umt- 
tdniaminatf to climb. 

nontsipamtfliettit [=nonche-9ippam +] . 
See rnissippano. 

^nontweantamiinat, to wish: nunnont- 
v^edntanij I wish, C. 216. See kodtan- 
tanif he desires, 

*nodlikeyeiie, adv. softly, C. 230. 

^oohkie. See nwkki, 

nddhteauiindt, v. i. to be far off; inan. 
subj. nddhieauj it is far from us, Is. 59, 
11. 

si661ituk. See ndahtuk. 

^oonapuock [=namappuog'\ (Narr.), 
*they have not room one by another*, 
R. VV. 65. 

*no6natcli ( Narr. ) , a deer : * * nodnaich , or 
attiick ntiyUf I hunt venison '% R. W. 
143; noughiichj nogh-ich, deer, Stiles 
(Peq.); [a doe with a fawn(?), "when 
it gives suck."] See ahtuk. 

*n6o8uppa<iog (Narr.), beavers, R. W. 
See tummAnk. Cf. *aiisupf raccoon. 

nOosukomunneat, nfto)-, nauus-, v. i. 
to be at a distance, to be far from, 
Lam. 3, 17: kenaamikom, thou art far 
from (it). Is. 54, 14; maita kenScomka- 
mcD, thou art not far from (it), Mark 
12, 34; TiooMukonqaeogy (it) is far from 
us. Is. 59, 9; 7i6<Dmh>ngqushy be it far 
from thee. Matt. 16, 2; ndoDsukdk, 'get 
ye far from (him) *, Ezek. 11, 15; ayeu- 
onk wusmume rujujMukoman (and Tiaw- 
8uk(mgqtiiean)f 'if the place be too far 
from thee', Deut. 12, 21; 14, 24. See 
nwhqueu (an&ckquaquej R. W,). 



nda>8ukomunneat, etc. — continued. 
[Del. na schm'hkij adv. (?) so far, 
Zeisb.Gr. 174.] 

n6padtixLayeu(?), adv. south westward. 
Acts 27, 12 [tannnshin en ndpadiinayeu 
and inUcheksuaUf "itlieth to the south- 
west and northwest", A. V.; "looking 
northeast and southwest". Rev. Ver.; 
("looking down the southwest and 
down the northwestward", Greek); 
"toward the southwest and by west 
and northwest and by west", L. Tom- 
son, 1596.]; nopaiunnieu\ eastward (or 
northeastward ) (?) , Mar. Vin. Rec. 1685. 
[Narr. mopdiin^ the east wind, R. W. 
83.] 

xL08weetau6nat, ncoBwet-, nosweht-, 
V. adj. an. to serve, Deut. 10, 12; to 
obey, Prov. 30, 17; 2 Cor. 10, 5; noa- 
wehtamunAt, with inan. obj. to obey the 
words of, commands of, etc., 1 Sam. 8, 
19; nami'etanonadvUf to serve them, 
Deut. 4, 19; nosweetashy obey thou. Gen. 
27, 8; na)9wetah nen^ yield yourself to 
me, C. 216; lumwetamrnkj obey ye, Deut. 
13, 4; nosivehtokf obey ye (them, an.), 
Eph. 6, 1; noosivetam&natet to obey; ken 
TUDSwetahj obey thou me; nwswehtaw 
manii, obey Grod, C. 202. 

xLOswehtam^nk, ncMwetamooonk, n. 
obedience, 1 Sam. 15, 22; maJt namueh- 
tamdonky disobedience, 2 Cor. 10, 6 {noM- 
weiamaxmky C. 202). 

no8welitau6iiat. See nosweetau&nat, 

*nottomaer, mink. See Judd's Hadley, 
355. Cf. Del. gunnamochky Zeisb. 
{ = qamnjamaug)y otter (see his nkeke), 

nouttipukok. See iidetipukok. 

*noww6ta (Narr.), no matter, R. W. 54. 

nooadt. See ndadt 

nooche, for na cocky adv. thenceforth, 
therefrom, from that time. Often used 
interchangeably with kcochey kutche; but 
while both are inceptives, nooche seems 
to appropriately mark the time and 
kutche the occasion of beginning of 
action, as vmtche does the cause of 
action. [Note. — On further examina- 
tion I do not find this distinction 
well founded. See (pch.] yeu kesukok 
ncoche kummishaeshy 'this day will I 
begin to magnify thee*, Josh. 3, 7; 
nmche wekitteauy he began to build; 
neg nagig ncoche wuUamtohkon&uh, they 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



91 



noche— con tinued . 
began to mock him, Luke 14, 30, 29; 
yeti nooche tissenadutj this they l)egan 
to do. Imatta ncoche peyoh, *I am not 
come', Matt. 9, 13; nmchi Jehovah^ *I 
am the Lord^s' (i. e. I proceed from 
the Lord), Is. 44, 5, in which places 
na>che la perhaps used for iien mch.'] 
See tahnwchey causelessly, * in vain ', and 
kutche, 

{Del. nutschi, at the beginning, Zeisb. 
Gr. 177.] 

♦noochuxn, I blame; from wutchumonaie^ 
to blame, C. 182. 

na>chuxiiwe8uonk, n. tenderness, weak- 
ness, Deut. 28, 56. 

nGOchumwetanoowaonk, n oo c li u m - 
wehtahwhuttuonk, n. a wound; pi. 
-migashy Prov. 26, 22; 27, 6. 

noKhumwi, adj. weak (El. Gr. 13), Num. 
13, 19; primarily, weak, because in its 
beginning (from na>che): ruDchumwe 

VMnnepog^ moskehtuey the tender 

herb, Deut. 32, 2; Job 28, 27; pi. noh 
chumiviyevtash; an. nockumwesu, (he is) 
weak (El. Gr. 13), tender, Gen. 33, 13; 
1 Chr. 22, 5; noh ncochumwesit, he that 
is tender, Deut. 28, 54, 56; he that is 
lame, Prov. 26, 7; pi. Matt. 11, 5 {nm- 
chimwe, maimed, C. 172; ncocMimm, 
tender, ibid. 175; noDchinuDe, weak, ibid. 
176). 

[noMlsquadnat, v. act. an. to seduce, to 
commit fornication with:] naxlsquad- 
nont, 'seducing', Ex. 22, 16. See nan- 
vmnna>dsguaau. 

^oohchumwesud, adv. M^eakly, C. 230. 

noohki, nookiyeue, adj. soft, Prov. 25, 
15; Job 41, 3; pi. inan. na>kkiyeuashy 
Ps. 55, 21; an. iicohUtu, tender (soft, 
as a young animal), Gen. 18, 7 (nooh- 
keshahlnashy soft wool, C. 175; noohkie 
monag, limber cloth, ibid. 172). 

noohkik [that which is softened or made 
soft]: ^'Nocake, as they call it, w^hich 
is nothing but Indian com parched in 
the hot ashes; the ashes being sifted 
from it, it is afterwards beat to pow- 
der."— Wood. It is used by Eliot for 
*meal' (1 Chr. 12, 40), *fiour' (Lev. 
2, 4, 5, 7; 24, 5), and Aground com' 
(2 Sam. 17, 19). nwkkikanehteushy 



nohkik — continued. 

'grind thou meal'. Is. 47, 2.] See 
nanahkineg; nunnohkinnum. 

[Marginal note.— "From a word which 
means 'to sift', sifted. Cf. sieve. From 
ncoArM?"] 

[Narr. "rKj^-^/nH-, parched meal, . . . 
which they eat with a little water, hot 
or cold", R. AV. 33; pUhqu^hick, un- 
parched meal, p. 36. Del. lo-cai, flour, 
meal, Zeisb. Voc. 9 (cf. lo ka hel la, to 
let it drop, p. 44).] 

XLOoliqueu, noohque [nd uhqudeu. See 
nd; nda)8ukomunneat'\: unnrnhqueu, so 
far as, at such a distance, Acts, 28, 15; 
na nwhquey so far distant, Ps. 103, 12; 
vmssaume nSohk, if it be too far dis- 
tant, *if the way be too long for thee', 
Deut. 14, 24 {uttoh urmuhk&hquaty how 
far? C. 228). Cf. ancohque; nuhquainat; 
wekque. 

[Narr. tou ni!ickquaque, how far? R. W. 
72 (how much, 137) ; tou arv&ckquaque, 
how big?; yb anuckquaqae, so far, ibid.] 

nookeontamunat, v. t. to descend to or 
upon: nwkeontanif (he) came down 
(upon the mount), Ex. 19, 20; wannay- 
keontamuriy he descended on (it), Ex. 
19, 18; ncohmiaudog, they descended 
(upon it, i. e. a ladder), Gen. 28, 12. 

nookinat, v. i. to descend, to go down: 
nookeuj he descended, Ex. 34, 5; (from 
heaven) Matt. 28, 2; she went down, 
Gen. 24, 16; ncokcop, he descended 
(pret. ), Eph. 4, 9; namookeogy they shall 
descend, John 1, 51; nwch na>kem ketuk- 
qui, * I came down from "heaven *, John 
6, 38; noh nmkit, he who descends, or 
descended, Ps. 133, 3; Eph. 4, 10; ikd- 
khnoy -mWy (pass.) it was let down, Acta 
10, 11; 11, 5; Rev. 21, 10; ruokUchy let 
him descend or come down, Mark 15, 
32; noakinuk vmnnvichegashy when he 
let down his hands, Ex. 17, 11. From 
nookinum. 

[Del. nahiky ndhivny down, below; 
(whence) nahoochwetiy to go down or 
below, Zeisb. Gr. 180.] 

nookinumuzUlt, v. t. to pull down, Jer. 
18, 7; to lower (inan. obj.) with the 
hand, to pull down; nookinum, she let 
it down, Gen. 24, 18; pish ruDkinnum- 
wogy they shall take (it) down, Num. 
4, 5; Jiwkinnumwky *raze it'. Pa. 137, 7. 



Digitized by 



Google 



92 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



nokohteauunlit, to soften or uiake soft: 
na>koJd€au, he softens (it), Job 23, 16. 
See nmhku 

na>koinpaii6nat, v. t. an. to let or lower 
(one) down, as by a cord, etc.: wun- 
nml'ompanuh, she let them down (by a 
cord), Josh. 2, 15; lnun]riwkompanii, I 
was let dow^n (from the wall), 2 Cor. 
11, 33. 

ncDkondnat, nohk-, v. t. an. to cast 
down, to throw down (an. obj.): n'ut- 
tinnohkonuh ohkeit, he cast him down 
to the ground, Dan. 8, 7; umnnwkuh- 
konuh, he cast them down (from the 
rock), 2 Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohkdnau. 
See unndhieamundL 

nookahindt, v. i. to cast one's self down: 
TUDkshaUj she fell down, John 11, 32. 

nookuhkonaudnat, v. t. an. to cast or 
throw down from a high place: min- 
ruDkuhkonduhf they threw her down, 
2 K. 9, 33; tvuttinufikonduh, they cast 
him (into the sea), Jonah 1, 15; wun- 
nookuhkonuh, he (^ast them down, 2 
Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohk&nau. 

xi€DnaniontukquQhwli6nat, v. t. an. to 

owe to, to be indebted to: pamik nay- 

^^namontukquohwhauy one owed (him so 

much ) , Luke 7, 41. See unnontukquoh- 

wh6nai. 

XLOonau, noma), . cheek. See manamauy 
(m^namau), 

noone: nwne quthumcomik, scant measure, 
Mic. 6, 10. 

xia>xL6nat, v. act. an. to give suck, to 
suckle, 1 K. 3, 21: wunamuhy she gave 
him suck, 1 Sam. 1, 23; namdog, they 
give suck, Lam. 4, 3. 

[Cree ndonUy he sucks, How^se 81.] 

na>nontaxniin6t, v. t. to suck, to obtain 
by sucking, to imbibe {naminneat, C. 
211) : pish kenamontam toohpanaguncD^ 
thou shalt suck the breasts. Is. 66, 16 
(in this place Eliot haa given to this 
verb the meaning elsewhere appropri- 
ated to namundt, and vice versa; see 
example under noonundt); nwnantamy 
he shall suck up. Job 20, 16; namonUim' 
woh, they shall suck up. Job 39, 30 
{mukkaies nam&niamy a child sucks, C. 
211). Cf. munnorUam, he smells. See 
namundtf and *7neninnunkf milk. 

noonoo. See namau. 



XLOonoonde, noonoounile, adj. flaming, 
Is. 29, 6; Ezek. 20, 47; Nah. 2, 3: na>- 
Htnde ntnUiUy flaming fire, 'fiery flame*, 
Dan. 7, 9. 

nooxLCDuneau, n. flame, Judg. 13, 20; Job 
15, 30; ruDJiamdutj in the flame, Judg. 
13,20. 

XLOOXLuk, n. a suckling, one who sucks or 
is suckled, Deut. 32, 25; Jer. 44, 7; 
Lam. 4, 4. See nconontamundt; na>nun&t, 

nooxLuk^e, adj. sucking: ruonukAe muk- 
kUSf a sucking child. Num. 11, 12. See 
namun&t. 

[Narr. nunmse, a baby, Stiles; ndoiisu 
nondnnis, a sucking child; munnunnug, 
milk; %nirmunn6gan-cuihy breasts, R. W. 
126. Peq. nuzouSj 'sucklings of men 
and beast'. Stiles. Del. no ne tschik 
(pL), suckling babes, Zeisb. Voc. 25.] 

namumun^t, v. i. to be unable: nama- 
rmmj I can not, Luke 11, 7; 16, 3; rw»- 
nuniy he was not able, he could not, 
Num. 14, 16, =:namunumj Deut. 9, 28; 
nomanumtimun, we are not able, Ezra 
10, 13; wunnamuhy they (inan.) could 
not, Ezek. 31, 8; iinheau dmamhkau' 
dnatj he could not drive (them) out, 
Judg. 1, 19 {nwnat, 'to be wanting, or 
defective', C. 214). 

[Narr. nondnunij nodnshem, I can not, 
R. W. 30. Del. nol hand, lazy, Zeisb.] 

XLOOXLun^t, V. t. to suck: {nunnamundty I 
to suck. Job 3, 12, with prefix of Ist 
pers.;) nwrmcDw, I suck, C. 211; pish 
kenam, thou shalt suck (the milk), Is. 
60, 16; pish nxonwog, they shall suck, 
Deut. 33, 19; neg namontogigy they who 
suck (the breasts), Joel 2, 16 [rmnu- 
nvichey a sucking child. Is. 49, 15, = no- 
ndnesey R. W. 45). See namontamuiidt. 

na>6iiat, naywonat, v. i. to say (with 

reference to the thing said), Luke 14, 7. 

It is used by Eliot as synonymous with 

the irregular verb tLSsindty to say, but 

the latter appears to have been used 

when attention was to be called to the 

i speaker or the person spoken to. Cf. 

oniwD, he says to; kenomau, he speaks 

I with authority; kvJOxDy he speaks, utters 

I speech; kelcokauy he goes on speaking; 

kehketmkauy he goes on talking; uttinA- 

\ nai, to say to; nwwau . . . Jehovah tok 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBri-L] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



93 



XLOO 5nat, noowonat — continued . 
Anuhpie, ne numn, he said ... * What 
the Lord saith [may say] to me, that 
will I speak', 1 K. 22, 14 (cf. Num. 24, 
13); nmivau, he said, Cren. 27, 35; 1 K. 
8, 15; noDwopf he said, 1 K. 8, 12; 2 Sam. 
13, 28 {anaoivop, he said to, 2 Sam. 13, 35; 
unnauj he said to, or saith to, ibid.); 
nowaogy they say or said. Is. 41, 7; 
fifDwwihy say thou, Prov. 20, 22; Luke 
7, 7; namagk, say ye, Lev. 11, 2 (unndkf 
speak ye to, ibid. ) ; nfique kutckenoowagkf 
do not l)egin to say, Luke 3, 8; nmadi, if 
he say, Gen. 24, 14; namaan, if thou 
sayest, Prov. 24, 12 {unnanvdnatj to say, 
0. 207). 

[Quir. i-uuKm, to speak, Pier. 52. Del. 
lu-e-Uf he says, J/eisb. Voc. 9, 20; lu-eepy 
he said (pret.); Zm-«, say on, tell.] 

noosh, my fatber. See a)she. 

ncpeqnodtamnnittt noMquat, v. t. to 
lick: pish tKDsquoUamiPog, they shall lick 
(thy blood), 1 K. 21, 19; ruDsquodtogy 
when he licks (grass), Num. 22, 4; 
noodsqfuam&og wame, they lick up all, 
Num. 22, 4; freq. namoMqftodtamundlf 
-quatamundty to lick often or habitually; 
pish nconmsquadtamwog {-squaiamwog) 
puppiuai, they shall lick the dust, Mic. 
7, 17; Pb. 72, 9; Is. 49, 23; (iwDtow) 
namcDsqaodiam nippe, the fire licked up 
the water, 1 K. 18, 38. See mosq. 

nawukautfnat [—asukaudnat (?); cf. 
asvhkauau] , v. t. an. to follow, to pursue: 
vmnnoMukavoh, he followed them, Luke 
22, 54; noMukawmty pursuing, Judg. 4, 
22; mn woh nunnamtkduy shall I pursue 
(them)? 1 Sam. 30, 8; TuxmtkaUj pursue 
thou (them), ibid. 

noMuttahhoowadnat. See ncMwuttah- 
tvhau&ncU, 

ncMuttahwhaudiiat. See namtmtiah- 
whau&nat. 

^huDSwenat, v. i. to yield; nurmoMweemj 
I yield, C. 216. 

na>8weonk, n. yielding, submission, 
Eccl. 10, 4. 

^Qoswetamoxmk. See nomvehtamdonkt 
obedience. 

na>8W6tautfiiat, v. t. an. to yield to, to 
serve. See nagweetaudnat, 

naMwuttahhouwaen-in, n. a pursuer, 
Lam. 1, 6. 



noMwuttahwhaudnat , noosuttali-, 
ncDSuttahhoowadnat, etc., v. t. an. to 
follow after, to pursue: iKosuttahwhau, 
he pursued after (him), 2 Sam. 2, 19; 
namdtahhcowaogy they pursued, Judg. 
8, 4; nnnncDsuhtahwhdog, I will pursue 
them, Ex. 15, 9; neg namiuUtahukqued' 
gig, they which pursue (are pursuing) 
you. Is. 30, 16; keiicosmiUahikqunat, 
(he) to pursue thee, 1 Sam. 25, 29. Cf. 
omskaadnat. 

ncDt. See mancot, a basket. 

xLCOtamog^uaen, ncotamog^uoinaen, 
n. a fisher, one who fishes, pi. -\-\iog, 
Is. 19, 8; Ezek. 47, 10; Luke 5, 2; nco- 
tarndguYienHog, Jer. 16, 16 (cf. omae- 
nuogy Ezek. 47, 10); poTiashabpaeniiogy 
fishers (with nets), Matt. 4, 18; nattcoh- 
quinntiaenin, pi. -f nuo^, C. 159. See 
*aumaiii. 

na>tam6grqudeu, adj. of or belonging to 

a fisherman: hogkcoonk, * fisher's 

coat*, John 21, 7. 

nootamdgrquam, 'I go a fishing', John 
21, 3: nag pish wunruDtam&gqmn&ah, 
they shall fish them [take them by 
fishing], Jer. 16, 16. 

ii0Dtam6gqiUU>nk, n. a draught of fish, 
Luke 5, 9. 

nootamogquomaen. ^eencaUxmogqmen. 

na>taina>onk, n. hearing, 2 K. 4, 31; 
tiaicke nootamHonky a quick hearing, 
C. 163. 

nootamuxULt, v. t. to hear, Ezek. 12, 
2: mehtauoffwash noDtaTnamumU, ears to 
hear with, Deut 29, 4; nunnaotatny I 
hear, 1 Sam. 2, 23 (0. 194); nwtam, he 
hears or heard, v. 22; ncotamunap^ he 
heard, Ps. 78, 21 ; ncotamwogy they hear 
or heard. Matt. 11, 5; imperat. ncoUuh, 
hear thou, Deut. 33, 7 {nmiahy hear thou 
me, 1 K. 18, 37; ken ncotahy C. 194); 
ncotammky hear ye. Is. 42, 18; Deut 
6, 4; ncDtiegky hear ye me, 2 Chr. 
29, 6; hearken ye, 2 Chr. 18, 27 
(keMDiamUmwcDy ye hear, C. 194; noh 
toadtinneaiy to be heard, ibid. ) ; with an. 
obj. ncDtdnaiy to hear a person (see ex- 
amples in imperative above); kencotah, 
thou hearest me, Ps. 17, 6; mehiauog 
nootiit (subj.), when the ear heard or 
hears me. Job 29, 11. 



Digitized by 



Google 



94 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



nootau, xLOOteau, n. fire, Ps. 105, 39; 
Prov. 30, 16; Gen. 22, 6. See chikkind- 
sttog. 

[Quir. ronV and yoit/, Pier. 22. Narr. 
mAUapah y6Ug, sit by the fire, R. W. 30; 
ndtej ybie, chickof, sqidta^ fire; twtdwese 
and chickaut&icese^ a little fire, ibid. 47, 
48. Peq. yewt^ Stiles. Abn. sk^i, 
skAar, feu, Rasles. Del. luteuy it bums; 
an. nHussi, I bum, Zeisb. Gr. 162, Voc. 
20.] 

nootimis, n. an oak tree, 2 Sam. 18, 9; 
Is. 44, 14. 

[Narr. paugduiemisk, R. W. 89.] 

nootinat, v. i. to lift or take up a burden. 

nootindnat, v. t. an. to lift as a burden; 
an. obj. ruDtindp nippekontu, I drew him 
out of the water, Ex. 2, 10. 

[Narr. nidutdsh, 'take it on your 
back', R.W. 51. [Cree ne n&tdwy I 
fetch him, Howse 52.] 

nopwantam^&e. See neuantor/i, he grieves. 

ncDwaonk, n. a saying (that which is 
said, Deut. 1, 23; 1 Sam. 18, 8): nuUin- 
nanvaonk, my saying, Gen. 4, 23; mUtin- 
ncoiLxtonganash, 'my commandments', 
Ex. 16, 28. 

naywesuonk, my name. Is. 42, 8. See 
xv^suonk, 

xuDwonat. See tuD&ncU. 

*nquittaqtinnegat (Narr.), one day. 
See neqiit; -qiiinne. 

nuhhog, nuhog, my body. Matt. 26, 36; 
myself, ^teeranhhog (m!hog), 

nuhhogkat, unto me. Is. 6, 6; Cant. 7, 
10. 

mihkiihkfadnat, v. t. an. obj. to come 
upon, to overwhelm, Ex. 14, 26; pi^h 
nuhkuhkauau sontimohy 'he shall come 
upon princes', Is. 41, 25. 

mihkuhkomimAt, v. t. to cover over, to 
envelop, to overwhelm: nnhkuhkom^ it 
covered, Ex. 14, 28; 40, 34; xcxinndh' 
kukkomun^ it covered it^ Ex. 24, 15, 16. 
From ncokinat. 

nuhog. See mihhog, 

nuhquamat, uniikquainat, v. i. to look, 
to direct the eye, ^nthout reference to an 
object (cf. nadtamvdmpUj he looks for a 
purpose, he looks in order to see some- 
thing which is or is not within sight): 
nuUinuhquain nogque^ I look towanl (it), 
Jonah 2, 4 (cf. nogque) ; nuhquaeog, they 



xLiikquamat, etc. — continued, 
looked or faced (to the north, etc. ), 1 K, 
7, 25; (oh iciUch nuhquaedg ke«tikqnieu, 
why do you look toward heaven? Acta 
1,11. V.t.noh ndgqii^h , he w ho sees me, 
Gen. 16, 13; HnuhqxiAeu, ahadtnikr/iteUf 
'he looked this way and that way', 
Ex. 2, 12. The compounds are numer- 
ous, a8 ompamuhqnaendtf to look back 
or behind; 9ohha>quamat (sonkiDhq-)^ to 
look out from, to look forth; ushpuh- 
qudinat {aJtp-y ishp-^ ^-), to look up- 
ward, etc. From (naumunat) naum, to 
see; -uhqud^y to that side, in that direc- 
tion (?). See nd, n6(uU; *pdnikqud; 
nwhpu. (Cf. kuhkinassiwieatj to take a 
view, C. 214. ) 

nukkeemoo, it was shaken, Ps. 18, 7; pi. 
inan. -{-ashy they were shaken, ibid. 
See nunnukkunumundL 

nukkies, yes. See mix. 

niikkodtnmumtt, v. t. to leave behind, 
to abandon, to forsake (inan. obj.), 
Prov. 13, 14; 16, 17; Dan. 9, 5; ne teag 
nogkodtumuk, a thing left, C. 172. With 
an. obj. 7iukkon6nat (q. v.); nnkodlU' 
mtinaif to leave, C. 199; nunnulcodtnm, 
I leave, ibid. 

[Narr. nickdUash^ leave or depart; pi. 
nickdUammoke, nickatiamutta, let us de- 
part, R. W. 55. Cree nugga-tum, he 
fetcheth him, Howse 42. ] 

nukkomauon^t [negomu-audnai'], to be 
first, in advance: nukkomau, he came 
first to ... , John 20, 4. 

nukkoxUleu, adv. by night, in the night, 
Ex. 13, 21; Ps. 32, 4; 42, 8; 105, 39. 
See nohkog. 

[Narr. ndukocks nokan-ndwif by night, 
R. W. 70.] 

nukk6ne l=negonnej first], adj. old, an- 
cient, of old, Eccl. 1, 10 ('original', 

'old', C. 173) : seipf ancient river, 

Judg. 5, 21; qimnonmij old lion. 

Is. 30, 6; may ash f the old ways. 

Job 22, 15; iiukkoyiadchUy the ancient 
mountain, Deut. 33, 15; yeush nukkdn- 
eyeuukish, 'these are ancient things', 1 
Chr. 4, 22; ayimuj) negonne uukkdneye- 
uuty 'he hath made the first old'; ne 
negonneayenmhj 'that which waxeth 
old', Heb. 8, 13. 

[Abn. negahnle, c'est une vieille cou- 
tume; negahni arenanhak^ les anciens; 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



95 



nukkdne — continued. 
nikkanniSif devant, par avance; nenik- 
kannSsii^, je marche devant, Rasles, 558, 
559. Del. n^chowiyeyu, it is old, Zeisb. 
Gr. 165.] 

nukkondnat, v. t. an. to leave, to go 
away from, to abandon, to forsake, 
Deut. 12, 19; pass, noh nusmi nukkonan, 
he alone is left, CJen. 44, 2S0; pish nuk- 
koruiUy he shall leave (them), Mark 
10, 7; Eph. 5, 31; mikkondg, if ye turn 
away, Xum. 32, 15; toh ivutch nukk&ndg^ 
why have ye left (him), Ex. 2, 20; 
ahque rmkkosseh (an. suffix), do not 
thou leave me, Ps. 27, 9; nukkonant 
(part.), leaving, Gen. 2, 24; * depart- 
ing from', abandoning, Jer. 3, 20 (see 
nukkodtumundt); nukkdnittuog, they de- 
parted from each other. Acts 15, 39 
{nukk<mittinneaty to be left, C. 199). 

[The Narragansett form appears to 
have been (nukkodtshdnai) nickatshdnat 
for the v. an., though the first of the 
following examples may be traced to 
nukkondnai: mat kiinnickanshy I will not 
leave you; ahquie kunnickkatshash, do 
not leave me; taivhitch nickatshiianf 
why do you forsake me? R. W. 75. 
(This form has the characteristic sh of 
disastrous or undesirable action.)] 

nukkukquiinneat, v. i. to be old, with 
reference to a measure of duration or 
existence: kconenukkukquiinneat, to be 
in a full (good old) age, Job 5, 26 (see 
-guinne and kodtumicohkom) ; tok unnuk- 
kookquiyeu noh nonk^q, how old is that 
girl? C. 240. 

nukkukquiyeuonk, age: wuUin- — , 1 
K. 14, 4. 

nukkiunmat : ultoh ne nukkummai, 
'whether it is easier* (to. say, etc.), 
Mark 2, 9. 

nukkiunmatta (?), 'rather than' (it), in 
preference to (it), *and not', Prov. 8, 
10. Cf. kuUttmmaj unless. See nik- 
kumme. 

nukktiinme. See nikhimme* 

nukok. See X'O. 

nukon, n. night, Gen. 1, 5, 16; pi. nuko- 
ncuhf nuhkona^hf Job 7, 3; nukkon -f 
a$h, C. 164. From nmkinat, to descend, 
to go down; or from nukkondnai^ to 
leave, to go away from (?) the sun, gone 
down or having left (?). See nohkog. 



XLiikquodtut. See nnnnukquodiui. 

nukquttegheun, an only child, son or 
daughter: wunnukquttegheonuh okasohf 
the only one of her mother. Cant. 6, 9; 
nunnukqutiegheun, my only child, Luke 
9,38. 

nTiznxnatappixineat, v. i. to seat one's 
self, to sit down: nummatappn, he sat 
down, Ruth 4, 1; Luke 14, 28; nwrn- 
matappuogy they sat down, Ruth 4, 2; 
Luke 22, 55; nummatapsh, sit down. Is. 
52, 2 {nummattdp&nat, to sit; nnnnum' 
mdttap fl sit; appti, he sits, C. 209) . See 
appin; cf. Abnaki (Rasles, 'asseoir', 
p. 388). 

nuxn-zneech. See meechu, 

xLiunmekitckdnont, (one) having a flat 
nose. Lev. 21, 18 {neneque mutchan, flat 
nose, C. 170). 

nuxnmishe, I . . . greatly, 1 Thess. 3, 10; 
Heb. 12, 21; =:mi8hef with prefix of Ist 
person. 

nummiss^B, -ssis, my sister. See um- 
missies, 

nuxmnittamwoB, -wtui, my wife. See 
mittamwus, 

^mixnmoxitiiliquahwkuttuonk, n. a 
debt, C. 203. 

^nummoohquonat, ' to sup up pottage', 
etc., C. 211; pish nummnhqiiaogj they 
shall sup up pottage, Hab. 1, 9. 

nuxn-znuttuxmnashum may, ' I run in 
the way' ('of thy conmiandments'), 
Ps. 119, 32, =num'muUummaomashonr 
tarn may, Mass. Ps. 

numpakou. See nompakoti, a jewel. 

xLumwApanumundt (?), v. t. to fill (one 
thing with another) : numw6han kutas- 
kon pummee, fill thy horn with oil, 
1 Sam. 16, 1; numwdbpanuma)k, fill ye 
(barrels with water), 1 K. 18, 33; 
numivapogkunnumivog wunnonka^h, they 
filled the troughs (with water), Ex. 2, 
16; numtcdquom uppcothonchwmut, she 
filled hef pitcher. Gen. 24, 16. 

numwie, adj. full of, filled with. Num. 
22, 18; 24, 13; Judg. 6, 28; fully, C. 228. 

*numwamechijnehk6nat, to fill [to 
make full with food (?)], C. 191: wfinnum- 
fcamechiniehteam, I fill [I am filled, I be- 
come full of food(?)], ibid. 

xLumwameechum, I am full, he is full 
(of food), Prov. 30, 9. 



Digitized by 



Google 



96 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



numw^pa^od, (a x>lac*e) full of water, 
2 K. 3, 17. 

xLuinw6p[pinneat (?)], v. i. to fill up, to 
make full (of an. obj.): nag pish num' 
li^dpuog, they shall fill (thy houses, i. e. 
thy houses shall }ye full of them), Ex. 
10,6. 

numwohtauunat {numwolUindtf 1 Thess. 
2, 16), V. t. and i. to fill up, to make 
full, to be full (inan. subj.): num- 
wohteau, it filled (the whole earth), 
Dan. 2, 35; it is full, Ps. 26, 10; pish 
nmnwohteau, he shall fill (the world). 
Is. 27, 6; wunnumxDohiauun twotau, he 
filled it with fire, Rev. 8, 5; numwoh- 
tomh, fill thou (thy hand), Ezek.10,2; 
aJtqtiain numwohtanOj it is not yet full, 
(ren. 15, 16; numwohiajy let (it) be filled, 
C. 191. 

XLumwonkquau, n. a heap. From nan- 
omwonkquaeu. See normmkqu&g. 

numwonkquttauuxULt, v. t. to heap up, 
Eccl. 2, 26; numvxmkquoUou, he heaps 
up, Ps. 39, 6; freq. nandmongquodiauu- 
naty to heap up abundantly or to make 
great heaps, Ps. 39, 6; Job 27, 16. See 
nomunkqudg. 

nvLH&ej adj. dry (?) . Found only in Eliot 
in compound words. See nunobpe. 

nunassenlit, v. t to make dry, to dry 
(from nunde-ussendt): pish nunnunas- 
sumy I will dry up (the waters), Is. 42, 
15; 44, 27; nunndhsum sepuashy he drieth 
up the rivers, Hag. 1, 4. Cf. vnmninab' 
pehtau'uriy he maketh it (the sea) dry, 
Hag. 1, 4. See nunobpe; numwbohteat- 
eou. 

nunkane, nonkane, adj. light (not 
heavy). Num. 21, 5; 2 Cor. 4, 17; {nun- 
kon) Matt. 11, 30; anue nunkmwog onky 
*they are lighter than', Ps. 62, 9 
{nonkki wednun, a light burden; non- 
ganney lightly, C. 172, 228). 

[Narr. ndukouy light; kunnaHtij you 
are light, R. W. 55, = kunndukouy p. 75. 
Del. langany Zeisb.Gr. 173.]* 

xtiinkomp, n. a young man. El. Or. 9; pi. 
nunkompaogy Is. 40, 30; dim. nunkom- 
paeSy nunkompaemcs (El. Gr. 12): ash 
nunkompdeaiiy when thou wagt young, 
John 21, 18 {ndnkup or nonkumpaeSy a 
boy, C. 156). Cf. wusken, 

nunkquaash l=inumto(mkquash], heaps; 
suppos. nana (?), q. v. Cf. muUdnnunky 
etc. 



nuzikaqua, nunkaq, n. a girl (El. Gr. 9), 
a young woman, Gen. 24, 14, 16; Deut. 
22, 15, 28 {nonkkishqy ivisskisqitay a girl, 
C. 157 ) ; penompae nvnkgSy a\'irgin, Deut. 
22, 23 (see penomp) ; pi. nunkstpMogy Ps. 
148, 12; icunnunksquomog (obj. -j/io/i), 
her maids, Ex. 2, 5; imnksquaJi^ity *in 
their youth' (subj.), when they were 
girls, Ezek. 23, 3; dim. nunksquneSy 
nunksqiiaemes (El. Gr. 12). 

[Del. long-ochqxieuy a brisk young 
woman, Zeisb. Voc. 43.] 

*niiniiftpi. See mmobpey dry. 

XLU2inauinon, my son: ken 7iunnaumony 
yeu kesukok nanuiumon hihhogy 'Thou 
art my Son, this day have I begotten 
thee,' Heb. 1, 5. See wunnaumonuh, 

^unne nogkishkdadtuonk, ' well met ' 
(as a salutation), C. 225. See nogkush- 
kati&nat, 

nunneukontiink, nunnuk-, n. an im- 
age or idol, 2 Chr. 34, 4, 7; Mic. 1, 7 (?»*»- 
nuk&ntonky C. 155). 

XLunneyeu, n. urine. See ninyeu. 

nunnippog, -ipog, 'freshwater', James 
3, 12. See nippe; -pog. 

nunnobolite^ou [=nanabpi (?)] : nunno- 
bohiedSuuty on dry ground, Ex. 15, 19, 
i. e. made dry (?), or dry by nature (?) ; 
Josh. 3, 17, ^nabohtecMuty Ex. 14, 16, 
22 {nunnapohteaiyeuuty 'in dry places', 
Mass. Ps., Ps. 105, 41); wutch nunnoboh- 
iea&uuty 'from the dust of the earth'. 
Gen. 2, 7 {nunnopohieaiy dry ground, 
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 35). See nunobpe. 

xLunnobohteateou, -teaiyeuteop, he 
dried up (the waters), made dry land. 
Josh. 4, 23; 5, 1 {nunnoppohteaiyeuehteau 
tohkekamuashy he dries up the springs, 
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 33). See nunobpe; 
nunassendl, 

nunnohkinnum, Tiannah-, v. t. he sifts 
(it). Is. 30, 28: nunnannahkinnumy I 
sift (it), Amos 9, 9; nanndhkinumuky 
when it is sifted, ibid.; nanahkinegy a 
sieve, Is. 30, 28. Cf. nmhkiky from pri- 
mary nohkeu (?). 

mninukkuniiTniiniit, v. t. to shake 
(inan. obj.): nunnukkununiy (he or it) 
shook (it), made it shake, Heb. 12, 26; 
pass. nunnukkem(Dy it was shaken, Ex. 
19, 18 {nukkeem(Dy Ps. 18, 7). 

nunnukkimh on^t, nannukskondt, 
xLunnukquskon^t, v. i. to tremble, to 
shake: nunnnnnukkushomy I quake (for 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



97 



nunnukkushonilt, etc. — continued, 
fear), Heb. 12, 21; nunnukkushomp, I 
trembled, Hab. 3, 16; nunnukiheau, it 
trembled, 2 Sam. 22, 8; nunnukBhaog, 
they trembled, Ex. 19, 16; 1 Sam. 14, 15; 
nunnukBhaxi mishenukshdonk mcDcheke, 
*he trembled very exceedingly', Gen. 
27,33; nunnukkushonif -qushorU (part.), 
trembling, Mark 5, 33; Acts 9, 6; 
matta woh nanukkuskonog (?), 'which 
can not be moved ' (?), Heb. 12, 28 {nun- 
nukkisahdnaif to tremble or tingle, C. 
213; nunrmkHshshomy I shake, p. 208; 
'kishom, I tremble; ncoweyatut nunnukia- 
thauy my flesh trembleth, p. 213). 

[Del. mm gach tachiy I shake for cold, 
Zeisb. Voc. 25.] 

ntmnukontuxik. See nunneukotunk, 

nunnukquappineat, v. t. to be in dan- 
ger: nunnukquoppu en, he is in danger 
of, Matt 5, 21, 22, =nukquoppUy Mark 
3,29. 

nuxiniikque, adj. and adv. dangerous, 
perilous, 2 Tim. 3, 1. 

ntmnukquodt^t, adv. in peril, in dan- 
ger {=:nukquodiut)f Lam. 5, 9; Rom. 8, 
35; 2 Cor. 11, 26: ndnukquoky when it 
is dangerous, Acts 27, 9 [both suppos. 
forms, but used as nouns, as in Rom. 8, 
36]. Cf. nanalhlkonchiyeu-fU, 

nunnukqusliozUit. Seenunnukkushandt. 

nunnukqusaen^t, v. i. to take heed, to 
act i^autiously (nunnukqusnnneal, to be- 
ware, C. 182): matta nunnukqusgUj he 
took no heed, 2 K. 10, 31; nunnukqus- 
mh {kiihhog)y take heed to thyself, 
Ex. 34, 12; Deut. 4, 9; 12, 30; (nukmsh,) 
Ex. 10, 28; nunnukqus8eky take ye heed 
(to yourselves), Deut. 11, 16; 27, 9; Jer. 
9, 4; Matt. 16, 6; nunnukqumichy let him 
take heed, 1 Cor. 10, 12; nashpe nunnuk- 
qamty *by (his) taking heed*, Ps. 119, 9 
{jien nunnukqus, I beware, C. 182; nun- 
nukqusmoniash kektah, beware of the 
sea, p. 232). 

nunnukquaaudncok (from v. t. an. ), be- 
ware ye of (an. obj.), =ioabesu6na>k, 
Phil. 3, 2. 

^nunnukqussuontamunat, v. t. to be- 
ware of (inan, obj. ) : nunnukqusguontask 
keUah, beware of the sea, C. 182, 232. 

nminnkahiie, adj. trembling, which 

trembles, Deut. 28, 65; 2 Cor. 7, 15 

{ninukshae, C. 176) ; mat nunnukquthe 

kuttamn, boldness of speech, 2 Cor. 7, 4. 

B. A. E., Bull. 25—7 



nnnnukah^nk, n. trembling (through 

fear), 1 Sam. 14, 15; Job 4. 14. 
XLunnutcheg, my hand. See mentUcheg 

(m^nutcheg). 
nunobpe, adj. dry. Num. 6, 3 (nunndpi, 
C. 169) : najiabpij nanabpeu, dry land (as 
distinguished from water or land cov- 
ered by water), Gen. 1, 9, 10 {^^naboh" 
Uai, Hag. 2, 6); ntinnobohke, * the earth', 
dry land, Prov. 30, 16; ayimketoh 7iun- 
nobiyetiuty *he made the sea dry land', 
Ex. 14, 21; tiunnappesish, be (thou) dry. 
Is. 44, 27. 

[Narr. nndppiy dry; nndppaquaty dry 
weather, R. W. 82.] 
xLilxLOhkomuk, n. a landing place (a 
*shore'). Acts 27, 39; John 21, 8, 9; 
Jonah 1, 13: keiahluinne unnunohkcnnuk, 
the seashore, Jer. 47, 7. 
nunoktlle, adj. dry (that which has be- 
come dry or is made dry ) : mehtugy 

j dry tree, *dry stubble', Is. 56, 3; Job 

I 13, 25; pi. -dashy Josh. 9, 5; Ezek. 37, 2; 

nunohtduty in that which is dry (L e. in 

, a dry tree, Luke 23, 31); nunohtdeuy 

Ezek. 37, 4; Hos. 9, 14. 

xLunoliteauundt, v. i. to become dry, to 

dry up: nwiofUeaUy it is (become) dry. 

Josh. 9, 12; nippeash . . . nunohtaashf 

I the waters dry up. Job 12, 15; nunah- 

i topy it was dry, Judg. 6, 40; nunolUajy 

let it become dry, Judg. 6, 39; nt<n- 

nohsitCi), if it be dry, Judg. 6, 37. OL 

' nunnowuxi ( Narr. ) , harvest time, R. W. 

92. 
, nuppe, diminutive nuppUse. See nippe, 

water; nippissey a pool or pond. 
< nuppiasepog. See nxppmepog. 
I nuppoh, nuppohwhun, n. a wing (not 
I found except in the constructive or ob- 
I jective nuppoh, nuppohwhunoky with 
prefix of 3d person): nuppohvmnau, 
winged, having wings. Is. 6, 2; yauin- 
nepuhwhunauy having four wings, Ezek. 
1, 6. See wunnuppohy wunnuppokwhun. 
[Allied to nuppunat and nepausCJ).] 
xLuppa>, nuppoDe, adj. (he is) dead, Judg. 
4, 22; 1 Sam. 24, 14; pL an. nappoMg, 
Ps. 88, 5, 10. 
nuppoDe, nuppoongrane, adj. deadly, 
producing death, Mark 16, 18; James 
3, 8; Rev. 13, 3. 
nuppcoonk, n. death, Gen. 21, 16; Ex. 
10, 17; Job 5, 21; 2 K. 4, 40. 



Digitized by 



Google 



98 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 2^ 



^nuppoDpasainneat, 'to wither or pine 
away (as a tree)', C. 216; mehtuk nup- 
pwta, a tree withers, ibid. 

nuppundt, V. i. to die, Eccl. 3, 2; 1 Cor. 
9, 15 {nuppunat, C. 237). The literal or 
primitive meaning of this verb is per- 
haps to go away, or, rather, to sleep. It 
is probably allied to nuppohy a wing or 
wings. The Indian languages abound 
in euphemisms for expressing death, 
* * so terrible is the King of Terrors to all 
natural men . " "They abhor to mention 
the dead by name, . . and amongst 
States, the naming of their dead Sa- 
chims" is one ground of war, R. W. 161. 
nuppcoy nupf he dieth or died. Job 14, 
10; 21, 23; Is. 59, 5; Gen. 23, 2; Ezek. 
24, 18; nen nupup, I died . . . Gen. 
30, 1; 48, 21; Rom. 7, 9; pish nttp, he 

shall die, Ezek. 18, 4, 20; kenup, 

thou shalt die, Gen. 2, 17; nuppun, he 
dieth, Eccl. 3, 19; nuppuk, nupuky when 
he dies or is dead, he may die, Eccl. 3, 
19; Rom. 7, 2; 2 Sam. 3, 33; noh next 
nupuky who died there, 2 Sam. 10, 18; 
napukegt nupukegj pi. the dead, Eccl. 
4, 2, =napunutchigy Num. 16, 48 (pish 
nunnupf I shall die; nont wame nenup- 
pumun, we must all die, C. 188). 

[Alg. nipai-. Chip, niba, he sleeps 
( Bar. ) ; nibdj he dies. (The Chip, prefix 
ni (Bar.) denotes a * going away', 
change (?) of place or posture; cf. 
nepau, to rise up. ) Narr. : Roger Will- 
iams usually employs the verb kilonck- 
quSi[naQ (q. v.), to die, and has nipu% 
mdiv [nuppoOf amdeu (?)], 'he is gone'; 
nlppitch ew6, let him die [a sentence: 
let him be put to death]; niphettUch, 
let them die, R. W. 122; micheme- 
shdid, he is gone forever, p. 160; yo 
dpapany he that was here; mauchauhom, 
the dead man; pi. mauchauhomuocky 
— chtpeck; chepassdtam, the dead sa- 
chem; chepasqudwj a dead woman; m- 
chimaHipan, 'he that was prince 
[sachem] here', p. 161. Cree Jiippuy 
he is dead; nippdw, he sleeps, Howse 31. 
Del. mboiui, mortal; mhoagan death, 
Zeisb. Gr. 104.] 

nupweshandnat, v. t. an. to persuade: 
tvunnepweshanuhj he persuaded him, 2 
Chr. 18, 2; sunnummatta . . . kenup- 
weshanukwo), doth not (he) persuade 



nupweshandnat — continued, 
you, 2 Chr. 32, 11; nupweshandmuny we 
persuade, 2 Cor. 5, 11 {nupweshaafisco' 
6nat, to persuade, C. 204; nunnup- 
weshan, I persuade, p. 203). 

nupweshassowaonk, n. persuasion, Gal. 
5, 8 {nupwesfiassa^waonky C. 204). 

nupwo^nk (?), n. a riddle, Judg. 14, 
12-15; a proverb, Prov. 25, 1 {nuptvd- 
tvaonky C. 163); *a mystery', 1 Cor. 
13, 2. See napwcoacheg; siogkanmonk. 

[nupwoshwdnat (? ) , j to choke: nupwosJi- 
wdogy they are choked (with cares), 
Luke 8, 14; niah uhpamiincomaHtshy these 
(inan.) choke (it), Mark 4, 19 {nup- 
pashoon wvicfie weyaus, I am choked 
[with flesh], C. 185; paaahomninyieaty 
to be choked, ibid.; nukkehcMquahes 
peminneaiy 1 am choked with a halter, 
ibid . ) . See kechequabinau, 

nuslUle, adj. slain, killed (dead by vio- 
lence), Is. 22, 2. 

nufllUU>nk, n. slaughter, Is. 27, 7; Jer. 
12, 3; a killing, Heb. 7, 1; Is. 22, 13. 

nush^teaen, n. a murderer, Deut. 35, 
28; 1 John 3, 15; shehtederiy 'bloody 
man', Ps. 5, 6. 

[Narr. keinineUichicky pi. murderers, 
R. W. 117.] 

nushAteaonk, n. murder (abstract),. 
Luke 23, 19; killing, Hos. 4, 2; pi. 
-ongafhy Matt. 15, 19; Mark 7, 21; sheh- 
tedonky Rom. 1, 29. 

nush^teauunat, v. i. to commit mur- 
der, to be a murderer: noh ncishteohpy 
'who had committed murder', Mark 
15, 7; nushehteaog ut mayntj they com- 
mit murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9; 
kenushteomwwy you commit murder, 
Jer. 7, 9; nushehteuhkon, -ieahkony thou 
shalt not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21; 
*thou shalt do no murder', Matt. 19, 18 
{nunnishteamy I kill; nunrmhUap, I did 
kill, C. 196). 

[Narr. kemineaniijU>€k, they murder 
each other. R.W. 76.] 

nushdnat, v. act. an. to kill, Deut. 9, 28; 
Esth. 3, 13; Acts 9, 24 (nuniehanaly C. 
196) ; pass, nushittinn^aty to be killed, 
Esth. 7, 4; but nushau, nuahaog (3d 
pers. sing, and pL), are used indiffer- 
ently for the active or passive voice,, 
he or they slew or were slain (see nushr 
dhkonat): nunnush, I slew him, 1 Sam^ 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



99 



nush^nat — continued . 
17, 35; 2 Sam. 1, 16; nusk, kill thou, 
Judg. 8, 20; Acts 10, 13; nushon (?), 
he murders (them), Ps. 10, 8; he slew, 
Judg. 15, 15; nushcDk, kill ye, Luke 15, 
23; nushehteuhkoriy -ahhtm, thou shalt 
not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21; pish 
nunnusJij I shall slay. Gen. 27, 41; nush- 
ojUy nasJumt (part.), slaying, Gen. 4, 
15; Ex. 21, 14; nushau, nusheaUj he 
slew, 1 Sam. 17, 36; Ex. 2, 12; 2 Chr. 
25, 3; he was slain, Dan. 5, 30; wurir 
shduh, (it) slew them, Dan. 3, 22, = nah 
minnushoh, Luke 13, 4; pish nushau, 
he shall l)e put to death, Ex. 21, 12, 
15, 16, etc.; mos nusheaUy he must be 
killed. Rev. 13, 10; nmhaog, they slew. 
Gen. 49, 6; Judg. 3, 29; pish nushoog, 
they shall be slain, Ezek. 26, 6; nush- 
6og (as part, pi.), slain, they who are 
slain, Ezek. 26, 6; 32, 21, 2^-25; Is. 
22, 2; noh nashomuk, who was slain, 
Judg. 20, 4; pass, pish nunnushit, I shall 
be slain, Prov. 22, 13; (Dsqfieonk nashitj 
the blood of the slain. Num. 23, 24; neg 
nushitcheg, the slain, Ezek. 32, 20. 

[Narr. niss, kill him; pi. nUmke, R. 
W. 122.] 
nushtilikdnat, v. act. i. to kill, to 
make slaughter {nishehkonat, to kill, 
C. 196) : togkodUg kodtinnumauun nush- 
uhkdnat, *the sword is drawn ... for 
the slaughter', Ezek. 21, 28 (to go on 
killing, to kill as a business, k' pro- 
gressive). 
nussequnneat Inussu-sequnnecU]^ v. i. 
to remain alone: nen wehe nussequnii, 
*I only remain', 1 K.18,22; nen webe 
nvssequnneanity I only am left, 1 K. 19, 
14. See sequnau. 
nussin, nuttin, I say. See ussindt, 
nu88u, nusseu, adj. an. alone (solus), 
Ex. 18, 18; 24, 2; Deut 33, 28; Matt. 
18, 15; nasct Job 9, 8: nMnniwwf, I alone. 
Is. 63, 3; nahse . . . nusseUj alone ... by 
myself, Is. 44, 24; nohsiii, if she be 
* desolate ' (as, a widow), 1 Tim. 5, 5 
{nunndnsiupy I was alone; nomsiyeue 
(and 'wukse'), all alone, C. 167; nmi- 
siyeuy ibid. 232). 

[Narr. hdnnishishem, are you alone? 
nnUhishem, I am alone; pcaHsuck naunl 
manUy 'there is only one God'; naUgom 
nauntf He alone (made all things, etc. ), 



nuBBu, nusseu — continued. 

R. W., 31, 114, 115. Del. iiechoha, adv. 

alone, Zeisb.] 
[unjnussu, (he is) shaped, etc. See 

under U. 
nutcheg, hand. See menulcfieg (m*7iul- 

cheg), 

nuttaihe, pi. an. nuUaiheog; inan. nut- 
taiheashy mine, (is) mine, Gen. 26, 20; 
Mai. 3, 17; Ezek. 35, 10. See vmttmhe. 

nuttaih^in, ours, (is) ours. See lout- 
taihe. 

nuttin, nussin, I say. See tUlinonat. 

nuttiniin: nen nuUinniin nen jiiUtinniin, 
for 'I am that I am', Ex. 3, 14; ne- 
mutche ne nuttiniin {^ne nxUlunnixn\ 
Mass. Ps.), *for so I am', John 13, 13; 
({id maita ne niUtinniein, *but it is not 
so with me', Job 9, 35; yeu mo nuttin- 
aiiny thus I was, Gen. 31, 40; yeu nuttin- 
miny thus I have been (and am), v. 41; 
woh nutiinni onatuh ne moUia dniyeUy * I 
should have been aa though I had not 
been'. Job 10, 19 {nen nuttinne-aiin nen 
nuttinne-aiiny 'I am such as such as I 
am ', or * I myself remain or continue to 
be such ais I myself remain' InuUinne- 
aiin=l am such as (I)]; nuttinniy 1 am 
become; [nuttinni]yumuny we are be- 
come ; unniincU, to become, C. 1 81 ) . See 
unnaUnneat, Cf. vmitinniin. 

[Del. n'teUiy I (do, say, etc.) thus 
or so; k'telliy thou (dost, sayest, etc.) 
thus or so; tu'telliy he, etc., Zeisb. Gr. 
177.] 

nuttinne, even I, Neh. 4, 13; ego ipse, 
Ezek. 38, 23. 

nux, adv. yea, yes, verily (El. Gr. 21); 
verb subst. nuxyeuootUchy let it be yea, 
James 5, 12; nuky yes. Stiles (Narr.). 
^^niWy as it is commonly written, but 
should rather be nukkieSy in two sylla- 
bles", Exp. Mayhew. See *6. 

[Micm. ^y 'oui'; lok {=nok)y *bien'. 
Main. 29. Abn. *ga signif. affirmita- 
tem: niga, oui, c'est cela', Raslea 553; 
nikkiy c'est cela m^me, p. 555. Chip. 
e nange koy yes, certainly; e nangCy O 
yes. Bar. 476. Del. ekeey ay I Zeisb. 
lUin. "Rad. nagay nagaia, vox feminis 
propria, assui^ment, vraiment; nissi 
naga, oui vraiment, je le die."— Grav. 
MS.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



100 



BUREAU OB^ AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



O 



*6, 66 (o nasal ) , yea, yes ; ' ' but there being 
another Indian word of the same signi- 
fication, viz., TJtu-, . . . the former is 
scarce ever used in writing."— Exp. 
May hew. (du, well, it is well, C. 227. ) 

6ftas, 6au8, howaas, n. an animal, a 
living creature. Gen. 2, 19; 7, 4; Lev. 
11, 47 {doas lodas'], C. 171); pi. owaam- 
negy Is. 13, 21; odMneg, Ezek. 1, 14; -oa- 
d»ineg,y. 19 (odagineg, creatures, C. 171; 
oau'cumnegf p. 66): irnhnoh 6au8 wan- 
nahnahshontf * every thing that hath 
breath', Pa. 150, 6; nishnoh oaaspdmon- 
togt every thing that liveth, Ezek. 47, 
9; nishnoh oaas pish pomantam, every 
thing shall live, ibid.; oaas momanchinj 
creeping thing, Lev. 11, 20, 21; ti-uske 
odas, a new creature. Gal. -6, 15. Cf. 
wddUf w&u (an egg) ; (Dch (forth, out of) ; 
om/k', father; tt'^^aiw, flesh. Largely used 
in compound words, especially in the 
names of animals. The termination 
•SsUi of the animate form of adjectives 
(El. Gr. 13) is derived from 6aas; so nom- 
paaSf male ( = ne-omp-oaaSj man-ani- 
mal); mukquosh (mogkedaas) , great ani- 
mal, wolf; musquasstiSf musquash ^ red 
animal, muskrat. 

[Abn. aSaasaky les animaux, Rasles. 
Del. au vfe sis, a beast, pi. -j-sacy beasts; 
au we yey is, wild beast, wild creature, 
Zeisb.] 

^oadtehteaonk, n. payment, C. 203. 

dadtehteauundt, v. t. to pay, as a debt, 
a vow, etc. ; to make payment of: 6ad- 
tehteaouy he pays (tribute). Matt. 17, 24; 
axjdtehteauy Jonah 1, 3; pish k\U6adteh- 
teaniy thou shalt pay (money), 1 K. 20, 
39; dadtehieashy pay thou (thy vow), 
Eccl. 5, 4. 

6adttQik6iiat, v. t. an. to pay to, Deut. 
23, 21; Esth. 4, 7: kutoadtuh kaushy I 
will pay thee, Num. 20, 19; dadtuhkauy 
'kaUy pay thou to (him or them), 2 K. 
4, 7; Ps. 50, 14; nen mU6adtuhkau6ogy (in 
that case) I will pay you, i. e. if you 
agree (subj.), Esth. 3, 9; dadtuhkahy pay 
thou me, Matt. 18, 28 (oadtuhkah eyeuy 
pay me now, C. 203). See adtdaH, 

«oadtuhkoB8uwaliu6nat, v. t. an. to 
cause to be paid [to], C. 203. 



6au8. See 6das. 

obbohquoB, n. See uppdhquds. 

6bohqulU>nk, n. a covering, Ex. 26, 7. 
Be^ appuhqadsu. 

*ockqutcliaiin (Narr.), "a wild beast of 
a reddish hair about the bigness of 
a pig, and rooting like a pig; from 
whence they give this name to all our 
swine"; pL -^nug; R. W. 95; the 
woodchuck (Arctomys monax) (?). 
Cf. ogkoshquog ('conies' ?), El. From 
dgushauy agqshau {agweshau), he goes 
under, roots or burrows. See ogkatchin 
(agwe-wuichau)y he comes from under. 
Cf. ogkatchin. 

[Mod. Abn. ag-askwy K . A . Del. gosch 
goschak (pi.), hogs, Zeisb. Voc. 17.] 

ogrgruhae, adj. little [small in quantity 
or amount]. Pro v. 24, 33: anue ogguhse, 
much less, Prov. 17, 7. Dim. ogguhse- 
mese nippe, a (very) little water. Gen. 
24, 17; iogguhsemesty * by Httle and 
little', Deut. 7, 22, =o6gguhs^seUy Ex. 
23, 30 (ogkosscy adv. little, C. 233). 

o^gxihsoadtu, of little worth, Prov. 10, 
20. 

ogrffuhsuog, an. pi. few, Deut. 26, 5; 
Matt. 7, 14; inan. pi. ogguhsinashy a few 
things. Matt. 25, 21, 23; ogguhsesinash 
(dimin.) , Gen. 47, 9: ogguhseqiiinogoky 
in a few days [at the end of a few days] , 
Dan. 11, 20 {ogkossibog, few, C. 169). 
[For ogkesu (?) and ogkesesu (?).] 

ogkem6nat, a^kemdnat, v. t. an. to 
number or count (an. obj.): ogkeniy 
number ye (the people), Num. 26, 2; 
'take the sum of, Num. 4, 22; ogke- 
mmky Num. 1, 2; agkemeheUeupohy they 
numbered (them), Num. 26, 65; nagog- 
kemutchegy agkemxUchegy they who were 
numbered, Num. 26, 51, 57. 

[Cree u'cke-mayooy he counts him, 
Howse 43.] 

ogrkesu. 

[Note.— Definition not given. See oggufue; 
ogkemondt: ogkdamanAt ] 

ogketamfliKit, v. t. (1) to number, to 
count, to take the sum of: nashpe ogkC" 
iamundty by count, 'according to a cer- 
tain number', Deut. 25, 2 (inan. obj.); 
(tgketamy he counts. Job 31, 4; ogketaj 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



101 



ogketamfliKit — con ti nued . 
ne adtahmk, let him count the number 
of, Rev. 13, 18; ogkeiam, he has num- 
bered, Dan. 5, 26. (2) to read (C. 206) ; 
ogketam, he read. Josh. 8, 34; ogketamup 
matta^ he read not, v. 35; ogketcuth^ read 
thou, Jer. 36, 6; Jioh ogkeLog, he who 
reads. Matt. 24, 15. 

[Narr. ak^tashy pi. aketlambke^ count 
or reckon ( it ) , * tell my money ' ; ak^mog, 
* they are telling of nishes * ; naikhimin, 
I am telling or counting;' **for their 
play [gaming with rushes] is a kind of 
arithmetic"; rUaqule akhamen^ I will 
leave play [I cease counting], R. W. 
136, 145, 146. Del. achk'mdamm, to 
count, to read, Zeisb. ] 

-ogkod, pi. -h ta»h; an. -ogkvMu^ pi. + og, 

*dgkodchinat, to be ashamed, C. 180, 
= akodchinM. See akodchu. 

*okodc]iiie, adv. with shame, * modest- 
ly', C. 229; mat okodchUey shamelessly, 
ibid. 230. See akodchu, 

*ogkodcliuonk, n. shame, C. 159. See 
akodchu-onk. 

Ogkome, -mai, prep, beyond. See ong- 
kame, 

-ogkon. See dhkon. 

ogkosbquog, n. pi. * conies', Prov. 30, 
26. CL m6htukqu&8-og. In Lev. 11,5,6, 
"cony" and **hare" are transferred 
from the English. See dgushau; *ock- 
quichaun. 

ogka>c]xin, bogkoochin, v. i. it depends 
or is suspended from, he is suspended 
from, 2 Sam. 18, 9, 10. Cf. dgushau, he 
goes under; agice-woushau, he hangs 
under. See toaashau. 

[Narr. tedg yo augwMtticky what 
hangs there?; yo augwhdUouSy hang it 
there, R. W. 56. Chip, agddjiriy he 
hangs or is on high, Bar. 180. Cree 
vfckooche-mayooy he suspends him in 
water [?], Howse 43; cf. u'ckootow, he 
hangs it up, p. 47.] 

ogkoowau, he seemed to (them). Gen. 
19, 14 [visusest?]. 

o^uamush: puppissi . , . ne ogqua- 
mushonkf the dust which cleaveth to 
you, Luke 10, 11. Cf. onkhumundt, to 
cover. 

ogq^ianwmnniit, v. t. to liken or com- 
pare one thing with another; an. og- 
quanumdnatj to liken one person' to 



ogqiianumundt — continued . 
another: ahque ogqu&num, * count me 
not', do not liken me to, 1 Sam. 1, 16; 
hovmn ogquanumdg, to whom will ye 
liken (him). Is. 40, 18; inan. ogque- 
neunkquodiy -quoty it is like (it may be 
likened to), Matt. 13, 31; 20, 1; 22, 2. 
The verb substantives from ogque and 
ogquenneunk and their derivatives are 
variously formed and with no uniform- 
ity of application: pish niUogqanneuiik- 
quehy 1 will liken him to, Matt. 7, 24; 
lUtoh woh natogquxnttamiiny to what shall 
I liken (it), Matt. 11, 16; kuUogqun- 
iieavmiy do ye make it like (him), 'com- 
pare it unto' (him), Is. 40, 18. 

[Del. k^delgiqai, so as thou, thou art 
like; w'delgiqui, so as he, he is like, 
Zeisb. Gr. 172, 173.] 

o^u^, agque, wuttogque, like to, in 
the same manner as, Is. 40, 22, 24, 31 ; 
ne ogqxity like it, Deut. 4, 32. See agque- 
nieunkquok; nogque; ogkwtvau. 

[Del. linaquoty elinaquot, 'so, so as', 
Zeisb. Gr. 172.] 

ogrqueneunk, a^queneunk, n. likeness, 
similitude, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18: agqae- 
neunkquoky that which is like to, = og- 
queneunkquodty Matt. 13, 31 ; 22, 2. The 
2d pers. subj. pres. of the verb used for 
the concrete noun. 

o^ueneunkquMu, adj. an. (he) is 
likened or made like to, Matt. 7, 26; 
13, 24. 

o^ueneunkquBsuonk, n. the making 
like in appearance, a similitude. Is. 40, 
18; parable, Matt. 15, 15; 22, 1. 

ogrquidnash, pi. n. islands, Is. 40, 15. 
See aJiquedne; mtmndh, 

ogqunnedt, v. i. to wear clothes, to be 
clothed, Jer. 4, 30; 1 Pet. 3, 3; see 
hogko). ogqimnum&naty v. t. to put on, 
to ornament the person with, 1 Pet. 
3, 3, =ne dqiUy 'which was on him', 
which he wore, Gen. 37, 23, =ne ag- 
quUy 1 K. 11, 30; aqut silver y (when he 
is) clothed with silver, Ps. 68, 13; haa- 
hahp&nak agquity clothed in linen, D&n. 
12, 7 (see agquii; hogka>) ; nag dgqutchegy 
they that wear, 1 Sam. 22, 18 {ogquin- 
neuty to put on, C. 204; nvidgquanneh- 
huam (causat. ) , I clothe; wuttogquanneA- 
huonaiy to Clothe; vnUtogqtiannehhiUin^ 
neat, to be clothed, ibid. 186). 



Digitized by 



Google 



102 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



ogqunne^t — continued. 

[Narr. ocguashy put on (clothes), R. W. 

107.] 
o^uxineg^, n. a shield, Deut. 33, 29; Is. 

22, 6; pi. +a8hy 1 Chr. 13, 34. From 

ogqannedt. 
ogrqunneunkqusflinneat, v. t. to make 

in the likeness of, to make like to. Gen. 

5, 1 (nuUogqueneunks sauumnumuk, I 
seem to be weary, C. 208) . 

ogquodchuau en wadchuut, he went 
up into the mountain. Matt. 5, 1; 14, 
23; Mark 6, 46; ogquodchuau wadckuxdy 
*he went up into a mountain', Matt. 
5,1. 

o^uodtum, V. t. * he garnished', 'over- 
laid' {weta, the house) with (it), 2 Chr. 

3, 6, 7; vmt-ogqv/xHum'Uriy he overlaid 
it with, V. 4, 5. 

ogquonkqua.g, n. 'rust'. Matt. 6, 19. 
o^uonkshde, adj. moldy; pi. -shamhy 

Josh. 9, 5; verb subst. ogqaonhsheau, it 

was moldy, v. 12. 
ogquonkflhiink, n. 'mildew', 1 K. 8, 37; 

lit. mold. (Elsewhere than here 'mil- 
dew ' is transferred. ) 
''^og^uoB, togquos, a twin; pi. -^-suogy C. 

176. 
[Narr. iackqimvooky twins, R. W. 45.] 
ogquBhki, adj. wet, moist (by dew or 

rain, og), Dan. 4, 33: wenomineash . . . 

en ogqushkey grapes . . . moist, Num. 

6, 3. Verb subst. ogqushkajy let it l)e 
wet, Dan. 4, 15; iogkdsxshdmcOy it 'dis- 
tills' (like dew), Deut. 32, 2 (cf. og- 
(fuehcliippanukquogy they are wet (with 
showers), Job 24, 8); ktUogqiUchippan- 
nkquog, they wet thee (with dew), Dan. 

4, 25. Cf. nuchippog. See wultogH; 
*o€kqutc?iaun. 

[Feq. u*uUdggiOy wet (i. e. it is wet); 

waughluggachyy 'deer, i. e. wet-nose'. 

Stiles.] 
*ogwantam{inat (?), to perceive: ogquon- 

tamooacUinneaty to l>e perceived, C. 203; 

ogquarUamtinaty to suppose or imagine, 

ibid. 211. 
*ogwlian (Narr. ), a boat a<lrift, R. W. 99. 
ogrwu. See agiim. 
ohguhshhoog, he minisheth them, 

makes them few. Ph. 107, 39. 
*oh]io]xiaque8uuk, a needle or pin, C. 

161 [for ohkom- (?)]. 
olihontseonat. See ontseu. 



olikas, =6ka8j mother. 

olike, n. the earth, land. Gen. 1, 10; Ps. 
78, 69: lit ohkeitj on the earth, Lev. 
11, 2 {ohkSy ground, C. 160); a country, 
region, 2 K. 3, 20; ut ohkeit^ in the land, 
1 K. 8, 37; nutohket, to my country, 
Gen. 24, 4; kutdky thy land, Ex. 34, 24; 
pi. ohkeashy countries. Gen. 26, 3, 4; 
iveenohke, the grave, Prov. 30, 16. 
From the same radical as d^cw (mother), 
a>8?ie (father) , w6&u (an egg) , etc. ; ' that 
which produces' or 'brings forth'. 
Like 6ka8 (q. v.), the form is passive. 
Cf. Greek, yea, ytf; Egyp, kaui (feni. ); 
kOf a bull; kua, the phallus (?). 

[Narr. oAke and sanaukamuck, earth 
or land; nUtauke, niBmwndwkamuck^ my 
land; wuskdukamnck, new ground, R. 
W. 89. Del. hacki, Zeisb. Voc. 8.] 

ohkehteaen-in, n. a sower, one who 
sows, Matt. 13, 3, 18. 

ohkehtaaundt, ahkehteaunat, v. t. to 
plant, Eccl. 3, 2: ohkehteau tanohket- 
eaonky he planted a garden, Gen. 2, 8; 
ohketeaog ohteuhkdnashf they sow the 
fields, Ps. 107, 37; pish weenomimieoh- 
keieauauog, they shall plant vineyanls. 
Is. 65, 21 (=pish ohkehieaog weenomin- 
neohtekonashy Zeph. 1, 13); pish kuioh- 
keteavfiy thou shalt sow, Mic. 6, 15; ne 
ahketeaopy that which thou sowest, 1 
Cor. 15, 36, 37; pass, ne ahketeamuk up^ 
that which was planted, Eccl. 3, 2; 
ahketead{t)y subj. when he sowed. Matt. 
13, 4; noh ahketeadt, he that sows, v. 37 
( ohkeehkonaty to sow or plant; nuUohkeeh- 
team, I sow or plant; ahquompi kuUoh- 
keteam kuUanni, when do you sow your 
rye? C. 209). See ohteuhkonai, 

[Narr. aukeeteaOimen (and qtUtdune- 
mun), to plant com; aukeeteaHmiich, 
' planting time ' (let him plant) ; aukeeted- 
hettU, ' when they set com' ; nummmUau- 
keetea&men, 'I have done planting', 
R.W. 91-92.] 

♦ohkeieu, adj. below, C. 168. 

ohkeiyeu, adv. toward the earth (El. Gr. 
21 ) ; ohkekontu, out of the ground. Gen. 
2, 9. See agum. 

[Narr. aukeeaseiu, 'downward', R. 
W. 52.] 

^ohkeommoDSOg, bees, C. 156. See adh- 
keomm; massonog. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



103 



ohkeonogrk [ohke-vxynogf earth hole], n. a 
t-ave: ohkeonogkqut, in caves of the earth, 
Heb. 11, 38, = ohkeanogquehtu, Job 30, 6. 

-ohkoon, n. a skin (dressed or prepared 
for use; of. askduj oskdn, 'imiskdn)^ Lev. 
13, 46, 48, 56; 15, 17. From ogqunne&i, 
to cover, to clothe; cf. hogkoOj he clothes 
himself; ivuskon^ i. e. tvuskeohkcon, a 
new or undressed skin. ) Cf. mdnak, 

•ohkoDxiie, adj. made of skins: badgerde 
ohkamie, made of badger skins, Num. 4, 

10, 12, 14; ne league maitagunne unskq^ I 
'anything (vessel or bottle) of skin'. 
Lev. 13, 59, ^league hohkamie wiskq, 
V. 58, =ohk(nnie wiskq, v. 57, ^teag- 
quodtag, v. 48, = maUagune wishq, v. 49, 
=wcfme ne ohkamayeuxDk, v. 51; hohkoo- 
nie auwohiecumk, all that is made of 
skins. Num. 31, 20. See ogqunnedL 

•ohkoDuziiuik, n. collect, skins; skins of 
badgers, £x. 35, 23; cf. sheepsoskunky 
goatsoskunky sheepskins, goatskins, Heb. 

11, 37. 

-dhkq, n. a worm. See cohk, 

ohkuk, ohkiihk, ahkuhq, n. an (earth- 
en) pot or vessel, Job 41, 20, 31; 2 K. 
4, 39, 40, 41; pi. -^quog, Mark 7, 4: 
nippee hassune ahkuhqaog, water-pots of 
stone, John 2, 6 (ohkukCt a kettle, C. 
161). 

[Narr. auaicky a kettle; mUhquockuk, 
a red (copper) kettle, R. W. 36. ] 

ohkukquteaen-in, n. a potter, a maker 
of pots, Jer. 18, 6. 

-ohpantu, ' he treadeth on ' ( walks upon ) , 
inan. obj., Job 9, 8. 

ohpequan, shoulder. See mohpegk, 

•ohppeh, *I may cast a snare'; (or sup- 
pos.?) matta woh ohpjjeh^ 'not that I 
may cast a snare', 1 Cor. 7, 35. Cf. 
appeh, 
[Mabginal note.—" Wrong."] 

*ohquae, C. 235, = uhqude (on the other 
end), q. v. 

oliquantim6nat, v. i. an. to forsake. See 
ahquanumaiu 

^hqninn m i m ^t, v. i. to be loathsome. 
See Hhquanum&nat. 

ohquanupam, on the shore or margin of 
the sea, Ex. 14, 30, =ohquanu kehtah- 
hannit, Mark 2, 13; ohke . . . ohquan- 
8hin may kelahhannity *land by the way 
of the sea', Matt. 4, 15. 



dhqudssdaen, -^nin, 'an austere man', 
Luke 19, 21, 22. 

ohqueneunkqua, adj. terrible. See unk^ 
queneu nkqtissue, 

dhquontamoonk, indignation, 2 Cor. 7, 
11. 

-oht^e, -ohtag, -ohteau, in compound 
words, that which is of (or which has) 
the quality or nature of, or belonging to. 

ohtdeu, 'hecroucheth', Ps. 10, 10. 

ohtauun^t, ahtauun^t, v. t. to possess, 
to have (in possession), Gen. 23, 9; 
Judg. 18, 9; Neh. 9, 15; Amos 2, 10 
{ahtoufinat, to have, C. 194; ahleauh- 
nat, to spare or preserve, ibid. 210; 
ohtOy he hath (it), Mass. Ps.): noh 
tmdchanont wunnaumoniineuhj ohlau 
]X)maniam6onkj 'he that hath the Son 
hath life', 1 John 5, 12; noh . . . 
ynatta ohtoou pomantainoonk^ 'he hath 
not life', ibid.; Jieg ohtunkeg ohke, 
'who were possessors of lands'. Acts 4, 
lU; nuiahiomun , , . uWm, wehave . . . 
a house, 2 Cor. 5, 1; ohtauunndt ohke, to 
inherit the land, Ex. 23, 30; yioh ohiunk, 
the owner (suppos. ), Prov. 1, 19; hoivan 
ohinnk, who hath? Prov. 23, 29; Ex. 24, 
14; mteaguas ohtunk ketatteamung, 'any- 
thing which is (belongs to) thy neigh- 
bor', Ex. 20, 17. It is this verb in the 
intransitive form (ohieau) which Eliot 
has most frequently employed to sup- 
ply the want of the verb of existence 
(see Du Ponceau's notes to Eliot's 
Grammar, xxi-xxix, and Pickering's 
Supplem. Obser\'., xxx-xliv). Thus, 
ayeiionk . . . ohteau wiUtat Kirjaih-jta- 
rim, 'the place is behind Kirjath-jea- 
rim', Judg. 18, 12; ohteau, it is, it was, 
Ex. 40, 38; Matt. 6, 30; pUh ohteau, it 
shall be. Gen. 17, 13; Matt. 6, 21; ohtag, 
(that) which is. Matt. 5, 14; pinh oh- 
taash (inan. pi.), they shall be, Deut. 
6, 6; ohtop, it was, John 1, 1; kutah- 
tauun, thine is, Matt. 6, 13; ahtoou ah- 
toonk, he 'hath any inheritance', I^ph. 
5, 5; ahtoog, they had (brick, etc.), 
Gen. 11, 3; nuppaxmk ohteau ohkuhqut, 
there is death in the pot, 2 K. 4, 40; 
na ohtxi, nah ohta, there are (there is?), 
C. Math. Not. Ind. 52(mUahtou,nviohtd, 
mdtohtd, I have, I possess (it) ; kutahloup, 
thou hadst; noh ahtou, he has; nuUaJiUh 



Digitized by 



Google 



104 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



ohtauundt, ahtauundt — continued. 
rnnn, we have; kuttalUomwm, ye have; 
img ahtoog, they had, G. 194, 226). 

[Del. olhatlon or irulaUon^ he haa or 
possesses, Zeisb. Gr. 158; haliau^ 'he 
has, it has, it is there', ibid. 162; kalieu, 
Zeisb. Voc. 18.] 

*ohteak. See *ohteuk. 

-ohteau. See -ohide, 

ohtedonk, alit6onk, n. a possession: 
vmtohttwnk, their possession, Gen. 47, 
11; vmtch ahi^onk^ 'for a possession', 
Lev. 14, 34; machemohtag ohtdonkf an 
everlasting possession. Gen. 17, 8. 

ohteuhkonat, V. i. to sow or plant a field. 
Matt 13, 3; Lev. 26, 5; Is. 28, 24: 
ohie&hkausxi, is sown, 1 Cor. 15, 43, 44. 
See ohkehteaundt, 

ohteuk, ohteak, n. a field. Matt. 13, 38, 
44; land which is cultivated or inclosed, 
or to which the idea of ownership or 
individual possession attaches (from 
ohtauundt or ohtdey and ohke) ; pi. ohieuk- 
kdna^h, Ps. 107, 37; John 4, 35 (ohteuk- 
kOnanh, C. 160); wiU ohieakonity in his 
field, Matt. 13, 31; ut ohieakonii, in the 
field, Ex. 23, 29; utwoskecheohteakonity in 
the open field, Num. 19, 16; Lev. 14, 53 
{ahi^k, soil, a field, C. 160). See ohke. 

ohtohtosu, ( is) remove<l, Job 14, 1 8. See 
oniahtatiundf, 

ohtomp, ahtomp, n. a bow, 2 K. 13, 16 
Ps. 78, 57: uwikimiau wviohlompe, he 
bends his bow (hath bent. Lam. 2, 4) 
hUafitomp, thy bow. Gen. 27, 3; ofUomp 
kah kdvhquodtash, bow and arrows, 2 K 
13, 15; pi. ivtUohtompehy icutahiompecooh 
their bows; Jer. 51, 56; 1 Sam. 2, 4; oh 
iompeitchegy those who carry bows, bow- 
men, Jer. 4, 29; noh kdnunnoni ahiom- 
pehy he that handleth the bow, Amos, 
2, 15; noh nohtuhtxinkeg kah pmtnnkan- 
oncheg ohtompehy who handle and Vjend 
the bow, Jer. 45, 9. [phiAe-ompy that 
which belongs to a man (?)]. See om- 
pategash; ivonkinonaL 

[Abn. tanbi Peq. n'teumpy nut- 
teumpshy (my) bow: Towauniiemaudno 
ivaudgunum n'teump neegau nuckhegunt; 
moh-che mussyums mochin ieautum eyew 
teaium gynchumSy ' I wish I had my bow^ 
and arrows: I think I would [now] 
shoot you ' ( * eyewy now; tentuniy I think; 
moh'che, I will; moche aatiguumbe, I'll 



ohtomp, ahtomp — continued, 
certainly ; gynchewsy I kill ' ) , Stiles. Del. 
hat ia pey Zeisb. Voc. 18. Micm. ahpee. 
Montagn. achaape. Skoffie mishtamp- 
pee. Chip. mUigioab. Powh. aUatvpy a 
bow; attoncey arrows, J. Smith.] 

oiohquashadt (?), when he was walking 
along by (or near). Matt. 4, 18, =;)/mm- 
wushadty Mark 1, 16. 

6kas, olikas, cokas, n. mother; con- 
struct. Skasohy Gen. 21, 21; Matt. 10, 35, 
37: ohkasoh JesuSy the mother of Jesus^ 
John 2, 1; ndkaSy nwkaSy my mother^ 
Matt. 12, 48; Luke 8, 21; kdkaSy kwkas, 
thy mother; Mark 3, 32; Luke 8, 20; 
Eph. 6, 2; pi, nokamiidnogy our mothers, 
Lam. 5, 3; okaslnneunky mothers, (col- 
lect. ) all motherhood, Mark 10, 30 (wul- 
tookdsiny a mother ; nyutchehimu, her 
mother, C. 162). From the radical <$m, 
koy with a termination marking the 
nomen patientis, as ooshey ooch does the 
nomen agen tis. Perhaps the same word 
(with animate termination), as fthke^ 
earth. 

[Narr. okdsuy a mother; ndkacey nioh- 
whawy my mother, R. W. 44.] 

okauau, he: ne^ut ookauauy he has one 
wife, 1 Tim. 3, 2. 

okummeB (?) [=<5A:cw-Mmmi8^«?], aunt, 
father's brother's wife: kokummeSy 'thy 
aunt'. Lev. 18, 14; *oibum»it«, thy grand- 
mother, 2 Tim. 1, 5 {vmUookummminy 
a grandmother, C. 162). 

[Del. mu cho mejty grandfather (ait 
femina?), 2feisb. Voc. 23.] 

6m, n. a hook (and line), Matt. 17, 27. See 
*aumaiii, 

[Del. amariy fish-hook, Zeisb.] 

otnj&chegf n. pi. fishers: neg omdchegy they 
who (fish with a hook) 'cast angle'. 
Is. 19, 8. 

omden, n. a fisherman; pi. omaenuogy 
Ezek. 47, 10. Cf. nwtamogquaen. 

omaenat (?), to fish. See *aumafn. 

*6mmi8,pl. +»uogy herring, C. 159. See 
aumsA-ogy 'a fish somewhat like a her- 
ring ' , R. W. 102. See *munnawhaUeaug. 
[Pekcil note.— "Dim. of aumauog ?: for 
aummfm, depreciatfvc aiimUfh. See note in 
R. W. 114."1 

*omdgpeh, adv. almost, C. 233; vt 6m6^ 
wamey generally, ibid. 225, 228. Cf* 
momanchy at times, now and then. 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGL18H DICTIONARY 



105 



omolik[inat?], v. i. to rise up, to rise 
from sleep {omuhkenaie, to arise, C. 
180): omohkea nompoden, he rose early 
in the morning, Ex. 24, 4; omohkUy 1 
K. 3, 20; omohkeog nompodCf they rose 
early, Ex. 32, 6; 1 Sam. 29, 11; omohkeon 
(subj.), when I arose, 1 K. 3, 21; noh 
omohkit nompdaef he who rises early, 
etc., Prov. 27, 14; omkish, arise thou. 
Gen. 19, 15; omokemm kah nepomo), it 
arose and stood upright (pass, form, 
'was arisen* and 'was stood ')i <jen. 
37, 7 {nuUomuhkem, I arise; nutlomuk- 
kemuYiy we arise, C. 180). 

[Abn. anmikkSt je me 16ve, a 
somno.] 

omohkin6nat, v. t. an. to raise up, an. 
obj.; omohkineh, raise thou me up, Ps. 
41, 10. 

[Abn. Sdahmikenarif je le fais lever, 
je le Idve de terre.] 

omp, n. man. This word is nowhere 
found by itself, and perhaps was al- 
ready obsolete when Eliot* s acquaint- 
ance with the language was commenced; 
but its recurrence in compound words 
suffices to fix it as the dialectic name 
appropriated, in accordance with Indian 
usage, to the favored race, whose men 
were all viri, while those of other tribes 
or nations were contemptuously re- 
garded as even less than homines — 
mimnnuogy or captives. (See mi^ln] 
misifinnin,) From this root come, ap- 
parently, nompaas (ne-omp-ddcutj the 
man animal), a male; wosketomp (wos- 
kehuae-ompj hurtful or bloody man), a 
warrior, or * brave*, one who bears 
arms (see note below); mugquomp 
{mogke-ompf great man), a captain; 
nunkomp {jumkon'Ompj light man?), a 
young man, not grown up; penomp 
{penowe-omp ?, a stranger to man, nes- 
cia viri ?), a virgin; omskaudnat (for 
omp-), to conquer, to put to flight; 
and, perhaps, ompehtedonk (omp-ohldef 
that which belongs to man or to the 
conqueror), tribute. 

[Note.— Regarding wotkdomp the compiler 
notes: "This is wrong, bat I can not fix the 
true meaning of tvosket-.' This is followed by 
a note in pencil: '* Perhaps not wrong. 1883."] 

ompachissin, 'the top of it [a ladder] 
reached* (to heaven). Gen. 28, 12. 



ompamuhquaen^t, v. i. to turn one*s self 
around, to turn back, to look behind 
one: ompamuhquaeu, *he turned back', 
2 K. 2, 24; cthque ompamuhqaaishy do 
not thou look behind thee. Gen. 19, 17; 
ompdmuhquaiohf she looked back, v. 
26; matta ompamuhqaaeogy they look 
not back, Jer. 46, 5; ompamuquaehtavutu, 
V. t. he looked back at, Jer. 13, 16. See 
nuhguaincU. 

*ompana[enat?], v. i. to lift one's self 
up, to rise up (as opposed to nauivaenat, 
to bow down): ompan&eu, he lifted 
himself up; ompanacop (pret.), Mass. 
Ps., John 8, 7; ompandit, when he lifted 
himself up, v. 10. 

^ompategrt pi. H-cw/i, weapons, ^lass. 
Ps., John 18, 3, = auwohteaongcuth (?)^ 
El. See auivofUeau, 

*ompattainftnat, 'to wear clothes out'; 
maJUompattamiinaty to wear out; num- 
mahche ompattam, 1 did wear; nag woh 
ompattamwogy they would wear, C. 215. 
See auwohkon. 

ompatuBBlnat, to lean upon {ompaiin' 
sinrdnaty C. 199) : rwh ompaiumn ueky he 
leans on his house. Job 8, 15; omjHi- 
tusshuoogy they lean on (him), Mic. 3, 
11; ompattunfuky if he lean (or leaning) 
on it, 2 K. 5, 18; 18, 21; John 13, 23; 
ompaimunm kah anwohhou, *the stay 
and the staff *, Is. 3, 1; ompoHssunntDonky 
the stay, ibid. 

ompehteie, ompetede, adj. of tribute; 
-teagumhy tribute money. Matt. 17, 24. 

ompehte^nk, ompwet- {ompeteaonky 
C. 203), n. tribute, Gen. 49, 15; Num. 
31, 28; Matt. 17, 24, 25; 'toll*, Ezra 
4, 20: omp-ohtdey ompehtedonk , that 
which belongs to men, i.e. masters (?). 
See omp. l^'ompeht . . . donk, an old 
Indian word that signifies obedience 
by giving any . . .", C. 155 (partly 
illegible in his manuscript).] See om- 
iminndonk, 

omp^nat, v. i. to be loose, unbound, 
free, 1 Cor. 7, 27: omp^auy if thou he- 
loosed (or free) from, ibid.; noh om- 
peneau vmichy she is loosed from (the 
law), Rom. 7, 2. 

ompeneatisu, adj. (was) loosed, Mark. 
7, 35; pi. an. -\-ogy Dan. 3, 25. 



Digitized by 



Google 



106 



BUREACJ OF AMEBIC AN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



^mpenednat, v. t. an. to loose or unbind 
an. obj. {ompinnednat, to release, Luke 
23, 20); = ponanaudnat (see ponanau): 
wut&mpinneuhf he loosed him (from 
bonds), Pa. 105,20[-rM?ou;ifor-n«*/i(?)]; 
Acts 22, 30; ompinneau, he looseth (the 
prisoners), Ps. 146, 7; ompinneuk^ loose 
ye him, Matt. 21, 2; kutompenimdnu- 
ncumt, *I (to) release unto you', i. e. 
I to cause to be unbound to you. 
Matt. 27, 21; ompin (?), loose thyself. 
Is. 52, 2. 

-ompenumun^t, v. t. to loose, to unbind. 
Rev. 5, 2: ompeneum^ he looseth (the 
bonds), Job 12, 18; ompenim nuppe- 
munneatf he has loosed my cord, Job 
30, 11; ompinimunashj they are untied, 
loosed. Is. 33, 24. 

[Narr. w&mpanishy untie this; aumr 
panilmmin, to undo a knot, R. W. 54.] 

ompetag, -ak, adv. afterward, after 
that, Josh. 24, 5; Ps. 73, 24; Neh. 6, 10; 
Mark 4, 28: wutch ompetak, for the time 
to come, the future, Is. 42, 23 ( * shortly *, 
C. 230). 

ompetede. See ompehtede. 

ompete^onk. See ompehtedonh, 

•ompontinnumundt maga>onk, to send 
an offering (or tribute, homage), 1 Sam. 
6, 3: nish ompontinumauogish vmtch \ 
mag<Donkf which things ye return him 
for an offering, 1 Sam. 6, 8. 

-ompoDchanumundt {ompoDckenatf v. i.? 
to roll, C. 206): vmiompwclianumadnt 
qustuky to roll away the stone. Gen. 
29, 8 [i. e. to remove the obstruction (?), 
ompenumundt and imUche (?) ]. 

*ompa>chenat, v. to roll, C. 206. 

*omppuwussueonknunkquat, n. vice, 
C. 165. 

•ompsk, ompsq, in compound words, a 
stone or rock; equivalent in some cases 
to qusmikf in others to hasmn. See k£' 
nompsq (a sharp stone, under kfmai)^ 
wanashquompskqiU (the top of a rock), 
togiconkanompsk (a millstone, under 
toggukwonk)f kussohkoi-ompsk (a high 
pointed rock), etc. Not used in Eliot's 
Bible except in compound words; but 
missUcheompsqut (obj.), * a great stone', 
is in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156. The pri- 
mary meaning seems to be an upright 
{ompai) rock or stone (p'sk ) . Eliot has : 



ompsk, ompsq— continued. 
pasipskkodt'tU [paJuvrp'sk'], 'in a cleft 
of the rock % Ex. 33, 22; agwepassompskO' 
dMu, 'under the [cleft upright] rocks', 
18.57, 5; woskeche piskuttu, (from) 'the 
top of the rocks', Num. 2S, 9; ul aUco- 
che pishkodttUf 'on a crag of the rock', 
Job 39, 21; kenugke pumipskquehtu, (of 
river courses) 'among the rocks', Job 
28, 10; kussampskdiyeuuty 'on (high) 
rocks' (or on a high rocky place), Jer. 
4, 29; chippipakui, 'upon a rock' under 
water, Acts 27, 29; mamossompsquehtUf 
in 'graver (?), Is. 48, 19; wutch vmke- 
chepiskquttUf 'from the top of the 
rocks', Num. 23, 9 (sing.tuoakechepiskq, 
on the top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7). 

ompskot, n.: Tiequircmpakoty *a penny*, 
Matt. 22, 19; Mark 12, 15; Rev. 6, 6 
{ompskod, a penny, C. 203; ompskotashj 
pence, Ind. Laws, ii, p. 3). Cf. nequt- 
ompskinauaheUitf 'of a span long' (pi.); 
nequt omsHnausu ne mhleag, 'a span 
shall be the length of it', Ex. 28, 16. 
[Narr. nequitidmpscaty 1 penny (that 
is, a penny's worth of tvdmpan; prob- 
ably a measure of length ) ; neeaadmscat, 
2 pence; yowdmscai^ 4 pence; qaJHor 
iaahaumscatf 6 pence ( = quMaiuUu, qudt' 
tticUu; men =2 qudUualueSy =12 pence, 
or a shilling); piuckquat (10 qudttua- 
tnes)y 60 pence, = quUatashincheck aum' 
scaly ^nquUtdmpeg, or nqaitnishcaiisu, 
1 fathom of their stringed money; 
neemumpaiigcUucky 2 fathoms = 10^ shil- 
lings, etc.; neemumsqusmyi, 2 spans of 
ivdmpayi; yovxfmp9CU99dyij 4 spans, etc., 
R. W. 128, 135.] 

ompsq. See ompsk. 

[-ompu: eii wompUf he looks. Cf. Chip. 
out waubf to see.] 

^ompuwussiioxik, n.: aiontogkoie ompur 
wussuonk, craft or guile, C. 165. 

ompwetea^nurin, n. a tributary, Lam. 
1, 1; pi. ompdeaenuog, Judg. 1, 30. 

ompwete^nk. See ompehtedonk. 

ompwunn^nk. See omvmnndonk, 

ompwunnit: noh ompwunnit, 'a raiser 
of taxes', an imposer of tribute (?), 
Dan. 11, 20. 

ompwuxin6nat, v. t. to pay tribute to, 
Mark 12, 14; Luke 23, 2: pish kut&mp- 
ivunnukguogy they shall be tributaries 
[pay tribute] to you, Deut 20, 11; 



Digitized by 



Google 



thumbull] 



WATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



107 



ompwuxindnat — continued . 
umtompunukoouhj they were tributaries 
to them, Judg. 1, 33; tpuiomptminuhj 
(he) gave him presents, paid tribute, 
2 K. 17, 3. 

omskaudnat, v. t. an. to prevail over, 
to put to flight: pish omskauw&og^ they 
shall chafie, put to flight, Lev. 26, 8; 
omskosuy he prevailed in battle, was 
the conqueror, Ex. 17, 11; vmtomskauoh, 
he chased him, Judg. 9, 40. 

omwunn^nk, ompw-, n. tribute (paid 
or referred to the payer). Num. 31, 37, 
38, 39. See ompehiedonk. 

dnag*. See dunag, 

dxUlt, auon^t, v. t. to go to a place or 
object, Eccl. 7, 2; Jer. 37, 12. See ex- 
amples under au, to which add ontuhj 
let ua go to, 1 Sam. 11, 14; Luke 2, 15; 
ongq, go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16. 
Cf. (DmunAt. 

onatuh, adv. as, like, Ps. 78, 15, 27, 65; 
oncUuh . . . netatuppe, as ... so, 
Prov. 26, 9 (construed with the suppos. 
mood for unne toh^ as though, as when). 
Cans, verbsubst. onaiuheyeiuD ( ' he took 
on him'), he made himself like, Heb. 
2, 16. 

onch, conj. yet, notwithstanding that, 
Ex. 9, 17; Eccl. 1, 7; Hos. 9, 16; ohn- 
chikoh, but yet, Rojn. 5, 7; ohnchf Is. 
14, 1 (=anA, with form of imperat. 3d 
pers. singular or absolute participle). 
See qui, 

oncheteau. See onchieau, 

oncheteauun, * revised* or * corrected' 
(as used in title-page of Rawson's revi- 
sion of Eliot's translation of Samp. 
Quinnup., 1689): onehheaog iimthashub' 
pcouh, they mended their nets, Mark 

I, 19; onchteauunat weh, to repair his 
house, 2 Chr. 24, 12; 34, 10; oncheUau- 
unat, 2 Chr. 24, 5. See anchteau. 

onchittamauonat (7), v. i. to chew the 
c\xd(^) ; (d. kohkodhuTnaii, onchittamau, 
it chews the cud, Lev. 11, 4, 5, 6; <m- 
chiUamont, part., cheweth the cud. Lev. 

II, 3, =kohkodhumo7U, Deut. 14, 6; 
amchiUamonchegy pi. they which chew, 
etc., Lev. 11, iy^kohkodhumoncheg, 
Deut. 14, 7; mcUia onchiUamauo), he does 
not chew. Lev. 11, 7, Somalia kohkod- 
humdau, Deut. 14, 8. 



onchteau, onclieteau, he amends (it); 
suppos. 2d pi. oncheteadgy 'if ye amend 
(your ways), Jer. 7, 5; onchleoook, amend 
ye (your ways), v. 3; onchetde, amended, 
title-page of second ed. of Indian Bible. 
See oncheteauun. 

onchtedonk, n. a repairing, repair: onch- 
teSonk wek^ the repairing of the house, 
2 Chr. 24, 27. 

onchteiink, part.: ohchteunk pokgahunky 
the repairer of (he who repairs) the 
breach. Is. 58, 12. 

ongrkoxne, ogkomai, prep, on the other 
side of, Josh. 24, 2, 3 (its adversative is 
sometime yddi^ 2 Sam. 2, 13) : ogkomde, 
on the other side (of the way), Luke 
10, 31, 32; ogkomde pummejieutunkanit, 
on the other side of the wall, Neh. 4, 
13 (* behind the wall'); nag ogkomut 
sepuvUy (to) those beyond the river, 
Neh. 2, 7. See acavrmen{6akit), ogka- 
muk l=:Accomac] Jordan^ (that which 
is) beyond Jordan, Matt. 4, 15. 

[Abn. ahgSanmekf en del^. Quir. oib- 
k6mmuk kalhana, over the seas, Pier. 10. 
Cree akdmikf across, on the other side. 
Del. gamunky over there, the other side 
of the water; achgameUf over against, 
Zeisb.] 

ongkoue, prep, beyond (El. Gr. 21), 1 
Sam. 20, 37: iimtuhahame . . . ongkoue, 
on this side . . . on that side or beyond 
(the river), Josh. 8, 33; aongkddej ut- 
most, farthest off, Deut. 30, 4; Jer. 9, 26; 
25, 23; annup aongkouoh komutj *come 
from the uttermost parts of the earth', 
Matt. 12, 42; en aongkouej to the furthest 
(' utmost '), Deut 34, 2 (onibifcdu^, C. 168 ) ; 
ongkoufy behind, 1 Sam. 21, 9. See 
wutuhshame. 

ongquoxndnat. See onkquommommaxmk, 

onk, conj., a particle which nearly an- 
swers to the Greek dr^y and is com- 
monly used in the continuation of a re- 
cital or for connecting parts of a propo- 
sition or members of a sentence less 
closely and directly than by kah. It is 
sometimes put for 'and ', Gren. 20, 12, 13; 
Matt. 18, 5; elsewhere for *so', *so 
that', Ps. 78, 20, 29. anue onk wamcy 
more than all, 1 Chr. 16, 20; anvs mU- 
fuken onk neeuy he is more great than I, 



Digitized by 



Google 



108 



BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



onk — continued. 
Mark 1, 7; missi onky greater than, 
Mark 4, 32 (onkne, besides, C. 234). 
[Was it originally the same as xronk ?] 

onkaeeae, adv. (dimin. of ongkoue)^ a 
little farther, Acts 27, 28. 
[Narr. aurwcuisesey R. W. 55.] 

oxikapunanittuonk, n. torment (en- 
dured; referred to the subject). Rev. 
9, 5; Ex. 1, 13, 14 (* rigor'). See avr 
nHtkompandonk. 

onkapunanonat, onkaptmndnat, v. t. 
an. to torment, to torture: tvtUonka- 
purmandoiUy to torment them. Rev. 9, 
5; ahqiie onkapunanehy torment me not, 
Luke 8, 28. Pass, onkapunnandogj they 
were tortured, Heb. 11, 35. Cf. auwa- 
kornpunnasmi. 

onkapunndnittue, adj. and adv. cruel, 
severe, Heb. 11, 36 (with reference to 
the subject or victim). 

onkapunxUU>nk, n. torment, torture, 
cruelty [inflicted; referred to the 
agent], Rev. 9, 5 (3d pers. pi.). 

onkatog, adj. another, Deut. 28, 30: pamk 
. , , onkafogt one . . . the other, Deut. 
21, 15; ketassmt ayeuhkononl wonkatogeh 
keta8sa)toh, a king going to war against 
another king, Luke 14, 31 (here -on- 
kaiog has the prefix of 3d pers., *his 
other' (?), and objective affix); pi. on- 
kaiogig (linkaiak, Pier. 14). From onk 
or wonk, 

^onkatogibiit, conj. otherwise, C. 234. 

*onkatuk, onkne, conj. besides, C. 234. 

oxikauoht, onkauohteau, onkauwoht, 
n. a shadow, Gen. 19,8; 2 K. 20,9; Is. 
32,2. 

onkauwonkqut, 'behind a tree'. Is. 
66,17. 

OTikhumimiCt (onkwhdnai, an.), v. t. 
(1) to put one thing above another, to 
cover. (2) to hide. See ptUtogham. 
onkwhau, he hideth (it), Prov. 27, 16; 
nutonkhum nuskemky 1 hide my face, 
Deut. 31, 18; onkwhonty part, hiding, 
Prov. 27, 16; onkwhosikj unhchosiky (it) 
is covered by, Prov. 26, 23, 26 {nuttonk- 
humun nuhfiog, I cover (myself), C. 
187). 

[Cree tu^ktvUnnahum, he covers it, 
Howse 45; uckwunnaivayooy he covers 
him, ibid. 45, 83.] 

onkne. See *(mkatuk. 



onkouoht^, adj. shady: mehtug- 

quashy Job. 40, 22. 
onkquanuzncDonk, n. sorrow, physical 

pain, Nah. 2, 10. See onkqtiommom' 

nuDonk; unkquanumaxmk, 
onkquattink, n. a recompense, Is. 35, 4; 

7cut , his recompense. Job 15, 31 

{onkquaionky wages or reward, C. 203). 
*onkqueekha>, n. a hat, C. 160; ohk- 

qaontapap€y cap, C. 239. 

[Narr. saunketlppo or ashdnaquOy a hat 

or cap, R. W. 107.] 
*onkqueneuzikque, adj. cruel, C. 168; 

severe, p. 175. 
onkquequohhou, -hoo, n. a veil, Ex. 34, 

33; 2 Cor. 3, 14. See puUogquequohhou. 

onkquequohhou, 'he covered his face' 

(with it), Is. 6, 2. 
onkqunn^sog, n. pi. claws: uvnkqunnS- 

9ogy their claws, Zech. 11, 16. Dimin. 

from uhquoriy a hook. See mUhkos. 
onkquobquodt, (it is) 'lowering'. Matt. 

16, 3. See kuppohquodty (when it is) 

cloudy weather; *onndhguatt raining, C. 
[Del. achgumhocquaty it is cloudy 

weather, Zeisb. Or. 162; ach gum hok, 

cloudy, Sfeisb. Voc. 13.] 
onkquoxnmoxnmaMnk, n. sorrow, Gen. 

3, 16; pain, 'torment'. Matt. 4, 24. 
See onkquanumaxmk; unkquanumaxmk, 

onkquoxnxnomwe, adj. sorrowful, in sor- 
row. Gen. 3, 16, 17. See unkque. 
onkquosketueonk, n. poisoning, Ps. 58, 

4. See uhqaosket, 
onkquotte6nat, v. t. an. (1) to recom- 
pense (a person ) : onkquoUeau, he recom- 
pensed (them), Prov. 26, 10; neh pish 
iputonkqucUauohy he will recompense 
her, Jer. 51, 6; kuppapasku onkquaJUmsh 
[-oi«/i?], I will render to you double, 
Zech. 9, 12; unonquatdky recompense ye 
(her), Rev. 18, 6; neyan onkqucUunk- 
quedgy as she has recompensed you, ibid. 
(2) to hire, to pay wages: kutonkquai- 
oushj I will give thee hire, 1 K. 5, 6; 
yeu kah yeu onkquatoe nuttinhikquny ' thus 
and thus he dealeth.with me' (pays 
me such wages), Judg. 18, 4. See 
annamau (2). 

[Narr. kuUaunckquiUaunchj I will pay 
you; kummuchickdnckquatouSy I will pay 
you well; tocketaonckquiUiinneay what 
will you give me? R. W. 72; kuUeaiio 



Digitized by 



Google 



thumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



109 



onkquottednat — continued . 
cammeinah, *I will give you your 
monejr?', p. 135.] 

onkqussohhou, n. the cover or Mid* (of 
a chest, 2 K. 12, 9). 

onkup[pe], n. strong drink, Is. 5, 11, 22; 
Prov. 20,1, =manuhkag wutlaUamdonkf 
Lev. 10, 9, =menuhke Kmltatiamdonk, 
Num. 6, 3; onhippe, Prov. 31, 4, 6. 

[Abn. dkSbiy boisson forte, Rasles. 
Del. acheuxm, strong, spirituous, Zeisb. 
Gr. 167.] 

onkwhegT} n. =onkwh(mk; pi. -fcw/i, cov- 
ers to dishes, etc.. Num. 4, 7. 

onkwhongrane, adj. covering, Num. 4, 5. 

onkwhonk, n. a covering, Num. 4, 6, 

10, 14; a screen or curtain, v. 25, 26: 
wtUck mishehtash, a covert from the tem- 
pest,' Is. 32, 2; pi. onkwhongashf cover- 
ings, Prov. 31, 22. See pvitoghanu 

onkwhoauonk, n. that which makes a 
cover or covers; pi. -ongash^ Ex. 25, 29. 

*onn6hquat {?), ^raining', C. 222. Cf. 
wunnohquodij fair weather. 

[Narr. dna^cU, rain, R. W. 83. Del. 
alhacquoty *it rains a general rain (over 
a large surface of country) ', Zeisb. Gr. 
161; * stormy, rainy weather', Zeisb. 
Voc. 14.] 

6noque8uonk, ana-, n. a joint; pi. -on- 
ga8h, Cant. 7, 1 ; Eph. 4, 16. 

dnouwussu, adj. lean, Ezek. 34, 20 [from 
amoU'Wegaua, low [hollow] flesh (?)]: 
CDweeyauaei wees pish &nauxcus»eumw, ' the 
fatness of his flesh shall wax lean'. Is. 
17, 4; iandutmissuogj ianamvussitoheg 
(an. pi.), Gen. 41, 3, 4; 6nautuuasii€y C. 
172. 

[Narr. nan&wumssUf it is lean, R. W. 
143.] 

onquO]ita>woxidt, v. 1. to roar, as a wild 
beast: piah onquontatwau, he shall roar, 
Is. 42, 13; nxdogquoYUmwomuny we roar. 
Is. 69, 11; pish ogqaonioMog vmske qun- 
nonouutf they shall roar like a young 
lion, Is. 5, 29 { = nehnehUau{og), Hos. 

11, 10). 
onquottantan»iTi<it, v. t to recompense 

or reward; (inan. obj.) to repay: noh 
woh onkquoUarUanij he will recompense 
(it), Job. 34, 33; nuUmkguadiarUam, I 
will recompense (it), Jer. 16, 18; ahque 
onkquldk, do not recompense (evil for 



onquottantamundt — continued, 
evil), Rom. 12, 17; onkqucUoniaj, let him 
recompense (thy work), Ruth 2, 12. 
onsapinne^t. See ontapirmedt. 
ontahtauundt, v. i. to be moved, Jer. 
24, 9; to be in a state of motion or to 
be made to move from one place to 
another, passively [sometimes transi- 
tive, to move or impart motion to: wu- 
tontcUauunaUj with prefix of 3d pers., to 
remove it. Gen. 48, 17]: *maUa orUah- 
tdunwut (pass, neg.), not to be moved, 
1 Chr. 16, 30; pish onlohteauj it shall be 
, removed, Ezek. 7, 19; sun woh qussuk 
I ontahtauunf shall the rock be removed? 
I Job 18, 4; pish oniahtauun, it shall be 
! removed from its place, Is. 22, 26; que- 
< nohUig oniohteaUj the foundation moved 
[was moved], 2 Sam. 22, 8; agwu oh- 
tagish wadchxmsh ohtahiaashy the foun- 
I dations of the mountains were moved, 
Ps. 18, 7; mat pish ohtohianOt it shall not 
be moved, Ps. 96, 10. 
I [•NoTB.— " Wrong. ThU Is a different verb. 

See ofUataAunat.'*] 

[Cree {l)dt'astdyoo (inan.), he is, or 
is lying, in another place ; ( 2 ) ai-cUMyoo 
(an.), '*he ali-ates, puts, him in an- 
other place, removes him"; (3) at- 
ootdyoOf he goes elsewhere, 'removes ', 
Howse 157. Chip. (1) aund^-ahtd, (2) 
oo<V aund'<Lss&un^ (3) aund^-oota, ibid.] 
*ontaneehkizuieat, to step; nuUontdneh- 

tipy I step, C. 210. Cf. ontamu. 
ontapinnetft, onsap-, ontsap-, v. i. to be 
removed to another place ( with refer- 
ence to change of place without the ac- 
tion, volition, or power of independent 
motion of the object moved) ; with pre- 
fix of 3d pers. wulorUapHnatj (he) to be 
moved, 1 Thess. 3, 3: God n6eu appu, 
mpUa pish ontappuy God is in the midst 
of her, she shall not be moved, Ps. 46, 5; 
nag pish aniappuog, they shall move, 
Mic. 7, 17; rnatia ontappSog, they may 
not be moved, 2 Sam. 7, 10; ontapush, 
ontsapishy 'be thou removed', Matt. 21, 
21; Mark 11, 23; onsappineaUf onsap- 
puogj Num. 33, 6, 6, 7, 8, etc. (antsa- 
pinneatf ontsahlduunatf to move, to move 
one's house, C. 202; nuianlsiapf I move; 
nutantsepHmuny we move, ibid.; tohwaj 
oniootadny why do you remove? ibid. 
239). 



Digitized by 



Google 



110 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2& 



ontapinnedt, etc. — continued. 

[Cree al-dp-u (an.), *he other-sits, 
changes his seat', Howse 156. Chip. 
aund^'dhbehj ibid.] 

ontaahdnat, v. t. an. to remove or move 
from place to place (to be removed (?), 
Ezek. 23, 46): ontashau, he removeth 
(them), Dan. 2, 21; unUontah»huhy he 
removed them, ijen. 47, 21; he re- 
moved him. Acts 7, 4. Cf. *6teshem; 
(Dtshoh. 

ontatatiunat, v. t. to move (an inan. 
obj.). Gen. 48, 17 (with prefix of 3d 
pers. ) : ontaloushkusseetj remove thy foot, 
Prov. 4, 27 {onlaUauah, Luke 22, 42); 
<mlah (?) dhkon, remove (it) not, Prov. 
23, 10; noh (mJtattank, he who removeth, 
Deut. 27, 17; niatta pish kuloniattdwh, 
thou shalt not remove (it), Deut. 19, 14; 
nScotahtahj remove (it) far from me, 
Prov. 30, 8 (arUsapinneat, orUsahidwunaty 
to move, to move one's house, C. 202). 
Of. ontahtauundt. 

[Cree at-astdw (inan.), he removes 
it» How^se 156. Chip, ood^ aund^- 
ahtdorij ibid.] 

ontchetde, amended. Title-page of sec- 
ond ed. of Indian Bible. See onchteau. 

onthamundt, v. i. to put out, to quench, 
to extinguish, as a fire, lamp, or candle 
(cf. ruDtau iMea, the fire goes out, Prov. 
26, 20; wequananteg niaUa ohUuD, the 
candle does not go out, Prov. 31, 18; 
tuaban ayUhoh, the wind bloweth) : nag 
ontohwhdogj they are quenched, !& 43, 
17 (orUah-, Ps. 118, 12) ; matta pish oh- 
tanco, it (anger) shall not be quenched, 

2 Chr. 34, 25 ( on^nco, 2 K. 22, 

17) ; matta pish (ynihamanin, it shall not 
be quenched. Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; inaUa 
dtUanaokf not to be quenched, Luke 
3, 17; nag onihamvx)gj they quench 
(coals), 2 Sam. 14, 7; uhnihamwog nay- 
teauy they quenched the fire, Heb. 11, 
34; pass, pish (mthamun, it shall be put 
out, Prov. 13, 9; nmiau . . matta pish 
oivthamamny the fire shall not be put out, 
Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; Lev. 6, 12. See uhtap- 
paUauunat, 

ontamu, adv. : onlamu penushaUf he fell 
backward, 1 Sam. 4, 18, = antwshau {an- 
towAoo^, they fell backward. Is. 28, 13). 
Ci. *<mianeehhinneat, 

^ontCDwaonk: , Umne ontoiudonkf a hoarse 
voice, C. 171. See ayeuteaontanvaonk. 



ontBappinnetft. See ontapinnedt. 
ontseonk, n. offspring: mUontseonk, my 

offspring, Job 31, 8; vmt , his or 

their offspring, Job 21, 8. 
ontseu, he descends, proceeds from, he 
is the offspring of: tvamie orUseUy * with- 
out descent', Heb. 7, 3 (see vrntont- 
seonk); tieg otUsecheg ttmich Jacobs *they 
that come of Jacob', Is. 27, 6; ontsetcheg^ 
they which issue from (them), 2 K. 20, 
18; nutonsem^ I proceed from, John 8, 42; 
ohhontsedg wutch mdchuk en machuhU, 
* they proceed from evil to evil, ' Jer. 9, 3. 

I Cf. atmundt (indie. Ist sing. nawi). 

, -ontup, in compound words, head. See 

! cftepiontup; kodtdniupont; *uppaqu6ntup; 
wompdntupont; icuskondnltip, Cf. Abn» 

I Step, 
^onuhquBhakomuk, 'a house of mer- 

I chandise' (?), Mass. Ps., John 2, 16. 
6d]it6hkonauonat, eiantuhk-, elan- 

I togk-, etc., V. t. an. to mock at, to de- 
ride; eiontogkonaogj they scoff at (him), 
Hab. 1, 10; kuitddrUdhkonehy thou mock- 
est me. Num. 22, 29; nag ruDche nut- 
tdontdhkonOuh, they began to mock him, 

I Luke 14, 29 (see momonehtatiaiJL); an. 
act. i. dontogkkossu, he mocks, is mock- 

I ing, Judg. 16, 9, 13. Vbl. n. udntohkus- 

\ saywaeuy a mocker. Job 17, 2. 
6ontdmiik, tduntomuk, n. the womb,. 

I matrix, Ex. 13, 2; 12, 15; 34, 19; Num. 

I 8, 16: vmtch Oontomukqut, from the 
womb, Jer. 1, 5 {6l6muky Exp. May hew; 

i wuttoiUdm&kqul, C. 158). 

I *opponenauhock (Narr.), n. pi. oysters, 

I R. W. 103; uponuhpug (Narr.), Stiles; 

, a'punmjhaug (Peq.), ibid.; chunka)^ 

I apuonnahf an oyster, C. 159. From 

I apwdnat (to roast) and hog, wuhhog 

I (shell-fish). 
opwdsu. See appa)su. 
*08ac6ntuck (Narr.), *a fat sweet fish,, 
something like a haddock ^ R. W. 103. 
Perhaps the pollack (Merlangus pur- 
pureus, Mitch.) or hake (Merlucdua 
vulgaris, Cuv. ), more often called 'whit- 
ing ' . Possi bly the same as ^aquaunduuty 
blue fish' (Peq.), Stiles. 
oahkoshqui, adj. green: oshkoshqul, as 
the green herb, Ps. 37, 2. See ash- 
koshqui, 
*08k6n, n. a hide, C. 156; a skin. See 

askdn; wiiskdn. 
*08ko8k, grass, C. 160. See moskehL 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



111 



dsoowunnumundt, v. t. to change, Dan. 
7, 25; Jer. 2,36: dscoiminum wuthogkcoun- 
ashj he changed his clothes, Gen. 41, 
14; matta u^tUdsanvunoh, he does not 
change it, Lev. 27, 10 (dscmnmonty if he 
change, an. obj., Lev. 27, 10); maita 
mU6h6sue usm, ' I change not\ Mai. 3, 6; 
dscDwemcOy it changes, it is changed, 
Lam. 4, 1. 

ossdepdsu, he slideth back, Hos. 4, 16; 
assdepdme, adj. backsliding, Hos. 4, 16. 
Cf. assdushaUf he goes backward. 

Otan, n. a town, a 'city'. Gen. 4, 17; 
Josh. 8, 19, 21; pi. -fcw/i. Gen. 19, 29; 
2 Pet. 2, 6. See kehiotan, a great town. 
[Narr. otdUy the town, pi. Mnash; 
otanickf to the town, R. W. 120. Del. 
u te ney (« te nunky in town), Zeisb. 
Voc. 31.] 

otanemeB, n. dim. for otan, a village. 
Matt 21, 2; pi. -\-ash, Is. 42, 11; Luke 
13, 22. 

*6te8hem (Narr.): wetuomuck ndtesheiriy 
I came from the house; acdwmuck ndte- 
sherrif I came over the water; ndivira- 
tiLckndteshemy I came from far; tuckd- 
teshanOj whence came you? R. W. 28; 
lunna wiUskaHock, whence come they? 
ibid. 29. See mtshoh; ivadchinat, 

*6u, well (it is well), C. 227. See *6. 

ouwibi, n. mist, vapor. Gen. 2, 6; Job 
36, 27. 

[Abn. aSanis, il fait brouillard; a^a- 

nebSgcU, sur la riviere. Chip, awdni- 

bma, it drizzles, Bar. 533; awdn, it is 
foggy, ibid. 532. Del. awonriy fog, Zeisb. 
Voc' 7.] 

ouwassu, he warms or warmed himself, 
Is. 44, 16. See auwassu, 

owanux. See hmvan. 

owohk6nta>&u. See auwokkdntaxiu. 

owdhflhaog, n. the hawk, Deut. 14, 15. 
See mashquanon; qiianunon. 

dwonogkuog, V. i. 3d pers. pi. they 
'have holes*, they burrow, Matt. 8,20, 
= aywonogkwogf Luke 9, 58. See wSnogq, 

*6wwepiimue, adv. calmly, C. 227. See 

-a>-, an inseparable negative particle, 
interposed between the radical and the 
last syllable, or the suffix, of affirmative 
verbs, to constitute the negative form: 
coivadchanumun, he keeps it; mwad- 
chanumamriy he does not keep it, or, as 
more commonly found, mcMa ayicad- 



-co continued. 

chanumooun (with a double negative). 
The negative oo enters into the com- 
position of several words other than 
verbs of negation, as imnne (q. v.), 
(D-ann^, none. Cf. hotvarij someone; 
nnneii, etc. 

a>ch, GOtch, adv. out of, forth from, 
thence: na a>tch sohhamun, there went 
forth from. Num. 11, 31; na cock soltlia- 
jnutif *he went out from thence*, 1 K. 
12, 25; na mch qushkeUy thence he re- 
turned, 2 K. 2, 25; cotcheany he made 
from (it). Gen. 2, 22. This is one of 
the most important radicals of the lan- 
guage, denotmg origin, source, causa- 
tion: cf. na (Dtch (ncoche), therefrom;* 
kcDchy kcoche^ kuiche, which denote ori- 
gin and progress, though often used by 
Eliot for ncoche; whence kutche or 
kehchcj chief; kehchis, old; kuichissikf 
the beginning (of action, etc. ), and the 
perhaps identical ntUche as a preposi- 
tion (from, out of, for), mgh, a father, 
and a>ka8f 6ka»y a mother, and perhaps 
ohke, the earth, have apparently the^ 
same origin; hence, too, a>chetuonganogy 
parents, etc. ; also imtchj umiche: mo teag 
jinitchj without cause, 1 Sam. 19, 5,= 
mat teag wutchy Lam. 3, 52, = M'a7in^ 
monteag vutch, Ps. 35, 7, = initch mon- 
teagy ibid.; nenan xwdclie, for the same 
cause, Phil. 2, 18. See v^iche. 

[♦Note.— After "na mtch {luoche), there- 
from", in the manuscript, occurs the following: 
''m6 (otche (mwche and, with a slightly altered 
form and meaning, nuihcfie) , thence-after (the 
sign of the pluperfect tense)." In the margin 
this is marked ' ' omi t " , and a footnote explains 
that "mcoche, for mds cotchey with reference to 
a future, implies obligation or necessity. See 

[Cree and Chip. See Howse, Cree 

Gr.,pp. 166, 289,291.] 
oochaus, oochaas, n. a fly, Eccl. 10, 1; 

Is. 7, 18. Of. mcomhq. 

[Del. u tschey Zeisb. Voc. 12; pi. 

iiischewaky ibid. 31.] 
oocheinnat, v. i. to be weaned, Gen. 

21, 8; a)cheninopy he was weaned. Gen. 

21, 8. 
(Dclietuon^aiiog, pi. parents: cocJietuan- 

guh (constr.) his parents, Luke 2, 27, 

=^\cutchetuonguh (obj.), Luke 18, 29; 

ka>chetuongana>6ogy your parents, Luke^ 

21, 16; Eph. 6, l'. 



Digitized by 



Google 



112 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



CDchiixmeat, v. p. to be advantaged or 
profited (rmttchiinneatj Is. 47, 12): teag 
noDchiin^ what advantage will it be to 
me? what am I profited? Job 35, 3; 
malUi naKhiiniij it profited me not, Job 
33, 27; teaguas kcochiyimwcOj what are 
you profitwi? Hab. 2, 18; a>chiin, (it) is 
profitable, Eccl. 10, 10; ivoh cochiin^ it 
may profit, Job 35, 8; ni»h matta pish 
ka>chiMnash, these things shall not profit 
thee. Is. 57, 12; nish moita wadddyeu- 
viukish, things which can not profit (be 
profitable), 1 Sam. 12, 21; xvanne teag 
xcuichieu, it profiteth nothing. Job 34, 9. 
Gf. (Dtcheun, he made from (it). 

oohk, (Dhkq, 6hkq, n. a worm, Job 17, 
14; 24, 20; 25, 6 (=a»k(Dk, Ps. 22, 6); 
1)1. whquaog, Is. 14, 11; (ohqoUj it bred 
worms, Ex. 16, 20; cwAto^noMO^, worms, 
Deut. 28, 39 {oskookBej dimin. askcokj Is. 
41, 14); oohke, C. 156. See askoak. 
[Del. mooch-w^y Zeisb. Voc] 

Gohcomous, n. a little owl. Lev. 11, 17, 
=k(Dk<Dkhormvem, Deut. 14, 16. See 
ka)?ika>khau8. 

[Narr. of^&mous, an owl, R. W. 85.] 

QOhquaeu. See uhguae. 

ookas. See 6ka8. 

(Dmsinneat, oomussinneat, v. i. to go 
or come down, to move downward. 
See woomsinnedL 

CDmundt, wtfmiinat, v. i. to go or come 
from (cf. aiij v. i. he goes thither; peyau, 
he comes hither) : ODmun, com, ?<wm, he 
goes or comes, went or came, 2 Chr. 1, 
13; Job 37, 9; Prov. 14, 16; Dan. 8, 5; na 
(DmuTif he went thence, 2 K. 2, 25; Gen. 
20, 1; 35, 21; amvwogy they journeyed 
(went). Gen. 35, 16 (went from, Num. 
33, 5, 13, 17, etc.); tunoh kmm, toh 
kcomun^ whence comest thou? Gen. 16, 
8; Job 1, 7; tohnoh kamnDO), whence come 
ye? Gen. 42, 7 (tohhunrm kaam kekit, 
when did you come from home?C. 185) ; 
ongky go ye to, from dnat^ au&naty Matt. 
21, 2; Josh. 2, 16 (more commonly Twon- 
chek) ; {niUtdm nummisnnninneumuty I go 
to my people. Num. 24, 14; pish ntUom 
vnihhogkatf I shall go to him, 2 Sam. 12, 
23; kutdmurij we are going, Num. 10, 29;) 
with inan. nom., aymaxD nannummiyeUf 
it Cometh (is come) out of the north, 
Jer. 46, 20; pishwmtuogwutchwuhhogkcUf 
* they shall be of her ^ i. e. proceed from 



oomun^t, w^bnunat — continued, 
her. Gen. 17, 16; umcoco (there) pro- 
ceeds out of ( inan. ) , Mark 7, 21 ; wmaxD, 
there came out of (the cloud a voice), 
Luke 9, 35 [kuhtamog 6m<»f a ship was 
going to {iromau6naty &nat), Jonah 1,3]; 
(Dmup aongkouohkomukf (she) came from 
the uttermost parts, etc.. Matt. 12, 42; 
ahque wmrngk^ depart not from. Acts 1,4; 
nutoTiseni kah nmm Godut, ' I pipceeded 
forth and came from God', John 8, 42; 
noh ncomurij I am from him, John 7, 29. 
The Mass. Ps. substitutes 6mau (aum» 
man) for Eliot's a?/, he went to, where 
obj . is inan. DerixsLtiveaipomohhamuncU 
(pummohf the sea), to go by water; soh^ 
hamunai, to go forth; w&munat, tr^mu- 
ixai (tuoma>€na(?) : enmayui neniimany * in 
the way by which thou earnest ' ( mayest 
come, i. e. mayest come from). Is. 37, 
29; ne wdmcouk wutch^ 'that proceedeth 
out of (that may come from), Deut. 8, 
3; w&itwuk (tor wommuk?) kesukqul^ (it) 
may come from heaven, 2 Pet. 1, 18; 
howan yeuoh wag Edom, (suppos. ) * who 
is this that cometh from Edora? Is. 
63, 1 {noh wdg Godut, (who art) come 
fFomGod, Mass. Ps., John 3, 2); uttdh 
loomompy whence I came, John 8, 14 
{utiuh wamcouky * whence it cometh*, 
Mass. Ps., John 3, 8) ; asq yeu w6m(Domp, 
before I go (hence). Job 10, 21; \oaik 
Judea, when he came out of Judea, 
John 4, 54. See wadchinat. 

[Note.— The terms nnd their definitions in 
heavy parenthesett above are marlced with the 
marginal note, ** from ationdt, dndt."] 

[Narr. mishoon hdtmvockj they go by 
water (by boat), R. \V. 74; tdnna co- 
loaiLm, whence came you?; yd wowa<im, 

1 came that way, ibid. 28. Del. noorriy 
koom, wum, I, thou, he comes from 
thence, Zeisb. Abn. nSmerij je viens de 
U; subj. 8ma; Stghe^ venant, etc.] 

oonanuxnau. See tounnunuman, 
oone, a>na, =ivunnej q. v. 
oonetuonk. See wunneluonk. 
Gondi, a>n6e, adj. blue, E^th. 1, 6: amd- 
agk, am^ag, blue (cloth), Ex.38, 18,23; 

2 Chr. 2, 7; =am667iag; pi. (ondiyeucuih, 
Esth. 1, 6. 

[Roger Williams gives Narr. pe^/iatii, 
blue (p. 154), but that is apparently 
identical with uppeshau^ a flower. Poe- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



113 



•amdi, oonde — continued. 

sibly the Indian who taught him the 
word, having misunderstood his ques- 
tion, gave him the name of the object 
to which his attention was called in- 
stead of its color. Cotton gives jyeshai, 
blue (168); uppeshaUy a flower (160); 
peshdnjidqucUf blue color (168). Cf. 
Arab, zahr^ a flower; az^rek, blue.] 

<Dnou, oondi, adj. deep. Except in com- 
pound words, it has always the defini- 
tive prefix, TH^amdij probably to dis- 
tinguish it from <mi6iy blue ( the color of 
deep water) ; and for the same reason 
the nV is retained in such compounds 
as mamompagy deep waters. See fnaovUn.- 

<z>n6uhkdi, n. a valley, Josh. 11, 16, 17; 
2 K. 3, 17; Is. 40, 4 {oonouivohkoaiy -|- 
yeiLoshf C. 158): ut amdSkkouut, in a 
valley, Gen. 14, 17; en anUtuhkdiyeuut^ 
to the valley, Num. 32, 9; en amouh- 
kdiyeue^ into the valley. Josh. 7, 24; 
amouohkoiyeuey adj. ' of the low coun- 
try*, 2 Chr. 26, 10 [amdi-ohke, hollow 
land] ; pi. aynduhiuash^ amduhkoiyeuashy 
Ezek. 36, 4, 6. 

<DXiouwii88e, lean. 8ee Onouvmme, 

<Dxiam£t, V. i. ' to yell ' as a wild animal, 
* to howl ' : amwog^ * they yell ' (as lions' 
whelps), Jer. 51, 38 [from anuniy a 
dog(?)]; nishno pa9uk puih oano), every 
one shall howl, Is. 15, 3; maush kah 
conshj *cry and howl*, Ezek. 21, 12; 
(munk, howl ye, Zech. 11, 2. 

[Chip. vHih-o-nOf he howls. Spelling 
Book.] 

<Dna>ozik, n. howling. Is. 15, 8; Zeph. 
1, 10. 

<Dna>waonk. See vmnncowdonk^ a cov- 
enant, an agreement. 

<DBlie, cosh, (constr. ) coslioh, n. father, 
(ien. 17, 5; Prov. 17, 21; Matt. 10, 37: 
nmshf my father, Gen. 22, 7; Luke 15, 
21; nmshwiiy our father, Luke 3, 8; 11, 2; 
kmsh, thy father, Gen. 12, 1 ; n^ulch ne- 
gonne ncoshik, from my forefathers, 2 
Tim. 1, 3 (suppos. form); kcoahea {ka>- 
shco), your father. Gen. 31, 6, 7; 43, 7 
wshoh (constr.), the father* of, his 
father, Prov. 17, 21; (obj.) Gen. 19, 33 
28, 7; ken pi*h wutooahinj thou shalt be 
a father (of many nations). Gen. 17, 4 
wuiamhimauy [he who is (? ) ] a father, Ph, 
103, 13; Prov. 4, 1; L«. 9, (>; Mark 13 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 8 



Qoshe, Goeh, Qoshoh — continued. 

12; 1 Thess. 2, 11; God trutcoshe'tg, 'if 

God were your father * , John 8, 42. See 

*dteshem; cotshoh; umdch'mat. 

[Narr. o«/i, a father; ndsh^ my father, 

c6shy your father; cuttdsOy have you a 

father? R. W. 44. Del. 7iooch, my 

father; gooch {kooch)^ thy father; o<7i- 

waUj his father, Zeisb. Vo(*.] 
^ooshesixi, an uncle, C. 162 (dimin. of 

(Dshe). See u^^tmsites, 
OMshkappeuxn, -oppeuxn, n. a con'.*u- 

bine: tuoskoppeumy my concubine, Judg. 

20, 4, 6; (obj. pi.) +o/i, 2 Sam. 16, 21, 

22; 21, 11, See irishquin; iruskapjjeum. 
OMhoh, See aoshe. 
Goeke, for wiutke (especially in compound 

words), new, young, first in time, etc.; 

before, 
[coeoowdneat, v. i. to swim:] neg uxjh 

(osancecheg, they who can swim, Acta 

27, 43. Cf. pamwsWy he swims; ossoe- 

pdsUj he slideth l>ack. 

[Del. a scho unU, to swim, Zeisb. 

Voc. 14.] 
GDsqlieozik, n. ])lood. See misquehetmk. 
a)6ukongqimoau(?), it (the brazen sea) 

'was set above upon them', 1 K. 7, 25. 
a>tatta]n(6onk. See wiiaitamdonk. 
otch. See okIi; vmtdie. 
CDtcheun, he made from (it), Gen. 2, 22. 

See (Dchiinneat. 
ootchteau, he produces (it) from (it), 

he forms it: aoicheau-un, Ex. 38, 8; 

mtche-un, he produces from it (an. obj. ), 

Gen. 2, 22. 
Gotshoh: waban coishoh^ the wind blow- 

eth, John 3, 8 (wuUishau, Mass. Ph.). 

Cf. *6teshein, 

[Del. ia undcheHy whence blows the 

wind?; hwannhink undchen^ the wind 

comes from the north, Hkw. 456 

(see ^irundschun\ Zeisb. Gr. 161). 

Chip, nodirij it blows, is windy, Bar. 

532. Old Alg. loiUuiy wind, Lah.] 
(Dwee, interj. of sorrow (El. Gr. 22} ; (fowe, 

ah! C. 234. 
Goweesquabinneat, v. i. to wrap up. 

See weeufpiaphnieat. 
CDwesuonk, n. his name, Ex. 20, 7; Gen. 

29, 16. See u'huo)d\ 
CQWohsumundt. See nohsumumit. 
QOWonogkcDog. See owonogkuog. 



Digitized by 



Google 



114 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLBTIK 25 



pft, a particle which, prefixed to a verb 
in the indicative, gives it the sense of 
the 1st perg. imperative; nofwaantam, 
I am wise; pd-ncowaarUam^ let me be 
wise, El. Gr. 25. 

[Cree /xl, indecl. particle, prefixe<i to 
the root of the verb, has the force of 
'should* or 'would* conditional: ne pH 
nipan, I should or would sleep.] 

p&, applied to extension in time, an 
indefinite going-on. It ha« the force of 
'yet* in such phrases as 'while he waa 
yet speaking ' . I ndic. ash jyAmekemkok^ 
w^hile it was yet day, 2 8am. 3, 35; 
piiamuj 'upward* in age or time: *irom 
twenty years old [kah paamu] and up- 
ward*, i. e. passing. Num. 26, 2,4,= 
paAnie, 2 Chr. 31, 16, 17. Suppos. ash 
pamaxtdtj while he yet spoke, Job 1, 
16, 17; Matt. 14, 43. Pass. (inan. sub- 
ject) pamemcDy it is passed, Ps. 18, 12. 
Imperat. 3d pers. would be, regularly 
formed, paj or pajeh (q. v. ) [or pame- 
jeh (?)], let it go on or continue (until). 
Cf. pomantum (suppos. pam6iUog)^ he 
lives; pomushau, he walks; jAmsheaUy 
it is past, etc. ( Cf . also Sansk. }xwih, ire, 
se movere. ) 

[Abn. pemi (=amplsi and anptsi) , in 
compos. * pendant, vel encore ' ; * il est 4 * 
(with verb in infinitive), Rasles. Del. 
peni mif yet, to this Time, Zeisb.] 

P&-, p6-, pti- [p*], prefixed to wonls 
which signify motion, denotes indirec- 
tion in the act or agent. In verbs of 
motion it signifies 'all alwut', 'in one 
direction or another*, or without direc- 
tion. Cf. pa-nyiCf 'out of the way', 
'astray', and pu-mmohy the sea; p<i- 
ma>8a)y he swims; pu-mompngmy it 
creeps; iximUchuany (water) runs, etc. 
[For the Cree, Ilowse (84) has pirn- 
mit&chmiooy 'he moves himself hori7X)n- 
tally, crawls', and perhaps this may be 
the primary signification.] 

paamu, adv. past, upward (in age or 
time). Num. 26, 2, 4. Seejxim<r. 

paanonteg, as n. a (wunnownng) fan, 
Is. 30, 24, i. e. that which blows away. 
See pauanuMunk. 



pabalitanum [pa-M<-aw-t(»i], v. t. he 
trusts: pahahtanumaxiy he trusts in 
(him), has confidence in; inan. patfohr 
tanianty he trusts (it), depends on (it). 
Adj. and adv. pabalUanumwey -w&Cy faith* 
fully {pdpahtarUdmu'€y C). 

padahquohhan. See padtohquohhau. 

padteateamin-ash, n. pi. nuts, Gen. 
43,11. 

padtipp^Uhin, padtap^Uhin, v. i. it 
drops, there is dropping; freq. papad- 
tippdshiny there is a shower; verbal pd- 
pddtinunky 'showers', Deut. 32, 2. 

[Del. pankpecheriy a drop; popankpe-- 
cheriy it drops (cf. popetelauy it is show- 
ery, * rains by showers ' ), Zeisb. Abn. 
ahpeteranUy il est encore k pleuvoir, il 
pleut encore.] 

padtohquohhan, padahquohlian, v. i. 
it thunders (padtohquohhan and pattoh- 
qtwhhdnniy it thunders, C); as a n. 
thunder. [From a verb which signifies 
'to hear', 'to be heard' (?). Pierson's 
Catechism (Quiripi) has padaky he 
heareth. Cf. Cree ph/tow-ayooy he hear& 
him; peytuniy he hears it. But see the 
next following verb.] 

[Note.— The bracketed part of thLs deflnition 
Is marked "omit" in the manuscript.] 

[Abn. pl'danghiagSy le foudre, ton- 
nerre. Qlmr.p&ddahqiiAhhnmyYi^T. Del. 
peelhacquouy it thunders, Hkw., which 
Cass correct** io jxtathoc^quony 'it begins 
to thunder' (from pad, 'to come', and 
hoc^guony 'thunder'). [Is either cor- 
rect?] Zeisb. has pcd hac quon, it thun- 
ders; ]>en da quoty it is heard, Voc. 26.] 
padtuhkuhnteau, v. t. he smites (it) 
into (it), 1 Sam. 19, 10, of a dart or 
spear thrown from the hand, 
pagrkodtcmtfoi. See pdkodtarUAm, 
paguanau, v. t. an. he destroys (him); 
inan. paguaUiUy pagwodtau, he destroys 
(it); V. i. paguateaUy pagwohteaUy he 
is destroying, or is a destroyer; pi. 
pagwiioogy they destroy, are destroy- 
ers. (This was the name given to the 
Muhhekans of eastern Connecticut by 
neighboring tribes: PeqiuiUdogy Pequots, 
' destroyers ' . ) Verbal paguanuonky de- 
stroying, destruction, Prov. 15,11; 18, 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



115 



pa^anau — continued . 

7; Is. 59, 7; * pestilence', Ps. 91, 6. 
From pohf]' (]wgk'-)j to break, to divide. 
See pohqui. 

[Narr. pauquaiWy * there is a slaugh- 
ter'; pequttoog patiqfuanariy *the Pequts 
are slain', R. W. 151. Cree piickwaht- 
ayooj *he hates (him)'.] 

pagruoddie, pa^wodche, adv. 'it may 
be ', perhaps. El. Gr. 22 (pogqwAtche^ C. ). 
[Alg. pakSathy prohablement.] 

pahch ani tchau, v. i. he has fingers: ne- 

quiia-tahshe , he haS six fingers, 

2 Sam. 21, 20. See pohchanutcK 

palichasittau, v. i. he has . . . toes, 
2 Sam. 21, 20; lit. he has divided-feet 
(pahshe-wusseet). See pohchanutch, 

palichau, pauchau, pdhchau, v. i. he 

turns aside, deviates: n-utch mayut, 

he turns aside from the way. Num. 
22,23. 

[Del. pachgectieuy 'where the road 
strikes off'; pachgeeuy 'to turn out of 
the road', Zeisb.] 

pahheau, v. t. an. he waits for (him): 
nup-pa'ihy I wait for (him), Ps. 130, 5; 
suppos. noh pdhhity he who waits; v. t. 
inan. pahtaUy pafUOy he waits for (it); 
v. i. an. pahUisgu, he is waiting; suppos. 
noh pAhUdty he who is waiting. Verbal 
^a/i<«tionA;, waiting, 'forbearance', Rom. 
2, 4 {jmhOiooogy they wait; nup-pahtigy I 
stay, I am ready ;\pa/i/«i, ready, C). 
From pd. Cf. pdme. 

[Del. pee soopy he waited (pret), 
Zeisb.] 

pahke, pohki, (1) it is clear, plain, evi- 
dent; adv. plainly, clearly. (2) it is 
clean, pure. See pohki and cf. pohqude. 

pahkheail, pahkehlieaU, v. t. an. 
(caus.) he cleans (himself or another), 
makes clean, 'purifies', I^ev. 8, 15. 
V. t. inan. jxthketemty he makes (it) 
clean, purifies (it). V. i. an. pahkem 
(=pahk(numi)y he is clean, pure. Lev. 
13, 13; 2 Sam. 11, 4. Adj. an. clean, 
pure. 

pahpalikfllias, n. a 'partridge', Jer. 17, 
11, ^pohpohkumiy 1 Sam. 26, 20. Cf. 
jxDhpohquUog ( pi. ) , * quails * , Ps. 105, 40. 
See mameesashqueSy the swallow. 

[Narr. pdnpock-sfiogy partridges, R. 
W. 85. Peq. popoquakerCy quail. Stiles 
(see his kutquauss, partridge). Del. 



palipahkBhas — continued. 
pahhachty pheasant; popoaWy partridge. 
Chip. (Gr. Trav.) ptih-pmh-kuh-sey *a 
snipe' (?), Sch. ii, 4«6.] 

palipasinnum, v. t. he plucks off (as 
corn, Luke 6, 1). Hee pohshimun. 

palipassehteau, v. i. lie is cleaving or 
splitting (wood). Suppos. noh }xihpas- 
sehtoffy he that cleaveth woo<i, Eccl. 10, 
9. Redupl., with caus. inan. form, from 
pohMnurriy he divides (it), 'he causes 
it to divide', 'makes it half ' (seepo^- 
she). 

pdhpohkuxnas, n. a moth, Luke 12, 33. 
Cf. Matt. 6, 19y papoquitamuk (suppos. ), 
'moth', for 'when it is injured by the 
moth ' . See papekg. 

pfthshe, palishe, half, a part of. See 
pohshe. 

paliBODnogrk, n. pi. -ogqumhy a board, 
Acts 27, 44; Ex. 27, 8. See pahptmeh- 
teau. 

[Abn. pslkaskSy planche, ais. Del. 
pasfikachky Zeisb.] 

pfihBu. See pdioo, 

pfthtekdmuk. See p u m m a w utta u wde 
komuh 

pajeh, adv. until: yeu pajehy until now; 
nd pajehy until (ndpajy C. ). See pdme. 
[Del. peUichiy Zeisb.] 

p&kodche, adv. completely, to the end, 
to the full, thoroughly. (It is strictly 
a verb impers., 'there is completion', 
' it is through ' . ) Freq. or intens. pdipog- 
kodchey 2 Chr. 36, 21. See pohshane. 

[Narr. paucdtchfy paugcMchfy R. W. 
[Del. packantschiy fully, completely, 
Zeisb.] 

*p&kodchiziiau, v. t. an. he condemns 
(him), primarily, disposes of, makes an 
end of: noh pakodchimity he who con- 
demns; pogkodchummuy 'to condemn', 
'to convince*, C. 

p&kodchteau, V. i. (inan.subj.) itfinishes, 
completes, or comes to an end; inten- 
sive pakqjteau, Dan. 9, 24, John 5, 36; 
pass. part, pakqjteau-uny (it is) finished, 
Ezra 5, 16. The causative form, pog- 
kodchehteau (he makes complete, fin- 
ishes), is of more frequent occurrence: 
nup-pogkodchehteoh, I have finished or 
completed (it), 2 Tim. 4, 7. 

[De\.pakanischiechto7i, he fulfills, com- 
pletes (it), Zeisb.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



116 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



1.BULLKTIN 25 



p&kodtantdm, pogk-, pa^k-, v. i. and 
t, inan. he determines, reHolve**, piir- 
lK)He8, 2 Chr. 32, 2; I^ani. 2, 8. Act. 
v})l. pakcHUnntamdxmky determination, 
settknl j)urj)oae. From pakodche and 
•anlaniy completely-minded. Cf. kod- 
iantam^ he intends or wishes. 

*p&konii6tam, n. a codfish, C. 

[Narr. paugammty R. W. Abn. ni*- 
hinwkSj iiSkamgSy pi. -gSak, morue, 
Rasles.] 

p&me, pa^me, may be regarde<l as a 
defective verb used separately as an 
auxiliar}' or in composition with other 
verbs to denote progress, continuance, 
or duration of action. It is related to, 
if not formed from, the indefinitive 
jmrticle. jy&me^ paAmv^ is the suppos., 
pummni the indie, form. See under 
pama)ttam. 

[Marginal note.— " Rewrite thlK. Cf. jw- 
marUam; pomohhom; pomunhau. a«h pwruneti, 
2K.14,4, seecMA."] 

pamequanum [=pame'Unneguanum'\j 
V. t. inan. he rolls (it) about; suppos. 
noh pamequdrmkf he who rolls (when 
rolling) it, Prov. 26, 27. 

pamltchuan, -utchuwan, -oowan, v. i. 
impers. it flows or runs (as water, irre- 
spective of direction or force). As 
n. * running water', Prov. 5, 15. Im- 
perat. 3d pers. poviUchuwadj^ * let ( the 
waters) be dispersed abroad*, Prov. 5, 
16 (onatuh nippeit pamuttchuwohky 'as 
w^aters which run,' Mass. p8.,Ps. 58, 7). 
From j)djne (q. v.) and wuiche-u, it 
proceeds from. More immediately, 
from pomushaUf he walks, moves, with 
the introduction of the hard eh^ denot- 
ing involuntary or inanimate activity. 
[Cree pimmlchenmny it flows, as water, 
Howse 49.] 

panunoli. See pummoh, the sea (?) . 

pamompagin, v. i. unii)ers. it creejis 
or crawls {nujj-pummaotashomy I creep, 
C. ). As adj. (also pomompugve) creej)- 
ing, crawling. Suppos. owuas noh jHtm- 
ompagit^ an animal which creeixs or 
crawls; pi. neg jkimompakechcg. Freq. 
pajKimompaffin^ ]H>hp6m6mpiif;in (and 
jmpamootchegf Ps. 148, 10). Seepopom- 
omjmkcchvg. 

[Cto} jmnmitdchemoOf * he moves him- 
sc'lf horizontally, crawls', Howse 84. 



' pamompagin — continwetl. 

Abn. m'-pemigSni, je rami)e, je marche 

sur le ventre. \^\. pimochkhasin (v. adj. 

an.), stirre<l, move<l, Zeisb. Gr. 166; 

pommo()ch,ni, it creeps, Zeisb. Vck% 

27.] 
p&montog, suppos. of pomanfam (q. v.), 

he lives: noh jmmontog^ he who liveth, 
I 1 K. 3, 23, 25; I^m. 3, 39; pi. jximonto- 
I gig, 'the living'. 

panKDBO), pamwdscD, puzndso), v. i. he 
; swims, moves himself by swimming 

• {nup pumosayu'eem^ I swim, C. ) ; suppos. 
noh pdnuDsaomtj he who swims. Is. 25, 
11. For pame-oomn, Ci.oMaoveneni^he 
swims. 

[Abn. ne-pemak8\tf'my 'je nage'.] 
. pftmsheau, pamusheau, v. i. inan. it 

passes, goes on. See pomiuhau, 
! pamutchuwan. See pamitchuait. 
r pamwdso). Seejxima>8a). 
; *pftnikqu& [=;xi7mu/j9Ma«i], 'squint- 
! eyed ' , C. From panne and vhqn^e, he 
I looks contrary or perversely. 
' panne, pannu, out of the way, i^er- 
versely, contrary: pannu ivuttin, 'the 
wind was contrary*, Matt. 14, 24; Acts 
27, 4; an panneu, *he went another 
way', 1 K. 13, 10. Cf. the prefix pA-\ 
also pendwe, strange, foreign; pena?u, it 
is spread about. 

[Del. jtallhriy elsewhere, otherwise; 
paUiaeiiy he goes away, goes wrong, 
' Zeisb.] 

; panneatt, v. i. he errs, goes out of the 
! way, g(K'8 wrong, Prov. 10, 17; suppos. 

• lysirt. pamu'oni J going astray, * jK^rveiT^ ', 
1 Pn)v. 14, 2; verbal panrwyeuonk (jtan- 

n€-«-wiA:),wr(mg-going, 'i)erversene8s', 

Prov. 15, 4. 

pannetlBsu, v. i. an. he does wrong, com- 

I mits a fault; suppos. noh jtdnnesH (pan- 

neu»seit) , he who does wrong, who goes 

1 astray. Num. 5, 12, 29; verbal panneila- 

! seonky wrong-<ioing, error, Prov. 17, 9; 

Jude 11; agent, vb. '^mnneui^sedeny a 

wrong-doer ('the unjust', 1 Pet. 3, 18). 

pannODwau, v. t. he deceives, speaks 

falsely to (him). Imperat. 2d r 1st 

j)ers. ahqiw jxnma^rahy do not lie to me, 

2 K. 4, 16. Adj. and adv. pannancaey 

falsely, dec^eitfully. X. verlml ;>a?jna>- 

waonk {&nd 'Uxiyeuonk)^ wrong saying, 

a lie, Ps. 7, 14; Rev. 21, 27; agent, vb. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



117 



panncowau— continued. 
pannanvaen-hiy a liar. From pannes and 
ruDimUy he speaks. 

pannu. See purine. 

panuppu, panuppe, throughout, thor- 
oughly; as V. i. panuppa ivame^ (he) is 
through all, Eph. 4, 6; prep., Rom. 1,8; 
adv., (len. 11, 3; Rom. 15, 19; intens. 
jHipannuppey throughout, 2 Chr. 34, 7.; 
wholly, Jer. 2, 20. 

[ A bn. papanmiSit * par tout ' . ] 

panupwuahaU, v. t. he goes through- 
out: panvpmivthaog oUina^h, * they went 
through the cities', Luke 9, 6; 2 Chr. 
16, 9 { pannupishdnat kehtoh kah ohke^ 
*to compass sea and land', C; but 
kup-pannupivxishoneau, etc., 'you com- 
pass', etc., Matt. 23, 15). From pun- 
uppu. 

pftpftdtinunk, n. coll. fine rain, 'show- 
ers', Deut. 32, 2. See pddiippdshin, 

papalitantaxn, v. i. and t. inan. he trusts. 
See pabahtanum. 

pap^bnompagin, freq. of pumompitgin 
(q. v.), it creeps. 

p&p&mootachegr, part. pi. '(creeping 
things', Pb. 148, 10. 

p^paxme, adv. 'safely', Prov. 31, 11 (?) 
{papdne^ * wholesome ', C. ) : ^mimne kxih- 
kintieasishj mark thou well. Job 33, 31. 

papannoowau, v. i. he flatters; suppos. 
noh pap(mnm(Uy he who flatters, Prov. 
28, 23. Adj. and adv. papai\6.e, flatter- 
ingly, Prov. 26, 28. 

papaquanne, papuk-, adv. 'utterly', 
'thoroughly', Judg. 15, 2; Is. 40, 30; 
Nah. 1, 8; Zech. 14, 11. 

papashpe, prep.(?) through: icwviilum 
papatthpe mahtokqsi'Uty he shines through 
the cloud, Job 22, 13. By redupl. from 
peshaUy it breaks through. Cf. nejxiuz 
paspishauy the sun rises. . 

papaskhas, n. the 'swallow', IV 84, 3; 
but cf. mamee^ashquei^. 

papasku. See papiske, double. 

papauzne, prep, concerning, with resi)ect 
to, of. 

pape^usik, suppon. part. inan. when (it 
is) very small, a very small thing; pi. 
pajieaaikishj 'small things', Zech. 4, 10; 
Acta 26, 22. See peds'm. 

papelssit, pi. -itcheg; suppos. part. an. 
very small (persons), very young, Esth. 
3, 13. Intens. of pelimmn (q. v. ). From 



papelssit — continued. 
p(tpeijme^L has come the corrupted form 
'j>rt/>oo.v<'' (pi. ^ papooses^ ), a young child. 
[Narr. yd cuppdppooSj is this your 
child?; papooH, a child; iiippapixm^ my 
child, R.W. Peq. jkmpponSj 'an infant 
new-born ' , Stiles. ] 

papekq, n. a flea, 1 Sam. 24, 14; 26, 20 
(poppeky C. ). Cf. pdhpohkumas. 

[Abn. bablkSf puce; hdhisy ciron dans 
les mains, etc.; pS^kSe, vers dans la 
chair, sur viande. Del. achpiquak (pi. ), 
fleas, Zeisb.] 

papenuppashunk, n. 'a drop' ('in the 
bucket'. Is. 40, 2). [Is it a noun col- 
lective from 2X1 (jteawe) and nuppe^ ' very 
little w^ater'?] Cf. pfidiippashm. 

pap^sukaeu, v. i. or adv. it is twilight; 
in the twilight, Ezek. 12, 6. 

papisiswaonk (?), vbl. n. 'mirth', fun, 
Man. Pom. 86. 

[Chip. pau^pCf he laughs.] 

pdpiske, papasku, papske*, v. i. it is 
double; adj. double. By re<lupl. from 
piskeu (there is) double: plskhmum-wk 
fhdpvike neyaunag . . ., 'double unto 
her double, according to . . .', Rev. 
18, 6; jxipske ahtoonk, a double portion, 
Deut. 21, 17. Sometimes with nieesU 
(twice), as neesit piskeu (for j^'^pfsku) 
oddtehteatiy he pays double, Ex. 22, 4, 7. 

pdpiiihsuke, adv. one against the other, 
reciprocally opposite, 1 K. 20, 29; Num. 
8, 2, 3. By redupl. intens. from piuh- 
mke (q. v.). 

papokquog, suppos. as n. a cleft; pi. 
-gishj Amos 6, 11. From pohpohquij 
augm. of pohqul, it breaks, opens. See 
passipskodtut. 

papomushau, papdmshau, v. i. he jour- 
neys, continues walking. Acts 10, 38 
(pajxiumtuihauy Matt. 9, ;^5). Fre<i. of 
pomushaa (q. v.). 

^paponauxnsCl, pi. -rog (Xarr.), n. "a 
winter fish which comes uj) in the 
brooks and rivulet**; some call them 
frost fish,'' etc., R. W. 105. The 'tom- 
cod' or 'frost-fish' of the markets 
(Gad us [Morrhua] tomcinlus, Mitch. ). 
Tacaud, the specific name given Ijy Cu- 
vier, may Ije from tohkoi (Narr. tahki)^ 
* when it is cold ' , 'cold- weather fish ' , or 
'SsLvr. taqudUtriy frost, it is frozen, 'frost- 
fish', but certainly does not signify 



Digitized by 



Google 



118 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



*papo]iaum8t)l — continued . 

* plenty fisli ' in any Algonquian dialect. 
From popon-de and aunisfif diinin. 

[Abn. apSnahmesS-akj *petits [pois- 
sons] de la mer'J 

*pap6ne (Nam), winter, R. W. 69. See 
pop<hi. 

*papdnetixL (Xarr. ), v. unipers. (it 
blows from the west, or it blows win- 
tery), the west wind, R. W. 83. From 
papfme {popSTif El.), winter. 

papske. See pdpiske. 

papukuanne. See papaquanne. 

pdpumunont, pi. -oncheg^ suppos. part, 
of pepunvmuj flying: pdhpumunoiii 
psukseSf flying bird (i. e. bird when 
flying), Ps. 148, 10. 

pasau. See pasaxiu. 

*pft8hanne, adv. fully, C. ^iee pohshane. 

paahkBheau, v. i. it bursts asunder, 
bursts with violence, explodes; intens. 
of pasishau (it bursts) by the incorpo- 
ration with the root of shk, marking vio- 
lence and disaster. 

pashkuhkom. See paskulikom. 

pashpeht^Qilieau {-lahwhau^ El. Gr.), 

v. t. and i. an. he makes (it) pierce 

through (him), he 'smiteth through' 

(him), Job 26, 12. 

[Old A\g. patch ipaouGy I dart, Lah.] 

pashpiohonau, v. t. an. it goes through 
(him), pierces (him) through; pass, he 
is pierced, *shot through', Ex. 19, 13. 

pasinnum, v. t. he plucks (it, as com, 
etc., Mark 2, 23). See polmkinum. 

paaiflhau, passishau, v. i. it bursts or 
is torn asunder, Mark 15, 38; Luke 23, 
45; with an. subj.. Acts 1, 18. Intens. 
oipeshau (see j)eHhaui) . 

paskanontam, v. i. he suffers extreme 
hunger, he is starving, Jer. 38, 9; nupp-, 
I perish with hunger, Luke 15, 17. 
Vbl. n. p(tskcinontama>onkf extreme hun- 
ger, Ex. 16, 4. Adv. paskanontamwef in 
extreme hunger, Lam. 2, 19. 

[Abn. peskarahdamSsse^ il a faim mar- 
chant [?], Rasles. Cf. Abn. peskant, 
'creu'.] 

paskoogruxL tahshd, num. nine; pi. an. 

pa8k(x>guntah9i(iog; inan. talighinash 

(or (oh8uask)t El. Gr. 14 (pdsukcogun, 
Luke 17, 17): nabo pa$ka>gun, nineteen 
(as an adj. varied by tahsJU (or tohsu) 
in pi. an. and inan., 2 K. 25, 8); paska>- 



paskoog^n tahshd — continued. 
gun (ahshinchag (pi. an. -kodtog^ -kod- 
tash)f nine hundred, Ei. Gr. 15. 

[Narr. paskugit {p&ska>gitj C. ), as adj. 
pi. with tasuog and tashinash^ R. W. 
Del. (Unami) peschkonky Hkw.J 

paskuhkom, pashk-, v. t. he bursts (it) 
asunder or in pieces (Nah. 1, 13; Jer. 
2, 20; 5, 5; 30, 8: applied to the burst- 
ing of bonds or fetters). Cf. scohqkuh" 
kom. See *peskhdmmhi. 

pftsoo, pfthsu, V. i. (it is) near. Adv. 
near by, Gen. 19, 20; Matt. 24, 33. 

[Chip, beshoj near by. Bar. Abn. pSs- 
98ly c'est proche. Del. peschot^ Zeisb.] 

pasooau, pasau, v. t. an. he brings (him) 
to: up'pasohuh, he brings him, Luke 
10, 34; imperat. 2d pi. pascok^ bring ye 
hither, Luke 14, 21. This is the pri- 
mary (and perhaps the only) significa- 
tion of the verb: *near them', bring 
them near. From juUcOy near. 
[Abn. ne-p^ii8ahj je Tapporte.] 

pftaa>che l=pd8m-widchef near- from], 
adv. a little way off, not far, 2 K. 5, 19. 
[Del. peschotschi, near; pechuwatf 
pechuwiwij near, Zeisb.] 

p^bcosukau, v. i. he goes or comes near, 
he approaches; suppos. noh pasamikog, 
he w'.io comes near, Num. 1, 51; Luke 
7, 12; imperat. pascDSHkiitch^ let him 
come near to me, Is. 50, 8. 

pasootappu, v. i. he is (remains) near, 
Is. 50, 8 (elsewhere pamvoppu)^ sup- 
pos. noh pasa>tappitj noh pasivopH^ he 
who is near, Is. 57, 19; Pro v. 27, 10. 
From pdscDche^ or pdam^ and dppUj 
manet. 

[Abn. phs8dap8y il est proche, il 
demeure proche.] • 

pasootshau [pascoche-au], v. i. he goes 
or comes near, approaches, 2 Sam. 18, 
25; suppos. noh pancotahadt, he who 
comes near, Num. 3, 10, 38. pascoishau 
expresses merely the fact of approach 
or proximity; pdwDsukau^ the action of 
going or coming, continuing to ap- 
proach. 

" [Abn. pe8»8dSsst; approche-toi; ne- 
pessSdSssej j'approche; ne-pessSssekdmeriy 
j'approche de cela.] 

paspiohau, v. i. it breaks through, it 
bursts forth, blossoms, (after nepauz, 
the sun) rises, Eccl. 1, 5; suppos. part. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBCLLl 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



119 



paspishau — continued. 
paspishontf (when rising, ) sunrise, Eccl. 
1, 5; Num. 21, 11; Ps. 50, 1; and of 
the rising of the ' day-star \ 2 Pet. 1, 19 
(up-pmhpishaonk nepaz, the sunrising, 
C); freq. papashpiahauy he passes 
through (a place or country) ; pi. -aogf 
2 Sam. 2, 29. Freq. or intens. of ptshauiy 
it blossoms, bursts forth. 

[Narr. pdshisha, it is sunrise, R. W.] 

pasquasT) suppos. inan. (when it is) 
made fine, in powder: pasqtiag 7i(Dk?nkf 
fine flour, Lev. 23, 13, 17, etc. Cf. 
sohqfui, powder. 

[Abn. peadif poudre. Narr. pishqu^- 
hicky unparched meal.] 

pasquodtam, v. t. inan. he chews (it)?; 
suppos. pass. inan. pasquodiamoomuky 
(when it is) chewed, Num. 11, 33. 

passipskodtut (for pam>mp9kodtui)y Mn 
the clefts of the rock', Jer. 49, 16; 
Obad. 3; pcmpskodtut, Ex. 33, 32: pas- 
sompskodehtUy (among) the clefts, Is. 
57, 5. From pahske {pohshe), broken 
or divided, and -ompsky n. gen. for rock. 
See papokquog. 

paasishau. See pasisJiau. 

pasBdhtham, -fththam, v. i. he digs a 
pit or trench, Jer. 18, 20, 22; cf. Ps. 94, 
13; pasehtham (v. t. ), he digs or 'cleaves* 
into (it), Judg. 15, 19. Vbl. n. path 
tohihegy -ahiheg, a ditch, a pit, Prov. 
22, 14; Is, 22, 11 {pohmhieg, Ps. 40, 2); 
pi. -gashy Gen. 14, 10 [poMehtan-oihy pi. 
*the channels' (of the waters), Mass. 
Ps., Ps. 18, 15]. Cf. pismgk; pim. 

passukosaaU, v. i. he parts the hoof. 
Lev. 11, 7. From pohstiy divided, and 
iiJb<5Mo,( its) hoof. Seemiihkos; uhqude. 
[Chip, pezhiki, a buffalo.] 

pasuk, num. one; Ex. 12, 46; Judg. 9, 
2; Eccl. 4, 8, 10. (In his Grammar, 
Eliot gives as the numeral adnoun 
* one ' , n€(fiitj only. ) -j9rt«uto, it is one ; 
pi. 'koKDogy they are one, 1 John 5, 7. 
Verbal, pasukaxmky being one, unity, 
oneness, -pasukcoogy inan. -kaxxshy 
with Tiequl prefixed, one hundred, El. 
Gr. 15; iiequl pamkooey a hundred times, 
Eccl. 8, 12. See Pickering' s note on neqfut 
and jMuruib in the reprint of Eliot's Gram- 
mar (2 Mass. Hist. Coll. ix), p. xlv. 
Cotton made this distinction: ^^nequty a 
thing that is past; pasuky a thing in 



pasuk — t'ontinued. 
being. ' ' This Heckewelder considered 
a mistake, yet it was not without some 
foundation, ^^curu^ denotes unity and 
completeness, one by itself, and with- 
out reference to a series; nequUa (its 
ordinal is iiegonney first) appears to have 
the same base as nukkonney old, dis- 
carded, left behind [cf. mikkonaUy he 
leaves (him) behind], and so first in 
order of time; but if this distinction 
was not already obsolete in the time of 
Eliot and Williams it does not appear 
to have been observed by either. 

[Mah. : **/>d«c/i«^isthetrueMahicanni 
word for one", Hkw. Narr. pdwsucky 
R. W. ( who gives also nquU, one) . Abn. 
pezekSy insai.pezekSny one (but nequt or its 
equivalent is found in nekSduns [=ne- 
qutta tah8he]y six; negSdahnkdOy eleven; 
negSdcttegS^y one hundred, etc. ), Rasles. 
Chip, hashick and nin-god-judh (or ning 
dvxi)y Sch. II, 211, 213, 216. "Be- 
fore substantives signifying measure of 
time or other things, . . . instead of ^e;?^ 
[baMck] y we say ningd. " — Bar. Gr. 433. 
pdzhigy one; pdzhegoOy he is one, Jones. 
Cree peyaky peyakoOy he is one or alone; 
pSyakootow (inan. ), he uniteth, Howse.] 

pasukqat, num. once. Gen. 18, 32; Josh. 
6,3. 

paawauwdtilog, v. i. (pi.) they are near 
of kin, * they are her near kinswomen'. 
Lev. 11, 17. From j^dso) and weetauoogy 
they are related, lit. they live to- 
gether. 

paswohteau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it is near, 
Ps. 22, 11; Zeph. 1,7. From pdsa> Sind 
ohteaUy se habet. 

paswoppu. See pctscotappu. 

paswu, adv. lately, El. Gr. 21; *for a 
season'. Acts 13, 11: onk paswSse 
(dimin. ), 'some days after'. Acts 15, 36 
{pa^ivese, soon, C). Seepdso), 

*pattoliquoha2ixii, v. i. it thunders, C. 
See padiohquohhan. 

pauanontam, v. t. he fans (it); v. i. 
pauanontustniy he fans; cf. Jer. 4, 11 ; 15, 
7; Is. 41,16. 

pauanulitiuik, paan-, pauundn-, n. 
a fan (for winnowing), Luke 3, 17; cf. 
Matt. 3, 12; Jer. 15, 7. See paanonteg. 

pauchau. See pnhchau. 



Digitized by 



Google 



120 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[Bl'LLETIN 2fr 



paudtatt, V. t. he brings (it), 1 K. 8, 32; 
Esth. 3, 9 (paiou, he brinjrp, C); *he 
Cometh with', 2 Sam. 18, 27; imperat. 
puHfUatixh, briujf thou, Amos. 4, 1 (pat- 
(iniMh, C. ); .«up|M)H. pttudtnnkj when he 
brings, Ph. 126, fi {p(iH(Hnk\ Mas'. Pa.). 
Vbl. pandto^mk^ a }>ringing in, Heb. 7, 
19. Cf. }HiHwan. (Cf. also Sansk. jt>a/, 
ire; />«</, ire, adire.) 

[Narr. pautuxu^, hving hither, R. W. 
Abn. (ipelSn, il apporte; nepetSn, j'ap- 
porte; with an. obj. ne-pisSan^ je Tap- 
ix)rte. Chip, oo Intoon, he brings it. 
Cree, inan. iti'iiton^ 2ia.phjshooh(tijm>i^.), 
Howse 41 . Del. peton^ he brings, Zeisb. 
Gr.l52.] 

-paug, n. gen. in comjK)un(i wonls, signi- 
fying water. See -pog. 

*paugaiiaut (Narr. ), n. codfish, pi. •4am- 
wock, R. W. See *iMonn6tam. 

*paug^utemi8k (Xarr.), n. an oak tree 
(pohkuhtimiiiy white oak; vrsattiinlSy red 
[yellow] oak, C. ); pangautemissaHndy 
an oak canoe, R. W. 

*pauishoozi8 (Peci.), meadow lark (8tur- 
nella ludoviciana, Bonap.), Stiles. 

^auktinawaw (Narr.), a l)ear; also the 
name of the constellation 'the Cireat 
Bear, or Charles Waine', R. W. [For 
pohkeimuaUy he gt)es in the dark or at 
night (?).] 

^Paumpdguasit (Narr.), n. 'the sea 
gfxl . . . that deity or gtKlhead which 
they contrive to Ihj in the sea.' — R. W. 

9H, no. 

paumushatt, v. i. he walks. See }njmn- 
nhnn. 

^pauochauog* (Narr.), v. i.* 'they are 
playing or dancing', R. W. Ho; pnn- 
ochautowwin {^panorhohleanun'?'], 'a bau- 
ble to play with', ibid. 

paiipakinasik, adv. in the twilight, Prov. 
7, 9. Dimin. of jwhpohkeni^ it is dark. 
Suppos. }xmpf)hknuk, when dark (?). 
See pohkrnl. Does not often occur in 
P^liot's translation; i)erhap8 not else- 
where than in the verse cited. 

♦paupock (Narr.), partridge, pi. -j^moj/, 
R. AV. See pdh/KihkshaK Cf. (Peq.) 
poiM>fpi alette f (juails. Stiles {=pfDhpa)hq- 
utiog, (|uails, El. ) ; jyohpohk-uasu^ par- 
tridge. El. 

[Chip. (Gr. Trav. ) puhpnahkuhsey 



*paupock — con t inue<i . 

* snipe'; pahjmhsa^ 'woodpecker', Si*h. 
II, 466. Del. pub ha ckuj phea£a.nty 
Zeisb.] 
pauundntunk. See jxtuanuhtuuk, 
pauwau, (1) V. i. he 'uses divination' 
(infin. jxiuwdinneaty Ezek. 21, 21), he 
practices magic or son«ery. Adv. p<iu- 
wdej 1 Sam. 15, 23. Vbl. n. pamrauouk 
(pi, -oni7<M/0/ witchcraft*, 2 Chr.33,6; 
Gal. 5, 20 (cf. Actfl 8, 9). (2) n. a wiz- 
ard, a diviner, Ex. 22, 18; Deut. 18, 14;. 
Dan. 4, 7. 

[Narr. powiMu'j 'a priest', pl.-»r«//o^, 
R. W. 111. Cf. Quir. )H>ai6, 'holy', 
Pier. 41, etc.] 
payont, when he comes, when <'oming;. 

8up|K)s. part, of pcyau. 
-p6, the root of names of 'water' in 
nearly all dialects of the Algonquian. 
It has usually the demonstrative prefix^ 
and is not found without it in the New 
England diale<*ts. See nipjfe (u^pe); 
-pog. [Cf. the Sansk. pdj to drink (;>a, 
drinking, for drink; ap, water), a root 
I" which runs through almost all Indo- 
I European languages: Zend, pro, water; 
I Afgh. po'l; Litu. tippe^ flumen; Irish 
abhf flumen; Greek IID,, ninooKa; 
Lat. potum.] 
I [Abn. nehi {n'pi). Narr. nip. Muh. 

I 7i'6a/. Chip. n<K-6i, ?ie-6f, w«-6^^, water p 
se be.j see hee^ river. Cree nip pee. ] 
pe-. See ])d-. 
I peamesan. See pedsin. 
peantam, v. i. he supplicates, (in flliot's 
tiansl.) he prays; lit. he is small- 
minded {pe'(mtam)t he humbles him- 
self. Tr. an. pvaniamauaUy he prays, 
to, supplicates (him): ken kuppeantam- 
oush, I pray to thee, Ps. 5, 2. 'Advocate 
fonn' (imjwrat. ) j>eantamwawthy pi ay 
thou for (them), 1 Sam. 12, 19; -nan- 
shinneatiy pray thou for us, Jer. 37, 
3. Vbl. n. peaniamdorik, supplication, 
prayer. 

[Narr. peeyauntam, 'he is at prayer', 
R. W. Abn. pai'ibatam, il prie. Del. 
I jja ta inauj to pray, Zeisb. Muh. pe- 
I yuhtom-manwukon (vbl.), 'religion', 
! Edw. Quir. peaio, used by Pierson for 
' holy', etc., Catechism 41, 42, 57; inan. 
pi. jteaiowty ibid. 55. This seems U) be 
the primary or the simple verb fronv 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



121 



peantam — oonti nued . 
which peavtam was formed, and is per- 
haps identical with paufmu (q. v.); 
peaidtnmgany 'holiness', Pier. 51. See 
(Ut/iboan.'\ 

peantoowau, v. i. he has a small voice, 
speaks low; pass, with inan. subj. pean- 
tcDiromco, it has (or there is) 'a small 
voice', 1 K. 19, 12. From pe and orUrD- 
wall. Ci. miMhont€oiroma)f *it roareth' 
(Job 37, 4), has a great voice. See 
ml»haul(D\van. 

pedsin, V. i. it is (very) small; n. a small 
thing, Num. 16, 13: imssaHme peatfin, 
it is too small, 2 K. 6, 1. Double dimin. 
peajm8(m[-w'\, a very small thing, Ex. | 
16, 14. Suppos. inan. peamk, peeftik^ 
and peyiUik, when it is small, a small 
thing. Josh. 17, 15: anue jieyasik 0}d' ne 
mo teag, ' less [more little] than noth- 
ing'. Is. 40, 17. Intens. pa]>€dsik (q. v. ). 
See peu. 

*peawe, pewe, a<lj. little: pewe mukkoie- 
sag, little children; peakomuky a little 
house, C. See peil, 

pechehquogkunk, -gwonk, n. the 
sheath or scabbard of a sword. From 
pet-aUj he puts in, and chohqudgyA knife; 
with the terminal of the suppos. inan. 
concrete, that which a knife is put 
into. j 

*peegham, v. i. he shaves (himself); 
nup-peeghanif I shave, C. See cherptod- 
vehham; mcomm. 

peeksq, peeakq, n. the 'night hawk', 
Lev. 11, 16; Deut. 14, 15. 

[Abn. pipigSSy * oLseau de proie ' (?). 
Del. piachky Zeisb. V<k\ 6 (cf. pi»geiiy i 
it is night; pisgekt, at night, ibid. ).] 

pe6u. See j)H\. 

pegskiyeue (?), adj. 'narrow' (of 'win- 
dows'), Ezek. 41, 26. 

pehcheu, adv. unawares, unintention- 
ally. Num. 35, 11; Gal. 2, 4. Perhaps 
related to pftshan (q. v. ), he goes into it 
by mischance, he falls into it. 

[Abn. piit^iSi, vel jMiUii (by mistake, 
unintentionally ) . Del. pitjtchiy acciden- 
tally, by chance; as v. he blunders acci- 
dentally, Zeisb. Ctr. 183.] 

pdhteau, V. i. it foams; n. foam, Hos. 
10, 7; 'the scum' (of a lx)iling i)Ot), 
Ezek. 24, 6, 11, 12 (pehtom): petauuttcD' , 



pdhteaa — con tinned . 
ncfM Ipi'htau (an.) -wuttfon-rttl, he foam- 
eth (at the mouth), Mark 9, 18. Cf. 
pefthani. 

[Abn. pi*fti' or pitti'', foam, froth 
(^cume); pittaSh, it foams; piUieite 
8d8ii, he foams at the mouth.] 

pehtehennitchab. See fM'teheunitehab. 

pehtoxinau, v. i. he puts on his shoes 
(moccasins); unperat. pehto^rinaah, put 
oa your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17. From 
]}et(m and (m)okiJissin. Cf. amauriHh 
hint'moA'hiashy take off thy shoes, Ex. 
3,5. 

pehttuhhennitchab. See j^etehennit- 
chah. 

pehtuanuxn. See pHuanum. 

peisses, n. an infant, a child. Gen. 37, 30; 
44, 22; Luke 1, 59; pi. -h og. [By con- 
traction from peissmUj or a diminutive- 
of endearment for peissese (?).] 

peississu, v. i. an. or adj. an. he is very 
small (Amos 7, 2, 5), very young. 
Supi)08. MoA peMmtj 'he who is least'. 
Matt. 11, 11; ash peimmt, while he wa» 
yet (very) young or small, 2 Chr. 34, 
3; pi. -Hcheg. Intens. or dimin. of en- 
deannent, papeissity pi. -itchegj young 
children, Esth. 3, 13. 

[Abn. piSftessi, il est petit; piSsenen 
(inan.), cela est petit. Chip, pungiy a 
little, a few. Bar. 424, =pungeey small, 
'limited to the expression of quan- 
tity',* Sch. Cree appettis (adv. ), little; 
AppistesmHy he is small; (inan.) dppisd- 
sirty it is small. Narr. papoos, a child.] 

[♦Marginal note.—" It has changed places - 
with itgquht^. See Sch."] 

pemaogok, pednogok, where the path 
or way is narrow. Matt. 7, 13, 14: peo- 
nogoil (indie, pres.), Prov. 23, 27 (of 'a 
narrow pit ' ) ; en peimmaogok mayiky in 
the narrow path, Man. Pom. 87. From 
p€y small; -wmy, path; -aog (suppos. 
from «(/), where it goes; -ohke, place; 
and pediutg (suppos. of <»m, he goes) 
ohke. 

[Narr. peemdyagdty *a little way', 
R. W.] 

*pemi8qa&i (Narr.), adj. crooked or 
winding, R. W. 56. 

[Cree puskayy 'diverging, branch- 
ing', Howse. Del . pimochqueu, t wi8te<.l.. 
turned, Zeisb.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



122 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLSTIN 25 



[peni8quzinu]n,v. t. he wreaths, twines, 
twists (it);] adj. -numv^de^ 'wreathed', 
Ex. 28, 14,=pepem8qunnum7vUy v. 22. 

[Del. phnochqueiij vbl. adj. turned, 
twisted, Zeisb.] 

pemsquoh, n. a whirlwind, Job 37, 9; 
Is. 40, 24. For pevfisqivAuy it winds 
about, twines (?). Cf. pepemsque. 

pemunnealit, -unneat, n. a cord, a 
string, Is. 50, 2; Mark 7, 35; pi. -i-ash 
and +(mcuih, Judg. 15, 13; 16, 11, 12. 
Suppos. of pemunohteau (it is twisted 
or plaited), *when twisted' (pemin- 
iieaht om€j a fishing line; pedmenyahty 
a cable, C). The primary meaning 
seems to be plaited or braided; that 
which is made by putting one (strand 
or thread ) across another. Cf . pummee- 
che. See tuttuppun. 

[Abn. pemaiSiy il va de travers. Cree 
pim-ichj crosswise. Del. pimenatan, 
thread; piiweu, slanty, Zeisb. Cree pi- 
ewMJ-num, * he awryeth it'; pimme-numj 
*he twists it', Howse 93. Powh.: 
** Their women use to spin ... a kind 
of grasse they call p^mmenau; of these 
they make a thread very even and 
readily."— J. Smith, Hist, of Va.] 

pezi£ekinnu, v. i. it grows and spreads, 
spreads as it grows (of a vine, Ezek. 
17, 6). FrompenaeUf with k progressive, 
and -tnnM, the characteristic of verbs of 
growth and production: *it goes on 
growing and spreading ' , or * it continues 
to spread as it grows.' 

penaSu, v. i. it is spread about, as a 
growing plant, tree, or vine. Cf . panney 
out of the way. 

[Narr. pendi/i, 'crooked', R. W. 56.] 

penolikdnau, v. t. an. he casts or throws 
(him) down: kup-penuhkon-eh, thou 
casteth me down, Ps. 102, 10 {penoh- 
koncUj to throw down, C. ) . From ruDh- 
konaUf he throws (to the ground) ; with 
the prefix pe-^ he throws from a height, 
casts down (to the ground). See nco- 
kondncU and its cognates, and penuhkau. 
[Abn. ne-penakahn or ne-nescJckafiy 
*je le jette du haut en has.'] 

^penoht, n. soot, C. 161. 
[Ahn, pircUdi.'i 

penomp, n. a vii^in, Gen. 24, 16; Is. 7, 
14; pi. -paogj Esth. 2, 19. From pendive^ 
strange, in its secondary or privative 



penomp — c^ontinued. 
sense, and -omp, n. gen. for * man', nes- 
cia viri (?). Cf. *keeg8guaw; ^quausses. 
[Du Ponceau (?) says: "A young man 
of Delaware is called pilapS. This 
word is formed from piUity chaste, in- 
nocent, and lenaply man, viz., man in his 
purity and innocence." — ^Tocqueville, 
D^moc. en Am^r. app. c. {penomp, 
peimi (?), or penussu (?). ) Hkw. gives 
pUapeUf a lad; pilatuem, a boy; pilatvHit, 
a male infant babe. Zeisb. gives pi la 
pi u, a big boy; pi la we tity a little boy; 
pi la we iichHschy a boy, Voc. 52. ] 

pendwe, adj. and adv. (1) strange, differ- 
ing, or of another kind, uncommon. 
(2) foreign, of another country or lan- 
guage. From the same base, perhaps, 
with panne (q. v.), out of the way. 
Vbl. n. penanveyeuo) Ipen&we-uo)], it 
is different, strange. Pro v. 21, 8. Cans, 
inan. pena)wehieauy he makes (it) differ- 
ent, distinguishes (it). Lev. 11, 47. Cf. 
nanwe. 

[Abn. piriy pirSiy * indicat novitatem' ; 
piriky nouveau. Del. piliy another, 
Zeisb.] 

^^nooon, n. a boat, Mass. Ps. , John 6, 22. 
See *peamog. 

penowanuxnau, penuan-, v. t. an. to 
have a difference with, to contend 
with (him). Suppos. part peiiuanu- 
monty when contending with, Job 9, 3; 
up-penuanumo-uky they contended with 
them, Prov. 28, 4. V. mutual an. penua- 
nittuogy they contend with each other, 
'are at strife*, 2 Sam. 19, 9. Vbl. n. 
penuAniUuonky mutual strife, contention. 
Gen. 13, 8; 2 K. 5, 7. Adj. -iUedey at 
strife with, contentiously, Prov. 27, 15. 
From pendwe (emotional an. form). 

penoywolikomuk, penuwoh-, n. a 
strange place, Ex. 2, 22. 

pexia>wolit, penuwot, (contracted form 
of the preceding) n. a stranger, one dif- 
ferent, a foreigner, Prov. 5, 20; Deut. 
27, 19; pi. -tedog, strangers (perumvohteay 
a stranger, C. ) . Used by Eliot for ' the 
heathen', Ezek. 36, 3, 4. Adj. -ohie&ey 
foreign, Ezra 10, 11. 

[Narr. nip-penotvdniawemy 1 am of 
another language, R. W. 31. Abn. ne- 
pirSandS^y je parle une language ^tran- 
g^re.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIOK -ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



123 



penoowohteau, v. i. he is strange or un- 
like by nature. From penOwe and ohteauy 
he is a stranger or foreigner. 

penoo-womfti, n. a difference, Ezek. 22, 
26; 44, 23. 

penuanuxnau. See pencowanumau. 

penugquAontu. See punukquekontu. 

penuhkau, v. t. an. and inan. he casts 
(it) down upon ( him) ; up-penuhkau-oh, 
*he cast (it) down upon them', Josh. 
10, 11. Cf. penohk&nau. 

penuhteau, v. t. inan. it casts (it) down, 
he casts (himself) down upon the 
ground, 1 K. 18, 42; Dan. 8, 10. Cans, 
he makes it fall (?). 

penushau, v. i. he falls; inan. subj. pe- 
nu$heauj it falls (as a flower, *fadeth', 
Is. 40, 7, 8; nup-pinUshomf I fall, C. ). 
Vbl. n. jyenushaonkj falling, a fall. Cf. 
petshau, he falls into; pogkighiiiy an. 
pogkuam, he drops, falls inanimately; 
chauopsheaUy he falls into the water; 
kitchisahahauj he falls into the fire; kep- 
shaUf he falls by stumbling or by reason 
of an obstacle, etc. 

[Abn. penTrit il tombe d*en haut. 
The corresponding primary verb is not 
found in Eliot. From it penushau is 
formed by adding sh (marking mis- 
chance) to the root. Old Alg. pankigiTif 
to fall.] 

penuwohkomuk. See pentDwohkomuk, 

penuwot. See pencowohi, 

pednog^ok. See pemaogok. 

^eont&em, a boat or canoe, 0. 

*pe<Dnog, n. a little ship, Mass. Ps., John 
21 , 8. Cf . kehiconog ( kehte-dnog ) , a ship. 
So, peawe-Onogj the small conveyance. 
These names were framed for English 
and foreign boats, as distinguishes! from 
the canoe {mUshcDn) or Indian boat. 
They do not appear to have been widely 
used. 

[Abn. ketSrakSf a ship; sanrSpSSragSf 
a barque.] 

pepemsque, adj. and adv. (badly) con- 
torted. Intens. or freq. form of pern- 
squau (Narr. pemiitqudi, q. v.), of the 
serpent, 'crooked', Job 26, 13; Is. 27, 1. 
From^jm (twisted) with squ [=9kow']f 
the mark of badness, violence, or mis- 
chance. Cf. pernsquoh. 

[Narr. pendyi, crooked; pemisqudi, 
crooked or winding, R. W. 56.] 



p^pemsqunnumcbozik, vbl. n. a wreath, 
2 Chr. 4, 12, 13. 

pepemsqushau, v. i. Mt whirleth alx)ut' 
(of the shifting wind), Eccl. 1, 6. 

pepenam, v. t. inan. he selects, chooses 
(it). Gen. 13, 11; Is. 40, 20; v. an. pe- 
penaUf he chooses (him). Adj. pepe- 
naue, chosen, selected, Jer. 49, 19. 
From pendwe^ ' he differences it'. 
[Del. pipinameny to choose, Zeisb.] 

pepenautchitdiimkquonk, -uhquok, 
n. a mirror, Ex. 38, 8; 2 Cor. 3, 18; 
James 1, 23; (pi.) Is. 3, 23. 

[Narr. pebenochichauqudnirk (?), a 
looking-glass, R. W. Del. peperiatig, 
Zeisb.] 

pepuxnxnu, v. t. (-mmj v. i.), he shoots 
often, continues shooting. Freq. of 
pummUf q. v. 

[Narr. pepem&i, * he is gone to hunt 
orfowl', R. W.] 

X>^pu]nwaen(u), n. agent, one who 
shoots often or habitually; pi. -nu^g, 
'archers', Judg. 5, 11; 'shooters', 2 
Sam. 11, 24. 

*pequawu8 (Narr. ), n. a gray fox, R. W. 
95; pequoi, a fox. Wood. 

p^shaui, V. i. (1) it blossoms, puts out 
flowers: pish pesfutuaUf it (for an. he) 
shall blossom. (2) n. a flower, James 
1, 10; pi. -aOnash, 2 Chr. 4, 5. Com- 
monly with prefix of 3d pers. See up- 
peshau. Cf . ( freq. ) paspishau^ ( intens. ) 
pouishaUj and pashksheau, 

[Abn. abasiar (pi. ), ils bourgeonnent; 
p^*t9es8 abafin, le pain enfle.] 

*pe8haui ( Narr. ) , h\ue; peahaijduash ( pi. ) , 
violet-leaves, R. W. ; peshai, blue, C. 

[Abn. titiemf blue paint; peiidienSy 
violet. Chip. apis»i, violet; apissin, it 
is of a violet or dark-blue color, livid, 
black«blue, Bar.] 

*pe8kh6xninin (Narr.) v. i. (1) it thun- 
ders ('to thunder', R. W.). (2) it ex- 
plodes, as a gun; 'to discharge a gun'. 
Suppos. inan. concrete piskuncky that 
which thunders, a gun. Cf . paskuhkoniy 
he bursts (it); pashksheauy it bursts 
asunder. 

[Abn. ne-phkam, I fire a gun; aSenni 
peskaky who shoots?; paskSiasSy (the 
gun) bursts. Cree pdskes-wSosoOy he 
shoots himself; pdoskoopHUhu, it bursts 
(from within), like a gun; pd^ke-pHthu, 



Digitized by 



Google 



124 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



fBULLETIN 25» 



*peakli6xnniin — continued . 
it bursts (from without), as a bladder; 
ptmiikee-ptUhu, it splintery; juukesiggun^ 
a gun. Old Alg. />a.s^1>/<7«^J. Del.j>oa/t 
mean and pal achk hi can, gun; pai ach 
kam inetiy to fire a gun, Zeisb.] 

^p^suponck (Narr.), n. *an hothouHe', 
"a kind of little cell or cave . . . into 
[which] frequently the men enter after 
they have excreedingly heated it with 
store of woo<l, laid upon an heap of 
stones in the middle," etc. "Here do 
they sit round, . . . sweating togeth- 
er." — R. W. 158. Verbal from *pt8up- 
pau. 

*p^8uppail-og (Narr.), v. i. (pi.) they 
are sweating, R. W. 158. 

[Cree nrV -appdoysin, I sweat. Chip. 
nind-dOwei<, Bar.] 

*p^tacaua (Narr.), n. *an English waist- 
coat*; dimin. petacawmnnhe, *a little 
w^aistcoat*. R. W. 107. From puttog- 
fpteu, he hides himself (?). Cf. putlog- 
quequohhoUf a veil. 

petan, n. a quiver, Job 39, 23; Is. 22, 6. 
From petau. 

[Abn. pUaraiin.'} 

petashqiuhdonk, petaoshq-, vbl. n. an 
outside garment, 'cloak*. Is. 59, 17; 
Luke 6, 29; 'vesture', Ps. 102, 26. 

^petasinna (Narr.), 'give me some to- 
bacco*, R.W. 35. 

petau, V. t. he puts (it) into, Ex. 37, 5, 
38, 7. Imperat. petaushy put thou (it) into 
(it). Gen. 44, 1. Suppos. inan. con- 
crete petuTik (that which is put into), 
a bag or pouch ; petogge. Wood. Intens. 
(involuntary action) petshan^ he falls 
into. From peyau, cans. an. (?). 

[Abn. ne-pt'rauj I put it into; 3d pers. 
api'ranr; ne-teptSn, I put it in (a dish, 
vessel, or the like). Cree peetche 
(prep.), in, within; peethis^ until, unto. 
;>i7-, as an ' instrumentive characteristic ' 
of verbs, implies action i>erformed 'with 
the arm', 'he pulls* [cf. nVpU{muhp{t)'\j 
Howse 87; pkUmnm^ he puts it in; pleia- 
huuij he thrusts it in; peechenumf he 
puts it in the inside, Howse 34. Del. 
pin deny to put in, to till, Zeisb.] 

petaug. See *p€togge. 

petehexmitchab, peht-, pethen-, peht- 
tuhh-, n. a finger ring (or bracelet). 
Fromp«/-aMMn, put into, nulch, the hand, 



petehexmitchab, etc. — continueil. 

and appu, it remains: 'that which the^ 
hand remains put into'; pi. 'abj>ea9h, 
Cf. kehlippittenadh, bracelet, Is. 3, 19- 
(ki'ldeupetendpeaifhf pi., Ex. 35, 22). 

pethomp^keau, v. i. he creeps in; pi. 
-eog^ Jude 4. Cf. p<imompagin. 

petha>tlu^eg, part. pi. (suppos.) they 
who creep into, 2 Tim. 3, 6. Cf. pam- 
ompagin. 

^petogge [=/>«^(</uy?], a bag, Wood. 

^petouwdssinug (Narr.), n. "their to- 
bacco-bag, which hangs at their neck, 
or sticks at their girdle, which is to 
them in.«teatl of an English pocket." — 
R. W. 108. 

petshau, v. i. he falls into (a pit or 
snare), Amos 3, 5; Ps. 7, 15; suppos. 
peUhonity when he falls; ixart. petshnnty 
when falling. From jjetaUy with sh of 
mischance or involuntary action. Cf. 
pehcheii; penushau. 

pdtudnuxn, peht-, pittu-, v. i. he is 
proud; suppos. noh pohtudnumuitf he 
who is proud. Job 40, 12. Adv. jMftud- 
mumniy 'frowardly*, Is. 57, 17 (petu- 
amimde and -mdoe, proudly, haughtily, 
C). Vbl. n. ])i^tudnuma>onky pride. Job- 
33, 17; Prov. 14, 3; 16, 18. 

petukau, v. i. he goes (is going) into, 
Judg. 18, 9; 1 K. 3, 7. From j)etauj wuth 
*k pnjgressive. 

[Cree pcetook-ayoo, Howse 268. ] 

petukodtum, v. t. he brings (it) into: 
kup'])etHkmUomuWy ye l>ring (it) in, 
Hag. 1, 6; with inan. subj. petukodtauy 
Dan. 9, 24. 

pdt^qui, petuhki, puttukqui, v. i. it 
is round; adj. round: j/eamesan pe- 
tukhiy a small round thing, 1 K. 10, 19. 
From j-telan and uhffudey it goes in at the 
ends, the end goes in or returns, Cf. 
piittogham, he covers, incloses (?). 

[ Narr. putt I'l chpi i. A bn . petegii. Cree 
pUtikuvtr^ it is spherical. Del. piuk- 
hican, a round ball; ptucqiiiminschiy 
[round-nut tree] a black- walnut tree, 
Zeisb. Voc. 27, 53.] 

petukqunneg, n. a (round) cake, a cake 
or loaf of bread, Matt, 7, 9 {peiukquXmgf 
C. ); pi. -i-ashy Judg. 6, 19, 20; ^ganashy 
Matt. 15, 36; n. coll. petukqunnunk,^ 
bread, Mark 8, 4. 

[Narr. puttnckqunnegey a cake.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



125 



petutteau, v. t. he enters, jfoes into, 
Gen. 24, 32; Ex. 24, 18; imperat. 2d 
pere. sing. pHuttensh, come thou in, 
enter in, Gen. 24, 31. From petan. 

[Narr. p^titees, *come 'm\ R. W. 30. 
Abn. petaSighSy he enters.] 

pett, peSu, or peweu, v. i. it is little, it 
is small: peeu onk^ (it is) less than, 
Ezra 9, 16. This primary verb (rep- 
resented by Cotton's peawe) is rarely 
found in Eliot by itself, but to it must 
be referred a gieat numl)er of mo<ial 
and derivate forms. Cans. jjeeheaUy he 
makes (him) small, causes him to be 
small; pass, he is made small (or 'low', 
James 1, 10): kuppeh-esh^ I make thee 
small, Jer. 49, 15; Obad. 2. Imperat. 
phihy * bring (thou) him low ', Job 
40, 12. Seepedsin. 

■*pe"we. See*peawe. 

peweu. See pm, 

peyau, v. i. he comes hither; imperat. 
peyaush, come thou; peyunk (-onk, 
•onch)y come ye; suppos. part payonly 
when coming; v. t. an. peyauau, he 
comes to (him): kup-peyaunshj I come 
to thee, Ex. 18, 6. 

[Narr. peydu^ he i» come; peeyduog, 
they are come, R. \V. 48, 49. Abn. tie- 
6a, jeviens; iSabann, il vientici. Cree 
pey-, phfche, hitherward. Del. peu or 
peyeya, he comes; part, payat; infln. 
paan; imperat. pi. paak; pe ye yu, it 
comes, Zeisb.] 

piahquttum, v. t. he has authority over, 
is master of ( it ) ; suppos. noh piahqutluk 
wetu, 'the master of the house', Mark 
13, 35; infin. piahqtittiununat, (to have) 
authority, v. 34. As adj. and adv. piah- 
quttumu'e^ chief, principal. Gen. 40, 2. 

[Narr. ni-acqtietunck eivb, he is my sub- 
ject; kut-dcquetou^, 1 will (be) subject 
to you. "Beside their general subjec- 
tion to the highest sachems, . . . they 
have also particular protectors, under 
sachems", etc., R. W. 120, 121. Abn. 
neiebhghiy je gouveme.] 

piogqu^, n. adj. ten. Seeptuh 

pish, the auxiliary of the (indicative) 
future tense, will or shall; *a word sig- 
nifiying futurity'. El. Gr. 20. [Is this 
pi-tchf a i)articiple from pey-y the radical 
of pay^Uf 'the coming', * that which is 



pish — continued, 
to come'? Of. paommoHy the future, 
the *to come', C] 

[Narr. pitch; pitch n^keetomj shall I 
recover my health?; pitch nip-pdutowin, 
I will bring it to you, R, W. Cree 
pdioosy hereafter; {chhkvay presently) 
I pd'chhkimy presently (with emphasis); 
! pdy indecl. particle, the sign of the con- 
ditional (as is gd of the indicative) 
future, Howse 199. Chip, tah: tah aHa, 
j it shall or will be, Sch. ii, 441. Micm. 

apchy 'ensuite', Maill. 28.] 
! pish idgkdsislidBha), it shall distil (as 
j dew), i. e. moisten, make moist, Deut. 

32, 2. See ogqushki. 
I -pisk. See muppisk (m^pisk) , the back. 

-piflk, in comp. words. See ompsky rock. 

piskea. See pdpiskcy double. 

pissasrk, pusseogr, -agquan, n. mire, 
mud, dirt, Is. 57, 20; Job 41, 31; 8, 11. 
Adj. pisseagquaney 'miry', Ps. 40, 2; 
-eogquaney Ezek. 47, 11 (pussoq^ia we- 
yauSy 'corrupted flesh or rotten'; pig- 
sogquam-nuDy it sticks to; pissugk ut 
tmimayogy 'dirt in the streets', C, 
=^pi88eogq ut mai-kontUy El. in Zech. 
9, 3.) See j>i«»/. 

[Abn. pemgS^y gluant (a^eskSy boue); 
psazeskcy boueux, bourbeux; pSskenlgaUy 
fosse.] 

pissauxnatOonk, n. a matter of business, 
'suit' or 'cause', Ex. 18, 22; 2 Sam. 
15, 4 {pi. -atuongashy 'weighty matters', 
C). 

piBsenum, piBSOgrkixmum, v. t. he flays, 
skins (it); an. pissenumduaog wuituh- 
qiiahey they flay off their skin, Micah 
3, 3. 

pisaeo^uayeuonk (pissefMfq-ayeu-onk), 
n. pi. -ongashy miry places, Ezek. 
47, 11. 

pissi, puBseu, v. i. it sticks, adheres, is 
sticky. (This, the primary verb, is not 
found in Eliot, except in the supposi- 
tive concrete, }>is8ag.) See pixppim, 
Cf. Greek Ttiddcx. 

pissishdonk (?), n. ' matters ' of business, 
employment, Ex. 24, 14 (pissaiyeuonky 
employment, C. ) . See pimiumatdonk. 

piasogkJTiTiuTn-we, adj. peeled, skinned, 
Is. 18, 2, 7; an. piitsogkinaimiy Ezek. 29, 
18. iiee pisseiiumy he flays, skins (it). 
[Abn. pessihadassSy il ^corche.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



126 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



pissogqsheau, v. i. it sticks, cleaves fast, 
by mischance, Lain. 4, 4; suppos. 
pisaogqshunky when it sticks or cleaves, 
Job 31, 7; an. subj. pmogqshau, he 
sticks. From pmagk-ue, with sh of in- 
voluntary action. 

pisBOgquodtin, pisseog-, pissug-, n. 
the rot or blasting of grain, Deut. 28, 
22; 1 K. 8, 37; Amos 4, 9. 

*pittaktinnaTn (Narr.)^, v. i. he goes 
back: nip-pittakunnamutif I must go 
back; pitt?iciti«/f, go thou back; pittucke- 
tuck, let us go back, R. W. 76, 77. Cf. 
petukau; petukodtum. (Perhaps R. W. 
mistook the signification of this word, 
*I go back', for *I go into the house'.) 

pittu, -eu (?), n. pitch, Is. 34, 9. 

[Cree pkku, gum or pitch, How8e20.] 

pittuanuxn. See pHuAnumy he is proud. 

piiihsuke, prep. *over against', Neh. 
3, 23, 25, 26; adv. fittingly, fitting 
{piuhmkke, * exact, right' (?); piuhsfik- 
ktyhie, 'plainly', C. ): piuhsuke moeh- 
tedmuky 'fitly frame<l together', Eph. 2, 
21; vninn^ piuhmkehiiuik, fitly joined 
together, Eph. 4, 16, i. e. made to fit; 
suppos. of />m/i«wAY7i/€au, v. caus. (inan. 
subj.). See /xipiuAwiAr. 

pink, num. ten; pi. an. piukqusmog; inan. 
-qusguash, El. Gr. 14. Adj. piogqu^t 
pioqu^y Deut. 32, 30; Ezek. 45, 14;pioghU 
nompe (to the tenth time), ten times, 
Gen. 31, 7 (inan. pi. piukquttashf Ex. 
3, 28). 

[Narr. piilckt R. W., =Peq. piugg, 
Stiles. Abn. ynldra. Cree mHcUat. 
Chip, middsnmf Bar.; me dda wCy Sch. 
Micm. m^teln, Maill.] 

poakussohliug mukqs, 'he bores his 
ear through' with an awl, Ex. 21, 6. 
Cf. sogkuMohhoUj an earring. 

poanatam, -antam, v. i. he 'makes 
mirth', is mirthful, Ezek. 21, 10. Adj. 
and adv. pddnittamwey mirthfully, Eccl. 
7, 4. Vbl. n. poanalamaxmky mirth, 
Eccl. 2, 1, 2. See hahAnu, he laughs. 

-pog, -paug, in comp. words water. It 
represents the suppos. inan. concrete 
form of ^pi [n^pij nippS), 'where water 
is ' . nippe was not used in composition. 
-pdgy the noun generic, was not used 
separately. Cf. nunni-pogy* fresh wa- 
ter', James 3, 12; sSpu^ a river of water, 



-pogr, -paug: — continued. 
Ps. 107, 35, and woskeche sepu-pog-wtU, 
on the surface of (upon) the waters of 
the river, Dan. 12, 6 { = 8epuS nippe-it, 
V. 7 ) ; tohkekommu-p6g (under tohkekom ) , 
running (or spring) water. Num. 19, 
17; Josh. 15, 19; mishippag (mishe-pog), 
much water, John 3, 23; ftonki-pog, cool 
water, Prov. 25, 25; Matt. 10, 42; sHppogy 
'salt water', James 3, 12; uppauppog^ 
'abundance of waters (cover thee)', 
Job 22, 11. 

poggohham, pogkoh-, pogrguli-, v. t. 
(1) he threshes or pounds out grain, 
Judg.6,11. (2) he beats or knocks (it), 
pounds (it), strikes (it) with force; 
pret. pogkuhhum-up, he was threshing 
(wheat), 1 Chr. 21, 20. Adj. and adv. 
'hamoocy -hamtcdey of or for threshing, 
Is. 41, 15. The primary meaning is to 
beat out, to separate or divide by beat- 
ing. From pohqunnuniy or rather poh- 
qidy it is broken. 

[Narr. pockhdmminy to beat or thresh 
out, R. W. Abn. iie-bagkhihiminSy je 
bats (le ble); ne-hankt^hahy je le bats. 
Cree ptickamahum, he knocketh it, 
strikes it with force, Howse. Chip. 
puk-e-taiy v. t. he strikes, Sch. ii, 424; 
puk'Ud-ai and poc-kee-tayy ibid. 468.] 

pogkenau, v. t. an. (1) he casts away. 
Is. 31, 7 (pakenauy C). (2) he puts 
(him) away. (3) he divorces (her). 
Suppos. noh pagkenonty he who puts 
away or divorces. Matt. 19, 9; imperat. 
pogkesy cast (her) out. Gen. 21, 10; Gal. 
4, 30; pi. pogkenooky Gen. 35, 2; suppos. 
pass, noh pognity she (when) divorced, 
put away, Lev. 22, 13. 

[Abn. ne-haghirafiy j'abandonne (ho- 
minem vel mulierem, etc.).] 

pdgkenuxn, v. i. he is blind; pi. -\-wogy 
-\-coogy Is. 42, 16; 56, 10; suppos. noh 
pogkenuky he who is bliRd ( = noh pd- 
kunuty Mass. Ps., John 10, 21); pi. pog- 
kenukegy the blind. Is. 35, 5. Adj. pog- 
kenumu'dey Is. 42, 7 { paukinnumoaey C. ). 
From pohkeniy it is dark. 

[Narr.n'p<5c/:uwnu7n,Iamblind; pau- 
kunnuniy dark, R. W.] 

pogkesu, V. i. act. an. he is putting away or 
casting off. Eliot occasional ly uses this 
form of the verb (which, in the indicat. 
3d pers., corresponds with his 'adjec- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAEY 



127 



pogkesu — continued . 
tive-animate'), as in Pe. 43: tohwhuich 
pogk^seaUf why dost thou cast me off? 

[Abn. pak(U»iSij 'loin de nous; i\ 
I'^cart'.] 

pogketam, v. t. inan. he casts (it) away, 
puts (it) from him {paketam^ C): 
nup-pogkeUim, I cast off, 2 K. 23, 27; 
imperat. pogetashy esst thou (it) out, 
Matt. 7, 5; suppos. pogketog, when he 
casts (it) off. 

[Narr. n^pakitaniy I will put her away; 
a4jui€ pakMashy do not put away; n^pa- 
kSnaquHj I am put away, R. W. 126. 
(In the first two examples he has used 
the inan. pogketam for the an. pogkenau. ) 
Old Alg. packitariy I abandon or forsake, 
Lah. Abn. ne-baghttamen, j'abandonne 
cela. Del. pakUon, he throw^s (it) 
away.] 

pogkodantdm. See pdkodtanUdn, 

pogrkohliaiii. See poggohham, 

pogkomunk, n. a rod, a stick (carried in 
the hand), Ex. 21, 20; Prov. 29, 15: pog- 
komunkquonk, a stake. Is. 54, 2; -muh- 
qumk, a pillar, Gen. 28, 18, 22; 31, 46. 
[Cree pdckamoggurif a club or cudj?el, 
Howpe.] 

pogkuBBU, V. i. act. an. he drops, falls 
(as an inan. body, or without external 
cause. See penushau); suppos. howan 
woh pogkumly * whoever shall fair, 
Matt. 21, 44. With inan. subj. pogk- 
ishin{ni)y it falls; pi. -neashy Nah. 1, 12; 
suppos. ne pogshunky it. (when) falling. 
Is. 34, 4. See pwohkehchuaii. 

[Cree pdhkesiriy he falls (as in walk- 
ing ) , Ho wse 80. A Ig. paflgisiny il tombe 
(un objet inan.).] 

pohchanatcli, -nitch, n. a finger; 3d 
pers. uppoh'y his finger. V. subst. jmh- 
chanUchaUy he has fingers (is fingered), 
2 Sam. 21, 20. From pohshe, divided, 
and -nutch {menutcheg)j hand. Cf. 
pahchaMty toe, from jmhshe and -sit, foot. 

^pohckatiik, pi. -{-quinashy a bough, C. 
See pokshan. 

pdhckau, V. i. he turns aside, deviates. 
See pahchau. 

pohkeni, -xUU, v. i. it is dark; adj. dark; 
n. darkness. Gen. 15, 17; Is. 5, 20; 45, 7; 
Amos 5, 18: pohkeri-ahiUy in darkness, 
Eccl. 2, 14. Adv. and adj. pokendey 
darkly, obscurely. Job 22, 13; 1 Cor. 



pohkeni, -niU — continued. 

13, 12. Int«ns. pohpohkeniy Job 24, 15. 
Related to pohkiy clear, open, as lucus 
to lucendo, etc. See poApakinasik; p6g- 
kenum; cf. kuppogki. 

[Narr. paukunnuniy dark, R. W.. Abn. 
pekeneniy pekeneghe. Del. pdckenaniy very 
dark,Hkw.] 

pohkenittipukook [pohkenUlpukaok^y 
'in the dark night*, Prov. 7, 9. See 
*iuppaco. 

[Narr. pdppakunnetchy 'dark night* 
{ = pO'pohkenU, when it is very dark), 
R.W.] 

pohki, pahke, v. i. (1) it is clear, trans- 
parent, that may be seen through, 
pervious. Rev. 21,11, 18. (2) Adj. clean, 
pure, Lev. 11, 36; Prov. 30, 5; Ps. 51, 
10. As adv. pahke (and pohkiyeuy C), 
clearly, plainly. Suppos. inan.po/i^oit, 
when it is clear; hence, the (clear) 
sky, Matt. 16, 2, 3; Ps. 77, 17; and poh- 
kohquodty when clear, in clear weather, 
a clear day. (Cotton has pahke and 
pohkiyeUy ' clearly * ; pohkoiyhie, * clean ' ; 
pahkeyhity 'deanlily'.) See pohqudey 
open, manifest. 

The three roots, pohk, (pdk), pohq 
{p^gh)y pohsh {pdsh or pdj)y have all 
the same ultimate base, with the idea 
of division or separation into iMirts. 
pohq- and its derivatives denote the 
act of separating (breaking, opening, 
beating out, etc.); pohsh-y the fact of 
division or partition {pohshey half, part 
of, etc.), and pohk (pohkiy pahke) the 
result of separation, openness, per- 
viousness, a going through. [Cf. Tamil 
pag-n, to divide, to share; pdr, to cleave; 
pdly a part, a portion; pang-u, a share, 
Caldw. 446, 475. Sansk. bhagj dividere; 
bhd^, dividere, distribuere; bhd^goy pars, 
portio; bhani^, frangere; pakshdy latus, 
dimidia pars mensis. These groups 
of derivatives from a common root 
correspond nearly with English (and 
Anglo-Saxon) words beginning with 
thr: thorough, through, throw ( = to 
through, A. S. thrawan), thrust, thrash 
(A. S. ther8(Hin)y threshold (A. S. 
thersc-ely thrcecs-wald), thread, throat, 
throttle, thrill (A.-S. thirlian) , and drill, 
etc.] 

[Narr. pdnquiy pduquaquaiy 'it holds. 



Digitized by 



Google 



128 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



pohki, paJike— continued. 

up' (i. e. the sky clears), R. W. 82. 

Abn. pang^iSiy purement, sans melange 

{pangSiSi 8io9, 1 eat clear meat); pakSe, 

an arrow; p^kai'iUy thread.] 
-pohkohquodtae, adv. when clear, in a 

clear day, Amos 8, 9. See pohki 
pohkshau. See pokshmi. 
"^pohkuhtixnis, n. white oak, C. See 

*paug6uiemisk. 
pohpohkussu, n. a partridge, 1 Sam. 26, 

20. See pahpahk»ha»; cf. pcohpoohquitog^ 

quails. 
pohpGoqueait, suppos. part, (one who is) 

lame; pi. -tcheg, Acts 8, 7. See poh- 

qussitiont. 
pohpu. See poinpu. 
-pohquile, adj. open, manifest, 1 Sam. 3, 1; 

Prov. 27, 5 {pohquae, public, C. ). Adv. 

'Oeii, openly, Matt. 6, 4, 6. (Another 

iorm oi pohki.) 
pohqudshixme (amouhkdiyeu) jOi^n (val- 
ley), Ezek. 37, 2; pohqudshinue ohteuk, 

open field, Ezek. 16, 5; 33, 27; 39, 5. 
p61iquetahliain, v. t. he continues break- 
ing (it), habitually breaks, Ps. 107, 16. 

Imperat. pohquetdhash wep'iUeash, break 

thou their teeth, Ps. 58, 6. 

[Marginal note.— "Or causative?-r^r by 

pounding? [Howse.] Cree [Grammar] , 87. Cf. 

Bohquttahham."] 

pohqui, V. i. it breaks, is broken. As adj. 
broken, Ps. 51, 17 (and pohquiyeu^ Is. 
36, 6). Suppos. pass, pohqut, when 
broken; hence, n. a brand, a fragment 
of wood, Judg. 15, 4; Amos. 4, 11. See 
papokquog; pohshean; jwkshan. 

[Cree pUkej part, some (adv. of quan- 
tity). Del. poo ktn'i* (dimin. ), *a little 
junk of fire', Zeisb.] 

pohqunmun, v. t. he breaks (it) with 
his hands, Is. 28, 24; Ezek. 4, 16; ?»/;>- 
]>o(pin, I break (it), Jer. 'SO, 8; 49, 35. 
With an. obj. pohqxumau, -quenau, he 
breaks (him), Jer. 31, 28; Ps. 46, 9 
{pohqiumumy he oi)ens; pohquanhh 
tisquontj open the door; nup-poohqnn, I 
break (a law), C The last example is 
bad, verlw in unam always denoting 
action of the hand, or physical action). 
[^dST, jmuquanamiimiea, open (thou) 
to me the door, R. W. Cree peekoo- 
pidhu, it breaks; peekdonayoo, he breaks 
it (by hand).] 



pohquxmutchont (iromjyohqui and nvUchj 
with the fonn of the suppositive active 
participle), having a broken hand, Lev. 
21,19. 

pohquodche, as prep, without, outside 
of (Lev. 9, 11); primarily, in open air, 
out of doors. Suppos. pohquadchit 
(when) without, out of doors, in open 
air, Gen. 24, 31; Ex. 21, 19; Lev. 10, 45. 
[Narr. pxicquatchick, R. W. Abn. 
pekSatse-mek, hors de la maison, de- 
hors.] 

pohquohham, v. i. he goes clear, escapes; 
imperat. jwhquohush, escaj^e thou. Gen. 
19, 17; cans, pohf/iiohwhunau (for -quo- 
hfhhau), he makes (him) go clear, de- 
livers (him) ; imi)emt. itohquohuhus kuh- 
hog, save thyself, Luke 23, 37, 39. From 
jwhki or pohqui, and own, he goes. [Xup- 
poquoh}rus»Uj etc., our Savior (title-page 
of N.T.); nup-pohqtiohwnsmaen, deliv- 
erer, Judg. 3, 9; nup-pohqnohuiism-hi, my 
Savior, 2 Sam. 22, 2; kup-pohquohivussu- 
aetieumy thy (own) Savior, Is. 43, 3;no/i- 
pohquoh-ivhunont, he who saves (them), 
who delivers, Judg. 3, 9; 1 Tim. 4, 10; 
um ken })ohquoh%mmjHten, O thou that 
savest! Ps. 17, 7; up-pohquohirhun-oh, 
he saveth them, Ps. 107, 13, W, 20; de- 
livered them, V. 6; nag pohquoh vhun- 
noncheh Jehovah y the redeemed of the 
Lord, Ps. 107, 2; pohqueiahhamj he cuts 
(it) asunder, Ps. 107, 16; tomohinneany 
deliver thou us, Judg. 10, 15; }}ohquah' 
irusaehy (\e\i\ef thou me (intr.), Ps. 119, 
153; pohquah whuneh viitchy deliver 
thou me from, Ps. 119, 134; pohquah 

miiisteh u'utchy evil men, Ps. 140, 1 

( my persecutors, Ps. 142, 6); poh- 
quah vuMtnan vutchf deliver thou us 
from, 1 Sam. 12, 10; ])ohquah tcussineanf 
deliver thou us (intr. ) , Ps. 79, 9; pohquah 
v'hunittuonkj deliverance, Judg. 15, 18; 
pohquoh hama)onky escaping, Ezra 9, 14; 
v'uich num-matcheseonganunCnashj our 
iniquities, Ezra 9, 6, 7; nup-pohqunum 
mnnmeemnky I plucked off my hair, 
Ezra 9, 3.] 

[Note.— The examples inclosed in brackets 
under this definition appear on a loose slip in- 
serted in the manuscript. They were neither 
revised nor arranged by the compiler.] 

[Del. ;>o/ giuiy * escaped from me', 
Zeisb.J 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENQLI8H DICTIONARY 



129 



pohqussittont, having a broken foot, 
Lev. 21, 19. Freq. pohpmquesit, one 
who is lame (pi. -tchegj Acts 8, 7). 
From pohqui and m^seet (musseet). 

pohsahteg, a (miry?) pit, Ps. 40, 2. See 
passdhtham; pmagk. 

pohshane, adv. fully, completely, thor- 
oughly. Col. 1, 25. See pdkodche. 

pohslie, pfthshe, it halves, divides in 
two, is severed; a half, a part of, some 
of (as opposed to wamCy the whole of), 
Ex. 24, 6; 37, 1; Deut. 12, 7; Luke 19, 8; 
Rev. 8, 1; 11, 9, 11. See pohqtiL (Cf. 
^naV. paksha^ a side, half (a month). 
Zend. poB, yek-pdshf one half (Engl, 
piece). Tamul pag-iTj to divide; pdly a 
part.) 

[Narr. padshCf *8ome'; poqu^sUj half 
(of an. obj.), R. W. Abn. p^kSies 
(inan.), -U, la moietie en large. Del. 
pachmwi (an.?), half, Zeisb.] 

pohsheau, v. i. it divides in two, cleaves 
asunder, halves itself, Zech. 14, 4. Cf. 
pokshauy he breaks (by violence); poa- 
isJiaUf it bursts; pohgui, it breaks. 

pohshequile, pulish-, adv. at noonday, 
Job 5, 4 {puhshaqaa-ut, Acts 10, 9J. 
From pohshej half the day or sun's 
course. 

[Narr. paushxiq&aWj pdweshcupiaWf R. 
W. 67. Abn. paskSL Del. pachhac- 
queke, Zeisb.] 

pohshinau, v. t. an. he divides (him) in 
two, halves (him): pishup-pdhshin-duh^ 
'T;hey shall divide it (an animal), Ex. 
21,36. 

pohshinuzn, v. t. inan. he divides (it), 
halves (it) ; pi. -\-wog, Ex. 21, 35. Cf. 
pcmnnum. 

[Narr. pat«/imtim-min, to divide (into 
two). Abn.ne-psikamy *je fens'. Del. 
pachsenum-men (infin.), Zeisb.] 

pohehittahh am , v. t. inan. he cuts (it) 
in two. Is. 45, 2; Zech. 11, 10. 

poke. See pooke. 

pokshau, pohkahau, v. t. he breaks 
(an. obj.) with force or violence; with 
inan. subj. poksheaUy it breaks, is 
broken; with inan. obj. pokshadtau, he 
breaks (it), Ps. 107, 16; Jer. 28, 4. 
Suppos. an. part. pohhorU, when break- 
ing, 2 Sam. 22, 35. Adj. and adv. 
pokshdey broken, Jer. 2, 13. Yb\. n. 
pokshdcTiky a breaking, a breach, Prov. 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 9 



pokshau, pohkshau — continued. 

15, 4; Is. 30, 13. See pohsheau^ it 
divides in two; pohqui, it breaks. 

[Narr. pdkesha, -shawwUy ^ it is broke ' ; 
pokeshdUouwiTif to break, R. W.] 

pokBtmkquonk, n. a saw. Is. 10, 15. See 
tusaonkquonk. 

[Abn. psipodaSangan, iemipodaftgan. 
Del. pachkachicaHy a knife; pachschach- 
quoacan, a board-saw, Zeisb.] 

pomahhom. See pomohhom. 

pdmantam, v. i. he lives. Gen. 5, 10, 16, 
19, etc.; suppos. pomarUog, when he 
lives (or lived). Gen. 5, 12, 13, 15, 18, 
etc. ; part, (indie. ) panwntamunutch, liv- 
ing, 1 K. 3, 26. Adj. and adv. -tamwde, 
living. Vbl. n. pomarUamdonky living, 
life. From pdme (or pamao), it con- 
tinues, with -(mtanif the formative of 
verbs of mental and emotional activity. 
See pdme. An earlier derivative, pdmetu 
(p&m-ohteau), he 'continues to be% is 
not found in Eliot, but he has its 
verbal, pometuonk (q. v.). 

[Narr. cw-n'paumpwattntom, I am very 
well (am yet alive) ; taubiiipaump jnaAn- 
taman, I am glad you are well, R. W. 
Abn. nSri-peman^ei, je suis en bonne 
sant^. Cree phnooi-ayoo, he walks; 
pemdt-vmi, he is alive; phnoot-aymaguriy 
it goes (as a watch), Howse 36, 80. 
Del. pommaiu;hsUy he lives; part, {aup- 
pos.), pemauc/wri/, Zeisb. Gr.] 

pometuonk, n. vbl. (from pometu; see 
pdmantam) a generation, Eccl. 1, 4; 
Deut. 32, 5. 

pomitchuwan (it flows, goes on), 'run- 
ning water'. See pamitchtian. 

pomohhom, pomah-, v. i. he goes by 
water, sails, Acts 27, 9. Vbl. n, -mSonky 
going by water, a voyage. Acts 27, 10. 
Agentiyepummdhhamwaen ( u ) , ^lii.-nuog, 
'mariners' (Jonah 1, 5), those going 
( habitually) on the sea. From pummok 
or 2)dme (q. v.) and wa)m, he goes. 
[Cree pim^dauy he sails.] 

poxnompa^^e, adj. creeping, crawling, 
Lev. 11, 44, 46. See pamompagin. 

pompaBuhkonk, n. vbl. a ball (to play 
with), Is. 22, 18. 

poxhpu, pohpu, V. i. he plays, is playing 
{puhpUy he plays, C); pi. +0(7, they 
play, Ex. 32, 6; Zech. 8, 5; t. an. poThr 
pauy he plays with or for (him): aun 



Digitized by 



Google 



130 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



pompu, pohpu — continued. 
vx>h pornpehj wilt thou play with him? ' 
Job 41, 5 {puhp&ogf they play; puhpin- 
neat, to play, C). Vbl. n. pompuonky 
play, sport, Judg. 16, 25 {pukpUonk, 
playing; pompoonk, recreation, C; 
pohmpooonkf Ind. Laws, iv). 

[Narr. pauockauog, they are playing, 
R. W. Cree pdpu, he laughs; intens. 
p&pdpu; freq. pdpiaku. Chip. (St 
Marys) pad-pe, (Sag.) pah-pa^ he 
laughs, Sch. ii, 469. Del. papaby (for 
j}apahy?)f to play, Zeisb.] 

pompulicli^, n. a member, organ, limb, 
or part of the body, 1 Cor. 12, 14, 19, 26; 
pi. -{-yeuashj 1 Cor. 6, 15; ukkofniepom- 
ptilichdiy the virile organ, Deut. 23, 1. 
N. collect, pompuhch&inmunkj all the 
members or organs collectively, 1 Cor. 
12, 26. 

pomuahau, v. i. (1) he walks. (2) he 
journeys, goes a journey, 1 K. 18, 27; 
2 K. 10, 31; but in this sense the freq. 
popomuAhau is more commonly used. 
(3) he goes or passes by. Suppos. po- 
mmhadt (and jximtvushadt) , when he 
walks, if he walk, Ex. 21, 19; Gen. 3, 8; 
noh pomushadl, he who walks, John 12, 
35. With inan. subj. pdimheaUj para- 
Utthauj it goes on, passes, is past; pass, 
inan. (pdmsheomoo) paiimtishdnuDf it is 
passed by or over. Is. 40, 27; Jer. 6, 4. 
N. agent, pomushaerif one who is walk- 
ing, a traveler; pi. -jiuogj Job 31, 32. 
Vbl. n. pomuMionk, a journey (Gen. 24, 
21; 1 K. 19, 7), a walk. Freq. popo- 
mushau, -t/nw/iaw, he walks much, goes 
about, travels, journeys, Acts 10, 38; 
Matt. 9, 35 ( papaum-) ; imperat. popdm- 
shagk, walk ye, John 12, 35; with inan. 
subj. popomsheaUy it moves about. 
From pdme (pummeu). The primary 
form of this verb appears to be pom- 
ussu (see Muh. and Abn. equivalents 
below), the act. in trans, form (he con- 
tinues doing), aapom-anlam is the sim- 
ple intrans. or neuter form (he con- 
tinues feeling or thinking, he lives), and 
pomohhom (or pdm-^wann)y the inact. 
intrans. (he continues going, passively 
or without action of his own, he sails 
or goes by boat). This primary form 
is energized in pomuskau by the aspi- 
rate, as in the intens. ussisfuiu for tui- 



pomuahau — continued . 
ttsm. See ussendi; mseet {muj«eet)f a 
foot. Cf. Sansk. pamh^ ire, se movere. 
[Narr. ojj pummlmny *he is not yet 
departed' (he lives yet); nowPcorUum 
pummistiem, I have a mind to travel; 
<i8-pummhtif he is not gone by; pi. as- 
pummhcocky R. W. This last is an ear- 
lier form, which I do not find use<i by 
Eliot* [pom-duj he continues going or 
travels to a place (see aS), goes onward, 
passes by], corresponding nearly to the 
V. i. inan. subj. (and impers.) pummeu, 
paamuy it goes on, passes. Abn. iie- 
pemSssey je marche; pemSsst', il marche. 
Muh. npumsehy I walk; paumseet, he 
who walks, he walking. Miom. pemiei, 
I walk. Cree pemoot-ayoOf he walks. 
Chip. (St Marys) pim'O'mVf he walks, 
(Sag. ) pemusmy, Del. pom»n; suppos. 
pemsity Zeisb. Gr.] 

[♦Note.— The compiler afterward wrote the 
following In pencil on the margin: " Correct 
this. Eliot has the verb cah ponuoadt, Luke 
22, 47, while he was going on, and pummtu is 
V. i. inan. subj."] 

ponam. See ponum, 

ponanau, v. t. an. he lets loose, sets 
free (an an. obj. ) : pish pojianau pankfes- 
oh, he shall let loose the bird. Lev. 14, 7; 
qunnegk pananau (pass.), a hind (is) 
let loose. Gen. 49, 21. From annamaiif 
he sends (him) away, with pa indefi- 
nite or indirective prefixed. 

ponaahabpaen, n. agent, one who sets 
nets, a fisherman; pi. -ruog. Matt, 4, 
18. From ponam and aithab (fiaskdbp), 
he sets a net. 

ponaBk^tuwosuen, n. agent, one who 
administers medicine, a physician, Jer. 
8, 22; Col. 4, 14. From ^fm-am, {m)ar 
skehtu {mo8kehiu)j and iisaendf.^ he ap- 
plies or administers medicine. 

[Narr. mojikit ponamiiiiy *give [put 
on] me a plaister', R. W. 159.] 

^pong^ui, shallow, C. ^lee poiiquag. 

IK>nkque, adj. dr>' (it dries?): pongque 
wxiUinj *adry wind*, Jer. 4, 11. 

ponompau, v. t. an. he makes a gift to, 
* gives gifts to' (a woman), Ezek. 16, 34; 
V. i. act. (an.), kup-ponompuSj thou 
givest a reward, Ezek. 16, 34. 

[Ahn. rW'pSnatsewif/'y ^je faispresens' 
(in view of marriage).] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



131 



ponquag, n. a fording place, Gen. 32, 22; 
pongqui, shallow, C. See tcMkeonk. 

[Ahii, pankSkat^ il y a peu d*eau dana 
la riviere; pakdiSi, peu; ne-hi* kagan- 
sigMy je passe la riviere au guet, 
Rasles. Mod. Abn. pc^gua^ shallow; 
po'^guaaOj very shallow, Osunk. 46, 53. 
Chip, bdgtva, Bar.] 

ponteam (? ) , v. t. with prefix : poshponUam 
hasmnniitonky he digs through the wall, 
Ezek. 12, 7; nag pannup-ponteaog^ they 
dig (quite) through (the wall), v. 12. 

ponuzn, ponam {pamum, C), v. t. he 
places, puts (it) by hand (Lat. pon-it), 
Ex. 4, 6; 40, 22, 24: nup-ponam, I put 
(it), 1 Sam. 28, 31. Imperat. poritthy 
put thou, Gen. 24, 2; 47, 49; jxmitch, 
let him put, Rom. 14, 13. Suppos. ponukj 
he who puts, (and part. ) putting. V. t. 
an. ponauy he puts or places (him): 
up-pon-uhy he put him, Gen. 2, 5; Is. 
14, 1 ; poiieh, put thou me, 1 Sam. 2, 36. 
V. t. inan. and an. jxmainauauy he puts 
(it) on (him): up-ponamau-im, he puts 
it on (him), Gen. 39, 4; up-ponam-un- 
eau, he puts (it) on (it). Gen. 29, 3. 

[Narr. ponamduia, (let us) lay it on; 
pdneii'hushf lay down your burthens; 
aukiick pdnamuHy to lay in the earth, 
R. W. Abn. ne-pSnemen, je le mets; 
n^-pSnmaSan, je mets dans lui.] 

*pooke, poke, * a small kipd [of tobacco], 
with short round leaves*, used by the 
Indians in New England, Josselyn, 
N. E. Rarities, 54. Wood's vocabulary 
gives 'pooke, coltsfwjt' Prof. Tucker- 
man, in a note to Joeselyn, loc. cit., 
makes this inferior kind of tobacco, "not 
colt's foot, but Nicotiana rustica, L., the 
Yellow Henbane of Gerard's Herbal, p. 
356." But he is unquestionably right 
in his inference that "the name poke 
or pooitg was perhaps always indefi- 
nite." It signifies merely *that which 
is smoked', or * which smokes'. See 
pmkeuy and cf. pukU, 

[Corvado (Brasil?) hoki, tobacco; 
Puri p6ki; see Martins.] 

popdmompakecheg', vbL n. pi. ^creeping 
things', Acts 10, 12. See pamompagin. 

popomshaoiik, vbl. n. from pcpomthau, 
freq. of pomtishauy a going to and fro, 
Is. 33, 4. 



pop6n, V. i. it is winter; n. winter, Cant. 
2, 11; Ps. 74, 17 (pret. puppcon-upy it was 
winter, Mass. Ps.). Adj. and adv. po- 
porUiey of winter, in the winter. Cf. 
tohkoi. 

[Narr. papdne; papona-keeaunishy win- 
ter month; papnpoaip ( misprint for pa- 
p6cup)y last winter, R. W. 69, 70. Quir. 
pahOiikSy in winter. Pier. 28. Abn. 
pehSUy I'hiver; pebSne, le pass6; peb^gM, 
le prochain. Cree plpooUy it is winter; 
p^poon-oop^uriy it was winter; kuttd 
pipooriy it will be winter; suppos. pe- 
pdoky when it is winter; pepdok-oopim, 
when it was winter; pepooke, when it 
shall be winter, Howse 191 , 192. Chip. 
peehotiy last winter; peebonoongy next 
winter; peehong, Sch. Old Alg. pi- 
poun. ] 

^poponaumsuog (Narr.), winter fish. 
See ^paponaumsd, 

*popoquate86 (Peq.), a quail. Stiles. 
See pahpahkshas; ^paupock; pmhpcohqut- 
tog, 

popotowegaah, n. pi. bellows, Jer. 6, 29 
(i. e. blow instalment). From, pootau. 
[Del. pu ta tcoa gan, Zeisb.] 

^popowuttdhig* (Narr.), a drum, R. W. 

*poppek, n. a flea, C. See papekq. 

p<5qua^, a hole or hollow. See pukqai. 

^poquaiihock (Narr.), the round clam 
(Venus mercenaria), the *quahaug' of 
the Eastern markets; ''alittle thick shell 
fish which the Indians wade deep ami 
dive for. . , . They break out of the shell 
about half an inch of a black part of it, 
of which they make their suckatihock or 
blackmoney."— R. W. 104. From poh- 
keniy in the sense of closed. Cf. kup- 
poghi, thick, and hogkiy shell, distin- 
guishing it from the Mya arenaria 
{sickissuog) or gaping clam. 

[Peq. p'quaughhaugy potLh-quauhhaxtg^ 
Stiles. Abn. pekSahaky ^huitres' (cf. 
pekSahanky Mis sont clouto', i. e. affer- 
mis or serr^s?). Del. poc que ti, clam, 
mussel, Zeisb.] 

posampu. See pmmmptLy he looks into 
(it). 

posekinau, -niixn, v. t. an. and inan. 
he buries (him), inters (him). Gen. 23, 
19; nup-ponekin-noriy I bury, Gen. 23, 13; 
imperat. posekin ke-nup-wmy bury thy 
dead, Gen. 23, 11, 15; suppos. pof^kiniif 



Digitized by 



Google 



132 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BrLLETIN 25 



posekinau, -nuxn — continued, 
when burying, he who buries, and 
(pass. part. ) buried. Vbl. n. act. pose- 
kindonkj a burying; pass, -nitte&onk, a 
being-buried, burial, Matt. 26, 12. Adj. 
and adv. : posekiniUu&e ohke^ a burying 
place, Gen. 23, 4 (nup-posUkin, I bury, 
C. ) . [ From poskinauy he strips nake<l, 
makes bare (?), or the derivative 
m^pusk (muppusk), the back, * he places 
or is laid on his back' (?).] 

[Narr. posakunnamwiy to bury, R. W. 
Abn. tie-p^skenarif je Tinterre.] 

poake, adj. naked : nup-poskej I naked, Job 
1,21; adv. poskeu. Ad j . an. ( v. i. act. ) , 
poskissUf he is naked, Ex. 32, 35; suppos. 
part. pi. poskissi{ni)ic?iegt the naked, 
2 Chr. 28, 5; Ezek. 18, 7. Caus. pos- 
kisseheau, he makes (him) naked, Ex. 
32, 25; 2 Chr. 28, 19; and, with sh 
Ipiiyatiyej up-posqushdhed-uh, they make 
(him) go naked, hurtfully. Job 24, 10. 
V. i. inan. subj. poskohieau; with the 
aspirated sibilant (privative), poshkoh- 
teaUf it is naked, Job 26, 6. Cf. mup- 
pusk. 

poskinum, v. t. inan. he bares (it), makes 
bare or naked: poskinum wuhpUf he 
makes bare his arm. Is. 52, 10. An. pos- 
kinaUf he makes (him) naked, bares 
(him) : nup-poskiUy I strip (him) naked, 
Hos. 2, 3. Imperat. poskinush kehquau, 
uncover thy thigh, Is. 47, 2. 

poskissu, v. i. he is naked: nup-poskis 
I am naked, i. e. by my own act 
(this is the intransitive active form, or 
* adj .an. * of Eliot; see po»ke ) . Imperat. 
poskis kuhkonty make bare thy head. Is. 
47, 2; pi. poskissegk, make yourselves 
bare, Is. 32, 11. Vbl. n. poskmeuonk, 
nakedness, Rom. 8, 35; Ex. 20, 26. 

[Narr. nip-pdaklas, I am naked; paCm- 
kesUy naked. Abn. ne-paskenanf ^je le 
mets ^ nud', je le d^pouille.] 

poskain, v. i. he lies down naked, 1 Sam. 
19, 24. 

I>6tab, a whale. See pcotdop, 

I>6tantaxn. See poAau. 

*powwdw (Narr.), *a priest*, R. W. 
See pauwau. 

poochenau, n. the bosom, the breast: 
up-pcockenaofuiy in his bosom, Lam. 2, 12 
(up-paxMnau, bosom, C). From poh- 
shindej divided in two (?). 



pa>hpa>hqutto^, n. pi. 'quails*, Ps. 105, 
40. »See chcochwwdog; pahpahkshas; 
*paupock. (Cf. Cree pd-pdldyoOj it is 
spotted; chd-chdchagowy it is striped, 
How8e73.) 

IKDkeu, v. i., is used by Eliot to translate 
*he is puffed up* (Gr.</)u(Jio?); pLpcoke- 
vK>gj they are puffed up, 1 Cor. 4, 18; sup- 
pos. pokit, when he is puffed up, Col. 
2, 18; pi. neg prnkechegj they who are, 
etc., 1 Cor. 4, 19' (6i n£<pv6iooD^iyoi). 
Caus. &n.pa)khuv)dhuaUf itpuffeth(him) 
up, 1 Cor. 8, 1. Cf. pukit, smoke, which 
is perhaps identical with the suppos. 
pmkii. up'pookeon k ( kehioh ) * the swell- 
ing (of the sea)*, Mass. Ps., Ps. 46, 3. 

poDnaxfapau, -paznau, he looks away 

from (him). Is. 22, 4. From and 

wompUj he looks. 

pa>pa)tauonk, vbl. n. (continued) blow- 
ing, a blast of air, Ex. 15, 8 (for 'nees- 
ings', Job41,18). See|xz>tou, he blows. 

poDsampu, pos-, v. t. he looks in or into 
(it), John 20, 5, 11; 1 Sam. 6, 19. See 
rvompu. 

pa>au-og kuhtcDnogrqut, ' they entered 
into a ship*, John 6, 17 (pret. pcoBupa- 
neg, Mass. Ps.). 

[Abn. p8s8j he embarks. Chip, bosi^ 
Bar.] 

pcDtftop, pootab, p6tab, n. a whale, 
Gen. 1,21; Job 7, 12; Matt. 12, 40. From 
pcotau (he blows) [rpog (water)?]. 

[Narr. p6top. Peq. podumbaug^ pu- 
dumbaug, Stiles. Abn. pSdSbS (i. e. 
p8da8-hi), Del. 'mbiachk, Zeisb.] 

pootau, V. i. he blows, breathes strongly. 
(Not used in this form by Eliot, who 
has instead the transitive pcatantam,) 
T. inan. pajtafUam, he blows (it) or upon 
(it). Imperat. pcotanJUuh, Ezek. 37, 9; 
pi. -amcoky blow ye upon (it). Cant. 4, 
16. Freq. paapcoiaUy he continues blow- 
ing; part. nohp<Dp(Dtatu)nt(og)y he who 
bloweth. Is. 54, 16. Cf. pwkeu; pcopco- 
tauank; pcotoemo), 

[Narr. potduntashy blow the fire. 
Cree pdotdtum, he bloweth (it). Abn. 
ne-pSdaSij je souffle le feu; pSdaSangariy 
soufflet k feu {popcopcotauwaridmuky bel- 
lows, C); ne-p^iaSanmany je souffle 
contre lui.] 

poothonah, -ansh, n. a 'pitcher*, vessel 
for carrying water, Gen. 24, 15, 20; 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



133 



pothonsh, -ansh — continued. 
pcothonchuj * bucket', Is. 40, 15; pwthon- 
chue nipf)€, a pitcher of water, Mark 
14, 13. From pattdtauj he brings. Cf. 
qiiot)iphunkf a dipping instrument. 

[Abn. pdtafUsSy poSantaSy *esp^ce de 
cruche d'ecorce, ronde en haut, pour 
allerqu^rir del'eau'; pekemnitsSy *une 
autre esp^e, plus longue que large'.] 

p<Dtoema>, v. i. it swells, bulges, pro- 
jects: pmtoemcouk, *a swelling' (i. e. 
when there is a bulging or protuber- 
ance), as in a wall, Is. 30, 13. Vbl. n. 
pwtdeonky pi. -ongashy a swelling, 2 Cor. 
12, 20. 

pcDtonkiinau, v. t.: pcotonkundog wut- 
ahlomp-euhy they bend (draw) their 
bows, Ps. 64, 3; suppos. part. -kinorU 
(pi. -kinoncheg) ahiomp-eh, he (they) 
who draws the bow, Is. 66, 19. See 
ivonkinonat; wuttunkinonat. 

^(Dtouwashft, break of day (?), C. 

pcDtsai, as n. a comer, Prov. 7, 12 (a re- 
cess, retired place ?): kishke up-pcot- 
saaU'Oom-iUy *near her comer', v. 8; 
atish pwimu-uty go *into thy closet*. 
Matt. 6, 6. Cf. ut pcochdag, in a corner, 
Prov. 21, 9, =adt poochagy Prov. 25, 
24. From pahchaUy pdhchaUj he goes 
out of the way, turns aside (?). pmtsai 
with inan. subj., pootsaau with an. subj. 
[Del. pu tscJieeky (in) *th^omer of a 
room', Zeisb.] 

pcDtuppog, -pa^, n. a bay. Josh. 15, 2, 
5; 18,19. 

Chip, pe-to-hegy pee-toe-beey a bog, Sch. 
II, 462.] 

psukees, pi. -f o^, n. a little bird, El. 
Gr. 9; a bird, Eccl. 10, 20; Amos 3, 5. 
This word is evidently a diminutive 
from a noun psuk or psukmUy which I 
do not find in Eliot. For the class 
(aves) 'fowl' EWot used puppimhaas-ogj 
q. V. [pahahey hall^pmkseSy bird; cf, 
Sansk. pakshin, avis ^pakshd, latus, di- 
midia pars. 

[Narr. pusmkesem^^k ( pi. ) , fowl. Abn. 
sipmSy pi. fnpsaky oiseaux.] 

ptCDWu, tcDwu, V. i. he moves in air, 
flies (as a bird), 2 Sam. 22, 11; Ps. 18, 
10; Prov. 6, 2; pi. ptcoiveeog (pret. to- 
w€fpy he did fly, Mass. Ps., Ps. 18, 10); 
suppos. noh ptcDweet (or tcaweet), that 
which (an.) flies. Lev. 11, 20, 21. With 



ptoowu, toowu — continued, 
inan. subj. ptcoeuy tcoeiiy it flies; pi. 
ptmeogj Prov. 23, 5; suppos. (pukit) 
ptmhogy (smoke) w^hen it flies away, 
drifts away, Ps. 68, 2. Adj. ptwweclw^ 
Prov. 26, 2. Caus. inan. (subj. and obj. ) 
plcoanauy tokannauy it drives or causes 
it to drift in air; pass, it is driven or 
drifted; suppos. ne twunontogy picoaminr 
tog (Icoanontogy Mass. Ps. ), that which 
is driven by the wind, Ps. 1, 4; 35, 5; 
Hos. 13, 3. Adj. -adv. taxtnndhhanne^ 
driven, made to drift. Is. 41, 2. Nearly 
allied to, if not formed directly from, 
pcotauy he blows, moves the air. (Cf. 
Sansk. paty (1) cadere; (2) volare (cf. 
petau; peishau) ; Greek ninroOy Trerojuat; 
Lat. peto. See Max Muller's Lect. (iii) 
on Darwin's Philos. of Lang., in Living 
Age No. 1523, p. 424.) 

[Narr. ptow^ly it is fled (of a bird), 
R. W. 86. Old Alg. plouaiiy the wind 
drives the snow. Arch. Amer. ii, 26. 
Cree tw&y-hoOy *he alights himself (?), 
as a bird'; pewuuy it drifts.] 

♦p'tuka (Quir.), * timber' (for building), 
Pier. 17; 'trees', ibid. 28; pHuky a tree, 
ibid. 44. 

pu-. See pd.. 

puhchuteaonk, 'deceit', Prov. 12, 20. 

-puhkuk. See muppuhkuky a head. 

puhpegk, n. an instrument of music, Ps. 
144, 9; Is. 38, 20 (puhpeegy a trumpet 
or music, C). Suppos. (insti.) from 
puhpdhkiy hollow. Cf. moiioptih))egy a 
trumpet, and see pummukav, 

[Powh. paicpecmieSy pipes, J. Smith. 
Abn. bibiSafiy trompette.] 

puhpequau, v. i. he sounds a trumpet 
(Rev. 8, 7, 8), plays upon an instru- 
ment of music. 

puhpequon, -quoan, n. an instmment 
of music; pi. -fa«/t, Eccl. 2, 8; Ps. 150, 
4; Gen. 31, 27. From puhperpimty for 
pnhpequau'tm. 

[Abn. UbiSaiiy trompette. Del. ach 
pi quwiy flute, pipe, Zeisb.] 

*puhpu, V. i. he plays, C. ; pi. puhpiiog. 
See poinpu. 

puhpuhki, puppuhke, v. i. it is hollow; 
adj. hollow, Ex. 27, 8. Augm. of puk- 
qui (q. V. ). Suppos. concr. pnhpuhkag^ 
a hollow, Judg. 15, 19. See puppuh' 
kohtcdi. 



Digitized by 



Google 



134 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



puhpiihki, puppuhke — continued. 

[Abn. apikShjheiiy *cela eat creu | 
dedans.* Del. puch i^he *u, hollow, i 
Zeieb.] 

puhpuhkitteau, V. cans. inan. he hollows \ 
(it), makes it hollow, Ex. 38, 8. 

puhquohka, n. a clod of earth ; pi. -eash, 
Hos. 10, 11. 

puhshequ^e. See pohsfiequde. 

♦pulitadtuiiiyeu, in the west, westward, 
Mass. Ps., Ps. 75, 6; h)ut elsewhere (as 
Ps. 103, 12; 107, 3) the Mass. Ps. hBJS 
maquamittinniyeu. 

*puhtantam, v. i. he mistakes (?),C. 

pukit, pukut, n. smoke; suppos. form 
of V. i. pukkuUeau (Rev. 9, 2), there is 
smoke. From pohk-enif dark (?), it 
blinds (?). Ci. pookeu. Adj.-adv. jpit^- 
kuttdej smoky, of smoke, Is. 14, 31 ; Joel 
2, 30. Dimin. pukkuttaemeSj * vapor*, 
Ps. 148, 8. (Cf. Sansk. panka, lutum, 
pulvis; TsLTaiif pug-eij smoke.) 

[Narr. puckj smoke : nip-pi^ickiSf 
* smoke troubleth me*, R. W. 48; 
pokittaj smoke, Wood. Abn. iie-pekesi, 
*je Buis comme aveugle de la fum6e*; 
pekedaSf il fume.] 

pukquee, n. ashes, Gren. 18, 27; 'mire*, 
2 Sam. 22, 43. The primary significa- 
tion is dust; like pukity that which 
darkens or blinds (?). 

[Abn. pekkSy cendre. Chip. pingguiSj 
^ dust, ashes. Del. pkindeuy light ashes, 
Zeisb.] 

pxikqui, Y. i. it goes through, continues 
(-Hhk) going through; hence n. a hole, 
Ex. 28, 32; 39, 23; suppos. nepukquagy 
pdquagy or pohquagy that which is 
through, a hole, Ex. 28, 32; 39, 6, 18, 
23; *the eye of a needle', Mark 10, 25. 
See pohki; puhpiihki. 

[Narr. puckhijlm-miny to bore through ; 
{puchwMganash for) puckwh^ganash 
(pi.), awl blades (for boring shell 
money), R. W. 130, 131. Del. pku schi 
kauy a gimlet, Sieisb.] 

pukqussum, v. t. he bores through (it), 
makes a hole through, 2 K. 12, 9. 

pmn. See pummoh. 

puznipsk, pi. -squashy for 'rock,* Job 29, 
6; kenugke pumipsquehtUy among the 
rocks. Job 28, 20; pi. pumupsquehiua^hy 
rocks, 1 K. 19,11. From pummeu{?)y 
and onipsky rock. 



^pumxnaumpiteuiick (Narr.), n. the 
toothache, R. W. 59; iipum-y my teeth 
ache, ibid. 156. 

*pummech68hani, he slides, C. (in Ist 
pors. nup-pummechhham) . 

pmnxnee, n. oil, Ezek. 45, 14; Luke 10, 
34 (pummee or sammeCy C). 

[Abn. peiniy huile, graisse; pemikariy 
6tant fondue, on la tire (de dessus 
I'eau). This laat word, or, rather, the 
passive participle of the same form, 
pemikan ('fat skimmed* or 'dipped* 
from the surface of the boiling water in 
which it was melted, to be poured over 
fine-chopped meat), gave a name to 
the preparation so much prized by the 
northern tribes and by Canadian voy- 
ageurs.* Old Alg. pimiUy fat, Lah. Del. 
pmnyyy fat. Camp.; pomiy Zeisb.] 
[* Note.— " Same root with jmmmcii ?".] 

pununeeclie may, a cross way or path, 
Obad. 14. 

puxnxneneutuxik, n a walTi or rampart, 
2 Sam, 20, 15; 22, 30. 

pununetonkupunn^nk, vbl. n. (from 
pumme-tU and onkapunnaUy he tortures 
(him) on the cross), is used by Eliot 
for the crucifixion; the cross of Christ, 
Heb. 12, 2; John 19, 19. Elsewhere, 
pumetMn; as (to take up) his cross, up- 
pumetshin-euniy Luke 14, 27. 

puxnmett,^'. i. it crosses, traverses, goes 
across, passes (?) from side to side. Cf. 
pdmey it passes onward or along. Only 
found, in Eliot, in derivatives. See 
jyoniushau. 

[Qmr. pummSan, 'to walk' (in their 
own ways). Pier. 37. Abn. pemaiSiy il 
va de travers; pemetsintSy met cela . . . 
de travers. Cree pimmichy crosswise. 
Del. pimeiiy pimiecheu (v. adj. ), oblique, 
Zeisb. Gr. 164; 'slanty*, Zeisb. Voc.] 

puxnminniun. See pummunnum. 

pummoh, puzn, a name of the sea, or 
ocean, which had perhaps become obso- 
lete, or superseded by kehtohy before the 
coming of the English, but was still re- 
tained in compound and derivative 
words. It seems fo be derived from the 
diffusive particle pd-, and amiundty the 
verb of motion — ^that which goes all 
about, is everywhere in motion, without 
course or direction. [kefUoh (El. ) , kUthan 
(R.W. ), from the inan. adj. kehtey means 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



135 



puxmnoh, punx— continiietl. ' 

that which is chief or greatest, rela- : 
tively great, vast.] Among the words 
preserved by Eliot and R. Williams, 
into the composition of which this 
name of the ocean enters, are the fol< 
lowing: paump&gus9\i (Narr.), the sea 
god, R. W. 98; pummunaty pummunu- 
munal (?j, to offer, to consecrate; pum- 
upsq, pumipsgy a rock* (in the sea?); 
pummdhhamwaenuogf mariners, Jonah 
1,5 (pummoh-wmuiidtt those who go on 
the sea; pUmmuhBhoUoeninuog Ipamu- 
8hadlaen-4ntiog'f']j C. 183); ohquanup<(m 
[ohquanu pum]j on the shore or border 
of the sea, =ohquanu kehiahhannitf Mark 
2, 13; pdmdmnvhxeat, to swim {pumosoo- 
enatf C. 212); cf. okkiUtdsamenadtjU [uk- 
keihloli^mwenadul], to cast themselves 
into the sea, to plunge into the sea, 
Acts 27, 43; wosketupam [woskechepum], 
the surface of the sea, Is. 18, 2 (cf. Gen. 
1,2); kehchipponiy-pam [ke?iche=kutchef 
pum]y on the shore, John 21, 4, etc.; 
keechepaniy Gen. 22, 17.] 

[Note.— The above definition was not trans- 
ferred from the rough draft of the manuscript 
to the revision, seemingly through oversight.] 

piimin6hham, v. i. (1) he goes inactively 
or without exertion (?). From pdme 
and com. See under pommhau. (2) he 
goes by water, voyages. Not found in 
Eliot, except in the derived n. agent. 
pumm6hhamwaen-uog,*m9Lrm&r^\ Jonah 
1, 5 (pfimmuJishottoeninuogy C, fonned 
apparently from pamvmshadt, suppos. of 
pomu8hau), 

[Del. pom ma chum^ he goes by water, 
Zeisb. Virg. yapam^ the sea, Strachey . ] 

pmnmu, v. i. he shoots (with bow or 
gun), 2 K. 13, 17; pi. -tiogr, they shoot, 
2 Sam. 11, 24; imperat. 2d pens. sing. 
pumshf pi. pumtok; inan. pass, pum- 
memcoj it is shot; suppos. ne pdmemukj 
that which is shot (as, an arrow) , Jer. 
9, 8; freq. pepummu, q. v. V. t. an. -pum- 
%vauy he shoots at (him); up-pumwd-uhy 
they shoot at him, Ps. 64, 4; freq. 
pepumwauy he repeatedly shoots at 
(him), Gen. 49, 23 (with affixes). 

[Narr. pdrnm^ pummokej imperat. 
sing, and pi., shoot; npummuck^ I am 
shot, R. W. Abn. pSnt^, il d6coche; ne- 
peman, je d^coche contre lui.] 



puxnznukau, v. i. he dances, 2 Sam. 6, 14 
{pomugk6oh, Matt. 14, 6). Vbl. n. 
pummukdonkf dancing, a dance, Judg. 
21, 21; Ex. 32, 19. [puhpeg is put for 
'dance*, dancing, in Ps. 149, 3; 150, 4, 
but signifies an instrument of music]. 

[Abn. pemegOy he dances; pemegann, 
on danse le mort.] 

pmnmimau, v. i. he flies, goes swiftly 
through the air, goes as an arrow from 
the bow (pummun-un and aii), Job 39, 
26; Rev. 14, 6; suppos. imrt. pamunonty 
when flying, Deut. 28, 49. J^dj.-adv. 
pummunde, flying, swift-going. Is. 30, 6. 

*pinTiniiiTmeeteam : nup-pummunnee' 
team huixuriy I carry a stone; ken pum» 
mimiegkossehf do thou carry me, etc., 
C. 41, 184. 

pUXnmUXllIUm, p uTYitwiw-ntiTW ^ y. t. (1) 

he gives away; (2) he offers, devotes 
(it), as to God or to a superior, 1 Chr. 
29, 6, 9, 17; Mark 12, 43; suppos. pd- 
munukf ibid.; freq. paumpaummunumy 
pumpum-f he offers (it) habitually or 
by custom. V. t. an. pummunauy he 
offers (it) to (him), Mark 12, 42; freq. 
pump- J Num. 8, 1 1, 21. Vbl. n. puminnu' 
maxmk, a * collection ' (taken in church ) , 
contribution, 1 Cor. 16, 2; * a gathering*, 
ibid, (pumminumdonkf * alms-giving* (?), 
Man. Pom. 86). 

[Narr. pumniendm ieduguashj to con- 
tribute 'to the wars*, R. W. 149; pum- 
menummin teauguash, (to) contribute 
money toward the (maid's) dowry, 
ibid. 125. See *piimpoiw.] 

pummuwuttauwfte komtik,puiimieu-, 
the tabernacle, Gen. 33, 7, 8; Ex. 26, 1; 
31, 7; 33, 7, 9, 10, etc. ; pdhtek&muk, taber- 
nacle, Ex. 25, 8, 9. 

pumdlisuma), v. i. it emits light, shines. 
From j)dme and wohmm-m. Vbl. n. pu- 
mdhsumaxmkj a shining, emitted light, 
Luke 11, 36. See %vohsum-\ . 

pum6hta&sh, pi. (they are in) a row; of 
inan. objects, 1 K. 7, 3; Lev. 24, 6; 

'taunashy rows, Lev. 24, 6. From 

and ohteau, 

punxdso). See pamamo. 

*ptimpom (Narr.), "a tribute skin when 
a deer (hunted by the Indians or 
wolves) is killed in the water. This 
skin is carried to the sachem or prince, 
within whose territory the deer waa 



Digitized by 



Google 



136 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



^thnpom — continued . 
slain/' — R. W. 144. From pummy,nnum 
(freq. pumpummunnum)^ he habitually 
or by custom offers (it); part. pass. 
pumpum-mununy * offered*. 

♦Punaclimonog' (pl.)» ^^^ French, C. 

pun^wOmuhq-uaBh, n. pi. * quicksands', 
Acts 27, 17. 

^Tinndtunck (Narr.), n. a knife, R. 
"W. 51. See ehohqudg; *(Jhokqaog. 
[Peq. punneedunk, Stiles.] 

puxmeu, V. i. he falls down, prostrates 
himself (?): punneu ut vmsseet-uty he 
fell down at his feet, Luke 8, 41, 47. 
[Abn. penVr^, il tombe d*en haut.] 

punxikqu^ontu, penug'qu^-, on the 
bank (of a river). Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 
16; anuchuan wame up , it over- 
flowed all its banks, Josh. 4, 18. Cf. 
vmsdpinuk. 

puogkinniim, v. t. inan. obj. he dips (it) 
in or into; suppos. pudkinuk, poagunuk, 
when he dipped (it), John 13, 27; Matt 
26, 33. With an. obj. puogkinnauy he 
dips (him): puogkinndnate howan en 
nippe, to dip anyone in water, to im- 
merse, Wun. Samp. ch. 29, § 3. See 
pioogkeu, 

puppaBCDtam, n. a prince; pi. -mwogy I 
Prov. 8, 15, 16. Cf. ketoMwllaiji). \ 

puppinashim, n. a beast (£1. Gr. 9), Ex. 
23, 29; Rev. 4, 7; pi. -^-wog (and in 
Gen. 1, 26, 28 -^-wussog). 

[Narr. penaMm-wockj beasts.] 

puppinshaas, n. a fowl, a bird (avis), 
Gen. 1, 30; 2, 19; pi. -{-og, Gen. 6, 20; 
Neh. 5, 18 (puppinshaashasogf Lev. 11, 
46; puppinushaog, fowls, Mass. Ps.). 
Cf. psukses. 

[Narr. npeMLwog^ fowls. Chip, pe- 
nai^-siy pe-na-she, which is apparently 
an an. i. form of the Old Alg. pilCf *a 
fowP, Lah.] 

puppissi, puppish, n. dust, Job 38, 38; 
Deut. 28, 24. From pirn, it adheres, 
sticks (?). See pmagk. (Cf. Sansk. 
pahsu, pulvis.) 

puppuhke. See puhpuhhi. 

puppuhkohte^ (for puhpuhki-oJUeau) , 
V. i. it is hollow; n. * a cave ^ John 11, 38. 

-pusk. See muppuakj the back. 

puaseog'. See pissagk, 

*puBSOqua, adj. 'corruptetl or rotten', C. 
See pissagk. 



*pu8sough (Narr.), the wildcat, R. W. 
[Abn. petSf scent of an animal, * piste ' : 
pesSui, chat, which Mr Pickering, in a 
note to Rasles, thought "probably cor- 
rupted from the familiar English word 
* puss * or * pussy " ' ; but cf . Cree pdssoo, 
*he scents (as, an animal)', Howse 144. 
Chip. (Sag.) pee shoe, the lynx; (St 
Marys) pizh iev/; mWsi-hizh iew, (great 
lynx) panther. Menom. pah shay €u\ 
the lynx; mainch pay - shay -ew^ the 
panther.] 

puttagham. See puttogham. 

puttahham, v. i. he goes into a snare or 
trap, is taken or entrapped, Ezek. 17, 
20; pi. 'hamioog, Job 34, 30. Suppos. 
noh piUtuhkukj he who is ensnared, Ps. 
9, 16. Vbl. n. putiahhamaxmkj entrap- 
ping, a trap. From pet-au and com, 
*he goes into'. 

puttahh am wehheau, v. cans, he makes 
(him) to be trapped or snared; suppos. 
pi. -ivehetiitj when they are taken, i. e. 
made to go into a snare or net, Eccl. 
9, 12. 

puttahwhau (=putiahehheau)y v. caus. 
he entraps, takes in a trap or snare; 
pass, he is entrapped or ensnared, Jer. 
5, 26; Is. 24, 18; Prov. 12, 13. 

[Abn. ne-biBaf *j'en prens'; ne-piBd- 
men, je I'y prens.] 

puttogham, puttag-, puttughum, v. t. 
inan. obj. he covers over, hides (it) by 
covering, Ex. 3, 6; Num. 4, 5 {ptiitoghum- 
unat poshkissuonk, to cover one's naked- 
ness, C). From pet-au and ohkhum. 
With an. obj. pvUtogguhv'hau, puttog" 
qtiehhau, he covers (him), hides him by 
covering. Adj. an. puttogwhosu, (he is) 
hid, covered, 1 Cor. 2, 7. Vbl. n. pvi- 
togwhonk, a covering; pi. -onganash^ 
Prov. 7, 16. See agquit; appuhqudsu; 
hogkt; hogko); onkhumnnat. (Cf. Sansk. 
pat, ligare, vestire; put, amplecti.) 

puttogqueohtau, he hides himself from 
(another), John 12, 36. 

puttogrquequohhou, n. a covering of the 
person, a veil, Gen. 38, 14. Cf. onkque- 
quohhou; *peta,cau8; ydnequohho). 

puttog'queu, v. i. he hide« himself, Job 
23, 9; John 8, 59; pi. Gen. 3, 8; imperat. 
puttogqu£sh, Jer. 36, 19. 

puttughum. See puttogham, 

puttukqui. See p^^d*<7ui, round. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIONABY 



137 



puttukqunutch, -nitch, n. the fist, Ex. 
21, 18. From plit&kqui and mentUch{eg) , 
'round-hand*. 

puttukquobpis8egk,v. imperat. pi. 'gird 
yourselves', Is. 8, 9 (see Ex. 29, 6). 

puttukquobpus, -obpis, -oppis, etc., 
n. a girdle, Is. 3, 24; Jer. 13, 1; Ex. 28, 
4; 29, 5. Properly a contracted form 
of V. i. an. puUukquobpesUj he is girdled, 
bound about (the loins): nup-ptUtuk- 
quobbesin, I am girdled, *it bindeth me 
about', Job 30, 18; ptUtagquobpism \vxd- 
togkodteg, *had his sword girded by his 
side', Neh. 4, 18; pi. -pimnaahy Rev. 
15, 6. From puttogque-au (it covers) 
and mobpee (hip), with the intransitive 
active or simple animate affix -txwu. 



puttukquobpua, etc. — continued. 

[Abn. ped^gSabisSrij ceinture. Virg. 
ptUtair/ivapisson, 'a cap or hat*, Stra- 
chey.] 

pwogkett, V. i. he dips or immerses him- 
self, 2 K. 5, 14. See puogk'mnum. 

pwogkusheau en nippekontu, 'it fell 
into the water', 2 K. 6, 5. 

pwohkehchuatt, v. i. he sinks, disas- 
trously or by mischance: nup-puvkk- 
ehchuauam^ I sink (in the mire), Ps. 
69, 2. See po^lntwu. 

pwohkuhhowau, v. i. she hatches eggs, 
Is. 34, 15: maiia pwohkdyeog (from 
pwogkeu ?), 'does not hatch ' , Jer. 17, 11. 
, [Abn. p8k8h8y oeuf 6clos.] 



Q 



quadhog*, quadhuk, suppos. 3d sing, of 
quUUhhamf he measures. 

quagrwashwetam. See quaquoshwetam. 

quah, interj. 'of disdaining', El. Gr. 22 
(chahf fie upon it! C.) . 

quahtixinittiznuk (suppos. pass. part, of 
quiht^hieau ) , forbidden ; for * common ' , 
Acts 10, 14, 15. See qiieihiinnuh. 

*q}jL&na>W9Bky a bottle, C. See quon- 
OHtsq, 

quanukquesit, suppos. 3d pers. of qun- 
nukqu€9Uj he is lame. 

quanunkqua^an, suppos. 2d pers. sing, 
of qunnufikqitayeUf he dwells high, in a 
high place, Obad. 3. See qunnuhqulayeu. 

quanunon, n. a hawk, Lev. 11, 16; but in 
the same connection, in Deut. 14, 15, 
oivdhshaog stands for 'hawk'. See 
mashquanon. Cf. qmirumcOj 'lion' (pan- 
ther), and quohqanonaUf 'greyhound'. 

From qunnif long, and , tail (?). 

Cf. Del. qiien-schuckuney (long-tail) 
'panther'; chau wa Ian ne^ 'an eagle 
with a forked tail', Zeisb. 

quaquadhum, v. freq. of quttfihham, he 
measures. 

quaquequeshont, n. grasshopper. Lev. 
11, 22; Judg. 6, 5; pi. -{-aog, Ps. 105, 34; 
Is. 33, 4 ('locusts'). Suppos. part, of 
q\iequhhau, he goes leaping. Cf. chan- 
somps; mcopau. 



' quaquoshwetam, quagrwaah-, freq. of 
quoshauw^htaniy he prepares. 

quaBhinunx. See quoshinum, 

quashkeXk, suppos. of quakkeUj he goes 
back. 

*quftttuhqudhquft, afternoon, C. From 
quUaueUf he (i.e. the sun) sinks, goes 
downward. 

[Narr. quttilkquaqiuiu\ 'after dinner', 
R.W. 67.] 

^quausaes (Peq.), 'a virgin girl'. Stiles. 
Qeepenomp; *8qudsese (under «9tui). 

quekshau. See queshau. 

qudhtam, v. t. he fears (it), stands in 
fear of (it) ; suppos. noh quohtagf he who 
fears, Ezek. 9, 2; Heb. 11, 27. Cf. 
qvUtidnumaUf he honors, shows respect 
to (him). See qusfiau; unbesendt. 

[Del. qui ta meriy to fear something, 
Zeisb.] 

quekteau. See ahquehiean. 

quektiftnumau, he honors. See quUidr 
numau. 

queiktinnuk, quikt-, qukt-, v. t. an. 
he forbids (him), he threatens (him): 
uk-quihtin-nuhj he forbade him, John 
3, 14; imperat. 2d sing, queihius, forbid 
thou; 2d pi. quihtinncokj forbid ye; 
suppos. part, quohtinont, forbidding, 
Acts 16, 6; 'when he had appeased 
(them)' [i. e. caused them to desist (?)], 



Digitized by 



Google 



138 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



queihthinnuh, etc. — continued. 
Acts 19, 35 ( God (jiiehtehchaj, God for- 
bid, C.)- V. t. inan. and an. queih- 
tehteau, qut-j he forbids (it) to (him): 
u'oh howan qut^hieau nipper can any man 
forbid water? Acts 10, 47 {nuk-queehtii- 
teaWf I forbid, C.) . 

queishontam. See queshadtam, 

quekscD, v. i. he hisses. See quequssu. 

quenappu, v. t. he sits or rests upon (it) ; 
suppos. iwh quenapitf he who sits upon 
(it), Is. 40, 22 (quenobpuuncke [=quen- 
appuonk, vbl. n.], a stool, Wood). 

quenau, -n^e, adv. as soon as, Mark 5, 
36; Josh. 8, 19; Deut. 8, 9; * scarcely', 
Gen. 27, 30. Of. *quenauet. 

*queiiauet, v. impers. it is wantin^i;, 
Exp. May hew; namat or quenaiuity *to 
be wanting or defective ' ; adv. quenau- 
adte, 'necessarily', C 

[Abn. hkaSana^ j*ai besoin de.] 

quenauhiko), v. i. he wants, is in need; 
or impers. it is wanting to him: pasuk 
kuk-quenauhikj * one thing thou lackest ' , 
Mark 10, 21; 1st pers. nuk-quenauhikj 1 
am in want of, it is wanting to me; Ist 
pi. nuk-quenauhik-umurif Jer. 44, 18; 3d 
pi. qtienauhik-quog. Suppos. 3d pers. 
sing, quenahuk, Vbl. n. quenauhiko)' 
onkt quenauwehikcoonky lack, want (of 
anything) Job 4, 11; 38, 41. V. an. i. 
qiienauwusm, he is wanting, is lacking 
(as, to make up a prescribed number 
of men. Num. 31, 49). Caus. quenau- 
u^ehuauy he causes (it) to be wanting, 
Judg. 21, 3. Augm. quequenauanum^ 
he is in great want, need, or privation, 
1 Sam. 13, 6 (*in a strait'). Vbl. n. 
'VfUDonky difficulty, want, 'distress', 
Neh. 2, 17. 

[Narr. matia nick-qu^ickf I want it 
not; tawhitch quenawdyeany why com- 
plain you?; quenowduog, they complain, 
R. W. 53, 66.] 

quenikkompau, v. t. he stands upoil 
(it), Amos 7, 7. Cf. quesikhompau. 

quenohtau, v. t. he lays a foundation 
for, he founds (it), places (it) upon: 
quenohtau-uny he founded it (and pass, 
it is founded or rests on), Luke 6, 48; 
pret. -unap, ibid. Suppos. quenofUunk, 
when he places or supports (it) ; quenoh- 
tunkv/unnutch haMunnutongamty 'if he 
leaned his hand on the wall', Amos 5, 



quenohtau—continued. 
19. With inan. subj. quenohieau, it 
stands or is founded on, 2 Chr. 4, 4; 
suppos. ne quenohtagy that which it 
stands on. As n. a foundation, Judg. 
16, 29; 2 Sam. 22, 8 { = agwu ohtagy that 
which is under, Ps. 18, 7). 

quencDwatt, v. t. an. he denies (him), 
makes denial to (him), Mark 14, QS^ 
70 (queenaywo-naty to deny; nuk-queno}- 
icauiy 1 deny, C). Elsewhere kohkdn- 
amuy as in Luke 22, 57; Titus 1, 16; koh- 
kdnnooivau Gody he denies God, Ind. 
Laws II. [From ahque and nanvau, he 
refrains from speaking (?).] 

[Chip. ahguHihmmtumy he denied (it), 
John 18, 25. Cree drgoodmvetumy he de- 
nies it (which Howse analyzes 'he 
strong-back-hears it').] 

queiiBin, v. i. he supports himself, leans; 
pi. -mvogy Is. 48, 2. 

quentamo), v. i. ( inan. pass. ) it is wanted, 
is missed; mo-teag quentumw, nothing 
was missed, 1 Sam. 25, 21; cf. v. 15. 

quequan, v. impers. it shakes, it trem- 
bles, Ps. 18, 7; as noun, an earthquake, 
Is. 29, 6; pi. -^ashy Matt. 24, 7. 

[Abn. kMgBany tremble-terre. Cree 
hv^kumHy it (the earth) trembles.] 

*quequ^um (Narr.), n. a duck; pi. 
+ mdiLog, R. W.; quequeekuniy Stiles. 
Peq. quauquaumpSy 'black ducks'; qxia- 
queekuniy 'ducks', Stiles. Onomatopo- 
etic, but the form is that of a verb, ' he 
quack-quacks'. Cf. Cree ^hah-ha-ivayy 
the old- wife or long- tailed duck (Anas 
glacialis) , and Peq. ungowd-ums (Stiles) , 
for the same species. See *8esep, 

[Abn. kSikSimesS, canard. Del. qui- 
quinguSy the gray duck, Hkw.; 'large 
ducks', Zeisb. S. B. 28.] 

quequ^shau, v. i. he goes leaping. Freq. 
of queshau, 

^quequisquitch (Peq. ), n. a robin, Stiles. 

quequasu, queksoo, v. an. i. he quacks, 
he hisses: nag qneksa>og, 'they hiss', 
Lam. 2, 16. V. t. an. quequssumaUy 
quekqsumaUy he hisses at (him) or for 
(him), Is. 7, 18; Jer. 49, 17. 

[Abn. kSikSsseniy il siffle; ne-kSikSs- 
fSmafiy je siffle contre.] 

quesekompoonk, n. a 'scaffold', 2 Chr. 
6, 13. See quesikkompau. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



139 



queshadtaxn, queishontam, v. t. inan. 
he leaps over (it); nuk-queshadtam, 1 
leap over, 2 Sani. 22, 30; Ps. 18, 29. 

queshau, quehshau, v. i. he leaps, 
jumps, Luke 1, 41 ; John 21, 7; Acts 3, 8 
(chdmopsqimshatif a grasshopper jumps; 
nukqueeshshom, I leaped, C.)- Freq. 
quequeshaUj he goes leaping, Cant. 2, 8; 
Acts 14, 10; *8kip8\ Ps. 114, 6. Re- 
lated to quogqueu, he runs, the substi- 
tuted esh denoting sudden or violent 
motion. See quaquequeshont. 

[Abn. ne-kesirray ou ne-kedSssS^ *je 
cours, je vas vite.* Cree kw6s8eiou\ he 
jerks it; kicdskicddkoo-puthuj it moves 
by leaps or jumps.] 

quesilskompau, queauk-, v. t. he stands 
upon (it), Amos 9, 1; kuk-quesikkompau 
qusmkf thou standest upon the rock, 
Ex. 33, 21. Cf. quenikkompau. 

quhtinnuli, quiht-. See queihtinnuh. 

qtdnahsinnunk: (nashpe) quinahsinnunkj 
*(with) a pestle', Prov. 27, 22. From 
qunnif quinnej and hasmn, assiUf 4ong 
stone*. 

-quiime and (suppos.) -quinogok, after 
a numeral or an indefinite quantitative 
(*few*, *many', etc.), is used for kem- 
kodtashf days, or (suppos. ) k&fukoky on 
the day; or, more exactly, for nukonash 
(nights), suppos. nohkog. It is formed 
from kouhif he sleeps. "Their age 
they reckon by moons, and their actions 
by sleeps, as, if they go a joumie, or 
are to do any other businpes, they say 
three sleeps me walk, or, two or three 
sleeps me do such a thing, that is, two 
or three days.'* — Josselyn's Voy. pa- 
suk kemk , . . asuh piogkukquinney one 
day ... or ten days, Num. 11, 19; 
nequtta tahthikquinne^ for six days, Ex. 
24, 16; suppos. nishik-quinogoky on the 
third day, Hoe. 6, 2. 

[Narr. nees-qfinnagat, *two days'; 
shuck-qundckai, * three days', R. W. 69. 
Abn. kaiekSniSi or nekStSgheniSij une 
nuit; n\98gn\8\y deux nuits, etc. Del. 
guto-kenaky one day, Hkw. ; nguttokuniy 
one night, nischogunakf two nights, etc., 
Zeisb.] 

quixmuppe, (it is) round about, all 
around; it turns. As adv. and prep., 
qxiinuuppe kov£og weekU, *they lodged 



quinnuppe — continued, 
round about the house', 1 Chr. 9, 27. 
With an. subj. quinnuppu: aiX quin- 
nuppUf he went about (Galilee), Matt. 
4, 23. It is, in fact, an intransitive verb: 
qidnnvppuy he turns, changes his course; 
with inan. subj. -pen; suppos. noh 
quinnupitj he who turns or is turned, 
Lev. 20, 6; imperat. 2d pi. quinnupj>egkj 
turn ye, 2 K. 17, 13. Vbl. n. quln' 
nuppeonk, a turning, conversion (as in 
Acts 15, 3). V. t. inan. quinnuppmumy 
he turns (it) about, 1 K. 8, 14; suppos. 
noh qtuxnuppinukj Prov. 28, 9. V. i. 
refl. quhmuppehtaUy he turns himself 
about, Mark 5, 30. V. t. an. quinnup- 
punau, he turns ( him ) about, ' converts ' 
him; suppos. part, quanuppirumty when 
turning, 'converting', Ps. 19, 7; James 
5, 19. V. i. inan. subj. quinnupsheauy 
it (e. g. a path, a trail, a boundary) 
turns about, Josh. 19, 12. V. t. inan. 
subj. qiiinnuppohieaUf it encompasses, 
surrounds, turns itself about. 

quinnuppekompau [= quinnuppu- 
ompau^ v. i. he stands turned about, is 
(and remains) converted; pi. 4-o<7ithey 
are converted. Is. 60, 5. N. agent. -pau- 
aen{in)y one who is converted, aeon vert, 
Luke 22, 32. *Sampivutteahde Quinnup- 
pekompauaenin* is the title given by 
Eliot to his translation of Shepard's 
* Sincere Convert*. 

quinnuppohke, as adv. 'everywhere', 
Acts 17, 30. For quinnuppe-ohke, round 
about the country. 

quinnupsliau, -pwushau, v. t. he goes 
round about (it); pi. -shaog, Ps. 59, 6; 
imperat. pi. -pwshaky go ye round about 
(it), Ps. 48, 12: ne quanupishunk, (the 
river) which encompasses (it). Gen. 2, 
11, 13. 

-quinogpok. See -quinne, 

qukqiinuksheau. See qunnukquesu, 

*quxmam^u^ (Narr.), a * lamprey'; pi. 
+ suck, ' * The first [fish] that come in 
the spring into the fresh rivers", R. W. 
102. (=^nm-amau^, long fish.) Cot- 
ton gives *qunnammagy bass' [?]. See 
*mis9iick€ke. 

^qunnftxinonk, n. a blanket, C. 

qnnnaasin. See quiyiahsinnunky a pestle, 
i. e. 'long stone'. 



Digitized by 



Google 



140 



BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



qunnegk, n. a hind, a female deer, Gen. 
49, 21; pi. -gqudrOgy Job 39, 1; Cant. 3, 5. 
See dhtuk. 

[Narr. axiruin, quuiitke, a doe; qunne- 
qudwese, a little young doe, R. W. 96.] 

qunni, v. i. it is long; as adj. long, El. 
Gr. 15; Mark 16, 5: qunni onk, longer 
than. Job 11,9 {aniqunnag [=anue qun- 
nag], 'longest', C). With an. subj. 
qunnesii. 

[Abn. kSni', kSnijfS, kSnagSai^ il est 
long. Cree kinwouy it is long; an. Hn- 
woo9iiy he is long, i. e. tall. Del. guneii, 
Zeisb. lUin. kincDacatcoif bois long, 
arbre haut; kinwaccoanaki, habit long; 
kincoawi, kincoaki^ long, Gravier.] 

qTinnono), n. a 'lion*, Is. 5, 29; pi. -{-og, 
Cant. 4, 8; a panther (?). Cf. quoh- 
qunonoUf ' greyhound ' ; qaanunon^ 
'hawk'. The name signifies 'long- 
tailed'. Cf. nonooh, 

[Chip, ginwdnowej it has a long tail, 
Bar.] 

qunnuhqutayeu, v. i. he dwells on high, 
Is. 33, 5. 

qunnukque, adj. high. See qunnunkque, 

quxmukquesu, v. adj. an. he is lame, 
2 Sam. 19, 26; suppos. noh quannkquesit 
(and qunnukquesit), he who is lame, 
Lev. 21, 18; pi. -itchegf the lame, 2 Sam. 
5, 8. qukqunukqsheaUj he halts, limps; 
part, noh qiuiquenukqshoniy he who halt- 
eth, Zeph. 3, 19; Micah 4, 6, 7. 

[Narr. nick-qussaqtiSf I am lame. Del. 
gulucquotj lame, Zeisb. Gr.] 

qunnunkque, qunnuhque, it is high; 
as adv. on high. Job 39, 18; suppos. 
qunuhquodty when high, 'of an high 
stature', Ezek. 31, 3. (junnunkqussu- 
mau, he is tall, 1 Sam. 9, 2. 

[Narr. qunnauqussUf a tall man, R. W. 
Del. gunaqtioty it is long, high; gunaxu^ 
he is long, tall of stature, Zeisb.] 

qunnunkquekomuk [qunnunkque- 
komuklf n. a high inclosed place, a 
'tower'. Gen. 11, 4, 5. 

qunnunktug [qunnunkque -h* tug ^ high 
woo<i], n. a pole, a post;^ pi. -\~quashy 
Ex. 38, 5, 7 {quonnohtake, a mast, C). 
See qnnuhiug, 

qunonuhquaog (?), n. pi. 'fir trees', Is. 
14,8. 

qiindnuhquoau, v. i. he has long hair; 
neg. pi. maita pish qundnuhqaocoog, they 



qundnuhquoau — continued, 
shall not have long hair, Ezek. 44, 20; 
suppos. part, qudnonuhqudanty having 
long hair, Ps. 68, 21 ( = qunuhquoant (?), 
1 Cor. 11, 14, 15). Vbl. n. qunonuk- 
qudonkf a long ' lock of hair'. Num. 6, 5. 

*qund8U (Narr.), pi. -f ogr, pickerel: "A 
fresh fish w^hich the Indians break the 
ice in fresh ponds" to take, R. W. 105. 
From qunni and -trfcAan, ' long nose' . 

[Peq. quixnnoose, 'pickerel or long- 
nose', Stiles. Abn. kSnSs^, brochet. 
Old Alg. kinonge (Lah.), whence comes 
maskinonge or muskelunjehj the great 
kinonge of the St Lawrence and north- 
ern lakes. Chip. (St Marys) ke no^ 
zhai, (Gr. Trav. ) ke no zha, (Sag. ) kee no 
zenck,^ 

qunuhtu^, -ontu^, n. a spear, 1 Sam. 
17, 45; Josh. 8, 18, 26 (konnukuhtoh- 
wheg, Mass. Ps., Ps. 35, 3); pi. -\-qu<uhj 
1 Sam. 13, 19. From qunni and h^tug^ 
long wood. " Qunuhtugj of qunniy long, 
mehlug, wood, or tree; and this word ia 
used for a pike." — EI. Gr. 15. 

quniiasepa. See *se»epf a duck. 

quoashau. See quomhau, 

quogkinnum, v. t. he dips (it) in or into, 

Lev. 9, 9; uog hogkw(Donk cMque- 

heonganity they dipped the coat in the 
blood. Gen. 37, 31 . (quogkinnd^He, * dip- 
ping, dipped '? C. ) 

quogrquadtinohkonatt, v. t. an. he w res- 
ties with (him) : nuk-quogquadtinohkon, 
1 wrestle with (him). Gen. 30, 8; 
mutual, quogquadiinnittuog, they wrestle 
(one with the other). Vbl. n. quog- 
quadtiyinittuonky wrestling. Gen. .30, 8. 

quogqueii, v. i. he runs (goes by run- 
ning). Gen. 18, 2; John 20, 2; imperat. 
quogquetiy let me run; quogquishf run 
thou, 1 Sam. 18, 23; 8Upi)OS. 7ioh qu/ig- 
quity he who runs, 1 Sam. 20, 36. Adv. 
and adj. quogquew€y running, by run- 
ning, Mark 10, 17. See que^thau. 

[Narr. quoquisy run thou; iawhich 
quaunquaquean (intens.), why do you 
run so? R. W. Old Alg. kegatchy 
'quickly' {^quogquish?) y Lah.] 

quog^uohteau, v. i. he threaten.^; sup- 
pos. quogquoJUdadty when he threatened, 
threatening, Acts 9, 1; *if he make 
threatening speeches', Ind. Laws, v, 
p. 6. Vbl. n. quogquohtoaonky threat- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



141 



quogrquohteau — continued, 
ening, threats, Acts 4, 29. Cf. queihtin- 
nuh. 

quohqunonou (?), for 'greyhound*, 
Prov. 30, 31. See quanunon; qunnonco. 

qudhquohquoanetdu (?), n. an ass; pi. 
+o<7, Gen. 12, 16. Elsewhere the Eng- 
lish word is transferred without trans- 
lation. 

quohtinont, forbidding (him); part, of 
queihtinnuh (q. v.). 

quompham, v. t. he dips (it) up; infin. 
quomphamun-at nippe^ to dip up water, 
Is. 30, 14. In Gen. 26, 30, the imperat. 
2d sing, quompatdsh is used, from a form 
quomphcUamy he dips (it)? 

[Narr. quamphashy quamphomiinneay 
(take thou up; and) *take up for me 
out of the pot ' , R. W. 36. Cree kwdppa- 
huniy he scoops or lades it out, Howse.] 

quoinphippau [quompfuim nippe]y v. i. 
he dips up water; pi. -ao<7, *they drew 
water*, 1 Chr. 11, 18. Cf. vmUuhppaUy 
he draws water. 

quomphtuik, (inan. part, of quomphamy 
that which dips or takes by dipping), a 
net. Adj. quomph&ngane anahausuonky 
network, 1 K. 7, 17, 41. 

[Chip. kwavJbahwa, he fishes with 
scoop net, Sch.; ahknxibinahguny a seine; 
kua bv a gvuy a scoop net, S. B. 2, 18; a 
gua bi na gim, ibid. 2, 19; a gwa hi na 
gaUy Bar.] 

quonooasq, n. a gourd, Jonah 4, 6, 10 
{qudnarwasky *a bottle', C; i. e. made 
from a gourd?). From qunniy long, 
and n. gen. asq (pi. (uqua8h)y that which 
may be eaten raw. Cf. askcotasq; mon- 
askcDtasq. 

quoshde, -de, -aue, it^is beforehand, in 
anticipation of; it goes before, in time; 
as adv. quoshde naurriy he foreseeth, 
Prov. 27, 12: quoshde missohhamwog, 
they prophesy. Num. 11, 27; quosfUktu 
TianraUy he promises, Heb. 12, 26. 

quoshappu, v. i. he is (remains) ready; 
imperat. 2d pi. quoshappegky Luke 12, 40. 

quoshauw^eau, v. t. cans, he makes 
(him) ready, prepares (him); more 
common in the freq. form, qwaquash- 
w^heau and qaagquash-y as in Jonah 4, 7. 
With inan. obj. quoshauwihtamy he 
makes (it) ready, prepares (it), and 
freq. quaquoshwehiam, quagquoskwShtamy 



quoshauweheau — continued. 
Jonah 4, 6; Prov. 30, 25. See quoBhwS' 
onk. 

quoshinum, quash-, v. t. he takes (it) 
beforehand, has (it) in readiness: 
quashinumwog uk-kdunkquodioh, 'they 
make ready their arrow', Ps. 11, 2. 

quoshkinniun, he turns over (see title- 
page of Indian Bible); 'translated'. 

quoahdau, v. i. he promises; infin. quo- 
8ho&naty to 'vow' (to say beforehand), 
Eccl. 5, 5. 

[Abn. ne-kiiUSey je promets, je lui dis 
par avance.] 

quoshodtuxn, v. i. he says beforehand, 
predicts, prophesies; imperat. quoshod- 
ttishy -odtsh, prophesy thou, Ezek. 30, 2; 
34, 2. Vbl. n. quoshodtuonky a prom- 
ising, i. e. the subject of a promise, the 
thing promised; pi. -ongashy ' the prom- 
ises', Heb. 6, 12. N. agent, quoshod- 
tumvxien-iny one who predicts some- 
thing, a prophet, Deut. 13, 1 ; Matt. 13, 
57. Cf. kdmkqaomy 'a witch'. 

[Cf. Abn. kSssiganriy divination, 
'fausses observations de futuro*, etc.; 
see Rasles under jongleur, jonqlerie.] 

quoshde. See quoshde, 

quoshohteau, v. i. inan. subj. it is made 
ready, prepared, or provided. Matt. 
22, 8: tvajne quoshahtaushy 'all things 
are ready', ibid. v. 4. 

quoshomau, v. t. an. he says beforehand 
to (him), promises (it) to (him): kuk- 
quoshomy thou promisest or hast prom- 
ised (him), 2 Sam. 7, 28; 1 Chr. 17, 
26; suppos. part, quoshomonty vowing, 
promising, Mai. 1, 14; Heb. 6, 13; noh 
quoshomonty one who is pledged, 'be- 
trothed ' , Lev. 19, 20; Deut. 20, 7. Vbl. 
n. quoshdmdonk (-muwaonk) y a promis- 
ing, saying beforehand, Acts 1, 14; 
2 Pet. 3, 9; pass. part. inan. ne quo- 
shdmuky that which is promised, being 
promised. 

quoshquechin. See qtwsquechin. 

quoshquodchu, v. i. he feels cold, suffers 
from cold [shakes with cold?] {qum- 
qu4jlch<Dy C); infin. -chincUy as noun, 2 
Cor. 11, 27. 

[Narr. ndck-qusquatchj Iamcold,R. W. 
Chip, nin gikadjy I am cold, Bar.] 

quoshquBsausu (?), v. adj. an. he is cir- 
cumcised, Gen. 17, 10, 26. V. t. an. 



Digitized by 



Google 



142 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



quoehqussausu — con tin ued . 
qnos{h)qu4nvau^ he circumcises (him), 
Ex. 4, 25. V. t. inan. quoshhissum 
u'eyaitjt, he circumcised the flesh, Gen. 
17, 23; suppos. ne qiioshkussukj that 
which is circumcised. Gen. 17, 24. Vbl. 
n. giio8hqtisau^tuonkj circumcision, Ex. 4, 
26; John 7, 22. 

quoshw^nk, an ^ alarm', Num. 10, 5, 6 
(vbl. n. from quoshauwt'heaUy he makes 
or causes him to be prepared); a *note 
of preparation^; or perhaps directly 
from qiishehheau (cans, of qughau, he 
fears), he makes afraid, alarms. 

quosquechin, quosh-, v. i. it 'hangs 
over* (extends beyond?), Ex. 26, 12, 13. 

quoushau (?), quoaahau, v. i. it spills, 
is spilled, Mark 2, 22; Luke 5, 37; 
inan. subj. quouhteau (?), it is spilt; 
suppos. ne quouhieamuk, that which is 
spilt, 2 Sam. 14, 14; nkquouhkonuh^ 
*he spilled (it)'. Gen. 38,9. 

qushatt, v. t. an. he fears (him), is afraid 
of (him), Prov. 14, 2; with affixes, 
uk-qush-uhj he fears him, 2 Sam. 3, 11; 
imperat. 2d sing, qimh; 2d pi. qusheuk 
or -<Dk. Vbl. n. qtishdonkj fearing, fear, 
Prov. 14, 27; 20, 2; 'reverence', C. 

[Narr. nuck-qusha {nuk-quih-nli]^ I 
fear him. Cree gootidchuy he is afraid; 
gdofiayoo, he fears him; goos-tumj he 
fears it.] 

qushkeu, v. i. he goes back, returns, 2 
K. 15, 12; Josh. 10, 15; suppos. (jiutsh- 
kelky Jer. 40, 5: nuk-qushkeniy I go back, 
turn back, Neh. 2, 15 (nuk-qxiishkeem, 
C). Vbl. n. qiishkeonky turning back, 
James 1, 17. Adj. and adv. qushkh, 
backward, in return, Is. 1, 4. 

[Cree khc-ayoOj he returns; kwisk- 
issoOy he is turned over.] 

qushkodteau (?), v. i. he passes over 
[fords?], goes across (a river) [on foot?], 
Gen. 31, 21; Josh. 3, 17; 4, 10: seip ne woh 
mo qmhkodtiomuky a river that' could 
not \)e passed over, Ezek. 47, 5; qmhod- 
teaog Jordan, they passed over Jordan, 
2 Sam. 2, 29. 

quMedshko), v. t. he swallows (it). Job 
5, 5; Ex. 7, 12 (qushasqunneat, to 
swallow, Job 7, 19). V. i. qusseofth- 
quinneaUf he swallows, Obad. 16. Cf. 
mishedshko). 

[Abn. ne-kSssihadaj ou -dS, j'avale.] 



qusainausu, v. adj. an. she is menstru- 
ous; as adj. and adv. -*m€. Lev. 15, 19, 

25, 26; suppos. qussinausit, when she 
is menstruous, Lev. 15, 25; 20, 18. Vbl. 
n. -ausuonky menstruation, Lev. 12, 2. 

[Narr. qushendwrni, 'a woman keep- 
ing alone in her monthly sickness', 
R.W. 53.] 

quMuk, n. a rock. El. Gr. 10; Ps. 78, 20; 
pi. -\-quanashy Ps. 78, 15: wutch qtismk- 
quan-6htUy from (among) the rocks, Jer. 
51, 25; dimin. pi. qitssukquanes-cish, 1 
Sam. 17, 40. Gf. kastnin; ompsk. 

[Narr. qiiagucquny heavy; kuck-qus»a' 
qiiHy you are heavy; qussdcky a stone. 
Del. ksuc-qtwnj heavy, Zeisb.] 

quBBukquaneutunk, n. a (stone) wall, 
Prov. 24, 31; Gen. 49, 22 (quissukquan- 
nutonky C). 

quasukquanush (?), n. 'the kite', Lev. 
11, 14; but neenoniy kite, Deut. 14, 13. 

qut, *conj. discretive', but (El. Gr. 22), 
yet, and yet, except tliat (^*qut cmch 
sometimes is used for but, because, yet 
so, but also, but even, nevertheless", 
C); qui mattay but not, unless there be. 
Job 6, 6. See kuUumma. 

qutchehheu, v. t. an. cans, he makes 
trial of (him), proves (him), tempts 
(him) ; imperat. qutcheh, prove thou 
(them); qutrJiehehy prove thou me, Ps. 

26, 2; prohib. qutcheheuhkony do not 
tempt, Deut. 6, 16 (qutrhey try thou; 
nuk-qtUchuiraniy I prove, C. ). Adj. and 
adv. qulchehwdi'y -tiMfy of temptation, 
tempting, Ps. 95, 8. N. agent. qrUchu- 
ahi-iriy one who tries, a tempter, 1 Thess. 
3, 5. Vbl. n. qutchhuivaonky a trying, 
trial, temptation, Luke 4, 13. 

qutchdhtaxn, qutchtaxn, v. t. he tastes 
(it), tries by tasting; ^retnuk-qulchiam- 
upy I tasted (it), 1 Sam. 14, 43; suppos. 
qaadjtog, quajtog, when he tasted (it), 
John 2, 9; Dan. 5, 2; Matt. 27, 34 (qui- 
chehtam-Hnaty to taste; vbl. n. qutcheh- 
UimcDonk [the sense of] taste, C). 

[Abn. 7ie-kStaddmenj je goftte, pour 
voir s'il est bon.] 

qutchehteau, v. t. he makes trial of (it), 
he proves (it) by trial; imperat. 2d pi. 
-/niflok, prove ye (all things), 1 Thess. 
5, 20. Vbl. n. tpitchehieoonky pi. -ongash^ 
trials, attempt^*, C. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



143 



quthuxn, =qyUhhham, he measures or 
weighs (it). 

*qutt^uatu (Narr. ), sixpence or its value 
in bead money; otherwise quttatashaum- 
scat, six-penny'fr^worth, R. AV. 128, 129. 

quttaueu, kuttauweu, v. i. he sinks, goes 
down (in mire, Jer. 38, 6; in water, 
Luke 5, 7; in a pit, Ps. 9, 15) : ahque kut- 
laweti, let me not sink, Ps. 69, 14. Cf. 
-quttunkj the throat; quUtihham, he 
weighs; qiUtidnumau, he shows respect; 
m^kuUuk {mukkuttuk), the knee. 

[Abn. ne-ghed&hamen, *je I'enfonce 
dans Teau, etvaaufond*; gheddrra^ il 
enfonce dans Peau.] 

*quttdunemun, *to plant com\ R. W. 
91. For pauquttaunemun (?). 

quttauflhau, quttuhshau, v. i. he sinks 
disastrously or by mischance; he is 
drowned, Amos 9, 5; pi. quiluhshcmog 
onatuh qiissuk, they sank to the bottom 
like a stone, Ex. 15, 5, = f[uttatmshaog, 
V. 10. From quUaueu, with $h of mis- 
chance. With inan. subj. qtUtausheaUy it 
sank, 1 Sam. 17, 49; * qiUonkamoomo) 
ka>rmha>Tn\ it sinks thy boat. Samp. 
Quinnup. 156. 

quttiantam, v. t. inan. he honors, shows 
respect to (it). 

quttkLnumau, v. t. an. he honors, shows 
respect to (him), Dan. 11, 38: nuk- 
quehtidnum ketofscot, I honor the king, 
Dan. 4, 37; imperat. qutti&num k(DS?t, 
honor thy father, Ex. 20, 12; suppos. 
part, noh quUianumont^ he who honors, 
shows respect to, Prov. 14, 31. Vbl. 
n. quttianumdonkf (showing) respect, 
honoring; pass. quUidniUuonk, being 
honored, respect or honor, as referred 
to its object. Cf. qaHhtam, he fears, 
and see qntiaueu, he sinks. 

quttompaghooteg^, n. a balance, a weigh- 
ing instrument, Jer. 32, 10; Deut. 25, 



quttompaghooteg* — conti nued. 
13: quUompaghaoiau, he weighed (it) in 
a balance, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Vbl. n. qui- 
tompaghcotoanky weighing, C. See omp- 
»koi, a penny, and examples there- 
under. 

*qutt6w, n. a log (?), C. 

quttuhham, quthuxn, v. t. he measures 

. or weighs (it), Ezek. 40, 28, 32; Job 
28, 25; suppos. fioh quadhuk, he who 
measures; pass. part. inan. quttuhumuk, 
quthurnnkj measured, Jer. 31, 37; an. 
qiUtuhhniy qutwhui, (he is) measured, 
Dan. 5, 27; freq. quaquthum; suppos. 
quaquadhuk ('h(Dk, Is. 40, 12); t. an. 
qutiuhhamau-au, he measured (it) to or 
for (him). Gen. 23, 16. Adj. and adv. 
q\dtuham€My qtUhumde, by measure, by 
weight. Vbl. n. quttuhhamooojik, meas- 
ure, weight. Cf. ogketamtindtj to count. 

qutttihheg^, n. (suppos. inan. or instru- 
mentive of quU&hham) that which meas- 
ures, a measuring instrument, Ex. 26, 
2; Deut. 25; 14; pl.-fa/?^, 1 Chr. 23, 29; 
quUuhhonk (vbl. n. act.), a measuring, 
measure: qutluhhongan-it, by measure, 
Mnameasure', Is. 40, 12. 

quttuhahau. See quttatuhau. 

quttilhwh6su, adj. and adv. measured, 
by measure, by weight, Ezek. 4, 10; 
1 K. 4, 22; pl.-f <mA, 1 K. 5, 11; 18, 32. 
Properly, v. i. an. he measures, is meas- 
uring {nuk-quttdhtvhoiut, 1 measure, C). 

quttukqslieau, v. i. inan. subj. it turns, 
bends, makes an angle (of a boundary 
line. Num. 34, 4). Vbl. n. quttukithunk, 
*the turning* or bend (of a wall, Neh. 
3, 19, 25). Cf. mukkuttuky the knee. 

-quttunk, n. throat; uk-quUunk, his 
throat. From quJtUm-eu, it goes down (?) . 
See mukqyJUvk. 

[Narr. qOJUuck, Del. gunUi, swallow 
it, Zeisb.] 



R 



*raine (Quir.), within, in. Pier. 48, 49, 
and passim. 

^amuk (Quir. ), as postposition and prep- 
osition for under: nippe ramuk okke, 
waters under the earth, Pier. 46. Cf. 
rame. 



*rout (Quir.), fire; ro^otag, Pier. 67. See 

iMDtnu. 
*rdwat, rouwat (Quir.), of old (?): nah 

r&icat, of old (in old time). Pier. 29; 

rouwat eo podpe, long ago (?), ibid. 

36. 



Digitized by 



Google 



144 



BUREAU- OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2& 



S 



eab^. See saupde. 

sabaliegr (suppos. inan. of mupahMau)^ 
made soft, softened (by water?); n. 
'pottage', 2 K. 4, 38; sdbahSg, Gen. 25, 
29; sebaheg, Judg. 6, 19, 20; adj. sabah- 
Mgancy 2 K. 4, 40; neepataush sabahig, 
'seethe pottage', v. 38. See saupde. 

sdbasum, v. t. he melts (it); infin. 
'umunat, Ezek. 22, 20; suppos. inan. or 
part. pass, sabasumuk, when it is melted, 
Ezek. 22, 22. Vbl. n. sahasmmcoonkj 
a meltinp;, a furnace for melting; and 
suppos. instr. sahasaegy a melting instru- 
ment, a furnace, Ezek. 22, 18, 20. Adj. 
a&bammwey molten, 2 Chr. 34, 4; v. adj. 
an. 9aba8omj adbohsom, he melts or is 
melting, Jer. 6, 29; inan. subj. iabohteaUy 
it melts, is melted, (nok sobpasUy 
when he melteth, Mass. Ps., Ps. 
58, 8.) 

*8abuck, n. gunpowder, C. See *«zii- 
puch 

*8ftchiin (Narr.), pi. -i-adog, n. *kmg', 
R. W. 120. Vbl. n. aachirndHumcky 'a 
kingdom or monarchy*, ibid. See tak- 
icotam. 

[Peq. sUnjumy king. Stiles. Micm. 
shahman. Abn. sangman, capitaine; 
nesahgmaniy je suis capitaine. Del. sag- 
kimauy he is a chief, Hkw. Mass. sach- 
tm, mgamorcy a king, Wood. The com- 
parison of these forms shows the iden- 
tity of the names 'sachem' and 'saga- 
more', the latter representing the 3d 
sing, indie, of the verb sonkqhuauy or 
sohkauuu (as Eliot wrote it), 'he pre- 
vails over', 'has the mastery'. Cf. 
«OTrfim.] 

*8achimxiiaac6xnxnock [for aachimmoe- 
komukl (Narr.), 'a prince's house', 
R. W. 120. 

^sichimoa-cliepew^BsixL (Narr.), n. a 
strong northeast wind, R. W. 83. 
-stfgket, fldket, sdketog, suppos. of 
sohkeu, aoohkeUy or mhkau, he pours out, 
ejects: noh mgkety he who urinates, 1 
K. 16, 11; (sAgketog) 1 Sam. 25, 34; 2 
K. 9, 8. 

[Abn. neseghiy mingo; segSdiy urina.] 

sagkompanau, -pagrunau, v. t. an. he 
leads (them), directs (them), Is. 40, 11 
{nu8'9ogkompagirm&wamy I lead, I rule. 



sagkompanau, etc. — continued. 
C); pi. -anaogy Matt. 15, 14; suppos. 
part, 'pagunonty when he leads, lead- 
ing, ibid.; mgkompagunuhy he led (i. e. 
continued to lead) them, Ex. 13, 17, 18; 
ahque mgkompaginneany Luke 11, 4, 
= ahque aagkompagunaiinneany * lead us 
not', do-not lead-thou-us, Matt. 6, 13. 
N. agent, aagkompaginnueny one who 
leads, a leader. 

8 Aet, sdketog. See a&gkH. 

*8ainmee, oil (?), C. See pummee. 

samogkinnmuk, suppos. pass, (inan.) of 
summdgunumy that which is stretched 
outor held forth, asa staff, thehand, etc. 

*8amp. See aaupde. 

Bampo), V. i. he is a guide, he directs 
right; t. an. aampcoauy he is a guide to 
(him); nua-sampaovmriy I am a guide to 
(them), Rom. 2, 19. 

sampooau, v. t. an. he confesses to (him) : 
nuB-aampcoamy I confess (my sins) to 
(him), Ps. 32, 5; inan. aampaoantamy he 
confesses (it); pi. -tamwogy Neh. 9, 2; 
V. i. aampwe-arUamy he is frank-minded 
(cf. Abn. aanbiSiy 'franchement, sans 
feinte ', under aampwi). (Primarily, he 
is honest or frank toward. ) 

8amp8hanau. See aampwuahanau. 

sampwe. See aampwi. 

sampwen^hheau, v. cans. an. he causes 
(him) to be just, makes (him) just or 
upright, 'justifies'. Suppos. part, noh 
aampwenShheonty he who justifies, a 
justifier, Rom. 3, 26. Pass, aampive- 
nihity he is justified, Rom. 3, 24. Vbl. n. 
'aampmenShheaonky justifying, justifica- 
tion (act.); 'ihhiUuonky being justified, 
justification (pass.). 

sampweogquanumau, y. t. an. he ac- 
counts (him) just or right, reckons 
( him ) as just. Suppos. part, aampweog^ 
qwmumonty one justifying (himself), 
Job 32, 2. From aampwe and ogqwrnu- 
mau, 

sampweUssealLheau, v. caus. an. he 
causes (him) to do justly, makes (him) 
righteous or upright; pass, he is made 
righteous; pi. -hedog, they are made 
righteous, Rom. 5, 19. 

aampwi, -we, v. i. it is (1) straight; 
(2) right, just, upright, en aamp- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULLj 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



145 



sampwi, -we— continued. 
v)e rnay-nt, in a straight way, Jer. 31, 9; 
in the right way, Ps. 107, 7; suppos. 
(rarely used) mmpox, if it l^e right, 
l*rov. 20, 11 [?]*. Suppos. inan. ne samp- 
ti'ag, that which is right, 2 K. 22, 2. 
Adj. inan. mmpwe yeiij Ezek. 45, 11. 
V. adj. an. sampweauj he is straight, 
upright, *an upright man', Job 1, 1; 
suppos. noh sampwesUf he who is up- 
right, Micah 7, 4. V. adj. inan. sam- 
pohteaUf it is straight, upright; caus. 
sampwehteaUf he makes (it) straight: 
sampwefUeawth him-may^ make thy 
way straight; part, sampwehteau-un^ 
straightened. V. adj. an. act. mmp- 
weusaeUf he does straight, uprightly. 
Adj. and adv. -vMe&e, doing justly, 
• uprightly, 2 Pet. 27, 7; righteous, Ps. 
11, 7. Vbl. n. sampweusseotik, up- 
rightness (in doing), justice, righteous- 
ness, Deut. 24, 13; Pb. 11, 7. N. agent. 
'Usseaerij he who does right or justly, a 
just man. (Of. Sansk. mmdy (1) similis, 
aequalis; (2)8e<luus; (3) integer; «am/Kirf, 
perfectio, felicitas. Lat. similis; Engl, 
same.) 

[♦Note.— Marked " No! " by the compiler in 
the manuscript.] 

[Narr. mCimpi^ straight. Quir. «owi- 
jpdio, (it is) right, Pier. Abn. mnbiSi^ 
' franchement, sans feinte', but the ex- 
amples given show that tl^e word was 
used in the sense of fairly, justly. Cree 
simmutz, perpendicular; slmriwutinum, he 
erects it:] 

sampwushanau, sampalianau, v. t. an. 
he guides (them) : ken sampumshan-op, 
thou didst guide, lead, Ps. 10, 1. Part, 
suppos. sampshanonl, pi. -oncheg, they 
who guide, guides. Is. 9, 16. N. agent. 
sampwmhaen, a guide ( = mmpwoshAs- 
aean, Ps. 55, 13). 

*Baiiaukainuck (Narr.) n. land; nis- 
mwndirkamuckf my land, R. VV. 88. 
( Proljably land inclosed and cultivated, 

a field: from and kamuk, inclosed ' 

place. See sonhin, it grows, and cf. | 
Abn. SaankanSr, *la terre produit'. 
Perhaps the same as sowanohkomuk \ 
(Josh. 15, 19), *south land', a field 
with southern exposure (see mwaniyeu ) . I 
Cf. *ohteuk. i 

B. A. E., Bull. 25 10 



*8annegrka)onk (?), *to sneeze', C; but, 
by its form, a verl^al noun, sneezing (?). 
Perhaps for nanagkwonky C. 
[Abn. nenekkSanmSj I sneeze.] 
sanukkuhkau. See mnnukhihkau. 
sasam^tahwhutteaonk, vbl. n. pass, 
punishment received; l^ing punishefi, 
Gen. 4, 13; pi. -ongmh, *scourgings', 
Heb. 11, 36. 
sas&matau, v. t. he chastises (him): 
nus-mmmat-oh, I punish him, Jer, 23, 
24; 1 chastise (him), Luke 23, 16, 22 
{nuS'Sohmmatoh, I chastise; nuS'SiUamit- 
tahhoKim, I punish, C). Caus. sam- 
maiahwhau {-ahhooau), he punishes 
(them), causes (them) to be chastised; 
suppos. pass. sammataJnrhut, when he 
is punished, Prov. 21, 11. 

[Narr. samumUauwhitch, let him be 
whipped, R. W. 122. Abn. nS-samnt- 
tehan, je le bats (l^g^rement).] 
^sasaunckap&muck ( Narr. ) , n. * the sas- 
safras tree*, R. W. 90. 

[Abn. samngShtmakS, *lx)is puant 
pour faire vomir'; mdkSann, bon k 
manger.] 
♦sas^min-eash (Narr.), pi. cranberries, 

R. W. 90. 
^eashkontoDwaoxik, n. *a shrill tone, or 

voice', C. 
Basiogrokiah, pi. difficult (very hard) 
things, Ex. 18, 26. Suppos. pi. of 
sasiogke, freq. of siogke, it is hard, diffi- 
cult, 
aassadt, n. *a crane', Is. 38, 14. Cf. 
tannagy crane, Jer. 8, 7. See Cree 
thdthwke, tears, rends; and cf. tannogki. 
*8a88akii88ue puppinashimwogr, * wild 
beasts', Mass. Ps., Ps. 50, 11 (for tauoh- 
komukque puppinashimwog^ El. ) . 
*Ba88axnmatiquock (Narr.), n. pi. eels, 
R. W. 103. 

[Del. schaehamekf an eel (cf. schach- 
achki, straight; wschacheu, smooth, 
glossy, slippery), Zeisb. Gr.] 
^sassaqushftuogr (Narr.), v. i. they are 
slow; nickqdssaku^, I am slow. See 
sesegenam, he is slothful. 
^saunketippo (Narr.), n. a hat or cap, 

R. VV. 107. 
^sauoppunk, a rod, Mass. Ps., Ps. 2, 9. 
saup, adv. tomorrow (El. Gr. 21), Ex. 
8, 23; 1 Sam. 20, 5. 



Digitized by 



Google 



146 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bullbtin 26 



saup— continued . 

[Narr. mdop, Abn. »tha. Micm. sha- 
?>/»!/, ce matin; shabonSk, demain. C'ree 
irdppdk-ej tomorrow {w/'puchy soon). 
Chip, ivdltangy tomorrow; j^6a (shaiba)^ 
in the morning. Del. nedpok^ tomor- 
row morning, 25ei8b.] 

saup^, Bab^, it is softeneil, made 8oft 
by water; as adj. 'miry', Dan. 2, 43; 
saupde taanoomk (poftenecl clay), 'mor- 
tar', Gen. 11, 3. Suppos. concrete, «i- 
hah^g^ that which is made soft, 'pot- 
tage', boile<l food (perhaps from a 
causative form, mupahhMuy he makes 
it soft); henco mppfien (modem sup- 
pititiif sepnwny ttepouy Webst. ) for saupd- 
«/j, soft€ne<l. "The crushed com is 
daily boiled to a pap called by them 
mppaen/'—Deacr. of N. Neth., 1671. 
Cf. sdba9nmy he melts, softens by heat. 
[Narr. «««iu/wp, "a kind of meal pot- 
tage, unparched; from this the English 
call their samp ' ' , etc. , R. W. 33. Abn. 
ntmnbannf sagamit^; ntsanbSj fais-en; 
kemhbSf SioS'SaiihSf bouillon de chair; 
names-sahbS, bouillon de poisson, etc. 
Chip. nis-9dbatvey lam wet (with rain), 
Bar.] 

*BaClpuck (Narr.), n. gunpowder, R. W. 
149; sabuck, C. 

[Abn. msanbigSdky il fait<ies Eclairs. 
Del. sasappiuxikf lightnings; sapiechtite, 
when it lightens, Zeisb.] 

sauah ki ftawh all, aiashk-, v. t. an. he 
scares, frightens (him): kus-siashkisaith- 
ehy thou scarest me (by dreams), Job 
7,14. 

sauskshanittuonk, vbl. n. being terri- 
fied, terror, fright; pi. -ongash nukko- 
iideUy terrors by night, Ps. 91, 5. 
[Abn. ne-Si'gheftiy je suis ^pouvant^.] 

sauuhkiflsu, v. i. (adj. an.) he pants 
(is very weary, exhausted) (sauuhkis- 
siwieat, to pant; nus-saiiuhkisj I pant, 
C. ) ; suppos. sdakussU, when he pants, 
Ps. 42, 1. 

[Abn. sankStt'SsS, il torn be en d^f ail- 
lance de marcher] mnkSthi^ de 

chaleur, etc. Del. schauxsin, to be 
weak, Zeisb. Gr. 104.] 

•auunimi, v. i. he is weary, ' his strength 
faileth'. Is. 44, 12; nus-^uunumy I am 
weary, Gen. 27, 46 (pogkodche nus-souH- 
num, I am very weary, C. ) ; suppos. noh 



sauunmn — continued. 
saunnukf he who is wearj'. Job 22, 7. 
V. t. an. sauunumau, he wearies (him). 
Vbl. n. sanunumdonkf weariness, faint- 
ness. Lev. 26, 36. 

[Narr. nis-sdicatmy I am weary. Abn. 
ne-sa^'Saiy je suis las de marcher; m-saS- 
arokkiy ' je suis fatigu^ du travaille ' , etc. ; 
mS'tSif lassement. Del. schauicewi, tire^l, 
weak, Zeisb. Gr. 104; schaiiwiimif he is 
weak, 2^isb. Voc. 28; schauwalam^y to 
faint with hunger, ibid. 55.] 

*Bawhoogr (Narr. ), loose, unstrang beads 

or shell money, R. W. 131. (For sSah- . 

whdog, they are scattered. See i^ahham. ) 

[Cf. Abn. sfiiSiy ' nonchalamment, 

sans I'accommoder, sans le lier', etc.] 

B^ahham, Be6h-, v. t. he scatters (it), 
sprinkles (it), Prov. 20, 8; Ps. 53, 5; 
Lev. 3, 2. Freq. seseahhaniy Prov. 11, 
24 (with inan. suffix). AVith an. obj. 
seahtrhau, seaehheau, he scatters, dis- 
perses (them), Prov. 20, 26; Is. 24, 1; 
nag seahivhdogf they are scattered, Ezek. 
34, 5; suppos. (pass.) sedhxchuUeadg^ 
when you are scattered, Ezek. 6, 8. 
With augm. of mischance, seahkhaxi and 
(in tens.) eeakshau, he scatters disas- 
trously, 2 K. 25, 5; 1 Sam. 11, 11. With 
augm. of continued action, seauhkonauy 
seamkau, he habitually scatters, goes on 
scattering (them). (These forms are 
all causative. The primar\' verb is not 
used by Eliot, except perhaps in Luke 
11, 23, sedeiyeu l=He-d-€i-u]y he scat- 
tereth. ) See tianmyeu; mwmeu. 

[Narr. sawhoogy mwhSmMcky (pi.) 
loose (scattered). Abn. saiSiy * non- 
chalamment'; sdiSi pitSy 'mets cela 
dans le sac, sans I'accommoder, sans le 
lier, simplement comme il est'. Del. 
msehemeiiy to scatter.] 

B^auhteau, Beaoht-, v. t. he makes (it) 
scatter, he sprinklas (it), Lev. 4, 6 (nus- 
seu'iUihteamy I sprinkle, I scatter, C. ). 

Bebaheg^, n. pottage, Ix^uillon. See 
sabaheg. 

B^^, it is sour; adj. sour; 'aV icine% for 
'vinegar'. Num. 6, 3; Fa, 69, 21; »^e 
pet ukqiumunky leavened ( fermented ) 
bread, Ex. 34, 25. Suppos. concrete 
$^og, that which is sour, when -sour; 
nukkojie seogy 'leaven', Ex. 13, 7. Adj. 
sSane (of unripe fruit), Is. 18, 5; Jer. 31, 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



147 



8^8 — continued. 
29, 30, (of drink) Hos. 4, 18. Cf. aiogke, 
it is hard, difficult. 

[Cree skvi ssu, he is sour or salt; Si'- 
wdppieooyy sour liquor, i. e. vinegar. 
Chip. (St Marys) shetmin, (Sag. ) neeu}av, 
Menom. shaywon, Del. shuwon, Sch. ii, 
478; «c/iuwi, Zeisb.Voc.6.] 

Beep. See sSpu, a river. 

seepsin, sepsin, v. i. (he extends him- 
self,) he lies down, Ruth 3, 7; Jonah 1, 
5; imperat. 2d sing, sepgish, lie down; 
suppos. sepsinofif when I lie down, Job 
7,4. 

[Abn. mnsadSsin (6tendu) or mh" 
miS, Del. sopsiuy to be naked; »opmiy 
he is naked (?), Zeisb.] 

^sega^o (Narr. ), a widower, R. W. See 
sekousq. 

[Del. schikuwak (pi.), widowern, 
Zeisb.] 

segenam, v. i. he is indolent, slothful. 
More common in the freq. and intens. 
sesegenanif he is habitually idle, lazy: 
nag sesegenamwog^ they are idle, Ex. 
5, 8. Cf. with ahque segenammky be not 
slothful or remiss (in a particular mat- 
ter), Judg. 18, 9; ahque sesegetiamwk, be 
not slothftil (by habit), Rom. 12, 11. 
Adj. and adv. -amxve, Pro v. 10, 4; Matt. 
20, 3, 6. Vbl. n. segetieamoDonk, and 
saseg- {sdtsekeneamcbcnky C), slothful- 
ne«s, idleness. 

[Narr. kus-sdmqusj you are slow. 
Abn. skSahikf le dernier (?) , or mefghiHj 
*il n'est pas ceintup6, il va k la negli- 
gence'.] 

8^ip. See skpu, 

eelppog [siepoglf n. 'salt water', James 
3, 12. Elsewhere in Eliot's translation 
the English word ^salt' is transferred. 

eekeneam, sekenam, v. t. (1) he re- 
fuses, rejects; (2) he manifests aversion 
to; (3) he hates (it) , Gen. 37, 35; Jer. 31, 
15; Prov. 13, 5. Suppos. noh sekenog, 
he w^ho refuses, hates, Prov. 15, 27. 
With an. obj. sekeneauy he refuses, 
rejects, hates (him), Gen. 27, 41: nti«- 
sekeneaUy I hate him, 1 K. 22, 8; 2 Chr. 
18, 7; suppos. noh sekeneaitf pi. -itchegj 
they who hate (him), Prov. 8, 36. 
Vbl. n. act. sekeneaudonkj hating, 
hatred felt, 2 Sam. 13, 15; 8ekeneuu»uonkj 



sekeneam, etc. — continued. 

hatre<l in exercise, active hatreii; pass* 

sekeneadtuonkf -eoadiuonk, being hated; 

hatred received. Gen. 3, 15; Eccl. 9, 1; 

recipr. or mutual, nekeneaitiwmky enmity > 

mutual liatred, Prov. 10, 12. 

[Narr. s^kineam^ I have no mind to it; 

nis-s^kineugy he likes not me; sekinneav^ 

hettaock, they hate each other. Abn. 

ne-sigandam, je ne le veux pae. Del. 

schinginamenf to hate something; -galauy 

he is hated, Zeisb.] 
^sekontoDwau, * lisping' [he lisps?], C. 
sekousq [for aekomqud'], n. a widow («?- 

kduuhq^ C); pi. -squaogj Lev. 21, 14; 

1 Tim. 5, 3: turn sekoiisq^ I am a widow, 

2 Sam. 14, 5. As a verb, imperat. 2d 
sing. sekousquaUhf be thou a widow, 
Gen. 38, 11. From asuhkau (she comes 
after) or sequnau (she is left) and squdy 
a left woman, a relict. See sequnau. 

[Narr. segado^ widower; aegoiUquaWy 
widow. Del. schikocliqueu, Zeisb.] 

sedhham. See Heahham, 

s^p, a river. See sSpu, 

aepagenmn, sepak-, sepagk-, v. t. he 
spreads out, extends (it), 2 Sam. 17, 19; 
Ps. 105, 39. Suppos. noh sepagenukj he 
who spreads, extends. Adj. sepagen- 
umwe, extended, spread out, Jer. 10, 9. 

septfghunk, n. a sail. Acts 27, 40 {nepuk- 
hunk, C). Suppos. inan. of sepagkeu, 
it spreads, that which extends or is 
extended. See *8eppagham. 

[Narr. sepdkehig, a sail; sepagehom- 
maiUa, let us sail. Abn. yie-Hib^ghUiuna, 
je vas t\ la voile.] 

sepagkell (pi. -t'og), v. i. they extend, 
spread (themselves), fi Sam. 5, 18; 1 
Chr. 14, 13. Pass. inan. sepagkenup^ 
aepakemoo, it is spread, it spreads, ex- 
tends. Suppos. »epakem<Duk, if it be 
spread (as leprosy, I^v. 13, 22, 27). 

aepakehtam^onk, n. the firmament, 
Gen. 1, 7. (This verbal, from a form 
aepakehtam, was perhaps formed by 
Eliot.) 

Bepakeniixn. See sepagenum. 

sepe, (it spreads out, extends; hence) it 
is long, a long time. Josh. 6, 5; Matt. 
23, 14; * a good while', Gen. 46, 29: 
sepe mahche, long after. Josh. 23, 1. 
Cf. qunni; sesekeu. (Cf. Greek tf^ra-fzv, 



Digitized by 



Google 



148 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



sepe — continued, 
to draw forth; (STti^siv^ 67C€vS-ety 
(dTteiS-siv)^ to pour out a liquid; Goth, 
and Ang.-Sax. spinnan^ spamutn.) 

[Cree i^eejy-mu^ he is durable, lasting. 
Abn. sip^Si, enfin.] 

Bepepomantaxn, v. i. he is long-lived, 
lives long, is * stricken in years', Gen. 
18, 11 ; 24, 1. From seiie, and pdmarUam 
(he lives). 

Bephani, v. t. he offers, he sacrifices (it); 
V. t. an. sepharnau, he offers or sacrifices 
(it) to (him), 1 Cor. 10, 20. 

sephauBu, v. i. he sacrifices, offers sac- 
rifice; pi. -uog^ Hos. 4, 13. Vbl. n. 
-tionit, a sacrificing, an offering, Ezra 9, 
4; Ps. 118, 27; pi. -uongash {laejjhaumf 
it is offered or sacrificied, C. ) . N. agent. 
sephaustuienj one who offers, a priest, 
Lev. 1,9. N. collect, sephatufueneuooonky 
priests collectively, the priesthood, 1 
Pet. 2, 5. [See Raales under jongleur, 

JONGLERIE.] 

sephausuau, v. t. he offers or sacrifices 
to (him). 

sepohtaeu, v. i. he is, or continues, long 
(in a place?); suppos. 7ioh sepohiadty 
'when he had been there a long time', 
Gen. 26, 8. Adj. and adv. sepohtde^ 
(long) continuing, Jer. 30, 23. Par- 
ticipial sepahiau-un, long continuing, 
* durable', Prov. 8, 18. 

^aeppaghain, he sails, C. (i. e. sepag-com, 
he goes by spreading out, by a sail). 
See i<epdghu7ik. 

sepsin. See f^eepsin, 

8^pu, s^ip, seep, n. a river, Dan. 8, 3, 7; 
Gen. 2, 10, 14; pi. -wuih, Ezek. 47, 9. 
Literally, *it extends, stretches out, is 
long*, a continuing stream. See sepe. 
The inseparable generic name for river 
used in all compound words was -tuk 
(q. v. ), from tukkw^ fluctuat, undat. ut 
aepu-iUy by the river; nashaue sepuwehtUj 
in the midst of rivers, Ezek. 29, 3; sepii- 
j>ogy a river of water, Ps. 119, 136; Rev. 
22, 1 . Dimin. sepuese, sepuums^ pi. -esashj 
'brooks', Job 20, 18. 

[Narr. sMpy R. W.; sepe^ sehe, Stiles; 
dimin. sepo^se, a little river; sepohnese, 
a little rivulet, R. W. 88. Old Alg. 
sipim, a river {sibikinarif to pour out), 
Lah. Abn. sipSy pi. sipSar. Cree s^epee^ 



s^pu, B^ip, Beep — continued, 
pi. -f iX. Chip, sebcy skepee^ pi. -f \min, 
Del. isipoy Zeisb.] 

sequan, (it is) summer, Ps. 74, 17; Matt 
24, 32; rather, early summer (s^quaiiy 
spring, C. and R. W.). Cf. ntpun. 
Adv. and adj. sequdn^y of summer, in 
summer, Dan. 2, 35; Prov. 26, 1. The 
radical perhaps signifies * dry ' ; cf. Abn. 
sigSaUy with sikkaamSy * le ruisseau est 
tari'. In the Catechismo Algonchino, 
p. 22 (qu. 2S)y sdku?ani7iik (in the spring) 
is translated *diffluente arborum hu- 
more', Fr. 'quand la st^ve coule'. But 
there is no 'arbor' in the synthesis. 
It means probably *when water runs' 
(i. e. when it thaws?). 

[Quir. sequoksy in summer, Pier. 28. 
Abn. sigSariy le printemps. Cree s^^'- 
wuriy it is spring. Chip, segvniriy spring. 
Del. id quouy spring, Zeisb.] 

^Bequanaxnduquock (Narr.), n. pi. [se- 
quaTie-dmaug, pi. -|- quog, early-summer 
fish], 'bream', R. W. The same spe- 
cies as mishcilp'patiog. "Of this fish 
there is abundance which the natives 
dry in the sun and smoke." Probably 
the species now known as 'scuppaug' 
and ' poi^y ' (Pagrus argy rops, Cuv.) . 

Bequnau, v. i. he remains behind, is left, 
{nen webe nus-seqainity I remain alone, 
am left, 1 K. 18, 22); suppos. no^ «e5U- 
nvty 'Uy he who is left; pi. nag sequ- 
nutchegy 'the remnant that are left', 
1 K. 14, 10; 2 K. 19, 4 (=ashqumUcheg, 
Neh. 1, 3). Inan. sequnneaUy it re- 
mains, is left; suppos. ne sequnuk, ow- 
qunuk, ashqujiuky that which remains, 
the remainder, the remnant; Lev. 2, 3; 
14, 17; 19, 6, N. coll. (?) ashqahunky pi. 
-f tshy what (things) remain. Lev. 27, 18. 
Cf. ctsuhkauey (it comes) after; tiu**^- 
(pmneaty to remain alone. 

[Abn. skSdnik pemSss^y he last comes, 
'il vient desdemiers'; ne-nSssSkaSan, 
je le suis, sequor. Narr. segadoy he is a 
widower [a relict], is left.] 

Bequnittuonk, pass. vbl. n. that which 
has been left by another, a remnant, 
Ezra 9, 8. 

Bequnnmnau, v. t. an. he leaves a re- 
mainder to (him); negat. TncUla sequn- 
mimauv'o-co-ogy they leave not a re- 
mainder to (him), 2 Sam. 14, 7. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



149 



' Bequttahwhau, v. t. he reiilains (of a | 
number), he is left, of (them), Deut. 
3, 11. Otherwise written ashqueht-y 
asqueteah-, asqui-, uahqiieht-, etc. Sup- 
pos. pi. neg 8eqvttdhwhvlcheg, they who 
are left of, the remnant of, Deut. 3, 11 
(asquUahtmtcheg, 1 K. 9, 21). 

Bequtteaumuk, ashqueteftmuk, pass, 
suppos. inan., that which is left, the 
remnant; pi. -\-ishy the leavings, Ex. 
12, 10; Matt. 15, 37. 

seseg^enam, v. i. he is habitually idle, 
slothful; freq. of segenam, q. v. 

Bee^g^k. See tu'sikq. 

[sesekeu, v. i. he stretches himself (in 
bed or when lying down) :] matia woh 
rmiUU sesekeiUf he can not stretch him- 
self thereon, Is. 28, 20. Cf. sesepdeuy 
he stretches himself (and remains 
stretched). 

[Abn. ne-m is&glieainj *je m'^tens, 
^tant couch^'. Del. schachachgeu, 
straight along, 2^isb.] 

BeB^q, ses^gk, n. a venomous serpent, 
*adder», Gen. 49, 17; Prov. 23, 32; 
* viper'. Acts 28, 3; pi. -quAog. Per- 
haps this name was applied by the 
Indians only to the rattlesnake, and 
is onom'atoi>oetic. Cf . seseko), * he peeps ' 
(as a bird). Is. 10, 14; saumuag (sup- 
pos.) , when it * tinkles ' , 1 Cor. 13, 1 ; and 
- cf. a^kmky snake; queqiisgUj he * hisses \ 
(Cf. Greek diX^i] Tonga, sisi; Polish, 
hszykf to hiss. ) 

[Narr. tt^sekj rattlesnake, R. W.; 
seasicke. Wood. Abn. tdsikSe, serpent ^ 
sonnettes; SsigSian, la sonnette; sessegSy 
il crache.] 

*Be8ep, quniiBBeps, n. a duck, C. See 
*quequicum. This name perhaps signi- 
fies a diver. [Cf. Abn. nHsapiy * je me 
plonge dans Teau'; 3d pers. tm8ap8, 
from which freq. tjfe-tsaSapS or Ise-tftapS 
would l)e regularly formed.*] 

[♦Note.— Marked "doubtful" in the mar- 
gin."] 

[Cree s^ejfeept pi. -|-«*. Chip, sh^e- 
sheep f pi. - ug,] 
Besep^u, V. i. he stretches himself, 
2 K. 4, 34; suppos. noh sesepauelj he 
who stretches himself; pi. ntig sesepauS- 
chegy Amos 6, 7. From sepe {sepAeiiy he 
extends), with augm. reduplication. 



sesep^u — continued. 
Cf. kou-eu; sepsin; sesekeu, (Sansk. ^ty 
jacere, dormire; svapy dormire, jacere; 
svdpmty somnium. ) 

shehte&en [for nushehteden], n. agent, a 
murderer. 

shpun-au. See iispunaudnat, 

shuog', for nishuogy an. pi. three, Jer. 
36, 23. See nishive. 

shwe, pi. inan. shwimishy for nishwenashy 
nishuinashy three. 

sh-winchag, for nishwinchagy thirty, 
Num. 31, 44, 45. 

Bhwosuk tahshe, num. eight. El. Gr. 
14; pi. inan. shvxmik tahshinash; an. 
8hv)08uk ta?uniogy Gen. 8, 23: shwomik 
tahshishqtuinogkody eight cubits (meas- 
ures of length), Ezek. 40, 9; shmsuk 
audtahshikquirmpit, (when) eight days 
old, Gen. 17, 12; luibo shwosuky eighteen; 
shwosuk tahnhinchagy eighty; pi. an. 
»hjvo8uk talmhinkodtog; inan. shwomik 
taJishinkodiash. Otherwise written nish- 
tvosuky from rCshwe i^ishice), three, the 
third finger of the second hand, or 
5-f3. 

[Narr. shwdsucky eight; piuck-nabna 
ifhw6sucky eighteen; swooivack in shin- 
cheeky eighty, R. W. 41, 42. Abn. 
ntsanseky eight. Old Alg. nissoiiassoUy 
eight, Lah. Cree wrd^t'A:, eight. Chip. 
shous we, eight; (Ojibwa) niah v\is »wi. 
Del. chaaschy Zeisb.] 

aiasbklBaBhaii. See saushkisashaii. 

*8icki8Buogr (Narr.), n. pL clams, Mya 
arenaria or long clam {s&kkissiiogy C). 
Peq. sucksawaugy Stiles. For sofikissu or 
suhkissUy he spits, squirts water. Adj. 
V. from sohkeUy suhkou, he spits. See 
ttuhkou. 

sinnnkkutchahheau. See mnukkuh- 
kau. 

siogke, it is hard, difficult; as a<lv. siogke 
nechaxiy *she had hard labor*. Gen. 35, 
16, 17. Suppos. tie siogkoky si/xjoky that 
which is hard or difficult, *a hard 
thing', 2 K. 2, 10; pi. -^-ish. Augm. 
(suppos.) sorsiogokishy (very) hard mat- 
ters, Ex. 18, 26. Vbl. n. siogkegeuonk, 
a hard matter, a being-hard, * hard say- 
ing', John 6, 60. V. adj. an. siogkustUy 
he is hard; kus-siogkuSy thou art a hard 
man, Matt. 25, 24. From seey sour (so^ 



Digitized by 



Google 



150 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



aiogke— continued. 

Greek o^vg; Lat. acerbiis, asper; Ang.- 
Sax. sorghe; Eng. sour, sore, sorrow). 
See aasiogohijih. 

[Narr. giuckaiy hard ; siuckmiiog, * they 
are stout men * , i. e. hard fighters. Cree 
sasdgisgii ( = m-8ioghi88ul)j he is nig- 
gardly. Chip, sanagddy it is difficult, 
hard, disagreeable; suppos. senagak. 
Bar. Abn. saf/gherif cela est dur; prefix 
Bcuighi. ] 

siog^kod [for siogkoht {siuckat, R. W.), 
from siogkohteau, v. i. inan. subj.], it is 
hard, difficult, Prov. 13, 16; Mark 10, 
24. 

siogkoywaonk, n. a proverb (?), Ezek. 
18, 2, 3; a riddle (?). See nupivo&onk. 

-sip, -Bupy in compound words signifies 
to drink. It represents a primary verb 
which is not found separately in Eliot. 
Possibly related to mupde (q. v.). Cf. 
noniBtppam; mmippan; kogkeissippam; 
okkgippam, C. ; tdpsippam^ etc. To this 
corresponds the inseparable -uppco, 
'ippWy Ho eat', which is found in a 
similar group of compounds. See vnU- 
tattamujiat. 

[Note.— The entire deflnltion is marked 
**D€le I to exude 1 9oh-Hppe" \ preceded by 
**or 'to sup' bouillon?" The following two 
incomplete definitions, -9ippa[eu] KudtiMipik- 
quoshau, appear on a memorandum Blip inserted 
in the manuscript.] 

[-aippa[eu]. Refer to missippano; mus- 
suppeg; 9uppikq-(?). Cf. Chip. -au6o.] 
[Cree mhtis-Appwooy [mkni-sAp- 
pwooy (?)], berry liquor, Howse 19; 
min-dppif^ooyy berry juice, p. 179. Chip. 
min-dhboOy ibid, [n^ippe (?); Boh^ppe^ 
juice (?), exude.] Del. wmp-piy *8ap of 
trees', Zeisb.Yoc. 13; si spi gauy it leaks, 
drops, ibid. 29.] 

[sissipikquosliau, 'he winketh with his 
eyes', Prov. 6. 13; nok sasupikqudit, he 
that winketh with his eyes, Prov. 10, 
10; uniS'Sdhpequdih tarn un, he winked 
at it. Acts 17, 30; suppikqiuufUdmy he 
shuts his eyes, Prov. 16, 30; suhpig- 
quaeogy they shut their eyes. Matt. 13, 
15.] 

[Del. 8cho pin queel, shut your eyes, 
Zeisb. Voc. 29.] 

^sftchipuck (Narr.), the neck, R. W. 
See mussiitipuk. 



Bkanxiem(in), pi. skannhnuncuih, seed. 
Gen. 1, 11, 12. More commonly used 
with the 3d pers. pron. prefix iniskan- 
ntMy q. v. 

[Narr. skannhneneashy seed com, R. 
AV. 91.] 

*8k&t (Narr. ), ebb tide; mittdeskaty a low 
ebb, R. W. 100. 

[Abn. Snkkaly d^roit.] 

-skeesuk, the eye, the face. See mu- 
skesuk. 

*»kiiTik. See *squnck. 

sdanaiyeu. See sowaniyeuy of the south, 
southern. 

sdbAeg, 06bftheg^» See sabahegy pot- 
tage, bouillon. 

Bobososit, BUppos. and pass, of «i6oMuu, 
he melts (it). See «d6cwum. 

*06chepo ( Narr. ) , snow, it snows ; sSchep- -^ 
umtchy when it snows, R. W. {muhpabwiy 
it snows, C; mawpawy Wood). See 
muhpao. 

[Abn. jwan, *il n^'; kesipSy kesip- " 
«ann, Ml n^ beaucoup', Rasles. 
Micm. peshak, it snows; m8 peshanSky 
it does not snow. Cree mlspoon, it 
snows. Chip, sdgipo {g hard), it snows, 
Bar. Alg. BoHpOy il neige.] 

sogrgrohtunkan-ompsk, n. a flinty rock, 
flint, Deut. 8, 15; Ps. 114, 8 [aiogkey 
hard?). 

[Abn. sagahafiy * bate-feu'; sagahanor- 
peskSy la pierre. ] 

sogkemas iBogkem-oaaSy biting creature; 
or mgke-mms&hqy biting fly] , n. a ^ gnat ' , 
Matt. 23, 24. See moMuhq; (Dchaxis. 

[Abn. ne-BogamekSy elle me pique. 
Chip. BagimS, a mosquito. Bar.] 

sogrkepoo, V. i. he bites; Bogkepaxiu {nuB- 
Bogkepwamy I bite, C. ), v. t. an. he bites 
(him), Eccl. 10, 8; pi. -OMiogy -n^aogy 
they bite. Num. 21, 6, piah \vuB-Bogk^ 
tcohy he shall bite him, Eccl. 10, 8; noh 
BogkepuUog (suppos. t. inan.), he who 
biteth (it), when he biteth it, Gen. 
49, 17. From BogkeUy it catches hold, ; 
and 'uppcD, v. gen. he eats, he holds for 
eating or by eating. 

[Abn. ne-BogfU, je mords; ne-sagamany 
jelemords.] 

BOgkodttixik, n. milk ( of animals, though 
wrongly used by Eliot in his earlier 
translations for milk from the female 
breast See *meninnunk)y Gen. 18, 8; 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



151 



sogkodtunk — continued. 
Prov. 30, 33; Joel 3, 18 (sogkodunk, C. ) ; 
pi. -ngashf teats, dugs, Ezek. 23, 8, 21; 
Luke 23, 29. A verbal (suppos.) from 
gohkodHnnum, he draws forth, that 
which is drawn out. 

[Abn. lie-sereghmShigM, je tire le lait 
(v. g. de la vache).] 

BOgkunau, v. t. an. he catches hold of 
(him), 1 K. 2, 28. 

sogrkussohhou, n. an earring, Job 42, 11 ; 
Prov. 25, 12; pi. +nash, Ex. 35, 22. 

[Abn. nesagkes^hi, pi. -hSiiar, mes 
pendants d' oreille. ] 

s6grkuttin, v. t. inan. (subj. ana obj.), 
it catches hold of (it), 2 Sam. 18, 9; 
freq. sohsogkutHn; suppos. aohgogkitiiky 
that which catches hold of, as n. coll. 
'hooks', Ex. 26, 32; from which is 
formed 9ohsogkUtikeUy it hooks, Ex. 26, 
37. 

80h-, as a prefix, signifies forth from, out 
from, movement from the place where 
or in which the action of the verb 
begins. It is opposed to pe, pd, signi- 
fying approach to, or toward: pe-yau, 
he comes to; soh-ham, he goes forth, out 
from. (Cf. Sansk. »t(, se movere, effun- 
dere, and its derivatives; or st, sat Lat. 
se-, sine, separative particle. ) 

Bohham Isoh-ann'], v. i. he go6s forth. 
Matt. 13, 3; Is. 42, 13 (mhham, Mass. 
Ps. ) ; imperat. 2d sing, sohhash, go forth ; 
suppos. sohhogj if or when he goes forth; 
inan. part, sohhamuriy gone forth. Vbl. 
n. sohkanufxmky a going forth, departure, 
Heb. 11, 22. 

[Narr. s&wwhush, pi. sawh^ke^ go forth ; 
umssauhemuUa (?) , let us go forth, R. W. ] 

sohhcoquaeu, v. i. he looks forth, looks 
out (as from a door, or window), Judg. 
5, 28 {sonkmqaaeu, Gen. 26, 8). See 
nuhquainat; uhqude. 

Bohhaywunau, v. t. an. he puts, brings, 
or thrusts (him) out; infin. -tcundnat^ 
to bring (them) out, Is. 42, 7; Ex. 3, 8. 
With inan. subj. Bohhanimitau, he brings 
or puts (it) out. Cf. sohwunum. 

[Narr. kus-sawhdkij do you put me 
out of doors?; nU-mwhdcujickewd (?) , he 
puts me out of doors.] 

sohkau, Bonqhuau, v. i. he overcomes, 
prevails, has the mastery: nu^-sonqueh, 
1 have prevailed, Gren. 30, 8; kum- 



Bohkau, Bonqhuau — continued. 
mwheine sohkauy thou prevailest forever, 
Job 14, 20; suppos. iioh sohkog, he who 
overcomes, has the mastery. Rev. 3, 21. 
With an. obj. sohkauaUy sonqhuauau, 
he prevails over, has the mastery of 
(him); suppos. noh aohkauanty he who 
overcomes, 1 John 5, 5; Luke 11, 22;* 
pi. nag sohkauonchegy Rev. 15, 2. 

[Cree sdkoo-hayooy he overcomes, sub- 
dues him; sdkoo-toWf he overcomes it, 
Howse 165. Chip, nin gi sh&hgooje-dg, 
I have overcome them, Jones in ibid.] 

Bohkenum, sok-, aook-, v. t. he pours 

forth, pours out; nippe, he pours 

out water. Num. 24, 7 {smkunumy Mass. 
Ps.) ; imperat. 2d sing, and pi. sohkin- 
ush, -ink J pour out; suppos. noh sohke- 
nuky he who pours, 2 K. 3, 11. From 
sohkeu, it pours, with the formative 
'nunit denoting action of the hand. 
See 9okanon; *»6kenug, etc. 

[Abn. ne-sSgnemenj je verse, manu.] 

Bohkenumau, v. t. an. and inan. he 
pours (it) out to (him). Job 16, 20. 

[sohkeli, V. i. it pours forth, emits. This 
primary verb is not perhaps used by 
Eliot; but he has its pass. (inan. subj. )] 
sokemw, it is poured out, 1 K. 13, 5. 
From its base, »ohky sooky are formed 
t. inan. sohkinnumy he pours (by hand) ; 
sokanouy water pours, it rains; mhkoUy 
guhqtumtaniy he spits, urinates (expels 
water), etc. Cf. «o?iifcm, it springs up 
(as a plant), it grows. (Cf. Sansk. «i, 
effundere; sid, emittere, insi)ergere, hu- 
mectare, irrigare, perfundere; shikdra, 
pluvia tenuis; Old Germ, seihjanj min- 
gere; seichy urina.) See sokanon. 
[Abn. sSgherann, il pleut.] 

Bohkoin, V. t. inan. he overcomes, prevails 

over (it); otan, he took the city, 

Judg. 9, 45; mutiaoky he overcomes 

the world, 1 John, 5, 4; imperat. 
sohkash machuky overcome evil, Rom. 
12, 21. See sohkau, 

Bohkomali, v. t. an. he feeds (him), 
provides food for. See asMmau, 

Bohkdsu, V. i. (an. act.) he gains the 
mastery, prevails, conquers. Rev. 6, 2; 
is victorious, is prevailing; suppos. noh 
aohkausUy he who is victorious. Rev. 3, 5. 
Vbl. n. 8ohk69uonky -kaumonky mastery, 
victory. 



Digitized by 



Google 



152 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



sohkunkquodt, as n. height; adv. in 
height (measure of altitude or elevation) ; 
ne sohkunkf iie sohkunkquoky its height, 
Rev. 21, 16; Ex. 25, 23 [i. e. suppos. that 
to which it has grown, gone up to?]. 
From sonkin (?). A great number of 
fonns, of several roots, are employed by 
Eliot to express 'height', 'in height', 
and *high'. Besides those noted are 
ne »ohkonkog, the height of it, 1 K. 6, 2; 
ne tishpohtag, Ex. 37, 1, ne ashpuhtag, v. 
10, and ne ohshpohtagj v. 25; ne kodiunk- 
qnog (of a small object), Ex. 30, 2; imj 

ancohqite spohiag, spamogkogj 

gpongok, its height from bot- 
tom to top. Gen. 6, 15; Ex. 25, 10; 27, 1. 
[Abn. spigannSy la cabane est haute; 
ni espigai'iniky voilA de combien (elleest 
haute).] 

sohxndgimuni. See summAgunum^ he 
stretches forth, holds out (his hand or 
something with his hand). 

80hq. See smkq^ saliva, spittle. 

Bohqshanau, v. t. an. he tears (him) in 
pieces (as a wild beast his prey), rends 
(him): ishkont sohkuntshonaUj lest he 
tear (me), Ps. 7, 2; with inan. obj. 
Hohqshadtauy heteareth (it); sokshadiohy 
Deut. 33, 20; suppos. sohqshadtunkf 
when he tears, 'rends it in pieces', Ps. 
7, 2; pass. inan. -adtau-uny it is (vio- 
lently) broken or torn in pieces, Is. 30, 
14. 

sohquennmn. See sohqunnum. 

BOhquettahh am . See sohquUahham, 

sohquhkauau, scoquhk-, v. t. he con- 
tinues tearing or rending (him); with 
the characteristic -uhk of continuing 
a*»tion. 

sohqui, (it is) in small pieces, fine, in 
dust or powder; adv. sohque puppim, 
'small dust'. Is. 29, 5; suppos. ne soh- 
quag, that which is in small pieces, in 
dust or powder, Deut. 28, 24. Adj. 
inan. fsukqaiyeue, in powder, 2 Sam. 22 
43. See pasquag. 

Bohqunnum, sohquen-, v. t. he breaks 
(it) in pieces, he pulls (it) to pieces, 
Mark 6, 41; Is. 5, 5; Jer. 1, 10. From 
gohqui, with trans, formative -nnum, 
denoting action performed by the hand. 

*8o]iquompooo (7), a coward; -ompaxmk, 
cowardice, C. 



aohquBsum, v. t. he cuts (it) small, 
makes it small by cutting: sohq^um-un, 
he cuts it in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13; nus- 
mhqusy I cut (her) in pieces, Judg. 20, 
6. From sohqui, with formative -mmy 
denoting cutting, etc. (see Howse, Cree 
Gr. 87).. 

Bohquttahham, aohquet-, v. t. he 
breaks (it) in small pieces, pounds (it) 
or beats (it) small. The formative toA- 
huniy according to Howse (Cree Gr. 86), 
"implies he beats or batters the object, 
after the manner of the root." Inan. 
pi. sohquiiahhamunashy they (grains of 
corn, Is. 28, 28) are broken; otherwise 
scohq-y sukq-. Adj. and adv. BohqtUlah- 
hdey pounded; pi. sohquttahhishy whence 
the adopted name succotash. Cf. pohr 
qunitum. 

[Cree seekwa-tahumy he l>eats it into 
smaller pieces.] 

Bohqutteahhdu, v. i. he is faint-hearted, 
cowardly (sohkutleahhauey atlj. faint- 
hearted, C. ) ; pi. 'hdogy they are faint- 
hearted, Jer. 49, 23; suppos. -honty when 
he is faint-heartetl, Deut. 20, 8. Cf. 
sequtiahwhaUy he remains. 

[Abn. skStUh/'y il a peur (v. g. des 
toumients), il craint le chdtiment, etc.; 
v. i. s^ghesiy il a peur; an. ^eghet^y il 
craint. Cree skgiMUy he shrinks, he is 
afraid; s^gehayooy he frighteneth him; 
sdkoo-tay-dyooy he is faint-hearte<l, cow- 
ardly. (By this diwsion of the word 
Howse marks a derivation from Uay 
(m'tahy El.), 'heart' (?).)] 

BOhsuxnoomo), v. pass. inan. it shines 
(forth), emits light, is bright (cf. uoh- 
summmunneaty to shine) : wequai eohsti- 
mmmco pohkenahtUy the light shineth in 
darkness, John I, 5. Adj. and adv. 

sohsumivdey shining (forth ) ; irequai, 

a shining light, John 5, 35; keiaMOjiy 

'king of glory', Ps. 24, 9. Vbl. n. soh- 
summdonky a shiniug-forth (used by 
Eliot for 'glory'): u-ut'touohkomukqve 
sohmmdonky his-forest glory, ' the glory 
of his forest'. Is. 10, 18. (In preparing 
a list of words selected from Eliot s 
Bible Mr Duponceau, misled perhaps 
by the order of words in this verse (Is. 
10, 18) , inserted wkKamdonk for * forest *, 
and on his authority it appears with 
that meaning among the ' Select Words 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



153 



8oli8iima>ma>— continued, 
from Eliot's Translation', incorporated 
into the index of Mr Pickering's edi- 
tion of Eliot's Grammar. ) 

sohBiixnw^. See wdhsumoe^ adj. bright, 
shining. 

Bohteall [i*oh-ohteau], v. i. it extends, 
is extended, is long (relatively or by 
measure). Found only perhaps in the 
suppos. ne mhteagj the extending of it, 
its length: ne mhteag hah ne koskag kah 
ne 8ohkunkf ' the length and breadth and 
height of it', Rev. 21, 16; aitaeu nesah- 
teagt *on the two ends' (i. e. on both 
sides of the length of it), Ex. 25, 19. 
Vbl. n. sohteaonky length, measure of 
length, Eph. 3, 18. 

BOhwiiniun, v. t. he puts forth (his 
hand or something with or in his 
hand) , Gen. 38, 28. Cf. mmm&gunum. 

BOhwnshau, v. i. it goeth forth, goes on 
(of a l)oundary line. Josh. 19, 11, 13). 
— sohwiitchuan, v. i. it flows forth, flows 
out from: nippe sohwutchuan^ water is- 
sued out, ran out, Ezek. 47, 1, 2. From 
mh and wuiche-u^ it proceeds from. Cf. 
pamltchuan. 

sokanon [it pours], it rains; as n. rain, 
Matt. 7, 25 (saokunnony M&«>s. Ps., Ps. 
105, 32; scokenonni, it rains; mn scokhion, 
does it rain?; ormohquat, raining, C); 
suppos. sokanonkf sokenunk, when it 
rains, Deut. 32, 2: nashpe pahkontaut 
mahche sokanank, 'by clear-shining j 
after rain', 2 Sam. 23, 4. Cf. sokanon , 
n<Dtau, it raine<i fire, Luke 17, 29, with , 
mokanum nrntau^ he rained (poured out) ! 
fire. Gen. 19, 24. Cans. $okan&nteau, 
he causes it to rain, Ex. 9, 23. From 
$ohk, sohkeiiy it pours, with a formative 
denoting rain or water falling, as dis- 
tinguished from 'pogy water at rest. 
This formative or generic is -'?Mm, -nnouy 
-^^ or -nnam (Abn. -Wann; Del. -'Ian). It 
is found, besides in sokanon, in mogkin- 
non (mogke-non), it rains excessively; 
mishinnon, it rains much; nishkenon, it 
mists or drizzles; ahqutinon (ahque-non), 
the rain ceases, it holds up; and in its 
-i— - suppos. form in onnohgtutt, * raining', 
(when it rains), C, =dnaquaiy 'rain', 
R.W. Seesohkenum. (Cf. Sansk. tinn<S, 
madiduB ( um/, madidum esse) ; rany ire. 
Goth, rann, currere, fluere.) 



Bokanon — continued . 

[Narr. sdkejnuty dtia/pmt, rain; sdke- 
niichy when it rains; mi«/iunn«?i, a great 
rain, R. W. 81, 82. Abn. ftSgherafin, il 
pleut (probably ^rom ttoh-kenumy to 
pour forth; but of. Sansk. ^kdra, pluvia 
tenuis, from dd and Hky irrigare, hu- 
mectare; ^My effundere; sty^it, stillare, 
fluere); kisrailn il a plu; ^'kSrailn (ah- 
qunnon, El.), il cesse. Cree kimme' 
umny it rains (cf. Old Alg. khniouany 
Lah.); sSke-alumy he spills it; fkeke-pu- 
thuy it spills; aeekoo-numy he empties it; 
seekee-numy he pours it. Del. sdkeliuiy it 
rains; k'nchilany it rains hani, Zeisb. 
Chip, kimiwaiiy gimiwany it rains (sigi- 
7iU7iy he pours it out, spilln it. Bar.).] 

Bokemo). See sohkeii, 

Bokenippash, imperat. 2d sing., for sok- 
inush nippe, pour out water, Ezek. 24, 3. 

*B6kexiug^ (Narr.), *a heap' (of com); 
suppos. inan. of sohkenuniy that which 
is poured. 

Bokeniun. See sohkenum. 

Bokhippag, imperat. 2d pi. 'draw out' 
water, John 2, 8. See wuttuhppa [enat"] . 

Bonkaahkod [9(ynk{\n)-(m' )a8hkeht]y n. 
the coming up of graas: nahohtdeu son- 
hvuhkody *the second gro\i*th', Amos 
7,1. 

Bonkehteau, v. i. it puts forth, springs 
out (as buds or shoots from plants); 
infin. -aunndty Job 38, 27. 

[Cree. edk-Hin, it is (come) forth.] 

Bonkin, -tin, v. unipers. it springs up, 
shoots up (from the earth, as a plant), 
Ph. 85, 11; Is. 55, 13; pi. nish sonkinashy 
they spring up. Matt. 13, 5; suppos. 
sonkuky when it springs up, springing 
up, Heb. 12, 15; Mark 4, 27. 

[Abn. mnkekirar (le bl^) pousse, 
parait. Del. nakeny pi. mkenolly Zeisb. 
Gr. 162.] 

BOnkippog, -uppogr, n. cool water, 
Prov. 25, 25; Matt. 10, 42; pi. +ajtky 
'the cold waters', Jer. 18, 14. From 
sonkquiy cool, and -pog, water. 

[Narr. munqui nip, is the water cool?; 
man kopadgoty cool water, R. W. 34.] 

Bonksq, sonkuBq, BiinkiBq, n. queen, 
mistress, a woman who rules, 2 Chr. 9, 
1; Esth. 1, 9, 11, 15; Nah. 3,4: kehchis- 
mnkisqy = kehchi-mnkiiqy chief mistress, 
great queen, Esth. 1, 12. {mmqhuaxiy or 



Digitized by 



Google 



154 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



sonksq, etc. — continued. ' 

8ohkaUj and squa; cf. *8dchim.'\ Often : 
written mnk'Squaiv and mnck squa. 

[Narr. aaunkSj the queen or sachem's i 
wife; pi. sauncksqufiaogf R. W. 120; 
saunck squauhy StWes.] , 

Bonkun. See sojikin. 

Bonqhuau. See mhkan. \ 

Bonqui, (it is) cold, cool, Matt. 24, 12; 
V. adj. an. sonquesUf he is cold (sonkquiy 
-queuy cold; ohke sonkqui, the earth is 
cold; nus-sonkquSy I am cold; annum 
aankquesuy the dog is cold, C. In the 
last example ttonkquesu is not appro- 
priately used; 9onqui denotes, not the 
sensation, but a quality of the object 
which imparts sensation; being cold, 
not feeling cold). Cf. tohkaeu; tohkoi. 
[Narr. saunqui nipy is the water 
cool?R. W. 34.] 

Bontixii, n. master. Matt. 26, 18, 25; a 
prince. Cant. 7, 1: nus-sonlimom ketas- 
8a>ty *my lord the king', 2 Sam. 13, 33; 
pi. -mdog. Vbl. n. sontimwonk, sover- 
eignty, C. See *sdchhn; sohkau. 

Bowaniyeu, sdanaiyeu, Bowaniu, it is 
southward, to or at the south (or, more 
exactly, the southwest). Gen. 12, 9; 13, 
1, 14; Job 9, 9. Adj. and adv. soivane, 
southern, of the south, Matt. 12,42; pi. 
sowanishy soanishy things of the south, 
Ps. 89, 12; Is. 43, 6; sowanohke [sotvan^- 
ohkely the south country, Gen. 24, 62; 
sowanohkomuk [sowane-ohke-komuk'jy 
'south land'. Josh. 15, 19 (i. e. inclosed 
land, field). 

[Narr. sowaniUy the southwest (see 
note to sowamh-m). Del. schawaneuy 
southeriy, Zeisb. Gr. 164.] 

Bowansh-in, the wind blows from the 
south ; soiuansh (suppoe. * whjen it 
blows'), as n. the south wind, Job 
37, 17; Cant. 4, 16. 

[Narr. touwdttiny the south wind; 
fK/ww&niiheny the south w^est wind blows. 
"This is the pleasingest, warmest wind 
in the climate, most desired by the In- 
dians, making fair weather ordinarily; 
and therefore they have a tradition 
that to the southwest, which they call 
9owwainiiiy the gods chiefly dwell; and 
hither the souls of all their great and 

- good men and women go."— R. W. 83. 



BOwanBh-in — continued. 

Quir. perdu kon saiianAiduky ' in another 

country to the southward', Pier. 28.] 
^BOwwazLlknd [«o«?an€-(7n')dni7], *the 

southern god ' , R. W. 110. See note on 

sou:ansh-in above, 
soohq, Bohq, n. saliva, spittle, 1 Sam. 21, 

13; Job 7, 19. See suhkou. 
BODhqkuhkom, v. t. inan. it bursts (it) 

in pieces (as wine a bottle), Mark 2, 22; 

Luke 5, 37. 
Bcokenmn. See sohkenum. 
Ba>kuBBiixi-it (?), V. (when he began to) 

amend, recover from sickness, John 4, 

52, =s8a>ks€hpy Mass. Ps. 
BOpquhkaiiau. See sohquhkaitau, 
BGDwamp^i^uiieh^g, n. a sling, 1 Sam. 

17, 40; pi. -{-ashy 2 Chr. 26, 14. 
BpadtauwompaBu (for tup-), he looks 

upward, Is. 38, 14 (infin. -pinneat); 

imperat. spadtauompshy 4ift up thine 

eyes' (look up), Is. 49, 18. See ush- 

puhqudinai. 
Bpuhhoo. See nspvthko). 
Bpuhhoyw^. See usptlhhamde, 
BptUihocywioxik, vbl. n. Seeugphanvdonk, 

a refuge. 
Bpuhqu^u. See itshpuhqudinaty to look 

upward. 
Bpukquodt, as n. the taste or flavor of a 

thing, Ex. 16, 31: ne dshpukquoky the 

taste of it (when tasted), Num. 11, 8; 

Job 6, 6. 

[Narr. tedqua aspuckquaty what does 

it taste of? Abn. Sri-pigSaty cela a bon 

go(it; matsi-pigiaty cela a mauvais goClt. 

Cree m^tho-spiickoogUy he is well-tasted; 

miitche-spuckwuny it is ill-tasted. Del. 

Tuachtachipoquoty it tastes ugly, Zeisb.] 
spunaudxiat. See vspuiiau^nat. 
Bqua, female; aa n. one of womankind, 

a female; pi. squaog, women, 1 Tim. 5, 

14 (where the prefix nunk was probably 

omitted by error of the press); but 

rarely used by Eliot except in com- 
pound words. Vb. subst. squaiyeuwy 

she is female, Gen. 6, 19. In comp. 

nunksquay agirl; «a7i^g(ua), aqueen, etc. 

(eshquay C). With the termination 

denoting a living creature ( -ds for ddas) ; 

squdaSy squdus, a woman (femina); 

as adj. female. Num. 5, 3; Deut. 4, 16; 

Matt. 19, 4. Cf. miUamwu8(9is)f mulier, 

uxor. See nompaaSf a male. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



155 



Bqua — continued. 

[Narr. squAwSj pi. -mck, woman, 
women; dimin. squdseaef a little girl 
(nquauhses, Stiles). Cree iahcdyoo. Del. 
ochqueu, woman; och qtietschitsch, girl, 
Zeisb.] 

*Squ^taia. * * They acknowledge a God 
who they call Squaiitam^ but worship 
him they do not."— Joeselyn's Voy. 
"The good god they call Tantum^ and 
their evil god, whom they fear will do 
them hurt, they call Squantum,*' — Hig- 
ginson's N. E. Plantation. The name 
is clearly the contracted form of mus- 
quantamj he is angry. *' If it be but an 
ordinary accident, a fall, etc., they will 
say . . . mtisqudrUum inanity God is 
angry.''— R. W. 109. 

sqinUhim, squdshim, a female quadru- 
ped, Deut 7, 14; adj. 9qudshirmoet Lev. 
4, 28, 32; 5, 6. Of. nomjmhim, male 
quadruped. 

[Narr. ^qu&shimy R. W. Del. och- 
quSchuntj Zeisb. In the Abnaki, Rasles 
says 'Hhe small animals (including 
the otter, the marten, etc.) were dis- 
tinguished by nanbSkikS, male, and 
9k8ekik8j female; the moose and both 
species of deer by aiahhe, male; Mrar^ 
female, and the lynx, *lion' [panther], 
hare, and some others by nahbesaemy 
male, and skSSssem l=8qudshimy El.], 
female."] 

squehtaliwhau. See sequttahwhauy he is 
left, remains of. 

•qui. See mfjisquiy red, bloody. 

*Bqunck (mod. skunk) ^ Josselyn's Voy. 
82,86. 

[Abn. g^gahkSy Mte puante. Chip. 
(St Marys) shi kang, (Gr. Trav. ) shegog. 
Peq. aiisounch, Stiles.] 

Bqu6iitam, squont, squoant, n. a door, 
a gate, John 10, 9; ICor. 16, 9; Gen. 
21, 17 (usquontj a door, C); pi. -amashy 
Acts 16, 26 (ushquoniamashy Job 38, 10). 
Adj. and adv. -ammey the door of, or by 
the door: u*utch Bquonlame kek-ity from 
or out of the door of thy house. Josh. 
2, 19. Probably from the root of sequn- 
nauy to be left (see sequnau), Cf. Chip. 
tshkwAndeniy Moor', with ishhcAnddn, 
*he leaves it* — ^the opening left in 
(building) the house. 



8qu6xitaia, etc.— ox)n tinned. 

[Narr. »quauntdximucky at the door, 
R. W. 51. Chip, ishtivdndemy Bar.; 
(Sag.) squon detHy (St Marys) ish kw6n 
daiiriy Sch.] 

squdshizn. See squAshim, 

*Bqutta (Narr.), fire, R. W. 47 {nqaUUiy 
a fire spark. Wood). Cf. nashqutteau; 
noDtau, (Sansk. /khoy actio urendi, 
ardor; ushy urere. ) 

[Abn. sk^iy -tor, feu; skStaMoy il y 
en a. Cree esk^ootdyooy (there is) fire. 
Muh. gtauw(?)y Edw.] 

*8toli, eshtoh (Muh.) , no, not, Edwards; 
eschtGy Gallatin Voc. 

*succotaa]i. See sohquttahham and cf. 
*7MickquaUi8hy com boiled whole. 

*BuckaiianatLBUck (Narr.), n. pi. the 
black shells. From sucki and and^vsuck 
(R. W.), shells, 1. e. shell-fish. 

*8uckauhock (Narr.), 'black money'. 
"They break out of the shell [of the 
poquaCJiock'] about half an inch of a 
black part of it, of which they make 
their stickaUhdck or blackmoney, which 
is to them precious."— R. W. 104, 130. 
From suckiy black, dark-colored, and 
hogkiy shell [cf. mowhackeeSj Wood, 
from many black, and hogki-ash (pi. )]. 

*sdcki (Narr. ), black, dark colored, pur- 
ple. V. adj. an. mckisuy he is black, a 
black man. ''They call a blackamoor 
sfickduttakoney . . . for gucki is black, and 
waHtaconey one that wears clothes." — 
R. W. 60. 

[Del. stickeuy v. adj. (it is) black, 
Zeisb.] 

Buhkou, V. i. he spits, Mark 7, 35 (suh- 
quinneaty 'spitting', C; but it is in the 
form of the so-called infinitive, to spit: 
ntUeeskououSy I spit; niihteukey I am mis- 
chievous, spiteful (?), C). The pri- 
mary meaning appears to be to eject, 
discharge liquid; hence noh s&gkety noh 
sAgketog, qui mingit. See smhqy saliva. 
V. adj. an. mlikemiy he is a spitter, he 
ejects w^ater (*flJfcH«ru, -o^, C. ; sickism, 
-ogy R. W., long clams, 'spitters'). 

[Abn. sessekSy crachat; sesaegSy il 
crache; nesesekSyeaXiye; ne-seghiy mingo. 
Del. n'fissuk, spit, Zeisb.] 

Bukoshkodtaeu (?), adv. stooping, 
crouching, Gen. 49, 9. 



Digitized by 



Google 



156 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGT 



[bulletin 25 



sukquiyeue, adj. and adv. in fine pow- 
der, in email pieces. See mhqai. 

8ukqusha-og-, v. i. they are broken, Dan. 
11, 22. 

sukquttahh am , v. t. he l)eats (it) small. 
See sohqattahham. 

♦aumhup (Narr.), n. pi. -\-paiiogy bea- 
vers, R. W. 95. Cf. *ainisqu€; *n6o9up; 
tummiinh n6o»up and sumhup probably 
correspond with Abn. nSs^-meskS, the 
female, and atsi-meskSy the male beaver. 

Bunundgruniun, sohm-, eamogrkin-, v. 
t. he stretches forth, holds out (his 
hand or something in or with his 
hand), Is. 5, 25; Gen. 22, 10; Ex. 15, 12 
{mis-mmmoghmniichdem, I stretch out 
my hands, C. ). Suppos. mimmaginuk, 
when he held out (his hand. Josh. 8, 
19). Pass, inenutcheg ne mmogkinuk, 
the hand which is held out, Is. 14, 26. 
With inan. subj. (v. i.) summagohteau^ 
(his hand) is held out. Is. 14, 27. 
With inan. obj. and an. ending, mm- 
inagunumauauy he holds out (his hand) 
to or against (him), -Is. 5, 25. From 
8oh- *and viago) (he gives, presents), 
with formative {-^num) denoting action 
of the hand. 

BUD. is called by Eliot (Gr. 21) an 'adverb 
of asking*, signifying *is it?': mnTta- 
matta, Ms it not?*; sun nninnegeji ivun- 
n^seny is it well to do good? etc., Mark 
3, 4; 8un nen godj etc., am I a god? 2 
K. 5, 7; ftunnamcUta yen. . . . , is not 
this . . . ? Job 4, 6. 
[Cree luxh. Chip. 7Wi.] 

sunkisq. See sonksq. 

Bunk-squaw. See sonksq. 

^Bunnftdin, nanuxmnatin (Narr.), the 
north wind, R. W^. From sowane-adJt 
{sovxm-il), to or toward the south (?). 

*Bunnuckhig^ (Narr.), a falling trap for 
wolves, loaded * with a great weight of 
stones*, R. W. 143; a crushing instru- 
ment From the same root with the 
following words. 



*Biiniiuckhig- — continued. 

[Del. sill ki te he men, to squeeze close, 
to press, Zeisb. (cf. achsiin-hiitehican, a 
steel trap (?), Zeisb.).] 

Bunukehteau, Bunugqueht-, Banuk-, 
V. cans, he crushes (by a weight), he 
causes to be crushed. Suppos. pass, 
(inan.) ne-mnukehUxmuky that which is 
crushed. Is. 59, 5. With an. obj. 
-tahheauy -tahwhaUy he crushes (him), 
makes a weight to fall upon (him) ; mn- 
nugqueiahwhunnearif fall (ye mountains) 
on us, Luke 23, 30. The primary verb 
(mnukkeu (?) J it falls heavily, it op- 
presses or presses down) is not found 
in Eliot. 

[Abn. ne-fiekkikkameny je le foule; ne- 
^kekenemeuy je leserre, manu; Jie-segSs- 
kikaSafiy je I'^crase.] 

Bunukkuhkau, sanuk-, v. t. he crushes 
(him) (by a falling weight [hassuny 
stone] is implied, or by force from 
above): nua-mnukkuhkuky he crushes 
me, Jer. 51, 34. 

-sup. See -sip. 

^Buppawn. See saupde.. 

BuppequaBh, n. pi. tears. See miis- 
suppeg, 

BUBB^unnum, v. t. he anoints (it). 
Lev. 8, 10; t. an. sussequnnaUy he anoints 
(him): nu^-sussSquriy I anoint (him), 
Ps. 89, 20. Vbl. n. sussequ^onky anoint- 
ing, ointment. Pro v. 27, 9, 16; Ex. 40, 
15. Pass, -qtmittuonk, being anointed, 
1 John 2, 27. Cf . sohkenuniy he pours out. 
[Cree sdoskoosiiy he is smooth; soos- 
kwmvy it is smooth.] 

BUBBippoeu, -poi, it is on one side of, on 
the border of: sussippoeu Lebanariy on 
the side of Lebanon (Lebanon on-the- 
side). Is. 37, 4; neqiU sussippoiy . . . og- 
komaeuy on the one side, ... on the 
other, Ezek. 41 , 2; sussippoe squmity * the 
sides of the door*, ibid. 

BUBBipponkomuk, n. the wall of the 
house, Ezek. 41, 6; 2 Chr. 3, 11; sus- 
supponkomuky Lev. 14, 37. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



natick-engijish dictionary 



157 



T 



»t. See adi. 

tabach, * let it suffice ' , Ex. 44, 6; imperat. 
3d sing, of tupij q. v. See ivame, 

tabepoo. See lapepu, 

tabhuxn. See inphum. 

tabuttantaxn, v. i. he is thankful, gives 
thanks, Dan. 6, 10; Luke 22, 17; with 
an. obj. -tumaUy he thanks (him) (hut-ta- 
botoynish, I thank you, C. ) Adv. -turn- 
we, 'tamwe, thankfully (tabattdntanKDey 
C.)- Vbl. n. -/am($o/iit, thanksgiving. 

[Narr. taiibot neanaw&yean, I thank 
you(?), R.W. 30.] 

Hackqiuwock, n. pi. twins, R. W. 45 
{togquoSj ogquoSj a twin; pi. -f-Mogr, 
C); togquonsucaog, they are twins (?), 
Gen. 25, 24; of. iagwohm, Gen. 38, 27. 
[Abn. tagiiiSiy tons deux, * ensenible- 
ment'; tagSesff^aky ils sont jumeaux. 
Del. iacquiwi, together, Zeisb.] 

tadtamswau wuhkaasoh, he pares his 
nails, Deut 21, 12. See tummusmm. 

Hah, in dialect of the Vineyard, at or 
on, =acUy at (Eliot). 

-tall. See viStah, the heart. 

tahna)che, adv. in vain, causelessly, Ex. 
20, 7; Lev. 26, 16; Prov. 26, 2; 'vanity', 
i. e. of no account, Is. 40, 17 {tohruDchej 
vainly, C). 

[Chip, aninha, vainly, without effect, 
for nothing. Bar.] 

tahahtf. See tolim. 

tahflhin, v. i. he lifts himself, raises him- 
self: nut-Uihshin, I lift up myself, Is. 33, 
10; imperat. 2d sing, iahshin kuhhog^ 
lift up thyself, Ps. 94, 2. Pass. huUah 
tahsJihnco, thy heart is lifted up, Ezek. 
28,2. 

tahshinum, tohsh-, v. t inan. obj. he 
raises (it), lifts (it) up. Gen. 40, 20 
(tashun-j Mass. Ps. ) ; imperat. tohshinush 
henutchegy lift up thy hand, Ps. 10, 12; 
suppos. noh tafishinukj he who lifts it 
up, when he lifts it, Is. 18, 3. (Pri- 
marily, he lifts with the hand, tahshe- 
num.) With an. obj. UihshinaUt toh- 
shinauy he lifts (him) up; pret. tdhshin- 
ohp [-cop] (ukcoh'Ohj he lifted up the 
serpent, John 3, 14; suppos. part, tah- 
shinont, w^hen lifting (him); pass, -mt- 
muky when he is lifted, John 12, 32. 



taksoDtani [v. i. (?)], as n. a king; pi. 
-mvHtgy Gen. 35, 11. Vbl. n. tahscota- 
mcoonky a kingdom; pi. -ongaithy Zeph. 
3, 8; Matt. 4, 8. Adv. tahsmtamdey 
'tamirey of a king, Hajf. 2, 22; Ezek. 
26, 16. See ketamnt (keh tasscotctm?) ; 
*gdchim. 

[Marginal Nc/te.—" Lifted up? — cf. son- 

tahtippadtau, v. t. he quenches or cools 

( it ) (? ) ; nenariy he cools my tongue, 

Luke 16, 24. Cf. nhtappattauiinat. 

tannadtuppo), v. i. he feeds (as sheep 
or cattle), grazes. Gen. 41, 18; Ezek. 
34, 14. Vbl. n. -pcooriky pasturage, 
pasture, Ezek, 34, 14; 45, 15. 

tannag, n. a crane, Jer. 8, 7 (see sas- 
sadt). From tanni, harsh, hoarse, a 
tearing sound. See tannogki. 

[Narr. tadneky pi. -\-kaiiogy R. W. 87. 
Abn. taregariy pi. -ahk (cf. taraghi, 
d^chire, imperat.). Del. tcU U ha, 
Zeisb. S. B. 29.] 

*tanne ontowftonk, *a hoarse voice', C. 
See tannogki. 

tannegren, taxmekin, adtannegen, 
dtazmegen, v. i. it brings forth, pro- 
duces, yields (as the earth plants, a 
tree fruit), John 12, 24; Matt. 7, 17; 
13, 26; suppos. tannegiky -kiky dtanneg- 
. kuky Gen. 1, 29; Luke 13, 9; ne tan- 
negiky that which grows, is produced, 
fruit. With an. obj. tannHUy he grows; 
pi. dtannetuogy Ps. 92, 13. 

tannogki, v. i. it is torn; adj. torn: tan- 
nogki p€iasqui8hdo7ik, a torn coat, C. 
From tanniy it tears, makes a tearing 
sound. With tanniy tannogki (Abn. 
taraghi) y it * tears*, tannag, *a crane', 
cf. Sansk. dar (af)y *lacerare, dilace- 
rare, findere'; Gr. depoo] Russ. dra-tjy 
scindere; Goth. <7<i-tar; Ang.-Sax. twr-an, 
tir-an; Sw. tiira; Dan. tare, to tear; and 
Greek ;^/3v (a sound, a grunt), ;'/3i'C«i»', 
ypvXXrj, yepavo^y a crane; Lat. grus, 
gruere (Engl. *the crane crunketh'); 
grunnire, to grunt; Aug. -Sax. craen; 
Dutch and Germ, kraan; Sw. trana; 
Dan. trane, a crane. 

[Narr. tandcki, tandckshay it is torn or 
rent, R. W. 134. Abn. taraghi rr^, cela 
est d^chir^ (ou crev6) ; imperat. taraghi. 



Digitized by 



Google 



158 



BUREAU OF AMEBIGAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



tannogrki — con tin iie<i . 
d^chire; tarokSesS, (le loup) hurle. 
Del. to lackaty cracked, split, Zeisb.] 

tannogrkixmum, v. t. he tears (it), as 
cloth or a garment, 1 Sam. 15, 28. 
From tannogkij with the formative 
-nuwi, denoting action performed by the 
hand. 

[Narr. kum-mnche-tannakuntiam-otiSy 
I have torn it off for you. Abn. ne- 
dararaghindhadSn, I tear (my dress); 
ne-taraghenemenj je le cr^ve de la 
main.] 

tannogrsheau, v. i. it tears, is torn with 
violence or by force, 1 Sam. 15, 27. 
From taiinoghij with sh^ characteristic of 
forcible or violent action. 

tanohketeaonk, adtan-, vbl. n. a gar- 
den, Gen. 2, 8, 10; Cant. 4, 12. From 
(ad)tanohketeaUy he plants, cultivates. 
Suppos. inan. adianohketeamuh, when 
planted, cultivated; used for * garden'. 
Gen. 2, 9. 

tanolitdadtu, v. i. he casts lots, deter- 
mines by lot, gives or takes by lot; pi. 
-]-og, Ps. 22, 18. Vbl. n. -tuonk, deter- 
mination by lot. Num. 26, 55; Prov. 18, 
1^. See adidau, he buys. 

*Tantum. "The Penobscots call their 
god Tantum. ' '— Capt. J. Smith. ' * The 
good god they call Tardum, and their 
evil god, whom they fear will do them 
hurt, they call Squantum.*^ — Higgin- 
son's N. E. Plantation. Probably con- 
tracted from keihidnnlUdmif 'my great 
god ' . See Keihtannit; manit; Squantum. 

tanuppog'gnihhaTn<6oiik, vbl. noun, a 
threshing floor, Jer. 51, 33. From ad- 
tau{un) and poggohham, a place appro- 
priated for or to threshing; =ahhvi' 
tannuppoghamuky 2 Sam. 24, 21. 

tapantaxn, v. i. he is satisfied, contented, 
lit. enough-minded, Dent. 33, 23; im- 
perat. 2d pi. -mcoJt, lie ye content with, 
Luke 3, 14. 

[Del. Upeleiidam, Zeisb.] 

tapeneaxn, v. t. he accepts (it), receives 
(it) with satisfaction, E<!cl. 9, 7; imperat. 
2d sing, tapeneash, Deut. 33, 11; 3d sing. 
tapeneaj, let him accept it, 1 Sam. 26, 19. 
With an. obj. tajmieauaUy he accepts 
(him), is satisfied with (him); suppos. 
part, tapeneauontj Esth. 6, 6. Vbl. n. 



tapeneaxn — continued. 

(pass. ) tapeneanmwonk, acceptance, be- 
ing accepted. 

[Del. tepihilleUy it is enough, Zeisb.] 

tai>enuni, v. i. he is able, \a sufficient, 
Dan. 3, 17; 2 Cor. 9, 8; suppos. noh ia- 
penukf he who is able; pi. neg iapenukeg, 
they who are able, * such as had ability ', 
Dan. 1, 4; Ex. 18, 21. From Uipi, with 
the characteristic -num of action per- 
fonned by the hand: he is enough- 
handed. 

tapepu, tabepcD, tapupwoo, v. i. he is 
satisfied with food, enough-eats [tdpi- . 
nppooi], Xah. 2, 12: pinh tahepfoog, they 
shall be satisfied, Ps. 22, 26. 

[Chip, nin-dtbimn, I ate enough, 
Bar.] 

tapk^au, V. cans. an. he makes (him) 
satisfied, satisfies, contents (him ) ; pass, 
he is satisfied, made content, Prov. 14, 
14; suppos. jmrt. tapheunt, when satis- 
fying, Prov. 6, 30. With inan. — an. 
obj. (traditive) tapchteau, he satisfies 
(him) with (it), makes (it) satisfy 
(him); nnt'tapehteau, I satisfy (them) 
with, Ps. 132, 15; Jer. 31, .14. 

tapkum, tabkum, v. t. he buys, i. e. 
makes satisfaction for (it), Gen, 47, 20; 
1 K. 16, 24. With an. obj. taphou (?): 
nui-tapwh, I bought (them), Luke 14, 
19. 

tftpi, taupi, V. impers. there is enough, 
it suflices, Prov. 30, 15, 15; with pron. 
prefix nut-tapety there is enough for me, 
Gen. J^, 9; imperat. 3d sing, tahorhy 
*let it suffice', Ezek. 40, 6. (Cf. Sansk. 
tarp, satiare; Greek Tepicos.) See 
wame. 

[Narr. tofi6i, it is enough. Abn. tehat, 
c*est assez. Micm. tebia, assez, Maill. 
Del. tepif Zeisb.] 

tapupwGO. See tapepu. 

HaqvL&ttin (Narr. ), it freezes: seip taqudt- 
thiy the river is frozen; auke taqadishciy 
the ground is frozen, R. W. {iogqudttln, 
it congeals, stiffens, Ex. 15, 8). From 
tohkoi'itahki, R. W.), it iff cold. (Cf. 
Sansk. /iyj/, tegere; Lit. dengiu. ) 

[Abn. iagSaden, cela est gel^, fig^; 
tagScUsS, il est gel^. Cree tdk'6u\ it is 
cold; au'k^umttln, it is frozen. Del. lax 
quai tejiy frozen; ta tax can, thick, stiff, 
Zeisb, S. B. 29, 30.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



159 



^taqubnck (Narr.), n. ^ fall of leaf and 
autumn ', R. VV. Vbl. from tohkoi (tahkij 
R.W.), freezing, when froet comes. 

[Abn. tagSdngS. Gree ttickwdkin, it is 
autumn. Powh. taquitockf * the harvest 
and fall of leaf, Smith's Virginia. Del. 
tachquoacuj Zeisb.] 

tashkuhkom, task-, v. t. he treads 
upon (it); freq. tattashkuhkomy Hos. 
10, 11 (infin.); suppos. t<ittashkukogj 
when he treadeth out (the corn, Deut. 
25, 4; 1 Cor. 9, 9). With an. obj. task- 
knhkatuiii; freq. taUashkuhkauau, he 
treads upon (him), 2 K. 14, 9; 2 Chr. 
25,28; (infin.) Luke 10, 19. 

[Abn. ne-dakeskAmen, je le foule aux 
pieds. Cree tdJcootkum^ he treads on 
it, 'Skum ** implying with certain roots 
the use of the leg or foot", Howse, 87.] 

HashpODOnk, tasp-, n. a table, C. [This 
has the form of an active vbl. n., and 
can not mean ^ table', though it may 
signify a meal, eating what is held up; 
from tahshe-uppoD.'] Eliot transfers the 
word 'table' without translation. 

Hashunum. See tahshinum. 

Hatackomxnftti-og' (Narr.), n. pi. por- 
poises, R.W. 103. From tatagkom (he 
keeps striking), with -mdu, generic for 
'fish': the fish which keeps striking 
(the water). 

Hatdggranish (Narr.), v. t. (imperat. 2d 
sing.) 'shake this', R. W. 54. Cf. tat- 
taminum. 

*tataggro6kituaah ( Narr. ) , n. pi. ' a fresh 
meadow', R. W. [tataggu-oskeJU'Uash, 
shaking grass (?).] 

[Chip, totdgarij *a trembling piece 
of ground in a marsh or swamp'. 
Bar. Del. taiaxan, stiff, close (?).] 

tatta, I know not, I can not tell, John 
9, 12; 20, 13 (talto, Mass. Ps.) . Augm. of 
tohy *it may be', an adv. 'of doubting', 
as Eliot calls it (Gr. 22). 

[Narr. tattd. Abn. tahnega, je ne 
sais, qu'en sais-je? Del. faktdani, Hkw. ; 
taktanij *be it who it may' (adv.); *I 
don't know where'; atf«, 'to, no, not; 
matta towt, in no way, Zeisb. Gr.] 

tattagkomaii, v. t. an. (freq. of tog- 
komau) he strikes him repeatedly, beats 
(him): wiU-taUagkomduh, they beat 
him. Acts 18, 17; suppos. iattogkomont, 
when he beats (him), Luke 12, 45. 



tattagkomaU — continued . 

With inan. obj. tcUtogkodtam, he beats 
(it); suppos. noh tohtogkodtogj he who 
beats (it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. See togkodtam. 

tattamwoktaii, v. t. (cans.) he incloses 
(it) with; pi. -taUog qiissukquanashf they 
set in (it) stones; pass. inan. hasmnash 
tattamwohiaU'Un-ash . . . u( pohquag, 
'stones inclosed in ouches', Ex. 39, 10, 
6. Vbl. n. tatiamwohtauoyikj setting, in- 
closmg, Ex. 28, 20. 

tattauuxLum, v. t. he shakes (it), Acts 
18, 6. The formative -num implies 
action performed by the hand. Cans. 
tattauwohteaUf he makes (it) shake, 
causes (it) to shake; tattamvohteash 
kuhhog, shake thyself. Is. 52, 2. 

tatteoktaii menutckeg, he smites (him) 
with the fist, Is. 58, 4; suppos. (noh) tdd- 
ieadty he who smites (him) with. Is. 
3,17. 

*tattuppun]iokko]iat, v. i. (infin.), to 
spin, C. See tuppindhteau; (uitvppun, 

[tatuppagin, v. i. it rolls (on its axis 
or about itself ) . ] From tattippe, all the 
same, motion about a center without 
advance (?). V. adj. -giymusxi, it is 
rolled together or on its axis; pi. -auashj 
things rolled up, Is. 34, 4. With sh (of 
involuntary action or mischance ?), 
tatuppagsheaUf it rolls itself or is rolled; 
suppos. -shunkj 'when rolled together', 
' a scroll ' , Rev. 6, 14. See tuppindhteau; 
iwttuppun. 

[Abn. ne-dat€bipSd8n, je roule (v. g. 
pierre, arbre, etc.); ne-datehenemen^ je 
le roule. Cree tHlppe-puihUj it turns 
(on its axis).] 

^tatuppauntiiock (Narr.), v. i. pi. they 
are weighing (with scales or balances), 
R. W. 136. 

tatuppe, v. impers. it is equal; as adv. 
alike, equally, Job 21, 26: ne taiuj^ej ne- 
tatupf 'like, so', El. Gr. 22 {tatUppeyeUj 
just so ; -yhi^, equally, C. ) . Ad j . tattup- 
peyeuy pi. -yeuash, equal (things), Is. 40, 
15 ; Rev. 21, 16. V. subst. taiuppeyeum, he 
is (or it is) the same as, equal to: wame 
weyaus taiuppemmkehtuoD, all flesh is (the 
same as) grass, Is. 40, 6; pi. -yeticoog, 
they are equal to, the same as. Is. 40, 22; 
Luke 20, 36; suppos. -yeuwkishj things 
when equal, Pp. 17, 2. From idpiy it 
suffices, by intens. reduplication. 



Digitized by 



Google 



160 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



tatuppe — continued . 

[Narr. netdtup^ 'it is all one'. Abn. 
t^tebiSiy A I'^galiti?, egaleuient. Cree 
idbhkof}chf alike; e-dp-itchj the «ame. 
Chip, tlbishkoj equal, like, similar, Bar. 
Del. Ipisquiy exactly so, Zeisb.] 

tatuppeht^au, v. caus. inan. he makes 
(it) e<iual, equalizes (it), Ps. J3J^, 15. 

[Abn. ti'tebaghendSe, il le divise ^gale- 
ment.] 

tatuppequanum, v. t. he rolls (it) along, 
Matt. 27, 60; 28, 2. Suppos. pass, tatuppe- 
quaiiumuky when rolled, that which is 
rolled; hence, as n. *a wagon*, Num. 7, 
3 ; pi . -m uffish and -m ugrpuish , * chariots ' , 
Ex. 14, 9. Suppos. inan. tntuppequash' 
%ink (from tatuppeqiuuheau, v. i. it rolls), 
when it rolls; as n. that which rolls, *a 
rolling thing'. Is. 17, 13. 

tatuppin, n. a thread, Cant. 4, 3. See 
iutiuppun. 

*taubut, tadbot (Narr.). See tabuttan- 
tam, he is thankful. 

taUxnao^. See tauumaog, 

*tailnek ( Narr. ) , n. a crane. See tannag. 

tauoDmaogr. See tauumaog. 

taupi. See tdpi, 

♦tatipowaw (Narr. ) , * a wise speaker' ; pi. 
taupowauog. * * Their wise men and old 
men (of which number the priests are 
also) . . . they make solemn speeches 
and orations or lectures to them, con- 
cerning religion, peace or war and all 
things."— R.W. 64, 112. Probably from 
tdpi {taHibiy R. W.), and perhaps the 
same as v. caus. tapMau, tapehheau^ he 
gives satisfaction, satisfies, says what is 
enough. Cf. pauwau, a priest. 

[Cree tdpwayoOy he true-says. Chip. 
tdpwa, he true-speaks (nin d^bve, I 
speak truth, Bar.).] 

*taut [toutou], pi. tautauog (Narr.), the 
name of a species of fish, 'sheeps- 
heads', R. W. This name, in the 
plural, is now popularly given to the 
Labrus americanus Bloch ( Labrus tau- 
toga of Mitchell). 

tauumaog:, tallm-, taua>m- (?), n. a 

street, Dan. 9, 25; Rev. 21, 21: tauum- 

mdogquehtUf into the street, Josh. 2, 19. 

[Narr. eaiau-may would be * old way ' 

or 'long used way* (?). See eaiatt*fis.'\ 

tatlwohpahh am . See touopham. 



tauwutchaahunk-isli, ' breaches ' , A mos 

9, 1 1 . See tou mttrhaihajnaxm k. 
^tawiflhonk, adv. in the meantime, 

meanwhile, Mass. Ps., John 4, 31, =?ia 
nochey El. 

teftg*, as n. thing, object (chose): n« 
teag . . . matta teag, or matteag^ some- 
thing . . . nothing, Luke 22, 35; Prov. 
9, 13; ne teng jyeyasiky a very little thing 
(suppos.), 18.40,15. 

teaguas, pi. -amnishy n. things, matters, 
which are not tangible or material, Is. 
42, 9: lie teaguas^ something (spoken, 
Luke 11, 54). Augm. ianteaguamnash 
(with wainej all), things. Gen. 24, 1; 
Prov. 26, 10; Is. 44, 24. The primary sig- 
nification of tedg seems to he property, 
possession, something had: ne ohtunky 
what he hath; ne ohtag, what is (se 
hal^et). See ohtauunat; ohinik. 

[Narr. tedqua, what is this?; teaqua 
naiintick ewb, what comes he for?; 
teaqua cun-ndthmej what look you for?; 
tedg yo augu'hdttirky what hangs there?; 
nit'teauguashy my money, R. W.] 

teftg^aah, teaug^aah, pi. things, pos- 
sessions; used by Eliot for * money'; 
Gen. 23, 13; Matt. 17, 27, etc. 

teagwe, teague, adj. and adv. 'any'. 
Rev. 7, 1: teagu€y . . .ne teague^ of money, 
... of anything, Deut. 23, 19. As an 
interrog. what?: teag\ee woi vmhordo)- 
waiy what shall I cry? Is. 40, 6. See 
chdgtixts. 

teanuk, adv. presently, El. Gr. 21; 
quickly, immediately. Gen. 18, 7; Acts 

10, 29, 33. 

[Narr. iednoy 'by and by*. Micm, 
teniky d'abbrd; iemkeSeiy premi^rement, 
Main. Quir. chdraquey quickly.] 

teaogrku, adv. 'rather, unfinished \ El. 
Gr. 21 ['on the way to* an end not yet 
attained (?), or 'shortly'; cf. tidhqut]. 
See nogque. 

teashiyeuonk, teateaah-, vbl. n. a 
family, Deut. 29, 18; Jer. 33, 24 
{chashiyeuonk, teashinnfinnhmky C). 

tenogrkequas. See tinogkukquas. 

tetequshin, v. i. it trembles, 'pants' (of 
the heart, Ps. 38, 10). From taiagkom 
(see tatiagkoinaii) , he beats, with «A, 
characteristic of violent action. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBrLL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



161 



tiadche, adv. unexpectedly, £1. Gr. 22; 
1 Sam. 6, 9; suddenly, John 11, 7 
{wachStj immediately, Mass. Ps., John 
6, 21). 

-tin, -tinne. Eliot calls these "supple- 
tive syllables of no significance", etc. 
See vmUinne-\- J u'uUU-{-. 

'^innogrl^ohteaa, n. a toad; pi. -f suogy C. 

tinogrkiikquas, tenogkequas, n. a frog; 
pi. -\-8uogy Ex. 8, 2, 10; Ps. 105, 30 {tin- 
nogkohqmse, 'suog^ C). Cf. *kopiaugs; 
mohmoskuhtecui. From a verb signi- 
fying to jump, with ds (ddfu), animal: 
the creature which moves by jumping. 
See tavnagf crane ( * croaker ' ? ) . 
[Abn. arikdaSj il saute.] 
. tidhqiii, tiuhque, it is short; adv. and 
adj. short, Num. 11, 23; Ps. 89,47; Rom. 
9, 28 (nutHohquenif 4n short', i. e. I am 
brief, I will speak briefly, C). V. 
adj. an. tiohqus$u, he is short, of low 
stature. V. cans. inan. tiohquehtSau^ he 
shortens (it), makes (it) short: kut- 
tiohqaehie-Ohj thou makest (it) short to 
him, Ps. 89, 46. 

[Narr. iiaqadnquMu, he is short, R. W. 
60. Quir. taioquiak, is short (of life). 
Pier. 39. Abn. tadkSissSf il est court; 
taSdkSaty oela est court. Del. taquetto 
(adv.), short, Zeisb.] 

tiohquonkque, (it is) low; suppos. iioh- 
qunkqaodi, w^hen it is low^. Is. 32, 19. 

-tipixnon (?): nvi'tipimon^ my shoulder- 
blade. Job 31, 22. See mokpegk; mut- 
tugk. 

tipukok, suppos. when it is dark. See 
*iAppaco. 

tisasquodt: mahche i\m»qaodty after (the 
season of) mowing, Amos 7, 1. 

tdanneu, v. i. he gapes, yawns {nut- 
toiwunneemj I gape, C); with an. obj. 
tdannehtaUy he gapes at (him); nut 
i&unnehlongquogy they gape at me, Ps. 
22, 13. 

tog'giUiwhonk, togruh-, togwonk, vbl. 
n. (from toghum) the pounding (of 
com, etc.); hence a mortar or place 
for pounding: ut togguhvronganity Mn a 
mortar', *in mills'. Num. 11, 8. Adj. 
and adv. togguhwongane, of grinding, of 
a mill; toguhw6ngandmpsk, (oguxmka- 
nompskf a millstone. Job 41, 24; 2 Sam. 
11, 21; Is. 47, 2. 

B. A. E., Bull. 25—11 



togguhwlioxik, etc. — continued. 

[Narr. iAckunck or weskunck, * their 
pounding mortar*, R. W. Abn. tagSa- 
hangan, la pile. Del. tachquoahoacan, 
Zeisb.] 

togrhtun, togrgrulihum, v. t. he grinds (it) 
(togguhhum-un-alt to grind, C); ttmi' 
toghumun-eaUf they ground it. Num. 
11,8. 

[Narr. tackhUmmiiiy to grind com, R. 
W., i. e. to beat it in a pounding mor- 
tar. Abn. 8da khSdmen, il pile quelque 
chose dans la pile (bl^, viande, etc.).] 

tog^kodtaxn, v. t. he strikes (it) with a 
stick or some implement, Ex. 7, 20; 
Num. 20, 11; suppos. noh togkodiog, he 
who strikes (he when striking). Is. 41, 
7; Ezek. 7, 9. Freq. tohtogkodtarrij tat- 
tagk'y he strikes repeatedly, beats (it); 
suppos. noh tohtogkodtogt he who beats 
(it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. Vbl. n. togkodtuonk, 
a blow, a striking, Ex. 21, 25; freq. 
todtogkodluonky tatogk-, a beating, Deut. 
17, 8; 21, 5 (pi. tattagkodtuonga«h, 
* stripes', Ind. Laws). With an. obj. 
iogkamau, he strikes (him); suppos. noh 
togkomonty he who strikes or may strike, 
Ex. 21, 12, 15; freq. taUagkamau (q. v.), 
he beats him. Vbl. n. act. togkoma^- 
vHumky a blow given, Ps. 39, 10; pass. 
togkomiUeaonky a blow received, a being- 
strack. Job 23, 2. See togku, 

togkodteg, n. (a striking instmment), 
a sword. Lev. 26, 6; 1 Sam. 17, 45; pL 
-egashy -eganash, Ps. 59, 7. From tog- 
kodiam. (Cf. Sansk. fu^, ferire, vul- 
nerare, tremere; tody pulsare, ferire; 
tcUy percutere, ferire. Hib. tathaimy I 
kill; tathogy 'a slap'. Cf. Lat. tignuniy 
with Ind. n. gen. -uhitigy wood, a beam, 
a stick. ) 

[Narr. n* tatcJccdminuckqun ewby he 
strack (beat) me, R. W. 148. Abn. ne- 
ddkhSdmeny je pile (quelque chose); 
ne-dagamaHy je le bats (v. g. lapide); 
ne-tagh^tSny je frappe avec cela. Cree 
tdkalumy he stabbeth (?) it; tdkd-chegd- 
yooy he stabbeth; ootdmmahuny he b^it- 
eth it; ootdmmaheggun (a beating instru- 
ment), a hammer, tomahawk; but cf. 
tummehtamy tummigquohwhau, Micm. 
taktemy je frappe. Powh. tockahacks, 
pickaxes; tomahacksy axes, J. Smith. 
Del. tangamukf he stabbed or pierced; 



Digitized by 



Google 



162 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



togkodteg — continued . 

tan pa memlj pienvd; tamjandican, tan- 
gamicanj appear, Zeisb.] 

togkogku, V. i. it stops, stays, is stayed 
(of the progress of jHistilence, 2 Sam. 
24, 5); nut'togkogkem, I stop, V. With 
k»h, characteristic of sudden or violent 
action, togkogq^han, it was stopped, 
stayed. Num. 16, 48, 50, = togkngqu^h' 
omco (pass, form). Num. 25, 8, =on- 
tappu, Ps. 106, 30. Cf. iogkmhln. 

[togrku, V. i. he strikes (with some in- 
strument), deals a blow;] infin. togko- 
nat qiutsukqna)iaJ!'h amh konnkqaUoAh, *to 
hurl stones or arrows', 1 Chr. 12, 2. 
With inan. subj. togkeuy it strikes; sup- 
pos. togknnk (that which strikes), an 
ax. Is. 10, 15; Judg. 9, 48; pi. -'rash, 
Ezek. 26, 9 (fogkong, C; iorkucke, a 
hatchet. Wood); freq. tadtagkonat, to 
beat, C. 

togkuhwhosu, V. i. he is grinding, he 
grinds, Judg. 16, 21; pi. -osiutg, Matt. 
24, 41. N. agent, -whosueu^ a grinder; 
1)1. -cjiuogy Eccl. 12, 3. 

[Abn. iagSahaiisSy on le pile; dakSassiy 
il pile dans la pile. ] 

togrkun, V. i. it holds, 2 Chr. 4, 5. See 
tohqunnum. 

togkuppinau, v. t. an. he holds (him) 
fa.st by bonds, Judg. 15, 10 (infin.). 
Augm. and intens. tohtogk-^ tattagk-: 
wutohtogkuppinchuh, they bound him, 
Judg. 15, 13; suppos. part, tohtogkxip- 
pinonty Matt. 12, 29. Double trans. 
toghippinauaUy he binds (him) fast to 
(him). From iohqunaUy he holds fast; 
with the characteristic of binding or 
tying i-pi), 

[Cree idhkoop-lgsooy he is tie<l up; 
-ittdyoo, it is tied uj) (m/>/wr, a line or 
cord). Chip. (sup})os.) tahkooltezood, 
bound fast, John 11, 44.] 

togkushiii, V. i. it strikes (with violence), 
is stopped (by a violent or unexpected 
obstacle): ishkont his-sfct loghishin qiis- 
sukquanitj lest thy foot 'dash' or strike 
with violence on a stone, Matt. 4, 6. 
Cf. togkogku, 

togkussittaasun, v. i. he stumbles, John 
11, 10; pi. 'univogj they stumble, Rom. 
11, 11 [nut-togkissitassinyl BiumhleyC). 
From togkushin and m^seet {mus6€et)j the 
foot. 



togqu^ttln, v. i. it congeals, Kx. 15, 8; 
stiffens, freezes. See *UiquaUin. 

*togquo8, a twin, C. See ogqnox; ^iack- 
qiunock. 

toguhwhonk. See iogguhivhonk. 

togwonk. See toggxihvhouk. 

toh, •a<iv. of doubting', El. Gr. 22; 'it 
maybe'; (2) adv. *of wishing'; use<l as 
an annex 'to every person and varia- 
tion in the optative moo<i', signifying 
'O that it were." {iUinam)\ would that, 
El. Gr. 34, 65: ^ na)-wiwdchamui toh, 1 
wish I keep him'; (3) with the supjKJS. 
mood, in what manner, how: ahque- 
teaumktoh ncotarndg, take heed how you 
hear, Mark 4, 24; toh dnukque ne immny 
as he bids me, si) (or that) I speak^. 
1 K. 22, 14. Cf. uttoh. 

[Moh. taughy iaukhy Edw. and Pray- 
ers, I, 6, 7.] 

toh, tohhen, interrog. particle, how? 
where? what? It supplies the plac»e of 
the interrog. pronoun, inanimate, as 
hoivan [eiro-unly who?, does that of the 
animate. In some dialects, for example 
the Cree, tohhea or its representative 
has sing, and pi. an. and inan. fonns; 
but as useil by Eliot, it is indeclinable. 
See tohnelt; tohnoh; tohwuichy etc. 

[Narr. Urn tridttiny where lives he?;. 
(nckowt'kin Itoh kowt'kin'\y where dwell 
you?; tahcna [toh hennou\y 'what is his 
name', how is he called?; taJuttamen 
Itoh h€ttamun]y 'what call you this', 
how is it called? Abn. tai'ini am/iian, quo 
vadis?; tanni SenmUy imde venis?; aren- 
ahfjfs tai'miy combien d'hommes!; taiinay 
quiconque. Micm. ddy "note interrog- 
ative, comme num, ou ne, en latin"; 
interrog. pron. (an.) tdtiy pi. tanik; 
(pret.) tanaky pi. tannkiky celui que; 
(inan.) tdtiy pi. tanel; (pret^) tdtiely pi. 
tdnnkely ce que; ^*tdn est aussi adverbe de 
temps, et signifie quand"; "est encore 
adverbe de lieu, et signifie oil, en quel 
lieu, en ce lieu", Maill. Cree UhiAy in- 
terrog. pron. an. which; pi. idn-dnekce; 
inan. tdn-emahy pi. tdn-dnehee, Howse 189 
(but in the examples, p. 280, the in- 
flections are transferred to the verb or 
verbal to which tdn is prefixed, its use- 
corresponding with that of toh (in- 
decl. ) , by Eliot). Del. ta, taniy where?" 
Zeisb.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



163 



tohkaeu, adv. *in cold weather', Prov. 
25, 20. See t(M'oi. 

tohkekom [=tohh)x- k-comco, it comes 
cool (?)], n. a spring (of water), a 
fountain, Lev. 11, 36; pi. -kommuash, 
Josh. 15, 19. Adj. and adv. 'kommue, 
of fountains, Cant. 4, 15; Neh. 3, 15: 
tohkekommupog, springs of water {-pog)^ 
Num. 19, 17; Josh. 15, 19. 

\ r [Abn. tekebi, eau froide; tekeplghey 
fontaine. Cree tdke-gumu^ cold-liquid- 
is-it; it is cold (?). Chip. (Sag.) tack- 
keebeoy Sch. ii, 462; takigamx, spring 
water, Bar. ; tt'ikagiimi, the water is cold, 
S. B. Shawn, tuk-ee-kitm-ee, Miami 
taw-keng-gaw'ine. ] 

tohkequn, tuhkekun, v. i. it is heavy, 
Prov. 27, 3; Job 6, 3; 23, 2; pi. -{-ashy 
Matt. 23, 4: (ukkekhtikqiinashy they are 
heavy (for me), Ps. 38, 4; suppos. tuh- 
kequogy when it is heavy, Ps. 38, 4; ne 
iuhkequoky the weight of it, 1 K. 10, 14; 
vnnttuhkequaney by weight, of the weight 
of; pi. 'Onashy Num. 7, 86. 

[Narr. qiiftsiicquny heavy; hik-qussuck- 
qutiy yon are heavy (cf. qussuk, a rock). 
Abn. tekigSfy il est pesant; tekigSariy cela 
e8t pesant. Del. tak-achmin (heavy 
stone), lead, Zeisb.] 

tohkoi, V. impers. it is cold, cold is; as n. 
cold, Job 37, 9; John 18, 18: katne tohkoi y 
the cold of snow, Prov. 25, 13; suppos. 
(concrete) tohkag^ when it is cold. Job 
24, 7; pi. -gi^hy Nah. 3, 17 {mcocheke 
tohkoi y it is very cold (weather ) , C. ) . The 
primary signification is, perhaps, con- 
gealed, stiffened, or made hard, solid (by 
cold ) . Cf . togqudttin (Narr. taqudttin ) , it 
congeals, it freezes; *taqudnky and with 
these togkogkUy it is stopped, obstructed. 
[Narr. tahkiy idiakkiy 'cold weather*; 
iahk^fSy cold [cool, dimin. (?)]; taki- 
ttpj)ocaty it is a cold night. Abn. tag- 
Sndeiiy tkdiy (la sagamit^) est froide, 
cela est gel^, fig6; teklgheriy la terre est 
froide; tekitebcikaty il fait froid lanuit, 
etc. Cree tdk^dwy it is cold. Del. tekek 
[suppos. =tohkag{?)'\y cold, Zeisb. Gr. 
42. Chip, itc ka gfi miy *the water is 
coUr, S. B.] 

tohkokquok, suppos. when it is cold 
weather, in a season of cold, *in the 
cool of the day', Gen. 3, 8. 
[Narr. taukocks, cold weather.] 



tohkdnogrque, conj. although, Kl. Gr. 
22; tok-y Job 13, 15. 

^ohkcDsin, v. i. [he raises himself (?)], 
he climbs: nut-tohkm»y I climb; tohkmsin- 
neatj to climb, C. 

tohkcotaau, v. t. he climbs upon (it) : 

inetu^y he climbed the tree, Luke 

19, 4; pi. tohkcotauAog xveetudmehtUy they 
climb up upon the houses, Joel 2, 9; 

ktLssampskdiyeU'Uty they climb up 

upon the rocks, Jer. 4, 29. Vbl. n. 
tohkootauonky a ladder. Gen. 28, 12 {tah- 
kcosowoiituky C). With the character- 
istic of forcible or violent action {sh) , 
togkooithaau; pi. togkwshdog; haxfaneti- 
tunky they scale the wall, Joel 2, 7. Cf. 
tmkeuy 'he wakes', rises (?). 

[Narr. nHaquaichnuadmeny *I go up 
hill'; taguatchdivaahy go (thou) up hill, 
R. W. 76.] 

tohneit, conj. if, El. Gr. 22: iohiieit nenagy 
if it be so, Dan. 3, 17. 

tohnoh, adv. interrog. whence? Gen. 42, 
7: icoh au, whither can he go? John 

7, 35 (tonnohy whither, where; iomioji- 
vfitchy whence, C). See tohy tohhm, 

[Narr. tunyia co-vniumy whence came 
you?; tunnock ktitidmey whither go you? 
R. W. 28 (cf. p. 73). Abn. tafini Semwiy 
unde venis?; tarini aiahiany quo vadis? 
Micm. tan, oii, en quel lieu, en ce lieu. 
Cree/dn-iVte, what place? where?; idn^iiih 
StchCy from which place? whence? 
Del. ta talky where? Hkw\] 

tohqunntun, v. t. he lays hold of (it), 
takes fast hold of, seizes (with the 
hand), catches; pi. -umwog, Is. 5, 29. 
Vbl. n. tohqunnumdonky a seizing, 
'prey', Ezek. 19, 3. With an. obj. 
tohqunauy he lays hold of (him), holda 
him fast, Ps. 10, 9; Judg. 8, 14 (i>aa8. 
he is seized or taken, Ezek. 19, 8); 
umiohqun-duh, they caught him, Mark 
12, 3. From togqiin, iohqiiriy it holds, 
with formative -nwm, denoting action 
by the hand. Cf. togkogku; togkuMhin. 
[Cree tdkwa-numy he grasps, holds it 
with the hand; tdhtiltuniy he holds it 
in his mouth. Abn. ne-khhaiiy ' je prens 
(v. g. une mart«)dan8 I'attrape'; kera- 
higan, attrape (aux ours).] 

tohsahke, adv. whilst, so long aa, 1 Cor. 

8, 13. Cf. nisohke. 

I tohshinuxn. See tahshinum. 



Digitized by 



Google 



164 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



tohs^, toliBh^u, adj. or, as Eliot classes 
it, a * distributive pronoun*, signifying 
how much: **pl. tohsuog, tohmincuihj 
how many", El. Gr. 8. Elsewhere 
(p. 14) he gives *Uoh»d, or iahshe^ which 
is varied [in the pi.] tohguogj tohsumh, 
or tohshinash*\ as an 'additional* or 
'word suppletive, which signifieth 
nothing* added to the numerals from 
5 to 9 (inclusive), and 'which receiv- 
eth the grammatical variation of the 
things numbered, animate or inani- 
mate': napanna tafuihey five; an. pi. 
napanna tofisuog; inan. pi. napanna 
tohguash [or tahshinash']; yeu iohsheu, 
for so much?; nuXy ne tohsheu, yes, 
for so much, Acts 5, 8; vmnneese tah- 
9he, twice as much. Job 42, 10; nequt 
pa9uka>e tahsheej a hundredfold (times 
so much), Luke 8,8 {tohshe^ so much; 
ne tohshiiy so often, so many times, C). 
PI. an. tohtraog, how many (persons); 
inan. tohshina»h, tahshinash, tohsHash, 
how many (things); ne adtahshe, ne 
ahhut tahshe, [that which is to or at so 
many] so many as, the sum of, 2 Sam. 
2, 23; Mark 6, 56; 2 K. 4, 8; suppos. 
inan. ne adtahsik, the whole number, 
the sum, Rev. 13, 18 (ne audtnhsinit, 
'the sum of the number*, 1 Chr. 21, 5) ; 
suppos. an. pi. ne adiahshehetiit, they 
being (when they were) so many, as 
many of them as, Judg. 3, 1; 1 Tim. 
6, 1. As a ' suppletive * to the numerals 
from 5 to 10, the signification of tahshe 
(tohgd) is obscure, though Eliot was 
certainly wrong in supposing it without 
significance. It may not improbably 
be related to tahshin, he lifts himself, 
raises up, and tahshinumy he holds up 
or raises (his hand or something in his 
hand). With an inan. subj. tahshin 
becomes tahsheu, it lifts, or is lifted up. 
The Algonquian system of numbers was 
quinary, and borrowed doubtless from 
the fingers of the hand. At .five 
{napanna, nabo napanna, or sometimes 
napanna tahshe), one hand was put up 
{neepm, neepau-^n, stood upright); at 
six, 5-f-l, one finger of the second hand 
was raised, neqvMa tahshe, and so on. 
[Narr. tashin com-m^sim, how much 
shall I give you?; pi. inan. tashinash, 
Abn. k^ssSaknaSa, ou taiini kessSihidit, 



tohsti, etc. — continued, 
combien sont ils?; k^ssenSmaSa, ou k^s- 
senSar, combien . . . de ces choses?; ni 
akisinan, voiU tout, voilA toutes (dea 
poires); negSdans, six; ^\. 9Xi, negSdans- 
kSssSak; inan. -kessenSr. Micm. tachy 
combien?; tachigek, combien sommes- 
nous?; to/chigigik, combien sont-ils? etc. 
(comme un verbe) ; an. pi. ajSgom d^chi- 
gik, six; d^h s*emploie ordinairement 
apr6s les nombres 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 100, 1000, 
ete. Cree * * from tdhto, number ( ? ) , are 
formed it-tussu-uk (an. i.), they are, or 
number, so many; it-tdhtin-tvah (inan, 
i.)**, etc.; nickoot'tudssik, six. Del. 
tschitsch, more, again; ta tcJien, how 
much? Zeisb.] 

tohwutch, tohwaj, adv. interrog. why? 
(El. Gr. 21), Job 3, 11, 12: tohn^ch 
koueyog, why sleep ye? Luke 22, 46. 
tohwaj is the indefinite and suppos. 
form. From toh and tndche, what 
from? wherefore? 

[Cree tdn*wiche, what from? why? 
Narr. tawhUch,'] 

tohwuttinttipiiioh, 'he cared for 
(them)*: mat . . . iohvmtiintvpandoh, he 
'not . . . cared for (the poor)*, John 
12, 6, =**maiia vutche tohen tupponnm' 
op'\ Mass. Ps. (Eliot has matta toh' 
hentupdnumduo) shepsoh, * he careth not 
for the sheep*, John 10, 13,=iwa//a tup^ 
panumoo) sheepsoh, Mass. Ps.). 

tomeii, v. i. he escapes, saves himself, 
goes clear (infin. tomun-at, to escape, 
Ezra 9, 8) . Cans. an. tomheau, he causes 
to go clear, saves, delivers, 1 »Sam. 23,5; 
imperat. 2d sing, -f 3d. pi. tomweh, save 
thou them, 1 Sam. 23, 2; suppos. noh 
mos nui-lomhik, he can deliver me, 1 
Sam. 17, 37. Cans. inan. tomivehteau^ 
he saves (it), 2 K. 13, 25. 

tomogrkon, v. i. it is flooded, there is 
a flood. As n. a flood. Gen. 6, 17; 
Job 22, 16; Matt. 7, 25; the rising of 
water, flood tide (nippe tdmogkon, water 
flows, C; tommogkon, iommog, Mass. 
Ps.). PI. wadchuash sogkodtunk tomog^ 
konash, the mountains flow with milk, 
Joel 3, 18. Suppos. tomogkog, when it 
flows with, when there is a flood, Ex. 
3,8. 

[Narr. tamdccon, flood tide; tauma- 
coks, upon the flood (i. e. when water 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



165 



tomog'koii — continued, 
is rising), R. W. 100. Abn. tam&gan^ 
lamar^ monte; tamagagM, mar^e inon- 
tante.] 

♦ton (Muh. ), a connective, and, moreover 
(between clauses); don^ Ps. 19, 1, 2, 11, 
also Watts' Cat. 25, ans. 3, and Lord's 
Prayer in [Quinney's?] Assembly Cate- 
chism 5, 6. 

tonkqs. See adlonkqs, kinsman or kins- 
woman. 

toshkeonk (?), vbl. n. a 'crashing' noise, 
a crash, 25eph. 1, 10. 

touappu [toueu-appuy he remains soli- 
tary or deserted], v. i. he is deserted, I 
abandoned: nun-neechanog touappuog, 
my children are desolate, Lam. 1, 16. , 

toueu, touweu, v. i. it is solitary, de- 
serted, imoccupied: tU touweu^ 'in the 
desert', Ps. 78, 40. Hence suppos. tou- 
wag^ 'a gap' (place left open), Ezek. 
13, 5. 

[Del. tauwiechen, it is open (e. g. the | 
way), Zeisb. Gr. 168.] i 

toid^su, V. adj. an. he is solitary, de- t 
serted; as n. {iouwUSf iouies)^ an or- \ 
phan, a fatherless child, Ex. 22, 22; i 
Deut. 14, 29; 27, 19. 

[Narr. towiuwockj fatherless chil- 
dren, R.W. 45.] 

toiiishin, touwushizi, v. i. inan. subj. it 
is desolate, it lies waste: ohke pish ioui- 
shin, the land shall be desolate, Mic. 
7, 13; suppos. ne ianuhMky that which is ' 
desolate or waste, Hag. 1, 9. Adj. and 
adv. touishinne, totimishinne, Job 15, 34; 
Is. 35, 1. 

[Dei. tan vie chen^ it is open, Zeisb.] 

tduntomuk. See dontSmuk, the womb. 

touohkomuk [suppos. inan. or pass, 
part, of iouohkeu, from tom'u-ohke, de- 
serted place, 'wild land' (?)], n. the 
desert, the wilderness, a solitary place, 
Ex. 5, 3; Ps. 107, 4; Is. 14, 7; 44, 23 
{touohkomukj C. ) ; pi. -ukqiiashj Is. 48, 21. 
Adj. and adv. -ukqw, of the wilderness, 
etc., not cultivated, Deut. 32, 10; 2 K. 
4, 39; Is. 10, 18. 

[Del. lachanigei'i, woody, full of wood, 
Zeisb. Gr. 165; te-ke-nCy the woods, 
Zeisb. Voc. 30.] 

toudkpeu, v. i. he goes in (or into) water, 
John 6, 7 {tauohpe, Mass. Ps. ) ; suppos. 
tauohpitj when he goes into water, 
ibid. v. 4. 



toudhpuhteau, v. t. (cans.) he casts it 
into (the water); pi. -teaog eii kehtah- 
hdnitj they cast (it) into the sea, Jonah 
1,5. 

touopkam, tauwohpahham, v. t. he 
puts (it) in water, 'seethes' it, Ex. 29, 
31; Num. 6, 19 (nuttauohpunukwhj he 
puts me into (the water), Mass. Ps., 
John 5, 7). Cf. neepaUau, 

[Abn. tsaSapSj il se plonge dans I'eau. 
Narr. toun^pskh6mmk€(impeT&t.^d pl. ), 
cast anchor, i. e. throw the stone into 
the water.] 

tduppuhhosu, V. adj. an. he is put into 
water; suppos. noh t^uppuhhosit, he (or 
an. obj., as weyausy flesh) when put in 
water, 'sodden', Num. 6, 19. 

touweu. See toueu. 

touwuBhin. See touUhhi, 

touwutchatkamoHnik, 'a breach' (in a 
house), Amos 6, 11. See tauuuichash- 
unk'ish. 

♦touwuttin (Narr.), the south wind (?), 
R. W. 

nojriisk ( Narr. ) , n. a bridge, R. W. Cf . 
tcDftkeonk. 

[Del. ta yiich quoaii^ Zeisb.] 

ta>anneu. See ptancu, 

toDhpu. See tcopu. 

ta>keu, toDhkeu, v. i. he wakes from 
sleep, Ps. 78, 65; pret. nut-tcokcp, I did 
wake, Ps. 3, 5; Jer. 31, 26; imperat. 2d 
sing, tcokish; suppos. taokeit, when he 
wakes, is awakened, Zech. 4, 1; tcokeorij 
when I wake, Ps. 17, 15. With the 
characteristic (sh) of suddenness or 
involuntary' action, tooksheti. V. t. an. 
oh]. tmkinauy he wakes, awakens (him): 
nut-tmkiu'Ukf he wakes me, Is. 50, 4; 
Zech. 4, 1. 

[Narr. tdkish^ wake thou, pl. tdkeke; 
kiiumydi [kittummdy El.] tokeariy as soon 
as I wake; v. t. tSkiniJfhy wake him. 
Abn. fie-t8kira, je m'^»veille; ne-tSkki- 
mafi, *je I'^veille, moi parlant', etc.] 

-toDn. See muttaon, the mouth. 

ta>zieque, it slips, is slip|)ery; as adj. and 
adv. Jer. 23, 12; imperat. 3d sing, tame- 
quaj, let it slip or be slipjxjry, Ps. 35, 6. 

tcDnequahin, v. i. inan. subj. (it) slips 
or slides, Ps. 94, 18; suppos. nusneet 
tamukfputhiky when my foot slips, Ps. 
38, 16. With an. subj. tmnequstnty he 
slips, is slipping. {Tamukque»iie kup- 



DigitizQd by 



Google 



166 



BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



ta>iiequ8liiii — continued. 
pat, slippery ice, C. ; but the adj. sliould 
\ye tconeque or tconeikqushimie. ) 

toonuppasog, n. the tortoise, Lev. 11, 29. 
[Abn. tSreU; pi. -hak, tortue. Del. 
idolpe \tulpe, Hkw.]; tulpay turjxij Cam- 
pan iua (unde deriv. terrapin); tulpe,^ 
water or sea turtle, Zeisb.] 

toopu, ta>hpu, (there is) a (white) frost, 
Gen. 31, 40; Ps. 78, 47; 147, 16 ('hoar 
frost'); taypf Mew', Cant. 5, 2; suppos. 
imhpurcudty when there is frost, Ex. 16, 
14. Cf. muhpmiy it snows (C). 

[Narr. ibpu, a frost; mmiU6pu, a great 
frost. Del. to pan, frost, Zeisb. S. B. 
12; Mt freezes a white frost', Zeisb. 
Gr. 161.] 

tcoskeonk, vbl. n. a fording place (?): id 
tcoskeonganiiy at the ford. Is. 16, 2. Cf. 
*ioymk, a bridge; see ponquag. 

[Narr. wul-tocikemin, to wade; tocS- 
k/iiickf let us wa<ie.] 

toowu. See ptwivu, he flies. 

-tugfk. See muUugk, mUugk, the shoul- 
ders, i. e. the upper part of the back. 

tuhkekqiiXL. See tohkequn, heavy. 

tiihkektui. See tohkequn. 

*tvCtLk6B, adv. by this time, Mass. Ps., 
John 11, 39; =yeH aquompak, El. 

-tuk, n. generic for * river'; found only 
in compound words, as kishketuky near 
to or by the river, Ex. 2, 5; Ezek. 47, 
6, 7; noahtuk (ndeu-tuk), the middle of 
the river. Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 6; kehteih- 
tukqut, at the great river, Gen. 15, 18. 
So, qunni-iuk'Ht (hodie, 'Connecticut'), 
at the long river; mim-tuk ('Mystic'), 
the great river, etc. It is a contraction, 
or j)erhap8 the suppos. form, of a verb 
tukkcOy signifying it waves, flows in 
waves, fluctuatus est. The pi. tukkwog 
is used by Eliot for 'waves', Ps. 65, 7; 
89, 9; Mark 4, 37, etc. (keiioh wuituk- 
comohy the sea whose waves, etc.. Is. 51, 
1 5) . Heckewelder confounds th is word , 
which, for the Delaware, he writes 
hittuck and translates 'a rapid stream*, 
with VI* h tuk {m^htugj EL), a tree. 
Hist, and Lit. Trans. Am. Philos. 
Soc. I, 61. tukko) itself is either a 
derivative form or nearly relate*! to the 
primary' verb togku, he strikes. It has 
apparently dropped an initial syllable, 
ont, the characteristic of involuntary 



-tuk — continued, 
motion or change of place (see oiitapin- 
neat)j which syllable is restoreii to it« 
derivatives: keht-ontukquog, 'the mighty 
waves', Ps. 93, 4; mish-otitnkcoe kehtoh- 
han-ity to 'the troubled [great- waved] 
sea'. Is. 57, 20; kehtahhati-ontuk, a wave 
of the sea, James 1, 6; ketahhannuppog 
tukwaxDgk, the waters of the sea ( when 
they) are troubled, Ps. 46, 3. See sepu. 
[Abn. tegS, flot, pi. teg$*ak; kem'ntegS, 
grand flot. Chip, tigou-fig, waves, Luke 
21, 25.] 

tummehtam, v. t. inan. he severs (it), 
cuts it off, Prov. 26, 6; Jer. 10, 3; im- 
perat. 2d sing, tummehtash^ tummetha^h. 
Matt. 5,30; Luke 13, 7: tummehtamicog 
up-puhkuk, 1 Sam. 31, 9, ^^tummussum- 
wog up-puhkuk, 2 Sam. 20, 22, they cut 
off his head; suppos. tdmettdhhog, taitiah- 
tahhog, when he severs, cuts off, Is. 66, 3; 
suppos. inan. and pass, tummehthamvk, 
when it is cut off, being cut off, Deut. 
23, 1; Job 14, 7. With an. obj. tummeh- 
tahivhau {tummetah-, tanimuttah-, etc.), 
he cuts (him) off: vut'tiunmetahy I cut 
him off. Lev. 17, 10; supj^s. jwirt. 7ioh 
tametahahonty he who cuts off. Is. 51, 9. 

tummig^quohwliau, -wdu, v. t. an. he 
cuts off (his) head, Iwheads (him), 
Matt. 14, 10. 

[Narr. twiequasgin, * to cut off or be- 
head', R. \V. Abn. ne-temigSdtehaHj ne- 
temikSsaan, ne-temigS^haraUy je lui coupe 
la t^te. Powh. iomahacktty axes, J. 
Smith (see togkodteg). DeL teynahicaUy 
hatchet; temitehemen, cut off, Zeisb.] 

^tiixnxndckquaAliiinck (Narr.), n. a 
beaver coat, R. W. See tummunk. 

tuxuxuuhhouau, v. cans, he deserves, 

earns, is worthy of, Jer. 26, 11: 

onkquatunky he earns wages, Hag. 1,6; 
suppos. noh tamh&uadty he who earns 
(it), ibid. Vbl. n. tummuhhoiuiimky 
desert: hU'tamhouaonganamshj your 
deserts, Ezek, 7, 27. Cf. attumunnmny he 
receives it. 

tumxnilnk, n. a beaver; pi. -unkquaog. 
El. Gr. ^{tf:im\\nk yC. ; tommunque. Stiles). 
This name is evidently a ver])al from 
the base tumtn-u (he severs, cuts off), 
from which are formed futumusmmy 
tummehtam y tummigquohirhaUy etc., and 
signifies 'the cutter'. "His teeth . . . 



Digitized by 



Google 



•TRUMBrLL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



167 



tuminilnk — continued, 
be sharpe and broad, with which he 
cuts downe trees as thicke as a man's 
thigh, after^-ards dividing them into 
lengths, ' * etc. , Wood . See *a m isqtie. 

[Narr. tummdckj pi. -}-quatiog; (also) 
ndomp'padog; SHmhup-paCiog^ R. W. 
Abn. temakSS; le mdle, atsiineskS, fem. 
TUDsemeskS. Del. tamdque, Hkw.] 

tummussum, v. t. he cuts off; as used 
by Eliot it has the same signification as 
tummehtamy q. v.* Withan. 6b].ttimmus- 
sakwhaiij with nearly the same signifi- 
cation as tummehtahwhaii. Freq. tad- 
tamswau wuhkassohj he cuts his nails, 
Deut. 21, 12. 

[♦Marginal Note.— "The difference la that 
one Is severed by repeated blows {-ehtahum), 
the other by simple cutting (-ttssum). See 
Howse 87 et seq." 

[Abn. ne-temeseitieTif iie-temeaSh, je le 
coupe.] 

^*tiixmock(Narr.), whither? See tohnoh. 

^^ttippaco (Narr.), * toward night': ote- 
inattppocat (suppos.), * toward night'; 
nanashowa-tlppocat, midnight, R.W. 67. 
Eliot does not employ this word in the 
present or indicative, but has its sup- 
positive (tipukcok, -oh) in the compounds 
pohkeniitipukcoky ' in the darkness of the 
night' (when it is dark night), Pro v. 
7, 9; pajeh nde-tipukkoky till midnight 
{noutiippdhkodf Mate at night', C); 
n6dipukodAeUj at midnight, tuppaco 
signifies it is dark, or the time of dark- 
ness, and has the same base with poh- 
keni (q. v.), if not formed from it 
directly by the prefix adt or xd (adf- 
pohk-eni). 

[Abn. tafmi edStsi iehikat^ quel temps 
de nuit?; lUebSkSikeban, la nuit (pass^e) , 
de totA nocte dicitur; iS tebk^iSik, cette 
nuit. Micm. tepkSnSget, lune, mois. 
Del. tpocUf Zeisb. and Hkw. Cree tib- 
biskoiVy it is night. Chip. (St Marys) 
iib ik ud, (Gr. Trav.) tebik (tibikady 
night, Bar.). Alg. tibikat, il est nuit] 



Huppanuzn, v. t. he cares for [takes 
care of (?)] it, Mass. Ps. See iohwul- 
iintu2)dnoh. 

tuppindliteau, tuttup- (freq.), v. i. he 
twists, he spins (cans, he makes to 
tuni around), Ex. 35, 25; neg. pi. 
Luke 12, 27; Matt. 6, 28. From tuppin, 
hittuppin, it turns or winds (about its 
axis). Adj. and adv. tuppenohtdcy spun 
or twisted, Ex. 35, 25. See tatuppagin; 
tatuppe; tuttupptui. 

[Abn. ne-datebabtremeiiy je divide, 
je fais peloton.] 

tuppuhquaxn-ash, n. pi. l^eans, 2 Sam. 
17, 28; but ''beans-ash'', Ezek. 4, 9; 
lit. creepers, or twiners: iuppuhqxiamo), 
*it winds about', twines. Probably 
the Phaseolus vulgaris L. (common 
pole bean), as mamisquss^dash (bush 
bean) is the var. nanus. See ^manu- 
squss^d-ash. 

[Abn. dUbiikSaVy f^ves, fas^oles; 
ddiebak^memeuy il I'entortille. Mod. 
Abn. ad-ba-kira, bean, Osunk.] 

tuppuksin, V. i. he encamps, pitches 
tents (makes a ring); pi. -wwiwgr, they 
encamp, 'pitch their tents', * abide in 
tents', Ex. 13, 20; Num. 9, 18, 22; 
suppos. tatibukkusitiky when he was en- 
camped, Ex. 18, 5. V. t. an. tuppuk- 
sinehtauouaty to encamp against; vmttup- 
sinehtaiumh, they encamj)ed (against) 
them, Judg. 6, 4. Vbl. n. -smnayonky a 
camp, Num. 2, 3; Ps. 78, 28. 

^tupsaas (Peq.), a rabbit. Stiles. 

tuBSOnkquonk, n. a saw; pi. -ongaahy 1 
Chr. 20, 3. See pok»unkquonk. 

tuttuppindhteau. See tnpphiohteav . 

tuttuppiin, tatuppin, v. i. it turns or 
winds itself alx>ut, it twines; as n. a 
(spun or twisted) string, thread, cord, 
Judg. 16, 9, Josh. 2, 21 y=tuttuppunoah- 
iogy V. 18, 8upi)OP. of Udiuppinohteau, 
q. V. 

[Abn. atepSrdSary entortill6. Cree 
t^-i\pp€-puihuy it turns (on its axis); 
idppeey a line, or cord.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



168 



BUBEAU OF AMERIGAK ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETUf 2& 



u 



ubbuhkumun: wutch ubbukumunii, from 
the 'kernel (of the grape), Num. 6, 4. 
Cf. appuhqudm; uppdhquds. 

uhhussauwaonoge (?), checkered, 1 K. 

7, 17: quomphongane anakausuonky 

^nets of checker work'; lit. * checkered 
network'. 

-uhkon. See -dhkon, 

ifihkoB. See miihkoBf a hoof, a nail. 

uhpegk, uhpequan, n. (his) shoulder. 
See mohpegk. 

*u]ip^ckacliip (Peq.)i n. gull, Stiles. 

lilipuoDnkaah, iUipcoonk, pipes and to- 
bacco, 0. 162; JiopuSnckf a (tobacco) 
pipe, R. W. VI (56). Cf. kogkehodponaty 
to be drunk, C. 189. See wuttamduog; 
wutioohpoamiweomsk. 

[Del. ho poa can, pipe; hobboeuy he 
smokes, Zeisb.] 

uhqu^, adj. (1) at the point or extrem- 
ity of; (2) at the end, border, or ex- 
treme part {ahqude, on the other end, 
C. 235): ukquAe vmtanwohhou, the end 
or tip of his staff, Judg. 6, 21 ; ut ahquaey 
at the ends, Ex. 39, 15, =wohkukqu6ag, 
Ex. 39, 16 (see w6hk6eu)'y uhqudeMoab, 
upon the border of Moab, Num. 21, 15; 
uhqude wutogkamnity (to) the skirts of 
his garment, Ps. 133, 2; the borders of 
his garment, Mark 6, 56; ti/ ohqudej on 
the edge of, Ex. 26, 4; qui asguam ooh- 
quaeuj but the end (shall) not (be) yet, 
Mark 13, 7. Cf. ahque. 

The radical uhq or uhk (a point or 
sharp extremity) enters into a great 
number of compound words, as tihkos 
(muhko8)t the nail of a man or hoof of 
an animal; vhquauy a fishhook (mukqsj 
uhkSy ukkaSy an awl), et<;.; wutiuhquab, 
his skin; onkqwanesogy claws, etc. See 
also wehqshik; tvdhkuhqu/kMk; uppuh- 
kukf the head; vnui»dkquny the tail; kuh- 
Arw/i^eu, uppermost; unA^^e, 'sore', ex- 
treme. 

[Quir. matta SakquinOy he is without 
end. Pier. 15; ceaseth not, ibid. 40.] 

uhqu^, uhqu^u, n. the foreskin (pree- 
putium). Gen. 17, 11, 23, 24, 25, =uh- 
quaeu waddhquaby 2 Sam. 3, 14: quosh- 
qussuk anceyaus ut uhqudCy he was cir- 
cumcised in the flesh of his foreskin, 



uliqu^, uhquieu — continued. 
Gen. 17, 24; pi. uhqumyeuaihy 1 Sam. 
18, 25, =€oqumyeu, iwdibhquabeyeuash, 
1 Sam. 18, 27. 

uhquan, ukquon, uhquoan, n. a hook^ 
a fishhook, Job 41, 1; Amos 4, 2; Hab. 
1, 15 {u?iqtmiy pi. -qudnashj C. 159) : wey- 
ause uhquonash, flesh hooks, Num. 4, 14. 
See onkqunnhog, 

[Narr. hoquadny pi. -aUnashy R. W. 
104. Del. amariy fishhook; hocqwoauy 
pot hook, Zeisb. Voc.] 

^^uhquantamwe, adv. cruelly, C. 227. 

tUiquanuxnaudnat, v. t. an. subj. to be 
an object of aversion or abhorrence to: 
ohquanumauy he is loathsome (intran- 
sitively), Prov. 13, 5. 

dhquanumdziat, ahquan-, 6hqiUbi-, 
unkquan-, v. t. an. to abhor, to hold 
in abhorrence: maJUa niUiUiquanumdogy 
I will not abhor them. Lev. 26, 44; nag 
nutunkquarmmukquogy they abhor me. 
Job 30, 10; pish kiUuhquanumukoUy it 
shall abhor you. Lev. 26, 30; ivutunk- 
quanumduhy they abhor him, Prov. 
24, 24; yeug pish uhquanumogig^ these 
you shall have in abomination (shall 
be abhorred), Lev. 11, 13. Cf. ahquan- 
umaUy he forsakes, abandons, and jish- 
oniamy he despises, rejects, hates. See 
unkqtie, 

dhquanumukquok, n. an abominable 
thing, an abomination, Lev. 20, 13; pi. 
unkquenu m ukqtinkishy * abominations ' , 
abominable things, Deut. 32, 16. See 
unkquamima)onky sorrow. 

uhqueu. See imkque. 

*uhquoiiipaiiuinoadtuozik,as adv. 
* harshly', C. 228. 

lUiquontamaudziat, v. t. inan. subj. to 
be abhorrent to, to be an abomination 
to: pish kutuhquontamundoashy they 
(inan. ) shall be an abomination to you. 
Lev. 11, 11, 

ilhquontainuzi^t, dhqudnit-, dh- 
quont-, V. t. inan. to abhor, to hold in 
abhorrence, to have extreme aversion 
to (see ahquanamaUy he forsakes): iih- 
quontamuny he abhorred it, Deut. 32, 19; 
pish kuiahquontamuny you shall abhor 
it, Deut. 7, 26 (pish kutUhquonlamund- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATI0K-ENGLI8H MCTIONARY 



169 



iUiquontaxniixL&t, etc. — continued. 
ocish, they (inan. ) shall be an abomina- 
tion to you, Lev. 11, 11); dhquonittam- 
took, they abhor (it), Pb. 107, 18; iih- 
qaordamdg, if you abhor (it), Lev. 26, 15, 

tUiquoBket, unkquasket, -quoahket, 
-keht, n. poison of serpents, Ps. 140, 3; 
Deut. 32, 33; poison of arrows, Job 6, 4: 
tnUonkquosketueiwnky their poison, Ps. 
58, 4; unkque wtikquoshketj 'the cruel 
venom* (of asps), I)eut. 32, 33. 

tUishu^nk, tihsua-, ushuwa-, n. a cus- 
tom, Judg. 11, 39;, Jer. 32, 11; pi. -on- 
gash, Acts 6, 14; 21, 21 (u^-hutudonk, an 
example, C. 116; ukshmixionk, Danforth, 
Oggus. Kutt. 52). See u^seonk, 

iihtappattautuo-at, to go out (as fire), 
to be quenched (see tahiippadiau): 
noDtau matta uhtappattdun, fire is not 
quenched, Mark 9, 44; maUa rvoh^ihkip' 
paiiatUmukj it shall not be quenched, 
Mark 9, 43, 45, 46, 48; matta noh uhtap- 
padiadmuruDj (it) can not quench (it), 
Cant. 8, 7. 

tUitea: nwtau 'Ahtea, the fire goes out, 
Prov. 26, 20. See onthamundt, 

-uhtug, in compound words, for mehtug^ 
tree, wood. 

iikkosue \vhq-u8su ?], adj. pertaining to 
the organs of generation: ukkomepom- 
puhchaciyeunij the \drile organ, Deut. 
23,1. 

ukkOsuonk, n. the pudenda, Lev. 18, 7, 
8, 9: tikkdsuonganUy 'by the secrets', 
Deut 25, 11. Perhaps from kezhea^nai 
(to give life to): kezheau, he created 
(Gen. 1, 21), gave life to. 

ukkutahauxniin, n. lightning, Ex. 19, 
16; Ezek. 1, 14; Matt. 24, 27. 
[Narr. cutshdusha, R.W.82.] 

ukkuttiik, (his) knee. See mukkuUuk. 

ukoh: nen ukoh, I am, Ex. 3, 14. See ko, 

ukquanogquon, n. a rainbow. Rev. 4, 
4; 10, 1. 

ukqunonukqudonk, n. (his) lock of hair; 
long lock, Num. 6, 5. See qundnuh- 
quoau, 

ukquttimk, (his) throat. See mukqut- 
tunh 

umxadnunn^taunxiat, v. cans, to ap- 
pease, to make calm: ummdnnunnih- 
taun, he appeaseth (strife), Prov. 15, 18. 

ummequnne, adj. feathered, Ezek. 39, 
17. See miqun. 



iimmiBsiea, umnxisadB, n. (his or her) 
sister: ummissimnj our sister, Gen. 24, 
60; (constr. ) ummissesohj his sister, her 
sister, Ex. 2, 4; kumntism, thy sister 
(father's daughter), Lev. 18, 11; weesttr 
miufsohf (his) younger sister, Judg. 15, 2. 
Cf. weetompaa, (his) sister, by father or 
mother; weddhiUj weetuksquoh, sister. 

[Narr. wehummis (and tviticks)^ a sis- 
ter, R. W. 45. Muh. ntnase, an (my) 
elder sister, Edw. 91, = nmeea, ibid. 87. 
Del. TOW, eldest sister, Zeisb. Voc. 5.] 

uxmnittamwussenat, v. i. to take a wife. 

ummittamwuBSoh, n. constr. the wife 
of; his wife. Gen. 11, 29. See mittam- 
tuus; umsso. 

ummittamwussu, he took a wife. Gen. 25, 
1: ummittamiou8seheunt (part.), taking 
a wife, Ex. 21, 10; vmske u mmiUam- 
wuasitj if or when he takes a new wife, 
Deut. 24, 5. See tueetauomdnat. 

ummittaxnwusBiihkauau, he took a 
wife for (his son, Gen. 38, 6). 

''humnugrkooziaitttLonk, n. permission, 
C. 203. 

^umukquinumiinat, to rub, C. 207. 

*uniukquompae, adv. valiantly, C. 234. 
Cf. kenomp; mugquomp. 

iiTKJTitaTn. See andntam. 

*ungrow£-um8 ( Peq. ) , * old wives ' , Stiles ; 
Fuligula glacialis Bonap., or long-tailed 
duck; old squaw. (Called ^hah-ha-way 
by the Crees ; caccdwee by the Canadians. 
Nuttall, p. 46, represents the call of this 
duck by the syllables ' ogh-ottgh-egh, 
'ogh-ogh-ogh-ough-egh. Cf. unkque and 
derivatives. 

imkhamun^t, v. t. to cover, to put a 
covering over, or upon, Ezek. 38, 9: 
unkhumwogy they covered (the ark), 1 
K. 8, 7; ne mikwhuk, for covering, that 
which may cover, Hos, 2, 9. See put- 
toghamunat; vmttunkhumundt. 

unkquamdnat, -anat, oncquomoziat, 
v. i. to suffer pain, to feel pain: vmh- 
hog pish onkquamomco, his body shall 
have pain. Job 14, 22; nutongquomomy 
I am in pain, I feel pain, Jer. 4, 19; 
nutonquomomumuny we are in pain, Is. 
26, 18. See kehkech/suy sore. 

[Narr. nchesammamy nchesammdttam, 
I am in pain, R. \V. 156. Cf. Cre^ 
dwkoomy 'heissick'; dwkoohayoOy *he 
hurteth him', Howse 79.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



170 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



unkquanumoooxik, n. sorrow, Job 41, 
22; Eccl. 1, 18 {onkquanumcoonkj Lam. 

I, 12): miah-wikquomomoMnganitj in 
great extremity, Job 35, 15. See onk- 
quanamcoonk; onkquommom mcoonk. 

mikqu<liiuniwinneat, v. p. to be grieved 
or affllcte<i, to be in affliction, It?. 14, 3: 
nag nmhe xinkquanumdog, they are in 
great affliction, Neh. 1, 3; onkquanum- 
wit, when he was in affliction, 2 Chr. 
33, 12; cans. an. uhqnamimwehednat 
(unkq-j (mkq')j to cause to be afflicted, 
to afflict; onkqxianumwehitj he afflicts, 
makes me afflicted, Is. 58, 5; uhquanum- 
weheuiUj afflicting, making afflicted, Is. 
58, 5; vmtuhque onkquamimweheuhy he 
did grievously afflict her, Is. 9, 1. See 
lihquanumdnat. 

iinkquaaket. See lihqnosket. 

ninkque, adj. sore, severe, grievous; adv. 
sorely, grievously (extremely, = uh- 
quA^ ) : unkque kech imangash , * sore boils * , 
Job 2, 7; ivniuhque ( umhnikquef Jer. 4, 8) 
onkqiianumwehenhf he did grievously 
afflict her. Is. 9, 1; uhqueuy *cniel', rig- 
orous, Ex. 6, 9. ( Apparently the same 
with u/i//tu5f, * at extremity'. Its deriv- 
atives are numerous, and exhibit a 
wide range of meaning, everywhere 
traceable, however, to this radical sig- 
nification. See corresponding words 
under vh<[u^e. ) 

[Cree mrkoosu^ he is sick, Howse 79 
(see also pp. 152-153). Mod. Abn. 
a-hrajif bitter, acrid. Del. acheivon^ 
strong, spirituous; achowat, hard, pain- 
ful, troublesome, Zeisb. Gr. 167.] 

ouikqueiiehuwaonk, n. severity, Rom. 

II, 22. 

unkqueneunkquok, ohq-, that which 
is grievous, Rev. 16, 2: \niqueneiu\kquot, 
-quodtj it is grievous. Gen. 41, 31; Jer. 
30, 12. 

unkqueneunkquBBue, adj. an. terrible 
(inaction), Neh. 9, 32; ohqueneunkqus, 
Cant. 6, 4; kutunkqmnmhkausuongashj 
thy terrible acts, Ps. 145, 6. 

iinkquezmeuxikque, adj. grievous, Ex.9, 
18, Is. 21, 15; cruel, severe. Pro v. 17, 
11 (onkqueneunkquCy C. 168; unkquene- 
unkquej terribly, ibid. 230 ) . See nnkqitf. 

oinkquezixieuiikquodte, uhqun-, adj. 
= iinkquenyieunkque, Jer. 14, 17; Nah. 
3,6. 



unkquenumukqunkiBh, n. pi. 'abomi- 
nations', alx)minable things, Deut. 32, 
16. See iihquamimukquok. 

unkquontftmcDozik, uhquan-, n. an 
abomination, abominable wickedness; 
pi. 'Ongashy 1 K. 14, 24; Deut. 23, 18. 

unkquoBhket. See uhquosket, poison. 

unna^, if it be so: %voh unnag^ (if it may 
be so) 'if it be possible', Matt. 26, 39; 
Rom. 12, 18. See dunag; unneheonat. 

unnaiinneat: ne tmnnegen unnaiinneat, 
*it is good so to be', i. e. in such a state 
or condition, 1 Cor. 7, 26 (unniinaij to 
become, C. 181). Cf. mUtiniin; umttin' 
liiin. See unne. 

unnaiyeuonk. See finniyhwnk. 

♦unnftmmiyeue (?), adv. inwardly, C. 
228, 

unnantamoMxik, n. thought, purpose, 
intention, opinion, Deut. 15, 9; Job 
42, 2; 1 K. 18, 21; unnantimaonkj Job 

12, 5 (unautamfHxmkf C. 213): nutteiiaU" 
tamdotik, my will; wiUteyiarUavidonk (q. 
v.), his will. 

[Narr. nteatammawoncky 'that is my 
thought or opinion', R. W. 65.] 
unnantamiixi^t, anantamiixidt, v. t. to 
think, 2 Cor. 3, 5; to suppose, 2 Sam. 

13, 3i^; to purpose, to will, to have in 
mind (to suppose or imagine, C. 211): 
nudenauiam, 1 think. Acts 7, 40; I sup- 
j)ose, Luke 7, 43; mm kuHenantairif think- 
est thou? Job 35, 2; t/nnontom, he 
thought, Luke 12, 17; he purposed. Acts 
19, 21; ntUiemmtamun, I will (it), Matt. 
8, 3; tie anarUamnp, that which I have 
thought. Is. 14, 24 {lie pakodtantamupj 
that which I have purposed, intended, 
ibid.); urmantamohp, 1 thought. Num. 
33, 56; ahque umiantamooky do not (ye) 
think, Matt. 5, 17; matia ne anantam neny 
qui keti ne anantamanj 'not as I will, but 
as thou wilt'. Matt. 26, 39; yeti anana- 
tamoUj 'having this confidence', when 
I thought thus, 2 Cor. 1, 17; ??€ anontog, 
'according to his will' (what he may 
will), Dan. 4, 35; howaneh anwntogeh, 
whom he (may ) will, John 5, 21 ; Dan. 
4, 17. See andniam. 

In form this verb is a frequentative 
or intensive from antamundlj or anala- 
mundt (Narr. ntunnAntum or nedniuniy 
I think; tocketeAntam and -tannAntuMy 
what do you think? R. W. 64) . The 
latter is not found in Eliot's transla- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



171 



imnantaznun^t, etc. — continued. 

tion and perhape was not in use, but 
it serves in fonning a great number 
of verbs expressing states of the mind, 
mental operations, passions and emo- 
tions, etc. Among the more important 
of these are the following: ahqiwarUam- 
XLn&t {ahquCy not to think of), to for- 
give; kodtantamundt (see kod)j to de- 
sire; matchenantamundt (niatchet^ bad), 
to think evil of; 7)i€hqnantamujidt {meh- 
qurmnif he finds), to remember; mis- 
mntamnndt {mmif much, greatly), to 
think much, to meditate; monchanaiam- 
^indty to be astonished; mtutqtuxniamu- 
■ndi {mmquiy red or bloody), to be an- 
gry; muskoiutntamunAt (musk6aUt he 
boasts), to be boastful, to be very glad; 
jiatwonlamundly to devise, to meditate 
upon; neuanlamuiidtf to grieve, to be 
sorry; onquoiantamundt, to recompense, 
to avenge; pabahtantamundt (pabahta- 
nuniy he trusts), to trust; pnkodtantamu- 
ndt (paguodch€y perhaps), to intend or 
have a mind to; peantamundt {/xJ, let 
me ) , to pray ; poanatamundt, to be mirth- 
ful, to make sport; tafmtlantamunAt 
{taupi, tdpi, sufficient, enough), to be 
thankful, to give thanks (to be satisfied 
or to have enough ) ; vxuiniamundty to l)e 
wise; wannantamundt {wanner ne^t.)^ to 
forget; weekontamundl {weekonfj sweet, 
pleasant), to be pleased, to l)e glad; 
■vmftainaniwmmdtf to be troubled ; umn- 
naniamundt (mmnej good), to bless. 

From the same root ap})ear to be de- 
rived the names given by the Indians 
to their gods. **They do worship two 
gods, a good god and an evil god. The 
good go<l they call Tantum and their e\\\ 
god, whom they fear will do them hurt, 
they call Squantum.^^ — Higginson's X. 
E. Plantation. The latter name, applied 
to the same evil deity who was called 
Hahhiimouk or Ifobbamoco (Lechford's 
PI. Dealing 52), appears to be the con- 
tracted 3d pers. sing, indicat. present 
of musquantamundt: m^sqnantaniy 'he is 
aiigi'y'j or literally, * bloody-minded*. 
The composition of Tanium is less obvi- 
ous. 

[Note.— The last paragraph of this defini- 
tion Is marked "No" in the margin. It was 
probably the compiler's intention either to 
rewrite or to omit it.] 



unnantamwe, adj. willingly, Judg. 5, 2; 

1 Chr. 29, 6. 

UTiTiftTiuTndnat, v. t. an. to permit (un- 
nanukkonatf to permit; itnannmehy per- 
mit me, C. 203): nnnanumity if (he) 
permit, 1 Cor. 16, 7; vnnarUog, if (he) 
permit (it), Heb. 6, 3; i. e. if he will. 
See unnaiUamundt. 

unnaiixLcl^einoDkaoxik, aunch-, n. news, 
tidings, 2 Sam. 13, 30; 18, 25, 26; pi. 
'Ongmhy 1 Sam. 11, 6. 

unnauncliemookaudxiat, aunch-, v. t. 
an. to tell news to, to commimicate 
new information: minchemcokauonaty *to 
carry tidings to', 1 Chr. 10, 9; nutti- 
naunchemcokauondoh inuma unchemro- 
kauonky ' I communicated to them the 
gospel' (i. e. good news). Gal. 2, 2; 
auiicfiemmkauantiy let me l)ear tidings 
to (him), 2 Sam, 18, 19. V. i. auncJie- 
mcokaonat (?), aunchemmkaogy they told 
the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; pish kxU-aun- 
chemaakom, thou shalt bear tidings. 

2 Sam. 18, 20; padaunchemooonit Saul, 
when tidings came of Saul, 2 Sam. 4, 4 
{unnonchinunnnealy to tell; nuiUndn- 
rhiniy 1 t«ll; imnoowomoOy we are told, 
C. 213). See nnnco; aunchemcokau; hen" 
naiii; nnnonat; vmnnaunchemcokaonk. 

[Narr. aaunchemdkawy tell me your 
news; aunchejnokaxihettUtea, let us dis- 
course or tell news; tocketedunchiniy 
what news? (what tell you?); nittmm- 
chemdkousy I will tell you news; cum- 
mautaunchemdkotiSy I have done (tell- 
ing) my news, R. W. 62.] 
iinne, aune, ftne, may have been, origi- 
nally, an indeclinable adjective and 
adverb, expressing likeness or resem- 
blance, the relation of the individual 
to its kind, or of species to genus, etc. 
(m unnty that is proper or right, C. 174; 
tienih or mmpuiy right, ibid. 174; uUoh 
tin7ii,whatmanner,ibid.l76; na/iwaMnn€, 
adv. especially, ibid. 228; ymunniy thus, 
ibid. 234; en unniy Mass. Ps., John 3, 9, 
=en nnihy El. ) ; it is not found, however, 
in this form in Eliot or the vocabularies, 
but is used largely in composition and 
as a verb substantive: ne-aney so, such, 
of this or that kind, whence nan and 
ne-nan (q. v.), the same; dunagy if it be 
so, when it is so; hence, as a noun, an 
event, an occurrence (possible or 



Digitized by 



Google 



172 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



unne, etc. — continued, 
actual), that which is or may be so 
(see dunag) ; and with n€, ne dunakf the 
color, appearance, or other specific 
quality of an object; unne, *that is', 
id est, Rom. 9, 8; unnaiinneat (q. v.), 
for unne-ayinneatf to be so, i. e. of such 
kind or condition, -m or -en, as a 
suffix of animate nouns, has the same 
meaning, referring an individual to the 
species or kind, and constituting nouns 
general [?] or appellative [?], as wut- 
tatm-ohy his or her daughter, the daugh- 
ter of; wtU-taun-tHf a daughter, any 
daughter; unit-taun-hmk (collective), 
the daughterhood, or the whole of the 
daughters; adchaen^ a hunter, i. e. some 
particular hunter; adchaen-in, a hunter, 
i. e. any hunter, one of the hunter 
kind. 

unneapeyau. See enneahpeyauy he so- 
journs, stays. 

imnehen^t, imhendt, v. i. to act, to 
conduct one's self. 

unnehednat, 'uxihednat (neheoxiat?), 
v. t. an.* to conduct one's self toward or 
with respect to another, to act toward, 
to do to or deal with : ne ancowadt wultin- 
hednat ummimnnmnumohy that 'which 
he thought to do unto his people', Ex. 
32, 14; noh ntUtinhednaiy (what do you 
wish) me to do to him? Mark 15, 12; 
nnnehhtiaUy he dealeth (treacherously), 
Is. 21, 2; womaumonk ne dnheUy ne pish 
hUtinheny the kindness that I have done 
unto thee, that thou shalt do unto me, 
Gen. 21, 23; toh kittinheshy what have I 
done (do I) unto thee? 1 K. 19, 20; 
matta ne pish kuttinheoUy * thou shalt not 
do so unto' (God), treat him so, so deal 
with him, Deut. 12, 31; ne unnehe, so 
deal (thou) with me, 2 Chr. 2, 3; ne 
nuiUnheun ne dnhity I will do so to him 
as he hath done to me ( I will do it that 
he may have done or may do). Pro v. 
24, 29; nnUinheonanontU ne anhikqueogy 
we to do to him as he hath done to us, 
Judg. 15, 11; ne xinnehe, so deal thou 
with me, 2 Chr. 2, 3 {ne anheop, as I 
dealt with (him), ibid.); unn^huky tm- 
nehhuky nnneheuky nagy deal ye with 
them, do to them. Gen. 19, 8; Judg. 19, 
24; unnehuk nanuk nagy *so do ye to 
them'. Matt. 7, 12; unissittumdonk un- 



unnehednat, etc. — continued. 
nehenachy let judgment be executed on 
him, Ezra 7, 26; matehenehednaty to act . 
evilly toward, to treat badly: kum . . . 
matchenehennumuny we will deal badly 
with thee. Gen. 19, 9; kconenehikquny (he 
may) do thee good, Deut. 8, 16. Inan. 
tUtoh anteunktipy what he did to (it), 
Deut. 11, 4. 

[Note.—" Is this a verb caiuative from neane 
(wan), with verb subst? See t\unag."] 

[Del. lihoy do it to him; Uhineeny do 
unto us, Zeisb. Voc. 9, 20.] 

^unnehtongrquat, n. a story, pi. -\-a8h, 
C. 163. ' . 

unnequanumun^t (?), v. t. to roll, or 
move by rolling (?) : unnequanuma)ky 
roll ye (great stones, Josh. 10, 18); 
wuUinnegiumumuny he rolled (a great 
stone, Mark 15, 46) . 

unneu, adj. an. anyone, ^howan (?): toh 
pith unneii nampmhamauaUy what shall 
one (i. e. anyone) answer? Is. 14, 32 
(nen unnuhy 1 am he, Mass. Ps., John 
9, 9, =noh neeny El. ; ionoh unnuhy where 
is he (this man), ibid. v. 12). 

*TiTiTiiiTiat. See unnaiinneat. 

*uiini88ilonk, n. a color, C. 163; but 
wosketompae unnissuonkj mankind, C. 
167. 

unnitchuan, v. i. 3d pers. sing, (it) flows 
to or toward, Eccl. 1, 7: unnitchuanash 
kehtahhannity they (rivers) flow to the 
sea, Eccl. 1, 7. See anitchewan; vuttit- 
chuuxiji. 

iinniyduonk, unnai-, n. a matter, affair, 
case, business, Deut. 17, 8: kutiinniyeu- 
onky 'thy matters', business, 2 Sam. 
15, 3; -ongashy 2 Sam. 19, 29; umttinni- 
yeuongashy his business or matters con- 
cerning him, his affairs, 2 Chr. 19. 11; 
wunnohteae utinaiyeuongaahy * conditions 
of peace', terms, Luke 14, 32; mafcheni- 
yeuonky 'evil case', bad state of affairs, 
Ex. 5, 19 (ponniyeue tinniyhionky rude 
behavior, manner, way, state, condi- 
tion, C. 174; wunnegen nnniyeuonky a 
good cause, ibid. 216). From unnehe- 
ndX (?). 

unnohkon, -uhkon (?), (it) is cast, is 
thrown down, Job 18, 8; Prov. 16, 33. 

unnolikdziat, v. t. an. to cast down, an. 
obj. : wutiinnohkonuh ohkeity he cast him 
down to the ground, Dan. 8, 7 (ib/p- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUHBULL] 



NATIOK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



173 



xuixiohkdnat — continued. 
penuhkonehj thou castest me down, Ps. 
102, 10). Cf. ncokondnat; penohkdnau. 

iuixi6hteaxnun^t(?),xuixiulit-, v. t. inan. 
to cast (it) down: unndhteashy cast (it) 
down, Ex. 7, 9; kuUinntihieamf thou 
castest it down (to the ground) , Ps. 89, 
44; unnohteau uppogkomunk, he cast 
down his rod, Ex. 7, 10. Cf. ncokond- 
nat; penohkdnau. 

luinohteaudxiat, v. t. an. and inan. to 
cast or throw (an. obj.) to or into: un- 
nohtedog na^tatUf they cast (them) into 
the fire, 2 K. 19, 18. 

lumomfti, a reason, the reason, 1 K. 9, 
15 {ennomaiy Samp. Quinnup.; unnom- 
mat J ennomaiyeuonkf C. 158). 

unndxiat, v. t. an. to tell, to say to, 2 Sam. 
17, 16; Matt 28, 9. See anna>; hennau; 
unnaunchemcokaudnai; tUtindnal, 

xumontcow^nk, n. language (in its re- 
stricted sense, peculiar to a people or 
nation), Gen. 11, 1: kuttooe unnonloh 
waonky 'the voice of speech', Ezek. 1, 
24; kuuinnontayujcumkf thy speech (man- 
ner of speech). Matt. 26, 73. 

unnontukquohwhdnat, v. t. an. to owe 
to another, to owe {unnohiukquahwhU- 
tinneatf to owe (to be in debt); kuUinr 
nohtukquahe, I am in your debt, C. 203) : 
ahque toh unnontukqudwhuttegy 'owe no 
man anything', do not owe, Rom. 13, 8; 
toh kUtinnantukquohhuk, how much dost 
thou owe to, Luke 16, 5; anuntukquoh- 
wonche, one who owes. Matt. 18, 24; 
noDnamoniukquohhanvaen, -tn, a creditor, 
Luke 7, 41. SeenamamontiJcquohwh&iat. 

xumcohaxnaudnat, v. t. to sing (songs) 
to: unnmhammk . . . vmske unnathom- 
aonk, sing ye to (him) a new song, Is. 
42, 10; anoDhomont ketwhamacngashf he 
who sings songs (singing songs) to, 
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhomom, 

mmoohamniKit (?), v. t to sing (songs). 
See atuDhomuncU. 

imna>homlU>nk, n. a song, Is. 42, 10; 
Num. 21, 17. Cf. kelmhmndxmk, 

unnoohqueu, so far distant, at such a 
distance, Acts 28, 15 (uitoh unnuhk&h- 
quat, how far? C. 228, =Narr. tounUck- 
quaque, R. W. 74). See noohqueu. 

unnoowionk, n. a commandment See 
vmttinnanffaonk. 



U2ina>w6nat, to speak to, to tell, to com- 
mand. See anno?; nwdnat. 

lumugkeni, (it is) sharp [speaking (?)] 
(of the tongue, Prov. 5, 4). Cf. khvai. 

iinnuliquaixiat, v. i. to look (toward or 
at), =nuhquainat, q. v.: unnuhquash 
ketaJihaniyeUf look toward the sea, 1 K. 
18, 43. 

unnukquomixmeat, v. i. to dream. Gen. 
41, 17; unnukquomj he dreamed. Gen. 
41, 1, 5. 

ii]inukquoma>onk, -muonk, n. a dream, 
Deut 13, 1; Dan. 4, 5, 6 {-quam^nk, 
C. 163) ; ntUtinnukquoTnaxmkj my dream, 
Dan. 4, 7, 8; unnugquomcoonkf Gen. 41, 
15. 

unnukquomundt, v. t to dream: nvMin- 
nugqiiomun, 1 dreamed (a dream). Gen. 
41, 15. Cf. kodtukquom-^natf to be 
sleepy, C. 209. 

unnukquomuwaen, n. one who dreams, 
a dreamer, Deut 13, 1. 

[unjnuasu, (he is) shaped or formed, 
made like, made such as [unnusauy, 
toh unnuasuj what form is he of? 1 Sam. 
28, 14; matla nanvahteaou neanussit, 'I 
could not discern the form thereof 
(an. ), Job 4, 16; ne anussU God^ in the 
form (likeness) of God, Phil. 2, 6; muh- 
hogkatnussUf 'in bodily shape', Luke 3, 
22. See neane; neaunak; nusm. 

[uii]nu88uonk, n. form or shape (of an. 
obj.?): ivuUinnussuonk, his form. Is. 52, 
•14; ut nehewonche wuUinniusuonganitj in 
his own image. Gen. 1, 27. Cf. neaunak. 

unuliquaixiat. See nuhquainat, 

*U2imiftnum0e, adv. mildly, C. 229. 

*u2iunuinauwoxiate, to give (to), C. 192. 
See aninnuin, 

*uppaqu6ntup (Narr.), the head, R. W. 
58; nuppaqudntup, my head, ibid. See 
upptihkuk, 

uppasq (?), n. 'the horse leech', Prov. 
30, 15. 

uppeanaahkinonog, n. pi. flags, rushes, 
Is. 19, 6. 

uppMiau, n. a flower, Ex. 25, 33; Job 15, 
33; Is. 40, 7 (uppeshou, C. 168) ; pi. uppS- 
sJiaiumashj uppishddnash, Ex. 25, 31, 34; 
37, 17: 9onkin uppishaanish, it bloomed 
blossoms. Num. 17, 8. From pesJiauanat, 
to blossom; 3d pers. sing, indie, pres. 
' it blossoms ' ; so pishau, a flower, James 



Digitized by 



Google 



174 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2&- 



upp^shau — continued. 

1, 10; peshadnmh, flowers (without the 
prefix), 2 Ohr. 4, 5. See *peshaiy blue. 

uppisk, his back: uppisquanit, at his 
back, behind him. See muppusk. 

uppohchajiitcli, n. (his) finger, Ex. 8, 
19. See pohchnnulch. 

uppdhquds* obbohquos, n. a tent (awn- 
ing or covering), Ex. 40, 19: ne dbuh- 
qudsik, its covering. Cant. 3, 10; aboh- 
quos sokanorif a covert from rain, Is. 4, 6. 
See appuhqnosUy he covers. 

uppdnat, uppun^t, v. t. =apworuUy app- 
wdundt, to bake or roast. See appami; 
apwdu; nadtuppco. 

-uppoo. See nadtuppo). 

uppcosu. See appcomi. 

uppcoteau. See ahpmteau. 

uppoounneat, uppwunneat, a radical 
verb meaning to feed one's self, to eat; 
it is not found in Eliot or Cotton, but 
from it many deri vati ves are made. See 
under nadtuppo). 

uppuhkuk, n. (his) head, Lev. 1, 4; 3, 2; 
Job 41, 7; 'scalp', Ps. 68, 21. See mup- 
puhkuk; *uppaqu6ntup. 

uppulikukooash, n. pi. 'head tires ^ 
Ezek. 24, 23. 

uppulikukquajxitch, (his) finger tip 
(finger head), John 16, 24 (nuppooh- 
kuhqudnitclwgat (obj.), my fingers, C. 
239). 

uppuhkukqut, n. (on his head,) 'a hel- 
met'. Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10: ahioh- 

tagish, 'bonnets', Ex. 28, 40. 

uppuminneonasli, n. pi. =^appuminn€6n- 
ashf parched corn. 

uppunonneonasli, n. pi. parched pulse, 
2 Sam. 17, 28. 

us, imperat. 2d pers. sing, from ussinAl, 
say thou: nag uSy say to them. Lev. 18, 2; 
Zech, 1, 3. 

UBh, imperat. 2d pers. sing. : ushPharohuty 
*get thee to Pharaoh', Ex. 7, 15. 

ushpohteau. See dshpohtag. 

ushpuhqudinat, aspuhq-, ishpuhq-, 
spuhq-, etc., v. i. to look upward, Ps. 
40, 12: apuhqudeu, he looked up, IVIark 
6, 41 ; nviushpotpidimf 1 look up, Ps. 5, 3; 
aspuh^juait, when he looked (up), Mark 
8, 24. See nuhquainai; spadtauuvmpaieu. 

ushpuTmamumCt, ashp-^v. t. to lift up, 
to hoist up: ushpunnumivog sepdghunk, 
they hoisted up the sail, Acts 27, 40; 



ushpunnaxnunit, etc. — continued. 
ashpunahettit wiinnuppanhunouh, when 
they lifted up their wings, Ezek. 10, 16. 
[Del. a spe num imn, to lift up, Zeisb. 
Voc. 38.] 

^ushpunnaonk, n, event, C. 166; 9pun- 
naongash, 'diseases'. Matt. 4, 23. 

ushpushenat, ushpenat, v. i. to mount 
upward, to lift one's self up (?) : wihpexi, 
he went up. Gen. 35, 13; ushpeog^ iish-- 
pmhaog, they mount upward (on wings), 
Ezek. 10, 19; Is. 40, 31; (in air) John 1, 
51; with inan. subj. usspemOy it was 
drawn up, Acts 11, 10; onatuh chik- 
kinaaog ashpshdhetiiif 'as sparks (when 
they) fly upward'. Job 5, 7. 

[Del. aspoch w€y ' ascend, to go up ' (?) , 
Zeisb. Voc. 14.] 

ushquehtahwcOi. See sequiiahwhau. 

ushquontdsinneat (?), to sew: nttcDche- 
yeuo) . . . adl ushquontdsimuk, *a time 
to sew', Eccl. 3, 7 {aseqaam, he sews 
(it), Mark 2, 21; Jl-wtiw/iqMmm, thou sew- 
est up (my iniquities) , Job 14, 17; xi^h- 
quamUnat m<niag, ' to sew one's clothes', 
C. ) ; matta tisqiiosinwhy (it) was without 
seam, John 19, 23, Cf. (ts^qiiam. 

*u8-liuwaoiik. See uhshudonk. 

uskon. See icrnkd?}. 

usphoowdonk, ushphouionk, spuh- 
hoow^onk, n. [a high place (?)] a ref- 
uge, 2 3am. 22, 3; Jer. 16, 19: spUhho)- 
wdongdnuo), he is a refuge, Ps. 9, 9; us- 
puhhowaanganuaxtshy they (inan.) shall 
be a refuge. Num. 35, 15. 

uspuhho), ushp-, sp-, v. i. to flee for 
refuge: ushpnhhcoash ohkety flee thou 
away to the land of ... , Amos 7, 12; 
spuhhcowaogy they fled. Josh. 8, 15. 

uspuhhoow^e, spuhhoowde, adj. of 

refuge, Num. 35, 11, 12: ayeiimk, 

place of refuge. Is. 4, 6. 

uspunaudnat, ushpun-, aspun-, ash- 
pun-, spun-, ushpundt, etc. (1) to 
happen unexpectedly, to chance; (2) to 
ail or to be ailing; an. subj. toh kutush- 
punaniy what aileth thee? Judg. 18, 23; 
toh kuixjLspinam, 2 Sam. 14, 5; toh tLsh- 
punaog missinnuogt what aileth the peo- 
ple? 1 Sam. 11, 4; iohspinau, what aileth 
thee (her?), Gen. 21, 17, The forms of 
■ this verb are irregular. It is generally 
used intransitively after an animate 
subject, which in the English transla* 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



175 



uBpunau6nat, etc. — continued, 
tion becomes the object. Occasionally 
the animate form {ushpundnat) is intro- 
duced, as in Eccl. 3, 19: ne ashpuna- 
heftit . . . wo8ketomp<wgj ne wxUushpund' 
neau pvppinashimwog, pasuk ushpun&og 
rmmej * that which befalleth . . . men 
[which men may encounter by chance] , 
befalleth beasts, even one thing befall- 
eth them [all] ' ; taluppe uspundog watnCf 
* one event happeneth to them all ' , Eccl. 
2, 14; 7iag wame . . . ushpunaog^ * chance 
happeneth to them air, Eccl. 9, 11; ne 
ashpunadt maitamogj ne nutushpinon^ 'as 
it happeneth to the fool so it happeneth 
to me', Eccl. 2, 15; tohtruich vame yeu 
sjmnnaogy why is all this befallen us? 
Judg. 6, 13; matta wahtemun uttdh ash- 
pinaij not knowing what things shall 
befall me (may happen to me), Acts 20, 
22; »hpunnaclti toh kod fhpuymaij *let 
come on me what wiir, Job 13, 13. 
Cf. miskailau. 

[Narr. tahaspundyi { = toh asp-), what 
ails him?; tocketitspanem, ^yhtit ails you? 
tocketinqmnnaumaquny what hurt hath 
he done to you? R. W. 157.] 

xisquesu wanne teag, he leaves nothing 
undone, Josh. 11, 15: woh mo kxissequeus- 
mmwo), you should not leave (it) un- 
done, Luke 11, 42. Cf. askey it is raw 
(unfinished), and sequnaUf he remains, 

*usquont, n. a door; pl.-fdwcwA, C. 161. 
See sgudntam. 

U8quont68u. See xishqxiontdsinneat. 

UBseaen-in, n. a doer, one who does, 
James 1, 25. 

iiBsindt, as^ndt, v. t. to do, to per- 
form, to accomplish, to execute, Ps. 
149, 7; Matt. 6, 1; 5, 17: us»eu, vsm, he 
does, or did, Esth. 4, 17; Pro v. 14, 17; 
ne nuitufsen, *that do I', Rom. 7, 15; 
ultdh kodusse matia niitusseinj what I 
would (wish to do) that do I not, ibid.; 
tisseitf usity aseit, when he do^s, if he 
does. Matt. 7, 24, 26; toh asl-e, what I 
did (might be doing), Neh. 2, 16; noh 
asitj he who performeth, or executeth 
(suppos.). Is. 44, 26; Ps. 146, 7; ussis?ij 
do thou, Ex. 20, 9; ne ussek, that do 
ye, James 2, 12; (negat.) ussekon, thou 
Shalt not do, Ex. 20, 10; (pass. ) uttoh 
asSinity whatever was done, Gen. 39, 22; 
ne (uemukj what is done, Eccl. 8, 17; pi. 



ussenit, as^n^t — continued. 

asemukishy (things) done, Eccl. 8, 16 
{jmttisjiem machvk, I commit evil, C. 
186). 

[Del. li'tsfni, he doth; liissiy do it, 
Zeisb. Voc. 9. Cree a^cheeooy he moves, 
has the faculty of moving, Howse 32; 
is-puthu, it so moveth, ibid. 80.] 

uBseonk, n. doing, dealing, Ps. 7, 16; 
an example, C. 166. See uhshudonk. 

usseu. See ummat. 

ussindt, wusBindt, v. i. to say, to tell: 
wumnat nashpe iviimmeta>nuty 'to pro- 
nounce with his lips', Lev. 5, 4; numn, 
I say. Gal. 1, 9; kumn, thou say est, 
Matt. 27, 11; Mark 15, 2; inissiny he 
saith, Zech. 1, 3; missim, if I say, when 

1 say, Prov. 30, 9; Ps. 78, 2; kumniy 
when thou sayest, Job 22, 13; Is. 47, 8; 
woh numm, shall I say? Heb. 11, 32; 
toh kus»imiv(D, what say ye? Matt. 16, 
15; utioh afean (?), whatever thou 
mayest say. Num. 22, 17; tts, say thou, 

2 Sam. 13, 5; nag ««,* say thou to them, 
tell them. Lev. 18, 2; Zech. 1,3; nussip, 
1 said, Eccl. 3, 17, 18; 7, 23; (an. ) k-ut&S' 
seh* thou sayest to me, Ex. 33, 12 (?) 
(nissiniy I say; nntiinnmuapy I said; 
teagua K*«/m, what you say?; nissimun, 
we say; nimmunnonupy we said, C. 207; 
toh ktUtinnancam or kus^iny what do you 
say? ibid. 21 7) . [The examples marked 
with an asterisk are rarely, perhaps not 
at all, used except in the indicative, 
suppos. present, and imperative; namv- 
ndt and annmwonat (unndnal) supply 
the other tenses and persons. ] Cf . wcod- 
nat; uttindnat. 

ussindnat (?), v. t. an.=i(«m<5na/, to say 
to, to tell: ussegky tell (you) me. Gen. 
24, 49; ussehy tell thou me, 1 Sam. 14, 
43. (See examples (*) under tissindt. ) 

U8fli8h[au]6nat, v. t. to run to, toward, 
into: tismhdnaty to flee to, Jonah 1, 3; 
woh nutumshony ' that I may run ( hasten, 
go quickly) to (him)*, 2 K. 4, 22; twwi- 
«/ia«,heranto(them),Gen. 18, 7, (him) 
1 Sam. 3, 5; vssishati wimnogskauohy 
he ran to meet him. Gen. 29, 13; ahad- 
sukqne (ahauhsukqueu) ussi»haogy they 
run to and fro, Joel 2, 9; nd ussishashy 
'escape (thou) thither', run to it, Gen. 
19, 22; mhjuhashy flee thou to, Num. 24, 
11; ahauhsukquc umshunky run }4 to- 



Digitized by 



Google 



176 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



tL88i8h [au] 6nat — continued . 
and fro, Jer. 5, 1; 49, 3; na umshash, 
run thou to, * escape thither', Gen. 19, 
22; na ussishaUj (he) runneth into it, 
Prov. 18, 10; kutushishaumwcOf ye run 
to (it), Hag. 1, 9; nussishau (nusseu- 
v>89ishau)y he runs alone, 2 Sam. 18, 24, 
26; motishuuog, they run together to, 
Acts 3, 11; negomhont {negonne-timsh- 
ont)y running before (another), 2 Sam. 
18, 27. See pomushau. 

[Cree it-iss^emoOj v. i. he flees, speeds 
thither; it-tss^aivayoOj v. t. he dispatches 
him thither, Howse 172.] 

ussowezKSnat, ussco-, v. t. an. to name, 
or give a name to (an. obj.) ; pass, usso- 
wenittinneatf to be named: vmUmowenvh 
Igraelf * he called his name Israel \ Gen. 
35, 10, 18; pish kviiissoxoen Jesus j *thou 
shalt call his name Jesus', Luke 1, 31, 
=:woh kuttussoowen Jesus, Matt. 1, 21; 
nag hiUussamenukgrng, they named 
thee, Jer. 30, 17; pass. nutussameniUea- 
mun kanvesuonkf we are called by thy 
name, Jer. 14, 9. 

[Cree w^ethayooy he names him, 
Howse 46.] 

U880wen6nat, v. t. to call by the name 
of, to give the name of to (an. and 
inan. ) : ussoweneg, call you me by the 
nameof, Ruth 1, 20; ussowenau, he called 
her name . . . , Gen, 3, 20. Of. heUam. 
[Narr. tahhia {toh hennau), what is 
his name?; UxtiossowHam {toh ussoweta- 
mun), what is the name of it?; taMUa- 
men, what call you this? R. W. 30.] 

uBSOwesflu, adj. (is) named, Gen. 27, 36: 
toh ussowessu, what is his name? Prov. 
30, 4. The 3d pers. sing, of an irregular 
verb (ussowesUtHndtf), to be named or 
called: kuttisowis, kutiisotues, thou art 
named, Gen. 17, 5; 35, 10; to/i kutiisowis, 
what is thy name? Judg. 13, 17; asamesit, 
when he is named, being named, 2 Sam. 
13, 1, 3; ussoweSf call his name, name 
him (?), Hos. 1, 6, 9 (from ussoweseS- 
nat, V. t. an. (?): ussowesed^g, if you 
should call me, Ruth 1, 21). 

[Narr. nl&ssawesey I am called; iocke- 
tussaw^\tch{toh kutussowis), what is your 
name? '^ Obscure and meane persons 
amongst them have no names'', R. W. 
29. He gives * ^matnowesudnckane, I have 
no name; nowdnnehick notoSsuonck, I 



ussowessu — continued, 
have forgot ray name, which is common 
amongst some of them."] 

uBBCOwessenat, v. t. an. to name, or give 
a name to ( inan. obj . ) . Pass, ussowemt- 
tinneatf to be named. 

ussooweflflenat, v. i. to be called, or to 
have the name of r vssowesu Jakob, he 
is named Jacob, Gen. 27, 36; pish 
kuttissowes A., thy name shall be A., 
Gen. 17, 5; pish hUti^sowesu /., thou 
shalt be called J., Gen. 35, 10; pish us- 
sowesu, his name shall be called. Is. 9, 6; 
kutitissaywhimwa>y ye are called, or 
named, 2 K. 17, 34 {assaywesU, called, 
C. 184). Cf. heUam, 

usfloowetamun^t, \i8SO-, v. t. to name, or 
give a name to (inan. obj.), nominare: 
wuttissowetamun ne ohke, he called the 
name of that place (Peniel) , Gen. 32, 30; 
33, 20; ussowetamuk Babel, Hhe name 
of it is called Babel', Gen. 11, 9 {toh 
katussaowetam table, what you call table? 
C. 184). 

[Cree wedum, he names or tells it, 
Howse 46.] 

uasu. See ussendt, 

ut, (1) (-t(/) a suffix or inseparable x>aiti- 
cle, marking the locative case; (2) prep, 
in, at, by: ummaytU, in his way. Is. 
42, 24; kishke mayxit, by the wayside. 
Gen. 38, 14, 21; neane mvkkm-ut, as 
(like to) a little child, Luke 18, 17; 
vJt Damaskus, at Damascus; ut synor 
gogs, in the synagogues, Acts 9, 19, 20. 
The vowel of the locative suffix is vari- 
able, as ut otanit. Acts 8, 8; nt kehtah- 
hannit, Is. 43, 16; en wekU; en ohkeU 
(or ohket); tU manootaJt, Acts 9, 25; ti< 
wuhhogkat, Mark 5, 29. See adt, 

[Cree ittd, adv. there, thither, Howse 
33.] 

utchuan. See anUchewan; itmltitchuwanf 
etc. 

*utchukkiipp6mi8, n. cedar (tree), C. 
164. See chikkup; *mishqudwtuck. 

utchuwompan [=ariche-wompan (?)]. 
See adchuTvompag, 

♦uttae, adv. woefully, C. 230. ' 

uttinnonau6nat, v. t. an. and inan. to 
say a thing to, to tell something to: 
tvuUinnonneau, they told it to (him), 
John 12, 22. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



177 



ixttin6nat [^unndnat (?)], v. t. an. to 
tell, to say to; nuUin, I say to (this 
man), Matt. 8, 9; hittiruth^ I say to thee, 
John 13, 38 {nissim, I say; nuUimuovHxp, 
I said, C. 207) ; uvttinuh^ he said to him, 
John 8, 25; 9, 35 (wvtiunuhy Mass. Ps., 
John 3, 4) ; he said to them, John 8, 39; 
vmtiin&uhf they said to him, John 8, 25, 
39 {wtUtonapahj he said unto him, Mass. 
Ps., John 3, 2, 3; kuttuntish, * I say to 
thee% ibid. 3, 5); mUtinoncuh muUaok, 
I say to the world (these things) , John 
8, 28; kvitinrumnumwcDj I say unto you, 
John 13, 20, 21; utash^ say thou to 
(them), Is. 40, 9; yea kutdnnunnunan, 
this we say unto you, Acts 4, 15. 

[Narr. tiaqua ntiinnawmf or nUawem^ 
what^ shall I speak? R. W. 64. Cree 
itxvayooy he so says, Howse 42.] 

ixttiyeu, adv. where (El. Gr. 21): uttiyeu 
dne, wherever, Deut. 28, 37. 

[Narr. tuckiu, tiyu, where, R. W. 49; 
tiUckiu edchimj where is the sachim? 
ibid. 48.] 

uttiyeu, *pron. interrog. of things*, 
which; pi. tUtiyeuash{E\. Gr. 7) : uUiyeUy 
which (who) of these, Luke 22, 24, 27; 
an. pi. tiUiyeugy whom, Luke 6, 13. 



uttoh [ut'toh^f adv. to what, whereunto. 
Matt. 11, 16; whither, Cant. 6, 1; to 
what, how: uUoh en vnmnegen, how 
beautiful! ibid. 7, 1; wherein. Gen. 21, 
23; how? Job 22, 13 (vttoh misdy how 
great, C. 171; uttoh unni^ whatlnanner; 
uttokau amdi matta, whether or no, ibid. ; 
uttoh unuhk&hquat, how far? ibid. 228). 
[A curious analogy might be traced be- 
tween trf-to/i and Engl, whi-ther (Old 
Germ, hue-dar^ Goth, hva-thar; Slav. 
kotimi; Sansk. Jtotord (Bopp. 69, 1-2), 
from ka, interrog., and tara; Greek 
-repoif Lat. terminus, trans f transgredL 
Cf. tat, Bopp. 161.] 
[Del. enda, Zeisb.] 

uttooche, adv. in due season, seasonably, 
Ps. 104, 27: vnUch utiwchieu kah ah- 
quampif 'for a season and a time', Dan. 
7, 12; papaume ahhutta>che vxiyont, at 
the time of the going down of the sun, 
Josh. 10, 27; nd uiUnchey as often as, 
1 Ck)r. 11, 25, 26; tohutta>che, how long, 
Num. 14, 11. V. subst. uUcocheyeum^ 
there is a season, fit time, opportunity, 
Eccl. 3, 2, 3, 4. Cf . ahquompi; see an^h. 



"vr 



-w'. The inseparable pronoun of the 3d 
pers. sing, and pi. Before w it coalesces 
with that letter, and the sound of a> is 
substituted. Before a vowel U or tit is 
inserted for euphony, as ohtomp, a bow, 
wutohtomp, his bow. 

^a^be, adv. above, Is. 6, 2; Ex. 40, 19: 
wutch uxuihe, from above, Ps. 78, 23. 
Prep, wadbe umssissiitaynit, above his lip, 
or to his lip above (?), Lev. 13, 45. 

waab^iyeu, adv. upward, Ezek. 41, 7. 

waAenat, waapenat, v. i. to rise, to go 
upward: waubeit, if or when he rises 
up. Job 31, 14; waapin, there arises or 
arose (a new king, Ex. 1, 8); aywaolte- 
na&ut, infin. 3d pi. (they) to mount 
upward, Ezek. 10, 16; with inan. subj. 
waahpemamky waahemamk, when it rises 
or mounts upward (as smoke). Is. 9, 
18; Num. 24, 17; na pish waapemw, 
there (it) shall be raised up, it shall 
rise up. Is. 15, 5; nipjyeash waaphncoash, 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 12 



we^benat, waapenat — continued, 
the waters rise up, Jer. 47, 2 {vmssdppi 
uvppinnoky thin air, C. 176). 

waabese, adj. an. above, Lev. 14, 5, 6. 

wadbeu, wa^pu, it 'raised itself up', 
*went up', Dan. 7, 5; Gen. 2, 6: (with 
an. or inan. subj.) noh waabeUj which 
goeth (may go) upward, Eccl. 3, 21 
(ncDwaheem, I arise, C. 180). " 

w^Ukdjisheult, v. t. to couple, to fasten, 
join, unite one thing to another, Ex. 
26,6. 

wdadjishunk, n. a coupling, joint, Ex. 
26, 4 et seq. 

w^Umegnigish, pi. precious things. See 
waonSgugish; imnnegik. 

wadntamooonk, n. (£1. Gr. 10) wirdom, 
2 Chr. 1, 11, 12; 1 K. 4, 29; discretion, 
Ps. 112, 5: na)uxi&ntam(£onk, my wis- 
dom, Prov. 5, 1; mwaantamaxmk, his 
wisdom, 1 K. 4, 30. 



Digitized by 



Google 



178 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



waantazniin^t, v. i. to be wise (conju- 
gated in El. Or. pp. 25-27, sa example 
of verb sulist,) : ncowaantnm, I am wise; 
kcowaantamy thou art wise; waantam 
nohj he is wise; waantam^ Mn his right 
min(f\ compos mentis, Luke 8, 35; 
xmantamwog, they are wise; unaiUmh, 
be thou wise; wdanJUijy let him be wise; 
ivcutntamoriy when I am wise (or if I am 
wise); vxuiTUaman, if thou art wise; 
waardog^ if he be wise; negat. v:aan- 
tamwunai, not to be wise. 

waantamwe, adv. (El. (ir. 22) wisely, 2 
Chr. 2, 12; Prov. 17, 2. 

waantaznweyeuonk, pi. -onganw^hy a 
proverb, proverbs, Prov. 1,1. See nup- 
woiionk; siogkcomionk; wiinnHpiroaonk. 

waapenat. See imAhennt. 

wa^penumundt, v. t. to raise up, to lift 
up: wddpunrwi pogkomunky he lifted up 
the rod, Ex. 7, 20; v:aapinHk indiintwh- 
kouj when he held up his right hand, 
Dan. 12, 7. 

waapin6nat, v. t. an. to raise up, to lift 
up, an. obj. : vaapin wiisken, raise thou 
up the lad, Gen. 21, 18. 

[Cree </op<thoOf he raises himself (as a 
bird), Howse84.] 

wa^pu. See imdhen, 

waaahanau, v. t. an. he hangs (him) : 
ne uxiushan(Dkf hang ye him thereon, 
Esth. 7, 9; aywaashanouhj they hanged 
him, Esth. 7, 10; nah (DiradsMnduhj 
they hanged them, 2 Sam. 21 , 9. With 
inan. obj. wdohhatUoogj they hanged 
(it) upon, Ezek. 27, 10; imahshadto ohke, 
he hangeth the earth upon (it). Job 
26, 7. See kechequabinau, 

waasliau, wousliau, v. i. he hangs, he 
is hanging: noh xamhau, he who hangs 
(on it). Gal. 3, 13; nag woiuthaog meh- 
tugqni, they hang on the tree. Josh. 10, 
26; wodshunky if it hung (on his neck), 
Matt. 18, 6, =tcafishunky Luke 17, 2; 
v'oli irodhnhunk onkxdionky * hangings ' , 
Ex. 26, 36. 

waashpu, waushpu, wowushpu, adj. 
an. delicate, effeminate: noh waashpit, 
he who is (may be) delicate, effeminate, 
Deut. 28, 54, 56. See urnmishpaxmk. 

waban, n. wind. Num. 11, 31; 1 K. 18, 
45; Ps. 78, 39 (wdpan, C. 158); auwepin, 
the wind ceased; na mo mishaoivepinj 
there was a great calm, Mark 4, 39. 



waban — continuetl . 

[Narr. waCtpiy pi. itniupanatih; mitihdu- 
pan, a great wind. "Some of them ac- 
count of seven, some of eight, or nine 
[winds]; and in truth, they do . . . 
I reckon and observe not only the four, 
but the eight cardinal winds*', etc., 
R. W. 83, 84. Peq. wxOtun, wind, Stiles. ] 

wabesen^t, wabesinnedt, v. i. to fear, 
I to be afraid: uxibemy (he) feareth, is 
afraid, Prov. 14, 16 (ncoivahes, I am 
afraid, or I fear; na)waljesHmun or na)- 
tm/xintowiimftn, we fear, C. 179, 191); 
UHibesHogt (they) were afraid, Is. 41, 5; 
vnbsekf fear ye, Ex. 20, 20; ahque nxibsek, 
fear not. Matt. 14, 27, = tmUsehteokj Is. 
44, 8. See qiiefitam; qashaii. 

wabesuonk, n. fear, 2 Cor. 7, 11 (?m;)- 
montamooouky 'afraid', (■. 217). See 
jinrmukqussndncDk. 

wabesuontamooonk, n. fear, fright {wap- 
suontamooanky * afraid', C. 217). 

wabesuontamunat, v. t. to fear or be 
afraid of (inan. obj.), Deut. 28, 58; 3d 
pers. mwahesuoniamunaty Is. 31, 4. Cf. 
quihtam. 

wadchdbuk, weulchaubuk, wutchau- 
buk, n. a root, Deut. 19, 18; Matt. 13, 6; 
Rom. 11, 16, 18 {initchdpjH'hk or wotiapp, 
C. 164); in compound words, -adchan- 
buky -adchdhuk. V. subst. imadchdbuka' 
ogy they shall take root. Is. 37, 31 ; nag 
mimdchalmkoDogy they have taken root, 
Jer. 12, 3; pUh euadchdbnkfxly it shall 
take root, 2 K. 19, 3C. See itiitchon" 
qnom. 

[Narr. irattdpy a root of tree, R. W. 
89. Al )n . Sadabi, -dbakj ' racine H canot * 
(petites, Sadabimr). Mod. Abn. i/yi- 
dapy root to sew with. Del. tschuppic, 
root, Zeisb.Voc. 12.] 

weulchanau6uat (?), v. t. to have in keep- 
ing, to have possession of (an. obj.): 
xradchanan flocksogy *he had possession 
of flocks'. Gen. 26, 14. See ohtaxiundt. 

weulcbanittuonk, n. (the state of being 
kept), salvation, safety. Is. 59, 16. 

wadchan6nat, v. t. an. to keep {a per- 
son or an. obj.), to keep securely, to 
protect (conjugated in El. Gr. 28^58): 
kmtvadchansh, I keep thee; ncoivadcha- 
ndogy I keep them; na)xradcha7ixikquog, 
they keep me (I am kept by them); 
negat. wadchanoxmat, not to keep, EL 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



179 



weulchandnat — continued . 

Gr.58; pSLeB,uxid<;hanittMnAtj to be kept: 
uadchandundty not to be kept, El. Gr. 
62,63; nwvxidchanitfl am kept; vadcha- 
naUy he is kept; wadchanoog, they are 
kept; suppos. ivadchanUteaonf when I 
am kept; tvadchank noh, when he is 
kept, 

wadchanumun^t, v. t inan. to keep (it), 
to own or possess (conjugated in El. 
Gr. 25, 27); to save. Matt. 18, 11: noo- 
wadchunumunf I keep (it); koowadcfia- 
mimnuj thou keepest it; cowadchanum- 
un, he keeps it; kowadchanumumwo), 
ye keep it; ivadchanumicog, they keep 
it; imperat. waddianishfkeep thou (it); 
wadchanitchf let him keep (it); wad- 
chanumuttuhy let us keep; wndchanu- 
mmky keep ye. Suppos. wadchanumarij 
if I keep; xcadchanuman^ if thou keepest; 
tuadchanukj if he keep {noh midcfianuky 
he who keeps or poss&sses; God imd- 
chanuk kestik kah ohke^ God the posses- 
sor of heaven and earth, Gen. 14, 19, 
22); wadchanumog, if we keep; uHid- 
chanumSg, if ye keep; wadchanumahet- 
titf if they keep. Negat. tvadchanumwu- 
ndi, not to keep. 

[Narr. ivadcMunamay keep this for 
me, R. W. 52.] 

wadchanuwaen, -in, n. one w^ho keeps 
or saves, a savior. Is. 45, 21. 

[Narr. wduchaiinatj a guardian (of 
a child); pi. wauchaiXamachicky R. W. 
126.] 

wadchaubuk. See vxxdchdbuk, 

[wadchinat] v. i. to come or proceed 
out or from: mu»hammh imitjishuashf 
boats came from (Tiberias), John 6,23; 
cotshoh toll kod umtjishont^ it *bloweth 
where it listeth', John 3, 8; toh wad- 
chiiiy whence he was (might come from), 
Judg. 13, 6 {wosketomp wachiit Pharisesutj 
*a man of the Pharisees', Mass. Ps., 
John 3, 1 ) ; ne wadchiehy ' whence I am *, 
John 7, 28; noh wajehayeuiit Godut^ ^he 
which is of God*, John 6, 46; neg ivad- 
chiitcheg Christy *they that are Christ's*, 
Gal. 5, 24; nish imlch'iyeuash Jehovah, 
these things 'are the Lord's', Deut. 10, 
14; 7KJ . . . mtcheun miltamwossiss-oh, 
(of) *that made he a woman', i. e. that 
he from-ed a woman, Gen. 2, 22; ivajhet 
mittamwossissitf *bom of a woman', Gal. 



[wadchinat] — continued. 
4, 4; howan wadchegii Godut, * whosoever 
is born of God', 1 John 3, 9; 5, 4; iwh 
ivutchit, . . . nish wame, *of him [as 
cause or source] are all things', Rom. 
11, 36; ivutchaiyeumoD, it belongs to 
(him), in the sense of it proceeds from 
or is caused by, Ps. 3, 8; menuhkesuonk 
wutchaiyeumo) Godut, power belongeth 
to God, Ps. 62, 11; nuhhogkat widchai- 
yeumwash {nish)j to me belong (these 
things), Deut. 32, 32; yeush wajehayeu- 
ugishf 'these things which concern' 
him, Acts 28, 31; kenaau k(Dchaiimwa> 
u*utch aginiy neen nwchal ivohkumaieUy ye 
are from beneath, I am from above, 
John 8, 23. From unitche, coch. Cf. 
cormundt. 

[Narr. tunna wutshai'iocky whence 
come they? R. W. 29, and see other ex- 
amples under *6(€Mhem. Del. minds- 
chum, -chen, the wind comes from (a 
particular quarter), Zeiah. Gr. 161, 182; 
iintschihilleu, it comes from (some- 
where), ibid. 182.] 

wadchu, u. a mountain, Ps. 78, 68; pi. 
-\-ashy Job 9, 5 (wadchit, - anh, C. 158): 
m\%hadchu, a great mountain, Rev. 8, 8; 
mimdchu kah wadc?iu, mountain and 
hill, Luke 3, 5; wadchuekontu, 'in the 
hill country', Josh. 13, 6. 

weulchue, adj. mountainous: en wadchtie 
ohkeit, ' to the hill country ' , Luke 1, 39. 

w^diuemes, n. dim. a hill (small 
mountain). Is. 40, 4; pi. -few/?, Is. 42, 
15: wadchitwhnesasfh, little hills, Ps. 
114, 4. 

wad]iuppa[enat]. See widiuhppa[enai]. 

wadohkinne^t, v. i. to dwell (in a 
place), to be an inhabitant of, Neh. 11, 
2: neg uadohkitrheg, the inhabitants of, 
they who dwell in (a land, or country), . 
Cien. 26, 7; Is. 9, 2. See irutohkinneat. 

wadsh, wadtch, n. a (bird's) nest, Ps. 
84, 3; Num. 24, 21: imfch mwadshat, 
from her nest, Prov. 27, 8. 

[Del. wach schie chey, Zeisb. Voc. 31.] 

weultan, wodtan, n. the rump, Lev. 3, 
9; 7, 3; 8, 25. Gf. v:uttunkhi(onat), to 
bend a bow. 

weultauatonkqussuonk, n. (the making 
a sound,) the voice. Is. 40, 6: wivadt-, 
his voice, Is. 42, 2; -nog, they make 
a noise (of the sea). Is. 17, 12; (of 



Digitized by 



Google 



180 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[Bl'LLETIK 26 



wadtauatonkqussuonk-^contiiiued . 
wheels), Ezek. 3, 13; wiUtauatonkqussue 
nmsseeta^hy the sound of her feet, 1 K. 
14, 6; 2 K. 6, 32; unkqueneuiikquodte 
vKidtauaionkqmsumiky a dreadful sound. 
Job 15, 21. 

weultauxni6^i8]i, things which belong 
to, have influence on, or concern, Luke 
19, 42: «€ ivodtaumauncog wiChhogkaty 
that which does not concern himself, 
Prov. 26, 17. Cf. pissaumatdonk. 

weultch. See wadsh. 

weultonkqB. See adtonkqs. 

weultutchuan. See waUitchuwan. 

waeenodtumun^t, waeenot-, v. t inan. 
obj. to praise or commend: waeenod- 
tumwog, they praise (it), Ps. 89, 5; vfoe- 

. enodtuimvefieUichy let them praise (it), 
Ps. 148, 5; 149, 3; waeenotum magugiah, 
'it boasteth great things', James 3, 5. 
With an. obj. vjoeenotumatmnog nag, *I 
boast of you to them^ 2 Cor. 9, 2 
(double transitive form); kamoweend- 
tumauonumivco, we commend (her) to 
you, Rom. 16, 1. See wc^endmonat. 

^w^a^endmoxiat, v. t. an. to praise, to 
commend, 1 Pet. 2, 14; freq. woweenomo- 
nat; waeenomaok, praise ye (him), Ps. 
150, 1, 2, 3; vxieeiwmonchy let him praise 
(him), Ps. 150,6; tiviveenomduhj (they) 
commended her. Gen. 12, 14; coicoivee- 
nomuhf he approved him. Acts 2, 22; 
waeenomau ttmhhogkuhj he praises him- 
self, Ps. 36, 2; waeerwmorxt imihhogkuhf 
'boasting himself, Prov. 25, 14. See 
v}dun67iithkau6naL 

wa^enu, adj. and adv. round about, Ex. 

30, 3; 37, 26; 2 K. 25, 1; Rev. 4, 3, 4: 
ne wekqshik u^etim, on the edge of it 
round about, Ezek. 43, 13; wienUj Gen. 

31, 8 (waeiiCy weivhie^ prep, about, C. 
225, 234 ) . See wayedag; v:eenuhkau^iat; 
weenusheaiL 

wahednat, v. t. an. to know (a person, or 
an, obj. ), to recognize: \oaheaUy he knew 
(them), Gen. 42, 8; waheuhy heknoweth, 
or knew, them, Ps. 138, 6; Gen. 42, 7; 
neen ruDwdeh^ I know him, John 7, 29; 
Gen. 18, 19; matta pasuk runwaheohy I 
do not know one, Is. 44, 8; kanvdhushy 
1 know thee, Gen. 12, 11; Ex. 33, 12; 
kootmheumuWj ye know me, John 7, 28; 
noh matta wahhedogy ye (may) not know 
him, ibid. (ka>wahhishf I know thee; 



wahednat — continued. 
ncouHxeh noh, I know him; nanixihedog^ 
I know them, C. 196, 197. Cotton 
gives two pages to the conjugation of 
the several forms of imhedimt, ivahteovr 
iXiialf xmhteauivaheonaty etc.). 

[Narr. nvdUa iioivduiwiie, viatta nch 
wdhm, I knew nothing, R. W. 51 (cf. 
maUa ncowahheohy 'I know not*, Gen. 
4, 9). Del. no wo(i huk, he knows me, 
Zeisb.] 

wahheonk, n. knowledge (of persons), 
Phil. 3, 8. 

wahheuunit, v. i. to be known (by 
others), John 7, 4: waheonemi, he is 
known, Prov. 31, 23. 

wahsukeh. See v^asukeh. 

wahteauonk. See imMeonk, 

wahteauiin^t, v. t. inan. to know or 
have knowledge of, to understand, 
Eccl. 1, 17; 7, 25 {-ouunat, C); *to per- 
ceive*, Deut. 29, 4: waht€ouun[ai] wane- 
gik kah tnachuk, knowing (to know) 
good and evil. Gen. 3, 5; ivahteou, he 
knoweth, understandeth (it), 1 Chr. 
28, 9 (-an, Ps. 104, 19); suppos. noh 
watUog, he that understandeth (v. i.), 
Prov, 8, 9; matta wahteatiou, he does 
not know (it), John 15, 15; kwwah- 
teduunmau, ye know it, John 7, 28 (nag 
wahieoog, they know, C. 196) ; kwimhieoh 
wiUtahha)}D(xishy thou knowest their 
hearts, 1 K. 8, 39; ncoivahteouun, I know 
it. Gen. 48, 19; kwwahteonn, thou know- 
est it, Rev. 7, 14; ne ivahtwiiun, this 
thing is known, Ex. 2, 14; UHihtennk, 
knowing, when he knew, Mark 5, 30, 
33; wahteamh, know thou, Dan. 3, 18 
(na>v'dteo, I know, I understand; 7ia>M^- 
teomun, we know; tmhteouHnaly to know; 
wahtouish, know thou; noh wahteoitch, 
let him know, C. 196). 

[Narr. nouafUam, I understand; co- 
wdiUam, you understand [thou under- 
standest]; cow4xvtam tawhitche nippee- 
yatmen, do you know why I come? R. 
*W. 31.] 

wahteauwaheonat, v. t. an. (cans.) to 
make one's self known to (another): 
ivahkauivaheo7it, making himself known 
to (them). Gen. 45, 1; nen pishiUDivdh- 
teamvah, I will make myself known to 
him. Num. 12, 6 (icahteamvah, make 
him to know, C. 196). 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



181 



wc0iteauwahu6nat, v. t. inan. (caus. ) to 
make a thing known to, Is. 64, 2; Rom. 
9, 22 {pish wahteauwahiuiUy he shall 
make it known, Is. 38, 19): noowahteau- 
u^ahikqun^ he made (it) known to me, 
Eph. 3, 3; wame nish kaounhteauuxihun- 
undoashj I make all these things known 
to you, John 15, 15. 

wahteonk, wahteauonk, n. knowleilge, 
2 Chr. 1, 11, 12; Is. 40, 14; 44, 19; 1 Ck)r. 
8, 1. 

waiyont, sun-setting. See wayatit, 

wig, wig eh [=umtch, wutche], for, be- 
cause of, Prov. 17, 14: yeu wajeh, for 
this cause, John 12, 18; neimjeh, there- 
fore (for that cause), John 12, 17, 19, 21, 
=.iiewajs John 13, 31; Jieumtche yeu wajy 
'for, for this cause*, etc., Rom. 13, 6 
{ne tcaj, for which cause, C. 234; ?tvi/, 
conj. for, ibid.). See wxUche. 

wame, wamu, adv. all, wholly (El. Gr. 
21), full {rcameyme, usually, C. 230); 
with V. subst. umnuif there is enough, 
sufficient. Gen. 45, 28; Ex. 9, 28; Matt. 
6, 34: nwtvameftf I have enough, there 
is enough for me, Gen. 33, 11; inan. pi. 
wamutajthf sufficient, Ex. 36, 7; ohke 
wamtU, there is land enough, Gen. 34, 
21; tramdkf womohky when or if it is 
enough, if it suffice, 1 K. 20, 10; dnue 
ne woh adt womohky more than (when 
it was) enough, Ex. 36, 5; tcumach, let 
it suffice, Deut. 3, 26; tcamatitch, let 
them suffice, be sufficient, Deut. 33, 7; 
v^menaUf he has enough; maita pish 
urtmenauy he has not enough, is not 
satisfied, Eccl. 1, 8; nanoamanitiamumun, 
it sufficeth us, we have enough, John 

14, 8. Cf. tdpi (taba4:h, let it suffice, 
Ezek. 44, 6). See pohshe. 

[Narr. icatimet taHpij it is enough, 
R. W. 35. Abn. SgSami, tout entiere- 
ment, Rasles 552. Del. tirmi, all, Zeisb. 
Gr. 178.] 
wamepwunneat, v. i. to be full, to have 
enough of food, to fill one's self, Luke 

15, 16: wamepmh, he is satisfieil. Is. 44, 
16; immepayog, they are satisfied, are 
filled, Deut. 14, 29; Mark 8, 8; wame- 
poop, (she) was sufficed, had enough to 
eat, Ruth 2, 14; matta pish kanvumepwm- 
vxD, ye shall not be satisfied. Lev. 26, 26; 
neg tvoh mo wamepaogigy they which can 
never have enough, Is. 56, 11; wamep- 



waznepwunneat — continued. 

wean, watnepcoan, Avhen thou art full, 
Deut. 8, 10, 12. See nadiuppm. 

[Narr. non/iump, I have enough; 
cowdumpj have you enough? R. W. 36.] 

wamesasliquiBh (?), n. the 'swallow', 
Prov. 26, 2. See mameemzhqaes. 

w^bnunat, w^munat. See a>mumit, to 
go. 

wanahcliikomuk [waruishqtie-komukly-a, 
a chimney, Hos. 13, 3 {wimnachkemmukf 
C. 161). ' 

[Narr. %mnxnauchic6mocky R. W. 51.] 

wan&atamCLzUlt, v. t. inan. to forget a 
thing or inan. obj. (af>t<nmanatomurui/, 
Heb. 6, 10) : [nooilxcanArdam, I forget, 
Ps. 102, 4; ican&niam, he forgets, James 
1, 24; wunanatamtcogf they forget, Ps. 
78, 11; ahque xninardashy do not (thou) 
forget, Deut. 9, 7; Prov. 4, 5; mikkod- 
m/min/am, I will (wish to) forget, Job 
9,27 (noowdnantam, I forget, C. 192). 

wanantaxnw^hednat, v. t. an. and inan. 
caus. to cause (him) to forget (it), Jer. 
23, 27 {u^anantamivahhlnnean kenau^ 
make or cause us to forget you, C. 192). 

wan ijnumdnat, v. t. an. to forget a per- 

. son or an. obj.: nooivandnum, I foi^t; 
kancandnum, thou forgettest, Hos. 4, 6; 
woh aytcandnumduhj she may forget 
them. Is. 49, 15; ivanamimnnony if I for- 
get thee, Ps. 137, 5; neg. ahque nanan- 
um, do not (thou) forget, Ps. 10, 12; Prov. 
3, 1; \cananumonciieg, they who forget 
(him), Ps. 9, 17; nooxvandnumukquogy I 
am forgotten (they forget me), Ps. 
31, 12. 

wanashque, wnnnaah-, wannasq-, 
prep, on the top of, Gen. 28, 18: ^van- 
(Ufh(jue tnitanwohhouy on the top of his 
staff, Heb. 11, 21; (of the scepter,) Esth. 
5, 2; wannasqae. apptianganity the top of 
the throne, 1 K. 10, 19; vanatthpiompsk- 
qtU (objective), 'the top of a rock', 
Ezek. 26, 14. ( Rasles gives to the cor- 
responding Abnaki word a more ex- 
tended meaning: SatiaskSiSiy SanaskSi- 
remaskSky le bout, au bout; SanaskSittany 
le bout du n^2, etc. ) See ivunnash, 

wanashquodtmnoogish, n. pi. mountain 
tops, Ezek. 6, 13; Gen. 8, 5: suppos. 
wanasJiquodiinnu wadchutU, (when) on 
the top of the mountain, Ezek. 43, 12. 



Digitized by 



Google 



182 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



_ wanashquonk, n. the top (le bout) ; the 

top of the bough (tree), Is. 17, 6. 
- y waneemsquag* [ivunne-mHsqui ?] , crim- 
son (cloth), Jer. 4, 30. 

wanegik. See vmnne; wunnecfik. 

wazuiantam^e, -oe, forgetful, James 1, 
25. See imn&ntamUndt. 

wanncMque. See toanashqne. 

wanne, without, destitute of (strictly, it 
is an indeclinable adjective meaning 
none, not any; as an adverb it ex- 
presses exclusion, loss, or destitution, 
and is occasionally used by Eliot for 
direct negation): rnatta wanne vrutmshej 
wanne wutokase, without father, without 
mother, Heb. 7, 3; vmnne wahtede, with- 
out knowledge. Job 35, 35; wanne oh- 
tana>j there shall be none, Ex. 16, 26; 
wanne kutahtooUj thou hast not, Jer. 30, 
13; vmnne nippenOy there was no water 
in it (it was without water). Gen. 37, 24; 
wanne nushehteaen ahtoouj no murderer 
hath, etc., 1 John 3, 15; wanne kutchoh- 
keauj there is no spot in thee, Cant. 4, 
7; wanne howane, there was no one (left 
alive). Num. 21, 35. Cf. hmvan; vnne; 
-a)-. 

wannehhednat, wanhednat, v. t. an. 
to lose (a person or an. obj.): mjowan- 
heomp nunneechanog, I have lost my 
children, Is. 49, 29; part. wannehemU, 
losing, he who loses, Luke 15, 4; Matt. 
16, 26; mahehe wannehheont, after thou 
hast lost, having lost. Is. 49, 20; matia 
pamk na)wanheohj I have lost none, 
John 18, 9; ne vAnheonchey that which 
(an. ) was lost, Luke 15, 4; but noh wan- 
heogkupy who was lost (pass.), v. 6. 
[Cree vmnne hayoOj Howse 41.] 

wannehteauun^t, wanteauun^t (-un- 
neat), v. t. to lose, inan. obj., or in- 
trans. to be deprived of, to be without: 
ne wanleauompy that which I lost, Luke 
15, 9; matta pish wanneteauou, he shall 
not lose (it). Acts 27, 22; pish aman- 
teounj oAoanteauun, he shall lose it, Matt. 
10,39; 16,25; Mark 8, 35; wannehteunky 
wanteunky if he lose, losing. Matt. 10, 
39; Luke 13, 8; pass, ne wantewnuk, 
that which is lost, Matt. 18, 11; -dmuk. 
Lev. 6, 3. 

[Cree wunneioUy Howse 41.] 

wannonkaxDk. See wunnonkaxok. 



wannoonau, n. (his) cheek. Lam. 3, 30: 
pi. wannaHishy his cheeks. Cant. 6, 13; 
konnamauashy thy cheeks, Cant. 1, 10. 
See manamau (m^namau). 

wanonkquae, wannonkou, adv. in the 
evenii^, yesterday. See wumiionkqii6.e, 

wftnontcDwagk, -oagk, n. music, Dan. 
3, 5, 7, 10. 

wan6nulika>waeu, wawunonukooae, 
adv. by flattery, Dan. 11, 32, 34. See 
papannaywau; wdunonuhkauSnat. 

wanteauiindt. See wannehteauundt. 

waompog': quenau waompog, *in the 
(morning) twilight', 2 K. 7, 7. 

wd6nat. See vxiudnat, 

waon^gugish, waonegigisk, w^ane-, 
n. pi. precious things. Gen. 24, 53; 
Deut. 33, 13, 14; Pro v. 24, 4. See 
wunnegik; cf. wayedag-ishy rings. 

wd6ziit, if he go astray. See waudnat, 

waont, sun-setting. See wayont. 

^^apantamihiat, to hasten: nayv^pdn- 
taniy I am in haste, C. 193. 

^wapunnukquas, n. the swallow, Mass. 
Ps., Ps. 84, 3, =inainee8ashque8 {q. v.), 
El. 

wapwAan, n. the fln of a fish: waptvS- 
kanitchegy pi. having fins, Lev. 11, 9; 
Deut. 4, 9. 

^wasftquanftndtick, n. a light or candle, 
C. 161. See wequ&nanteg, 

wcMenumonche, n. a mother-in-law, hus- 
band's or wife's mother, Ruth 1, 14; 
Matt. 10, 35. 

was^numukqutclie, n. a son-in-law, 
daughter's husband, Judg. 15, 6. See 
wu8»hi.um6nat. 

[Narr. noshiemucky he is my son-in- 
law, R. W. 124.] 

wasit ( condit. part. ) . See v*us9uey * seeth- 
ing'. 

^^ask^ke (Narr. ), whalebone, R.\V. 103. 
Cf. vmskdn, 

wassabbe. See vmssabpey thin. 

wasukeh, wahsukeli, wessukeh, n. 
(construct.) the husband of, (her) hus- 
band. Num. 30, 7; Deut. 25, 3; Rom. 7, 3 
{vms&kkieny vxM&kkleny&huBhandy C. 161, 
171) : jyish kenwesmkey thou shalt be her 
husband, Deut. 21, 13; nasuk, my hus- 
band. Gen. 29, 32; kasuk, thy husband, 
Gen. 3, 16; kahmkowoogy your hus- 
bands, Eph. 5, 24; ivasukkoouh (obj.), 
to their husbands, ibid. ; noh waohmk' 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRCMBVLL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



183 



wasukeh, etc. — continued. 
hi iff she who hath a husband, Rom. 
7, 2 [noh asukkauaUf he whom she fol- 
lows after?]; collect, owesmkkiimieunk^ 
all husbands, collectively, Eph. 5, 25. 
See ivussukeh, 

[Narr. tudstck, an husband, R. W. 44. 
Peq. nehytishamugj my husband, Stiles.] 

*watamwe, adv. knowingly, C. 228. 

*wat6ncU (Narr.), a cousin, R. W. 45. 
See adtonkqs. 

*wattllp ( Narr. ) , a root. See wadchdbuk. 

wftunonuhkaudxiat, v. t. an. to flatter 
{waunonuhkcowonaij C. 192): noh wdu- 
ndnukum&ntf he who speaketh flattery. 
Job 17, 5 {na)vmuw\L7wnuha5wam, I flat- 
ter, C. 191). See papannancau. Cf. 
wa^endmonat, 

^waudxnpeg. See *vx>mpam. 

waudxiat, wd6nat, wauwdixUlt, v. i. 
to go astray, to go out of the way: tud- 
auwdirif 1 have gone astray, Ps. 119, 
176; onatuh alieepsuJt wadnit, as a lost 
sheep (as a sheep when it goes astray), 
ibid. ; wdonUf he goes astray, Prov. 5, 23; 
w/kmuog, they go astray, Ps. 58, 3 [ne- 
pauz maUa pish wayauatj the sun shall 
not go down, Is. 60, 20 (?)]; no ivddnit 
vmtch mayvJtj he who wandereth (if he 
wander) out of the way, Prov. 21, 16; 
wauonii, going astray (if he go astray), 
Deut. 22, 1; Matt. 18, 12; n^g wauon- 
ilcheg (obj.), they who go astray. Matt. 
18, 12 {wdv)6nchik (as adj. )* wandering, 
C. 176; v}awofintU>g, they wander; iia>- 

woowon, I wander, ibid. 214 ) . From 

and audnat. See nanwiyeu; tvayont. 

[Oee wHnnisgUy he erra; wunnesin, 
he loses himself, goes astray, Howse 
81.] 

^waudntam (Xarr.), n. a wise man or 
counselor; pi. waudrUaJdck, wise men, 
R. W. 120. See waantamixnM. 

wauontamau6nat, v. t. an. and inan. to 
bear witness of, or testify of (it) to 
(persons): nwwauontamaUf I testify of 
. . . to . . . Rev. 22, 18; kcowauonta- 
munkquneauj he testifies of (these 
things) to you, Rev. 22, 16. 

wauontamun^t, v. t. to testify of (inan. 
obj. ) : nanvauvxidniamun, I testify of it, 
John 7, 7. 

waiishpu. See tuaashpu. 



w^ussuznmudnat, v. t. an. to worship, 
1 Sam, 1, 3. See uvwussumdnat, 

wiussuxnoncheg. See wowussumoncheg, 

*Watitacone (Narr.), Englishman; pi. 
Waiilacontiaog, 'that is, coat-men, or 
clothed ( Waidhkmnogy Englishmen, 
* such as wear coats' , C. 169 ) : Wautac6n- 
iakj an English woman; Wautaconhneaef 
an English youth, R. W. 65. From wut- 
tunkumj he covers with (it). Other 
names given to the English were: 
Aivaunagress (for -gus?)^ pi. -mckj "as 
much as to say, these strangers " ; Chdu- 
quaquock, knife-men, sword-men, R. W. 
51, 65. See *au'dun. Morton (X. E. 
Canaan, 3, 5) says: "The Salvages of 
the Massachusets . . . did call the 
English planters Wotawquenange 
[-auge], which in their language signi- 
fiethstabbersorcut-throates". ... "A 
southerly Indian that understood Eng- 
lish well . . . calling us by the name 
of Wotoqttan8awg€f what that doth sig- 
nifie, hee said hee was not able by any 
demonstration to expresse.'' 

[Del. viak ho hen «w, to cover, 
Zeisb.l 

wautjishaut (?): vmtche wautjishauty *for 
the joinings*, 1 Chr. 22, 3. 

^^ailtuiiques (Narr.), * the coney' (mis- 
printed * conck ' in the reprint) . * * They 
have a reverend esteeme of this crea- 
ture, and conceive there is some Deitie 
in it."— R. W. 95, 96. Josselyn ( Voy- 
ages, pp. 82, 85) calls it the squnck, q. v. 

wauwaen, n. one who witnesses or tes- 
tifies, a witness, 1 Pet. 5, 1; wauwahuri, 
Prov. 14, 5 {\vdxvaeniny a witness, C. 
157). 

wauwaonk, n. testimony, witness, 1 John 
5, 11; Is, 19, 20. 

wauwdinit. See ivauonat. 

wauwdnat, wauwaonat, v. i. to bear 
witness, to testify (of ), John 1, 7, 9: (v. t 
an. ) nt cowduwon^ that which he testi- 
fies of or to, John 3, 32; vjauwauj he 
testifies, Heb. 7, 17; iicowauwon, I tes- 
tify. Gal. 5, 3; Eph. 4, 7; n(DVHmvx)nan^ 
we do testify, 1 John 4, 14; nag wau- 
wacheg^ they who bear witness, 1 John 
5, 7, 8; vjauwon^ if I testify, Acts 20, 24; 
wauvxmajy let it be a witness, let it tes- 
tify, Gen. 31, 44; wauwdmamdj, let it be 
a witness, v. 52; 7mh wauvxumdgishj the 



Digitized by 



Google 



184 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25< 



wauwdxiat, wauwaoxiat— continued, 
things which I testify to you, Deut. 32, 
46. 

*wauwoxmuonk, n. wandering, or going 
astray, C. 214. See u'audnai, 

*wftwft]xiek, n. a dress, C. 160. 

waweenwhatuonk, n. * strife', Pro v. 15, 
18. 

wawnnonukooae. See ivandnukkwuxieu. 

* waw w h\mneke8<log ( Narr. ) , pi. mack- 
erel, R. W. 103 [wiinnogkesUj he is fat, 
well-bodied]. 

wayedag-ish, wayedagish, wohway-, 
n. pi. rings, Ex. 39, 16, 17, 20, 21. Cf. 
uxi^enUj round about ; uviceaiish »Vi,a wind- 
ing about; waonegugishy precious things. 

wayont, waont (part, of wmidnat)^ sun- 
setting. Gen. 15, 12; Mark 1, 32; Lev. 
22, 7: papaume ahkuUooche vxiyont, ^at 
the time of the going down of the 
sun', Josh. 10, 27 (ooicayaonk iiepaz^ sun 
setting, C. 164); ivayau, it was sunset. 
Gen. 28, 11 ; the sun went down, 2 Sam. 
2, 24; asli ivaoongkupy before (it was) 
sunset, 'before the sun went down*, 
Judg. 14, 18. 

[Narr. wayaduij the sun is set, R. W. 
67. Peq. weyhan, *moon'. Stiles.] 

weachimineash. See weatchiminmash. 

weanun, weanin, n. a burden, Ps. 38, 4; 
Is. 30, 27: ameanuTif his burden. Num. 
4, 19; pi. weanunashf Gen. 49, 14; kw- 
w^annunnaxishj your burdens, Deut. 1, 
12; Gal. 6, 2. From waSenUy (wrapped) 
about (?). 

weasflundnat (?), v. i. to bear burdens; 
weassukegy pi. neg weasmkeg^ they who 
bear burdens, Neh. 4, 10 {tceamikeg, v. 
17); mueasmndoonij (they) to bear bur- 
dens, 2 Chr. 2, 2. 

[Del. ui waschin, to carry a load, 
Zeisb.Voc. 33.] 

weatchimin, n. corn (in the field), stand- 
ing grain, Deut. 23, 25. 

weatchimfnneash, weachimineash, n. 
pi. grain, corn (generically), Gen. 27, 
28; Lev. 2, 14 (eachimmineachj -eash, 
C): appdsuash weatchiminneashj (con- 
tract.) appuminmonashj parched corn, 
1 Sam, 17, 17; 25, 18, = tippashqua8me 
weaichiminneanhy Lev. 23, 14; munne- 
quomunneashf green ears of corn. Lev. 
2, 14; munnequomirij growing com, Hos. 
14, 7; missunkquammneashj mis9iM, (dry 



weatchimfnneash, etc. — continued, 
or rii)e) ears of com. Gen. 41, 5; mis- 
ftunkquamuntihnegash (dimin.), thin or 
blasted ears, Gen. 41, 6; nukkdnumin- 
necufh, old com, Josh. 5, 11, 12. [Cf. Tupi 
tibatiniy viba-tim, uba-timy avaty^ avaiyi 
(uiy uy, ri, flour, 'farinha' ), which Von 
Martius ( Wortersamml. Brasil. Spra- 
chen, 427) derives from viba, *gramen* 
and <tm, * nasutum ^ {tim^ fmctus, Calli- 
nago; timift, ^comida', 'sustento', *ali- 
mento', Seixas), or from viba-tuilLma, 
'gramen medullosum ' ; Omaguas dialect 
and Oyambi (of Cayenne), a ua^y, abaty; 
Cocomas, aw<Ue (Castelnau); Caraib 
avachity aoachy^ gonxi (Callinago) ; Caya- 
p6s, mufchiu; AraicA, meiftchy (cf. viee- 
chu?); Chicriabas, notsche; Taino (Yu- 
catan), mahizy mayz; Maya, yxim; Tecu- 
na, schiauuy Von Martius, 1. c. ; Corap6 
dialect, t8chumnam.'\ See ineechu, he 
eats; rniuy a fmit. 

[Narr. etvdchimli^neashy corn (i. e. 
Indian com, maize); »cannhneneashy 
seed, corn, R. W. 91; accoqumy Indian 
com, Stiles. Peq. veimutchemiyiSj In-* 
dian com. Stiles.] 

weatchiminneolitek (-teuk), n. a Held 
of corn, * standing corn', Deut. 23, 25. 

*w^whu8h (Narr. ), v. imperat. *take it 
on your back*, R. W. 51, ^nidutdsh, 
ibid. See weasmm&naf. 

webe, adv. only. Gen. 18, 27; Num. 4, 9: 
maila ne ivebey not only so, Rom. 5, 3; 
webe kenaauy you yourselves apart (you 
only), Mark 6, 31; ken webe nussuy thou 
only, 2 K. 19, 19; ynatta howan . . . webe 
neriy there is no one besides me, Is. 
43, 11; webe noh adlumunuky (no one 
knoweth) 'saving he that receiveth it*, 
Rev. 2, 17. Seew'^j^. 

[Peq. uepcy but {=quiy El. ), May hew, 
Lord's Prayer.] 

webequshdnat, v. t. an. to fear, Deut 
10, 12. See qushaii; waf)e»enAt. 

webesuonk. See wabesuatiky fear. 

^^ech6kum (Narr.), the sea, R. W. 98. 
See kehtoh; pummoh. 

weechau6nat, wech£6nat, v. t. an. 
to accompany, to go with: wechauy go 
thou with him. Matt. 5, 41; a>weechauoh^ 
he went with them. Acts 10, 23; arwee' 
chau&ahy they went with him, ibid, 
( = a)ive€chogquoh (?), Acts 20,4); tree- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



185^ 



weechaudnat, wedUUSnat — continued. 
ckaiean, if thou go with me, Judg. 4, 8; 
kamechaxuhy I go with thee, v. 9; wee- 
chaiuiUf he went with (him), ibid. 

[Narr. cow^chaush, I will go with you; 
cowechaw ewd^ he will go with you; 
wechatuUUtea, let us accompany (go to- 
gether), R. W. 73.] 

weeche, prep, with, in company with 
(a person, or an. obj.), Ex. 23, 1; Job 
1, 4: kaoweeche wcomseumshj I go down 
with thee, Gen. 46, 4; noh weechiyeumuk, 
he was with me, Neh. 4, 18. Cf . ivashjye, 
with (inan. obj.). 
[Del. uiischij Zeisb.] 

weechinnineumnioncheg, n. pi. one's 
family or company. Lev. 25, 10. See 
teashiyeuoonk. 

week. See wek, 

weekincMhq. See wehnasq. 

weekittamuii[neat (?) ], v. i. to dwell in 
tents or houses; arweekittamunnaouty Ps. 
78, 55. See wekiniiedt, 

weekitt^ixUlt, v. i. to build a house (for 
one's self?), to pitch one's tent: wekii- 
teaUf she builds her house, Prov. 14, 1; 
he pitched his tent, Gen. 31, 25; woDche 
icekUteau, he began to build, 2 Chr. 3, 2; 
wekiUeaogf they pitched their tents, Gen. 
31, 25; matta pish wekiUeajroog, they shall 
not build houses. Is. 65, 22; wekiiteagk, 
build ye the house, Hag. 1,8; weekikash 
[for wekitteash (?)], build thee a house, 
1 K. 2, 36. See adtannegen, 

*weekdhquat, fair weather, C. 158. See 
uninnofiquadt. 

we^omdnat. See wehkomdnat. 

weekon, wekon, adj. sweet, Prov. 20, 
17; 27, 7; Rev. 10, 9; pi. -\-ash, Prov. 
16, 24. (Strictly, perhaps, verb impers. 
*it is sweet', *they are sweet'.) 

[Del. mn gan, sweet; win gal, tasting 
good; tdn gi, gladly, Zeisb. Voc. 12.] 

weekontamdonk, n. pleasure, gladness, 
Eccl. 2, 1; 2 Sam. 6, 12; 1 Chr. 16, 27; 
joy, Prov. 14, 10; delight, Prov. 15, 8 
(icekorUamibonkf gladness; taphetiaonk, 
cheerfulness, C. 193). 

weekontamilTiAt [= wekon (unn) antam- 
unat]y v. i. to be glad, to rejoice, to 
be pleased, Eccl. 3, 12; 8, 15 (C. 192; 
to be willing, ibid. 215): nanvekoniam, 
I am glad, Ps. 9, 2; wekontaniy he is 



weekontamiindt — continued, 
glad, Ps. 16, 9; pass, form with inan. 
subj. wekontainmmWy (it) rejoices, is 
made glad, ibid.; wekontashy rejoice 
thou, be glad, Joel 2, 21; irekonianuDk, 
kah ahche muskouantamcoky rejoice (ye) 
and be exceeding glad, Matt. 5, 12. 
See *wuMekiUeahhuanat. 

[Narr. nowec&ntaniy I am glad, R. W. 
65. Abn. nSighinameny je le trouve 
agr&ible, h mon gr6; nSigandaniy je le 
veux. Del. winginameny to be pleased 
with; wingdendamy to love or be pleased 
I with something, Zeisb. (ir. 179.] 
j weekontamwie, -we, adj. and adv. 



glad, joyful, merry. Num. 10, 10; Esth. 
5, 9; Prov. 15, 15; 16, 24 {wehmtamde, 
willingly; maiwekontdmwey unwillingly, 
C. 230). 

weekshik. See wekqshik. 

weematoh, n. (his) brother; constr. the 
brother of, Gen. 25, 26; Acts 12, 2; 
Mark 3, 17: nemaly my brother, Acts 9, 
17; kenwly thy brother. Gen. 27, 35; 
neematogy my brethren, Matt. 12, 48; 
kemalog, thy brethren, Luke 18, 20; 
wematogy his brethren, ibid. v. 19; 
kemattwwdogy your brethren, Num. 32, 
6; kematou (v. subst.), (I am) your 
brother, Gen. 45, 4. See weetompas; 
weetuksquoh, 

weexnattixmeunk, n. collect, the breth- 
ren, the brotherhood. Acts 10, 23; 1 Pet. 
2, 17. 

ween, w^in, n. the marrow. Job 21, 24; 
Prov. 3, 8; Is. 25, 6; Heb. 4, 12. 
[Abn. ^n, Rasles.] 

weenan, his tongue. See menan. 

weenohke, n. a grave, Prov. 30, 16; Hos. 
13, 14: woskeche weenohkety on her grave, 
Gen. 35, 20; weenohkeyeuw neky the 
grave is my house. Job 17, 13. [waSen- 
ohkey earth all around (?); waienu-okkey 
the winding up place(?).] 

weenominneash [wenoynia-minneashy 

vine-fruit], n. pi. grapes, Lev. 19, 10; 

Matt. 7, 16: weenom, a grape, Is. 18, 5. 

[Narr. wendmeneashy grapes, R. W. 

91.] 

weenomis, n. a vine, Ezek. 15, 2, ^wee- 
nomemppogy Ps. 128, 3. From wa^enUy^ 
roundabout (?). 



Digitized by 



Google 



186 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



weenomwuBsipog, -mesippag, n. a 
vine, Ps. 80, 8; pi. -\-uash, Ps. 105, 33 
(lit. vine leaves: wenomis-wunnepog^ the 
vine in leaf). 

weenont, n. raven, Lev. 11, 15 (but 
*kite^ Deut. 14, 13): kutchikkonkoni, 
* raven % D6ut. 14, 14; qussukqaanush^ 
*kite'. Lev. 11, 14. Cf. konkonL 

weenshdnat, weensliau6nat, v. t. to 
beg, to ask alms (from), Luke 16, 3: 
weemkau, he was begging, Mark 10, 46; 
he begged (bread), Ps. 37, 25; wetishau- 
nitch, let them b^, Ps. 109, 10. See 
wenshamationai, 

w^^nu. See wcUenu. 

weenuhkaudnat, v. t. an.: weenuhkau- 
waog neg, they encamp round about 
them, Ps. 34, 7; ayeuuJikone weetiuhkdkj 
camp ye round about against (it), Jer. 
50, 29. See watenu. 

weenuhkomumun^t, v. t. inan. to camp 
round about (it), to besiege, to com- 
pass: coweenuhkomun, he besieged it, 
2 K. 17, 5; weSnuhkomcok otan, 'compass 
ye the city\ Josh. 6, 7. 

weenuBheau, -shau, v. i. it goeth 
around, 'compasseth' (of a boundary 
line). Josh. 18, 14; 19, 14: pemunnecU 
iveenisheauy a line compasses it about, 
2 Chr. 4, 2. See vxi^enu. 

weenuwdaog, n. pi. onions, Num. 11, 5. 
[Mod. Abn. vn-nozy onion, K. A. 
Del. wi nun schi, and u lee pen^ Zeisb. 
Voc.] 

weenwee. See wenwe. 

weepamde, wepamuwdonk. See un- 
der wehpamdnat, 

weepit, (his) tooth. See mepit, 

[Narr. v)^U, pl.i-teash, R. W. 59.] 

weepwoiyeu-ut, *in the passage' (be- 
tween two places), 1 Sam. 13, 23. 

weequau, (his) thigh. See mehquau. 

wees, weis, n. fat, Lev. 9, 10, 20: coweiSy 
its fat, Gen. 45, 18. As adj. wehmCf fat, 
Zech. 11, 16. From weyaus (?). See 
umnnogque. 

[Del. vdsuy (he is) fat, fleshy, Zeisb. 
Voc. 13; wilmif fat meat, ibid. 12.] 

weesadtippogquosh, n. pi. bitter 
herbs, Ex. 12, 8; Num. 9, 11. See 
wunnepog. 

weesaiishftonk, weBOsh^nk, n. a pes- 
tilential or infectious disease, the pesti- 
lence, Ps. 78, 50; a fever, Mark 1, 31; 



weesaushftonk, etc. — continued. 
John 4, 52: rveesdshau, she was sick of 
a fever, Matt. 8, 14; Mark 1, 30. Cf. 
enninne&onh 

[Narr. wernvmha'Cumck, the plague; 
wesausashaiimilchj the great plague, 
R. \V. 157.] 

weeshittoon, n. (mouth-hair, ) the beard, 
Ps. 133, 2; Is, 15, 2: kanveeshiitamnit, on 
thy beard, Ezek. 5, 1; pi. (often used 
for the sing.) +(mA, Lev. 19, 27; Is. 7, 
20. 

we^ahqudbashin (?), n. a pool of water, 
Ex. 7, 19 (only). 

weesde, adj. yellow, Lev. ^3, 30, 32. Cf. 
weeswe^ the gall. 

[Narr. wemui, R. W. Del. uisaweiiy 
V. adj. it is yellow, Zeisb. Gr. 164.] 

weesogkinooonk, n. bitterness, Pro v. 17, 
25. See wewgkon, 

weesdahionk. See weemuahdonky pes- 
tilence. 

weeaquapinneat, ooweeaquabinneat, 
V. i. to wrap one's self up: ayweesquapin^ 
she wrapped herself, Gen. 38, 14; ayweea- 
(juabinun (v. t.), he wraps it up, Mic. 
7, 3; an. obj. anvishquanuhf she wrapped 
him (in it), Luke 2, 7; weesquahemy it is 
wrapped up (in a cloth), 1 Sam. 21, 9; 
suppos. inan. weesquabesikj (when) *it 
was bound up with'. Gen. 44, 30; v:eea- 
qvAihenaUy he bindeth up (the waters 
in the clouds), Job 26, 8. Cf. Cree 
w&skay around; newdMLnen, I surround, 
inclose (it), Howse 34. 

[Narr. wesquaubenany to wrap up body 
for the grave, R. W. 161.] 

weesiunussoli, n. (constr. ) the younger 
of sons or daughters, (his or her) 
younger brother or sister. Gen. 19, 
31, 38: mohtommegU, . . . wesumussohj 
*the first bom', . . . *his younger 
brother'. Gen. 48, 18, 19; younger sis- 
ter, Judg. 15, 2. See muUdaons; pemis- 
9u; weetuksquoh. 

weeswe, n. the gall, Deut. 29, 18; Ps. 69, 
21 : nameeswey my gall. Job 16, 13. Cf . 
wesogkouy bitter; iveesde, yellow. (Cf. 
also Sax. ge-alewey yellow; gealUiy gall; 
Greek xo^Vt bile; x^or^, X^oa, green- 
ish yellow; Arab, murr and sd^uda, 
bile; murty bitter; dqfer (fern, ^fra), 
yellow. ) 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



187 



weetahtu, n. a sister or half-sister, Lev. 

. 20, 17; 21, 3; John 11, 5 (strictly, one 
of the same household or family, a 
near relative), (netukkusq, my sister, 
Luke 10, 40.) See ummissies; weetom- 
pas; weetuksquoh. 

[Narr. vj^ticks, weesummisy a sister, 
R. W. 45.] 

weetateamung'-amn, n. a neighbor, 
Prov. 27, 10; Jer. 6, 21: ketatteamungy 
thy neighbor, Ex. 20, 16, 17; weetatiea- 
mung, his neighbor, Ex. 12, 4; pi. -4- ogr, 
Luke 14, 12 {nehtohieamonk, my neigh- 
bor, C. Math. , Notit. Ind. 54) . See xvu- 
tohtimoin; umtdhtu. 

weetauadteaen, -in, n. a bride, Jer. 16, 
9; Joel 2, 16; Rev. 22, 17. Cf. xoe^sm- 
tamwden. 

weetau^xnog (suppos. pres. 1st and 3d 
pers. sing. *if I marry her',) n. a be- 
trothed one, * spouse'. Cant. 4, 9, 10, 11. 

weetauomdnat, v. t. an. to take a wife 
or husband, to marry. Matt. 19, 10 
(wetouadtinnaUy to be married, C. 201 ) : 
io^eU>6mau^ he took (her) to wife, Ex. 
2, 1; noh wetawidUadly he who is (when 
he is) married, 1 Cor. 7, 33; wetauad- 
teaariy if thou marry, 1 Cor. 7, 28; 
ameetauomouht *they had her to wife', 
married her, Mark 12, 23; ]^slbs. sekousq 
noh weiauomomp sephausuaenin, a ^idow 
who had a priest (for husband), 
Ezek. 44, 22; wetauomont, he or she 
marrying, Rom. 7, 3 (naywetauattamy I 
(a woman) am married; nximmittum- 
rvusgisfrUf I (a man) am married, C. 201). 
Cf. ummiUamvmssenat. 

weetauomwahe6nat, v. t. an. to cause 
to marry, to give in marriage: weetaucmi- 
ivaheaUy he gave (her) to (him) as a 
wife, Ex. 2, 21. 

*weetauoog, they live together, Ind. 
Laws, XIII, 10. ^e paswauwdtuog. 

[Del. wUeUy he goes with (somebody), 
Zeisb. Gr. 83; wiiawemay he stays with 
him, Zeisb. Voc. 60; witauwemuky he is 
with me, ibid. ] 

weetemungquot, -quok (suppos.), n. 
perfume, Prov. 27, 9 {wechimtDqualy 
wetimunkquty a sweet smell, C. 163). 

weetoxndxiat, weto-, v. t. an. to dwell 
with (to live in the house with), Judg. 
17,11; to be 'present with', 2 Cor. 5, 8: 
weetomehy dwell thou with me, Judg. 17, 



weetomdnat, etc. — continued. 

10; nmneetom, I dwell with, Prov. 8, 12; 
Num. 35, 34; weetom kitasscoty abide 
with the king, 2 Sam. 15, 19; weetomaUy 
she dwelt with (her), Ruth 2, 23; 
wweetomouhy they dwelt with him, 1 
Sam. 22, 4; matta woh nayweetdmukamhy 
he shall not dwell in my house, Ps. 
101, 7. Cf. weechauSnat. 

[Cree wSegee-mayoOy he lives with him, 
How8e43.] 

weetomp-ain [weetu-omp (?) ] , n. a friend, 
Ex. 33, 11; Prov. 17, 17; 27, 6; a kins- 
man: neetampy my friend, Is. 41, 8; 
Luke 11, 6; ketompy thy friend, 2 Chr. 
i 20, 7; neetompaogy my friends. Cant. 5, 1; 
' my kinsmen, Ps. 38, 11; Luke 14, 12. 
Cf. ttnjUtinnunkum6iny a kinsman. 

weetompcM, weetompassii (constr.), 
n. (his or her) brother or sister, the 
brother or sister of: weeiompaSy my 
sister. Gen. 20, 12; 2 Sam. 13, 6; Mark 
3, 35; my brother, 2 Sam. 13, 12; kee- 
tompas (kit-), thy sister (father's or 
mother's daughter), Lev. 18, 9; thy 
brother, 2 Sam. 13, 20; weetompaaUy his 
or her sister, 2 Sam. 13, 2; Ezek. 16, 45; 
his or her brother, 2 Sam. 13, 8, 10, 20; 
nelukkusq, my sister, Luke 10, 40 (wetom- 
pa«»,asister(or«^to/),C. 162). Cf.uw- 
missies; weematoh; weetahiu. 

[Narr. witickSy weemmmUy R. W. 45.] 

weetomukqutch, n. a companion, Judg. 
14,20. Fronxweeiomdnat, Cl.nohldnuk' 
qu8. 

weetuksquoh, n. (constr.) the sister of, 
his or her sister, John 11, 1 (ivetuk- 
kushquohy Luke 10, 39): netukkusqy my 
sister, Luke 10, 40. Like weetahiUy it is 
not restricted in its application to a 
sister of the whole blood, or uterine, 
but signifies any near kinswoman or 
female inmate of the house. From it^et- 
ahl'squa. See weetahiu. 

It is not certain that Eliot correctly 
employed or himself understood the 
various terms employed to express the 
relationship between male and female 
of&ipring of the same parents or parent. 
In the Gospel of St John, published 
with the Psalter (1709), the terms 
brother and sister are rendered as fol- 
lows: tvematohy his brother, John 11, 41 
(so Eliot) ; wetahtuohy her brother, John 



Digitized by 



Google 



188 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[Bl'LLETIS 2& 



weetuksquoh — continued. 

11, 2 {irunnohi/muhputHohj Eliot); «v- 
tahiiiohj his siptere, John 11, 3 (tceeftu- 
misohf Eliot) ; ivetahtn^ the sister of 
(him), John 11, 39 (so Eliot); wetukuh- 
(jtiohy her sister, John 11, 1; 28, 5 (tree- 
tuksqtioh, weddhJu, Eliot ) . So, when the 
speaker is a female, netahi, my brother 
{rwhi67inkqtut; netukkiisq, my sister, 
Eliot), John 11, 21; Luke 10, 40. 

weewees, n. the screech-owl, Is. 34, 14. 
See kcohkcokhaus, 

*we^wo (Narr. ), a wife; noweewo^ my wife 
( ^nummitiamuft), R. W. 44. Seemittam- 
unat; mittamwussit, 

[Del. u*i imif he is marrietl; iri %vall, 
his wife, Zeisb.] 

^^ehkomftonk, vbl. n. (a) calling, C. 182, 
184. 

wehkomdnat, weA-, wA-, v. t. an. to 
call to, to call. Matt. 9, 13: trehkotnau 
7veeko7naUf he called (him or them), Ex. 
24, 16; 1 Sam. 13, 17; monchish wehkom 
kahmk, go call thy husband, John 4, 16; 
k<Dwehkomumimwapj I have called you, 
Prov. 1, 24; kwwehkomumipy I called 
thee. Num. 24, 10; anvehkomiih^ he called 
her, 2 K. 4, 36; kooivehkomehj thou didst 
call me, 1 Sam. 3, 5, 8; cow^komuh nahr 
hog, he called them to him, Acts 20, 1; 
ivehkomont ( part. ) , calling. Is. 41, 2. See 
wehguetumdnai, to call upon, to ask. 
[Narr. uecum, call (thou), R. W. 49.] 

wehpamdnat, v. t. an. to lie with, as 
man with woman, to have sexual con- 
nection with; with prefix of Ist pers. 
n(Dwehpam6nat, 2 Sam. 11, 11: anveh- 
pomuh, 'pamuhj he lay with her, ibid. 
11, 4; 13, 14; kamehpamsh, lie with me, 
ibid. 13, 11; nehpamont, lying with, 
Deut. 22, 23, 25. From waapendi, to 
mount up, or (with inan. subj.) waa- 
pemm. See neesin-^wog. 

[Del. uipentiriy v. recipr. (and uipen- 
gen, wipenditam), to lie or sleep with 
each other, Zeisb. Gr. 133, 184.] 

w^pep^tu, he is lame (from birth, Acts 
3, 2): w^htvheepliu, he is a cripple. Acts 
14, 8. See nwchumxvi, 

wehpumdnat. See vepumaxioncU. 

weliqaheau, v. t. inan. it reaches to, ends 

at: sepuutj it reaches to the river, 

Josh. 19, 11; weekMtiy it reaches to, 
ends at, Zech. 14, 5. 



wehqshik, week-, wek-, n. the end, the 
utmost limit, 1 K. 6, 24; Ps. 19, 6; *the 
uttermost part', 2 K. 7, 5: ne vekqshik 
vKieenUy its edge round about, Ezek. 
43, 13; vehq^hik okkfj weekqshiime ohke, 
' the ends of the earth ' , Deut. 33, 17 ; Is. 
40, 28; 41, 9. See pomushaUy he walks; 
\c6hk6eti, at the side or sides; uhqvAe, at 
the point or extremity of. 

wehquanunkq, n. the stump (of a tree), . 
Dan. 4, 15, 2;^; wehquanunkquamey of the 
stump, v. 26. 

wehquau. See mehquau, the thigh. 

wehque, prep, as far aa, 1 Sam. 3, 20; Ex. 
23, 31; *even unto*, 1 K. 12, 30: mUch 
. . . wehque^ from ... to; beginning 
from . . . ending at. Cf. ncohqiieu; uh' 
qa&e; w6hk6eu. 

[Narr. yo wSqu^^ thus far, R. W. 55.] 

wehquetumdnat, v. t. to call upon, to- 
ask for (an. and inan.): kwtrehqnetu- 
munk i'Uk) keteaonky he asked life of 
thee, Ps. 21, 4; kcnwehqueiumoushy I 
pray thee, Gen. 38, 25; noovehquetu- 
munk, he shall call upon me (i. e. for 
help), Ps. 91, 15; wehquetumaUj call 
thou upon (him), Jonah 1, 6; uehque" 
tumahy call thou upon me, ask (it) of 
me, 2 Chr. 1, 7; Ps. 2, 8; 50, 15; ne 
vehquetumaiuidij that which thou (may 
have) asked him for, 1 Sam. 1,17; wame 
lie waj trehquetumunkqueany all which 
they (may) call upon thee for, 1 K. 8, 
52; kwwequetummauunupy I have called 
on thee, Ps. 17, 6 {kanvequetummdtvshy 
I beseech you, C. 182). Cf. fuitwtomauy 
he questions (him). See wehkomdnat; 
ivequtleamiindL 

wehqu^tunKDonk, n. [asking for,] a re- 
quest, supplication, 1 K. 8, 52; 1 Sam. 
1,27. 

wehquetuxnun^t, v. t. to ask for, to call 
for or upon, inan. obj.: wehqaeturriy he 
asked for (it), Judg. 5, 25; Jiwwehque- 
tiuriy I call upon, ask for, Deut. 4, 26; 
naowehqiietumuny I called on (his name), 
Ps. 116, 4; kanvehquetum ne siohkoky thou 
askest a hard thing, 2 K. 2, 10; wehque- 
tugy ivehquetuky if he ask for (it), Matt. 
7, 8; wehqtietmhy ask thou, 1 K. 3, 5; 
uehqaetumcoky ask ye. Matt. 7, 7 (wequl* 
teamUnaty to call; wequUinneaty to be:: 
called, C. 182). 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



189 



w^quog, suppoe. blunt: missehchuog 
wihquog, iron when it is blunt, Eccl. 10, 
10. 

[Del. wiquorif (it is) blunt, not sharp, 
Zeisb. Gr. 167.] 

^ehquohke [wehqu^-ohke], the end of 
the earth (* uttermost part'), Mass. 
Ps., Ps. 2, 8. See wdhkdeu. 

wehquo8]iau6nat, v. t. to go as far as: 
toehquo8hdog, they went as far as, Acts 
11, 19. 

wehBue (?), adj. fat, Zech. 11, 16. See 
ufees; wunnogque. 

wehtauog, (his) ear. See mShlduog. 

w^wep^tu, he is lame (from birth, 
Acts 3, 2): toShwheep^tUy he is a cripple, 
Acts 14, 8. See ncochumwefu. 

wdin. See ween, 

weis. See wees. 

-wAy week, d. (his) house, tent, or 
dwelling, Ex. 20, 17; Prov. 14, 11: ne 
ponamum week, he pitched his tent 
there. Gen. 12, 8; ayimun wetu, he built 
a house, 1 K, 6, 9. See w^u. 

[Del. wi kity his house; wik hey to 
build a house; wi quoaniy house, Zeisb.] 

wekinasq, weekinasbq, n. a reed, Is. 
42, 3; (sugar) cane, Is. 43, 24: pi. 
-ftwwA, reeds. Is. 19, 6. Cf. mishashq. 
Perhaps from icek and ashq (ni^oskeht)y ' 
house grass, with which the roofs of j 
the wigwams were filled in or covered, j 
"Their houses are very little and i 
homely, being made with small poles 
pricked into the ground and so bended 
and fastened at the tops, and on the 
sides they are matteii with boughs and 
covered on the roof with sedge and old 
mats." — Higginson's N. E. Plantation, 
ch. 12. * * The meaner sort of wigwams 
are covered with mats they make of a 
kind of bulrush.** — Gookin, 1 Mass. 
Hist. Coll. I, 149. 

[Narr. iv^kinashf reed; pi. -\-quashy 
R. W. 90.] 

^wekineaflquat (Narr.), fair weather: 
weki7induquock8y when it is fair weather, 
R. W. 81 {weekdhquaty fair weather; 
wekeneankquaiy warm weather, C. 158). 
See *dnndkquat; wunnohquodL 

^wekinnedt, v. i. to occupy or live in a 
house, tent, or other dwelling place, 
Prov. 21, 9: na weekeauy when ye dwell 
therein, Deut. 8, 12. See weekUiamun 
[neat]. 



wekinnedt — continued. 

[Narr. tuckoirekhiy where dwell you? 
R. W. 29. Cree u-egcemayoUy he tenteth 
with him, Howse 22.] 

*weki-tippocat (Narr.), 'it is a warm 
night*, R.W. 

wekitteaonk, n. a building, 2 Cor. 5, 1. 

*wekohtea (?), as inter j. '0 brave', C. 
234. 

wAom6ziat. See vehkomdnat. 

wekon. See iceekon. 

*wekdziche, adv. commonly, C. 227. 
[Quir. wegonJ€y * often*. Pier. 6.] 

wekshik. See ivehqshik, 

wekuhkaudnat, wekuhkdnat, v. t. an. 
to build a house for (another person, 
etc.), 2 Chr. 2, 3; 6, 7; or, as in Gen. 
33, 17, wekikauauy *he made booths for 
(cattle) * : trekuhkony he went on build- 
ing, Neh. 4, 18; wekuhkauy build the 
house for (of the Lord), 1 Chr. 22, 11; 
nohpish noowekekunky he who shall build 
me a house, ibid. v. 10; kancekekauu- 
nunnanonuty to build thee a house, ibid. 
29, 16. 

wematin, n. appel. a brother, 1 Cor. 5, 
11; Mark 13, 12 {ooive)nAttiny C. 162). 
See weetuksqiioh. 

[Narr. wematittuocky 'they are broth- 
ers', R. W. 45.] 

wenauwetu [wunne-wetu^y adj. an. (is 
or was) rich, 2 Sam. 12, 1; pi. -\-ogy 
Ruth 3, 10 ( minne wetUy a good house, 
C. 170): wenauwetueiiy . -in (indef. and 
general), any rich man, Prov. 28, 11. 
*'A winnaytuey that is a rich man, or 
a man of estimation, next in degree 
to a sachem or sagamore.** — Morton's 
N. E. Canaan, ch. 19. Cf. wunneetu-^-, 

wenauwetuonk, n. riches, Prov. 30, 8. 

^^^nise (Narr. ), an old woman; pi. wenU 
mcky R. W. 44. See kekchisqua. 

wenom-in (?), n. a grape: seane wenoniy 
the sour grape, Is. 18, 5. See min, 

[Del. (?) wi na miiiy it is ripe, Zeisb. 
Voc.] 

wenshaen, n. a beggar, one who begs, 
Luke 16, 20, 22; obj. wemhaenuhy 1 Sam. 
2,8.- 

wenshamauonat, v. t. to ask (alms) 
from, (an. and inan.) to ask for (alms): 
oirenshamuh ne teaguaSy he asked an 
alms (something) from them. Acts 3, 3. 

See weenshdnat. 



Digitized by 



Google 



190 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



. wenwe, weenwee, n. (his) navel, Job 

40, 16: kinwe, keen\v€y thy navel, Cant. 
7, 2; Ezek. 16, 4. See menivee (w'n<5e?). 

*wenygh (Narr. ), woman, Stiles; (Peq. ) 
nehyewghy my wife, ibid. 

wepamooe, wepamue, adj. of genera- 
tion: imskannemy semen virile, 

Lev. 15, 16, 17, 18. 

wepamuwdonk. See weepamoe, 

*wfepe (occurs in chap, xxii of Roger 
. Williams' Key, prefixed to an accusa- 
'/ tion, judgment, or sentence, or ad- 
dressed to a delinquent) : w^e kunnish- 
aiimi^, you killed him; tu^e kukkemin- 
eantirij you are the murderer; w^e cuk- 
kummooljyou have stole, etc., 121, 122; 
cuppittakfinnamun it^e wdmCy (he com- 
mands that) *all men now repent', p. 
118 ('only', Maas. Ps., Ps. 2, 12). See 
webe. 

[Peq. wepfy but (=qaty El.), Exp. 
May hew, Lord's Prayer.] 

wepumauonat, wehpum6nat, wepim- 
6nat, etc., v. t. to eat with, to share a 
meal with : wehpumopj he did eat with 
(them), Gal. 2, 12; pish kmwepimimvxD, 
ye shall eat with me, 1 Sam. 9, 19; yeiath 
tcoh na>v:eepeniukquog, they shall 'dine' 
with me. Gen. 43, 16; kcowehpumopan- 
negy thou didst eat with them, Acts 

11, 3 (wehpittiUukf let us eat together, 
Exp. Mayhew). 

[Del. idpantin (recipr.), to eat with 
each other, Zeisb. Gr. 133.] 

wepumawdonk, n. carnal connection 
(natural or unnatural), Lev. 18, 23. 

wequai, n. light. Gen. 1, 4; Zech. 14, 6, 
7; John 1, 5, 8: tvequaiajy let there be 
light, let light be; rnd wequaij there was 
light. Gen. 1, 3. 

[Narr. weqiidi, light; wequdshim 
(dimin.?), moonlight, R. W. 68.] 

wequdnantegr, n. * candle', Prov. 31, 18; 
lamp, light. Gen. 15, 17; Ex. 27, 20; 

Lev. 24, 2: chagohtagy a burning 

lamp, Gen. 15, 17; ivequdnaniegashy 
chikohtaashy lamps burned. Rev. 4, 5 
{wasdquotuin^ticky a light or candle; we- 
quAndnetekonnduhtuky a candlestick, 0. 
161). The word * torch' is transferred 
by Eliot without translation, as in Zech. 

12, 6. 

[Narr. icequariantigy a candle or light; 
'p\.-\-anash; u^kinariy *a light fire', 
R. W. 48.] 



wequaah, n. the qwan, Lev. 11, 18. 

[Narr. weqaashy }^\.-\-duog; and ir<5m- 
patucky pi. -\-q\Ldxwgy R. W. 86.] 

*wequ^hini (Narr.), moonlight, R. W. 
68. See wequai. 

wequtteamiindt ( =w€hquelumun&t ) , wtf- 
qutteaiiiau6nat ( =ivehquetumau6nat)y 
w^qutteamoo (=w€hquelumau)y v. i. 
she calleth, 'crieth', Prov. 8, 3: wehqiU- 
teamweoTiy when I called. Is. 65, 12 (no)- 
w^qpUeaniy I call, C. 183; nmwequHeamU' 
wiftn, we call, ibid. 184). See wehkomd- 
nat. 

^wequttinneat, to be called, C. 184. 

^esattixniB, red oak: wemkkunky oak 
wood, C. 164. See *paug6,uteinisk, 

^wesattippogr, bitter water, C. 168. 

weahdg'anaah, wishagkinisli, n. pi. 
hairs on the body or limbs of man or 
animals, Ex. 35, 23; Is. 7, 20; Mark 
1, 6; Matt. 3, 4 (cf. meemnk). Adj. 
wweshagmnuey hairy, 2 K. 1, 8; pi. 
weshakinniiaxishy Gen. 27, 23. V. subst. 
wweshaganUj he was hairy, Gen. 27, 11 
(ukkeeshde moskqy a hairy bear, C. 171; 
from kushkiy rough?). [Mr Pickering 
in index to El. Gr. gives ^^iveshagaiiy 
hair of animals." The meaning can 
not be thus restricted, as will be seen 
from the above examples. It is com- 
pounded from and hogy body, or 

hogkcOy it clothes, covers the body, as 
weeshittcon from twriy mouth.] See msh-- 
shutntMuouk. 

^S^^slieck (Narr.), n. the hair, R. W. 
58. (Cf. Eth. sha-kyy hair-cloth; Sax. 
sceacgoy hair, shag. ) 

weske. See miskey young, new. 

^w^skunck (Narr. ), a pounding mortar^ 
R. W. 50. See togguhuhonk. 

^wesogrkdyeu, adv. bitterly, C. 227. 

wesogkon, adj. bitter, Prov. 27, 7; Rev. 
10, 10. See ueesoffhinaxmky bitterness. 
Cf. weeswey gall. 

[Del. wi sack cariy Zeisb. Voc. 33.] 

*wesokkunk, oak wood, C. 164. See we- 
sattimis. 

[Del. ^nmchgaky black oak, Zeisb.] 

^wesomkuli, interj. ah! (of sorrow?), C. 
234. 

wesdshdonk. See weesaushdonk. 

^wesquaubenan (Narr.), to wrap up a 
body for the grave, R. W. 161. See 
weesquapin neat. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBCMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



191 



wessentamwden, -in, n. a bridegroom, 
Jer. 16, 9. See wussentamwden. 

wessukeh. See wasukeK her husband. 

w^suonk, cowe-, n. a name, Gen. 11, 4 
( = Narr. wemonck, R. W. 29): namhu- 
onky my name, Is. 42, 8; kcowmionk, 
thy name. Gen. 12, 2. From ui«»m(?) . 
See ussowesm, 

*wesuonkaiiehkdnat, to name: nanvesu- 
onkanehkmtamy I name, C. 202. 

wetahtuoh. See weetuksquoh. 

^wetaplmmin (Narr.), to sit down: we- 
tapwduwwaSf sit and talk with us, R. W. 
64 (tadpowawj a wise speaker, ibid.; 
oweetappemOy he sat down with them, 
Luke 22, 55). 

[Cree wSetuppee-mayoo, * he sits with 
him, co-sits him', Howse 43. Del. 
liitep, 'to go with*, Zeisb. Gr. 183; 
witachpin, 'to live, dwell with', ibid. 
184.] 

wetauadteachegr, pi. the married, they 
who are married, 1 Cor. 7, 10. 

wetauadtuonk, vbl. n. marrying, mar- 
riage. 

wetaiUacon[at] (?), v. t. to be married, 
to marry, 1 Cor. 7, 9 {w€touakdnat€f to 
be married, C. 201). 

wetauwadteogr, wetauad-, -teaogr, 
V. i. (?) they marry (one another). 
Matt 22, 30; Luke 20, 35 { = wetatein 
[there is marrying (?)], Mark 12, 25; 
1 Tim. 5, 11). 

[Narr. awetaw&tuocky 'they make a 
match' (marry), R. W. 124, =mus»enet- 
itock (seQ*ivu8shitam). Del. u'iVa?t'en/m, 
V. recipr. to live or dwell with each 
other, Zeisb. Gr. 133; to work together, 
ibid. 183.] 

w^tu, n. a house (El. Gr. 11), tent, Ps. 
78, 60: neek {nek)^ my house; keeky thy 
house; week, his house; neekun, our 
house; tetot, your house; tveekou, their 
house; pi. wehiomash, houses. Lev. 25, 
31; kekayocLshy your houses, Neh. 4, 14, 
nekinonashy our houses, Neh. 5, 3; nekity 
in my house; ^^weekuwoul or tvekuwo- 
muty in his house. Hence we corrupt 
this word wigioam^^ (El. Gr. 11) ; weetu 
lie weetimtUf *a tent to dwell in', Is. 40, 
22. 

[Narr. tvStu, R. W. 28; wetu^muckndte- 
Bherriy I came from the house, ibid.; 
tvetudmtickf at home; tiekicky my house; 



w^tu — continued . 

kikicky your house, ibid. 47. Quir. wejOy 
Pier. 21. Cree iv^egecy a tent or dwell- 
ing, Howse 22.] 

♦weween, n. a horn (?), C. 156. 

*wew$ne, prep, about, C. 234. See 
tca^enu. 

weyaus, n. (his) flesh. Is. 22, 13: kwwey- 
ausy thy flesh. Pro v. 5, 11; pl.-f o^, Ps- 
78, 39; venison. Gen. 27, 3, 7; askeyauSy 
raw flesh; kesiUde weyausy sodden flesh, 
1 Sam. 2, 15 (meyauusm^y 'of the flesh', 
Mass. Ps., John 1, 15.) Cf. ddasy an 
animal. 

[Del. loosy meat, flesh, Zeisb.] 

wishagkinish. See loeshdganaah. 

*wi8hitta> (as wrongly written by Du 
Ponceau in index to El. Gr. ), the beard. 
See iveeshittcon. 

wishq, wisq, wiskq, n. a pot, dish, or 
vessel, Ex. 16, 33; 2 K. 4, 6; Heb. 9, 4; 
pi. -\-uash: mishquie pummeey a pot of 
oil, 2 K. 4, 2; nukkonishquadty 'in old 
bottles'. Matt. 9, 17; wmkishqu,adt^ 
in new bottles, ibid.; mahchuhqitwihy 
empty 'pitchers', Judg. 7, 16; empty 
vessels, 2 K. 4, 3 (weaskqy a vessel, C. 
161; qudnaywask [qunni-wiskqy i. e. long 
vessel (?), or qyxmxxmsqy a gourd (?)], a 
bottle, C. 161). Cf. weesquapinneat. 
[Cree uaskay around.] 

wisliquin (?), n. a concubine: amuhqtiin^ 
his concubine, Judg. 19, 2; (nwishquin- 
neiinky (n. collect.) his concubines. Gen. 
25, 6. Cf. (Dshkappeum, 

wiBhshuwuBSUonk (?), n. hair on the 
body (?), Lev. 19, 20, 21, 25 (as 7ne€8U7iky 
hair of the head or beard, v. 30, 31 > 
32). See weshdganash, 

wiflkq, wisq. See unshq. 

wobpee. See mohpeey the hip. 

wodtan. See ivadtan, the rump. 

wodtdt. See imttAt, behind. 

woduhquab. See mattuhquahy the skin. 

wogkauunonat, v. t. an. to stir up, to 
move, to set in motion, to incite to ac- 
tion: kutche cowogkauunuh TruDmamh, 
(it) began to move him at times, Judg. 
13, 25; (Dwogk6uunn6uhy they stirred 
them up, Acts 12, 50; ivogkauunaUy he 
stirreth up (the people), Luke 23, 5;. 
wogkduunnaogy they stir up (the peo- 
ple), Acts 17, 13; koowogkauununnaout, 
to stir you up, 2 Pet. 1, 13; pass, wog- 



Digitized by 



Google 



192 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BCLLETIN 25 



^wogrlcauunonat — continued. 

konwemm ummusquanum&onky *he was 
moved with choler', Dan. 8, 7. 

wogrkoueonk, n. a stir, a tumult, com- 
motion, Ho8. 9, 14; Rom. 7, 5; Acts 20, 1. 

wogrkouunumundt, v. t. to stir up, to set 
in motion, to excite (inan. obj. ) : na>- 
ivogkouunum^ I stir up (your hearts), 

• 2 Pet. 3, 1; wogkouunishy stir up (thy 
strength), Ps. 80, 2; pass, otan ivog- 
kouwhnco, the city was moved, Acts 21, 
28; nippe wogkoxvhnamky when the water 
is troubled, stirred, John 5, 7. 

woh, conj. *of possibility*, may or can 
(El. Gr. 22), a word usually employed 
to express the ' notion of possibility to 
be' or to form the potential mode of a 
verb (El. Gr. 20) : woh kenvsheh, * intend- 
est thou to kill me?* Ex. 2, 14; uUoh 
woh yewih en nnih, *how can theee 
things be?' John 3, 9; matta woh wun- 
nampwhamatwhf he can not answer 
him. Job 9, 3. 

''^ohhogfke, (a body,) a shell, or anna 
(q. v.), G. 156. Seehogki. 

wOhkdeu, wohk6e, adv. and adj. at the 
side or sides, on the sides of, on the 
ends of: woskeche kah w4hk6eu wa^enu, 
on Hhe top thereof and the sides 
thereof, round about', Ex. 30, 3; nee^ 
wohkdey *on the two sides thereof, Ex. 
37, 27; tU wohkdetiy *in thy borders', 
Ps. 147, 14; %U auohquaeuy on the two 
ends of (the breastplate), Ex. 28, 24; 
ut uhquaeUf at the ends, v. 22; ru; anooh- 
queu kishkag, its breadth (from side to 
side), V. 16; coqaohlogquoHh, the ends 
(of the chains), v. 25. See uhqvde. 

-wOhkuhqudshik, n. the end, conclusion, 
Prov. 14, 13: eji wohhikquoshinity to the 
end, to the utmost, thoroughly. Job 35, 
36; ut wohkukqvLshikj unto the end (of a 
matter, or in time), Ps. 119, 33, =no 
pajeh wohhikguaahinitf Rev. 2, 26; noh 
wohkukquoiyeunij my last end. Num. 23, 
10; a%quam (ohquaeuy 'the end shall not 
be yet', Mark 13, 7. See wehqahik. 

wohkukquoshindt, v. i. to come to end, 
to be ended: wohkukquoshin, (it) ends, 
is ended, Is. 24, 8; 40, 2; pish wohkuk- 
quoshinashj (they) shall be ended. Is. 
60, 20; wdhkukquoshik, when it ends, 
ended, Jer. 8, 20; en wohkukquoshinit^ 
to the end, to the utmost, Job 35, 36. 



wohkukquoshitteauunat, v. t. (inan. 
subj. ) to end, to make an end of (inan. 
obj.), Dan. 9, 24. 

wohkummiyeu, adv. and adj. above, 
upward, Is. 37, 31: «/ wohhnniyeu, at 
the top (of a dress, Ex. 28, 32); wutch 
. . . wuswganit kah wohhimmiyeu, 
*from ... his loins even upward', 
Ezek. 1, 27. 

wohpanag, his or her breast, Prov. 5, 
20: wohpandgiiniif on the bosom, John 
13, 23. See mohpanag; ct. p<Dchenau. 

*wohquatti2ni2nat, v. t. to pronounce or 
emphasize': samp-wohqualumunat, *to 
pronounce right', C. 243; wuttin noh- 
quatunwoonkAnnWf * their manner of 
pronouncing', ibid. 242. 

wohqut: wutch xcohqui, from alx>ve, Ps. 
18, 16, =wwtch %vaabu, 2 Sam. 22, 17. 

wohshinumtuidt, v. t. to open, Ezek. 21, 
22; Rev. 5, 2, 3, 4 (wx>8hwunmtmun&t)\ 
to * uncover'. Lev. 18,7-13: wohshinum, 
he opens (it). Is. 28, 24; wohshinum 
squontf he opened the door. Acts 5, 19; 
1 Sam. 3, 15; v\>$hwunum, he uncov- 
ered, Lev. 20, 11; woshwunuma)k kenog- 
kanegy open you the window, 2 K. 13, 
17 (the plural is used, perhaps by mis- 
take, for the singular number, 'open 
thou'); woshwutinumun, he opened it, 
ibid.; noh woshwunuk, he who (may) 
open. Rev. 3, 8 {nmwoshwtinumy I open, 
C. 202) . See pohki and its derivatives, 
also wdshwetashine; w6sh7vohtag. 

wohah i tan auman6nat, v. t. to open to 
(a person): nofwohshitannumau na>8'- 
squontamashy I opened my doors to 
(him). Job 31, 32. 

woliBliitanumuiidt, woshwetdnumu- 
ndt, V. t. to open (a door or gate): 
wohshilanushf -ww/i, open the door, 2 K. 

9, 3; ka>8kquonlashf open thy doors, 

Zech. 11, 1; wohshitdmrog squoutamashf 
when we opened the doors. Acts 5, 23. 
[ =tjDohshinum-wetUy to open a house (?) . ] 

wohsippaht^, wohaippohtde, wdau- 
poht^, wd^Shsupp^e, adj. and adv. 
bright, shining, glittering, Ezek. 27, 19; 
hence, wohsippahtde, adj. of copper, Ezra 
8, 27 (but in ^ Tim. 4, 14, *coppere 
smith ' is transferred ) : wditippaej bright, 
Dan. 12, 3; wdifippohtAe jceqiiaiy bright 

light, Ezek. 32, 8; togkodteg, bright 

sword, Nab. 3, 3; glistering sword, Job 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



193 



wohflippaht^, etc. — continued. 

20, 25; qussukquancuh, * glistering 

stones', 1 Chr. 29, 2; qanuhtag, 

glittering spear, Job 39, 23. 

[Del, Mhbdeu, 'it sparkles, glitters', 
Zeisb. Gr. 164.] 

wohsittde, wdsittie, adj. bright, Cant. 
5, 14; 'glistering'. Nab. 3, 3: ncoiau 
wdgUtaUy the fire was bright, Ezek. 1, 13. 

wohfluxnau6nat, y. t. an. to shine upon 
(an. obj.), 2Cor. 4, 6. 

wdhBiixn6e, sohBiunw^e, adj. bright, 
shining, light-giving, Luke 11, 36 {wos- 
sumwe, C. 168): woh^mnoe weqvAi, a 
shining light, Prov. 4, 18, =9ohsum- 
wae wequai, John 5, 35. 

wohBumoomuxineat, BohBum-, v. i. to 
shine, to emit light: wequai 9ohmma>- 
ma>, the light shineth, John 1,5; nukon 
woJisumconuDy the night shineth, is light, 
Ps. 139, 12; wohmmdnwu, (it) shone, 
Matt. 17, 2; mattawohsumaomunamtf (it) 
not to shine. Job 36, 32; wohmmcom- 
oouXch, let (your light) shire, Matt. 5, 
16 {wofuumwinnsatj to shine, 0. 208). 

[Del. waseleu, woacheyeUf v. adj. clear, 
light, Zeisb. Gr. 165.] 

wolunixn€6onk, n. a shining forth, emit- 
ted light: (owohsumdonk weqwmardeg, 
the light of a candle. Rev. 18, 23; 
anvoh9um(Dongana)y their shining (of 
the stars), Joel 2, 10. Cf. pumdhmmo); 
sohfr&mamuD, 

wohsumuziilt, oowohsumun^t, wds- 
um-, V. t. (but for the most part used 
intransitively or without object ex- 
pressed) to shine upon, to give forth 
bright light, 2 Cor. 4, 6; Rev. 21, 23: 
(Dwohgumuriy (it) did lighten it. Rev. 21, 
23; pish koowdmrrij thou shalt shine 
forth. Job 11, 17; plsk wdsumvjogf they 
shall shine, Dan. 12, 3; wdhgishj shine 
thou (give light), Is. 60, 1; wequai wdh- 
mmwMieh, let not the light shine on it. 
Job 3, 4 (nanvosmmj I shine, C. 208; 
fupdz wohtum, the sun shineth, ibid.). 
See *9quUa. 

[Abn. SaadkSrSf lumidre; SautMrnan- 
gauy -nar, chandelle.] 

wohtamuziilt, v. t. to understand, to 
comprehend, Eph. 3, 18: num^nuDcheke 
wohtam onkf I have more under- 
standing than . . . , Ps. 119, 100 (t(;oA- 
woktajrif V. 99); maita loahteauoog 
B. A. E., Bull. 25: 13 



wohtamuzUlt — continued . 
<wu/i wohtamwog^ they have not known 
nor understood. Is. 44, 18; namohUi' 
munan (-«n?), we understand it, 2 K. 
18, 26; wohtamwk, imderstand ye, Prov. 
8, 5; vHXutajy let him understand, Matt. 
24,15,=t<^<€attirfcA, Markl3,14. V.i. 
freq. wohwohtamunM, to possess or ex- 
ercise the understanding, to under- 
stand, Dan. 10, 12; woh kaywghJteomwm 
. . . koonamptiimw<D . . . kaywohtamum- 
wa)j ye may know, . . . believe me . . . 
(and) understand. Is. 43, 10. 

w61itoh: w6htoh wvJttdrUauadt, (when) he 
climbs up some other way, John 10, 1. 

*wohwata>wau (as adv.), ho, halloo! 
C. 233. 

woliwaye<Sagi8h, pi. rings. See wayedag, 

woliwohqiiianuinooogr» 'they are at 
their wits' end', Ps. 107, 27. From 
w6hk6eu(7). 

wohwolitanuDonk, n. understanding. 
Is. 40, 28; 44, 19. 

wohwohtamwe, adj. of understanding. 
Is. 40, 14. 

woliwoliteauunat, v. i. to bark, as a 
dog, Is. 56, 10: matia wohwohteauatog^ 
they can not bark {aniim tuokwohleau, 
the dog barks, C. 181; wohwoJikdnatf to 
bark (at an. obj.), ibid.). 

wohwolitogr, (if he understand, ) he who 
is prudent, a prudent (man), or one of 
understanding, Prov. 14, 6, 15. 

wohwoshwohkossayeu, woliwdsh- 
wuhkoss^, adj. cloven footed, di- 
viding the hoof. Lev. 11, 7; Deut. 14, 7: 
wdhwdshwuhkusmeUy (it) divides the 
hoof, Deut. 14, 8. From woJishinumun&t 
and vmhkos; so, wohtkvmhkosM^ckeg, 
wdhwoshukossa^hegy they who part the 
hoof. Lev. 11, 3, 4; Deut. 14, 7; wdshr 
weoh wukkos8a)oh, they divide not the 
hoof, Deut 14, 7. Cf. neesukos9oni; 
' pas9uko88au, 

woi, "adv. of wishing", 'Oh, that it 
were'!. El. Gr. 21; interj. 'of sorrow', 
El. Gr. 22 (0, wo! C. 234). 

womantamuix£t, women-, v. t. to love, 
inan. obj.: na>ivoma7itam, 1 love (thy 
law), Ps. 119, 113; nurnvMOcheke wonumr 
iam, I love (it) very much, Pb. 119, 97; 
woTnantdnuDk wanegikj love ye that 
which is good, Amos 5, 15; kanooman' 
tamumwm^ ye love (them, inan. ), Luke 



Digitized by 



Google 



194 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 25 



woxnantamun^t, etc.— continued. 
11, 42 {nwwomdntam wnssukfionk, 1 love 
a book, C. 200). 

woxnetua^u, adv. kindly, lovingly: ivo- 
meiuahi unnehhedf/j if you deal kindly 
with me, Gen. 24, 49. 

w6miyeu, wcomiyeu, adv. downward, 
Kzek. 1, 27: woomiyeu wcomiyeUj very 
low, Deut. 28, 43. See wconmnnM, etc. 

*womoau8ixineat, v. i. to love: womonuk- 
qnissinneatf to be loved, C. 200. See 
womatitamundt; wom&nat. 

woxnoauflu, adj. an. (he is) kind, loving, 
1 Cor. 13, 4. 

womoaus^e, adj. of love, loving: koo- 
usjinoausue kitieamontean'die&onk^ thy 
loving kindness, Ps. 92, 2. 

wom6mpenat, v. i. to look downward: 
womompUj he looked down, Ps. 102, 19; 
womompishy look down, Ps. 80, 14,= 
wom6mp»hy Is. 63, 15; piijeh womompity 
till he looked down, Lam. 3, 50. Cf. 
utissLimpen&t. 

womondonk, n. love (abstract), 2 Sam. 
13, 15; 1 Sam, 1, 26. 

womdnat, v. t. to love, to be kind to 
{mi»huwom6nuty to love greatly, 'to be 
ravished with', Prov. 5, 20): ncotro- 
mon, I love (her), 2 Sam. 13, 4 {nmiod- 
nidn uosketompy 1 love a man, C. 200); 
(ka[>-)ivonion8h, I love thee, Jer. 31, 3 
{kaywomonnUsh, C. 200); pishwomanaUy 
he will love (him) , Matt. 6, 24; coworno- 
nuh, he loves or loved him or her, 2 
Sam. 13, 1; womonomp, he loved (her) 
formerly, 2 Sam. 13, 15; voniociuSy love 
thou (him), Matt. 22, 39; tvomonook kum- 
m(Uw6ma>6og, love your enemies, Luke 
6, 35; womon6gy if ye love (them), Luke 
6, 32; womoiuiogy they love (them ) , ibid. ; 
womonadt yeiig missinninnuogy if thou 
be kind to this people, 2 Chr. 10, 7; 
neane womortadty as thou lovest (thy- 
self). Matt. 22, 39; wamdniUche Jehomhy 
whom the Lord loveth; hatran v^mon- 
onchey whom he loveth, Prov. 3, 12. 
[Du Ponceau, in Notes to El. Gr. x, 
derives this verb, as well as wunndnum- 
[<5mrf], to bless, from ivunnegeriy good, 
"Del. imi-lie-chen^* ; but cf. mondnumaUy 
he is merciful to (him) ; tUtoh woh mond- 
numogy 'to whom I will show mercy', 
Ex. 33, 19. Cotton (Voc. 200, 201) gives 
the verbs womoawtsinneat (v. i.), to 



wom6nat — con tinned, 
love; womonat (v. t. an.), and womonior 
iimnat (v. t. inan. ) in the several tenses 
and persons of the indicative.] 

[Narr. cowdmmaunsh (ka>womon8h)y I 
love you; cowammaunUcky he loves you; 
cow&mmaus {ka>ivamonau8u)j you are 
loving, R. W. 31; waumaHsu (adj. an.), 
loving, ibid. 125. Del. ahoaleuy or w^da- 
hoaltty he loves, Zeisb. Gr. 118.] 

womonausuonk, n. love (in exercise, or 
directed to an object), kindness (mani- 
fested), 2 Sam. 1, 26; Cant. 2, 5; Prov. 
5, 19; 2 Cor. 13, 14; Eph. 2, 7; Gen. 
20, 13. 

womonittinneat, v. an. mutual, to love 
one another: (2d pers. pi. ) kcowomomt' 
tinnmoutj you to love one another, 1 
Thess. 4, 9; (with redupl. freq.) 
koowawomonnittintumonuty 1 John 3, 11; 
womonittUteuhy let us love one another, 
1 John 4, 7; womonitiegky be kind one- 
to another, Eph. 4, 32. 

wdmdnittuonk, n. love, or kindness 
[(1) referred to its object, or (2) mu- 
tually felt]; Cant. 2, 4; 8, 6; Jer. 31, 3; 
John 17, 26; (lustful) Rom. 1, 26, 27; 
(favor shown) ProV. 14, 9: vemattue wo- 
7nanittuonky brotherly kindness, 2 Pet. 1, 
7 (mutual love, Eph. 4, 2; * loving kind- 
ness', Jer. 31, 3). 

*womosinneat, v. i. to be kind: nen 
numohche ivomauSy I have been kind, 
C. 196; hitfeamontedti&mehy be kind to 
me, ibid. See kitteamonteanumaii. 

wompagT) n. 'brightne^', bright light 
(oppos. to pohkenahtUy *in darkness'), 
Is. 59, 9: adchuwompagy when it is day, 
*in the morning watch', Judg. 16, 2; 
Ex. 14, 24; that which is white: rie 
xcompag w66uy the white of an egg. Job 
6,6. 

♦wompam (Narr. ), pi. waudmpeg, wauom- 
l^mMcky the white money, "made of 
the stem or stocke of the periwincle 
[Pyrula], which they call meteadhocky 
when all the shell is broken off: and of 
this sort six of their small beads (which 
th^y make with holes to string the 
bracelets), are current with the English 
for a peny."— R. W. 128, 130. The 
wompam was half the value of the mck- 
a uhock (or black money ) , q. v. "A kind 
of beads . . . which they call wampam* 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



195 



^oxnpam — continue<l. 
peak, and it is of two sorts; the one is 
white, theotheris of a violetcoloure.*' — 
Morton's N. E. Canaan, 1, 12. 

wompan, from mmjm. See adchuwom- 
pag; utchnivomfmn, etc. 

*Woxnpimknd [u'ompan'mdnit'] (Narr.), 
the Eastern God, R, W. 110. 

wompanne, -neu, adv. all night, Judg. 
19, 9; (loam-) 16, 2; Luke 6, 12. Cf. moh- 
tompan, 

[Narr. kitompaniitha, break of day, 
R. W. 67. Del. wapange, tomorrow 
(morning), Zeisb. Gr. 178 (cf. wapana- 
chewi, p. 182).] 

^oxnpanniyeu, in the east, Mass. Ps., 
Ps. 75, 6; 103, 12, =u^tchepwoiyeu (El ). 
[Del. wapaneu, v. adj. easterly, 
Zeisb.; xooa pan, the morning, Zeisb. 
Voc. 13; tpoa-pa-ne-u, morning, ibid. 
60.] 

wompasquelitu, *in a meadow'. Gen. 
41, 2; *in the fens *, Job 40, 21. 

[Narr. miciickaskeetey a meadow; talag- 
goskliuash, * a fresh meadow * , R. W. 90. ] 

^6mpatuck ( Narr. ) , a goose ; pi . -f qud- 
uogy R. W. 86 {u'omp6htuk, pi. -h quaogy 
a goose, geese, C. 156). 

^ompekisheeae wosketomp, a pale 
man, C. 173: tcompishkauonk wosketompy 
pale man, ibid. 232, but wompishkauonk 
is a noun substantive (paleness). See 
v^mj}ekushonat; tvosketomp. 

woxnpekushonat, v. i. to be pale, Jer. 
30,6. 

wompeqiUle, adj. with child, Hos. 13, 
16; 2 K. 8, 12 {uHmipiquOy C. 168): worn- 
pequainy I am with child. Gen. 38, 25. 

wompequau6nat, wompequ&inat, v. i. 
to conceive, to become pregnant: tvom- 
pequauog'y they conceiveci. Gen. 30, 39; 
onk woh wompequancDogy that they might 
conceive, v. 38, 41; xrom})equ6ou, worn- 
poquoduy Gen. 4, 1, 17; 16, 4; {-quaeu) 
Hos. 1, 6; vx)mj>equai(y if she conceives, 
Lev. 12, 2; pass, irompequdinneat, to be 
conceived, Hos. 9, 11; asquam worn- 
pequaucomuky before he was conceived, 
Luke 2, 21. See neechan; neechau; cf. 
u*iinne€chdnat. 

wompequauonk, -quftonk, n. concep- 
tion. Gen. 3, 16; 16, 4; Ruth 4, 13. 

w6mpi, adj. white. Matt. 5, 36; pi. worn- 
piyeuouh (El. Gr. 13), Esth. 1,6: wompi- 



w6mpi— continued . 
yeuw, it is white; womp€sUy(he is) white; 
ncowompesy I am white; kcowomptSy thou 
art white, etc. (El. Gr. 16); woviposke- 
tompy a white man (from avmpiy woske- 
tompy El. Gr. 15). 

[Narr. wdmpiy white, R. W. 154. Peq. 
wwnbicniy white; icumbannfey a white 
blanket. Stiles. Del. (v. ad'y) woapeuy 
it is white; wapsiiy iroa-pteuy he is white; 
nxtpelechen, it is white (?), Zeisb. Gr. 
164, 167,] 

*w6mpimiflh (Narr.), a chestnut tree: 
v'dmpimineashy chestnuts, R. W. 89. See 
uvmpumm. 

[Del. woa-pimy chestnut; woa-pi'min" 
schiy chestnut tree, Zeisb. Voc. 61 (i. e. 
white-nut tree).] 

^ompishocki, adj. gray, G. 170. 

*woxnpoliki8li5nat, to be pale, C. 203: 
ruDwomppahkishaniy 1 am pale; toh mUch 
iiene wompohkesean, why art thou so 
pale? ibid. 

wompoliBhogr, -puhshogr, n. (white 
metal, ) * brass ', Ex. 38, 2, 4; Deut. 8, 9; 
but in 2 Chr. 3, 4, ^brasse' is trans- 
ferred. 

^wompohshogrque [wompi-wshogC^), 
white], adj. brazen, Ex. 38, 5; Is. 45, 52, 
Cf. mcodshogy (black metal, ) iron. 

wompdnak, n. (white cloth,) linen, Ex. 
25, 4; Prov. 31, 24; *cloth*, Deut. 22, 
17. See m6iuik, 

[Peq. rnimhanvdey a white blanket. 
Stiles.] 

wompondkinne, adj. of linen, Jer. 13, 1. 

wompdntupont, one having a white 
head, * hoary-headed'. Lev. 19, 32. 

^wompontuppftonk, 'gray-headed*, C. 
170 (but a subst. grayness of head). 

wompsikuk, n. the eagle. Lev. 11, 13; 
{'kcok) Job 9, 26; {wompiissikmk) Deut. 
14, 12; (xrorrmkxik) Ezek. 17, 3 {womp- 
mkooky C. 156): dimin. wompsihikqua" 
mesnog, young eagles, Prov. 30, 17. 
[= ivoinpi'tnismquny white-tail. The 
name is perhaps more descriptive of 
the fishhawk or osprey (Pandion halia- 
etus) than of the bald eagle (Haliaetus 
leucocephalus), but was very likely 
applied to both by the Indians of the 
coast of New England.] 

[Narr. vompimicuky pi. tcompmcuck" 
quduog, R. W. 85. Del. woa pa Ian ne. 



Digitized by 



Google 



196 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BrLLETIN 25 



wompsikuk— continued . 
bald eagle, Zeisb.Voc. 60 (from woapeu, 
white, and wo lanney (a bird's) tail).] 

wompu, ompu, he sees, he looks. This 
primary verb is not found separately in 
Eliot, but is employed to form numerous 
compounds, m the sense of to look (to 
see purposely), as i£^*((mo7npu {wcDmiyeu)^ 
he looks down; pcMampu, he looks into, 
etc. It is found in other dialects of the 
Algonkin, as Oree wdppu, 'he sees* 
(Howse 43); Chip, oowdhbundeny he 
sees it (Jones, John 11, 9). Cf. nau- 
munat and nuhquaeu. The three verbs 
signify: nauniy he sees (voluntarily or 
involuntarily, without reference to pur- 
pose); nuhquaeUf he directs his eyes, 
looks (by accident or designedly); 
oAtpUf he looks and sees. Cf. wompi, 
bright, white; wompag, bright light, 
'when he sees'; mofUompan (R. W. 
motauban ) , break of day, etc. See nod- 
tauwdmjm. 
[Cree wdpun^ it is daylight, Howse 

77. Abn. ioppa, *voilA' (Rasles, subst. 
part, ah). Old Alg. ni-ouapaman, I see 
(him) ; ni-ouabaten, I see (it) , Le Jeune 
(Arch. Am. ii, 25); miabemo, to see, 
Lah.] 

wompuhquont [wompi-puhkuk] , particip. 
having (white or) gray hair, having a 
gray head, Deut. 32, 25: narwompuhquomy 
I am gray haired, 1 Sam. 12, 2; xoompo- 
quoij (when) I am gray haired, Ps. 
71, 18; wompuhquaogy (they are) gray 
haired. Job 15,10 {noh'u'omppuhquajhe 
is gray [headed], C. 232.) See *My>w- 
pishocki. 

[Del. tvoap hoc qtta won, gray hair, 
Zeisb.] 

wompulisliosr. See wornpohshog, 

wompumuB, n. a chestnut tree, pi. + 
seashy Ezek. 31, 8; Gen. 30, 37. See 
*w6mpimish. 

[Narr. wdmpimishy R. W. 89; wdmpi- 
mineashy chestnuts, ibid.; waumpmunchy 
chestnut. Stiles.] 

womuhkd&g-ish, n. pi. declivities, de- 
scents, * steep places * , Ezek. 38, 20. Cf . 
w6m\yeu, 

w6muiiat. See (omunAiy to go from. 

w6mu8siiiuk. See wmnmnne&U 

wonk, adv. also, Eccl. 3, 11; again, Pa. 

78, 39; moreover, Ps. 19, 11 (ironkanet, 
wonky onky again, C. 233). See onk. 



wonk — continued. 

[Narr. wdncky more (in the sense of 
encore, again), R. \V. 48. Del. woak, 
wak, and, also, Zeisb. Abn. ahnkki, 
mais; ahnkaSi, Tun apr^ Tautre, per 
successionem.] 

w6iikinxiiixnu2i^t, v. t. to bend, to make 
crooked [from woonkt]: tponkinnum 
kesukquashy he bowed the heavens, 2 
Sam. 22, 10 ( = quandbuhkam kemky Ps. 
18, 9); wonkinnau vmtohtompey he bent 
his bow. Lam. 2, 4; tponkindgish ohtompy 
ye who bend the bow, Jer. 50, 14; won- 
kan6gi*h ahtompy v. 29 (ioonkunumunaty 
to bend; wonkkeniUinneaty to be bent, 
C. 182). Cf. woonkiUeau6nat; see poh 
tonkunau; wuUunkinonat, 

^wonkkenftsu (adj. an.?) bent, C. 218. 
See woonki. 

wonk6nous, wonkoncM, n. a wall (by 
the roadside) , Num. 22, 24; (of a city), 
Josh. 6, 5; a fort or stronghold, 2 Sam. 
5, 9; Jer. 16, 19; 48, 18, 41 (wdk^miooSy 
a fence, C. 160). 

[Narr. waukaunbsinl, a fort, R. W.] 

wonkqunn^sogr, n. pi. (their) claws, of 
animals, Zoch, 11, 17. See onkqunnidog, 

wonkqiissis, n. a fox, Neh. 4, 3; C. 240; 
wonksis, Luke 13, 32; pi. ivonkquismgy 
Judg. 15,4. From woanki, * crooked'; 
wdnkesuy *he is (does) crooked', i. e. 
he * doubles'. 

[Narr. jyequ<iwuSy a gray fox, R. W. 95; 
mishqadshimy a red fox, ibid. (cf. ani- 
qu»y little squirrel). Peq. a^imumps, 
fox. Stiles. Del. tttxi cits, a fox, Zeisb.] 

wonkum, v. t an. greet thou (him), 2 
Tim. 4, 19: karwonkomuky he greets thee, 
ibid. V. 21 ; oDwonkomvhy he greets him, 
Acts 23, 26 (he embraced him, Acts 
20, 1); wonkquttuwongaiMsht greetings, 
Acts 15, 23; wonkomcoky greet ye (him), 
ISam. 25, 5; salute ye, Rom. 16, 6-16; 
wonkqutUhhettity when we had taken 
leave of each other, Acts 21, 6. 

wonneposr. See wtinnepog, a leaf or 
herb. 

wonogrkenat. See 6woiioghiogy they 
burrow, 'have holes'. 

w6nogq, n. a hole, Ex. 28, 32 {-nogy 
Ezek. 8, 7): pi. wonogquashy the holes 
or dens of wild beasts, Nah. 2, 12; ut 
wonogquehtUy in holes (pitfalls), Is. 42, 
22; gqaontame wdnogquty *by the hole of 



Digitized by 



Google 



TEVMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



197 



wdnogrq — continued. • 
the door*, Cant. 5, 4; todnogqiie passah- 
iheg, the hole of the pit, Is. 51, 1; wutch 
hofgiindnogqat^ from the holes in the 
rocks, Jer. 16, 16; peUhonat ogqanaty to 
fall into a pit, Matt. 12, 11. 

[Del. tcoa lac^ a hole; wal h^Uf he is 
digging a hole; tcoal heen^ to dig a hole, 
Zeisb.] 

wonteauun^t, v. i. to dig a hole: nw- 
wonleam, I have digged, 2 K. 19, 24; 
wonteau ohk% he digged in the earth, 
Matt. 25, 18; worUeash, dig thou, Ezek. 
8, 8; tvdnieaon, when I digged, ibid.; 
wdnteauh kah ukkiUhAmun, * he made a 
pit and digged it', Ps. 7, 15; u-dnteaog, 
they dig pits, Ps. 119, 85. See huttah- 
ham, 

wd^ShBupp^. See tcohsippahtde. 

woonki, adj. and adv. (1) crooked, Prov. 
2, 15: tvoonki ayeuongashj crooked places, 
Is. 45, 2; ne ^coonkag, that which is 
crooked, Eccl. 1,15; wooiikagish, crooked 
things. Is. 42, 16. (2) perverse, wrong, 
Hab. 1, 4: nashpe ipoonkagk, wrongfully, 
Jer. 22, 13. Cf. pendeu; pepemsque. 

[Narr, uniukiy crooked, R. W. 54. 
Cree wiigoWf it is crooked, Howse 71. 
Del. wakUc/ieUy v. adj. it is crooked, 
Zeisb. Gr. 164.] 

woonkitteaudnat, v. t. (an. and inan.?) : 
woankUteau nummayashy he makes my 
paths crooked (for me). Lam. 3, 9. 

wodBuppahtuxnunat, v. t. to make 
bright, to furbish, Ezek. 21, 11: wo6- 
mippaJttuuuriy (it is) furbished, Ezek. 
21, 9. See wohtunmndl. 

w66u, w6u, n. an egg, Luke 11, 12; ne 
wampag wddu^ the white of an eggy Job 
6, 6; pi. (Ddaiuufhy Is. 10, 14; cowdunashy 
her eggs, Job 39, 14 {icouy pi. tuoivdnaah, 
an egg, eggs, C. 156). See *to6w€au. 
Cf. 6das, an animal ; (Dchy out of. 

[Del. tmhh ivall (pi. ), eggs, Zeisb. Voc. 
12; ica cho tvall, ibid. 31.] 

wdshinuxnun^t, woshwunnumun^t. 
See twhshinumundiy to open. 

wdshweenit, (*if he open*,) parting 
the hoof, Deut. 14, 6. Cf. neemkosfont. 

woshwemo), (the water) 'parted asun- 
der*. 2K. 2, 14. 

woshwettouxnunilt. See wohshitanum- 
undt. 



wdshwetaahine, adj. open (as a door, or 
gate). Rev. 3, 8. See tvohshinumutidt; 
wohshUanumundt 

w^shwi, adj. or adv. open, Ps. 5, 9. 

wdshwoht^, adj. open; pi. -ohtaashy 

Dan. 6, 10: muttwrij open mouth. 

Is. 9, 12. 

wdshwolitag', (that which is) open: 
tvishgyOn. open vessel. Num. 19, 15. 

wdshwohteau (from wdshwohteauunAt)^ 
it is or was open. Rev. 10, 2. 

wdshwuhkossa^cheg: neg wdshtrnhkos" 
saSchegy they which divide the hoof. Lev. 
11, Sy=ivohu'6shumhkos8aichegy Deut. 14, 
7, =nag wdshweoh wuhkossooohy ibid. ; neg 
\Dohwoshumnncmcheg uppahMkos86unohy 
they which are cloven-footed. Lev. 11, 3. 

woshwunniunuii^t. See wdshinumundt. 

wdsinneunkoywae, adv. in the twilight, 
Ezek. 12, 7, 12. 

w688ittde. See %co1mttAe. 

wosk^clie, adj. upper, on top, Deut. 24, 
6; the tip of, Ex. 29, 20; Lev. 8, 23; the 
top or highest part of, Ex. 30, 3; Judg. 
9, 51 : wosketuUauogy the tip of the ear, 
Lev. 14, 14, 17; vmskodtuk, the forehead, 
Ex. 28, 38, 

woskeche, adv. (1) on the top, on the sur- 
face: woskeche numidiy on the face of the 
deep. Gen. 1, 2; «/ woskeche ohkeily on 
the face of the earth, Dan. 8, 5, = wos- 
ketohkeity Lev. 11, 21; noh weskety in that 
which was uppermost (placed on top 
of others). Gen. 40, 17; woskechepi^kqy 
top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7; \c\Uch woske- 
cheqiitiUy * from the top of the rocks* (?), 
Num.23,9. (2) 'without* (El. Gr. 21): 
andmut kah tcoskechey within and with- 
out (i. e. on the outer surface of), Ex. 
37,2. ^ieewo8kechepiskq;misko<JUuk, Cf. 
nmske; wuskesuk. 

[Narr. witskkhe, on the top, R. W. 62. 
Del. \cochgit9ch\y above, on the top or 
surface of,^ Zeisb. Gr. 183; uxychgidha- 
miqii€y on the earth, ibid. Quir. skejey 
skeeje, 'upon*. Pier.] 

woskechepiskq, -pisk, n. the top of a 
rock, Ezek. 24, 7; 2 Chr. 25, 12, = woske- 
che qussukquanUy a pointed rock, cliff, or 
crag, Ezek. 24, 8. See chippipsk; ompsk. 

woflkeetompsqut, on the (top of the) 
rock, Job 28, 9. See woskeche. 

woskekettue (?), adj. hurtful: tog- 

kodUg, hurtful sword, Ps. 144, 10. 



Digitized by 



Google 



198 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



'^oekdheuonat, to hurt : woskehhiUinneai, 
to l)e hurt, C. 195; na>ivo8kfieum, I hurt, 
ibid. 

woskehittuonk, n. violence (suffered), 
a wound, Ex. 21, 25; spoiling, Hab. 1, 3 
{z=wo8kehuwaonk {f) y Gen. 6, 13; cf. v. 
11). 

-voskehtinneat, v. t. inan. and v. i. to 
do harm to (inan. obj.), Rev. 7, 2, 
= vH)8kehteauundl: naowosketedhj I per- 
secuted (it, the church), Phil. 3, 6; 
afique xvoskehteaucok ohke^ do not harm 
(ye) the earth. Rev. 7, 3; irvatta atwoske- 
ieauunmi6ui nwskehttuishy (they) not to 
hurt the grass, Rev. 9, 4. 

woskehu'wke, adj. hurtful, harmful, 1 
Tim. 6, 9; mat ivoskehuwdty * innocent*, 
Jonah 1, 14. 

-voskeliuwaen, n. one who hurts or 
harms, 'the spoiler', Jer. 51, 56; pi. 
(obj.) V. 53: woskehuw^euvogj 'spoilers^ 
2 K. 17, 20; 1 Sam. 13, 17. 

woskehuwdonk, n. violence, hurt. Gen. 
6, 11. 

-voskehuwdnat. See tvoskhednai. 

-voskesit, (he is) blemished, deformed, 
I^v. 21, 17, 18, 21. Cf. chohkem. 

wosketohteak : tU ivosketohUakoriy on the 
open fields, Ezek. 29, 5. 

wosketomp, n. a man, vir; pi. wosketom- 
paog (cf. mimnninj a man of another 
race or nation, a captive): ndeu vmske- 
tornpauhfUf among men, Ps. 78, 60; 
wosiketompoco (v. subst. ), he is a man, 
he became a man (El. Gr. 12, 16); 
nH)sketomp kah mittaimvosgissoh ukkez- 
heuh, 'male and female created he 
them*. Gen. 5, 2 {nukkoiu tcosky an old 
man, C. 157; nawhxUche wosky some men, 
ibid. 175; onkalog tvoskej another man, 
ibid. 232; nanm woske, any man, ibid. ). 
See omp. 

[Narr. akeSiompy pi. skeHompaCtog, 
man, men (alsonnin, nnXnnuog)^ R. W. 
44; ninnuocky ninnimimnijitvockf eniskee- 
tompaiiwogy "men, folk, people**, ibid, 
pref. 19; enin or eneskeelompy a man, 
' ibid. 115.] 

woskhednat, woskehuwdnat, wosk- 
hdnat, v. t an. to hurt, to injure, to do 
harm to (an. obj.). Pro v. 6, 18: ncDioosk' 
hukqunai, to hurt me. Gen. 31, 7; koh 
woskhonwiaty to do thee hurt, v. 29; 
amoskheonadut too^kelompuh, (they) to 



woskhednat, eie. — continued. 

hurt men. Rev. 9, 10; maUa namoak- 
heounonogy we harm them not, 1 Sam. 
25, 7; woskiheaUy he wrongeth, injureth, 
Prov. 8, 36; n^oh woskeheaUy (it) may 
harm (him). Job 35, 8; woskeheanty par- 
ticip. harming, one who hurts, Rev. 11, 
5; uUoh v^oskeadt, * whom thou persecut- 
est*, injurest, Acts 9, 5; woskhuwaan, 
Hhou that spoilest*, Is. 33, 1; mat pish 
kamoskhukkcDy he shall not hurt thee. 
Acts 18, 10; maUa cowoskheuk, hurt thou 
him not, Luke 4, 35; vwskeheuhkony do 
him no harm, Jer. 39, 12; ahque %oo»ki- 
heuky do (them) no harm, Ps. 105, 15 
{woskehheaog imthhogkauhy they hurt 
themselves (injure themselves), C. 
239) ; pass. ncDwoskhUy I am hurt, Jer. 
8, 21; kcowoskiiieopy thou wast spoiled, 
Is. 33, 1. 

wososhquit (?) : na ut ivososhquUy Hhe 
marshes thereof*, Ezek. 47, 11 (wom^- 
kehly a meadow, C. 160). 

[Del. assiskuifUy v. adj. mar^y, 
muddy, Zeisb. Gr. 164.] 

wossabpe, waasabbe, adj. and adv. 
thin, 1 K. 7, 29; Lev. 2, 4 {umsgdppi, 
C. 176) : leosmbpetdhhamiDog nam^kag, 
they beat (it) into thin plates, Ex. 39, 
3; pish wossappeteauuriy (it) shall be 
made thin, become thin, Is. 17, 4. Cf. 
saupde; urussdpjye. 

[Del. wschappariy woasgq^eny (it is) 
thin, Zeisb. Gr. 167, 172.] 

wd8iLmun6t. See wohsumunAly to shine 
out. 

w68upoht£e. See wohsippahide. 

wdu. See iv66u. 

wounkagrk, n. error (that which is 
crooked), Eccl. 10, 5. See tcoonki. 

wotL8h.au. See ioaashau. 

woweau8liin, n. a winding about, Ezek. 
41, 7. Cf. wayedag; wayord; rv66u. 

[Cree wdxi^eussehayoOy he circumvents 
him, Howse 41; wdiveowj it is circular, 
ibid. 79; wdwetoWy heroundeth it, ibid.] 

wowu8hpa>onk, n. effeminacy, 'deli- 
cacy*, Deut. 28, 56. See waashpu. 

wowushpu. See u^aashpu, 

wowu88uin6nat, w£tL8-, wowo8-, v. t. 
an. to worship, 1 Sam. 1, 3; Rev. 19, 10; 
1 K. 12, 30 (-mumaty C. 216): vxnoussvr 
maog manitto, they pray to a (false) 
god, Is. 45, 20; wownssumoh, he worehipe 



Digitized by 



Google 



-TBUMBULL] 



NATICTK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



199 



wowuB8um6nat, etc. — continued. 

(it), Is. 44, 15; nanvowuMumomuny we 
worship (intrans.), Gen. 22, 5; nag 
wausmmonchegf they who worship, Ps. 
97, 7 {noDwowusiuwamun, we worship, 
C. 216; vxmusmm God^ worship God, 
ibid.; wawummUianeat^ to be worship- 
ped, ibid.). Cf. nauwanum, he bows 
down; pearUam, he prays. 

-wowussuxnoncheg, w&tis-, pi. worship- 
ers, they who worship, Ps. 97, 7; 2 K. 
10, 19. 

wann. See oomunAi. 

woomiyeu. See wdmiyeu, downward. 

-wGomsinnedt, wcomuBsinnedt, v. i. to 
go downward, Judg. 7, 10; Gen. 46, 3: 
vH>mussu euy wmmau en, he went down 
to (a place)f 1 Sam. 15, 12; Jonah 1,3; 
Ex. 2, 5; vxDmmog, they go down (to 
the gates), Judg. 5, 11; noh wwmgU, he '■ 
who goeth down, Eccl. 3, 21; onatuh ' 



puppinashim annussUf he goeth down 
as a beast, Is. 63, 14; kcoweeche ivann- 
seunshy 1 go down with thee (into 
Egypt), Gren. 46, 4; neg womussUc^ieg en 
passohthegcmit, they that descend into 
the pit, Ezek. 26, 20; 31, 16; ne ahhut 
wdmtissimuk, the descent, downward 
slope (of a mountain), Luke 19, 37; 
nwwomussin wadchuuty I came down from 
the mount, Deut. 10, 5. See wdmiyeu, 
[Narr. waumtu \^wmmm]y down hill, 
R. W. 76.] 

-womsuonk, n. a ravine (?), a steep de- 
scent: kishke wamtmonganit, *by the 
clift of (Ziz)\ 2 Chr. 20, 16. Cf. wo- 
muhkddg, 

^"wudiechepunnock (Narr.), ''a greats 
bunch of hair bound up behind." — 
R. W. 58. 

''^wuch.ickapduck (Narr.), "birching 
bark and chestnut bark, which they 
dress finely and make a summer cover- 
ing for their houses."— R. W. 48. 

-wudchinat. See wadchinai, 

wuhkogr, (his) body, himself, Lev. 21, 4; 
Prov. 31, 22; Oant. 3, 9. See muhhdg, 

wvhhogkiy that which covers the body; 
hence a shell, and in pi. vrnhhogkiash 
(q. v.), scales (of fish), Job41, 15: iruh- 
hogkUicheg, (fish) having -scales, Lev. 
11,9. 

[Narr. suckadhocky suckdwhoek [gAcki- 
ivuhhogkij black-shell], black money, 



wuhhogrki — continued. 
R. W. 104; poquadhock [kuppogki-ivuh- 
hogki (?)], *a little thick shell-fish', 

ibid., the round clam; meteadhock [ 

and ivuhhogki]j * the periwinkle ' (Pyrula 
carica orcanaliculata), ibid. 

wuhhogrkomminneash, n. pi. husks, 
Luke 15, 16: vmhhogkomunit, to the 
husk, Num. 6, 4. 

wu]ik68, ookos, n. a hoof (his hoof), his 
nails or claw, Dan. 4, 33; Deut. 21, 12. 
See milhkoi. 

wukpeteogr, wukpit, wiQipegr. See 
muhp-. 

wuhtduogT) pi. -f Gw/i, (his) ear, ears, Is. 
32, 3; 33, 15. See mShlduog. 

wiQituk, wuttugfk [wiU'uhtug, of the 
tree], n. a branch, John 15, 2; Is. 9, 14; 
{unUtuhkq) Is. 19, 15; Ezek. 15, 2: (otuh- 
qunnuniy his branch. Job 15, 32; 18, 16; 
ncotuhqunnumcU, on my branch. Job 29, 
19; pi. wuUtihqunashy branches, (wood 
for) fuel, Is. 9, 5; Gen. 22, 6. See vmt- 
tuhq. 

•wiikse (and no7nHyeue)j adj. alone, C. 
167. Cf. nusm. 

wundnetuonk. See ttmnndnittuonk, 

wunaMKDmdnat, v. t. an. to betray: na>- 
nusnamiy I betray, Matt. 27, 4; noh amas- 
scomohf who betrayed him. Matt. 10, 4, 
= neh watiassamitJtqutchehf Mark 3, 19; 
nonche wunassaomedgy * if ye be come to 
betray me', 1 Chr. 12, 17; amassmmdnat, 
to betray him, John 13, 2 (itxinassantiitj 
he was betrayed (?), C. 182 [when he 
was betrayed (condit), as in 1 Cor. 11, 
23, whence Cotton probably took this 
word]). 

wunasaomiuw^, adv. treacherously, Is. 
21, 2. 

wimasaoomuw^nin, n. one who deals 

treacherously. Is. 21, 2. 
*WTUinachkemniuk. See wandhchiko' 

muk, a chimney. 
*wuxindgehan, or wunn^gin wa^pi 

(Narr. ), a fair wind: wunnigiich wuUln^ 

when the wind is fair, R. W. 84. Cf. 

mattdgehaUf a cross wind, ibid, 
wunnagetahh am we quBSukquonaah, 

hewed stones, 1 K. 7,9 (-agkuttahhame, 

V. 11, 12). 
wuniiafir[k]ittaJiwau: chikkup-poh^ 

he heweth down cedars, Is. 44, 14. 



Digitized by 



Google 



200 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



wunnagkittuhliatLSuen, -in, a carpen- 
ter, Is. 44, 13. 

wuxmaiyeu, adj. and adv. (he is) happy. 
See u'unmyeu. 

*mxDnkm (Narr.), "their red painting, 
which they most delight in." — R. W. 
154. 

wunnamamdonk (?), n. healthfulness, 
promotion of health, Prov. 16, 24; 
=u*unndnumaonk, a blessing (?). See 
neetskemumk (under neetske^i), 

[Del. nolamalsif I am well, Zeisb.] 

wuxmdmonaenat, v. i. to beget a son or 
sons: nmnnamonieu, he begets a son, 
Eccl. 5, 14; pish umnnamonaeuy he shall 
beget sons. Gen, 17, 20; ti^nnamoniyeUf 
he begat (us) , James 1 , 18; noh wunau- 
moniity -natty if he beget a son, Prov. 
17, 21; Ezek. 18, 10, 14; nohwanamoniity 
he who begat thee, Prov. 23, 22; wunna- 
monaeky beget (ye) sons, Jer. 29, 6 {nw- 
naumoniyeuniy I beget (a son or sons), C. 
181). Cf. wtdtaunaenat. 

wimnampcD'hftwniattdnat) v. t. an. and 
inan. to answer (a question) to (any- 
one). Matt. 22, 46; Acts 24, 10. See 
nampooham. 

wiin2iamptamd6onk, n. belief, faith, 
Heb. 11, 1; C. 182: kwnamptamcoonky 
thy belief, 2 Thess. 2, 13; -thy faith. 
Matt. 9, 22; ruuhpe ymnnamptamaxmk, 
-6<mky by faith, Heb. 11, 3, 4, 5, etc. 

wunnaxnptaxnunat, (1) v. t. to believe, 
Luke 24, 25 [with an. obj. expressed, 
to believe or believe in (a person)]. 
(2) wtinnwnptaudnat (an. and inan. ), to 
obey: (onamptauaUy 'he hearkened to' 
(him). Gen. 23, 16; namamptamy I be- 
lieve, Mark 9, 24; Acts 27, 25; C. 182; 
k(Dnamptamtva) Gody ye believe in God, 
John 14, 1; umnnamptamtcog, they 
believed, Ex. 4, 31; tmnnampUimy 
amamptaniy he believes, Prov. 14, 15 
{wunnamptoadtinneaty to be l:)elieved, C. 
182); umnnamptaudogy they believed 
(him), Ex. 14, 31; nah mat amamptauoky 
he did not believe them, Gen. 45, 26; 
kamamptaUy dost thou believe on ( him )? 
John 9, 35; onk woh namamptaUy that I 
may believe on (him), v. 36; howan 
wtinnamptauonty whoso believeth in 
(him), Rom. 9, 3Sy =ho}van wanamptogy 
1 John 5, 1, 5. 



wunnamptamunat — continued. 

[Narr. coandiimatouSy I believe you 
or I will obey you. "This word they 
use just as the Greek tongue doth that 
verb [jttarevGo'] nidreveiVy for believ- 
ing or obeying, as it is often used in the 
New Testament."— R. W. 65.] 

wunnamuliqut, adv. truly, verily (El. 
Gr. 21), Matt. 11, 11; Heb. 11, 15; 
surely. Is. 40, 7. 

wunnamuliquttee, -teyeu, adj. true^ 
1 K. 10, 6; Jer. 42, 5 {wunumtihkuth/eu^ 
truly, C. 230): vmnnamukqutfeyeua>y (it) 
is true, Dan. 6, 12; -yeuaxtshy (words) 
are true, 2 Sam. 7, 28; ne wanumuhkut^- 
yeuuky that which is true (truth con- 
crete), 1 K. 22, 16, =icunnamuhqutt€' 
yeuwky 2 Sam. 15, 20; xcunnamuhqutte- 
yeuonky truth (abstract), Ps. 15, 2. 

[Del. nnUamoey he says true or the 
truth; wuldmoyuy v. adj. it is true, right, 
Zeisb. Gr. 165.] 

*wnTiTi am wftteouiuiat, to prove; (i. e. 
to know-true, to demonstrate), C. 205. 

wimzUhiittuonk, wunfoetuonk, n. a 
'blessing (referred to the object), Deut. 
28,2. 

wunndntamunat, wiiTmanittamun^Jt 
[u*un7ie-unnantamundt'\y v. t. inan. to 
bless (it), Deut, 28, 12; 2 Sam. 7, 29 
wunantash, bless thou (it), Deut. 33, 11 
pish tpunnantaniy he will bless (it), Deut 
7, 13; micheme uiinnarUamunachy let (it) 
be blessed forever, 2 Sam. 7, 29. Pri- 
marily, to be pleased with a thing. 

[Narr. noivecdntaniy noureieAntamy 1 
am glad, R. W. 65. Del. noMendamy I 
rejoice, am glad; nolatenamiy I am 
happy, Zeisb. Voc. 50. Cree nooyian- 
tomeuy we rejoice, Howse.] 

wiiTimtninnaonk, n. a blessing (referred 
to the giver or agent), Deut. 33, 7. See 
wunnamam6onk, 

wunndnumau, ODnanuxnau, he is happy 
(is blessed), pass. Rom. 14, 22; Prov. 
3, 13. See xcunne, 

[Del. noiinameyiy I like it, Zeisb.] 

wii n n itnw m 6nat , v. t. an. to bless, to in- 
voke blessings on (Num. 24, 1) or con- 
fer blessings (umntiaunumonaty C. 182; 
nen ncondnumy I bless, ibid.) : wunn&nu" 
monipf he blessed (them), Deut. 33, 1; 
a)nanumonaoonfy they to bless (them), 
Deut. 27, 12; kanianumoushy I will bless 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



201 



wiinxUbiuxn6nat — continued, 
thee, Gen. 22, 17; namanuniy 1 bless 
(her), Gen. 17, 16; wunnanumeh, hieeB 
me, Gen. 27, 34; pass, pish kamanumitj 
thou shalt be blessed, Deut. 27, 3; pish 
tctmnaniUamunf (it) shall be blessed, v. 
4, 5 {vrunnanlUinneat, to be blessed, 0. 
182). 

*wunnappinneat (?): kamepeam^ wel- 
come, C. 217. 

wiiTinanh, v. to erect, to set upright (lit. 
to set on end) : ummtashau, he set up (a 
pillar), 1 K. 7, 21; noh vjdnashont ahpe- 
hanoh, he that setteth snares, Jer. 5, 26; 
vmnnatJi, set ( a watchman on the tower ) , 
Is. 21, 6; wunnash ahkuhk, set on a pot 
(on the fire), Ezek. 24, 3. See vmrnioh- 
teauundt. Of. xcanashque, on the top of, 
or rather *on end*. 

[Del. wo nach qui im, top of a house 
or tree, Zeisb.] 

wunnaahauonk, (his) spirit, Prov. 18, 
14. See nashaiwnk, 

wiinnmihque. See wanashqu^y on the 
top of. 

wuxmatootamau^nat, v. t. an. and inan. 
to question, to ask anyone questions, 
Matt. 22, 46; Mark 9, 32, etc. See 
natcotomau, 

^wtuuiauano^uck (Nan*.), a shallop; 
wunnatuinounuckqu^y a skiff. ^'Al- 
though themselves have neither, yet 
they give them such names, which 
in their language signifieth carrying 
vessels. ' *— R. W. 98. Cf . kdunuk, 

*wvLDJihxLg (Narr.), a tray; pi. -{-dnash, 
R. W. 50; vMunauganhnese^ a little tray, 
ibid. See vmnnonk, 

^wunxLaugonhiSmmiii (Narr.), 'to play 
at dice', that is, by throwing painted 
plumbstones {asauanash) into a tray, 
R. W. 146. 

wunnaumoniin, n. appellative, a son 
(i. e. anybody's son), Prov. 17, 26; 
Heb. 5, 8 {ummmumonieny C. 162). 

wunnauxnonuli, n. constr. (hid or her) 
son. Gen. 22, 3; 21, 2, 3, 5, 7; (the 
son of) 2 K. 4, 37 : nxLniwumcny my son. 
Gen. 21, 23; 22, 7, 8; nunnaumon vmn- 
naumonuh, my son's son. Gen. 21, 23; 
kenaumarif thy son. Gen. 22, 2, 12; Lev. 
18, 10 {kendmoTiy thy son, pi. kenaumo- 
nog^ C. 162. ) ; en wunnaumcfnai, toward 
or to his son, Deut 28, 56, 57; on 



wiumauxnoziuh — continued. 

his son, Gen. 22, 6; pi. nunnaumonog, 
my sons, Gen. 48 (collectively, all my 
sons, nunnaunumunky Gen. 48, 9; 1 Sam. 
2, 24); nmnnaumonuh, his sons, the 
sons of, 1 Chr. 21, 20; 2 Sam. 23, 6; 
Gen. 50, 12. 

^wiinniCumwaah (Narr.), speak the 
truth: wunndumwaw ewdj he speaka 
true; coandumweuj you speak true, R. 
W. 63. The two last "are words of 
great flattery, which they use to each 
other, but constantly to their princes, 
at their speeches", etc. tmmnaum- 
wdyean, *if he say true', ibid. 64 (nco- 
nomwain, I speak truth, 1 Tim. 2, 7; 
wuniwmwdeeyarty if I speak true, John 
8,46). 

*wunnainnwftuonck (Narr.), n. 'faith- 
fulness', R. W. 64. 

wunnaunchexncDkaonk [wunne-aunche-- 
ma>k(umk'\, n. good news, Prov. 25, 25; 
the gospel, Gal. 2, 2. See aunchernoH 
kau; unnaunchemtDkaudmU. 

wtuuiaudnat, 3d pers. infin. of naudnaty 
ruiuwdnaty to see him, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 

wunne, oone, adv. and adj. well, beauti- 
fully, pleasantly (Lat. bene); good, 
beautiful, pleasant: wunne wuUaxintash, 
be of good courage, IChr. 19, 13; tminne 
ohke, a good land, Deut. 8, 7; ante mSe- 
chumcomash, his pleasant fruits. Cant 
4, 16; ttH>h kcone mukkamdminneau, ye 
might well bear with him, 2 Cor. 11, 
4; adj. an. with prefix, kami, thou art 
happy, Deut. 33, 29; pish kami, thou 
shalt be secure, Job 11,18; onk woh nami 
vmtch keUf that it may be well with me 
for thy sake, Gen. 12, 13; kamaiimtvm 
nish ussedg, happy are ye if ye do them, 
John 13, 17; umnniiichegj they who are 
happy, the happy, Mai. 3, 15. See 
wunnegen; wunniyeu. 

[Quir. werra, waiLwhre, well (adv.), 
Pier. 52 and passim. Del. wulitj good;. 
welhik, the best; (an.) webat^ the best, 
holy, Zeisb. Voc. 12, 13. Chip, ivetveni, 
adv. *well, right, just, exactly, dili- 
gently ' , Bar. Cf . Chip, om-, as prefix. ] 

wiuinecluDteagk, v. (imperat 2d pers. 
pi.) 'set on bread', i. e. serve the food, 
Gen. 43, 31. Cf. wunndug (Narr.), a. 
tray, R. W. 50. 



Digitized by 



Google 



^02 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



"wxuineech&iiat, -Onat, v. i. 3d pers. iti- 
finit. of neechadnaty to conceive, Heb. 
11, 11. See \Dompeq\mu6tMt. 

"wxuineechaneunk, n. offspring, collec- 
tively, Rom. 9, 8 (all children). 

"«ninneechan(oh), his child, constr. 
the child of, i. e. offspring, son or 
daughter, indeterminate of age or sex ; 
pi. u-unneechaneumdogj children, off- 
spring, as related to cochetuonganamh^ 
their parents, Matt. 1 0, 21 . See neechau, 

wunneediaiidnat, v. t. an. to beget (a 
child): noh waneechanity he who begets 
(a child), Dan. 11, 6. 

-wuzmedtupanatainwe. In the title of 
Eliot's Bible, excellent, *holy'; grace, 

* grace of God ', Acts 14, 43; vbl. n., holy 
man, Mark 6, 20. Of. mcUchetupanatam, 

* profaned', Ezek. 22, 26. 
unumegen, *adv. of quality' (El. Gr. 22) 

and adj. (it is) good, pleasant (used by 
Eliot sometimes as the equivalent of 
tru7n}€f but, strictly regarded, wunne or 
uninni is applicable to the abstract, the 
possible or suppositive, or the subject, 
ivunnegen to the concrete, the actual, 
or the object; yet Eliot was compelled 
to employ the latter form to express 
jibstract good. See vmnneffik*): wun- 
naumun , . . na en wunnegeUy he saw 
. . . that it was good. Gen. 1, 4, 10, 18; 
ne ivunnegen ut wuakegukqui, the thing 
was good in his eyes, Gen. 41, 37; *he 
was content* with it, Lev. 10, 20; anw 
vmnnegeiij (it is) better, a better thing, 
Matt. 18, 8, 9; tt< wunnegen ohkeit, . . . 
vmnTiegen nvtdhtaumik^ *in pleasant 
places, ... I (have) a goodly heritage', 
Ps. 16, 6; (rare in) pi. vmmiegouuhy 
. good things, Matt. 12, 35; v. subst. 
negat. matta xminnegeninncOy -no, it is not 
^ood, Gen. 2, 18; 2 Sam. 17, 7; Matt. 
19, 10; guenau ^oanne wunnegetmiruDgk, 
thenceforth it is ( will be) good for noth- 
ing, Matt. 5, 13; wanne wunnegennin- 
noogkj no good thing will (he withhold) , 
Ps. 84, 11. 

[♦Foot note.—'* On reflection I am convinced 
that wunnegen is, primarily, the contracted in- 
finitive, or 8d pers. ring, indie, pres. of a verb 
■vmnnegendt, to be good, as wunnesendt, to do 
^ood or well. From this verb vmnnegik and 
(negat.) wunnegenninnmg, etc., are regularly 
formed. No. it is the inanimate noun, or 3d 
pers. pres. indie, meaning -good thing' 
ibonum or koAov) or * it is good'."] 



wunneg^en — continued. 

[Abn. Srighen, *cela est bon, beau', 
Rasles. Narr. wumiigin^ cdivish [k&uesJi] , 
welcome, sleep here, R. W. 38. Del. 
v*u lie cheny it is good or well done, 
Zeisb. Voc. 34.] 

*wunne^nnue, adv. famously, 0. 228. 

wunnegik, wanegik, -giik, that which 
is good, a good thing, 2 Tim. 1, 14: 
nishnoh \caneguk, every good thing, 
Philem. 6; rw teagiia vHinegiky any good 
thing, Josh. 21, 45; irahieouun wanegik 
kah machuky to know good and evil. 
Gen. 3, 5; pi. wunnegikishj toanegikish 
(more commonly wanegugish)y good 
things. Josh. 23, 14, 15; Ps. 103, 5. See 
ivaoii^gugish, 

^wunndgin wadpi. See *u'unndgehan, 

wunneliteauun^t, v. t. inan. to beautify 
(it), to render beautiful or pleasing. Is. 
60, 13: noh wunnehteou nishjwh ieag, he 
has made everything beautiful, Eccl. 

3, 11. 

[Del. wulUony to make (something) 
well; maniton, to make (?), Zeisb. Gr. 
160; paiitoHj to spoil something, to do 
it wrong, ibid.] 

wxin]i^ta>nuhquainua>, it buds. Is. 
27,6. 

*wunnekuonk, n. the birth of a child, 
birth, Ind. Laws vii, 7. 

^wunneneehhuftd, kindly, C. 228. 

wunnenehe6nat, v. t. an. to do well 
toward (or do good to) another: wunene- 
heog ndg xc&nemhukqueagigy if ye do 
good to them that do good to you, Luke 
6, 33; tvunnenehikkoOy (do not my 
words) do good to (him), Mic. 2, 7; 
woh kameneheodftgy (when) ye may do 
them good, Mark 14, 7; wumieneheontuh 
wamej let us do good to all men, Gal. 
6, 10. From tvunne-unneheonat. 

wxiniiedziat, v. t. an. to beautify, to 
make beautiful, to make good (?): wun- 

- lu^hy kuhhog nashpe . . . vmnneetnonky 
'deck thyself with . . . excellency' 
(beauty). Job 40, 10. See wunnenefied- 
not. 

wimnepogr, n. a leaf, Lev. 26, 36; Is. 64, 
6; (iwnnepog) Job 13, 25 {wunnepog^ C. 
164): amepogy his leaf, Jer. 17, 8 {oonee- 
pogy Mass. Ps. , Ps. 1, 3) ; pi. -f gtww/i, Dan. 

4, 12, 14; ut noochumwe ttmnnepogquty on 
the tender herb, Deut. 32, 2; ineechu 
wunnepogquashy he eats herbs, Rom. 



Digitized by 



Google 



7BVMBULL] 



l^ATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



208 



wunnepog^-oontinued . 

14, 2, =wuimepaquashy Ps. 105, 35, =wun- 

nepukquashy Mark 4, 32: vmnnepogque 

meetmonkf *a dinner of herbs', Prov. 

15, 17. Cf. tceesadtippogquoahy bitter 

herbs, Ex. 12, 8; Num. 9, 11. 

[Narr. vmnntpog^ leaf, pi. -\-gtmsh, 

R. W. 89. Del. tmi nipak, Zeisb. Voc. 35. ] 
-wunnesenat [wunne-ussen&Qf v. i. to do 

good, to do well, Num. 24, 13; Mark 

3,4. 
[Del. icuHUmUy to be good; nmlissOj 

good, handsome, Zeisb. Gr. 166.] 
^Sinuiiietodaht&iilnat, v. t. caus. to make 

good; 3d pers. ametooahtduXnaty *to 

make (it) good', C. 226. 
^wunnetue, wuxinetu, adj. an. good, 

Ps. 112, 5; beautiful, Gen. 29, 17; 1 

Chr. 16, 29 {wunnetod?, good, bonus, 

C. 226) ; wunnetoUf a good man, Ps. 112, 

5; Matt. 12, 35. Cf. wenauwetu, rich. 
[Narr. wunnHuj ' proper and personal * , 

R. W. 60; wunn^unitOy my heart is good, 

ibid.] 
^^runnetiixiat, to be good: kamettmaty 

(thou) to be good, C. 226. 
-wunnetuonk, a>ne-, n. goodness, Prov. 

20, 6; excellency, beauty, Job 14, 10: 

miieluonky his beauty, its beauty, 2 Sam. 

1, 19; 14, 25; irutche kconeeluonky for thy 

good, Deut. 10, 13. 
*WiiiinTiith (or nehunmhshash), fare you 

well, C. 227. 
'*wuTiTi ikketeammat (?): nuttanHikkd 

icunnikkeVkimy I am pretty well, C. 225. 

See keleau. 

[Narr. konkeetedugy they are well, R, 

W. 28.] 
'wtmninabpehteau, he maketh (it) dry, 

of the sea, Hag. 1, 4. See nunassen&t, 
wunniyeu, wmuiaiyeu [wria yeu]y adj. 

an. (?) (he is) happy. Job 5, 17; Ps. 

127, 5; 137, 8, 9: iwh wunniyeii, happy is 

he who, Prov. 16, 20; ajuie xvunniyeUy ' 

more happy, 1 Cor. 7, 40 {mn . . . 

wunniymogy are (they) well? C. 225). 

Seewunne; wunnegen, 
♦wuxmiyefte, adv. happily, C. 228. 
wunn6^kus, (his) belly, Lev. 11, 42: 

ken6gku8y thy belly. Cant. 7, 2. See 

mendgkus, 
wunno^kussue, -asse, adj. of the belly; 

as n. bowels, Col. 3, 12; Acta 1, 18. 



wun2iogque,wunogka>e [=xmnne-hogky 
good-bodied or well-covered], adj. fat, 
1 Sam. 28, 24; Ezek. 34, 20; as r. u-undg- 
kcoogy they shall grow fat, Deut. 31, 20; 
mo ahche umnogkoDy he was very fat, 
Judg. 3, 17. 
•[Narr. uxiuwuiiockdoy it is fat, R. W. 

- 143.] 

wuxmogqutcheg, pi. they who are fat, 
the fat. Is. 10, 16; Ezek. 34, 16; =icQ6nog' 
qutcheg. 

wunnohquodt: pish xvunohquodty it will 
be fair weather. Matt. 16, 2 (weekdh- 
^a/, fair weather; tvunnohqucUy pleasant 
weather; wekeneankquaty wann weather, 
C. 158). See onnohquat. 

[Narr. wekineadquaty fair weather, 
R. W. 81.] 

wu2in61itealiuau, he maketh peace, Ps. 
147, 14. 

wunnohteauun^t, v. t. to set up, to 
erect: vmnnohtdogy they set up (towers). 
Is. 23, 13. See ivuniiash, 

wuxinompamiikquok (after adi)y Mn an 
open place'. Gen. 38, 14. 

wuxmompeuhkohteaoiik, n. craftiness, 
Eph. 4, 14; inmnombeukanittuonky a con- 
spiracy, 2 K. 17, 4. Cf. asokekodiedmw, 

wunnompeuhk6nat, v. t. an. to beguile, 
to deceive by craft: umnnompeuhkatiompy 
he beguiled (Eve), 2 Cor. 11, 3. 

wunnompewessu, adj. an. 'subtile', 
Gen. 3, 1 (=^iehi6mpuwismjtSnUy 2 Sam. 
13, 3): nmnnompewussu^euy adv. sub- 
tilely, 1 Sam. 23, 22; {-utpdeu) with 
guile, Ex. 21, 14; tounnompuvrumuwdej 
with subtlety. Gen. 27, 35; 2 KrlO, 19. 

wunnompuwussixineat, v. i. to be 
crafty or subtle, to deceive by craft 
(with affix of 3d pers. pi. Eph. 4, 14). 

wunnompuwussuonk, n. subtlety {(Dn' 
omp-y his subtlety, 2 Cor. 11, 3). 

wunnomwaoaseonk, n. righteousness, 
right-doing, Prov. 11, 18; Matt. 5, 6. 

wunnomwiLyeuonk, n. truth (abstract), 
Ex. 34, 6; Prov. 8, 7; Rom. 1, 18. Cf. 
wunnamuhquttee. 

wunnonk, n. a dish, 2 K. 21, 13: nwnon- 
ganUy in my dish, Matt. 26, 23; C. 161; 
tounnonganUy in the dish, Mark 14, 20; 
vmnonky ' platter ' , Matt. 23, 25. Cf . min- 
ndgkus, belly; w&nogq, a hole (dug 
out?). 



Digitized by 



Google 



204 



3UREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 26 



wuxinonk — continued . 

[Narr. tmnudug [wunncLug'], *a tray', 
R. W. 50; pi. wunnaugdnash, Micm. 
SUikan, 'unplat', Maill. 10. Del. ula- 
amisy a dish; ulncanahen, to make 
dishes; xdacanahe-munschi, (dish-tree) 
elm tree, Zeisb.] 

wuxinonkou, adv. yesterday (El. Gr. 21), 
i, e. last evening, John 4, 52: pajeh tmm- 
nonkcontf until evening, Josh. 10, 26. 

[Del. vm la ca, evening, Zeisb. Voc. 
34.] 

wunnonkooook, wannonkaxDk, n. 

(when it was) evening, the evening, 
Gen. 1, 5, 8, 13, 18. 

[Narr. umnnduquit, evening, R. W. 
67. Del. widacanimy in the evening; 
undaquikey 'last night', Zeisb. Gr. 171 
(* this evening', ibid. 178).] 
wuxinonkqu^, adj. and adv. in the 
evening, of evening, Zeph. 3, 3; Gen. 
30, 16; Esth. 2, 14. 

[Micm. Selag, 'ce soir', Maillard 28. 
Del. tculakUy (in the) evening, Zeisb. 
Gr. 171.] 

wu2m6nuhkau6nat. See wdunonuhkaii- 
onai, to flatter. 

wunndnuhkoywaonk, n. flattery, Dan. 
11, 21 {icouwekaniaonk, C. 220). 

wuxmoohwhtfsixineat, v. i. (to be) 
adorned, C. 217 (as participle): pish 
kenanhpe umnnanvhoSy thou shalt be ' 
adorned with, Jer. 31, 4. See wun- i 
nedncU, 

wiimimhainoonk, n. a valuation or es- 
timated value (for ransom?), Lev. 27, 
16: kmiuDhanuDoiikf thy valuation (value 
fixetl by thee), Lev. 27, 12, 13. 

wunnGDw^nk [umnrw-ntmrdonk], n. a 
covenant, an agreement: nconwivdorik, 
my covenant, Gen. 17, 4; nutayim nay- 
nwivdonky I make my covenant, v. 2; 
am<mv&onky his covenant, the covenant 
of, Ps. 78, 10; 105, 8; wunnaywdonk 
ayimaiek nashpe magaxmkj *make a cov- 
enant with me by a present'. Is. 36, 16. 

wuniUDwdnat, v. t. an. to make a league 
with, Dan. 11, 6; to covenant with: 
vmnndhteahuauy he maketh peace, Ps. 
147, 14. 

*wuminhketeaOTiktnim: 9un tvunnuk- 
keteaonkdnnuj 'is it a healthy time'? is 
it healthy? C. 225. 



wunnumuhkinumuntft, v. t. to turn a 
a thing upside down,, 2 K. 21, 13: onum- 
uhkinumun, he turned it upside down, 
Pb. 146, 9. 

^^vunnupkomiyftonk, n. opportunity, 
C. 163. 

wuxmuppauhwhunne, adj. winged, 
Deut 4, 17. 

wuxinuppoh, (her or its) wing, the wing 
or wings of (constr. ), Job 39, 26; 1 K. 
6, 24: pasuk wunnuppoh, one wing (of), 
2 Chr. 3, 12 {vmnnuppohj a wing, pL 
~\-whunash, C. 156). 

[Narr. wunnilpf wing, pi. -j-pashf 
R. W. 85.] 

wuxmuppohwhun, wunnuppuwhun, 
wunnupwliun, n. (his, her, or its) 
wing (constr. -f-o/i, the wing or wings 
of), Deut. 32, 11: tvurumppuhwhtinduk, 
their wings, 2 Chr. 3, 11; Job 39, 26; 
pasuk umnnuppohwhunohy one wing (of), 
2 Chr. 3, 11; ut wunnuppawhunity on 
the wings of, 2 Sam. 22, 11; tU woskeche 
wunnuppohwhunitj upon her wings, 
Deut. 32, 11; mogkinnupuhwhunauy hav- 
ing great wings; qaogquonipuhwhunavy 
long-winged, Ezek. 17, 3. See nuppoh. 

wunnupwoaonk, pi. -ongash, (his) prov- 
erb, proverbs, Prov. 25, 1. See siogMo- 
waotik; icaanUimweyeuank, 

wtinnu8sa>og, n. pi. (his) testicles, Deut. 
23,1: adj. M*unm/«PM^, Job 40, 17; quosh-' 
qunnttssaMTdf one who has his testicles 
broken. Lev. 21, 20. From neemog, a 
pair (?). 

wunnutche^, wunnutch, n. (his) hand. 
See menutcheg. 

wunogkooe. See u*unnogque. 

wun(Dwh6nat, v. t. an. to fix a valua- 
tion on, to value (for ransom?): pish 
amwtvhdh, he shall value him. Lev. 27, 
12; inan. vmruDhamun&t: pish mnmha- 
muTiy he shall estimate it, Lev. 27, 14. 
Cf. manmham. 

wus, n. the brim or edge, (of a cup) 2 
Chr. 4, 5: tt/ tcussadtj on the edge of (a 
curtain), Ex. 26, 4, 5; on the brim of, 
2 Chr. 4, 5; pi. wussash, the borders of, 
2 K. 16, 17. 

[Narr. MTi«, *the edge or list' (of 
cloth), R. W. 134.] 

wusdpiniik, wussapiniik [wus^ippinuky 
that which is on the edge of], n. the 
bank or margin (of a river, etc.), 2 K. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBmBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DIOTIONABY 



205 



wustfpinuk, wnssapiniik — continued. 
2, 13; Dan. 12, 5: kishke vmandpenukjhy 
the bank, Deut 4, 48; wus^dpinuk ut 
sepuuif on the bank of the river, Gen. 
41, 17; dnutputchtum vmssdbanukquoshf 
(it) overflowed its banks, Josh. 3, 15 
{v7us9dppimikt a bank, C. 158, 160). 

wuahikcD, he sneezed, 2 K. 4, 35. See 
*a?miM>?iit/ *nanagkcoonk; *sannegk(XHmk, 

wushim-in, n. a daughter-in-law, a son's 
wife. Matt. 10, 35: kushim, thy daugh- 
ter-in-law, Gen. 38, 24; (son's wife) 
Lev. l8, 15; wushimoh (constr.), his 
daughter-in-law, Lev. 20, 12. 

[Del. chumm^ Zeisb. Abn. nesem^ 
*ma bru (dit le pdre)'.] 

wushimoh, n. constr. (his) daughter- 
in-law, (his) son's wife, Gen. 38, 11; 
vmhshimohf 16. 

*wush6wuxia]i (Narr.), n. the hawk, 
R. W. 87. See quanunon, 

wushptinnaudnat, v. t. an. and inan. to 
bind up, to bind to or upon, an. ending 
and inan. obj.: coshpunauoh ncochum- 
vjeMahwhaongashy he bound up his 
wounds, Luke 10, 34; vntshpuiinaush 
kummoxunashf bind on thy sandals. 
Acts 12, 8; noh woshpununk sheavemshj 
he who binds the sheaves, Ps. 129, 7. 
Of. agsepinum; kishpinum, etc. 

wimkaimem, n. seed (semen), lit. his or 
its seed (?) (cf. skannhnunash, seeds. 
Gen. 1, 11, 12); of plants or grain, Lev. 
27, 16; Matt. 8, 20, 22, 23: tcuskannem 
mvMard, a mustard seed, Matt. 13, 31 ; of 
man. Gen. 38, 9; weepamaowe {-muwAe), 
tffuskannemt semen virile, Lev. 15, 16, 
18; 19, 20; pi. vmtkannemuneashf -nosh, 
seeds. Matt. 13, 31; seed com, Gren. 47, 
19, 23, 24; cMkan-, his seed. Lev. 27, 16; 
kcMkan-, thy seed, Deut. 11, 10. [wu^e- 
minneoBh (?), but cf. vmskenuunnecU, to 
be young.*] See sohquu 

[*NoTK.— In another place in the manoBcript 
occura the note " «tonn«in-«n, with pronom. 
prefix."] 

[Del. woch ga nihm, seed, Zeisb. Voc. 

34.] 
wuAkappeum (?), n. (his) concubine: 

koMkappeumog, thy concubines, Dan. 5, 

23. See (oshkappeum, 
wuflke, weske, adj. and adv. (1) new, 

Is. 65, 17: wuske ketassadf a new king, 

£x. 1, 8; wuske teag, a new thing, Num. 



wuske, weske— continued. 
16, 30; vmske mconak^ new cloth, Matt 
9, 16; pi. umskeaia»h kah nukonne hiash, 
things new and old, Matt. 13, 52. (2) 
young: tcuske penomp, a young virgin, 
1 K. 1, 2; but rarely used in this sense 
except in compound words; cf. tvwko- 
shim, etc. (3) first in time, of or at the 
beginning: -toeske hUchiasik, in the 1k5- 
ginning, Gen. 1,1; wiUch treske kemkodt, 
from the first day, Dan. 10, 12; umU^ 
weske, from the very first, Luke 1, 3. 
Cf . aske. 

[Cree whkutch, formerly, Howse 33. 
Del. touskiyeyu, it is new, Zeisb. Gr. 165; 
wushf new, ibid. 168; a little while ago, 
ibid. 172.] 

wuskehettuozik, n. See woskehiUumiky 
violence or hurt suffered, a wound, 
etc. 

wuskehuwtfonk, n. See vxtskfhuurdonk, 
violence, etc. 

wusken, -in, n. a youth, a young man, 
Gen. 4, 23; 41, 12; Eccl. 11, 9; Matt. 
19, 20, 22; dim. vmskenes: ken ivuskenes, 
thou art but a youth, 1 Sam. 17, 33; 
vmskenesu, adj. an. he was a youth, 1 
Sam. 17, 42 (wiiskenin, nunkomp, a young 
man; wusskennin, a girl, C. 157). Cf. 
nunkomp, 

[Narr. vmskhie, a young man, R. W. 
124.] 

wiukenue, adj. and adv. of youth: 
kwskenue, of thy youth, Eccl. 11, 9; 12, 1. 

wuskenua>onk, n. youth, the season of 
youth, Eccl. 11, 10; Ps. 103, 5. 

wuskenuunneat, v. i. to be young: 
wutche 'kvuskenuunneai, from his youth, 
1 Sam. 17, 33; wutche ruDskenuunneat, 
from my youth. Matt. 19, 20; wuskenu- 
wuskena), he is young (as n. a young 
man, a youth, 1 Sam. 17, 55; obj. 
wuskinuhj Gen. 18, 7) ; vmske nuog, they 
are young (as n. pi. young men, youths. 
Is. 40, 30; Jer. 31, 13) ; ash wuskenum, 
he was yet a youth, Judg. 8, 20. [The 
form indicates *to become', *to grow' 
(-ctud).] 

wiukesiik, (his) eye, (his) &ce. See 
muskesuk, 

wuskiahiin. See wuskoshim. 

wuBkittamwus [vmske-miUamwus'], n. a 
young woman, Ruth 4, 12; (pi obj.) 
Tit. 2, 4. 



Digitized by 



Google 



206 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLCTIN 2&- 



wuskodtuk, n. the fcirehead, Ex. 28, 38; 
Ezek. 3, 9: kmkodtuk, thy forehead, v. 
8; %d wxiskodiugqut, on his forehead, i 
Rev. 14, 9. See muskodtuk; ico^keche, \ 
[Narr. inscAttucky the forehead, R. W. | 
58.] 
^ . wusk^n, n. (hif?) bone. Job 2, 5; Ezek. i 
37, 7; pi. -\-a9h, Judg. 19, 29; Ezek. I 
37, 1, 3: muskonash, the bone^, Pro v. ' 
14, 30 {mshkon, weshkeen, C. 157 [but | 
perhaps only of a broken bone]) . See \ 
dskon; mushm; ohkam; o»kon. 
[Del. wock katif bone, Zeisb.] 

wuskon^ntup, n. the skull, 2 K. 9, 35; 
Judg. 9, 53; Mark 15, 22; ^wuskon-Stitupt 
bone-head; so, mishkondntup l=miAhe- 
umskon-OfUup^y John 19, 17 {muttkonontip^ 
C. 157). Cf. chepiontup; rnishkonontup. 

wuskoshim, wuskiBhim, adj. young 
(of an animal) : foJfe xvugkoshimy a young 
calf. Lev. 9, 2; xcmkishim, a young 
(pigeon), Gen. 15, 9. 

[Del. irusk chumy a young creature, 
Zei^b.] 

wuskoshimwus, n. a whelp; pl.-^«o^, 
Prov. 17, 2; Nah. 2, 12: dim. wmkosh- 
imwmes, Deut. 3:3, 22; Nah. 2, 12. 

wuskuhwhun-an, n. a dove. Cant. 5, 
12; Hoe. 11, 11; Jer. 8, 7. 

[Xarr. truskduhdUf a pigeon; iro^ito- 
v:hannanaukit [u'ttskoirhonttan-aukit (?)], 
the pigeon country', R. W. 87.] 
^ " wixsqheonkane, -ongane, adj. bloody, 
Ex. 4, 25, 26. 

[Xarr. nmhqu^j neepurky the blood; 
mishquhmshj the veinp, R. W. 60 (mj«- 
quineashf ibid. 158).] 

wusq(ue)heonk, n. (his) blood, Num. 
35, 33; Rev. 14, 20; Matt. 16, 17: uom- 
qheonk, my blood, John 6, 54, 55, 56; 
oDsqfieouk, his blood, Gen. 37, 26; 42, 22; 
Ezek. 3, 18. Cf. mmquehf/nky blood. 

wuBsagsdhou, n. (her) earring. Gen. 

' 24, 30. See soghAMohhou. 

wussampen^t, v. i. to view or look out 
(from): naosampf I looked (from my 
window), Prov. 7, 6; HnmsfimpUf he 
looked (from the window), Cant. 2, 9; 
yeug wosompitcheg, they who look (out 
from w^indows), Eccl. 12, 3. Cf. nadtau- 
wdmpu; wom6mpenat. 

[Narr. wuBsaumpatdmmin, to view or 
look about, R. W. 75; umssaum patd- 
moonckf a prospect, ibid.] 



wussapinu'k. See truadpinuk. 

*wu8sappe, atlv. thinly, C. 230; mwtdppi 
troppinnoky thin air, ibid. 176. See- 
u'Of*ft<tbpe. 

wuBsauzne, adv. too, extremely, very^ 
greatly, Gen. 34, 7 {irus^mme, C. 173): 
ums9aume penatinj *too strait*, 2 K. 6, 1; 
icuMaume nmsquanfitamitog, they were- 
ver\' wroth. Gen. 34, 7; mahthagquftd 
xmsmume, *the famine was grievous', 
Gren, 12, 10; u^issaume ndohk, *if the 
way be too long*, if the place be too- 
faroff, Deut. 14, 24. 

[Narr. mismume kusdpitaf it is too hot 
(to be eaten); tymtiime sokenummU, you 
have poured out too much, R. W. 34. 
Cree 00*1 »j, overmuch, Howse 33. Del. 
wmmi, too much, Zeisb. Gr. 172.] 

wuBsaumepoh, (he is) gluttonous, a 
glutton. Matt. 11, 19 {^uhquodiam- 
vaeuhit Luke 7, 34). See *wu9Somup- 
pooonk. 

wussauznepowa^nin, n. a glutton,. 
Deut. 21, 20; wutimumepcDwaen, Prov. 
23, 21. 

wusseet, n. (his) foot. See mtutseet. 

*wua»6ke (Narr.), *tbe hinder part of a 
deer' (or other animal), R.W. 143. 

[Del socanj the hind part of any 
creature, Zeisb. Voc. 11.] 

*wyjjuiel£ittea}ihu6na,t(v:iii»ikk^teahdnai, 
C. 237), to please: -hittinneatf to be 
pleased; no[>8sekittedh, I please, C. 204. 
See ireekontamUmit, 

wussendt, v. i. to flee: ruDi^em, I flee, (or) 
I fled, 1 Sam. 4, 16; pUh nwsemun^ we 
will flee. Is. 30, 16; kcosemivaOy you flee; 
wiiitsemcoogy they flee, v. 17; Prov. 28, 1; 
u'Uiwma) ( = -au), he fled from, Ex. 2, 
15; irussemcokf flee ye, Jer. 49, 8; toh- 
wutch «*MJW<'mo«n, wherefore didst thou 
flee away? Gen. 31, 27. Cf. ussishdnat 

*wus8^iitain ( Narr. ) , * he goes a wooing ' , 
R. W. 124; utissetietCuK'k^ 'they make a 
match', ibid. See weetauomonat, etc. 

wussentamdonk, n. a wedding. Matt. 
22, 7. 

*wu8sentamunat, to marry: nmseentamj 
I many, C. 201. See weeiauomdmit. 

wussentamw^en, n. a bridegroom (one 
who marries) : wessentamudenf Jer. 16, 9. 

wiisa^nuindiiat, v. i. to be a son-in-law 
of (to marry the daughter of ?), 1 Sam. 
18, 18, 23, 27: wussenum ketas^cot, * be the: 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



2or 



wuBS^nunidnat — continued . 
king's son-in-law', 1 Sam. 18, 22; pish 
ken vxiseenumukquehf thou shalt be my 
son-in-law, 1 Sam. 18, 21; wsenumiik- 
qutche, a son-in-law, Judg. 15, 6. 

wusshaahquobok (?), n. the flag (a water 
plant). Job 8, 11. Cf. mishmhq. 

wussin, he saith, 3d pers. sing, indie, 
pref. from ussindt or wusshdt. 

*wu8sinniiineat, v. i. to adorn (one's 
self), to make handsome; noosdn, I 
adorn; noh trussinnUy he adorneth, C. 
179. 

^wussinnuontamunat, * to be adorned ' , 
C. 179 (to adorn one's self with, inan. 
obj. ?). 

wu8si8S68, wussusses, (his) uncle (con- 
sanguineus?), Esth. 2, 7; father's broth- 
er, Lev. 10, 4: naosiutseSj my uncle, Jer. 
32, 8; hissussentf thy uncle, Jer. 32, 7; 
(Dshes-ohf 1 Sam. 10, 14; 14, 50; urnmit- 
(amivussoh (Dshesohf hie uncle's wife. 
Lev. 20, 20 ((Dshesin, an uncle, C. 162). 
Dimin.f rom coshr. Cf . adtonkqSj ^cousin ' . 
[Narr. misaesey an uncle; nme»e, my 
uncle, R.W. 44.] 

wuBfiissetoon. See mummtiaony a lip. 

wusaittumcDonk, n. judgment, sentence, 
Rom. 5, 16; Is. 9, 7: (osittumwonkj his 
judgment, Rom. 2, 2. 

wussittuxnun^t, v. t. inan. (and intrans. ) 
to judge, to pass judgment on, 1 Chr. 
16, 33; Ps. 96, 13: wumtlumun/U awa- 
kompcin&ey to condemn, John 3, 17; 
nmsittum, I judge, Ezek. 34, 17; ken 
koosittumy thou who judgest, Rom. 2, 1; 
ken wamUumaUy thou who mayest 
judge, thou when thou judgest, Rom. 2, 
1; irngsittuniy he judges, 1 Cor. 2, 15; mw- 
sittuky when he judges, Rom. 2, 16; noh 
wussittuky he who judges (when he 
judges), the judge of, Gen. 18, 25; 
tcasittumw6gy if ye judge. Matt. 7, 2; 
immttich mtshaue ken kah nashmte neen, 
let him judge (the matter) between 
thee and me, Gen. 16, 5. 

wussittuxnwaen, -in, n. a judge, one 
who judges; pi. -imennogy judges (as in | 
title of the l)ook of Judges). , 

wuBSc: noh wnm)y she is a man's wife, | 
Gen. 20, 3 (she * who is another man'n 
wife', Ind. Laws xi, 8) . Cf. mittamwm; \ 
unDniiianurunsoh. 

[Abn. nSssiy je suis mari^ (ait 
mulier).] 



wiiaaohsumdonk, (his or its) glor\',Ex. 
24, 16, 17. Cf. ttohmmoHjnky 1 Cor. 15,. 
41. See sohsumcDmco; ivofuminSonk. 

^^TUssomsippamSonk, n. drunkenness, 
C. 165. 

*wii880]nuppodozik, n. gluttony, C. 165- 
[missaunie tihpcooonky excessive feed- 
ing]. See \cuti9aumep(Divaetiin. 

*wu880oliquattdminash, pi. walnuts, 
C. 164: wussoohqaaUomiSy a walnut tree, 
ibid. 

*'WTiB80ohquohham, v. i.: nmsoohquoh- 
hamy I write; sun woh kwscohqwhhamy can 
you write? C. 216. 

^^Tussoquat (Narr.), n. a walnut tree; 
u'U8»u'aqual6m ineugy walnuts. " Of* 
these they make an excellent oil, . . . 
for their anointing of their heads." — 
R. W. 90. From sussequnAty to anoint (?) . 
[Peq. tcishquuiSy walnut tree, Stiles.] 

*wus8uckli68u (Narr.), adj. painted, 
R. W. 107; a painted coat (or skin) , ibid. 
154. 

*wu88uckwh6inzne]i (Narr.), to paint, 
R. W. 66. See tvusstikhumundt. 

wussue [==tvu88eu (?)]: wuwne ohkuky *a 
seething pot', Jer. 1, 13; v. i. im^erat. 
icussishy seethe thou it, Ezek. 24, 5; 
ivomU ohkuk (condit. ), a jwt when it 
seethes, *a seething i)Ot', Job 41, 20. 
See trunnash, 

wu88\ikeh, (her) husband; const r. the 
husband of; v. subst. ken xm^mikkihiy 
thou art a husband, Ex. 4, 25, 26. See 
wasukeh. 

wu88ukhiiniau6nat, v. t. an. and inan. 
to write anything to or for a person: 
kamikkuhhumauununnaonty to write to 
you, 2 Cor. 9, 1; Jude 3; toh dnmhkhum 
ne nuUiiumhkhumuny what I have (is) 
written I have written, John 19, 22; 
kmftukkuhhumduunumuWy 1 write to you, 
1 John 2, 12. 

wu88ukhumundt, wii88ukkuhhiinm- 
nat, V. t. to write, Luke 1, 3: noh nao- 
snkkuhhuniy 1 would M'rite (it), 3 John 
13; vttsmhkomy wusmkhuniy he wrote, 
Ex. 34, 28; Num. 33, 2; John 8, 8; 
nukkodu^umikhumupy I was about to 
write. Rev. 10, 4; aliqiie iriidsukwhushy 
do not write, ibid. ; yeiish naosukkuhhum- 
nnanhy I write these things, 1 Cor. 4, 14 
{ intsfKDhkham&nat wusgukquohhonky XO" 
write a book, C. 216). 



Digitized by 



Google 



208 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



'WTissukhiiTntiTi^t, etc. — continued. 

[Narr. wussiickquanhj 'write a letter'; 
ivussuckwhekcj -ylmmi (?) , write, * make 
me a letter' [for uiissuckwhonk ayimeh 
(?) ] ; vmssuckwhH'Cy tmssiickwhoncky a let- 
ter. * * From ivussuck-whdmmen , to paint ; 
for, having no letters, their painting 
comes the nearest."— R. W. 66.] 

wusBtSkqiin, n. a tail of an animal, Job 
40,17; Is. 9, 14: ummikquat, by the tail, 
Ex. 4, 4. 

[Xarr. vmsmckquiiy a tail, R. W. 103. 
Abn. 8»eg8ney queue (de castor). Del. 
schu cku n£y, Zeisb.] 

*wuB0iikq{iohlioiik, n. a book, C. 216. 

''hrussiikwhdBuozik, n. writing, Ex. 32, 
16; (* evidence') Jer. 32, 14, 16, etc.: 
ut ivusmkioJionganity 'in a lx)ok', Ex. 
17, 14, but elsewhere ut bwkut vmsmk- 
whonkf Dan. 5, 25. (On a blank leaf of 
the copy of Eliot's Bible which is before 
me a former owner has left his auto- 
graph, ' * neii Elishaf yeu nossohquohwonk ' ' 
(my book), and underneath, in Eng- 
lish, "I Elisha, this my hand.") 

wixBSumitteaonk, n. judgment or sen- 
tence (incurred, referred to the object ), 
Job 27, 2. 

wusBumdnat, v. t. an. to judge, to pass 
sentence on, to condemn, 1 K. 3, 9: (3d 
pers. sing.) OMumdnat^ Is. 3, 13; kcosum 
kuhJiog, thou condemnest thyself, Rom. 

2, 1; naumcUuonk (for kamUunCi), 

thou judgest the law, James 4, 11; ah- 
que mgummk, judge (ye) not. Matt. 7, 1; 
wdsumontj ivdusnumonij wamimorUj par- 
ticip. judging, he who judges, 2 Tim. 
4, 1; James 4, 11; Job 21, 22; (wm-) 
Prov. 29, 14; wussumaUf he judges 
(them), Ps. 7, 11; amimuhf he sentenced 
him ('gave sentence'), Luke 23, 24; 
(D8um&uhf they judge him, 1 Cor. 14, 
24; kcMumomtvop, ye have condemned 
(him), James 5, 6; kamtteamwa}, ye are 
condenmed, v. 9; maUa mvakompanAe 
toussumaUj he is not condemned, John 
3,18. 

wtiflmuwes. See icumsses. 

wut-, prefixed to the name of a place or 
people, forms a gentile or ancestral 
noun, as wtU-HebreWj the Hebrew, Gen. 
14, 13; wut-Amorite, ibid.: bo tikkananit, 
the Canaanites, v. 21; wvi-Egyptvanseog, 
the Egyptians, Ex. 7, 18; vnU-ohkU, an 
inhabitant of; wut-6htu, Acts 20, 4. 



wutalitoznp, (his) bow. See ohtomp. 

wutamehpunaonk, n. trouble, Neh. 9, 
32. See imUamantamunat. 

wutamiyeu (adv. as n.), the hind parts 
of man or other animal, behind: vt 
imUamiyeUj 'into the draught', Matt. 
15, 17; wtdmiyeUj his hinder part (op- 
posed to 'ivuskesuk), Joel 2, 20; mtdmi- 
yeumoashf their hinder parts (of ani- 
mals), 2 Ohr. 4, 4 {wuUommiyeu, as 
prep, behind, C. 235). See wuUdt. 

[Cree uttdmikf underneath, Howse 
34.] 

wutappin, n. his bed. Cant. 3, 7. See 
appin. 

wutchaiyeumo), it belongs to (him). 
See wadchinaU 

wutchaubuk. See wadch&buh 

wutche, wutch, a>tch, prep, from, Eccl. 
3, 11; Ps. 78, 4; for, Eccl. 3, 1; instead 
of, in the place of, 1 Pet. 3, 18; because 
of: nenan trutchej for the same cause, 
Phil. 2, 18; ne vmtche, for the cause that, 
for that cause, therefore (see newutche) ; 
noh wutchuy 'of him' (as a cause or 
source) , Rom. 11, 36. See a>ch; wadchi- 
nat; vaj. Cf. cotshoh {u-utchisheau), the 
active form. 

[Narr. yd wuch^, from henoe, R. W. 74. 
Del. untschif of, by, therefore; wwnUchi, 
of, on account of; wenUchi, therefore, for 
this reason, Zeisb. Gr. 178; uni^hi, wiint- 
8chi, wenUchif of, from, on account of, 
for the sake of, ibid. 182.] 

*wtltchehwau (?), her mother, C. 162. 
See 6kas. 

[Narr. wUchwhaw (and ok&ttn), a 
mother; nichwhawj my mother, R. W. 
44.] 

wutcheken, wutche^en, it bears, yields, 
brings forth, produces: tvutchegen mee- 
chumy it bore fruit, Luke 8, 8; wutcheken 
. . . almondsashf it yielded almonds. 
Num. 17, 8; pish iciUcheken . . . vxUgo- 
gish, he shall yield . . . dainties. Gen. 
49, 20; pieih wutcheken patuk bath, (the 
land) shall yield one bath. Is. 5, 10. 

wutchekoooo: wunnutcheg vmlchekaxDy his 
hand was leprous, Ex. 4, 6. 

wutcheksuayeu, -iyeu, adv. westward, 
to the west, Gen. 13, 14; vmicJieksuau, 
northwestward, Ajcts 27, 12 {=^puhtadtvr 
niyeu and maquarmUinmyeUj Mass. Pis., 
Ps. 75, 6; 103, 12; 107, 3). 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH JilOTIONARY 



209 



wutcheksuayeu, -iyeu — continued. 
[Narr. Mkmi^ the northwest, R. W. 
83; Chekestiwdndy the western god, ibid. 
110.] 

wutchepwaiyeu, -wdiyeu, -woayeu, 
adv. eastward, to the east: ttmiche 
wutchepwoiyeUf from the east, Is. 41, 2; 
Ps. 107, 3. 

[Narr. c/M5pett?^««n, the northeast wind, 
K.W.83.] 

'wutchepwo^, n. the east wind, Job 27, 
21 [the northeast wind (?) ; see (Narr.) 
chepejvSssin] (wutckeptvoshe vnttirij east 
wind, C. 158) : suppos. vjodchepwcuihiky 
when the wind is east, when the east 
wind blows, Is. 27, 8. 

-i^wutchettuong&no^, ancestors, C. 162. 
See cDchetuonganog, parents. 

*wutchey6u6, a4v. merely, C. 229. 

wutchiinneat, v. i. to be profited or ad- 
vantaged (to profit by). See (ochiin- 
neat. 

wutchimau, v. (he blames?); pass, he is 
blamed, 1 Tim. 3, 2. 

wutchinat, wutchinneat. See wadchi- 
ncU; *6tesfiem, 

')^wut<^pattukque meaunk, curled 
hair, C. 168. 

^wutchdmqut: ut wutcMmqut kihtahhan- 
nit, in the bottom of the sea, Amos 9, 3. 

'wutchonquoxn: wutchonquom maiugqut, 
to the root of the tree. Matt. 3, 10, 
=wutchuhquomf Luke 3, 9. Cf. wad- 
chdbukj a root. 

''Nnitchumoiiate, v. t. to blame: nen 
ncDchunif 1 blame; ttnUchiUinneai, to be 
blamed, C. 182. See ^ncockam, I blame. 

wutohkixmeat, wadohkinne^t, v. i. 
to be an inhabitant of or to dwell in 
(a land or country), Neh. U, 2: yeu 
/MDtohkin, here will I dwell, Ps. 132, 14; 
wadohk^ompy 1 dwelt, Gen. 24, 37; uUoh 
wodohkeyog, ut toh wddohkey (the land) 
which ye shall inhabit, wherein I 
(shall) dwell. Num. 36, 34 (cf. uttiyeu 
hutohk, what is thy country? Jonah 
1, 8); pass. vnUokeiriat, to be inhabited. 
Is. 13, 20; howan woh wadohket km 
. . . vxidchumuty who may dwell in 
thy . . . hill? Ps. 15, 1; wutohkwh en 
ohkUy dwell thou in the land. Gen. 
26, 2; neg wodohkitcheg, they who dwell 
in (a place or country), the inhabits 
ants of, Gen. 26, 7; Is. 9, 2. This 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 14 



wutohkinneat, etc. — continued, 
is one of a considerable number of 
words which Eliot made use of to ex- 
press, approximately, an idea which 
the Indian was slow to receive — that of 
fixed and permanent habitation. Tiius 
ohtauundt, to possess (a place); apin- 
neat, to be or remain in a place, to stay; 
wutayinneatj to be in a place named, in 
this place {yeu, ayeuonk), and, so, to 
dwell in (a house, a tent, etc. ) ; weetom- 
6nat (from v^tu), to dwell with, to live 
in the house of or with; wutohkinneat, 
to be of the land of {vmt-ohke), to in- 
habit, etc. See wadohkinneAt. 

wutohtixnoin, n. a nation, Is. 60, 12; Jer. 
7, 28 (tuuUohHmoin, C. 157); pi. umloh- 
timdneash, Gen. 10, 32; Is. 40, 15, 17: 
toiUohtimoinneunk, the nations (collec- 
tively or corporately), Jer. 31, 10. 

vutdhtu, n. an inhabitant of or one be- 
longing to a place: SopaternnUdhtuBerea, 
*Sopater of Berea', Acts 20, 4; wutch 
wutofUudut Israel, (a captive) *from the 
land of Israel', 2 K. 5, 2; wuJtohtu, 'he 
dwelt' (was a dweller) in, etc., Gen. 20, 
1; 26, 6. 

Vnitompeuk, wuttompek, n. (his) jaws, 
Judg. 15, 16, 19: vmtoinbeukanaxoash, 
their jaM'B, Job 29, 17; adj. vmtompuk- 
one, Prov. 30, 14. 

wutonkquoakettieuonk, n. poison, Ps. 
68, 4. See Hhquosket. 

wuto]i8e[nat (?)], v. i. to proceed from 
or gprow from: nutonsem kah nwm Godui, 
*I proceeded forth and came from 
God', John 8, 42. 

wutontBBonk, n. descent, lineage (a 
proceeding frqm), 2 Chr. 31, 19; pi. 
-ongaaft, * genealogies', 2 Chr. 12, 15. 
See ontgeu. 

wutdu: nd adtU wutdu ummeetmonk, she 
*bringeth her food from afar', Prov. 
31, 14. 

-wutOMhimau, n. appel. the father, in- 
dividual for the class, Mark 13, 12. See 
OMhe. 

'Wuta>8hin(ne), n. the Father; obj. 
WiUcoshinneuh, John 6, 45, 46. 

wutaMhixmeunk, n. the fathers (col- 
lectively). Num. 31, 26; Mai. 2, 10; 
1 John 2, 13. See ooshe, 

wuttaeiyeu, adj. inan. behind, 2 Sam. 
10, 9. [Probably for vnUamiyeu,] 



Digitized by 



Google 



210 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[bulletin 2^ 



*wuttag:kesiimeat, to be wet: noMgkes, 
I am wet; nwtfigkesslmuny we are wet, 
C. 215. See wuUogki. 

vuttah, his heart. See mHah (m^tah). 

■WTittahhamonk, -unk, n. a well, Gen. 
21, 25, 30; 24, 11; John 4, 11: /aifco6 
oothojnonk, Jacob's well, John 4, 6; wiU- 
tohhomonk, * the well ' , ibid. See kuUah- 
ham, he digs (it). 

♦wutt^himTieaah (Narr.), n. pi. straw- 
berries, R. W. 90 {wuUahminneohy a 
strawberry, C. 164). 

[Chip. odBminiy heart berrj', Bar. 
441. Del. wte him, Zeisb. (=ttitttaA- 
minne). Alg. oteiminy pi. -{-an.y 

wuttalitukquoeh, n. pi. (his) temples, 
Judg. 5, 26 [wut'oeetaue, on each side 
(?), or wetaMu'kquoshf brothers or sis- 
ters (?)]. 

wuttcuhe, his, (is) his, belongs to him, 
Lev. 27, 15, 19, 26: nuUaiheh hah nen 
wiUiaiheuh, (he) is mine and I am his. 
Cant. 2, 16; nish wvUmheash Cemr, the 
things which are Ccesar's, Mark 12, 17; 
noh wadtiheit, *he whose right it is', to 
whom it belongs, £zek. 21, 27; mUtaihef 
(is) mine, belongs to me, Pe. 60, 7; 
nippe nutaihen, the water is ours, (ren. 
26, 20; uxime ne nauman nuttaihe, all 
that thou seest is mine, Gen. 31, 43; 
vxime . . . miUahein, all . . . is ours, Gen. 
31, 16; ahtdonk ktUtahein, the inheritance 
shall be ours, Mark 12, 7; ivame nuUai- 
heogt huUaiheog, all (an. pi. ) mine are 
thine, John 17, 10. 

wuttajnantamiinat, v. t. to be troubled, 
to have care or trouble about anything 
(vmUanarUamunaiy . to care, C. 184): 
kwlamarUam, thou ar^ careful, full of 
care, Luke 10, 42; wuUamarUam, he is 
or was troubled, Dan. 5, 9; nwtamana- 
tarn, I am troubled, Ps. 38, 6; wiUta- 
tnanatamook, be ye troubled. Is. 32, 11. 
See wiiUoKintamunAt, 

[Narr. nHop notammduntamj friend, I 
am busy, R. W. 49. Cree Athem-mUy 

he is difficult (?); ehayoo, he per- 

plexeth, embarrasseth him, Howse.] 

*wuttaniftuo^, n. tobacco; ivuUammdgim, 
give me tobacco, R. W. 55; tmttdmma- 
gon (and hopudnck), a pipe, ibid. 56. 
Peq. tvuUummunc, a pipe. Stiles. Mass. 
«m woh kcalam, will you smoke? C. 241, 
=kwtaUam (?), drink (?). [wuttam (he 



^*^ruttamftuog — continued . 
smokes) is, I think, for tmUtamau, t. an. 
form of wuttaitam, he drinks. Cf. the 
Abn. Sddman, *petun' (tobacco); Sdami 
{=uruUamaUy £1.), il petune, Rasles.] 
See HhptKonkash; vmUookpocomweonish. 

wuttamehednat, v. t an. to trouble, to- 
disturb, to discomfort, to hinder: wtamr 
eheonaoont, to trouble them, 2 Chr. 32,. 
18; ahqtie nmUamhehj do not trouble me, 
Luke 11, 7; ahqiie tnUtamheh kuhhog, do 
not trouble thyself, Luke 7, 6; howan 
ivuttamhehkitchf let no man trouble me, 
Gal. 6, 17 {tvuttamhuonat, to hinder; 
noolamehhiiiDam, I hinder, C. 194). 

[Narr. cotdmmish (kootamehiahy C. 
194), I hinder you; cotammiUme, cotam- 
me, you trouble me, R. W. 49. Cree 
ootumme-thoOy he is busy; ootdmrne- 
Jiayooy he interrupts him, Howse 82.] 

wuttaonk, n. a path: tim-may-eue wuton 
0)igana)a8hy *the paths of their way', 
Job 6, 18; wuUaonganit, Mn their paths'^ 
Prov. 2, 15; wuttaonganaahy her paths, 
Prov. 3, 17. 

[Abn. anSdiy chemin; (suppos.) anS- 
dik. {may is not found in Rasles. )] 

*wuttap6hquot, wet (weather), C. 176. 
See wvUogki. 

wuttasli, pi. wuUc^y let it seethe (boil)? 
Ezek. 24, 5 (or is wuUaj for -om^, 2d 
pers. sing.?). Cf. wusme, 

wuttit, adv. behind (El. Gr. 21), Judg. 
18, 12; behind all, hindermost, Gen. 
33, 2 (xcvJiaUy after, behind, C. 236): 
wxiitat wagiffy they who are last. Matt. 
19,30; tcodtdt ohtagishy 'things behind', 
Phil. 3, 13. See inttamiyeu. 

[Del. wtenky afterwards, ZeisK Gr* 
172; at last, the last, ibid. 178.] 

wuttattam6onk, a>tta*-, n. drink, Matt» 
25,35, 42: TM»«attam<5owir, my drink, Ps^ 
102, 9; a>t-y his drink. Is. 32, 6. 

wuttattamunat, wadt-, v. i. to drink, 
2 Sam. 11, 11; Neh. 8, 12; Esth. 3, 15: 
wiUtaUamy he drank, 1 K. 19, 6; twMat" 
tamwogy they drank, Ex. 24, 11 ; toh vxidr 
tattaniy what he drinks, 2 Sam. 19, 35; 
untUaUamSgy if you drink, 1 Cor. 10, 31; 
tmtttaitashy drink thou. Gen. 24, 14, 18;. 
Lev. 10, 9; wyUattamwky drink ye. Cant. 
5, 1; vmUattaj, let him drink, John 7, 37 
{naAdUarriy I drink; ndgum wuUdttanty 
he drinks, C. 189). {vjuUatiamunat has 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLI8H DICTIONARY 



211 



wuttattamixnat, etc. — continueil. 
the form of a verb transitive and fre- 
quentative. The earlier form of the 
intransitive is not found in Eliot. As 
meechinat means primarily to eat vege- 
tal food, the radical verb from which, 
uniUattamunal is derived signified to 
d rink water. This earl ier form , without 
reduplication, may be traced in some 
of the phrases given by Roger Williams 
and Cotton: aquie unumaious {ahqiie uyz- 
meaitoush), do not drink all, R. W. 34; 
$un woh kcotam eyeu^ will you smoke it 
now? [i. e. drink (?)], C. 241. There 
was another word, meaning to drink 
(intransitive), whose original form it is 
not easy to trace in its compounds. 
The radical appears to be «ip, related 
perhaps to gaupde, mbde (q. v.), gup- 
pequash (tears); possibly to sepe, sep. 
kogkdmppamw&en, a drunkard {koghe- 
«jp-, C; kakeiup-, Mass. Pfi.}; tohneU 
wonk ohkgipparmvean, * if you will leave 
off drinking', C. 240 [ahque-inp- (*l)]] 
niUtannwtam matokqs woh matta missip' 
ptmo sokanunkf *I will command the 
cloud that it rain no rain upon it'. Is. 
5, 6; tdptrippdmheitU (tdpauppamwehhiUitf 
Mass. Ps.), 'when they have well 
drunk' ItApi-sippam-'if John 2, 10; 
nup-pomgratialsum coweeksipp&onk, the 
(sweet? wekon'i) juice of my pomegran- 
ates. Cant. 8, 2. Cf . musBuppeg, a tear. 

[Narr. mccd,wkatone^ I am thirsty, 
R. W. 33 (^^nuk'kohhUiam) ; pdutoua no- 
tatdrrif give me drink; tnUtdttash^ drink, 
ibid. 34; wuttattumHUa, let us drink, 
ibid. 35.] 

wnttattamwaitch, n. a spoon, Xum. 7, 
62, 68; pl.-f ua^/i, v. .86; a cup, Jer. 25, 
15; 1 Cor. 10, 21; tciUtaitamwaidj, Gen. 
44,2 {ncoUitiamwaelchy my cup, C. 161). 
From wuttattamwehednatj to give to 
drink, to cause to. drink, * let him (it) 
give drink to me'. 

[Narr. kundm, a spoon; pi. kunna- 
mduog, R. W. 50.] 

wuttattashdnat, v. t. an. to hide (a 
person), Ex. 2, 3: tcuUaUashuhf she hid 
him, Ex. 2, 2. [= wuUat-aUahsh6natyix> 
hold behind anyone (?); suffix an. form 
from adtaskatij he hides.] Cf. Waiita- 
cone (?); wuttuiikhumun&t. 
[Marginal note.— " Wrong."] 



wuttaun, wuttaunoh, (his) daughter; 
appel. icuttaunin {wuUoninj C. 162), a 
daughter, Matt. 10, 35; constr. wtUtaU' 
iu>h, the daughter of, 1 Chr. 2, 49; pi. 
tmittaunog, vmUanog^ wuUanuog: nuUaur 
nes (nuUdnneeSf C. 162), my daughter, 
Deut. 22, 17; Judg. 11, 35; kuttaunes, thy 
daughter. Gen. 29, 18; nuttaunndnog, our 
(laughters. Gen. 34, 9; hittaunoodogy your 
daughters. Gen. 34, 9; Jer. 29, 6; umt- 
idnoh nwkas, my mother's daughter. 
Gen. 20, 12; umtlanntnink^ n. coll. the 
daughters, all the daughtern, Judg. 21, 
21. Cf. weetahiu; weetampas. See adioc- 
kity second daughter. 

[Narr. nUtafmis, my daughter, R. W. 
.45. Del. wdan, daughter; wda nail, his 
daughter, Zeisb.] 

wuttaunaenat (?), to liave (as father or 
mother) daughters: kah ompetak wvitd- 
neu, *and afterwards she bare a daugh- 
ter'. Gen. 30, 21; matta pish ka}tannifjtiff 
thou shalt not have daughters, Jer. 16, 
2. Cf. uninndinonaenaL 

wuttenantamdonk, n. (his) will, wish, 
Mark 3, 35; the will of, the purpose of: 
noh aseit wuUenarUamdonk n(Dfih, he who 
doeth the will of my father, Matt. 7, 21; 
kuUenantamdonk n nnach, thy will be 

done. Matt. 6, 10 ( ne naj, Luke 11, 

2); matta mtttenantamdonk, gut kuUaihe 
nnajf not my will but thine be done, 
Luke 22, 42. See unnmiiamaxink. 

wuttin, wuttinne, he himself, she her- 
self, ille ipse, the emphatic pronoun 
of the 3d pers. sing. : uttoh ivuUin touus- 
sunuTfij how has she become a desola- 
tion? Zeph. 2, 15. See unnaiinneai, 

*wattiiiinum6ko88ixxat, to serve: wuUin" 
numtihkoatiinneat, to be served, C. 208. 

wuttixmeumuhkaudonk, n. his service, 
a serving (him), service rendered to, 
Ezra 6, 18. 

wuttiniieuTn iihkaudnat, v. t an. to 
serve (him), 2 Chr. 29, 11; 34, 33: 
ttmUinneumohkauaog, they ser\'ed (him ), 
iGren. 14, 4; kwtentimuhkadunup, I have 
served thee. Gen. 30, 26; cans. wtU- 
tinneumuhkonumnumukttp, thou wast 
made to serve, Is. 14, 3; matta kotin- 
4iinneumuhk&nutoahintiw, I have not 
caused thee to serve, Is. 43, 23. 

wuttmniin (?), 3d pers. sing. pres. indie, 
from vmUinnaiinneatt = wut-unne^Un- 



Digitized by 



Google 



312 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



-wnttinniin — continued . 
neaty to be like (or such as) himself, to be 
of his (own) kind (?) : iiedne unnantog tU 
wuttahhutj ne vmttinniinj 'as he think- 
eth in his heart, so is he'j Prov. 23, 7; 
Tieaniit vnUtinneumirij tie ivtUtinniin wu8- 
mniimamvyi^ *as with the servant, so 
with his master*, Is. 24, 2; ivutHnniin 
hoivarif * whosoever ^ Matt. 16, 24, 26 
(unUlinnaiin howan, JProv. 6, 29) ; ne pish 
vtUtinniiny 'so will be his manner', 1 
Sam. 27, 11. See unnaiinneal. 

wuttinnohktfe, wuttmuhkde, adj. and 
adv. right (dexter), Ex. 29, 20; Lev. 
8, 23, 24; Rev. 10, 2: wuttinohkdunit, in 
his right hand, Matt. 27, 29; Rev. 2, 1 
{imninuhkoe meniichegy the right hand, 
C. 157). See 7mUtinnohk&u; nohkdu. 

'wutti2i]iolik6u, (his) right hand, Dan. 

12, 7: nuUinnohkou, my right hand, Ps. 
73, 23; kiUiinnohkoUy thy right hand, 
Ps. 18, 35; wtUch mtUtinuhkduneiyeuey 
from the right aide (of the temple, etc. ) , 
2Chr. 23, 10. See mutUnnohk&u; nohk&u. 

wuttinncowaozik, n. (his) command- 
ment, Acta 15, 5; the Word, John 1, 1 
( = kuttanvonkf ibid. ) : nuttvianvaongashy 
my commandments, Gren. 26, 5. [un- 
noDwamiky from unnayw&mity annamau 
(q. v.), he commands.] Ci. kuUcowonky 
hUtwwongash. 

wuttinn^ixn, n. (his or her) servant, Gen. 
16, 3: vmUinniimuiiy Gen. 24, 5, 9; wrU- 
tinneumuny a servant, I^v. 25, 40 (pi. 
"unUtinninnfumuny v. 44) ; kuUinninneumy 
thy servants. Lev. 25, 44; nuUinnumy 
*my maid' (servant), Gen. 16, 2; 'nut- 
lineneuniy my man'. El. Gr. 12; wuUin- 
neumoh, his 8er\'ant (constr.), 2 Sam. 

13, 18; nnUtinnumohy Gen. 30, 7; kUtin- 
num, thy serxTuit, Gen. 16, 6; kittinneum, 
Neh. 1, 7, 8; pish ka^inniivneumuny he 
shall sen^e thee. Lev. 25, 40 {tmittin- 
ninuminy a servant; nuttinninnuuniy my 
servant; nruUinninnHmohy his servant, C. 
167; vrnttinnuTniiiy a servant, ibid. 208). 

wuttinniiinuhkauBu, adj. an. (is or was) 
serving, Gen. 29, 20 (he 8er\'ed). 

wuttinnuniuhkausuoiik, n. service 
done, the doing of service, Ezek. 29, 18. 

wuttinnilmiinneat, v. i. to be a servant, 
to8er\'e, Ex. 21, 7. 

wuttinnuxnumieunk, n. coll. the serv- 
ants collectively, Ex. 21, 7; wuttiniieu' 
mujineunky Eph. 6, 5. 



wuttinnunkumdin, wuttinonk-, n. a 
kinsman, Ruth 3, 12; 4, 1. See weetomp- 
ain. 

wuttinuh, he said to him: howan v:oh 
wuttugqun uttohy etc., who can tell him 

. how, etc., Eccl. 8, 7. See hennau. 

[Note. -The definition was not completed. 
Above the words "said to" the compiler wrote 
•* commanded " In pencil.] 

wuttinuhktfe. See umtiinnohkde. 

wuttinwhunnutcheg, wuttinwhixn- 
itch, n. (his) finger. Matt. 23, 4; Lev. 
4, 17, 30; (wuUinuhwhuniich) Lev. 4, 25: 
mU-y my finger, John 20, 25; kui-, thy 
finger, v. 27; kehta>quanitchy keituhq-, 
(great finger,) the thumb, Ex. 29, 20; 
Lev. 8, 23, 24; uppuhkukguanitchy (head 
of finger,) the tip of the finger, John 
16, 24. 

*wuttip (Narr.), the (his) brain. "In 
the brain their opinion is, that the soul 
keeps her chief seat and residence." — 
R. W. 58. 

*wutti8hau (Mass. Ps.), ^mUhohy El., in 
John 3, 8, 'the wind bloweth'; vmiti- 
shonky =wutjishonty ibid. 

wuttitchuwan, wuttitchoDwan, wad- 
tutchuaa, defect, v. (it) fiows or 
fiowed from (after nippey sepuy etc., in 
sing, and pi., with or without the pi. 
affix -ash)y Ps. 105, 41; John 7, 38: 
sepapog wuttitchuwaiiy 'rivers of water 
run down' (from), Ps. 119, 136; sepu- 
ash VHidltitchuogy rivers run from, Eccl. 

I, 7; nuppe wuttiichu&nup kah kumtch- 
uan anuvmtchuwany 'the waters gushed 
out (from the rock) and the streams 
overfiowed', Ps. 78, 20. The several 
words which describe running water 
are used by Eliot, with little appar- 
ent regard to grammatical construc- 
tion, as verb, noun, or adjective, as 
the construction requires. The radical 
is uncertain, perhaps wulcJie or oocfi 
(q. v.). In Gen. 2, 10-14, are other 
forms of these compounds: seip ne au- 
shunk, the river which goeth toward 
(flowing), V. 14; seip ne quannpishunky 
which compasseth (flowing about), v. 

II, 13; seip unUehishaUy a river went out 
of (flowed from), v. 10. Cf. dnuumtchvr 
wan, anUchewanyit overflowed, overflow- 
ing; kussitchuany it flowed in a stream 
(n. a stream ) ; pamUchuanypumitchuwany 
it ran or flowed (generally or indefi- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUXBrLL] 



NATICK-ENQLI8H BICTIONARY 



218 



wuttitchuwan, etc. — continued. 
_ nitely); sohvnitchuaii, it flowed out of, 
forth from; gohkfietchuan, it gushed out, 
burst out, la. 35, 6; tlnnUchuariy it flowed 
to, ran to; wmreeijonchumi, it flow^ed 
round about, IK. 18, 35. 

[Abn. ariUsSann, 11 coule, v. g.. le 
sang.] 

wuttogki, n. moisture, Luke 8, 6. See 
ogqushMy wet, moist; *wuttapdhquoty wet 
weather; wiUttigkefdnneatj to become wet. 
[Peq. wvU'O.ggio eyho-Mezuk weenugh^ 
wet today, very; waughtuggacht/y a' deer, 
i. e. wet no8e\ Stiles.] 

wuttogque. See ogqu^, 

*wuttolikolika>iiiinneo]iash, pi. black- 
berries, C. 164. 

wutttfliuppa[e]iat]. See wuUuhppalen- 
at]. 

vuttoxnpek. See wutampeuk. 

wuttdntauunat, v. t. to climb to or into: 
wuUdntauadt, if he climb up (into it), 
John 10, 1; kut&rUauohiou, he climbed 
up, went by climbing (on his hands and 
feet), 1 Sam. 14, 13; ndrUaudhettit kemk- 
qvUy if they climb up to heaven, attain 
to by climbing, Amos 9, 2. See tohr 
kcotauunat. 

[Narr. atduntowashy climb the tree; 
ntduntawem, I climb, R. W. 91.] 

wnttoohpocomweoni^, n. tobacco, C. 
241. See (Narr.) wxittamduog; Hhpu- 
amkash. 

*wuttod]iat, to complain: najtUmDom^ I 
complain; ruDtawap, I did complain, 
C. 186; mn kmtwtvam nuhhog^ did you 
complain of me? ibid. 

^^^ruttotukkon : ieadche umUotukkony *it 
jerketh or suddenly twitcheth', C. 195. 

wuttcoantamun^t, v. t. to care about, to 
be careful of, inan. obj. (wuUananlamU' 
naiy to care, 0. 186): vmUwaniam, he 
careth for, 1 Cor. Z, 32, 34. Cf. vmtta- 
marUamunat. 

wuttODhuppa [enat] . See tvuUuhppa [en- 
ail 

^*^rutta>kii]iiini88in, a grandmother, C. 
162: kokummuSf thy grandmother, 2 
Tim. 1, 5; (kokummes) thy aunt, Lev. 
18, 14. 



wuttoon, ( his) mouth, the mouth of (him ) , 
Ex.4, 11; Prov. 10,31. ^)e miUtcon. 

^wuttoonantamoonk (?), n. * valor*, 
Man. Pom. 86, 1. 1. 

^Nrutt^tchikkiiuieasin, a grandfather,, 
C. 162. 

^*^rutta>wo8ketompaog, pi. ' men of high 
degree*, Ps. 62, 7. 

wuttugk. See wtihtuk. 

wuttuhhunk, n. a paddle, Deut. 23, 13. 
[Narr. tmiikuncky a paddle or oar, 
R. W. 99; patUous nenMehunck [=pau<Z- 
tauBh nwUuhhunk'jy bring hither my 
paddle, ibid. Del. tahacauj paddle, oar, 
Zeisb.Voc. 29.] 

wuttuhppa[enat (?)], wutta>hup-, 
wadhup-, wutttfhup-, v. i. to draw 
water (wtUtuhhupponatf Mass. Ps., John 
4, 7, 15): icuttuhuppaogywutuhpaogf they 
drew water. Ex, 2, 16; 2 Sam. 23, 16 

• (s= quomphippaogy 1 Chr. 11, 18); tput- 
iuhuppakf draw ye water, Nah. 3, 14; 
wadhupaJwititf when they drew water, 
Gen. 24, 13; nwthupau I drew water 
for (them), Gen. 24, 19; w\tU6hupauau, 
she drew water for (them), v. 20. Cf. 
8oibAippo<7, 'draw out' (water), John 2, 8; 
numwdpag . . . nippe, fill (it) with 
water, v. 7. 

[Del. ihup peek, a well, Zeisb. Voc. 
12.] 

wuttuhq, wuttuhqun, wuttuk [mU- 
uhtug, of the tree], n. a branch or bough 
of a tree. Gen. 49, 22; Jer. 23, 5; 33, 15; 
firewood, Prov. 26, 20: niidtukf wood. 
Is. 60, 17 {wuJttooh(fi,nashoTmithash{^)y 
wood, C. 164; pohchdtuk (from pokshu' 
not, to be broken, or from pohcheauy it 
divides, branches), a bough, ibid.). 
See wuhtuk. 

[Narr. vrndluckqun, * a piece of wood ' ; 
wudt^LckquanoBhy lay on wood (on the 
fire), R. W. 48; pauchautaqunn^mshy pi. 
branches (of a tree), R. W. 89.] 

*wuttuhtuhkomunat, v. i. to arrive: 
naotuhtuhkamy I arrive, C. 

[Cree tuckoo-^Hy he arrives (by land), 
Howse 50. Narr. ntiauk4 vmsheniy I came 
by land, R. W. 31.] 

wuttuk. See wuhtuk; wuUtthq, 

wuttunkkumnniit, v. t to cover with: 
wuUunkhumun monak, she covered it 



Digitized by 



Google 



214 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAK ETHNOLOGY 



[PULLETIN 25 



wttttimklinTiiun &t — continued, 
with a cloth, 1 Sam. 19, 13. See also 
utikhamunAt; cf . * Wautacone. 

wuttunkin[6nat] ahtomi>eh, to bend 
a Ik>w: noh wadtunkinont ahtompehj he 
who bends a bow; wuttunkinonch wvioh- 
tompehf let him bend his bow, Jer. 51, 
3; but kenaau wonkindgish oJUompf you 
that bend the bow, Jer. 50, 14, 29; neg 



wuttunkin[6nat] ahtompeh — cont'd. 
pmtunkanoncheg ahtompeh , they who 
bend the bow, Jer. 46, 9; 18.66,19. See 
paoionkunau; wonkimmaL 

wutuhshame, adv. (?) on this side, Josh. 
8, 33 (opposed to ongkoufy on that side, 
i)eyond): unUnhshame »epu\U, on this 
side of the river, Dan. 12, 5 {mtUoshi- 
maiyeUf on this side, C. 235). 



yft. See yo; y66i. 

yanelnn: wanne yandnno umlch matta- 
inug^ *i8 not seemly for a fool*, Prov. 
26, 1. 

yftnequohho), n. a veil, Gen. 24, 65, 
=puttogqueqtiohhoUj Gen. 38, 14, =ong'' 
quequohhou, Ex. 34, 33; 2 Cor. 3, 14. 

ydney^u: pish ydneyeuw^ it shall be 
as, or like, Is. 17, 5 (circumstance to 
circumstance or fact to fact); ne wonk 
yane, and likewise (in the same man- 
ner), John 6, 11. Cf. neane; onatuh; 
tatuppe. 

yftnitchan [yanitanum-nutchegy he shuts 
the hand (?)], n. a handful, Lev. 2, 2; 
pi. -}-asht Ezek. 13, 19: nequinulchaiiy a 
handful of, 1 K. 17, 12. 

yftnittanumuzu&t, yean-, v. t. to shut 
(a door, gate, etc.) : ydnltanmn squont, 
he shuts the door, Judg. 3, 23; yanit- 
tmmmwog, they shut the gate. Josh. 2, 
7; yednUtanumau (v. i.), he shut the 
door, Gren. 19, 6; pish kednittanum, 
thou shalt shut the door, 2 K. 4, 4. 

yftnunumimtft, v. t to shut: ydnunum 
vmskesiikquash, he shuts their eyes, Is. 
44, 18; ymninushy. shut thou (their 
eyes), Is. 6, 10; noh yanunuky he who 
shuts (his eyes) Is. 33, 15. 

[Narr. yeaush, shut the door after you, 
R. W. 50.] 

yau [yauwe]j num. four (El. Gr. 14), 
Ezek.l, 10: yauog, yauatog, an. pi. four 
(living beings). Gen. 14, 9; Ezek. 1, 5, 8; 
yauunash, pi. inan. four (things), Prov. 
30, 18, 21; yauut rwii, four square, Ex. 
38, 1 ; yauqtdnogkok, on the fourth day, 
2 Chr. 20, 26; imbo yau, fourteen; 
yauunchag {-kodiog, -kodiash), forty, 
El. Gr. 14. 

[Narr. ybh, four, R. W. 41. Peq. yauh. 
Stiles. Del. ne wo, Zeisb.] 



yean [yd-en, to yonder, thither], prep, to, 
as far as: iimtch . . . j/«in, from ... to, 
Mic. 7, 12, = yaen, Zech. 9, 10. See yeu 
unne, 

yeanittanumuntft. See ydnUtannmundt, 

yeu, (1) demonstr. pron. inan. this: an. 
yeuoh; pi. inan. yemh, an. ye^tg, these; 
pi. an. yeahy these (accus.), Gen. 15, 10; 
uttiyeUy interrog. which?; pi. utiiyeush 
(El. Gr. 7) ; yeu nepauz, this month, Ex. 
12, 2; yeu kodtumuky this year, Luke 13, 
7; yeu wty, for this cause (El. Gr. 22); 
yeu in kah yeu in, thus and thus, 2 Sam. 
17, 15. (2) adv. here, in this place, 2 K. 
2, 8; Gen. 22, 1, = yeuuly Gen. 21, 23; yeu 
nogque, toward this way (El. Gr. 21); 
hither, 2 K. 2, 8, See ayeu. 

[Del. yuUy here, Sfeisb. Gr. 171. Quir. 
yeuohy Pier. 5. Narr. yo (q. v.). Cree 
(an.) ou^dy (inan.) oom^dy this, Howse 
188. Chip, (an.) vvwhy (inan.) ooirhy 
Howse 188. Micm. Sty *ici', Maillard 
30.] 

*ySuh (Narr.), man {wenyghy woman), 
Stiles. 

[Peq. nehyeughy my wife; nehyusha- 
mug, my husband. Stiles.] 

yeuhquogr, n. pi. lice, Ps. 105, 31, =yeu' 
i(x>{og)y yeuhka>{og)y Ex. 8, 16, 17, 18. 

yeuoh, this, (an.) *this man', El. (ir. 7. 
See (Narr. ) ewd; cf. noh, 

yeu unne, adv. in this manner, thus, 
John 11, 48, =yeu ?n, 2 Sam. 17, 15 
(yeuunniy thus, C. 234). 

yeuyeu, adv. now (El. Gr. 21), Gen. 21, 
23; 22, 2; 2 Cor. 6, 2. 

*yo(Narr.), =yeu: yo wequey thus far; 
ydtiw, thus, R. W. 55; yb wulchty from 
hence, ibid. 74 ( =Ma». yeu vmtchey Ex. 
33, 15). 

[Del. yu-vmnischiy from hence, there- 
fore, Zeisb. Gr. 171.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 



215 



yO, yft, adv. yonder, that way: yeu nog- 
que in kah yd in, hither and thither, to 
this side and to that; yd ntiUdnan, we * 
will go yonder, Gen. 22, 5 {loonk hd 
hippeyaunumurij we will come again 
[hither (?)] to you, ibid.); monchishyeu 
vTuichy yadu&hf go hence to yonder place, 
i. e. go hence, go to yonder (from yd- 
auonai), Matt. 17, 20. 

[Narr. yo nowekinf I dwell here, R. W. 
29.] 

yd^, yOaeu, yo^ [yo ayeu], adv. on 
that side, 2 Sam. 2, 13; Dan. 7, 5: tvulch 
ydde kemkqui kah yeu onk in aongkoue, 
from the one side of heaven unto the 
other, Deut. 4, 32; wuich yode . . . 
nogqae, on the one side ... on the 
other, 1 Sam. 14, 4; ydaeu . . . nahohtde 
ydayeuook, on the one side (of the ark) 
... on the other side, £x. 37, 3; ut 
ydde, at the sides of (the ark), v. 5; mUck 



ydii, ydaeu, yo^e — continued. 
yeddeu . . . ogkdnuie, out of one side 
. . . out of the other (of the candle- 
stick), V. 18; pasuk yodyeu . . . onkattik 
ogkomdeu, one on one side (of him ) . . . 
another on the other, Ex. 17, 12; yddeu 
nannummiyeu, on the northward side, 
Lev. 1, 11. Cf. ongkome. 

[Del. yarn, on one side, Zeisb. Gr. 
171.] 

*ybte (Narr.), fire; Yotdanit, 'the fire 
god ^ R. W. 47, 1 10. See noftau, 
[Peq. yewtj fire, Stiles.] 

yowutche [yeu-wiUche, because of this], 
adv. wherefore, Matt. 18, 8. 

[Del. yvL tountschiy from hence, Zeisb.] 

yoyatche, adv. always, Matt. 28, 20; 26, 
11 (usually, C. 230) ; yeoyatche, Is. 45, 17. 
See wameyeue, Cf . nagwuttede. 

[Micm. yapchiS, *tou jours S Maillard 
28. Del. yaneivij Zeisb.] 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



ENGLISH-ISTATICK 



Digitized by 



Google 



Digitized by 



Google 



A. 



abnor, uhquanuirum;. inan. uhquantamy 
he has an extreme aversion to; uhqucm- 
umauy he is abhorred, is loathsome; uh- 
quanumukquok (when it is abhorred ) , an 
a):ominable or detestable thing. 

abide, dppu; it abides in, appehiunk-^n, 

able, lapenum (tdpinnum)^ he is able, 
potest. From tdpij sufficient. 

abomination, uhquanumukquok, 

abound, monatj when there is much or 
plenty; num-mcDchekohtohj I abound, 
I hil. 4, 18. 

about, (concerning) papaume; (round 
about) quinnuppe; wa^etiu {tcaene, we- 
u'tne, C). 

above, wcutbej wohqut; wuich wohqid, 
icutch waabUf from above; ivohkumiyeuj 
upward; kuhkuhqae^ higher up. 

abundance, ne masegik, when it is plen- 
teous (missechcbonky C), an abounding; 
mdunetash, mishdunetash, ^great store', 
R. \V.; mummishkod meechuniy 'store of 
victuals'; monaiash, many things, abun- 
dance; monaotikj abundance; mamatUf 
when there is plenty. 

accept, tapeneatfij he receives with satis- 
faction; (apeneaum(D07ikj acceptance; 
tapeneahkqaoiy that which is acceptable. 
From tdpi, sufficient, enough. 

accompany, wechauj he goes with, an. 
obj.; kanvechamh {kotv^chaushf R. W.), 
I go with you; wechauaUULeaj let us ac- 
company, R. W. From weeche-au, he 
goes with. 

according^ to, neaunak [iie aunakj that 
which is so]. 

acorn, pi. anduchemineash, R. W. See 
nut. 

acroM. See crossover. 

act (agere), U89enai, to do, to act; umi, he 
does; usgeu, he acts; unnehhuauj he 
does, with respect to others, he con- 
ducts himself; wunneneheau^ he did well 
to, conducted himself well toward; yeu^ 
miUinhikqun, thus he deals with me. 
See conduct one's self; do to. 



action, tMseonib, a doing. 

add, kcotnehteau, kcoteiiahteau, he adds (it, 
to it); ukkoatnehteauun, he adds to it, 
makes an addition to it; kwchteau [kut- 
che-ohiemi'iy he adds to. 

adorn, mmneheauj he adorns (makes 
beautiful) himself: wunneh kuhhog, 
adorn thyself (wwjwmwu, he adorns him- 
self, C. ) ; imnnehteou, he adorns (inan. 
obj.). 

adorned, inan. vmnnthteomuk, an. vun- 
nanvhogu. 

adultery, inamtw»t/,hecommitsadultery; 
mamussekon, thou shalt not commit 
adultery; maviusstweii-hiy an adulterer 
(mammaii8Uf phmammawtachickj R.\V. ); 
manishqtiaausuen'hij an adulterer. See 
fornication. 

advantage. See profit. 

adversary. See against; enemy; oppo- 
site. 

advice, kemonittuonk, good advice re- 
ceived. See counsel. 

adviae, kogkahtimau, v. t he gives advice 
to, advises (kogkahqiitieauy he advises, 
C. ) ; weogffuttumafk kah keneetam(Dk,^giye 
your advice and counsel', Judg. 20, 7. 

affair (matter of business), UnniyhionL 

atttightedy chepshaUy chepshontaniy he is 
affrighted, startled, astonished {kiichee- 
gahteauy he affrights; kitchesshanittinneat, 
to be affrighted (?); kuUijshanitltionkf 
fright, C). 

afraid, vcahesuy he fears, is afraid; na>- 
wabeSy I am afraid; qushau icabesuoneau, 
he is afraid of (him); quHkUim, he is 
afraid (to do, to go) — not implying 
slavish or disgraceful fear (we^dngUj (he 
is) afraid; cowtmssf are you afraid?; ta- 
whitch wesdseanf why fear you?; mano' 
wisass, 1 fear none, R. W. ). See fear. 

after, adv. after that, afterward, ne mah- 
che (see have, auxil.); prep, asuhkaue 
\a8uhkaueu, it goes after, follows]: yie- 
gonne onk nen . . . asulikaue onk nen, 
before me . . . after me, next after 
219 



Digitized by 



Google 



220 



BUBEAU OF AMEMOAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2^ 



after — continued . 

(in order of time or place); nahoktdeu 
(secundufi, -a, -um); noA asuhkiU, he 
who goes or comes after. Cf. asuhy or; 
neese [n^-«M€], two. 

afternoon, qudttuhqudhqud, C; panicdm- 
paw, naunoduwqaWj R. W.; grtUtlkqua- 
qtuiw, after dinner, ibid. See day. 

afterward (in the future), ompetak, 

asfain, (a second time) nompe; (in addi- 
tion) wonk {wonkanet, onk, or tuonkf 
again, C). 

against, ayeuuhkone; mutually opposed, 
ayeuukkonittue [ayeukmmifie, C); ayeu- 
uhkonauj he goes against, he makes 
war on (an.); nup-penuanum-ukf he is 
against (at variance with, contending 
with) me. piuhsuke, over against, op- 
posite to; reciprocally opposite, over 
against each other, pdpiuhsuke, Cf. pd- 
piske; pap-skeu; neesUpiskeUy it is double; 
piakinnum, he doubles (it). See oppo- 
site; war. 

age. Sec old; old age. 

ago. See. long time ago. 

agreement. See covenant. 

ah! alas! cowee! woi/ 

ail, toh kui'unhpunamf what aileth thee? 
also tol kut'uspinam (and tocketiispaneYnj 
R. W.); toh uspunau {tahaapundyi^ R. 
W.), tohspinauf what ails him, what 
does he happen on, what chances he? ; 
so, nag wame . . . ushpundogj * chance 
happeneth to them air, Eccl. 9, 11; 
tatuppe uspundog wame, *one event hap- 
peneth to them air (they chance all 
aUke), EccL 2, 14. 

air (atmosphere), mama/)c/ie kemk^ =7na' 
mohchiyeu kemk, the empty or void sky. 

alarm. See war. 

alewife. See fish; menhaden. 

alike, taluppe^ equally. 

alive, pomantog (when he lives, living). 

all, wamej wamu (omnino); wamut (when 
there io all ) , enough, ma m usse {miasesuy 
R. W.), totus, ex toto (tnamfissiyhii, 
wholly, entirely, C). From inissi 
(mtint), great, by reduplication. 

almost, ndhen, nearly, nigh to (omdgpeh, 
C). 

alone, nusmj nusseu [noh usaeu, he who 
does?]; ri'nUhishem, I am alone, R. W. 
nomsiyeue; wukse, normyeu, all alone, 
C; nun-ndngi'up, I was alone, ibid. 



alone — continued. 
nonis of himself only, I. P.; nadntf 
R. W. ; pamk naunt God^ there is only 
one God, ibid, 
also, wonky again, moreover, 
always, nagwiUiedey continually; yoyat- 
che [=^yeu wiUchey from this time?], 
michemey forever. See ever. 
) am. See appu; ayen; na; nonf; ohteau, 
j amazement, chepshaonky a startling; chep- 
I shaUy he is amazed, affrighted; mon-- 
chanalamy he wonders. See wonder, 
among, kenugkCy kunnuke. Related to- 
konukkehlahivhauy he pierces, pene- 
trates (?), kaiinukkaahunky penetrjiting, 
I piercing; from kenagy that which i». 
sharp. Cf. Lat. inter, interere, intrare. 
I ancestors, wutchettuongdm^y C. From 
i wutcheuy suppos, vadchit. See parents. 
anchor, kenuhqtiaby kenunkquapy keixomp- 
I squab {kxmndsnepy R. W. ; kusmppanunk- 

quanky C. ). 
|- and, kah. From 'i* progressive, 
angle, nai, angular, having comers or 
angles; naiyag (when it is angular or 
cornering), a point, angle, or comer; 
vl yaue naee, at the four comers of; yaue- 
naiyag wetUy the four corners of the 
house. Cf. kendiy sharp; kenagy that 
which is sharp. pa>chagy an interior 
angle or corner. See corner. 
c^^n^i yniutqxKiniamy he is angry; suppos. 
part, noh musquantogy he who is angry, 
i. e. any angry man; imperat. prohib. 
ahque musquantashy be not angry (so, 
R. W.; nummosqudniamy I am angry, 
C. ); act. verbal imtsquanlamdoonk {mus- 
qaaivAlarndbonky C.) ; pass, verbal inun- 
quanittuonk. anger. V. t. an. musquanu- 
mauy he is angry at or with (an. obj.). 
From musquiy red, bloody* and antam,. 
minded, purposing, or having in mind, 
animal, odas, dausy howaas {odaSy oowaaSy. 
doaSy C. ), animal, creature (pi. odasinegy 
ouaasmeg): nishnoh oaas pdmontogy 
*every thing that liveth' {pomanam&e- 
oowactginegy * living creatures*, C). ne- 
tasmog (pi. ), tame or domestic animals 
{netasiiogy R. W.). puppinashim {penas- 
himy R. W. ), pi. -mwogy beast. Cf. pup- 
pinahaas, pi. puppinshaasogy bird, avis. 
ddasy howaasy is evidently related to- 
hoivan {awdun, R. W.), someone, any- 
one, a person. The termination repre-> 



Digitized by 



Google 



TirUMBVLL] 



ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 



221 



Aiiixiial — continued . 

sents the verb of animate agency, tw-»u, 
he does, acta. The prefix is perhaps 
the inseparable pronoun of the 3d pers. 
sing. 1^ (ewd, he, R. W.), as in howan, 
awditn {ewd-unnif any he]. 

Ankle, musgipak; iimsmpakon, his ankle 
bone [m* ausguppoi-oskmiy the side bone?] . 

■-anoint, stiss^qunnauy he anoints (him); 
sussequnum, he anoints (it) {mississeg- 
qnin, I anoint, C); act. verbal 8usse- 
qiihnkf anointing, anointment; pass, 
verbal stissequnnittuonky being anointed. 

smother, onkaiog, another person, pi. onk- 
(Uogigy others; onkaiog ^ another thing, 
pi. onkaioganash (onkcUukj onknej be- 
sides ; onkaiogdnitj otherwise, C. ) . From 
onk, wonk, 

answer, 'Aampmham, he answers ;.naw- 
pcohamauy he answers (him). 

ant, annuneks. 

any, anybody, any person, hotcan {atcd- 
ilHy R. W., whoso; Del. auweny who; au- 
woUy hoivauy anybody, C. ) . namoiy nanwe: 
nanive wosketompy any man, C; nanwe 
missinninnuogy common people, C. Adj. 
inan. teagwe: tU teagive mehtugkity on any 
tree; ne teaguasy any thing. 

«part, chippiy cheppi (it is separate): 
chippeuy he separates himself; chippauy 
he separates himself to, 'consecrates 
himself \ 

appear, nunnogquisy I appear, C; dnuk- 
quok (when it appears), the appearance 
of a thing (nogqtismonky appearance, 
looks, C). See looks. 

appease, um-mdnunnrhtauny he appeas- 
eth (strife, Prov. 15, 18), from manunne, 
quiet, calm, moderate. mahtednuMy he 
appeases or pacifies, C. ; mahteannonaty 
to quiet, ibid., from mahta>y he makes 
an end, has done. 

appoint (a person to poet or place), kehti- 
mauy he appoints (him); kuk-kehtiniy 
thou appointest (him); noh nukkeJUimy 
he whom I appoint. 

appoint or desigrnate (a place or inan. 
obj. ) , kuJiqutluniy he appoints (it) . Adj. 
hihquUummey appointed. 

apron, aidahy autawhuny audtdy the apron 
or covering worn in front by the In- 
dians; 'a pair of small breeches or 
apron', R.W. 



archer, pepumwaen-iny one who shoots 
habitually, pi. -innuog; pepumiUcheg 
(pi.), they who are shooting, actually. 
From pummuy he shoots, with fre- 
quentative reduplication. 

arm, muhpit {m^hpity C); ttmhpity his 
&rm{imippUteneypl-na8hyB,.W.). w*ap- 
pehiy related to appeky a trap; suppos. 
appehity (when) it holds fast or catches. 

aroimd, iva^enuy adv. and prep, it goes 
around, winds or curves around (waene, 
wev^€y about, C); quinnuppey adv. 
[quin-appuy quinuppUy it turns about], 
about, around; quinuppohke [quinnup- 
pu-ohke^y everywhere, all about. 

arrive, ntiauk^ wusheniy I come by land, 
R. W. 31 . Cf . Cree tiXckoo-mi, he arrives 
( by land) , Howse 50. For nutohke (?) . 
Cf. aukeeicmhatiogy * they go by land', 
R. W. nomishoonhdmminy * I come by 
water' (i. e. by boat, mmhoon), R. W. 
31. 

arrow, kduhquodty kdunkqmdt (suppos. 
part, inan., having a pointed or sharp- 
ened end); pi. + «*/»• cadquatathy ar- 
rows, R. W. Peq. keeguumy arrow; 
nuckhegunty my arrows. 

artful. See crafty. 

as, neane {ne-unni, like that, of this or 
that kind], as, so, in like manner; 
ofialuh [unne-loh]y as though, as if, as 
when, used with the suppos. mood; 
wehque [au-^quaeUy going to the ex- 
treme or limit] as far as; vmich . . . 
wehque (with verb of motion )j from 
. . . to (yo wSquCy thus far, R. W.); 
adtahehey aUa>chey ^Mcochey ahhvt tah»he 
[for adt tohgUy =sui'iah8hf]y as much as, 
as many as, as often as {ayatchey as 
often, R. W. ). See like; long as; such. 

ascend, kuhkuhqueuy he goes up, denotii\g 
voluntary, progressive upward motion; 
wadpuy wadbeuy he rises up or ascends, 
denoting change of place, without re- 
spect to locomotion; with inan. subj. 
waape-nUDy it rises, ascends (is raised), 
as smoke, the water in a river, etc.; 
ushpeUy ushpushauy he ascends into the 
air quickly or with swift motion, as the 
soaring of a bird, etc. ; with inan. subj. 
u»hpema)y vsspemOy it mounts aloft, is 
borne upward. See go. 



Digitized by 



Google 



222 



BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 2S 



ashamed, akodchuy he is ashamed; nut- 
akodj {ntU-dgkodch, C), I am ashamed; 
akod<;hehheaUf he makes (him) ashamed, 
puts (him) to shame (mU-dgkodchehih- 
qurty it ashameth me, C. ). 

aahea, pukquee. Cf. pukii (Nam puck), 
«imoke; pukquee ^ mire, mud; pohqtU 
(that which is broken off?), a brand. 

aah tree, monunks, Is. 44, 14. 

ask, naiaAomaUy he asks (him) a question, 
questions; naicotomwehteau, natotomuh- 
teau^ he inquires, asks a question; nalw- 
tomiihkaUj he makes inquiry of, he asks 
questions of (about anything) {naUxh 
iomwehkauy natoolomukkau, he asks, in- 
quires, C; n^nalotemdckaun, I will ask 
the way (inquire about it) , R. W. ; kun- 
naiotemif do you ask me? ibid.). 

ask for, xcehquetum, he asks for (it); XDeh- 
quetumau, he asks (him) for (it) {koh 
wequeiummdush, I beseech you, C). 
Cf. wehkomau, iveikamaUy he calls (him). 

assemble, miaeogy maiyaSogy they as- 
semble, meet together; mukhinneonk 
moemco or miyahncOy the assembly meets 
(is gathered together) ; freq. mokmoiog, 
they meet often or habitually {miawS- 
lucky let us meet; miawShetlity when 
they meet, R. W.). From midey miyaey 
moee (rnoywcy C), together. V. t. an. 
mianauy he assembles, causes (them) to 
assemble, gathers together (midweney a 
court or meeting, R. W.). 

assembly, moeuwehkomonky mishoeonky a 
great many together; mukkinneunky a 
gathering. 

astonished, chepehauy he is astonished, 
amazed; monc/iano/a/n, he wonders. See 
amazement; wonder. 

astray, pannCy out of the way ; panneau, he 
goes astray; suppos. part. an. pannionty 



astray — continued . 
going astray, erring, imiionu, t/yJonti, 
he goes astray, wanders out of the Way; 
suppos. part. an. ufddnity u)au<mit, going 
astray; hence, tvayordy tcaont, sunset- 
ting (tvativnniiogy they wander, C). 
From vxUenu (wewfney C.) and auy he 
goes round. 

as yet, ashpummetiy ash pdme. 

at, adty ahhvty tU, At or in a place (the 
locative case) , expressed by the termi- 
nation 'Uty -aiy or -tV, with or without a 
governing preposition. 

attempt, kodumi. [kod-uttu^y he attempts 
{nen nukkodu8sepy I attempted, C). 

aunt (?), okummes [from okas-y related to 
the mother] ; kokummeSy thy aunt, Lev. 
18, 14; but thy grandmother, 1 Tim. 
1,5. See grandmother. 

autiunn, ju'pun (niepuriy R. W. ; nepinndey 
C), the harvest season, the latter part 
of summer and beginning of autumn 
{taqu^cky the fall of the leaf, R. W.; 
*ninnautvdety fall, C). See seasons. 

avoid, chippinumy he avoids (it), puts it 
away; chippehtauy he avoids, keeps away 
from (it); qusmhkom (?), he shuns or 
avoids {nuk-quiaiihkomy I shun or avoid, 
C). 

awl, m^ukqs (mucksucky awl blades, R. 
W. ). Cf. k6usy a thorn; m^iihkosy a nail 
or talon. puchvMganashy awl blades^ 
B,.W.y(rom puckhummiriy to bore, ibid. 
See point. 

az, togkunk {togkongy C), pi. +o«/<, that 
which strikes; suppos. part. inan. from 
togkoniy he strikes an an. obj. chicheginy 
a hatchet, R. W. ; pi. chicMginash, Cf. 
Del. pachkshican or kshicarty a knife; 
m^cJtonschican, a large knife, Hkw.^ 
Corr 



babe. See child; infant 

back, muppusky muppuk (muppuskqy C; 
uppusquariy R. W.), from poskey poskeUy 
it is bare, naked, unprotected, with in- 
def. prefix, m^poske; kuppusky thy back; 
nuppusky nuppisky my back; uppisky his 
back; nppixquanity uppunkquonity at his 
back, on his back, behind him. 



backward, (oppos. to faceward) ordamu; 
ontamu penushau or arUcoshaUy he fell 
backward; (oppos. to forward) qushkee: 
qushkeuy he goes back, returns; qusk- 
kemWy it goes backward; nukqushkem 
{nuk-quishkeeniy C.) y I go back. as6u- 
BhaUy he retrogrades, moves backward; 
nut-assdushaniy I go backward. 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



ENGLI8H-NATICK DIOTIONABY 



223 



bad, maiehe (Lat. male); suppos. part, 
inan. Tnatchiiy when it is bad; concrete 
n. maichuk, machuk, evil, that which 
is bad; adj. matehetou [maichetcOj he is 
bad], bad, evil, wicked; malchemlmai' 
che-usm^ he does badly], a bad person, 
i. e. (one, he, who) acts badly; vbl. n. 
of agency mcUcke$eaen'i'ny an evil doer; 
act vbl. mcUcheidonkf badness, wicked- 
ness (in disposition, purpose, or nature) ; 
pass. vbl. iruUchenehethwnky wickedness 
encountered or referred to its object; 
act. vbl. matchewonk [from matche8u]y 
the doing of evil, badness in action. 
From matia, matf adverb of negation. 
Cf. Engl, not, nauglit, naughty. 

bag:, basket, manaot [m'ncot], pi. m^noh 
tash; munndte, a basket, R. W.; mun- 
nolghy Stiles; sogkissdntUej a hand bas- 
ket, C. "InstcSad of shelves, they have 
several baskets, wherein they put all 
their household stuff; they have some 
great bags or sacks, made of hemp, 
which will hold 5 or 6 bushels. "—R.W. 
50. **Notas8en, or bags ^ which they 
plait from hemp." — De Vries, Mega- 
polensis, 2 N. Y. H. S. Coll. in, 95, 
107, 158. From ncotin-at, to lift or 
take up a burden {nidiUdahy *take it on 
your back', R. W.); see bear, peiunk 
(when it is put in; suppos. part. inan. 
from petauuTif he puts it into), a bag or 
pouch for carrying smair articles: "/)«- 
touwdssinugj their tobacco bag, which 
hangs at their neck, or sticks at their 
girdle, which is to them instead of an 
English pocket."— R. W. 108. 

bait (for fishing), onatcangdnnakaurij 
R. W. Cf. Abn. aSangany Rasles. 

bake (roast), appcaauy apwauj nppoMUy 
he bakes, roasts, or cooks; apwonai iDey- 
au8, to roast flesh {appcmsh weyausy 
roast the meat, C. ). The primary sig- 
nification appears to be to prepare for 
food. 

bald, mam (smooth); mukkukki (bare): 
mmsontuppco, he is bald, ban a bald head 
{muBanttpy a bald head, C. ); mukukkon- 
txippoDy he is bald, 

ball ( for playing ) , pompamiltkonk. From 
pompUy he plays; cuuhkaUy he chases, 
follows after: pomp-asuhkaUf he chases 
in sport. 



bank (of river), vrngApinuk (wundpplnuk, 
C. ), = um^-appin-vJCf where the edge or 
mai^in is, that which is at the edge 
{urns). 

bare, mukkukki {mu4:kuckiy 'bare, with- 
out nap*, R. W., of cloth); mukkmkegy 
'strip yourselves \ Is. 32, 11. Hence 
mukkcokinauy he robe, plunders, stripe 
bare; mukkmkinnuwain4n (n. agent), a 
robber, and perhaps mukkij mukkutch- 
ouks (muckqiMchuckSy R. W.), a child, 
a boy. See bald; naked. 

bargain (agreement), wunna>w6,onky 
= umnne'ncovxwnk, good saying, satis- 
factory talk. See trade. 

bark (v. — as a dog), wohwohteauy he barks 
(wohivohteauy C); wohwohkaUy he barks 
at, keeps barkiiig (onomatopoetic; so 
wohwatcDwaUy *ho! hoUoo!', C). 

bark (n.), wunnadteasky C; vmchicka- 
pSucky 'birchen bark and chestnut 
bark, which they dress finely and 
make a summer covering for their 
houses.*— RW. 48. Cf. Abn. maskS^y 
pi. 'kSdVy '^coroe de bouleau 4 caba- 
ner*, etc., Rasles. 

bam, axkqwnrnouiky barns, R. W. 

barren, mihchSeUy mekchihfeu (she or it is 
empty, is nought) ; mehcheyeuey barren 
{mohchiyeuey empty, C. ) ; mehcheyeuonky 
barrenness, sterility; matchekine ohkey 
barren land. From maty malchey or 
mafiteheau, 

barter. See sell; trade. 

basket. See bag. 

baas (a fish ), Labrax liheatus (?), mi^tuck- 
ekey R. W.; pi. -kequock; suckequog 
(pi.). Stiles. Peq. m'sgugkheege. qun- 
namagy bass, C.(?). 

bastard, nanwetu (nanweiuey C). From 
namofy general, communis, and uWm. 

bat, maUappoffquafy matahpusques, 

battle, ayeuiouUuonky aye^iiedonk [making 
war, vbl. from ayeuhteauy he makes 
war against], mahvaiioncky R. W , Cf. 
malwiu, he is an enemy. 

bay, pmtupi)ogy jxxHuppag. 

be. See appu; ayeu; na; nont; ohleau. 

beadiT. See wampum. 

beans, luppuhguam-ash (pi.) [from tup- 
ptjihqueu, it turns or rolls]; manusqussid- 
<uh^ R. W.; Peq. mushquxBuedeSy Stiles. 

bear (n.), motqy masQy mathq (mothq, C.; 
moik or pauhSmnaunvaw^ R. W.; Mob. 



Digitized by 



Google 



-224 



BUREAU OF AMEBIC AN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



bear — continued. 
mquoh, Edw.; Del. mal^hk, machk, 
Hkw.). YTom mcDwhftUy (maw^adu, R. 
W. ), he devours, eata, an. obj.{?). 
Peq. n'Micgwut^ Stilea; Narr. konoohy 
ibid. See wolf. 

1>ear (v. ), kainunnumj he beare or carries 
(it), takes it along; with an. obj. kenu- 
nau, konunaUj he tarries (him); with 
suffix ukkennn6h, he carries or bears 
him ; kdnunoni (8Upjx>fl. part. an. ), w^hen 
he carries or Ixjars: k6nunm\t dhtompeh^ 
carrying a bow (see take), kdunum^ 
he bears, sustains, holds up; suppos. 
part. inan. k&anuky when it carries, it 
•carrying, a carriage or anything used 
for carrying burdens; freq. kogk&unum, 
he supports, holds strongly or firmly. 
nayeutam, he bears (it) on his person 
.as a burden; imperat. 2d pers. sing. 
nayeulashy bear or carry it (nidulashf 
take it on your back, R. W. ) ; suppos. 
pass. part, nayeumukj naiaimuky (when 
he is) borne or carried on the back (of 
.a man or beast), hence nayeumuky when 
he rides: miyeumukquog kamelmhy *they 
rode on camels', Gen. 24, 61; noh nam- 
mukqul (nayeumukqiU)y he who rides, a 
horseman; pi. neg nayeumukqutchegy 
riders, horsemen. 8o nahnayottmewoly 
R. W.; nahnaiyeumdoadty a horse *or a 
creature that carries ^ C; Del. nayun- 
daniy to carry on the back or shoulders; 
nanayungeSy a horse, *the beast which 
carrieson its back ' , Hkw. Perhaps from 
nauwaeUy he bends down; Jiauu^ehtaniy 
he bends or stoops to it. See horse. 

l)ear children, neechauy nechauy she is in 
travail or brings forth (nhchaw; paug- 
cdtche [pakodche] nechanirawy she is 
already delivered, R. W.). See beget. 

bear firuit. See produce. 

beard, weeshittamy =wt8hak-ta)ny hair (of 
the) mouth (?). See hair. 

beast, pupptnashiniy pi. -|-i''o<7 (penashimy 
pi. -f tvocky R. W. ). See animal. 

'beat, tattagkomauy he beats (him); suf- 
fix wut-tattagkomduhy they beAt him; 
iattogkodlamytohtogkodtamy he beats (it). 
Freq. from togkomaUy he strikes (him), 
and togkodtaniy he strikes (it), poggtih- 
ham (pockhdmmmy to beat out corn, 
R. W.), he threshes or beats out corn. 
See grind; strike. 



4- beautiful, wunnegen (good, handsome, 
desirable, pleasing); wunnehheauy he 
beautifies himself, makes handsome; 

' vmnnehte^Uy he makes (it) beautiful or 
pleasing. 

^beaver, tummilmky pi. -{-quaog {tommunquey 

' Peq.; tnmunky C; tummdcky R. W.). 
From tummigqaohh6Uy he cuts off (sc. 

' - trees)? Cf. Abn. temakSS, pi. -kSak, 
castor vivant. n6oguppa(wg (pi.) and 
sumhuppafiogy R. W. See *amisque. 
because, neinUchey ne wutcke (for this, 

I from this). See cause; therefore; 

' wherefore. 

! become. Cotton gives 'I am become, 
nuttiuni * ; * to become, unniincU ' . Eliot 
has the verb unnaiinneaty *eo to be' (I 

! Cor. 7, 26), evidently from unniy such or 
of the kind, to be of the kind, to be 
such, to become such. In two or three 
instances this verb is employed as the 
representative of the verb *to become*, 

I though it is not to be regarded as its 
exact equivalent; thus toh dniiiy what 
may have become of him, Ex. 32, 1, 23 
( = toh adhSy where he might be, Acts 

I 7, 40). 

; bed (place for sleeping), oppm; vmtappm, 

' his bed [t/nz/appin, he sat there]. 
bees, aohkeaumoussog (ohkeommoMogy C. ). 

, beiore (in front of), anaguohtag [when it 
is opposite, anoqueu-ohtag'jy before (it); 
anaguabit [when he is opposite, anoh 
qiieu-ctpit'iy before (him); anaquabehy 
before me; anaguabeany before thee; 
anaquabheitity before them (auaquabity 
before him, C. ; anaquohtag weky l)ef()re 
his house, ibid.) [anmqueuy opposite, 
from nuhquaeuy he looks toward] , nego- 
nuhkauy he goes before or in advance 
of, he leads; negonloMUy he sends (i. e. 
in advance of himsell ) to another. See 
lead. ' 

before (preceding in time), ru'^ona^; adv. 
negonne, formerly, before time; a9qwim, 
not yet; quoihdcy beforehand, anticipa- 
tory. 
beg (ask alms), weemhaUy he is beg- 
ging; n. agent, ueenshderiy a beggar; 
weemhatnatty he asks for (it) as alms: 

' ohU'ensham-uh ne teaguaSy 'he asked an 

alms from them', Acts 3,3. 

beget, wunneechanauy he begets (a 

child or children, without reference to 

sex) ; xcunnaumonieuy munnamoniyeuy he 



Digitized by 



Google 



TKUMBVLL] 



ENGL18H-NATI0K DIOTIOKABY 



225 



beget — continued, 
begets (a Bon or sons) ; v?uttauniyeu, wvU^ 
t&neUf he begets (a daughter or daugh- 
ters). With a feminine nominative 
the same verbs signify to bear, to bring 
forth. 

begin, expressed by nwche {no wutche] 
or ka>che [ibd vnUche] in combination 
with a verb. The former regards the 
beginning only as a completed act or 
point of time without regard to ensuing 
or progressive action or to lapse of time; 
the latter (kaochej kutche) indicates pro- 
gression from a starting point,bQginning 
of action yet in progress or continuous. 
See 2 Cor. 8, 6: neyane ncoche tiwip, nt 
kd taiuppe kedeunkquneaUf *tm he had 
begun, so would he [go on and] finish.' 
fUDche wekiUeau, he began to build; yeu 
na>che rxnenaduty this they began to do; 
neyixne nooche usaip, as he began to do; 
ktUche ussean, hah vxmk nuppakodcke vs- 
aem, ' when I begin [to do] I will also 
make an end' (do thoroughly), 1 Sam. 
3, 12; kutMmk, kddshik, (when it be- 
gan) in the beginning, Gen. 1, 1; Is. 
64, 4; vnUche hvUchissik onk yean wehq- 
skUtj from beginning to the end {nen 
kUche ornuk'kitcheiiMemflhegin; hitche, 
begun, C); kachhnm, (it begins,) it 
starts from, issues from (as a stream, 
etc.). See come from. 

beguile. See deceive. 

behave. See conduct one's self; do to. 

behavior, Unniyiuonk, See business. 

behead, tummigquohio&Uf he beheaded 
(him) {Hmegdasgrn, 'to cut off or be- 
head', R.W.). 

\>ehiad^vmUdl,wodt6l{wuUate,C.): wuUal 
tooffig (those who go behind), *they 
who are last'; wodi&iohlagith . . . ne- 
gondhUiffUh, 'things behind . . . things 
before', Phil. 3, 13. vmttamiyeu (it is 
behind), the hind partsor posteriors; 3d 
pers. wtamiyeuy his hind parts. See back. 

behold! (interj.), husBeh, lo! behold! see 
thou! Cf. Lat. ce, ecce ( = ce-ce), Fr. 
voici. 

believe, vmrmamptam, he believes 
(it); warmampiauy he believes (him); 
namamptamj I believe {wunnampiam^ 
orUt, belief, faith; pi. wunnampuhiogig^ 
believers, C). "This word they use 
just as the Greek tongue doth that 
B. A. E.,BuLL. 25—16 



believe — continued, 
verb iciievetr, for believing or obey- 
ing, and they say, coannduTnatovs, I will 
obey you [or, I believe you]."— R. W. 
65. 

*bell, hcohcokanogn (onomatope). 

^bellows, popa^paHauwandmuh, C. [that 

which is blown with; from pa>tauaeUf 

he blows]. 

-beUy, menoghu {munnogt, bowels, C); 

vmnnoghuSy his belly (vmnndks, R.W.), 

^ from vHmogg, a hole (?). misshdUf 
C, for mishehitf suppos. part from 
mishehheu, he is lifted up, made great, 
enlarged. See bowels. 

beloxig to, nuUaihe, it belongs to me, 
is mine; kuUaUiej it is thine; vmUaihet 
it is his; nuUaikHn, twUaihen, it is ours; 
msh vnUtaihe-ash, tiie things which are 
his. ohlau (he has), it belongs to (bun) 
as a quality, attribute, or appendage; 
hUrohUxurun kdauaaiamdonh, * thine ia 
the kingdom'. Matt 6, 13; tioh ohtunk, 
he having, the owner, he to whom it 
belongs; ne teaguas ohtunk, anything 
which is (belongs to), Ex. 20, 17. Vbl. 
n. ohidonk, ahtdonk, a having or be* 
longing, a possession. In compound 
words 'Ohide signifies belonging to, of 
the nature or quality of. vnUchaiyeumao, 
it belongs to, in the sense of it pro- 
ceeds from, is caused by, or the like; 
menuhkeiuonk wutchaiyeumo) Godutf 
power belongs to God, Fb. 62, 11. See 
his; mine; thine. 

below, adv. and prep, agwe, agwUj oguni, 
ohkeiyeu {ohkeieUf C), below, i. e. earth- 
ward, oj^i^, or a^uni, the more common 
form, is apparently contracted from 
ohkeieu, 

bend, woonki (toduki, R. W.), it bends, 
is crooked; w6nkinnum,he bends (it) 
{wonkunum, C); ne tuoonkag, that 
which is bent; pi. woonkagish, bent or 
crooked (things). See crooked. 

bend one's self, nauwaeuj he bends 
down or stoops; nauwdsu, nauwdseu 
lnauioaeU'USSu]y he performs the act of 
bending or stooping; nddwU, when he 
bends, bending; nauwanum uppuhkuky 
he bends his head; nautvaShtamy he 
bends down to or before (it); namua- 
kompau, nauwdsikompau, he bends or 
stoops. 



Digitized by 



Google 



226 



BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHl^OLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



bent. See crooked. 

berry, in compound names, -minne, pi. 
minneashj small fruit of any kind (uitf- 
tdkimneash, strawberries, R. W. ; watiuh- 
minneoh, a strawberry, C. ). See whor- 
tleberry. 

besides, onk ne (more than that, further), 
C; wonk; as conjunction, chaubohkishy 
'except, besides*, El. Gr. 22; chonchippe 
(chippej Mass. Ps.), he or it excepted, 
saving, excepting; ka)tne, C. [for qut 
ne?]. 

besiege, weenuhkautoaog neg, they besiege 
or encamp round about them; weenuh- 
kom, he besieged (it) [=svmeemjiruhkom, 
he goes round about]. 

bestow. See give. 

betray, wunasnaymaUy he betrayed (him) ; 
ivanasannilf when he was betrayed (i«i- 
nasmTnit, betrayed, C); namassami, I 
betray; n. agent. iminass<mnwdeniny a be- 
trayer, one dealing treacherously. 

between, nasJiaue {nashdue, C. ) : natihaue 
mayaahy between the paths. 

beyond, ongkoue, aongk&ue (onkkdiLeyG.): 
wutuhsJiame . . . ongkouCy on this side 
. . . beyond (a river, etc.); ongkomej 
ongkomde.y on the other side of: y6ai . . . 
ogkomaiy on this side ... on the other 
side {acdvmiucky R. W. ; so, Acawmenda- 
hty Eiigland, ibid., =agkome-en-ohke-tjUy 
in the land on the other side or beyond ; 
Alg. gaaminky on the other side, Lah.). 
From onkhumy he covers or hides (it). 

bind, kishpinumy he binds, ties, makes 
(it) fast; kushpinush {kspunshy R. W. ), 
bind it or tie it fast; kishpinauy he binds 
(him); v. i. act. kishpissu, he makes 
fast, and pass, he is made fast or tied. 
togkuppinauy he binds, holds fast by 
bonds (him); freq. or intens. tohtogk-y 
tattagk-j tahtogkupplnau. irushpunnumy 
he binds up or together, =a8sep'mum. 
keneepiruiUy he binds (him), as by oath, 
imposes an obligation. 

birch, bark. See bark (n.). 

bird, puppinshaas (pi. +o^), a bird or 
fowl, avis {n^peshawogy pi., fowl, R.W.; 
puppinushaogy Mass. Ps. ). Cf. Chip. 
penain. psukaeSy ' a little bird ', pi. -\-og 
{pussekesesuky R. W.; pismkseme^ogy 
birds, C, i. e. very small birds, a dimin- 
utive of the 2d degree) . 



birth, neetuonky neekuonk [from iietUy 
nekity a bringing forth, and pass, a 
being brought forth] ; wunneeiuonky icun- 
neekuonky his birth. See bom. 

bit, chogq; chohkagy a spot, spotted; kod- 
chUhkiy a piece or fragment. See piece; 
spot. 

bite, sogkepcoaUy he biteth; aogkepumu 
{nus9ogkepSivam, I bite, C); suppos. 
nok sagkepwutj he who is bitten. Cf. 
8ogkunum, he catches hold of, hooks 
into. See hook. 

bitter, wesogkon; ybl. n. weeaoghrujoonk, 
bitterness (weesoghh/eUy bitterly, C). 
Cf. weemvey the gall; weeade, yellow. 

black, mcoi (m^tvi, aAckiy R. W. ) ; adj. an. 
mcoegUy (he is) black; pi. inan. nioh 
eyeuash; an. Tnwesuog {nuDom^ woakty 
black man, C, =7n(Dosketompy El. Gr. ). 
»Ackif R. W.; an. stick^au: ** hence they 
call a blackamoor 8v>ckduttacon€y a coal- 
black man; for sucki is black, and 
tuaCttaconey one that wears clothes," R. 
W.; but, strictly speaking, sijicki was 
dark colored and not black. The dark 
purple shells from which the more val- 
uable peag was made, and the dark 
peag itself — blue, purple, or violet — 
were named from their color mckad- 
hock. 

blackberries, wuttohkohkcominned' 
nosh (?), C. 

blackbird, chdgan; pi. -nhicky R.W.: "Of 
this sort there be millions, which are 
great devourers of the Indian corn", 
ibid. Veq.auehugyeze [=chohkemfy choh- 
kesitchey spotted?], massovnfany Stiles, 
the bobolink, Emberiza oryzivora? 

bladder, mummneetau: mununneetoe quB- 
mky stone in the bladder, Man. Pom. 88. 

blame, wutchumonatey to blame; ncochumy 
I blame, C. (?) ; vmtchimuu, he is blamed, 
1 Tim. 3, 2; vuichimuneachy let me bear 
the blame; monteag wutchimaUy he is 
blameless (is nothing blamed). See 
condemn. 

blast (of air), pmpcatauAonky a blowing 
strongly. From pwpootauy intens. from 
poatauy he blows. 

blasting ( of grain ) , pmogqaodLiriy pisseog- 
quodtin. Cf. pismgquariy mud; pissag 
(pismgky C), dirt, mire. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONAKY 



227 



*\}laiik.ety pinaquetj qunndnnonk, C; 
»quAu8 aijbhaqut, a woman's mantle; 
acdh, the deer skin (worn by men), 
R.W.; inadTiek {=monak)j nquittiashla- 
gnt, an English coat or mantle, ibid. 
See clothing. 

blemished. See deformed; maimed. 

bless, wunndntaitit he blesses (it) l=ivun- 
ne-arUam, he is good-minded, regards 
favorably or feels kindly] ; naniantanif I 
bless (it), I give blessing. Hence the 
name Nonantum of the first village of 
'praying Indians' gathered by Eliot. 
vmnndnumau {vmnnaunomauj C), he 
blesses (him); vbl. n. (act.) vmnnAnu- 
maonky a blessing given; (pass.) vmn- 
naniittumky a blessing received. 

blind, pogkenum, he is blind {n^pdckun- 
nunif I am blind, R. W. ) ; suppos. part. 
pogkenuk, blind; pi. pogkenukeg, the 
blind. Yroxa pohkmM {pohkunniyC.), 
it is dark. 

blood, musqaeheonk [m^ Bquehhmk']\ vma- 
queheonk, vmsqheonk, his blood; ncos- 
qheonk, my blood (mishqu^f rUepucky 
blood; misquinashf veins, R. W.) From 
'inusqv^y musqueuy (it is) red; mvsqueh- 
heauy it makes red, causes redness; sup- 
pos. part. inan. musqheunk, making red. 

bloom, blossom, pesJiauaUj it blossoms, 
bursts forth; pishaumWj it is blossomed; 
suppos. part. pass. pisMumamky blos- 
somed. From pokshaUy it breaks. See 
flower. 



blue, pe^luiuiy R. W.; peahal, C; peaJidnr 
ndqiiaty blue color, C.^ i. e..]>€8hai' 
anogkennky when it is painted (or lookpj 
blue (cf. phhauiy np-pesh/iUy a flower). 
am6iy blue; condagky blue cloth (cf. 
amdiy deep). 

bluefish. (Temnodon saltator), Peq. 
aquaundmU (Stiles J. 

board {n.)j paJisamogky pi. -ogquash. From 
pohshinumy he cleaves or divides (it). 

boast, muskdauy muskoiiaUy he boasts; 
pi. mdskdachegy boasters, waeeiiomau^ 
he praises; waeenomont wuhhogkuhj 
praising himself, boasting; pi. tvaeeno- 
monchegy boasters, misheheau wukhog- 
kuh (he makes himself great), he boasts. 

boat, nmshmny nmham (mushdan, C; 
Peq. mefthrre, Stiles; misJiodn, *an In- 
dian boat or canoe made of a pine, oak, 
or chestnut tree', R. W.; dimin. mishr 
oontmesey a little canoe, ibid.; mishoon 
hdmwocky they go by water (by boat), 
ibid. ; peorUdemy C. ; pencooriy boat; jyeay- 
nogy a * little ship', Mass. Ps., John 6, 
22; 21, 8; Narr. umpshuy a canoe, Stiles; 
paugatemwm'Ctndy an oak canoe; kotcaio- 
tvatvafindy a pine canoe; tvompmisaaUnd, 
a chestnut canoe; immnatianaitnucky a 
shaMop; dimin. -uckqutsCy a skiff, R. W. 
"Although themselves have neither, 
yet they give them such names, which 
in their language signifieth carrying 
vessels"), kehtcanogy kuhtwnogy a ship 
(kitdnucky R. W.; kehtamogy C). 



blow (n.), togkomcoaonk [act. vbl., a I body, muhliogy m^hogk {mdhhdgy C), a 



striking of an animate object, from 
togkomaUy he strikes]; togkamittmonk 
( pass. vbl. , a being struck ) ; togkodtuonky 
a stroke or stripe, primarily the striking 
of inan. object; taUeaonky a stroke, C. 
See beat; strike. 



body of man or animal; nuhhog {nohhog 
C. nohdcky R. W.), my body, myself; 
nohhogan&nogy our bodies, C; hihhog 
(kohhogy C; cohdcky R. W.), thy body, 
thyself; ivuhhog [umhdcky R. W.), his 
body, himself. 



blow (v.), pcotaUy pwtaeUy he blows. » hoil {n.)y jnogquhi, =m(>^^en7<, it swells 



This form is not found in Eliot, but is 
indicated by derivatives; from it is 
formed the intensive and transitive pa>- 
pwtaudonk (act. vbl. ), a strong blowing 
or blast. paOarUamy he blows or breathes 
on (it) {pmtontouy he blows; nuppa>- 
prntontdivaniy 1 blow, C. ); imperat. 
paUdntask, blow thou on (it) (poldunt- 
ashy 'blow the fire', R. W.; pdtawashy 
'make a fire', ibid, [tor pcotaushy from 
pcotaeuy as above]), waban cotshohy the 
wind blows, John 3, 8 [for wadchieuy 
vmtcheau, comes from]. 



or bulges out; from mogke, great, 
boil (v.), (chauopham weyau9y he boiled 
the flesh ( i. e. he put it in water) . nepa- 
tamh mhahegy boil (thou) pottage (ne- 
pcUlohkiikqudnaty to boil the pot, C, 
from nepdtau-ohkukq). touophnniy it 
boils or seethes, is boiling; tduppuh- 
hosiiy (when it is) boiled, 'sodden'; 
nutauwohpdhharrty I boil (it), i. e. make 
it boiled [from toudhpeuy it is in the 
water], tvtamie ohkuk, a boiling pot; 
fmtssish ohkuky make the pot boil; im^ 
ohkuky a pot when it boils, ncoimi qwh 



Digitized by 



Google 



228 



BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLBTIir 25 



boil — continued. 
qudnchekomehUau nippeashy fire causeth 
the waters to boil, Is. 64, 2. 

1)011(18, hiahpissuonffoshf pi. of hshjnmi' 
onk, from hshpiseu, he ties. 

bone, muskouy his bone, the bone of; 
wuskon {weshkeerif toiskkony C. ) ; pi. mus- 
konash, bones; vmshmash, his bones. 
Cf. dskon, a horn; askduy Hukan, a hide 
(aakduy C); vmUtskony his hide, we- 
ween, a horn, C. 

*book, vmwakwhonk {tmssukqUohhonk, 
C), vbl. n. from wusmkhuniy vmsmk- 
kuhhurriy he writes, continues writing. 
See write. 

bore, pukqusmmif he bores a hole (in or 
through), 2 K. 12, 9; puckhummin, 'to 
bore through', R. W.; pukqaagy (when 
it is bored) a hole, eye of a needle, 
Mark 10, 25; puckwhSganashy awl 
blades for boring the wampum beads, 
R. W. Cf. puhpuhkey hollow; papuk- 
quarmgy papaquomney thoroughly; poh- 
quAe, open; pohkiy clear, transparent. 
poahkus9ohhug mukqsy he bores his ear 
(bores to him the ear), Ex. 21, 6. 

bom, neehit (when he is brought from); 
neehi ( he comes forth, is bom, primarily 
grows) : nok neehit ut neekUy * one bom in 
my house', Gren. 15, 3. See birth. 

borrow, nogkohkouy he borrows; nogkoh- 
kouuHy (it is) borrowed; n. agent, nog- 
kohkouaeny -Mtn, so -kuhkauwaeniny a 
borrower, namohkauy he borrows; na- 
mohkaush tvishquashy *go borrow ves- 
sels', 2 K. 4, 3. The causatives of 
both verbs aro used for the verb to lend: 
namohkaihhuau, namohkohheaUy he 
lends; nogokkohheaUy nogohkaeihhuauy 
he lends; suppos. noh nogdhko&nUy a 
lender. 

bosom (pectus, sinus), pa>chenau {up- 
pcDchhioUy C): uppaochetieciduty in his 
bosom IpohshinAeUy it is divided in two, 
is halved]. See breast. 

both, neemifey Matt. 13, 30; 15, 14 {na- 
jieeswey C. ?) ; neesey two. 

bottle, quoncoasq (qudnanvasky C), i. e. a 
gourd; wisqy a vessel. From asqy a 
gourd (?). 

bottom, ohkeU; vi agwe; ohkeiyeu ney the 
bottom of it; vmtch woskeche onk yaen 
ohkeity tputch woskeche <mk yaue dg^iniy 
from top to bottom, Matt. 27, 51; 



bottom— continued. 
Mark 15, 38; ut vmtchdmqut kehtahhan- 
nity tU agwe kehtahharmUy in the bottom 
of the sea {n&umaltLcky in the bottom, 
R. W.). 

bougb, branch, wuttukqy wuttuk [truMiA- 
quaey at the ends or outermost parts ?]. 
pauchautaqurm^gashy branches, R. W.; 
pohchatuky a bough, C. : pohchohkom poh- 
chatuky he breaks a limb, ibid, w&d- 
iuckquriy a piece of wood, R. W.; pi. 
wuttoohq&fuuhy wood, C. chedouashy che- 
owuhy branches (of a vine), Gen. 40, 
10, 12. 

bought, adtoadche. See buy. 

boimdary, chadchabenumdonk, a bound 
mark, i. e. division; from chacJiaube- 
num {ch4ulchaptinumy C.)» he divides. 
kuhkuhhunky a boundary (a marking 
out); kuhkuhkegy (that which marks) a 
bound mark, limit 

bow, n. an. ahtompy ohtomp: nutahtomp 
(Peq. n*teumpy nuUeumpthy Stiles), my 
bow; wutaktompehy their bows; paaUmr 
kufiAog wutahtompeuhy they bend their 
bows, P6. 64, 8; ohtomp kah k&uhquod- 
lathy bow and arrows. 

bow down, tumwaeu, he bows down; 
nawdsu, he makes a bowing or bending; 
nauvxUhtamy he bows down to (it) ; nau- 
wa^htauauy he bows down to (him). 
See bend. 

bowels, mendgkus {munnogBy 0. ) , the belly 
or the bowels, wuttinnomhogy the en- 
trails, = vrnt-anome-hogy of the inside of 
the body. See belly. 

boy, mukkatchouks (miickquachuckSy R. 
W;; Peq. and Narr. muck<ichuxy Stiles), 
a man child, a boy {nonkdpy nonkum- 
paesy a boy, 0. ; but nunkomp is rather 
a young man); nummuckqudchucksy my 
son, R. W. ; muckquachuckquime9ey a lit- 
tle boy, ibid. 

bracelets, kehUppUtendpeasky kehledppete- 
ndpeasky from kehtey great, petauuriy it is 
put on, appu (?) ; or is it from kehte and 
appeh (suppos. appehit), trap, gin, that 
which holds fast ?. See ring. 

brag:, mishayivauy he brags or swaggers, 
C, =mi8hehheau (?), he makes himself 
great. See boast. 

brain, wtUtipy R.W. (where "their opin- 
ion is that the soul keeps her chief 
seat and residence " ) ; waantam wtUtupy 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBXTMBULL] 



ENGLI8H-KATICK DIOTIONABY 



229 



brain — continued, 
a wifle brain, C; TnetdppHcuh (pl.)> 
brains, ibid. 

bramble. See briar. 

branch. See bough. 

brand, noftaupohqutj a firebrand [pohqutf 
when it is broken]. 

brant goose (Anas bemicla), menuks, pi. 
menuksog, C; Peq. a'kobyeeze, Stiles; 
munnCbcIss, pi. munnilxikmickj R. W. 

brave. See man; valiant. 

breach, pokslidonk, a breaking. 

bread, petukqunnegy pi. -^ash {puUuck- 
qurmSge, R. W. ; petuhqulneg, C. ), a cake, 
bread in a cake [that which is round; 
from petukquif puttukguij round]; pe- 
tukgunnunkf n. collect bread: iveekog 
petukqunnunkf unleavened (i. e. sweet) 
bread ; weekonne petukqunnegash^ unleav- 
ened cakes. 

breadth, ne koshkagj ne kisJikag, ne aruoque 
kishkag, its breadth, the breadth of it. 
From kishke (kUhkiy C), broad, from 
side to side; kishkcy at the side of. Vbl. 
n. kushkemwnkj breadth (abstractly). 
mitheMthkae ayeuonkj a broad place; 
miihonogod squont . . . mishonogok may, 
(it is) a wide gate ... a broad way, 
Matt. 7, 13; mishekiskemaogkehtu, 'in 
the broad ways', Cant. 3, 2. 

break, pohqunnum, he breaks (it) asun- 
der or in two, as a staff, a thong; 
pohqunaUy he breaks asunder (an an. 
obj., a bow, a kettle, etc.); pohquetah- 
ham, he breaks asunder (an inan. obj. 
pertaining to or for another) : pohque- 
tahhamtoog vmhkontcuh, they broke his 
legs; pohquetahhash weepiW^mh, break 
thou their teeth, Ps. 58, 6; poksheau, 
pokshaUf it breaks or bursts asunder, 
with violence, it is broken {poohqu^ 
shaUj C; pSkesha, pokeshawwa, R. W.); 
pokshadtam, he breaks (it) with violence 
or suddenly, sohqurmum, mkqunnum, 
he breaks (it) in pieces, as bread; aohr 
queUahhamif gukquehtham, he breaks in 
pieces (an inan. obj. peraining to or for 
another). 

breast, (pectus) pcDchmau (it divides in 
two, is halved); (mammffi) mohpanag 
(mohpdflneg, C); mapdnnog, the 
breast, R. W.; wohpanag, his or her 
breasts, sometimes pi. wohpanaga»K 
See bosom. 



breath, nashauank, nashcumk, the breath, 
the spirit, El. Cf. Del. lechhwn, Hkw. 

breathe, nahndshau, he breathes, {nahr 
nashdnai, to breathe, 0. ) ; nahnasharU^ 
when he breathes. 

briar, bramble, kdus; asirmekdus [haS' 
mne-kduSf stony (i. e. very hard) briar 
?], a thorn; pi. kMrnog, aginnekdusiog, 
Cf. muhkos [m'ib^u«?], the nail of a 
man or talon of a beast; mukqs, an 
awl. 

bride, weeUmadteojen-in [wetauadteadi, 
when she is married, taken as a wife] 
{rumoetauadtam, I (a woman) am mar- 
ried, C). See wife. 

bridegroom, vmssentamtffden, -^waenin 
[wusserUaniy he marries {touMtnlam, 'he 
goes a- wooing', R.W.)]. See husband; 
marry. 

^bridge, toyusk, R. W. Cf. tcoskeonk, a 
ford. 

bright, w6hmm6e {wosmm&e, C. ), bright, 
shining, as a torch or fire; wohnppde, 
wohmppohtde, bright, glittering, as 
stones, polished metal; wddhsuppde 
(and wdsittde) togkodteg, glittering 
sword. 

brightness, uvhsumdxmk, a shining 
forth, emitting light, wompag, bright 
light, that which is bright; from wompi, 
white. 

brim. See edge. 

bring, paudiau, he brings (it) hither: 
paudtausk (paHUouSf R, W. ; patauishy C. ), 
bring thou it hither; paudtah, bring 
(it) to me; paudtdcok {pautduog, R. W. ), 
bring ye it pdwHrn, he brings (him) 
hither or near; with suffix uppoMOuhf 
he brought him to him {nok patco, 
bring him, C); from pdhsu, pasw, he 
is near. BokhaywunaUyhe brings (him) 
out, cans, from mhhamy he goes out; 
caus. inan. mhhanfndUxOy he brings (it) 
out petukodtUMf he brings (it) in. pai^ 
chippohSnat, * to bring up anything from 
a place', C. (?). See fetch. 

bring forth. See bear children; pro- 
duce; yield. 

broad, JcUJUtiy koski. See breadth. 

broken, pokahde (pdkesha, pokethawwa^ 
R. W.; poohqaluhaa, C). See break. 

brook, 9epuhe, upuuB; sepoise, little river, 
B. W. ; tebuxaee, debwxzue, Narr., Stiles. 



Digitized by 



Google 



230 



BUREAU OF AMEBIOAN ETHNOLOOy 



[bulletin 25 



brook — continued . 
Dimin. from sepu, a river. Dimin. of 2d 
degree sepo^mesey a little rivulet, R. W. 

broth, pottage, sdbaMg, sebahigj sahaMg, 
that which ia made soft or thinned. 
From mupde^ mbdey soft, thin, melting. 

brother, ivemat'Ohy his brother, the broth- 
er of (him); wemcU-in {mivetnAUinjC), 
a brother, i. e. any brother, the brother 
of any; ngeroo/, my brother; keem<jUy thy 
brother; pi. wemcUogy his brothers (wee- 
matUttiocky they are brothers, R. W.). 
weetahtu-ohy her brother or sister, prop- 
erly one of the same family or bom 
in the same house {neUiiy a sister, C). 
nun-noht6nukqu8, my brother; kenoht6- 
nukquSy thy brother; wunnohidnukqus- 
ohy her brother, the brother of (her). 
weetompas-m (his or her friend), his or 
her brother or sister {wetomjxts-iny a 
sister, C); neetompaSy my brother or 
sister; keetompaSy thy brother or sister 
( Abn. nidanbSy mon fr^re, seu un Stran- 
ger que j*aime comme mon fr^re, 
Rasles). N. collect, weeinattinneunky all 
the brothers, the brotherhood, wee- 
9U7nvs'8ohy his or her younger brother 
or sister, the younger of brothers or 
sisters {weSgummis j & sister y R.W. ; Muh. 
ngheesuniy a younger brother or sister, 
Edw. 91). mohtomm^gUy mohtoifUgitchey 
his or her eldest brother or sister, the 
first born of brothers or sisters (Muh. 
iieloJwony an elder brother; nmas€y an 
elder sister, Edw. 91). See sister. 

It is doubtful whether Eliot had 
himself mastered the distinctions in 
the expression of degrees of relation- 
ship between male and female mem- 
l)ers of the same family. From a com- 
parison of the revised edition of his 
translation with the translation of 
John's Gospel printed with the Mas- 
sachusetts Psalter in 1709 it appears 
that weemal-oh expressed the relation 
of brother to brother, inm-nohtdnukqua- 
oh of brother to sister, xreetahiu-oh of 
brother or sister (without distinction 
of sex) to brother, and weetompassu of 
brother or sister to brother or sister, 
used by either sex of either sex. For 
the Abnaki see Rasles under parkntee, 

SCEUR. 



build a house, wekitteauy he builds his 
house, makes his wigwam (houses 
himself); wekxthkaUy he builds a house 
for (another person). 

building:, n. wekittecumk (pass. vbl. being 
built), 'komuky which seems to signify 
an inclosed place, a shelter or covert, 
was used in the composition of names 
of buildings other than dwelling houses 
erected by the English. Thus qunnunk- 
que-komuk {qiiinuhqui-komuky C. ), a high 
tower; . mayyeakomuk Imiyae-komuk] , a 
meeting house, C. ; mechimukkdmuk 
(feeding house), a bam, ibid. ; woakeche 
komuky the top or roof of a house, etc. 

burden, wearmuy weanin; toeasgunaUy he 
bears a burden; wea«fuky when he bears 
a burden; pi. neg weassukegy bearers of 
burdens {niduidak and w^awkuBhy take 
it on your back, R. W.). 

bum, V. i. chikohteauy chikohtaUy it bums; 
nwtau chikohtopy the fire burned {chik- 
kohty C. ; chlckoty fire, R. W. ) ; from cMkey 
chikkSy violent, fierce, and ohteauy it haa 
itself, it inherently is) ; chikohtAey bum- 
ing, on fire. V. t. chikkommy chikohmmy 
he bums (it); with an. obj. chikkosm 
{nut'ChikkoSy I burn, C. ). Vbl. n. (act. ) 
chikk6h»uonky chikkdaucmky a burning; 
(pass.) chikkoswuUuonky a being burned. 
V. i. nashqaneaUy it bums, primarily it 
rages. Cf. nashquit (when it storms 
violently), a tempest or destructive 
storm {nun-nishquety 1 rage; nashquU- 
tiriy a northerly storm or a tempest, 0. ). 
Suppos. part, concrete nashqutt/igy that 
which bums, a fire {squtta, R. AV.); 
Tulshqunnde mohkossaashy burning coals. 
V. t. nashqxumi Iriashqun-^issUy he makes 
bum], he kindles, sets on fire; some- 
times V. i. nafih<{imdnumokt€aUy he kin- 
dles fire. See consume. 

burnt, chikkohiaxLun; chikkosumnn (ol 
inan. obj.), pi. -f-cw/i. 

burrow, wdnogq ( a hole ) ; Sivonogkuogy 
oowanogkmog, they burrow (have holes). 

burst, pashksheaUy it bursts asunder; 
paskuhkomy pashk'uhkomy he bursts (it) 
asunder. From pdhshcy half; pohsheaUy 
it divides in two. See gim. 

bury, posekinnauy be buries (him); 
suffix vp-posekin-&uhy they buried him 
{imp-pms&kiUy I bury, C; pomkiinna- 



Digitized by 



Google 



TRUMBULL] 



ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY 



231 



bupy — continued. 
muHf to bury, R. W. ) ; posekinii (when he 
is buried), his burial; pottekinitieaonky 
a burial, being-buried. From poskeuy 

^' he is naked; poskhiau, he strips (him) 
naked or is naked. 

bush, nephink; chippishinneufiiugk. 

business, affair, Unniyhionk [act. vbl. 
from unnaiinneat, to be so or in such man- 
ner], condition, case, circumstances: 
ponniyeue ^nniyetionk, *rude behavior, 
manner, way, state, condition', C; 
wunnegen unniyeuonk, a good cause, 
ibid.; matcheniyeuaiikf *evil case', El.; 
vmitinniyeuongashf his affairs, pissau- 
matdonkf piasisMonk (pismiyeuonk, C. ), 
business, employment. 

but, conj. qui (qut^ qui onchy C); webe^ 
wepe (only), but, Mass. Ps.; ^ anchj 
ohnchikohj but yet. 

buy, adtdail, he purc^hases from (hiip); 
noh adt/kidty he who buys, a buyer; 



buy — continued. 
adtdadchey lx>ught, purcha^^; act. vbl. 
adtdaonky a purchase (dadtuhkau^ he 
pays (him); oadtuhkah, pay me; nut- 
iottdwanij I buy, C). mandhamhij he 
buys it, R. W. ; kiun-mandhaminf have 
you bought (it)?; kuni-mandhamoushy 
I will buy it of you; ktUtattadamishj 
I will buy this of you, ibid. Elsewhere, 
inanwham; an. obj. manwwhaUy he re- 
deems or ransoms. iapkuiUy tabhum 
(he satisfies, makes satisfaction), he 
buys (it) ; taphumaUf he buys it of (him) ; 
mU-taphumauopfl bought (it) of (him). 
From tdpij it is enough, it suffices. 

by, prep, nashpej by, by means of, with 
(object, agent, or instrument) {ndshpCf 
nashpeiiej by or through, C.) ; irutche, 
by, proceeding from. 

bye and bye, ndinif ndmitch, R. W. 



c 



call (v.), xcehkomau, weikomau, he calls 
(him) : wehkom kahmky call thy husband 
{wicumy R. W.) ; wehquetumy he calls for 
(it), asks for (it) ; w-ehquetumauy he calls 
on (him) for (it), asks (him) for (it); 
kcowehqaeiumoushy I pray thee (kcowe- 
queiummdushy I beseech you, C. ). 

call by a name (appeilare), hettamuriy 
it is called (iahHtameriy what call you 
this? R. W., = ioh hettamuHy what is 
it called?) : nepish heUamun viay, it shall 
be called the way, etc. , Is. 35, 8. hennouy 
hennaxiy he is called (by the name of): 
toh kuttehtniif what is thy name (how 
are you called)? {tahmaf what is his 
name? R. W.); hennoUy dhun&Uyhe calls 
(him); suffix wuttinuhy he called him. 

call by a name (nominare), tisso- 
weimuy he calls or names (him): pish 
kuUuMowen JesuSj thou shalt call his 
name Jesus, ussowetairiy he calls or 
names (it) : toh-ussoxvetam? {taho»soujHamy 
R. W. ) what is the name of it? ustto- 
westrUy (he is) called or named; asMfwesii, 
called (when he is called), C; fUHssa- 
ivesCy I am called or named, etc., R.W. 



calm, auieSpin, the wind ceases (oti^ 
u'SpUy a calm, R. W. ; auwep&e ahquompij 
a calm season, C; atvSpeshay it calms, 
R. W.). Cf. wahauy wind. 

camp, (uppuksinruDonk [act. vbl. from 
tuppuksinncoogy tuppuksinwogy they en- 
camp]. 

can (auxil.), \vohy 'may or can', ex- 
pressing 'a possibility to be', El. (^r. 
20: nttoh voh yeush en nnihy how can 
these things be? John 3, 9; matta woh 
ximnnampmhamauohy he could not an- 
swer hun. See able; unable. 

^candle, wequdnanteg {wasdqtiandnStick, 
C; wequajiarUigyK.W,), See light. 

canoe. See boat. 

cap, hashamukw {askdnaquOy or munketip- 
poy cap or hat, R. W. ; onkqueekhcoy a hat, 
C. Cf. onkquegy onkwhegy that which 
(X)vers over; a cover). 

captain, mugwompy mugquompy pi. -^aog 
(kehiompy mUckquompy pi. -/>af/o(/, * cap- 
tains or valiant men', R. W.; wmuit- 
quompaCy valiantly, C), ^mogke-onip, 
great man (relatively great or by com- 



Digitized by 



Google 



232 



BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLSTIN 25 



captain— continued, 
parison). kee7U)mp{kenompdefya]mat\y; 
kenompdankf valor, C). 

captive, misnuy indef. mimnnin (mtMin- 
negCf R. W. ; numrmisfindm ewOy thia is 
my captive, R. W. ). missinnin prima- 
rily signifies a man (homo) of any other 
(that isyinferior) nation,a8distinguiBhed 
from wosketomp, the tribe-man (vir); 
literally it is *one of the many', mimr 
mnnu) pi. mimnmnnuogy people (ntn- 
nim%mn<ivx)cky *folk', R. W.), answeiv 
ing to Greek oi noXXoi etymologically, 
but more exactly to fidpftapot^ 'barba- 
rians', in its applied use; mtMtn^Sou, miB- 
sinruD, he is a captive, an outside or for- 
eign barbarian. 

capture, mimnohhonau, he takes or car- 
ries away captive (him or them); 
with suffix nah ummissinohkonak, he 
took them captive. See catch; seize; 
take. 

care for, tvuUoHintam, he cares for, is 
careful of (it); vmUanumtamj he is care- 
ful, or full of care (wuttanantam, C; 
notammdurUam, 'I am busy', R. W.). 
nancuirUamy he takes care of (it); nar^ 
auarUamde, careful, C. 

carr7, kup-pumminegkon^ishf I will carry 
thee; nup-pumminneeUam hussuriy I 
carry a stone, C. (?). sohhanmttauy he 
carries (it) forth. See bear; bring. 

carve, kogkdJuum, kogoksuniy kuhkussumy 
he carves, shapes by cutting, cuts 
out, engraves (it); kogoxumaxmkf 'en- 
graving', carving; kogokmmwe, carved, 
'graven'. 

cast (a stone) , togkonai qussukj to hurl a 
stone at an object, from the hand or a 
sling. From togkaniy he strikes. 

cast away, poghetam, he casts (it) away 
{nup^keUxm, I throw away, C); 
pogkenaUy he casts (him) off or away 
(rCpdkHam [the inanimate form of the 
verb is here given, wrongly], I put her 
away, R. W.) ; noh pagkenont ummiUani' 
wus9ohy he who divorces or puts away 
his wife; pognUy (when she is) put away, 
divorced. 

cast down, unnoJMnaUy nohJwnau, 
naokinauy he casts (him) down; suffix 
wuttinnohkonuh ohkeit, he cast him to 
the ground; ntokshau, nohkthawj he 



cast down — continued, 
casts himself down (quickly or vio- 
lently); nookuhkonau, he casts (him) 
down (from a high place); suffix tvun- 
ruDkuhkonuhy he casts them down; 
unnohteaUy he casts (him) into or to; 
unnohtedog ncataut, they cast (them) 
into the fire; unndhteam, unnuhteam, he 
casts (it) down; penohkonaUy he casts 
or throws (him) down {penohkdnaty to 
throw down, C); penuhkau, he cast 
down upon (him); uppenuhkatwh qus- 
mkquanaahy he cast down on him stones. 
Josh. 10, 11; penuhteauy he cast down 
(it) upon (it): penuhteau tmihhogkuh en 
ohkekontUy he cast himself down on the 
earth, 1 K. 18, 42. In all these forms 
the theme is nwkeu, nohkeuy he de- 
scends,- en ohke-aUy goes earthward. 

cast into the water, chauopham 
{cho^inoopp&mminy to cast overboard; 
chouvxfphashy cast (thou) it overboard, 
R. W.); chauohpuhieash amy 'cast a 
hook', Matt 17, 27. So, chauopham^ 
he boils or seethes (it), i. e. puts it in 
water. Cf. c^uops^ieau, he casts himself 
or falls into the water. 

catch (ensnare), puUawhaUy puUuhhaUy 
he catches by a snare, ensnares; and 
pass. ( but more usually, puUohhamy put- 
tahhamy he is caught, ensnared) ; puHak- 
hamwog, they are snared; puttuhhuky 
when he is snared; kuppithamy thou art 
caught (in a snare), Jer. 50, 24; puUah- 
JiamwehettUy when they are caught (as 
fishes in a net) ; puUvMukquefiettUyWhen 
they are caught (as birds by a snare), 
Eccl. 9, 12. Of. petshauy he falls into 
(a pit or snare) ; j)etuUeaUy he goes into, 
enters; pHaUy he puts into. 

catch (lay hold of), tohqunau mo^quoh, 
he catches a bear; tmUohqunMiy they 
catch him; tohqunum {tokquinum, C), 
he catches, seizes hold of (it). Of. 
togqun nishtee . . ., 'it received and 
held three' (thousand baths), 2 Chr. 
4, 5. tmUannuny he catches or lays 
hold on (him) by (a part or member); 
nuttannun (moeeskUUDnrity I caught him 
by his beard; noh anunont anumwoh 
toehtauoguty one taking a dog by the 



caterpillar, ma>pdogy mwpawok. 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONABy 



233 



cattle, netasgu {netas, C.)) pl- netasmog, 
any domestic or tamed animal. 

caught (by inan. obj. ), uppuhkuk sdgkut- 
tin, hie head caught (in a tree). 

cause; cauaixig. Efficient causality was 
expressed by a special form of conjuga- 
tion of the verb, of which Eliot gives 
an example in his Indian Grammar, 
page 59, and of which frequent use is 
made in his translation of the Bible. 
Its characteristic is the insertion of 
-avah' or -eh- after the root of the verb, 
as pogkenumwog they are blind, pog- 
kenumwahedog they are made to be 
blind; nootam he hears (it), ruDtam- 
waheh cause thou me to hear; wahteau 
he understands, todhteauwakeh cause 
thou me to understand; noh panrUonl 
he who goes astray, noh panneahheont 
he who causeth (others) to go astray, 
etc. The formal cause and the material 
cause are expressed by vmtchy alone and 
in compounds, entering into the compo- 
sition of nearly all verbs which include 
the idea of source, origin, production, 
or the like, as referred to the issue or 
thing produced, the animate or inani- 
mate object proceeding from, issuing 
from, or caused by another. See be- 
cause; father; from. 

cave, cavern, hassurmegk. 

cedar, chikkup {utchukk&ppemis, C. ; mighr 
qudwtuck l^imusgui-uhlug, red wood], 
R.W.). 

change, deanounum widhogkamruuk, he 
changes his garments; 68(Dwunont, if 
he change (beast for beast, Lev. 27, 
10) ; matta nut-dhdsue ussuy I change not 
(I do not changeably); dBayweiMD, it is 
changed, it changes; pajeh dsamemamk, 
till it is (shall be) changed. 

cheat, QMokekodUamm^ he uses deceit, 
deceives intentionally {nutrossoDkekod- 
team, I cheat, C. ) ; noh (MODkekodteamvnt, 
the deceiver, he who deceives (habit- 
ually); n. agent. oMokekodUanuDen^ one 
who deceives (actually). See deceive. 

cheek, manamaUf m^namau; nafmamau^ 
my cheek; wannamau (vtxmnunou, C), 
his cheek [namau^ he sucks?]. 

cheriflh, m(wo^ikominoa8dHMim, I cherish 
or nourish {mmrnconiiJdrmeat, to be 
cherished or nourished, C.)* 



xdiestnut, ivompumus {wdmpimish, R. W. ), 
a chestnut tree; todmpimineash, chest- 
nuts, R. W.; waumpmunch (Narr.), 
Stiles; Del. wapim, chestnut, Hkw. 
[wompirminneash, white fruit or nuts]. 

chew, pasqiwdtam, he chews (it)?; as- 
quam pcuiqvadlamcomukf before it was 
chewed. Num. 11, 13 Ipasquag, fine, mi- 
nute; cf. pup-pim, dust], (mchittamau 
or kohkodhumau, it chews the cud; 
onckUtamontf kohkodhumont (suppos. 
part, an.), chewing the cud. oncheUaur 
un, 'revised' or 'corrected*, is used on 
title-page of Rawson's edition of Samp. 
Quinnup. (Sincere Convert), 1689. 

chief, kehche, keJUe, kehtau, he is chief 
or relatively great. See old. mismg, 
mohiog, relatively great or important; 
anue mohsagy that which is more or 
most great; missugke, great, powerful, 
important; mamgkenuk, (when he is) 
very great, chief; warne masugkenukt 
* the Almighty ' . piahquUuky piahquttu- 
munutche, chief or principal (man, serv- 
ant, etc.). Gen. 40, 20, 22. See ruler; 
sachem. 

child, mukki, pi. +ag; dimin. mukkies, a 
little child (mukkoiest C; num-muckieset 
my child, R. W.). namuk, (when he 
sucks) a sucking child; namukde muk- 
kiu (nondnnisy ndonm, R. W.; Narr., 
nunnese Stiles; Peq. ndzatis, Stiles) a 
suckling. peUseSj peissism, (he is) very 
small [an. dimin. from pear, little] ; peia- 
9imt [suppos. part from peisgism], when 
he is very small ; noh peississU, * he who 
is least'. Matt. 11, 11; pi. peimsgUcheg, 
Intens. or dimin. of endearment, papeis- 
9eiUypap€isM9itjpapSasek (inan., but ap- 
plied to children, 'little thing') {pa- 
pods, a child, R. W.; nip-pdpoos, my 
child, ibid.; Peq., pouppatu Stiles; Lat 
pupa, pusa). mukkutchouks (rm^kqiia- 
chucks, R. W.), a male child, a son. 
See boy. nunkomp {ndnkup, C. ), a boy, 
a youth; dimin. nunkompaes, nunkompor 
ernes (nonkumpaes, C.) [nunkon (natU^), 
light, levis, and omp, man], nunksqua^ 
nunksq {nonkishq, C), a girl, young 
woman [nunkor^squa]; dimin« nunib- 
sqwus^nunksquaemes* See young, ned' 
chanog, pi. (they are bom) children 
(without regard to age or sex), off* 
spring; wunwtchan, his child (Muh« 



Digitized by 



Google 



234 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLBTUr 25 



child — continued. 
vmechuny Edw. ; keiiecMnog, your child- 
ren, C.) ; wunneechdneunkf the children, 
as a body or class, collectively. See 
daughter; son. 

^chimney, wanachikamuk {umnnachkem- 
muk, C; wutDiauchicdmock, R. W.), 
=:wanashqu€-komukj on the top of the 
house. 

chin, mishafrif C. 

chogset. See cunner. 

choke, nuppashoorif I am choked, C; 
nupwoshwdogy they are choked. El. 

choose, pephianif pepeneam, he chooses 
(it); pepeticuh, choose thou; pepenau^ 
he chooses or selects (him); mahche 
pepen&uonchey after having chosen 
him, C. From petKowej it is different; 
pe-penauy he differences. 

chosen, pepencovsynchcy -aucmche, one who 
is chosen. 

circle. See round. 

circumcise, quoshqu^au^ quasquswauy he 
circumcises (him); qmshqumiuxa, (he 
is) circumcised; suppos. part, noh 
griioshqusmkf being circumcised. 

circumcision, vbl. n. quoshqusmumonk, 

*city, kehtotauy keihiotan, great or chief 
town. See town. 

clam, poquadhocky R. W.; Peq. pouh- 
quauhhaugf p' quaughhaugj Stiles; the 
round clam (Venus mercenaria), from 
the black or, rather, dark purple margin 
of the shell, of which the Indians made 
the * sucka{ihock or black money ' , R. W. 
104. The first portion of the name, 
pooqumvy is retained in Nantucket; the 
last, quauhaug^ in other parts of New 
England. Rasles gives (Abn.) ^pekSi, 
pi. pekSahakf huitres*. The deriva- 
tion is not clear. Perhaps pukquag^ 
that which is bored, and haug (hogk)^ 
a shell; or pukquag (pdqiiag) may be 
employed in its derived sense, an in- 
closure, with reference to the box-like 
character of the shell as contrasted with | 
the gaping valves of the My a. sickis- 
mog (stikkisgijLogj C; Peq. sucksawaug. 
Stiles), long clams, Mya arenaria 
[=»uhq-j sohq-iissuogf they spit or 
squirt]. 

claws, talons, onkqunnesog; wonkqunni- 
8og, their claws [uhquon-e»ey dim. a lit- 
tle hook]. muhkoSy pi. muhkoswg, the i 



claws, talons — continued, 
nails, claws, hoofe [yn'uhkdui^ a sharp 
point]. 

clay, manamsk, pi. maruDmkog, 'bricks'. 

clean, pahke^ pohki (pohkoiyhUy C. ; pcJi- 
keyhU, cleanlily, ibid. ) ; pahkesUy (he is) 
clean, made clean or pure; pahketeaUy 
he cleans (it), makes clean. 

clear, pahkey pohkiy (it is) clear {pahke- 
yeHCy C. ; pduquiy R. W. ) ; pohquAe, open, 
manifest, that may be seen through 
{pahke€y pohkiyeuy clearly, C. ) ; pdhkok 
( when it is clear, transparent) , the clear 
sky (pdtAquiypduquaqiidty 'it holds up', 
R. W., i. e. it is clear). Related to 
puhquiy it is hollow, bored through; 
pdquagy a hole; hence, that which may 
he seen through. Cf. Greek dtdy dia 
ayoi>yd£iKOi>(6eixvv^i)ypoeBi\Aydato9y 
to divide. 

cleave, pohshinuniy he divides, cleaves 
in two, literally he halves (it), from 
pohshcy half. pahpasseMaUy he cleaves 
it, makes it divide [pohshcy with redup. 
freq. and cans. inan. form]. 

climb, kut6ntduohUniy he climbed up, 
went by climbing; rvuldntauaUy he 
climbed up to or into a place {n^tdun- 
taweiTiy I climb; ai&uiUovjashy climb 
thou, R. W.); tohkaUaaUy he climbs 
on (it), as a ladder, a rock, a tree 
{nut'tohkmsy I climb, C). 

close, closed, kuppohhaniy he stops, 
shuts, closes (it); noh kohhog, he who 
stops or closes; kobhamuky suppos. part 
inan. pass, closed, when it is closed 
(kuppashy * shut the door', R. W.; kup- 
pohhash fisquorUy shut the door, C); 
kuppiy thick, close, dense (cuppH-mach- 
dugy a thick w^ood, a swamp, R. W.); 
kuppahlUy in a thicket or thick wood; 
kuppadty kuppdd (when it is close), ice 
(Peq., kuppai Stiles); kuppohhou (the 
instrument of closing), a door; koppd- 
muky kobhamuky kobhogy a closed place, a 
harbor or haven; kupp^Utoon [=kuppi' 
taniy closed mouth,] a dumb person, etc. 
See shut. 

*cloth, m&nak (maHneky R. W.; monagy 
C), m^dnagy m^onagky in compound 
words -onagk: tvomponak {wdmpinuity 
R. W.), white cloth; niaquonagk (mish" 
quinuity R. W . ) , red cloth . comaunekun-' 
nuOy have you any cloth? R. W., i. e. 
kum-maunek'Unnuo. vionak was often 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



ENGLiaH-NATIOK DICTIONARY 



235 



doth — continued, 
used for a gannent, cloak, coat, or other 
clothing. That which is traded (?) ; cf . 
kumman6haminfhsi\'e you bought? ; num- 
mouaruiquishy I come to buy (of you); 
mouanaqtishauogf chapmen, R. W. Or, 
with reference to its texture, moiiaky 
that which is many (?). 

clothe, liogkcOj he is clothed (with); hog- 
ku»?i {octpiashj R. W. ), ' put on ' , be thou 
clothed ynth;.hogqut^ agquit (when he 
puts on), clothed with; 7ie agquit, ne 
dquty that which he is clothed with 
(squdus atiJiaqut, 'a woman's mantle*, 
R. W. ) ; ogqunneaty fiog-j to wear clothes, 
to be clothed (ogquinneuty to put on, 
C); nut'dgquannehhuam, I clothe, C, 
i. e. make clothed. V. t. ogqunnum, I 
put on (clothes). From hog, the body, 
the person (?). Cf. ohkam, a dressed 
skin {acdhy 'their deer skin' mantle, 
R. W.); hogkaxmkf clothing; hogki, 
scales; onkhum, he covers (pass, he is 
covered); onkqunneat, to be clothed. 

clothing, hogkwonk (aukoDonky C), pi. 
-ongashy garments. See dress. 

cloud, malokqSy mafUohqs (maMuquSy R. 
W. ) ; wompatokqSy a white cloud; matoh- 
quodt {mdUaquaty R. W.), when it is 
cloudy or overcast, *foul weather' 
{=m*tmiUogkiy moisture, wet?]. 

coal, mohkussay mohkoSy a burning coal; 
pi. mohkosscuishy coals of fire: aiiue mcoi 
onk ne mohkaSy blacker than a coal 
[=m'kossay that which is hot (?), or 
mwikoMGy black-hot (?)]. Cf. Abn. 
mkasi, charbon ^teint; mkasiskStaiy 
charbon ardent, Rasles. 

*cock, monsh {mdnishy ndmpashy *& hen, a 
cock', C; perhaps intended for mdnish 
nompaMm (a male) ; chickSy * * taken from 
the English", R.W.). 

codfish, anithdmogy C, from amissiiy 
anishuy it is tainted, putrid, or smells 
badly, descriptive enough of a badly 
cxxred cod^sh'y pauganatliy pi. -{mnwock, 
R. W. {but pdkotinfilamy haddock, C). 

cold, sonquiy (it is) cold or cool (to the 
touch); ohke wnkqiiiy the earth is cold, 
C; ifonkippogy cold water {saunqui nxpf 
is the water cool? R. W. ; aaunkopaugoty 
cool water, ibid.); adj. an. HonkqtiesUy 
he is cold {annum sonkquesuy the dog is 



cold — continued . 
cold; nuS'SonkqueSy I am cold, C). 
tohkoi {tahk^y tdtakkiy R.W.), it is cold 
weather {mmcheke tohkoiy it is very cold, 
C; tahk^esy cold, R. W., but rather, 
cool, a little cold, dimin. of tahki) ; adv. 
tohkaeuy in cold weather; suppos. inan. 
tohkagy (when it is) cold. Cf. taqudncky 
autumn; taqii&ttiny it is frozen, R. W.; 
tmpuy tohpUy frost; tahtippadioUy he 
quenches, he cools (it); •Cihtappadlamy 
he quenches, quoshquodchuy he feels 
cold, suffers with cold {quosqualchiiy 
he is cold, C; nuckqu^quatchy nuckqus- 
quatchlmiHy I am cold, R. W.; annum 
quosquatcha)y the dog is cold, C). 

collect. See assemble; gather. 

come, pey&Uy he comes, oppos. to mon' 
chuy he goes, both verbs having re- 
gard to the place where the speaker is 
or is supposed to be; peyaush {peyoshy 
C), come thou; peyunky come ye; sup- 
pos. part, pay only when he comes, he 
coming; padfietiit {peydh^itit, R. W.), 
when they come, they coming or being 
come (tahwhitch kup-peeyaiLimen t what 
come you for? R. W., =tohwutch kup- 
peyaumo)?). See arrive. 

come or proceed from, wutcheuy wad- 
chiyeuy he proceeds or originates from 
or in (having r^ard to the origin or 
source), sometimes itrntjishau] suppos. 
part. vHidchiity wajhety he who comes 
from: toh icadchiity * whence he was', 
i. e. whence he came, Judg. 13, 6; ne 
wadchiehy 'whence I am', John 7, 28; 
inan. pi. mushaynash wuljishaashy boats 
came from, John 6, 23 {tunna vmtshaii' 
ockf whence come they?; wetuOmuck 
ndteshemy I came from the house; nAw- 
tvatuck ndleshfn^iy I came from afar, R. 
W.) From iru/c/w?, from. kachhna)y kut- 
chema>y it proceeds or comes from (with 
regard to procedure or progress); hien 
kiichey I l)egin, C, i. e. I go onward from; 
or nukkiichefissemy ibid. See b^in; 
earth; father; proceed. 

comfort, tapehhuauy tapheaUy he com- 
forts (him), lit. causes (him) to be 
content {nut-tappehy I comfort, C. ; tap- 
pehhumaty to comfort, ibid.). Cans, 
from iaupiy (dpi, it is sufficient, or 
enough; tapantam, he is satisfied. See 
satisfy. 



Digitized by 



Google 



236 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLSnK 25 



coTDxnaJid annumauy annamau (bespeaks 
with authority to), he commands 
(him); annam^ishy I command thee 
{kut-annamukj he commands thee; nut- 
annamukf he commands me, C); ^^ 
dnontjUe dnontj what he commands; 
suppoe. part noh dnont, he who com- 
mands, he when commanding; wuttin- 
noovxumkj (his) saying, command. See 
say; think. 

coxnxnandbnent, naumatuonk, pi. -ongash, 
law, commandment. annooUamaxmk: 
wuUannootsamaxmk Qodj a command- 
ment of God; act. vbl. from annmteam, 
anncotaniy he commands (inan. obj. or 
intrans.) namxumky a saying (by a 
superior to an inferior), a command- 
ment; from ncDwaUy he says. See say. 
hihkuhuKwnkj ordering, an order or 
command [lit. a markmg out, from 
hihkenau, he marks out, sets in order]. 

common, mcochekeyeum, it is abundant, 
it is common; nanwe mimnninnuog, 
common people; nanwe petukgunegj com- 
mon bread {nanwe woBketomp^ any man, 
C); ^ nanwe wtU-Epistleum Ju<k\ the 
general epistle of Jude. 

commonly, wekonche, C. 

commotion, wogkoueonk (a stirring up, 
or setting in motion), a stir, tumult, 
commotion. 

companion, weetomukquich (he who goes 
with or accompanies) ; weetomp, a com- 
panion, comrade, friend. See friend. 

compare. See liken. 

compel, chetanuwauy he compels (hi&), 
C. ; chetimauy El. See force, v. 

complain, guenotcduogy they complain, 
R. W. (rather, they are in want, lack 
something); tahwhitch guenawdyeanf 
why complain you (sing.)? R. W. 

completely, pakodche (paucMche, * al- 
ready', R. W., and paugcotche): pakod- 
che utsenai, to do completely, to ac- 
complish; freq. papogkodchej to the full 
or uttermost See finish. 

conceal. See hide. 

conceive, wompeguauy wompequaeuj 
'gudoUf she conceives, is pregnant; worn- 
pequaitf if or when she conceives; 
adj. wompequde (womptquOy C), with 
child, pregnant; wompeqaauonh (a con- 
ceiving) , conception. 

concerning, prep, papaume. 



condemn, pakodchimaUy pogkodchimau 
(he makes an end of, finally disposes 
of), he utterly censures or condemns 
{pogkodchummtidnat, to condemn, to 
convince (?), C). From pakodche, 
completely, utterly; lit there is an 
end of it, he finishes it wussumauy he 
judges, sentences, or condemns (him). 
See judge. 

condition, circumstances, Unniyeuonh 
( his affairs, matters, res ) . See business. 

conduct one's self or behave toward, 
do or act toward, unnShhuaUj unne- 
heauy unheau, he deals with, treats, 
acts toward, does to (him); ne pish 
hUlinheny that or thus thou shalt do 
to me; toh kUHnheshf what am I doing 
to thee? how do I act toward thee?; 
ne unnehehy so deal thou with me, 
2 Chr. 2, 3; unnehhuk (unneheuk) 
nag, deal ye with them, deal with 
them; ne nuUinheun ne dnhity I do to 
him as he hath done (as he may do, 
suppos.) to me, Prov. 24, 29. This 
verb, of very frequent use, is a causa- 
tive from neaney such, so: unnehfieau, 
he causes it to be so to him. 

coney, waiUuckqueSy R. W. In the re- 
print *the conck', but in the original 
*the eonie\ mohtukquasogy conies, Ps. 
30, 26 (imxhtukquasuogy Mass. Ps., Ps. 
104, 18). 

confess, sampcoaniy tampaoanlamy he con- 
fesses (it); sampoMu (samppanvauy C), 
he confesses to (him). From sampwe, 
gampwiy rectus. 

co2\Juror, pauivau (potmvdwy R. W.), a 
priest, conjuror, or sorcerer. See 
priest; wizard. 

conquer, sohkom, he conquers, over- 
comes, prevails over (it): sohkom otan, 
he took the town; 9ohkash madiuky 
overcome (thou) evil, Rom. 12, 21; an. 
sohkauy he prevails over, conquers 
(him); suffix vms-^ohkavrohy he pre- 
vailed over him; noh sohkauonl, he who 
prevails or conquers (suppos. when 
conquering) ; pi. neg sokhauonchegy they 
when conquerors, the conquerors, an- 
nHau, ann&wau, he overcomes or con- 
quers, C. (?). 

consider of, meditate on, devise, 
nattvontamy he considers of (it). 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



ENOLISH-NATIOK DICTIONABY 



237' 



consuine, mohtupohteaUf mohtuppaeu (it 
poflBes away), it is consumed, wastes 
away, dissolves, vanisheSi or the like; 
with a pass, signif., mohtuppahno, it is 
consumed, melted {mohtupaenate, to 
consume; num-mohtupaemf I consume or 
I am sick, 0. ) . With the sense of mis- 
fortune or disaster, mahtBheau, it wastes 
away, consumes; so, Tnahisheau, mah- 
sheauy it decays, it fails, it vanishes 
away. From mache. See decay; have; 
pass away; sick. ruDtau mahchekussum, 
the fire consumed (it); nwtau mahche- 
kiumau, the fire consumed (him),= 
mahche-chikosmmf made an end of burn- 
ing. mohiuttanOf it is consumed; mah- 
tugquoBk mohtuttarosht the trees are con- 
sumed, i. e. burned up. mahtsuwaey 
mahlmhhtuxej consuming (as a fire). 

contempt, vbl. n. act. mUhananumaonkf 
a despising or contemning; pass, mish- 
ananiUitonkt a being despised or con- 
temned. See despise. 

contend with, be at difference with, 
penuanumaUf he contends or is at 
strife with (him) ; noh penuanumontf he 
(when) contending, he who contends; 
mutual an. penuaniUuog, they contend 
with one another. From penowea, there 
is a difference; penovXy different. 

contented, tapanUxm, he is satisfied with 
(it) ; he is contented, ^tdpi-antam, sat- 
isfied, or enough-minded. 

contention, vbl. n. act. penuanumaonkf 
having a difference with; recip. and 
pass. pmuAniUuonh (mutual difference), 
contention, strife. 

continaal, nagumUede; adv. nagvmiteaeu 
(it continues or is continual), at all 
times, always {nagtmttea^jewocmk, per- 
severance, C). 

^converted, quinnuppekampaUf (he stands 
turned about), he is converted. N. 
agent, (indef.) quinnuppekompauaSninf 
anyone who stands turned about, a con- 
vert (as in the title of the translation 
of Shepard's **Smcere Convert", Sam- 
pvmtteahae Quinnuppekompauenin), 

cook. See bake; roast. 

copulate, wehpamaUf he has sexual con- 
nection with (her), he lies with, as 
man with woman; with suffix amehpo- 



copulate— continued. 
muhj he lay with her; tvepamaoe fmu- 
kanneniy semen virile; wepumawdxmk, 
sexual connection; but the same (?) 
verb, wehpumauy tvepimau, signifies he 
eats with, shares a meal with, as pUh 
kahwepimimmm, ye shall eat with me, 
1 Sam. 9, 19 {wehpiuitukt let us eat to- 
gether, Exp. Mayhew). See couple. 

cord, strin^r, pemurmeat, pemurmeoht 
{peminnmht omey a (fishing) line, C, = 
(x&manepy R. W. ; pe&menyahty a cable ( ? ) , 
C). luttupuriy tuUuppunohtog (it is 
twisted), a cord, string, or thread; fia- 
ahabpe tuUuppuny a tow thread; muiqut 
ttUtuppuTiy a scarlet thread. 

cormorant, hUSy kuUiSy kuUuhmiy pi. -uog 
(kUiuogy R. W.). 

com, weatchimin (the plant or com in 
the field); pi. weaUMminneask (the 
fruit) (eachimmineaBhy 0. ; ewdchmneashy 
R. W.; Peq. wewaHtcheminSy Stiles; 
Narr. ocoogutn. Stiles; Abn. aAam^pl. 
'TUMTy mesikStoTy ' bl^ entier, qui n'est pas 
pil^'; SanbighmSr skamAutTy or Sanbe- 
menafy hU blanc; ifUSmenaVy bl^ jaune) . 
This name is compounded of mtn, pi. 
tninneaghy grain, fruit, and a word which 
is related to meechy he eats, and meechum 
(he eats it), food, the primitive form or 
radical force of which I can not fix. 
munneqtiaminy green com (in the field) ; 
pi. munnequaminneMhy green ears of 
corn; mianmkguamirmeashy dry ears; 
dimin. rmsmrtkguaminnhnemsht dried 
up or blasted ears, appamiash (and 
apwdsue) weaUMminneash (contract. 
appuminne&na8h)y parched or roasted 
com (aupdminneanathy R. W.); from 
apwouy appamiy he roasts, naohkik 
{nocakCy Wood; ndkehicky R. W.), 'In- 
dian corn parched in the hot ashes, 
. . . afterwards beat to powder', 
'parched meal, which they eat with a 
little water, hot or cold', R. W.; 
from fUDhkiy it is soft; ruohkik (suppos. ), 
when it is softened, pishqukhicky un- 
parched meal, R. W.; from pashquagy 
that which is fine or in powder, whence 
cans, pashquehheauy he makes it fine; 
suppos. pashquehhik (Abn. pStkesSy^ i\ 
est fieur^'; pi. -sSaky Rasles). nasdt- 
umpy *'a kind of meal pottage, un- 
parched . . . From this the English 



Digitized by 



Google 



238 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[Bl'LLETlN 25 



com — continued, 
call their samp, which is the Indian 
com beaten and boiled", R. W.; aupu- 
mhieanaw8d.umpy * their parched meal 
boiled with water*, ibid.; from sau- 
})&€, mbdey softened by water, macer- 
ated (whence sdbaheg, pottage; wu8- 
sabpe, thin): ne mup&e (naiosaump, 
R. W.), that which is boiled soft or 
macerated in water; hence, sappaen 
[sauppae-utiy pass. part, form], *the 
crushed com boiled to a pap*, Monta- 
nus, Descr. N. Netherland, 1671,= the 
suppawn, sepawn, of the Dutch (and 
pone of Pennsylvania and Maryland?). 
rrC 9ickquaia»h^ 'boiled com whole*, R. 
W.,= mod. succotash [sohxjuUahhash, 
inan. pi. from sohquUahham^ he breaks 
it to pieces, or, as applied to an ear of 
com, he shells it; m' sohquttahhash (sc. 
minneash), the shelled com boiled, in- 
stead of boiled ears]. 

comer, naiyag, nayag, nahyvaiyag^ the 
external point where two lines meet, a 
comer or angle externally, a point [tuii, 
squared, angled; naihaue {ndeti), in the 
middle or between two]: adt naiyag, 
to or at the comer; yaue naiyag (or 
ruue) uetu, the four corners of the 
house; freq. adt nahnAiyag^ at the four 
comers, i. e. at all the comers. Jiashik, 
= naiyag [from nashdue, between]: 
yaU'Vt nashik ohke^ at the four corners 
of the earth; adj. luuhinn^, of or at a 
comer; nashinne qnmuk, a corner-stone. 
pcDchekeheg^ pwtmi, pwchdagj poochag^ 
a retired place, out of the way, a 
recess, a corner: ut pmchdag^ adt pw- 
chag, in a comer, Prov. 21, 9; 25, 24; 
atLsIi pcot^aut, go into the closet, Matt. 
6, 6 [from pahchaxi, paiichau, he turns 
aside, deviates; or from pohcheau, it 
divides, separates]. 

corpse, aJichunkj oftener napuk (when 
he is dead), mauchauhom^ *the dead 
man*, 'the deceased*, R. W., lit. he has 
gone away. See dead; death; die. 

corrupt, anunnco, it is corrupt, tainted, 
putrid, rotten; aniinwogf aninivog [anm- 
n<Dog'\, they are corrupt; suppos. anlt, 
(when it is) corrupt ('it is putrefied*, 
R. W.); n. concrete aneuky a corrupt 
thing (when it is corrapt), a rotten 
thing; act. vbl. aninnmonky corruption 



corrupt — continued . 

{tveyaustie aninna>onky 'corruption of 
the flesh ', C. ) ; adj. anniUu^.y corrupted; 
an. act. anusm, he causes or produces 
cormption; he is corrupt, rotten, or pu- 
trefied . From Anue ( ? ) , more, beyond , 
further, too much, pussw/ua, rotten, C. : 
pussoqua weyauSy 'corrupted flesh, or 
rotten', ibid. Cf. pissagq^ dirt, mire 
{pismgky C). 

counsel, n. agent, kencomuien^ pi. 
-almuogj counselors, and ketiamDnxihiin 
(kenoMaxteniriy C), pi. -aenlnnuog [ken- 
amauy he speaks to with authority, as 
a superior to an inferior or an elder to 
a younger]. See advice; advise. 

count, ogketanij he counts, takes the 
number of (inan. objects); ogkenvau, he 
counts (an. objects); ogketash (akHashy 
R. W.), count thou or reckon; ogketaj 
ne adtahshik, let him count the number 
or the sum of; an. obj. ogkesu, he is 
making a count, engaged in counting; 
hence, aki'mogy 'they are telling of 
rushes* (i. e. gambling), R. W. 145 

* for their play is a kind of arithmetic* ; 
nashpe ogketamunat (infinit. as noun), 

* by count * . From ogqui, like to, in the 
same manner as (?). See read. 

couple, infinit. neemnut, to couple, to 
lie two together; neesUiy he lay with 
(her), she lay with (him); iwanntuhy 
lie thou with me; suppos. part, meituk, 
when he or she lies with (Abn. 
nii*88Saky ils sont mari^s; neki tSdr (ait 
vir), nSssi (ait mulier), je suis mari^). 
From ueeM'y two. See copulate. 

cousin, adionkfjs (consanguineus, or affi- 
nis?); katUonkqSy thy cousin, Luke 1, 
86; tradtnnkqmoh, her cousins {uatbnckSy 
R. W., wodlonkqmn, C, a cousin; nat- 
67ick4ty my cousin; wattonkMnogy they 
are cousins, R. W.); nuitoiikqsogy 'sirs*, 
Acts 27, 25 (for Gr. avSpe?), 

cove, aucupy *a little cove or creek*; 
aucppdwcftey 'a very little one' [=a?/cMp- 
aesCy dimin. ] , R, W. From kxvppiy closed, 
shut in. Cf . kobpog, a haven. 

covenant, agreement, wuniKDwaonk 
[ivunne-naywdonky good talk]; rcunnco- 
ivauy he covenants, makes a league or 
agrees with (him). 

cover, ojikhum, he covers over, hides 
(it) ; nut-cnkhum nuskemky I hide (cover) 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBtnCBULL] 



ENOLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY 



239 



cover— contmued. 
my face; vbl. n. (mkwhonk, a covering. 
a screen; n. concrete onhrheg, that 
which covers (as the cover to a dish or 
box) ; hence onkqueekhao l^onkwhegco'iy 
a hat. Cf . ogqunneai, to wear clothes, to 
be covered; ogka>y he is clothed; ogkome, 
ongkoue, beyond, on the other side of { 
(covered). pxUtagham, pvMughum, he . 
covers up, he hides (it) : puUoghumunat ' 
poshkmuonkf to cover one's nakedness, 
C. ; n. concrete, puUagwheg^ a covering 
{jnUio^eUy he hides himself] . wtittunk- 
kumun [lutUronkkum-un] monakj she 
covered it with a cloth. Cf. WaHlaconef 
pi. Waiitaconiiaog, R. W. {vxildhk(bgno, 
C), *coat men^ *such as wear coats', 
a name given to the English, nuhkuh- 
koTUj it covers over, overwhelms, puts 
under (as a flood) ; an. nnhkuhkauau, it 
overwhelms, covers over (him); from 
nmkeu, it descends, comes down, with 
ib' progressive. iiaJtippau^ nehtippau, it 
is covered with water, Gen. 7, 19, 20. 

covering^, onkwheg (see cover), uppdh- 
quoSf obbohquos, a covering (awning, 
screen, or the like), something put over 
or above; ne dbuhquogik, its covering 
(of a chariot, Cant. 3, 10) (abockqnd- 
sinask, pi., the mats used for covering 
the wigwamB, R. W.). 

covet, ahcheu'mUam (he thinks very 
much of, desires exceedingly), he cov- 
ets (it); pi. suppos. ahcheivontegigy the 
covetous. 

coward, sohquompaoo, C. ; sohquampooonk, 
cowardice, ibid. (?); sohquiteahhaue, 
faint-hearted, ibid. (?). 

crafty, umnnompeivessUf wtinnompiLimi^Uy 
nehtdmpuuisstiy (he is) crafty, 'subtile' 
*with guile', {wunnnpn'ouHie kenosm- 
wdonkj crafty counsel, C); untnnom- 
peiihkaUy he beguiles, deceives by craft 
( him ) . Cf . nompatauunat, to substitute 
one thing for another. 

crane, tannag {taiinekj R. W. ), from tanne, 
hoarse (?). msscuii; ct. Abn. sasmghi-^if 
il est droit. 

craflh, toshkeonkj a crashing (noise?), 
Zeph. 1, 10. 

crawlinsr, creeping, pamompagilf 
(when) it creeps; noh pamompagj that 
which creeps; pi. pamompakecheg; an. 



crawling*, creeping — continued. 
pamompagin ddaSj 'creeping thing' (nup' 
pummmtashomf I creep, C); freq. and 
habit, pdpdmompag^ pi. -pakecheg, and 
pApdmcotchegy creeping things. 

create. See make. 

creature. See animal. 

creeping. See crawling. 

crooked, iroanki ( wdnki, R. W. ; vxmkoi^ 
C. ), crooked (lit. it "bends); ne tcooiV' 
kag^ that which is crooked or bent; 
adj. an. woonkemi (wonkkendsUf C. ), he is 
bent or crooked; iiymnkagky (when it is 
crooked) error, transgression, wdnkiri' 
num, he bends (it); nvoyikiUeaii, he 
makes (it) bent or crooked [related 
to tcaeenu, round about, bent or curved 
around?]. />en<iy/, crooked, R.W. [pan- 
neauy he goes out of the way, turns 
aside, errs], penmqudi, 'crooked or 
winding', R. W.; freq. pepemsque^ 
crooked, tortuous; cf. pemsquoh [pems^ 
qfueu, it whirls or twists], a whirl- 
wind. 

cross over, qushkodi^au seip, he crossed 
over the river; seip ne woh mo gush" 
kodtiomuk (pass, particip. ), a river that 
could not be crossed over or passed. 

crossway, pummeeche mayy Obad. 14. 

crow, n. konkontu (kaukoitty pi. -{-uog^ 
R. W.; kongkont, C); hiichikkonkont 
[kehche konkotitif 'raven'; elsewhere 
konkontu and weenont. Onomatopoetic 

cruel, onkapu7inde, dimkompande (tor- 
menting, torturing), cruel, severe (of 
pain or torture); onkqueneunkquey C, 
unkqueneunkquey EL, grievous, terrible, 
extreme [from iLnkque or lihqueu, at the 
extremity, extreme]. 

crust (of bread), koshktttake, C. From 
kMkif rough (?), or ki^hke-oktag^ that 
which is at the side of (?). 

cry (weep), inau {mou, C. ): numnuDcheke 
mdhf 1 weep much; numnmuop, 7/ium- 
m6py{nummoupy C.) I did weep; mauug, 
7nauukj when he weeps or cries; sup- 
pos. pi. neg mdugig they who weep; 
adj. maue, mauwey weeping {mduo, 
'to cry and bew^ail', R. W.); freq. 
mauemaiif he cries or mourns. See 
mourn. 

cry aloud, cry out, mishontwwau, he 
cries out, shouts X roars, C); imperat. 
sing. miBhontoowash {mishadnloiDash, R. 



Digitized by 



Google 



240 



BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



fBOLLvruf 26 



cry aloud, cry out— continued. 
W.), cry out; vbl. n. act. mishorUanva' 
onk, a crying out, outcry, shouting. 

cuckoo, inyunky Lev. 11, 16; but in 
Deut. 14, 15, kukkou' is transferred. It 
is not certain to what species of bird 
the name used by Eliot belonged. 

cunner, chogBet, or burgraU (Labros 
chogset, Mitch.; Crenilabrus buigall, 
Storer), cachauxety Stiles (Peq.) [choh- 
chohkegitf spotted?]. 

cure, heal, neetskihheuUf he cures or 
heals (him) (caosat., makes him well) ; 
neetskehteauy he cures or heals (it, as a 
fever, a wound) ; neetskem, (he is) cured 
or restored to health (nun^neetskehj I 
heal, C); neetskehhuwaonk (a making 
well), a cure. 

current, kusgUckuwan (it flows swiftly 
onward); uk'ki88ilchuanna>onk (vbl. n. 
act., a flowing onward, a continuous 
flowing). See flow. 

curse, moOtdnumaUf he curses (him); 
Y7ia^numa>ib, curse ye (him); mattantamf 
maUanitanif he cursed (it) {num-mattari' 
nitteam, v. i. (?), I curse, C. ; mcOUmnisk' 
onaiy V. t. an. (?), to curse, ibid. ) ; mala- 
nittuoTik {matUmnvUuonky C), a curse 
( pass. ) ; maiunumdonkf a curse (act. ) ; cf . 
mattannUj devil, matehenaneteau, v. i. 
he curses; matchmarUam (he thinks 
evil, is evil-minded), he curses (it); 
matchenanetedonky cursing; mamatche- 



curse— continued. 
nauy he curses (him) [intens. from 
matchenau]. 

custom, HfishuAonk, ushtuwnky a custom 
{u8hmoaonky us9eonky an example, C; 
uhshuwaonky eiuunple, Danf.), =tis8ed- 
onky doing (?). See action. 

cut, tummusnmiy tummehtamy he cuts 
(it) off: tummehtamwog uppuhkuk, tum- 
muMurmoog uppukkuky they cut off his 
head, 1 Sam. 81, 9; 2 Sam. 20, 22 (nut- 
tummls9umy 1 cut, C; tummdhamunate 
mehtugy *to hew down a tree', Ind. 
Laws) ; snppos. pass. part, ne woh tdme- 
tahhamuky that which must be cut off; 
tummektamuny (it is) cut off. tummehr 
tamau vruhtauog, he cut off from (him) 
his ear; with suffix wuiiummehUmutw- 
ohy he cut (it) off from him. tummiff- 
quohwauy he beheaded (him), s^tfim' 
mehtamau uppuhkuk {thneqAasBin, to cut 
off or behead, R. W. ) . nehnekikkomy he 
tears, claws, rends, cuts in pieces (as by 
the teeth or claws) ; with an. obj. neh- 
nekukkau; intrans. nehnekikkissuy he 
tears, rends, or cuts (particip. nenehkii- 
adm, cutting, C); neekusiAiUy neegqsdsUy 
he cuts himself, mamtm ummeemnky he 
cuts or shaves his hair [lit. he smoothes 
it; from mcMiy smooth] {moasomimaty 
to shear (sheep), C,; rnootwittinnealy to 
be shaved, ibid. ; peeghumunaty to shave, 
ibid.; nuppeeghamy I shave, ibid.). 



D 



dance, pumukau, he dances; pummuk&nat 
(pumukkdnoUy C.) , to dance; pummuka- 
onky a dancing (pauocJuvitogy Hhey are 
playing or dancing', R. W. ; ahque mat- 
vHikeshy do not dance, C. ; mathmkkdonky 
dancing, ibid. This was probably the 
war dance. Cf. matwaUy an enemy; 
matwaHtoncky a battle, R. W. ) . 

dang^erous, ndnukqvok (when there is 
need to beware), from nunnukqusmy he 
takes heed, is cautious {nen nunmikqusy 
I beware, C), which is from nuh- 
quaeu (?), he looks for, looks out, uses 
his eyes: nunnukque aquompiyeiuiahy 
perilous times; ncmrmkquappuy nuk- 
quappUy he is in danger. 

dark, pohkendi (paukdnnumy dark, R. W. ; 
pohkunniy C), w^hen it is dark; as n. 



dark — continued, 
darkness; pokkeni (?), it is dark; poA- 
kenaktUy in darkness; pohkenUtipuka>ky 
'in the dark night', night-darkness; 
eudy.pohJcendej darkly, obscurely ;cau8at. 
pohkenumvjAe l=pohkenumuhh&€]y mak- 
ing dark, made dark, blind. Prob- 
ably from pogkenauy he puia away, a 
putting away light or the sun. Cf. 
vxiyonty (going away) sunset. But how 
related to pohkiy pahkCy clear, plain, 
transparent? See day. 

Roger Williams states that the In- 
dians called the constellation Ursa 
major ("the great Beare, or Charles 
Waine") mosk or paukunnavmawy 
** which . . . signifies a Beare", and 
Stiles (Narr. Voc.) has konoohy a })ear. 



Digitized by 



Google 



tbumbull] 



ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONARY 



241 



dark — continued. 
The name, as applied to the constella- 
tion and the animal, was probably de- 
rived from pohkenaif signifying *he 
goes when it is dark', or by night. 

daug^hter, ivut-taur^-oh, his daughter, the 
daughter of; pi. vmt-taun-og, the daugh- 
ters of, his daughters; indef. vM^aun-in, 
the daughter of anyone, any daughter, 
a daughter (vmttonin, C); ntU4aunes 
{niUaimniSf R. W.; nuttdnneeSy C), my 
daughter; collect. vmtUmniunk, all the 
daughters, all who are daughters, the 
daughterhood; wuUdneu, wuttauniyeuy 
he begets or has a daughter, she bears 
or has a daughter. 

Mr Duponceau, in his Notes on Eliot's 
Grammar (pp. xiii, xiv), expressed his 
surprise, '* after the positive statement 
of our author that substantives are not 
distinguished by cases (except [ani- 
mates when governed by a verb transi- 
tive] as above mentioned ), to find differ- 
ent terminations of the same word in 
various parts of his translation of the 
Bible, of which he makes no mention 
and gives no explanation in his Gram- 
mar." He instances tmUtaunoh Zwn, 
'daughter of Zion', Lam. 2, 8; wai 
Jerusalemme vmUauninf 'O daughter of 
Jerusalem ! ' woipenomp Ziont wiUtaunirij 
'0 virgin daughter of ZionI' Lam. 2, 
13; wutdsauneutunk wuttanoh Zion, *the 
wall of the daughter of Zion', Lam. 
2, 8; woi kenaau JerusaUmme wuUau- 
neunkj *0 ye daughters of Jerusalem!' 
Cant. 2, 7; kah ompetak vmtta/neu (mis- 
printed for wuU6neu)y *and she bare 
a daughter', Gen. 30, 21. *'The first 
of these terminations is correct", Mr 
Duponceau informs us, nuttanohy hit- 
tanohy vmttanoh being "the proper 
nominatives of this word", but the 
others "can not be accounted for" 
otherwise than by the conjecture that 
Eliot "had recourse to different Indian, 
dialects. ' ' A very moderate proficiency 
in the study of the language would 
have enabled Mr Duponceau to recon- 
cile the seeming incongruity in a man- 
ner more creditable to Eliot as a trans- 
lator and to his own critical sagacity. 
Thus, vmttaunohy his or her daughter, or 
the daughter of (corresponding in form 
B. A. E., Bull. 25 16 



daug^hter — continued, 
with the 3d pers. sing, of the transi- 
tional or suffix verb), is really the pos- 
sessive or genitive-construct form, the 
termination -oh indicating its govern- 
ment by or dependence on the noun 
following. In Jerumlemme unUtauniny 
lit. 'any Jerusalem daughter', the first 
word has the form of an adjective, and 
the termination -in (any) indicates the 
indefinite use of the word 'daughter'; 
imUtauneunky in Jemsalemme wuitaun- 
eunky is the collective, and signifies the 
Jerusalem daughterhood, all the daugh- 
ters of Jerusalem; and in ompetak wuM- 
neuy 'afterwards she bare a daughter', 
vmtuineuy instead of being, as Mr Du- 
ponceau supposed, "in the accusative 
governed by an active verb", is itself 
the verb, ompetak representing the ad- 
verb ' afterwards ' . See younger son or 
daughter. 

daugrhtar-in-law (son's wife), wushim- 
ohy his or her son's wife, the daughter- 
in-law of; ibiM^tm, thy daughter-in-law; 
indef. vmskim-4ny a daughter-in-law. 

dawn, mohtampan {matUdhony 'it is day' 
R. W. ) ; mohiompogy when it is morning 
(used with reference to a past or future 
morning); en vwhtompanity until morn- 
ing. See day. 

day, kesuk (primarily the sun, the sun 
as the source of heat and light; also the 
sky or visible heavens, ccelum), day, 
sunlight: pasuk kemk, in one and the 
same day, Gen. 27, 45; 1 Sam. 2, 34; pi. 
-\- quashy Is. 24, 22, {anamakiesucky this 
day, R. W.). Rarely used; see sun. 
kemkod (Uesakaty R. W. ; ke9(ikody C. ), a 
day, the space of a day ; suppos. kemkoky 
when it is day; a day past, future, or 
contingent: ne kemkoky on that day 
when, or while it was that day; yeu 
kemkoky (on or within) this day; ne- 
gonne kemkody the first day; kemkod kah 
nuhkoHy day and night; pi. kesukodtashy 
days; adv. and adj. keaukoddeuy -ddey 
by day, in the daytime {kesukkdUae, 
C. ; kSesqushy kSesuckqudiy by day, R. W. ) . 
After a numeral adjective or the ad- 
jectives 'few', 'many', or the like, 
'days' was more commonly expressed 
by -quinnu or -quinne, a day (or when 
it was the day), or by the suppos. form 



Digitized by 



Google 



242 



BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 25 



day — continued. 
qiiinogok or quinukok: pasuk kesukf amh 
neemik kesukqude . . . asuh piogkuk- 
quirme, *one day or two day e ... or 
ten days', Num. 11, 19; negutte kesuk 
amh neeaequinnu, *a day or two', Ex. 
21, 21; ogguhse-quinne, few days; mm- 
chetikqainne, for many days. The sup- 
poe. form is used after an ordinal, as 
nishikquinogok, on the third day {shuck- 
qandckai, * three days', R. W.; nuhik- 
qunnoJiquod, three days hence or ago, 
G.) ; yauquinogkok, on the fourth day 
( imvunndckat, * four days ' , R. W. ) . So, 
mahche mwcfietik-quinogokf * after many 
days' {ne9&kquindgkody two days ago, 
C. ; mamusse quirme kesukodf all the day 
long, ibid., which last phra»e points to 
the etymology, from quinnej long, the 
measure of duration). 

* * They are punctual in measuring their 
day by the sun, and their night by the 
moon' and the stars", R. W. 67. Be- 
sides the more obvious mode of indi- 
cating time of day or night, by saying 
that the sun or moon was *8o high' 
{yd tdunt mpieariy *the sun thus high, I 
will come', R. W.), the seasons of 
light and darkness were subdivided, 
under significant names, to a degree 
that admitted of considerable accuracy 
in expressing time. The principal of 
these subdivisions or hours were as fol- 
lows: adchuwdmpagy (when it is) morn- 
ing watch, just before daylight [ahchu 
vvmpag, he looks earnestly for day- 
light]; ketompogy (when it is) daybreak 
[keht'ivompag (?), the beginning of day- 
light] (kitojnpanisha^ break of day, R. 
W. ; pmtouwdshdy C. ) ; choudecUchy about 
cock-crowing, R. W.; wornpag (bright 
light), full daylight {uvrnpauj maxUdhoiHy 
chichdwpiaty it is day ; arnpaidubany it is 
broad day, R. W. ; Cree wdpuiXy Howse 
77); mohtompariy it is morning {mautd- 
boriy R. W. ); mohtompogy when it is (or 
was, or will be) morning, in the morn- 
ing; nompodeUy early in the morning; 
nompuhkeiky *on the morrow', i. e. 
when it was (next) morning; p&sh- 
piahont {up-poshpishaonk nepaz, C; pd- 
shishtty *it is sunrise', R. W.), sunrise 
[when he springs forth, suppos. from 
pishpeshau (freq. of peshau)'y he springs 



day — continued, 
forth, it blossoms; cf. uppeshau, a flow- 
er] ; pokihequAeu { halfway ) , noon {pdwe- 
shaquawy patmhaqHaWy R. W. ; yahenpaw- 
Bhaq&awy almost noon, ibid.; pokshe- 
quae J C.) ; panicdmpawy nawwduwqawy 
quttilkquaquawy R. W., qudUuhqitohqudf 
C, afternoon IpdnikompaUy he stands at 
one side or sidelong; naiiwot-uhqitaeUy 
he looks afar or from a distance; qut- 
taueuy he is sinking, going downward] ; 
itHiyonty wciont [suppos. from wuuonUy 
he goes astray, goes out of the way, 
is lost], sunsetting; tvayau (tmyadun, 
R. W.), it is sunset {amayacnk nepazy 
C); ash u'cuumgkupy before sunset 
(past time); paHipakinamky Pro v. 7, 9, 
papSsukaeUy Ezek. 12, 7, in the twi- 
light; u^nnonkqudCy at evening; wdnon- 
kwuky uHinnonkaxDky (when it was) 
evening {wunnduquity R. W.); tuppacOy 
otematippocaty toward night, R. W.; 
nukotiy nuhkon {nukkofiy C), pi. -r««^, 
night [from iiukkonaUy he leaves or for- 
sakes?] ; past or future suppos. nohkogy 
when it was night ; nukkonden { iiAukockay 
nokanndiciy R. W. ), by night; pohkenit- 
tipukcok, in the darkness of night {p6p- 
pahinnetchy auchaugotcfiy dark night, 
R. W.; pohkintippdhkody C.) [frompo^- 
keniy it is dark, and tippaco {tuppacOy 
R. W.), of doubtful meaning; cf. Abn. 
tafini SdStsi tebi katf quel temps de la nuit? 
etc., Rasles 494]; ii^er(pwX-o€?deti, at mid- 
night; pajeh ndetipukkoky till midnight 
{nouUippdhkody * late at night', G.; nana- 
shotvatippocaly midnight, R. W. [from 
7i6eUy in the middle; nashauey between 
or midway, and tippaco *}'}); wampan- 
ncj uvrnpann^y all night. 

day by day, daily, dsekeaukokish, 

day's journey, nequtte kesukqtmghdnat 
(infin. ), togo one day's journey; n^quit- 
takeeaiqudckaty n' quUtakeea'pummishen, 
*one day's walk', R. W. 

dead, nuppuky pi. nupukeg [suppos. part, 
from nuppa>y he dies]. Though Eliot 
employs this word exclusively, it was 
more customary with the Indians to 
substitute some euphemistic equivalent, 
"because they abhorre to mention the 
dead by name", (R. W. 161), as ch^- 
peck [from chippeUy he separates himself 
or is separated; suppos. part., 'the 



Digitized by 



Google 



TBUMBULL] 



ENGLI8H-NATI0K DICTIONABY 



248 



dead — continued, 
separated']; matu;hadhom, pi. -^wockj 
the dead man, the dead (he has 
passed away); michemeshdwif *he is 
gone forever ' ; kitonckqiiSi, * he is dead ' , 
R. W. 160; mdwj *he is gone', ibid, 
[for amaeu, he is gone ?]. See die. 

deaf, kokopsaUf (he is) deaf; suppos. part. 
kokobsont, pi. -oncheg, the deaf, he or 
they when deaf (kogkopme mehiduog^ 
a deaf ear, C). The radical is kuppi^ 
closed, shut up. 

deal with. See conduct one's self. 

death, nuppcoank^El. and C. ), participial 
from nuppOy he dies. Sometimes the 
infin. nuppundte was used for the noun 
abstract. 

debt, unnontuhquohirui, -vhmUj a debt, re- 
ferring to the debtor (when he owes) ; 
vbl. n. pass. unnorUuhquohwhuUuonkj a 
being owed. Elsewhere, 7i€ anantuk- 
quohwhorU (w^hat he owes); dadtuhkau 
nmnarrwrUuhquohukqaeanj ' pay thy debt ' 
(what thou owest), 2 K. 4, 7 {nuUin- 
ohtukqudwhutj 1 am in debt, C. ; nohtuh- 
quahwhiUuonkj debt (pass.), ibid.; no- 
saiimautackqudwhe, I am much in debt, 
R. W. 134; rwnarrmuiuckquaMginash, 
debts; hmnoonamaiiiuckqtmvishy I will 
owe it you, ibid.) . See owe. 

decay, mafUsJieaiij he or it fails, passes 
away, decays. From mahche. See fade. 

deceive, assmkekomauy he deceives, 
cheats (him); v. i. aasookekodieam, he 
deceives or cheats {nuUasswkekodteam, 1 
cheat, C. ) ; suppos. part, noh ascokekod- 
teammtj he who deceives, * the deceiver' ; 
noh asookekomilf he who is deceived, the 
deceived, nmnnompeuhkonauy he de- 
ceives by craft, beguiles ( him ) ; wunnom- 
puimi89Uj he is crafty, deceives by craft. 
See lie. 

decrepit, mohtantamy (he is) decayed, 
infirm by reason of age, failing; sup- 
pos. part, noh mahtauntogf he who is 
decrepit: kehchis asuh noh maitauntogf 
'old man or him that stooped for age', 
2 Chr. 36, 17. See fade; pass away. 

deep, mamaeUy mamMy (it is) deep: mamoe 
nippeashf deep waters; wuUahhamunk 

mamdiy the well is deep; mamdionk , 

it is deeper than ; mamwnoagishy 

*[very] deep "places', Pb. 136, 6. In 
compound words, amdi, without the in- 



deep — continued, 
definite particle, which serves to dis- 
tinguish it, when standing alone, from 
amdiy blue (the color of deep water?); 
as, amduohkdiy a valley {amouwohkoaiy 
C). Adj. an. amouwus9Uy (he is) lean, 
low in flesh; amdirweyauSy etc, Roger 
Williams has vxime naihnakia'(iogy they 
go to hell or to the deep (page 117). 

deer, ahluky ahtuhq {attucky R. W. ; attuky 
C), a deer; pi. aMuhquog, adtunkquog 
( aituckquogy R. W. ) . This word is used 
by Eliot for * roe ' , * roebuck ' , and some- 
times *hart'; but in Deut. 12, 15, ntiib- 
konahtuk (old deer) for 'hart', and else- 
where aiyump, * hart' and ' young hart' 
(ndonatchy pi. -j-augy R. W. ; paucottad- 
waty paucoUduxmWy a buck, a great 
buck, ibid. ; vmmvdnneSy a young buck, 
ibid.; Peq. naughitchy nogh-ichy deer, 
Stiles; vxmghtdggachyy 'deer, i. e. wet- 
nose', ibid.; cunggachie maukijasey a 
great deer; maiiMhakeet maukkyhazse, 
the biggest deer, ibid.), qunnegky a 
hind or female deer; pi. qunnegqudog 
(rtiendn, qunnikey a doe, R. W. ; qunne- 
qudwesfy a little young doe, ibid.). 
aiyumpyayimpy nyompy a 'hart', 'young 
hart', 'roe'; eiyompdemesogj 'young 
harts', 'young roes' {kuttiomp [keht- 
eiyomp], a great buck, R. W.). mwsy 
pi. mmsdogy 'fallow deer', 1 K. 4, 23 
{modssdog (pi.), 'the great ox, or 
rather, a red deer', R. W.; modsey 'the 
skin of a great l^east as big as an ox, 
some call it a red deer ' , ibid. ; modsquiny 
a fawn, ibid. ; moo8y ' a beast bigger than 
a stag', Capt. JohnSmith,1616). Was 
it so called from its skin, which was 
dressed smooth, mweif 

deformed, noh woskesUy he who hath (he 
having) a blemish or deformity. 

delicate, vxmshpuy wovoushpUy tender, 
delicate, effeminate; suppos. part, noh 
UHiashpit 

deliver, pohquohwhussauy he delivers 
(him), frees, or releases from con- 
straint {nup-pohquohuhussuwamy nup- 
pohquohwhuttamiy 1 deliver, C); from 
pohquohhamy he escapes, goes free (i. e. 
pohquodchUy out of doors, where it is 
open); cans. an. pohquohheauy he 
causes (another) to go free; pohquoh- 
heau-ussuy he acts or does that which 



Digitized by 



Google 



244 



BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETI!^ 26 



deliver — continued, 
causes (another) to go free. So, poh- 
quawkus kuhhog and pohquohushj ' escape 
thou\ *save thyself*, tomhean^ he de- 
li vers, rescues, saves (him), makes him 
safe; cans, from tomeu, he saves himself, 
escapes; inan. tomvfehteau keitotana^ihf 
*he recovered the cities', 2 K. 13, 25. 
See loose. 

deliTorance, pohqtwhwhunnittuonkj tofn- 
kettuonk (pass, vbls.), the being saved, 
being delivered. 

den. See cave; hole; pit. 

dense. See close; thick. 

deny, quenamantamj he denies (it) ; with 
affix uk-quenamantam-urif he denied it 
{nuk'quen&wam, I deny, C. ) ; quenanoau, 
kokkdnaxm, he denies, makes denial (to 
another) ; suppos. 3d pers. pi. kokkdna}- 
vfohettUy when they denied, gave denial; 
aappos. part. pi. neg kohkoncowdchegy 
they who deny, they (when) denying. 

depart, amaeu, he departs, goes away; 
amcMh {amaish and amaeht^ishj C), 
depart thou, go away; anmehtauau, he 
departs from (him); with affix tmU- 
amaehtavrohf he departed from him; 
Buppos. amahtauoni, when he departs 
(or when departing) from; amayeuonky 
departure, going away, sohham [«oA- 
omi], he departs, goes forth, sets out 
(on a journey or the like) ; sokhash 
{sdwwhushf R. W. ; sohhashy C.) , go thou 
forth (mwh^kej go ye forth, R. W.) ; 
gohhamwonky departure, going forth. 

descend. See go. 

descent, uwmmonk [act. vbl. from vHxym- 
9Uy he descends, goes downward], a de- 
scending or going down, hence a ravine, 
a steep descent (v^umsuy 'down hill*, 
R. W. ) . Elsewhere ne ahh ut v^m ummuk 
(suppos. part, inan., when it descends), 
a descent, declivity, downward slope 
(of a mountain, etc.) . wutoiUneonky de- 
scent, lineage (a proceeding from: wut- 
ontseu, he proceeds, or descends from). 

desert. See forest. 

deserted, toueuy iouweu, deserted, soli- 
tary, desolate; hence, touappu [toueu- 
ajDpu] , he is deserted or desolate ; towo/i- 
komuk, a solitary or desert place, the 
wilderness; touvriSsy touies [toueu-ussix], 
a fatherless child, an orphan; pi. toiiiS' 
sog {tovniltuock, R W.). See solitary. 



deserve, ntUtdpp^hkdniy I deserve; tdpeh- 
komunatey to deserve, C.''^ 

desire, kodtaniamy he desires, longs for, 
has an inclination to (it) ; nnk-kotitaninm 
{neattaHntum or neaitUeaniy R. W.), I 
long for, I desire (it); an. obj. kodin- 
num-au, I long for (him); suffix kuk- 
kodtaniam-oushy I desire (it) from thee 
Ikod-atUam; kod is often used with 
other verbs to express purpose, inten- 
tion, determination, or desire; some- 
times it denotes activity in the im- 
mediate future, 'about to* do or to be 
done; as, vitoh kod usseily what he may 
be about to do or is about doing, Gen. 
41, 28. See intend. Cf. kodtuppwy 
he is hungry (desires to eat) J. ahche- 
%tontam [ahchu-antaniy he thinks very 
much of, is exceedingly minded], he 
desires exceedingly, covets. 

desist, ahqucy he desists, leaves off, Gen. 
17, 22; Ruth 2, 20. 

desolate. See deserted; solitary. 

despise, jishantaniy jWiotUamy he de- 
spises, he hates (it); mU-jishantam (El. 
and C), I despise, I hate; an. jtJitha- 
numauy Tie despises or hates (him). 
sekeneneam (he refuses, rejei*ts), he de- 
spises, hates (it), mishantamy he de- 
spises, contemns (it) ; an. mishanumauy 
he despises or contemns (him). 

destitute of, wanney not having, being 
without: Mwrnn« wv/ite^, without knowl- 
edge; wanne vmUmhey without a father; 
wanne nippenOy there is no water in it, 
it is destitute of water; cans, imnneh- 
heauy v^nnehteauy he is deprived of 
(made to be without), he loses. See 
without. 

destroy, paguanauy pagwanauy he de- 
stroys (them); inan. pagualeaUy pag- 
vvhteaiiy he destroys (it) or (v. i.) he 
destroys; paguaioogy they destroy; sup- 
pos. paguatiink'Oiancahy when he de- 
stroyed the cities; an. suffix up-paguan- 
uhy he destroyed them; paguanuonk 
(vbl. n. act, a destroying), destruction; 
puguxihteaeiiy a destroyer. 

determine, pakodtantaniy he purposes, 
intends, is determined Ipakodcfie-antamy 
he is thoroughly minded or dear 
minded] ; vbl. n. act. pakodtarUamaxmky 
determination, purpa^e. 




Dk 



jUoogle 



TRUMBULL] 



ENGLI8H-NATICK DICTIONARY 



245 



devil, moManily pL maUannitoogy -mog 
Imat-anitto or inatche-anittOy the negative 
or opposite of nCanitto, god, the not- 
god or evil god] (Mah. mJtandou or maTv- 
niiOy devil. "The last of these words 
properly signifies a specter or anything 
frightful", Edwards, 2 Mass. H. C. x, 
88. Del. machtando or matshimaniUOt 
devil, evil spirit, Hkw. ) . It is probable 
that this word was formed by Eliot or by 
his Indian converts. The devil or evil 
spirit of Indian mythology was called 
Habamouky HobhamocOy AbbamochOy or 
Chepie (Smith's Descr. of N. E.; Jos- 
sely n ; Lech ford ) . * ^Ahbamocho or Chee- 
pie many times smites them with in- 
curable diseases, scares them with his 
apparitions and panic terrors, by reason 
of which they live in a wretched con- 
sternation, worshipping the Devil for 
fear'*, Josselyn, 3 Mass. H. C. iii, 300. 
"Another power they worship, whom 
they call Hobbamocky and to the north- 
ward of us, Hobbamoqui, This, as far 
as we can conceive, is the Devil ' ' , Wins- 
low's Relation ( 1624) . The etymology 
of this name is not apparent; but che- 
pie (Peq. cheebyy chepyy Stiles) , is a form 
of cheppe or chippej separated, apart, 
that which is distinct or separated from 
us, that is, from the body or life. 
Heckewelder explains the Delaware 
^^tschipeif or tgchitsch/ink^* (sometimes 
wrongly used for "the soul or spirit of 
man") as signifying a specter, spirit, 
or ghost, and having "something ter- 
rifying about it. " " They call the place 
or world they are to go to after death 
Tschi'pey-ach-gink or Tschipeyhackingy 
the world of spirits, specters, or ghosts, 
where they imagine are various frightful 
figures", Hkw., 2 Mass. H. C. x, 147. 
Eliot has chepi-ohke and chepioh-komuk 
for hades, hell (the place of separation 
or the land of spirits). So, cktpecky 
'the dead', R. W. [chippeogy they are 
separated or apart]; tsee-e-p, 'ghost, 
dead man', Nanticoke Voc. in 2 Mass. 
H. C. X, 139. Squanturriy another name 
for the evil spirit (Josselyn ; Higginson ) , 
is clearly a contraction of musquaniamy 
*he is angry'. Roger Williams says 
(109), "if it be but an ordinary acci- 
dent, a fall, etc., they will say, *God 



devil — continued. 

was angry and did it; mutquantam manit, 
God is angry.' " See spirit; God. 

devise. See consider. 

devote. See offer. 

devour. See eat. 

dew, neechippog (niechipogy R. W.) ; Tiec- 
chipagw^ pcUtippeshineashy dew-drops 
[neechauy it gives birth to or (pass.) 
is bom of, 'pogy water]. 

dice, }i*unnattgonh6mminy " to play at dice 
in their tray" (minnonky a dish, EL; 
umnndugy a tray, R. W.)j asaiianashj 
"the painted plum stones, which thfey 
throw", "a kind of dice, which they 
cast in a tray with a mighty noise and 
sweating", R. W., 145, 146. 

die, nuppcOy nnpy he dies or is. dead; 
suppos. part, n&puky when he dies, 
he dying; pi. nupukegy the dead; pish 
kenupy thou shalt die {kitonckquHy he is 
dead, R. W.; nipu% mdw [=amaeu?]j 
he is gone, ibid. ; nippitch etv6y let him 
die, ibid. ; niphMtitchy let them die, ibid. ; 
pish nunnupy I shall die, C.) [related to 
neepauy he rises up, and nupp^hy a wing? 
or to ahpcoteauy uppcoteaUy lit. 'with- 
ers?']. See dead. 

difference, penwworndiy a difference or 
unlikeness. See contend. 

different, penwwey strange, foreign, dif- 
ferent, or unlike [related to panney out 
of the way; panneUy he goes out of the 
way, errs, is astray]; penayweyeaWy it 
is strange, different, or unlike. See 
foreign; strange; stranger. 

difficult, »iogke {siokkey C; MckMy hard, 
R. W. ) ; suppos. sUxjkody niogkok, when 
or if it is hard or difficult; ne niogkoky 
that which is difficult, a difficult mat- 
ter. From xiV, sPogy sour, bitter. See 
hard. 

difficulty, siogkeyenonk (vbl. n. act.), a 
hard matter, hard case, difficulty; in- 
tens. sasiogoky pi. -(- ishy difficult matters. 

dig, kiUtahhamy he digs into or through, 
or, he digs for or digs up (anything): 
kuttahhamirog W£tu6ma8hy *they dig 
through houses'. Job 24, 16; v. i. 
uk'kuthamuneauy they digged it (as, a 
well; cf. inUtahhamnnky & well) . w6n- 
teavy he digs a hole; nam'onteam^ I 
have digged a hole {nahtvonuhkontamy I 
make progress by digging, or go on dig- 



Digitized by 



Google 



246 



BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY 



[BULLETIN 26 



dig — contmued. 
ging; cf. 2 K. 19, 24; Is. 37, 25) : w&n- 
teauh kah uh-kuthdm-un, 'he made a 
pit and digged it', Ps. 7, 15; uu&nteaog, 
they dig holes; w6nuhkoTUama>e tvuttah- 
hamongash, wells (which are) digged 
[from wdnogq, a hole], passdhtharrij 
pdssdhthamy he digs a pit [from pas- 
eahhtegf pasitohtheg, & pit], qunnupohta- 
murij he digs around or about it (as a 
tree). 

dip, quogkinnunij puogkinnum (?), he dips 
(it) in or into; pwogkeiiy puogkeiX, he 
dips or immerses himself (puogkinnd- 
nate hovjon^ to dip or immerse anyone, 
Wun. Samp. ch. xxix, 33). qaompham 
nippe, he dips up water; v. i. quomphip- 
paog, Hhey drew water' {qudmphashy 
quamp homiineaf ' take up for me out of 
the pot', R.W.). 

dirty, nishkeneunkque^ unclean, filthy, 
impure (inherently or by nature) ; sup- 
poe. ni8hkeneunkquodta£f (when it is) 
dirty or unclean (as, a garment); adj. 
an. ninhkeneunkqusmf (he is) unclean, 
dirty. 

dish, launnonky a dish or tray {vmnndug, 
pi. -fdncwA, a tray, R. W.; vnmnonky 
mamaeech, dish or tray, C); tmnnon- 
ganitf in the dish (umnnauganhne»e, a 
little tray, R. W.). From wOnogq, a 
hole (?), wonogkeity it has a hollow, is 
dug out. Cf . tvunndgkuSy the belly. See 
bottle; kettle; vessel. 

disperse. See scatter. 

dissolve, melt, mohtupohieau, it melts, 
is dissolved (passes away); nummoh- 
tupaeenif 1 consume, I am sick, C. 
From moht {=niautf mahche)j -ohteau, 
signifying completed and passing-away 
existence. See consume. 

distant. See far. 

distress. See pain; want. 

disturb. See hinder; trouble. 

divide, pohshinum (paushinumj R. W.), 
he divides (it) in two, halves it; pish 
pohshinumwog, they shall halve (it); 
V. t. an. pohshinau, he halves or divides 
(an animal or animate object) ; v. i. poh- 
sheauy poksheaUf it divides itself, cleaves 
asunder. From pohshey pdhshe, half; 
cf. pohqunnuniy he breaks (it) asunder; 
pokshauy it breaks, chippinum, he di- 
vides or separates (it) from, he makes 



divide— continued, 
a division or partition of (it); an. obj. 
chippinauj he divides or makes divi- 
sion of; chippinnunuDk ompeteaotiky di- 
vide ye the tribute; chippinna>k negtoh- 
qunogeg, divide ye the prey (animals 
taken, or prisoners); v. i. chippeUy it 
separates itself, is separate or divided 
(chippachdusinj it divides, as a path, 
a stream, R. W.); chipparuoonk (vbl. 
n. act., a dividing or division), a tribe; 
pi. chippissurogj they who are divided or 
separate, a people or tribe, chadchau- 
benunif he divides, keeps apart, causes to 
be separate {nut-chadchap&numf I divide, 
C); with inan. subj. chadckaubemoOf 
chadchapem<Dj it divides; chadchapemaO' 
u4ji 'let it divide', or cause to